network
ground terminal.
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
~----------~-o~
2·81
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S5480, N7480
RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS
55480 Circuits
N7480 Circuits
Normalized Fan-Out from Outputs~ C n+1, N
1:: or E, N
A* or B*, N
Operating Free-Air Temperature Range, T A:
55480 Circuits
N7480 Circuits
Supply Voltage VCC:
MIN
4.5
4.75
NOM
5
5
-55
0
25
25
UNIT
V
V
MAX
5.25
5.25
5
10
3
125
70
°c
°c
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended oparating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted):
PARAMETER
MIN
TEST CONDITIONS*
= MIN
TVP**
MAX
UNIT
V
2
Vin(1)
Logical 1 input voltage
Vee
Vin(Q)
Logical 0 input voltage
Vee = MIN
V out (1)
Logical 1 output voltage
Vee = MIN
Vout(O)
Logical 0 output voltage
Vec
lin(O)
Logical 0 level input
current at A1, A2, 81,
B2, Ac or 8 c
Vee = MAX,
Vin
= Oo4V
-1.6
rnA
lin(O)
0 level input
at A* or B*
0 level input
at Cn
Logical 1 level input
current at A1, A2. 81,
B2, Ac or Bc
Logical 1 level input
current at C n
Short circuit oU!put
current at 1:: or 1::t
Short circuit output
current at C n+1 t
Vee = MAX,
Vin
= Oo4V
-2.6
rnA
= MAX,
Vn,
= Oo4V
-8
rnA
Vec = MAX,
Vee = MAX
Vin
Vin
= 204V
= 5.5V
15
1
/LA
rnA
Vee = MAX,
Vee = MAX,
Vin
Vin
= 204V
= 5.5V
200
1
/LA
rnA
-57
-57
-70
-70
rnA
rnA
rnA
rnA
31
35
rnA
rnA
lin(O)
lin(1)
lin(1)
lOS
lOS
ICC
Logical
current
Logical
current
Supply current
Vee
0.8
204
Vee
= MAX,
Vec
= MAX,
55480
N7480
55480
N7480
-20
-18
-20
-18
21
21
55480
N7480
Vce = MAX,
V
3.5
0.22
= MIN
V
004
V
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS. VCC - 5V. TA - 26°C
PARAMETER~
tpd1
tpdO
tpd1
tpdO
tpd1
tpdO
tpd1
tpdO
tpd1
tpdO
tpd1
tpdO
FROM
TO
INPUT
OUTPUT
en
-c n+ 1
BC
C +
AC
I:
BC
~
A1
A*
81
B*
n 1
TEST CONDITIONS
CL
CL
CL
CL
CL
CL
CL
CL
CL
CL
CL
CL
= 15pF,
= 15pF,
= 15pF,
= 15pF,
= 15pF,
= 15pF,
=
=
=
=
=
=
15pF,
15pF,
15pF
15pF
15pF
15pF
RL = 780n
RL = 780n
RL = 780n
RL = 780n
RL = 400n
RL = 4000
RL = 400n
RL = 4000
MIN
TVP
MAX
UNIT
13
8
18
38
52
62
38
56
48
17
48
17
17
12
25
55
70
80
55
75
65
25
65
25
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
• For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable
device type .
•• All typical values are at Vee= 5V, T A - 25°C
t Not more than one output should be shorted at a time.
~ tpd1 is propagation delay time to logical 1 level. tpdO is propagation delay time to logical 0 level.
2-82
Si!lnOliCS
S5483
N7483
4·BIT BINARY FULL ADDER
(LOOK AHEAD CARRY)
S5483-B,F,W. N7483-B,.F
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES
DESCRIPTION
The 54/7483 is a 4-Bit Binary Full Adder for adding two four bit
binary numbers. A Carry Look Ahead circuit is included to provide
minimum carry propagation delays.
PIN CONFIGURATIONS
WPACKAGE
Propagation delays of carry-in to carry-out is typically 12 nsec.
TRUTH TABLE
INPUT
OUTPUT
Co·
Co·'
i~
,
~
WHEN
C2 - 0
WHEN
~.
I~ ~ I~~ ~ ~ ~ ~ r£ ~
A3
B3
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
B4
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
C4
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
O· 1
1 0
0
1
1 0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
:E3
1i4
C4
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
..,
2
t.
. ... . . .. .
7
Vee
A•
Az
t2
B,F PACKAGE
~;
~:
~:
~~
OND
'2
~~
,.
A,
);~
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
·NOTE5:
Input conditions at A 1 • A 2 • 8 1 , 8 2 , and Co are used to determine
outputs 1i 1 and 1i 2 • and the value of the Internal carry C 2 • The
1
2
3
4
6
e
7
8
A4
:k:3
A3
83
Vee
l:2
82
A2
values. at C 2 • A 3 • 8 3 , A 4 • and 8 4 , are then used to determine
outputs 1i 3 • 1i 4 • and C 4 •
LOGIC DIAGRAM
Co
A,
.,
",
"2
A3Ii
.....
A2
A1+lr,
",
·2
A2i2
JI3fi",
A4I4
A2+lf2
AiiTJ
A.
.,
eo
AlIi
A2I2
C,
"48".
~4
AJ+DJ
A,
2·83
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S5483, N7483
RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS
MIN
4.5
4.75
Supply Voltage V CC: (See Note 1)
55483 Circuits
N7483 Circuits
Normalized Fan-Out From Outputs: C4
UNIT
V
V
MAX
5.5
5.25
5
10
NOM
5
5
~1' ~2' ~3 or ~4
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted)'
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS'"
MIN
TVP**
MAX
UNIT
Input voltage required to
Vin(l)
ensure logical 1 at any input
2
VCC = MIN
V
terminal
Input voltage required to
Vin(O)
ensure logical 1 at any input
0.8
VCC= MIN
V
terminal
V out (l)
Logical 1 output voltage
VCC = MIN
Vout(O)
Logical 0 output voltage
VCC = MIN
V
2.4
0.4
V
VCC'"' MAX, Vm = O.4V
-3.2
mA
VCC = MAX, V in = 0.4V
-1.6
mA
80
IJA
Logical 0 level input current
lin(O)
at Al' A3' 8 1, 8 3 , or Co
Logical 0 level input current
lin(O)
lin(l)
lin(l)
lOS
at A2' A 4 , 8 2 , or 8 4
Logical 1 level input current
VCC= MAX, Vin= 2.4V
Al,A3,81,83, orC O
VCC
5.5V
1
mA
Logical 1 level input current
VCC'" MAX, V in = 2.4V
40
IJA
A 2 , A4' 8 2 , or 84
Short-circuit output current
VCC@MAX, Vin
at ~1' ~2' ~3, or ~4
VCC'"' MAX
t
= MAX, V in -
Short-circuit output current
lOS
ICC
at C4 t
Supply current
1
mA
55483
-20
-55
mA
N7483
-18
-55
mA
55483
-20
-70
mA
N7483
-18
-70
mA
58
79
mA
tvp
MAX
UNIT
= 5.5V
VCC = MAX
i
VCC'"' MAX,
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC - 5V. T A - 25°C. unless otherwise noted N - 10
TEST CONDITIONS
PARAMETER :j:
= 50pF,
= 50pF,
MIN
tpdl
From Co to 1
tpdO
From Co to 1
CL
CL
tpd1
From Co to 2
C L = 50pF.
RL
tpdO
From Co to 2
CL
RL = 400,11
22
35
ns
tpd1
From Co to 3
CL
RL
= 400,11
RL = 400,11
30
50
ns
24
40
ns
RL '"' 400,11
30
50
ns
RL
= 400,11
28
50
ns
RL
= 780,11
12
20
ns
RL = 780,11
12
20
ns
RL = 400,11
40
ns
RL = 400,11
35
ns
RL =400,11
40
ns
RL
= 400,11
35
ns
tpdO
From Co to 3
tpd1
From Co to 4
tpdO
From Co to 4
tpdl
tpdO
From Co to C4
From Co to C4
tpd1
From A2 or 8 2 to 2
tpdO
tpdl
From A2 or 8 2 to 2
From A4 of 8 4 to 4
= 50pF,
= 50pF.
C L = 50pF,
C L = 50pF.
C L = 50pF,
C L = 50pF.
C L = 50pF,
C L = 50pF.
C L = 50pF.
C L = 60pF.
tpdO
From A4 of 8 4 to 4
C L = 50pF,
RL '"' 400,11
23
20
34
34
ns
RL '"' 400,11
= 400,11
24
35
ns
ns
t T pdl IS propagation delay time to logical 1 level. tpdO i8 propagation delay time to logical 0 level .
• For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value Ipecified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable
circuit type.
•• All typical values are at VCC = 6V, T A ~ 26°C.
t Not more than one output should be shorted at a time.
NOTE 1: These voltage values are with respect to n:etwork ground terminal.
2·84
4·81T MAGNITUDE COMPARATORS
S5485
!ii!lDotiC!i
-------------tN7485
FUNCTIONAL BLOCK DIAGRAM
DESCRIPTION
The S5485 and N7485 perform magnitude comparison of straight
binary and straight BCD (8421) codes. Three fully decoded
decisions about two 4-bit words (A, B) are made and are externally
available at three outputs. These devices are fully expandable to any
number of bits without external gates. When cascaded, the total
time for comparison is the function of the word length; however,
only a two-gate-Ievel delay (12 ns) is added for each four-bit
expansion.
These circuits are completely compatible with most TTL and DTL
families. Typical average power dissipation is 275 milliwatts. The
S5485 is characterized for operation over the 'full military
0
0
temperature range of _55 C to 125 C; The N7485 is characterized
0
0
for operation from 0 C to 70 C.
PIN CONFIGURATION
DATA
INPUT
Positive logic: See truth table
TRUTH TABLE
COMPARING
CASCADING
INPUTS
INPUTS
OUTPUTS
A3,B3
A2,B2
A1, B1
AO,BO
A> B
AB
A B3
X
X
X
X
X
X
H
L
L
A3< 83
X
X
X
X
X
X
L
H
L
A"B
= B3
A2> B2
X
X
X
X
X
H
L
L
A3 = B3
A2 < B2
X
X
X
X
X
L
H
L
A3= B3
A2'" B2
A1 > B1
X
X
X
X
H
L
L
A3 = B3
A2 = B2
A1 < B1
X
X
X
X
L
H
L
A3 = B3
A2 = B2
A1 = B1
AO> BO
X
X
X
H
L
L
A3 = B3
A2 = B2
Al '" B1
AO < BO
X
X
X
L
H
L
A3= B3
A2 = B2
Al = B1
AO = BO
H
L
L
H
L
L
A3= B3
A2 = B2
A1 = B1
AO = BO
L
H
L
L
H
L
A3 = B3
A2 = B2
A1 = B1
AO = BO
L
L
H
L
L
H
A3
NOT E: H
=.
High level, L
= Low
level, X
= Irrelevant.
2·85
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S5485, N7485
RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS
N7485
S5485
MIN
Supply voltage, Vee
NOM
MAX
MIN
NOM
MAX
5
5.5
4.75
5
5.25
4.5
Normalized fan·out from each output, N
Operating free-air temperature, T A
V
10
10
125
-55
UNIT
°e
70
0
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
V,H
High-level input voltage
V,L
Low-level input voltage
V,
Input clamp voltage
VOH
High-level output voltage
VOL
TEST CONDITIONS*
TYP**
MAX
UNIT
V
2
0.8
Low-level output voltage
Input current at maximum
"
MIN
A < B, A > B inputs
Vee - MIN,
" = -12 mA
Vee = MIN,
V'H=2V,
V,L = 0.8 V,
'OH, = -400 J.l.A
Vee - MIN,
V'H-2V,
V,L = 0.8 V,
10L = 16 mA
Vee - MAX,
V, - 5.5 V
Vee = MAX,
V, = 2.4 V
Vee = MAX,
V,=O.4V
',L
Low-level input current
lOS
Short-circuit output current:j:
Vee = MAX,
Va = 0
lee
Supply current
Vee = MAX,
See Note 1
A < B, A > B inputs
I
I
V
V
0.4
V
1
"H
all other inputs
-1.5
2.4
mA
40
High-level input current
all other inputs
V
J.l.A
120
-1.6
mA
-4.8
S5485
N7485
-20
-55
-18
mA
-55
55
mA
88
'For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the
applicable device type .
• 'All typical values are at Vcc = 5 V, T A = 25°C.
:j:Not more than one output should be shorted at a time.
NOTE1: ICC is measured with outputs open, A = B grounded, and all other inputs at 4.5 V.
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, Vee = 5 V, TA = 25°e, N = 10
PARAMETER
tpLH
FROM
TO
NUMBER OF
INPUT
OUTPUT
GATE LEVELS
1
7
A> B, A < B
2
12,
3
17
26
4
23
35
1
11
Any A or B data input
A=B
tPHL
tpLH
tPH L
2-86
Any A or B data input
A < B, A > B
2
3
A=B
4
TEST CONDITIONS
eL=15pF,
RL=400n:
See Figure 1
MIN
TYP
MAX
15
20
30
20
30
UNIT
ns
ns
ns
tPLH
A < B or A = B
A>B
1
7
11
tPHL
A < B or A - B
A> B
1
11
17
ns
tPLH
A=B
A=B
2
13
20
ns
tPHL
A=B
A=B
2
11
17
ns
tPLH
A> B or A = B
A< B
1
7
11
ns
tPHL
A> B or A - B
A< B
1
11
17
ns
== Propagation delay time, low-to-high-Ievel output.
== Propagation delay time, high-to-Iow-Ievel output.
DIGITAL 54/'14 TTL SERIES. S5485, N7485
PARAMETER MEASUREMENT INFORMATION
LOAD CIRCUIT
OUTPUT
(
VOLTAGE WAVEFORMS
1_~10ns_1
I
INPUT
10%Yi . -.
----
1_~10ns_1
--:::::::---::;:-r--------------'"
~~90%
"uv~10%
OV
I
l-tPlH-1
1---tPLH-1
6-~-~-~-~-NG------------------------~~, I___________J~_'--_--_-_--_---_:~
___
y.
~----tPHL-------1
NON·INVERTING
OUTPUT
1------tPLH-----1
--------~---------------------------'.
NOTES:
~----""
.._.
~VOL
A. Input pulses are supplied by a pulse generator having the following characteristics:
PRR = 1 MHz, duty cycle = 50%, Zout "" 50 U.
B. CL includes probe and jig capacitance
C. All diodes are 1N3064
FIGURE 1. PROPAGATION DELAY TIMES
2·87
QUAD 2·INPUT EXCLUSIVE OR GATE
SjgDotiCS
S5486-A,F,W • N7486-A,F
S5486
N7486
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES
DESCRIPTION
PIN CONFIGURATIONS
The 54/7486 Quad 2-lnput Exclusive OR Gate is a TTL element
providing the function AS + AS at the output.
WPACKAGE
TRUTH TABLE
INPUTS
OUTPUT
A
B
V
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
A,F PACKAGE
RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS
S5486 Circuits
N7486 Circuits
Logical 0
Normalized Fan-Out from each output, N:
Logical 1
Supply Voltage V ce
MIN
NOM
MAX
UNIT
4.5
4.75
5
5
5.5
5.25
10
20
V
V
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted)
TEST CONDITIONS·
PARAMETER
MIN
TVp··
MAX
UNIT
Input voltage required to
V in (1)
ensure logical 1 at any input
2
Vee - MIN
V
terminal
Input voltage required to
Vin(O)
ensure logical 0 at any input
0.8
Vee = MIN
V
terminal
V out (1)
Logical 1 output voltage
Vee = MIN, V in (1) = 2V,
Vout(O)
Logical 0 output voltage
Vee'" MIN, V in (1) = 2V,
'in(1)
current (each input)
Logical 1 level input
Logical 0 level input current
lin(O)
(each input)
lOS
Short circuit output current t
ICC
2·88
Vin(O) = 0.8V, I load = -800 J.l.A
V
Vin(O) 0.8V, I sink = 16mA
Vce = MAX, Vin - 2.4V
Vee = MAX, V in '" 5.5V
Vec
= MAX,
Vin = 0.4V
Vee
= MAX,
V in (l) '" 4.5V,
Vin(O)
Supply current
2.4
Vee
z
0
= MAX,
V in = 4.5V
0.4
V
40
1
/.LA
mA
-1.6
mA
S5486
-20
-55
mA
N7486
-18
-55
mA
S5486
30
43
mA
N7486
30
50
mA
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S5486, N7486
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS.
vcc" 5V. T A '" 25°C. N = 10
TEST CONDITIONS
PARAMETER
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
Propagation delay time to
tpdO
logical 0 level (other input
C L = 15pF.
RL
=400
11
17
ns
C L = 15pF.
RL
=400
15
23
ns
CL = 15pF.
RL
= 400
13
22
ns
RL = 400
18
30
ns
low)
Propagation delay time to
tpd1
logical 1 level (other input
low)
Propagation delay time to
tpdO
logical 0 level (Other input
high)
Propagation delay time to
lpd1
logical 1 level (other input
CL
= 15pF.
high)
• For conditlQn~ shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable
circuit type •
•• All typical values are at V CC = 5V, T A = 25° C.
+ Not more than one output should be shorted at a time.
2·89
!ii!lDotiC!i
N7488
256·811 READ·ONLY MEMORY
N7448-B,W
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES
DESCRIPTION
PIN CONFIGURATIONS
The 7488 is a TTL 256-8it Read Only Memory organized as 32
word with 8 bits per word. The words are selected by five binary
address lines with full word decoding incorporated on the chip. A
Chip Select input is provided for additional decoding flexibility,
which will cause all eight outputs to go to the high state when the
Chip Select input is taken high.
8,WPACKAGE
This device is fully TTL or DTl compatible. The outputs are
uncommitted collectors, which allows wired-OR operation with the
outputs of other TTL or DTl devices. These outputs are capable of
sinking twelve standard DCl loads. Propagation delay time is 50ns
maximum. Power dissipation is 310 milliwatts with 400 milliwatts
maximum.
_,
~
2
_3
_4
~
_
~
~o
Customer may specify patterns for the 256-8it Read Only Memory
by completing the truth table/order blank.
LOGIC DIAGRAM
A.
"
'2
"
AD
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
TYP
See 8223 or 8224 Data Sheet for Pin-for-Pin Replacement
2·90
MAX
UNIT
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. N7488
256-BIT READ ONLY MEMORIES TRUTH TABLE/ORDER BLANK
CUSTOMER:
THIS PORTION TO BE COMPLETED BY SIGNETICS
P.O. NO.:
PART NO.:
YOUR PART NO.:
S.D. NO.:
DATE:
DATE RECEIVED:
OUTPUTS
INPUTS
A4
A3
A2
A1
AO
ENABLE
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
l'
0
0
0
0
1
0
2
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
WORD
3,
0
0
0
1
1
4
0
0
1
0
0
0
5
0
0
1
0
1
0
6
7
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
8
0
1
0
0
0
0
9
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
10
0
1
0
1
0
11
0
1
1
1
0
12
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
13
0
1
1
0
1
0
14
0
1
1
1
0
0
15
0
1
1
1
1
0
16
1
0
0
0
0
0
17
1
0
0
0
1
0
18
1
0
0
1
0
0
19
1
0
0
1
1
0
20
1
0
1
0
0
0
21
1
0
1
0
1
0
22
1
0
1
1
0
0
23
1
0
1
1
1
0
24
1
1
0
0
0
0
25
1
1
0
0
1
0
26
1
1
0
1
0
27
1
1
1
28
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
B7
B6
B.5
B4
1
1
1
1
B3
B2
B1
BO
0
29
1
1
1
30
1
1
1
31
1
1
1
1
1
0
ALL
X
X
X
X
X
1
1
1
1
1
2·91
Si!lnotics
64·81T READ/WRITE MEMORY (RAM)
N7489-B
DIGITAL 54/74 TIL SERIES
DESCRIPTION
PIN CONFIGURATION
The 7489 is a TTL 64-Bit Read-Write Random Access Memory
organized as 16-words of 4 bits each. The 7489 is ideally suited for
application in scratch pads and high speed buffer memories.
BPACKAGE
Words are selected through a 4-input binary decoder when the chip
select input (CE) is at logic "0". Data is written into the memory
when Read Enable (RE) is at logic "0" and read from the memory
when RE is at logic "1".
LOGIC DIAGRAM
ADORESS
....
DECODING
AI
A2
A,
CHIP
ENABLE!
2·92
I
2
,
AO
Ce
Re
N7489
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. N7489
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature rang., unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
TVP
MAX
UNIT
See 8225 Data Sheet for Pin-for-Pin Replacement
2-83
Smnotics
DECADE COUNTER
S5490'
N7490
S5490-A,F ,W • N7490-A,F
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES
DESCRIPTION
PIN CONFIGURATIONS
The S5490/N7490 is a high-speed, monolithic decade counter
consisting of four dual-rank, master-slave flip-flops internally interconnected to provide a divide-by-two counter and a divide-by-five
counter. Gated direct reset lines are provided to inhibit count inputs
and return all outputs to a logical "0" or to a binary coded decimal
(BCD) count of 9. As the output from flip-flop A is not internally
connected to the succeeding stages, the count may be separated in
three independent count modes:
1. When used as a binary coded decimal decade counter, the BD
input must be externally connected to the A output. The A
input receives the incoming count, and a count sequence is
obtained in accordance with the BCD count sequence truth
table shown above. In addition to a conventional "0" reset,
inputs are provided to reset a BCD 9 count for nine's
complement deci mal applications.
2. If a symmetrical divide-by-ten count is desired for frequpncy
synthesizers or other applications requiring division of a binary
count by a power of ten, the 0 output must be externally
connected to the A input. The input count is then applied at the
BD input and a divide-by-ten square wave is obtained at output
WPACKAGE
INPUT
A
NC
A
14
13
12
1
INB~T
2
3
R0l11
ROl21
A,FPACKAGE
INPUT
A
GND
10
NC
13
A.
3. For operation as a divide-by-two counter and divide-by-five
counter, no external interconnections are required. Flip-flop A
is used as a binary element for the divide-by-two function. The
BD input is used to obtain binary divide-by-five operation at the
B, C, and 0 outputs. In this mode, the two counters operate independently; however, all four flip-flops are reset
simultaneously.
The 549017490 is completely compatible with Series 54 and Series
74 logic familes. Average power dissipation is 160mW.
1
2
3
4
•
1
INB'ci'T
Rom
ROl21
NC
R9(1)
R91Z1
LOGIC TRUTH TABLES
BCD COUNT SEQUENCE (See Note 1)
RESET/COUNT (See Note 2)
RESET INPUTS
OUTPUT
COUNT
0
C
B
A
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
7
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
8
9
1
1
0
0
2
3
4
5
6
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
2-94
RO(l)
RO(2)
Rg (l)
OUTPUT
Rg(2)
0
C
B
A
1
1
0
X
0
0
0
0
1
1
X
0
0
0
0
0
1
X
X
1
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
X
0
X
0
COUNT
1
0
1
0
0
X
0
X
COUNT
0
X
X
0
COUNT
1
X
0
0
X
COUNT
1
0
0
1
NOTES:
1. Output A connected to input
Bo for BCD count.
2. X indicates that either a logicall of a logical 0 may be present.
3. Fanout from output A to input Bo and to 10 additional
Series 54174 loads is permitted
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S5490, N7490
RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS
S5490 Circuits
N7490 Circuits
Normalized Fan-Out from each Output, N
Width of I nput Count Pulse, tp(in)
Width of Reset Pulse, tp(reset)
Operating Free-Air Temperature Range, T A:
MIN
4.5
4.75
Supply Voltage Vee:
50
50
-55
0
S5490 Circuits
N7490 Circuits
NOM
5
5
MAX
5.5
5.25
10
25
25
UNIT
V
V
ns
ns
°e
°e
125
70
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
Vin(1)
Vin(O)
V out (1)
Vout(O)
lin(1)
lin(1)
lin(1)
lin(O)
lin(O)
lin(O)
lOS
ICC
I nput voltage required
to ensure logical 1 at
any input terminal
I nput voltage required
to ensure logical 0 at
any input terminal
Logical 1 output
voltage
Logical 0 output
voltage
Logical 1 level input
current at RO( 1),
RO(2), R9(1), or
R9(2)
Logical 1 level input
current at input A
Logical 1 level input
current at input SO
Logical 0 level input
current at RO(1),
RO(2), R9(1), or
R9(2)
Logical 0 level input
current at input A
Logical 0 level input
current at input SO
Short circuit output
current t
Supply current
TEST eONDITIONS*
MIN
TVP**
MAX
2
Vee = MIN
UNIT
V
0.8
Vee = MIN
204
V
V
Vee = MIN,
I load = -400J.LA
Vee = MIN,
Isink = 16mA
Vee = MAX,
Vee = MAX,
Vin = 2AV
Vin = 5.5V
40
11
J.LA
mA
Vee = MAX,
Vee = MAX,
Vce ",'MAX,
Vee = MAX,
Vee = MAX,
Vin = 2AV
Vin = 5.5V
Vin = 2AV
Vin = 5.5V
Vin = OAV
80
1
160
1
-1.6
J.LA
mA
= MAX,
Vin = OAV
-3.2
mA
= O.4V
-604
mA
Vee
Vee = MAX,
Vin
Vee
= MAX,
V out = OV
Vee
= MAX,
Vin = 4.5V
004
S5490
N7490
S5490
N7490
-20
-18
32
32
-57
-57
46
53
V
J.LA
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, Vee= 5V, TA = 2SoC, N = 10
PARAMETER
f max
tpd1
tpdO
Maximum frequency of
input count pulses
Propagation delay time
to logical 1 level from
input count pulse to
output e
Propagation delay time
to logical 0 level from
input count pulse to
output e
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
TVP
10
18
MAX
UNIT
eL = 15pF,
RL = 400n
eL=15pF,
RL =400.11
60
100
ns
eL = 15pF,
RL =400.11
60
100
ns
MHz
• For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable
circuit type.
All typical values are at Vec= 5V, T A = 25°C.
t Not more than one output should be shorted at a time.
2-95
Smnotics
8·BIT SHIFT REGISTER
S5491-A,F,W • N7491-A,F
DIGITAL 54/74 TIL SERIES
DESCRIPTION
PIN CONFIGURATIONS
The S5491/N7491 is a monolithic serial-in, serial-out 8-bit shift
register utilizing high-speed transistor-transistor logic (TTL) circuits.
The shift register, composed of eight R-S master-slave flip-flops,
includes input gating and a clock driver. The register is capable of
storing and transferring data at clock rates up to 18 MHz while
maintaining a typical noise-immunity level of 1 volt. Power
dissipation is typiCally 175 milliwatts, and full fan-out of 10 is
available from the outputs.
Single-rail data and input control are gated through inputs A and B
and an internal inverter to form the complementary inputs to the
first bit of the shift register. Drive for the Internal common clock
line is provided by an inverting clock driver. Each of the inputs (A,
B, and CP) appear as only one TTL input load.
WPACKAGE
,
2
NC
NO
The cloCk pulse inverter/driver causes the S5491/N7491 to shift
information to the output on the positive edge of an input cloCk
pulse, thus enabling the shift-register to be fully compatible with the
S5470/N7470 flip-flop and the S5474/N7474 dual Ootype flip-flop.
TRUTH TABLE
A,F PACKAGE
o
a
A
0
14
13
12
11
1
NC
2
NC
3
NC
Nt
..
CP
NO
LOGIC
tn
tn+8
A
B
a
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
1
NOTES:
1. tn = bit time before clock
pulse.
2. t n + 8 = bit time after 8 clock
..
II
Vee
pulse.
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
".
2-96
e
Ne
7
NC
S5491
N7491
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S5491, N7491
RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS
Supply Vcltage V CC:
55491 Circuits
N7491 Circuits
Ncrmalized Fan-Out frcm each Output, N
Operating Free-Air Temperature Range, T A:
55491 Circuits
N7491 Circuits
Width cf Clcck Pulse, tp(clcck)
Input Setup Time, tsetup
Input Hold Time, thold
MIN
4.5
4.75
NOM
5
5
-55
0
25
25
0
25
25
MAX
5.5
5.25
10
125
70
UNIT
V
V
°c
°c
ns
ns
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended cperating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted)
TEST CONDITIONS*
PARAMETER
Vin(1)
Vin(O)
V cu t(1)
Vout(O)
lin(O)
lin(1)
lOS
ICC
Input vcltage required
to. ensure Icgical 1 at
any input terminal
Input vcltage required
to. ensure Icgical 0 at
any input terminal
Logical 1 output
voltage
Logical 0 output
voltage
Logical 0 level input
current
Logical 1 level input
current
Shcrt circuit output
current t
Supply current
MIN
MAX
2
VCC" MIN
VCC
TVP*"
V
= MIN
0.8
= -400iJA
VCC = MIN,
Iload
VCC" MIN,
Isink" 16mA
VCC" MA){,
Vin
VCC" MAX,
VCC" MAX,
Vce" MAX,
Vin = 2.4V
Vin" 5.5V
V out " 0
VCC" MAX,
Vin
204
= OAV
= 4.5V
0.4
-1.6
-20
-18
35
35
V
V
3.5
0.22
55491
N7491
55491
N7491
UNIT
V
mA
40
1
-57
-57
50
58
iJA
mA
mA
mA
mA
MAX
UNIT
rnA
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS. Vee = 5V. TA" 25°C. N = 10
PARAMETER
f max
tpd1
tpdO
Maximum shift
frequency
Propagation delay time
to logical 1 level from
clock to. output
Propagation delay time
to logical 0 level frcm
clock to output
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
TVP
10
18
MHz
CL" 15pF,
RL" 4000
CL" 15pF,
RL" 4000
24
40
ns
CL" 15pF,
RL = 4000
27
40
ns
• For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable
device type.
•• All typicall values are at V C = 5V, T A .. 25° C.
t Not more than one output ~ould be shorted at a time.
2·97
Smnotics
S5492
N7492
DIVIDE-BY -TWELVE COUNTER
(DIVIDE-BY-TWO AND DIVIDE-BY-SIX)
S5492-A,F,W. N7492-A,F
DIGITAL 54/74 TIL SERIES
DESCRIPTioN
PIN CONFIGURATIONS
The S5492/N7492 is a high-speed monolithic 4-bit binary counter
consisting of four master-slave flip-flops which are internally interconnected to provide a divide-by-two counter and a divide-by-six
counter. A gated direct reset line is provided which inhibits the count
inputs and simultaneously returns the four flip-flops outputs to a
logical O. As the output from flip-flop A is not internally connected
to the succeeding flip-flops the counter may be operated in two
independent modes:
WPACKAGE
INPUT
A
1. When. used as a divide-by-twelve counter, output A must be
externally connected to input BC. The input count pulses are
applied to input A. Simultaneous division of 2, 6, and 12 are
performed at the A, C, and 0 outputs as shown in the truth
table.
NC
14
"
1
2
NC
INPUT
BC
A
12
3
NC
GND
10
4
,
NC
v~
.
RollI
7
Ro(2)
A,F PACKAGE
,.
INPUT
2. When used as a divide-by-six counter, the input count pulses
are applied to input BC. Simultaneously, frequency division of 3
and 6 are available at the C and 0 outputs. Independent use of
flip-flop A is available if the reset function coincides with reset
of the divide-by-six counter.
A
"
1
The S5492/N7492 is completely compatible with Series 54 and
Series 74 logic famil ies. Average power dissipation is 155mW.
IN~T
NO
13
12
2
Ne
3
He
GND
A
4
Ne
5
Vt::e
6
RoW
7
Rol21
TRUTH TABLE (See Notes 1 and 2)
OUTPUT
OUTPUT
COUNT
2·98
0 C B A
B A
0
0
0
6
1
0
0
1
7
1
0
0
1
1
0
8
1
0
1
0
0
1
0
2
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
9
1
0
1
1
4
0
1
0
0
10
1
1
0
0
5
0
1
0
1
11
1
1
0
1
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
MIIETO
INPUT
COUNT
C
0
0
0
NOTES:
1. Output A connected to input 6.
2. To reset all outputs to logical 0,
both RO(l) and RO(2) inputs
must be at logical 1.
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERfES. S5492, N7492
RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS
MIN
4.5
4.75
-55
0
I
55492 Circuits
N7492 Circuits
Operating Free-Air Temperature Range. T A:
Supply Voltage vee:
55492 Circuits
N7492 Circuits
Normalized Fan-Out from each Output. N
Width of Input Count Pulse. tp(in)
Width of Reset Pulse. tp(reset)
NOM
5
5
25
25
MAX
5.5
5.25
125
70
10
;
UNIT
V
V
°e
°e
i
i
50
50
ns
ns
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operathig free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted)
TEST CONDITIONS *
PARAMETER
Vin(1)
Vin(O)
V out (1)
Vout(O)
lin(1)
lin(1)
lin(1)
lin(O)
lin(O)
lin(O)
lOS
ICC
Input voltage required
to ensure logical 1 at
any input terminal
I nput voltage required
to ensure logical 0 at
any input terminal
Logical 1 output
voltage
Logical 0 output
voltage
Logical 1 level input
current at RO(1) or
RO(2) inputs
Logical 1 level input
current at input A
Logical 1 level input
current at input Be
Logical 0 level input
current at R O( 1) or
RO(2) inputs
Logical 0 level input
current input A
Logical O'level input
current at input Be
Short circuit output
current t
Supply current
MIN
TVP**
MAX
UNIT
Vee
= MIN
Vee
= MIN
Vee
= MIN.
Iload
= -400/JA
Vee'" MIN.
Isink
= 16mA
Vee'" MAX.
Vee = MAX.
Vin· 2.4V
Vin = 5.5V
40
1
/JA
mA
Vee = MAX.
Vee'" MAX.
Vee = MAX.
Vee = MAX.
Vee = MAX.
Vin = 2.4V
Vin = 5.5V
Vin = 2.4V
Vin = 5.5V
Vin =O.4V
80
1
160
1
/JA
mA
2
'!
0.8
2.4
V
V
0.4
V
-1.6
/JA
mA
mA
= MAX.
Vin
=O.4V
-3.2
mA
Vee'" MAX.
Vin
=O.4V
-6.4
mA
Vee
Vee
= MAX.
Vout
Vin
Vee = MAX.
=0
=4.5V
55492
N7492
55492
N7492
-20
-18
31
31
-57
-57
44
51
mA
mA
rnA
rnA
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, Vee - 5V, TA - 25°C, N -10
TEST CONDITIONS
PARAMETER
f max
tpd1
tpdO
Maximum frequency
of input count pulses
Propagation delay time
to logical 1 level from
input count pulse to
output 0
Propagation delay time
to logical 0 level from
input count pulse to
output 0
eL
= 15pF.
eL = 15pF,
eL
= 15pF,
RL = 4000
MIN
TVP
10
18
MAX
UNIT
MHz
= 4000
60
100
ns
RL·4oo0
60
100
ns
RL
• For conditions shown as MIN or MAX. use the appropriate value, specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable
device type.
All typical values are at VCC= 5V. T A = 25°C.
Not more than one output should be shorted at a time.
2·98
Si!lDotiCS
S5493
N7493
4·BIT BINARY COUNTER
S5493-A,F,W. N7493-A,F
DIGITAL 54/74 TIL SERIES
DESCRIPTION
PIN CONFIGURATIONS
The S5493/N7493 is a high-speed, monolithic 4-bit binary counter
consisting of four master-slave flip-flops which are internally
interconnected to provide a divide-by-two counter and a divide-byeight counter. A gated direct reset line is provided which inhibits the
count inputs and simultaneously returns the four flip-flop outputs
to a logical O. As the output from flip-flop A is not internally
connected to the succeeding flip-flops the counter may be operated
in two independent modes:
WPACKAGE
INPUT
,.
NC
INPUT
.
Ro(1)
INPUT
A
NC
A
1. When used as a 4-bit ripple-through counter output A must be
externally connected to input B. The input count pulses are
applied to input A. Simultaneous divisions of 2,4,8, and 16 are
performed at the A. B, C, and D outputs as shown in the truth
table.
13
1
2
A
12
3
Ro(21
GND
10
5
NC
V"
.
NC
7
NC
A,F PACKAGE
I.
2. When used as a 3-bit ripple-through counter, the input count
pulses are applied to input B. Simultaneous frequency divisions
of 2, 4, and 8 are available at theB, C, and D outputs.
Independent use of flip-flop A is available if the reset function
coincides with reset of the 3-bit ripple-through counter.
13
A
12
0
11
GN'
10
The S5493/N7493 is completely compatible with Series 54 and
Series 74 logic families. Average power dissipation is 32mW per
flip-flop (128mW total).
TRUTH TABLE (See Notes 1 and 2)
LOGIC
OUTPUT
COUNT
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
D
C
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
2-100
B
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
OUTPUT
A
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
COUNT
D
C
B
A
9
1
0
0
1
10
1
0
1
0
11
1
0
1
1
12
1
1
0
0
13
1
1
0
1
14
1
1
1
0
15
1
1
1
1
NOTES:
1. Output A connected to input B.
2. To reset all outputs to logical 0,
both ROil) and RO(2) inputs
must be at logical 1.
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. 86493, N7493
RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS
S5493 Circuits
N7493 Circuits
Operating rree-Air Temperature Range, T A:
MIN
4.5
4.75
-55
0
Supply Voltage Vec:
55493 Circuits
N7493 Circuits
NOM
5
5
25
25
Normali~ed
Fan-Out from each Output, N
Width of Input Count Pulse, tp(in)
Width of Reset Pulse, tp(reset)
UNIT
V
V
'oC
MAX
5.5
5.25
125
70
10
°c
50
ns
50
ns
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unl8$S otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS*
TVP**
MAX
2
VCC=MIN
V out (1)
I"put voltl'!ge required
to ensure logical 1 at
any inPut terminal
Input voltage required
to ensure logical 0 at
any input terminal
Logical 1 output voltage
VCC" MIN,
Iload" -400/JA
Vout(O)
Logical Ooutputvoltage
Vce = MIN,
lin(1)
Logical 1 level input
current at RO( 1) or
RO(2) inputs
Iln(1)
Vin(1)
MIN
Vce" MIN
UNIT
V
0.8
V
Isink" 16mA
0.4
V
VCC" MAX,
VCC"MAX,
Vin" 2.4V
Vin = 5.5V
40
1
/JA
mA
Logical 1 level input
current at A or B inputs
VCC = MAX,
VCC" MAX,
Vin" 2.4V
Vin = 5.5V
80
1
/JA
mA
lin(O)
Logical 0 level input
current at RO( 1) or
RO(2) inputs
VCC
MAX,
Vin = O.4V
-1.6
mA
lil1(O)
Logical 0 level input
current at A or B inputs
Short circuit output
current t
VCC" MAX,
Vin = O.4V
-3.2
mA
32
32
-57
-57
46
63
mA
mA
mA
mA
MIN
TVP
MAX
10
18
Vin(O)
lOS
ICC
Supply current
VCC
=;
= MAX,
VCC" MAX,
Vout = 0
Vin '" 4.5V
V
2.4
S5493
N7493
S5493
N7493
-20
-18
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC .. 5V, T A" 25°C, N - 10
TEST CONDITIONS
PARAMETER
f max
tpd1
tpdO
Maximum frequency of
input count pulses
Propagation delay time
to logical 1 level from
Input count pulse to
output 0
Propagation delay time
to logical 0 level from
input count pulse to
output 0
UNIT
MHz
CL" 15pF,
RL" 4000
CL = 15pF,
RL,.
4000
75
135
ns
CL=15pF,
RL =4000
75
135
ns
=;
• For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable
device typ.e.
,
0
•• All typic2l1 value$ are at VCC" 5V, T A" 26 C.
t Not more than one output should be shorted I;It a time.
2·101
S5494
N7494
4-81T SHIFT REGISTER
(PARALLEL-IN, SERIAL-OUT)
!ii!JDDtiC!i
S5494-B,F,W. N7494-B,F
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES
DESCRIPTION
PIN CONFIGURATIONS
This monolithic shift register, utilizing transistor-transistor logic
(TTL) circuits in the familiar Series 74 configuration, is composed
of four R-S master-slave flip-flops, four AND-OR-INVERT gates,
and four inverter-drivers. I nternal interconnections of these functions provide a versatile register which performs right-shift operations as a serial-in, serial-out register or as a dual-source, parallel-toserial converter. A number of these registers may be connected in
series to form an n-bit register.
All flip-flops are simultaneously set to the logical 0 state by applying a logical 1 voltage to the clear input. This condition may be
applied independent of the state of the clock input, but not independent of state of the preset input. Preset input is independent of
the clock and clear states.
2A
2
28
2C
..
111
16
14
13
11
WPACKAGE
~-PRESETS
The flip-flops are simultaneously set to the logical 1 state from
either of two preset input sources. Preset inputs 1A through 1Dare
activated during the time that a positive pulse is applied to preset 1
if preset 2 is at a logical 0 level. When the logic levels at preset 1 and
preset 2 are reversed, preset inputs 2A through 2D are active.
--,
zo
.
I.,
,
'R
CLEAR
10
7
SER
OUT~T
•
•
CLOCK
IN
B,F PACKAGE
Transfer of information to the outputs occurs when the clock input
goes from a logical 0 to a logical 1. Since the flip-flops are R-S
master-slave circuits, the proper information must appear at the R-S
inputs of each flip-flop prior to the rising edge of the clock input
waveform. The serial input provides this information for the first
flip-flop. The output of the subsequent flip-flops provide information for the remaining R-S inputs. The clear input, preset 1, and
preset 2 must be at a logical 0 when clocking occurs.
.R
, . - - - PRUETS--,
2,.,
2
21
2C
This register is completely compatible for use with TTL and DTL
logic circuits and when used with other TTL circuits, noise margins
are typically one volt. Typical average power dissipation is 175 mill iwatts, and propagation delay times from clock to output are typically 25 nanoseconds.
1
lA
2
18
3
lC
'"
4
10
~PRESETS-"'"
•
7
",
,
SER
IN
•
CLOCK
lOGIC DIAGRAM
PRESET
......~-+--..-+-----+---,
2 o-~>o----+-...-+-~-
RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS
Supply Voltage V CC
MIN
TYP
MAX
S5494 Circuits
4.5
5
5.5
V
N7494 Circuits
4.75
5
5.25
V
UNIT
10
Normalized Fan-Out From Each Output
Width of Clock Pulse, tp(clock)
35
Width of Clear Pulse, tp(clear)
30
ns
Width of Preset Pulse, tp(preset)
Serial Input Setup Time: tsetup(l )
30
ns
35
ns
tsetup(OI
Serial Input Hold.Time, thold
25
ns
2·102
0
ns
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S5494, N7494
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS·
MIN
TVp··
MAX
UNIT
Input voltage required to
V in (1)
ensure logical 1 at any input
2
Vee= MIN
V
terminal
I nput voltage required to
Vin(O)
ensure logical 0 at any input
0.8
Vee = MIN
V
terminal
V out (1)
Vout(O)
Logical 1 output voltage
Vee = MIN, Iload = -400 ",A
Logical 0 output voltage
Vee = MIN, I sink = 16mA
Logical 1 level input current
lin(1)
lin(1)
2.4
3.5
0.22
V
V
0.4
=2.4V
40
",A
and preset 2
Vee = MAX, V in = 5.5V
1
mA
Logical 1 level input current
Vee" MAX, Vin = 2.4V
160
",'A
at preset 1 and preset 2
Vee = MAX, V in '" 5.5V
1
mA
Vte = MAX, V in = O.4V
-1.6
mA
at preset 1 and preset 2
Vee = MAX, V in = O.4V
-6.4
mA
Short-circuit input current t
Vee = MAX, V out = 0
mA
at any input except preset 1
Vee = MAX, V in
Logical 0 level input current
lin(O)
at any input except preset 1
and preset 2
Logical 0 level input current
lin(O)
lOS
ICC
Supply current
Vee
= MAX
55494
-20
-57
N7494
-18
-57
mA
55494
35
50
mA
N7494
35
58
mA
TVP
MAX
UNIT
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, Vec" 5V, T A - 25°C, N - 10
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
eL = 15pF,
RL = 4000
10
eL = 15pF,
RL = 4000
25
40
ns
e L = 15pF,
RL = 4000
25
40
ns
e L = 15pF,
RL = 4000
35
ns
e L = 15pF,
RL = 4000
40
ns
PARAMETER
f max
Maximum clock frequency
MHz
Propagation delay time to
tpd1
logical 1 level from clock to
output to output
Propagation delay time to
tpdO
logical 0 level from clock to
output
Propagation delay time to
tpd1
lo"gical 1 level from preset
to output
Propagation delay time to
tpdO
logical 0 level from clear to
output
• For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable
circuit type .
•• All typical values are at Vee
t
= 5V, T A = 25°e.
Not more than one output should be shorted at a time.
2-103
4-81T RIGHT-SHIFT
LEFT-SHIFT REGISTER
Si!lDotiCS
S5495-A,F- N7496-A,F
S5495
N7495
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES
PIN CONFIGURATIONS
DESCRIPTION
The 54/7495 is a monolithic universal 4-Bit Shift Register designed
with standard TTL techniques. The circuit layout consists of 4 R-S
master-slave flip-flops, 4 AND-OR-INVERT gates, and 6 inverters
configured to form a versatile register which will perform right-shift,
left-shift, or parallel-in, parallel-out operations depending on the
logical input level to the mode control.
A,F PACKAGE
,....--.-- OUTPUTS ----,
ABC
0
13
12
11
10
CLOCK 1 CLOCK 2
R.SHIFT'I.,SHIFT
9
IJ
Right-shift operations are performed when a logical 0 level is applied
to the mode control. Serial data i~ entered at the serial input Os and
shifted one position right on each clock 1 pulse. In this mode, clock
2 and parallel inputs 0A thru DO are inhibited.
Parallel-in, parallel-out operations are performed when a logical 1
level is applied to the mode control. Parallel data is entered at
parallel inputs OA thru DO and is transferred to the data output!;
AO thru DO on each clock 2 pulse. In this mode, shift-left operations
may be implemented by externally tying the output of each flipflop to the parallel input of the previous flip-flop (DO to DC and
etc.), with serial data entry at input DO'
1
2
IJ£AIAl
INPUT
3
4
5
4
BCD
~ INNJTS -.....,.....I
5
MOOIi
COJiTAOI.
Information must be present at the R-S inputs prior to clocking and
transfer of data occurs on the falling edge of the clock pulse.
lOGIC DIAGRAM
RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS
MIN
NOM
MAX
UNIT
S5495 Circuits
N7496 Circuits
4.5
4.75
6
5
5.6
5.25
10
V
V
S6495 Circuits
N7496 Circuits
Setup Time Required at Serial, A, B, C, or 0 Inputs tsetup
Hold Time Required at Serial, A, B, C, or 0 Inputs thold
Logical 0 Level Setup Time Required at Mode-Control
(With Respect to Clock 1 inputs)
Logical 1 IElvel Setup Time Required at Mode Control
(With Respect to Clock 2 input)
Logical 0 Level Setup Time Required at Mode Control
(With Respect to Clock 2 input)
Logical 1 Level Setup Time Required at Mode Control
(With Respect to Clock 1 input)
20
15
10
0
10
10
10
10
Supply Voltage V CC
Normalized Fan-Out From Each Output
Width of Clock Pulse tp(cJock)
2-104
ns
ns
ns
ns
15
ns
15
ns
5'
ns
·5'
ns
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S5495, N'l495
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS*
MIN
TVP**
MAX
UNIT
-~
Input voltage required to
V in (1)
ensure logical 1 at any input
V
2
Vee = MIN
terminal
Input voltage required to
Vin(O)
0.8
V
0.4
V
Vee = MAX, Vin = 0.4V
-1.6
mA
Vee" MAX, Vin = O.4V
-3.2
mA
40
IJ.A
1
mA
control
Vee" MAX, V in = 2.4V
Vee = MAX, V in " 5.5V
ensure logical 0 at anY input
Vee = MIN
terminal
V out (1)
Logical 1 output voltage
Vee" MIN, Iload'" -800/JA
Vout(O)
Logical 0 output voltage
Vee" MIN, I sink = 16mA
lin(O)
at any input except mode
V
2.4
Logical 0 level input current
control
Logical 0 level input current
lin(O)
at mode control
Logical 1 level input current
lin(1 )
at any input except mode
Logical 1 leval input current
Vee = MAX, Vin '" 2.4V
80
IJ.A
at mode control
Vee'" MAX, V in = 5.5V
1
mA
lOS
Short-circuit output current t
Vee" MAX
-57
mA
ICC
Supply current
Vee = MAX
63
mA
lin(1)
-18
N7495
39
50
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC" 5V, TA" 25°C, N '" 10
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
TVP
e L = 15pF,
RL = 4000
25
36
e L .. 15pF,
RL = 4000
18
27
ns
C L = 15pF,
RL
= 4000
21
32
ns
PARAMETER
f max
Maximum shift frequency
MAX
UNIT
MHz
Propagation delay time to
tpd1
logical 1 level from clock 1
or clock 2 to outputs
Propagation delay time to
tpdO
logical 0 level from clock 1
or clock 2 to outputs
"For conditions shown as MIN or MAX. use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable
circuit type.
""All typical values are at Vee = 5V. T A = 25°e.
t Not more than one output should be shorted at a time.
2·105
!i~nlltiC!i
S5496
N7496
5·81T SHIFT REGISTER
S5496-B,F,W. N7496-B,F
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES
DESCRIPTION
This shift register consists of five R-S master-slave flip-flops connected to perform parallel-to-serial or serial-to-parallel conversion of
binary data. Since both inputs and outputs to all flip-flops are accessible, parallel-in/parallel-out or serial-in/serial-out operation may be
performed.
PIN CONFIGURATIONS
WPACKAGE
,.
r--- OUTPUTS - - ,
CLEAR
ABC
16
14
13
OND
,...
~UTPUT:" ~~~~L
1,
12
10
,
All flip-flops are simultaneously set to the logical 0 state by applying a logical 0 voltage to the clear input. This condition may be
applied independent of the state of the clock input.
The flip-flops may be independently set to the logical 1 state by
applying a logical 1 to both the preset input of the specific flip-flop
and the common preset input. The common preset input is provided
to allow flexibility of either setting each flip-flop independently or
setting two or more flip-flops simultaneously. Preset is also independent of the state of the clock input or clear input.
Transfer of information to the output pins occurs when the clock
input goes from a logical 0 to a logical 1. Since the flip-flops are R-S
master-slave circuits, the proper information must appear at the R-S
inputs of each flip-flop prior to the rising edge of the clock input
voltage waveform. The serial input provides this information to the
first flip-flop, while the outputs of the subsequent flip-flops provide
information for the remaining R-S inputs. The clear input must be
at a logical 1 and the preset input must be at a logical 0 when
clocking occurs.
1
CLOCK
2
3
•
A
•
C
.
Vee
~PRESET~
L.
•
7
o
•
PRUETS
.
PRESET
~
B,F PACKAGE
.
~L::R
rOUT~TS,
r-0UTPUTS-,
A
C
15
13
°l~D
a
Vee
"
1
CLOCK
L-pRESETS--I
1~
.
SERIAL
INPUT
,EO
•
PRESET
L.PRES£TS...I
LOGIC DIAGRAM
RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS
Supply Voltage V CC
MIN
TVP
MAX
UNIT
S5496 Circuits
4.5
5
5.5
V
N7496 Circuits
4.75
5
5.25
V
Normalized Fan-Out from Output
10
Width of Clock Pulse, tp(clock)
35
ns
Width of Clear Pulse, tp(clearl
Width of Preset Pulse, tp(preset)
Serial Input Setup Time, tsetup
30
ns
ns
Serial Input Hold Time, thold
2·106
30
30
ns
0
ns
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES -S5496, N7496
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted)
TEST CONDITIONS
PARAMETER
MIN
TVP
MAX
UNIT
Input voltage required to
V in (1)
ensure logical 1 at any input
V
2
Vee" MIN
terminal
Input voltage required·to
0.8
Vin(O)
ensure logical 0 at any input
Vee" MIN
V out (1)
terminal
Logical 1 output voltage
Vee - MIN, Iload" -400"A
Vout(O)
Logical 0 output voltage
2.4
3.5
0.22
Vee" MIN, I sink " 16mA
V
V
0.4
V
Logical 1 level input current
lin(1)
at any input except preset
(pin
®
)
Logical 1 level input current
lin(1)
at preset (pin
lin(O)
at any input except preset
®
)
Vee" MAX, V in " 2.4V
Vee = MAX, V in " 5.5V
=
40
Jl.A
1
mA
Vee MAX, V in • 2.4V
Vee - MAX, Vin" 5.5V
200
Jl.A
1
mA
Vee" MAX, V in = O.4V
-1.6
mA
Vee" MAX, V in = 0.4V
-8
mA
Logical 0 level input current
(pin
®
)
Lc.gical 0 level input current
lin(O)
at preset (pin
®
)
lOS
Short-.::ircult output cumint t
ICC
Supply current
Vee~ MAX, V out - 0
Vee" MAX
55496
-20
-57
mA
N7496
-18
-57
mA
55496
48
68
mA
N7496
48
79
mA
TVP
MAX
UNIT
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC .. SV, T A - 2SoC, N .. 10
TEST CONDITIONS
PARAMETER
f max
Maximum clock frequency
MIN
MHz
10
eL = 15pF,
RL = 40Qn
e L .. 15pF,
RL = 4000
25
40
ns
= 15pF,
RL .. 4000
25
40
ns
CL " 15pF,
RL =4000
35
ns
e L = 15pF,
RL = 4000
40
ns
CL = 15pF,
RL = 400
55
ns
Propagation delay time to
tpd1
logical 1 level from clock to
output
Propagation delay time to
tpdO
logical 0 level from clock to
eL
output
Propagation delay time to
tpd1
logical 1 level from preset
to output
Propagation delay time to
tpdO
logical 0 level from preset
28
to output
Propagation delay time to
tpdO
logical 0 level from clear
to output
• For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable
circuit type .
•• All typical values are at Vee = 5V, T A" 25°e.
t Not more than one output should be shorted at a time.
2·107
S54100
N74100
4·BIT BISTABLE LATCH
!ii!lDotiC!i
S54100-N,Q,F • N74100-F
DIGITAL 54/74 TIL SERIES
DESCRIPTION
PIN CONFIGURATIONS
These latches are ideally suited for uSe as temporary storage for
binary information between processing units and input/output or
indicator units. Information present at a data (0) input is transferred to the Q output when the clock is high, and the Q output
will follow the data input as long as the clock remains high. When
the clock goes low, the information (that was present at the data
input at the time the transition occurred) is retained at the Q output until the clock is permitted to go high.
The S54100/N74100 features two independent quadruple latches
in a single 24-pindual in-line package. These circuits are completely
compatible with all popular TTL or DTL families. Typical power
dissipation is 40 milliwatts per latch. The Series 54 circuits are
characterized for operation over the full military temperature range
of _55° C to 125° C and Series 74 circu its are characterized for operation from O°C to 70°C.
ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS (over operating temperature
range unless otherwise noted)
Supply Voltage, V CC (See Note 3)
Input Voltage, Vin (See Notes 3 and 4)
Operating Free-Air Temperature Range:
S54100.Circuits
N74100 Circuits
Storage Temperature Range
N.Q.F PACKAGE
,
Hun
CLOCK
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
a
~
g
1
2
3
4
6
•
1
Ne
101
102
102
101
NC
OND
LOGIC DIAGRAM (each latch)
7V
5.5V
_55° C to 1 25° C
O°C to 70°C
-65°C to 150°C
NOTES:
TRUTH TABLE
LOGIC
1
1
NOTES:
1. tn = bit time before clock
negative-going transition.
2. tn+1 = bit time after clock
negative-going transition.
0
0
NC - No internal connection.
tn
D
tn+1
Q
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (each latch)
~-+-------4------+-~---+----~~----~~------+--+-r~aND
NOTE: Component values shown are
2·108
no~lnal.
D
a
m1
-a =
~
~
u
~
~
9
10
11
12
2Q2
202
201
CLOCK
2
3. These voltage values are with respect to network ground terminal.
4. Input signals must be zero or positive with respect to network
ground terminal.
(Each Latch)
~
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. 554100, N74100
RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS
Supply Voltage VCC ISee Note 3):
MIN
4.5
4.75
554100
N74100
NOM
5
5
MAX
5.5
5.25
10
Normalized Fan-Out from Output
UNIT
V
V
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (olier recommended operllting free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted)
TEST CONDITIONS *
PARAMETER
linlO)
Input voltage requited to ensure
logical 1 level at any input
terminal
Input yoltage required to ensute
logical 0 level at any input
terminal
Logical 1 output yoltage
Logical 0 output voltage
Logical 0 level input current at 0
Logical 0 level iriput current at
clock
linl1 )
Logical 1 level input current at 0
lin(1)
Logical 1 level input
current at clock
lOS
Short-circuit output current
ICC
Supply current
V in (1)
VinlO)
V out (1)
Vout (())
linlO)
MIN
TVP** MAX
V
2
VCC =MIN,
VCC· MIN ,
VCC " MAX ,
Iload" -4ool-iA
I sink = 16mA
S541oo, N74100
VCC" MAX,
VCC'" MAX,
VeC· MAX ,
V in " 204V,
VCC-MAX,
Vce = MAX,
V out " 0
V in " 2.4V
Vin = 6.5V
Vcc'" MAX,
SM100,N741oo
V in " 5.5V
554100
N74100
554100
N74100
0.8
V
004
-3.2
V
V
mA
-12.8
mA
80
1
160
320
1
-57
-57
92
106
I-IA
mA
2.4
Yin "0.4V
Vec=MAX,
UNIT
-20
-18
64
64
I-IA
I-IA
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC = 5V, TA = 25°C, N = 10
TEST CONDITIONS NOTE A
PARAMETER
tsetup1
tsetupO
thold1
tholdO
t pd1l0-Q)
tpdOIO-Q)
t pd1IC-Q)
tpdOIC-Q)
Minimum logical 1 level
input setup time at 0 input
Minimum logical 0 level input
setup time at 0 input
Maximum logioal .1 level input
hold time required at 0 input
Maximum logical 0 level input
hold tillie required at 0 ,'nput
Propagation delay time to
logical 1 level from 0 input
to Q output
Propagation delay time to
logical 0 level from 0 input
to Q output
PrQgagation delay time to
logical 1 level from clock
input to Q output
Propagation delay time to
lOgical 0 level from clock
input to Q output
C L = 16pF,
RL = 4000
C L " 15pF,
RL = 400n
MIN
TVP
MAX
UNIT
7
20
ns
14
20
ns
1511
ns
611
ns
CL" 15pF,
RL '" 4000
0
CL = 15pF,
RL .. 4000
0
= 15pF,
RL = 4000
16
30
ns
C L .. 15pF,
i'lL = 4000
14
25
ns
CL" 15pF,
RL " 400n
16
30
ns
CL " 15pF,
RL " 400n
7
15.
ns
CL
• For conditions shown as MIN or' MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable
device type.
** All typical values are at Vee" 5V, i A" 2Soc.
t
Not more than one output should be shorted at a tlma.
11
These typical times Indicate that period occurring prior to the fall of clock pulse (to) below 1.5V when data at the 0 input will still be recognized and stored.
NOiE A: AC Test Circuit, voltage waveforms and switching tlmas are given on p. 2-76.
2·108
!ii!lDotiC!i
DUAL J·K·MASTER·SLAVE FUp·FLOP
S54107-A,F • N74107-A,F
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES
DESCRIPTION
PIN CONFIGURATIONS
The S54107A1N74107A J-K flip-flop is based on the master-slave
principle. Inputs to the master section are controlled by the clock
pulse. The clock pulse also regulates the state of the coupling
transistors which connect the master and slave sections. The
sequence of operation is as follows:
See S6473/N7473 waveform.
1. Isolate slave from master
2. Enter information from J and K inputs to master
3. Disable J and K inputs
4. Transfer information from master to .slsYII.
TRUTH TABLE
LOGIC
(Each Flip-Flop)
tn
tn+1
J
K
a
0
0
an
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
an
NOTES:
1. tn '" bit time before clock pulse.
2. tn+1 - bit time after clock pulse.
SCHEMATIC (each flip-flop)
NOTE: Component values shown are nominal.
2·110
A,F PACKAGE
S54107
N74107
DIGITAL 54/14 TTL SERIES. S54107, N74107
RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS
S54107 Circuits
N74107 Circuits
Operating Free-Air Temperature Range, T A:
MIN
4.5
4.75
-55
0
Supply Voltage Vcc:
S54107 Circuits
N74107 Circuits
UNIT
V
V
°c
°c
MAX
5.5
5.25
125
70
10
NOM
5
5
25
25
Normalized Fan-Out from each Output, N
ns
ns
20
25
;;'tp(clock)
0
Width of Clock Pulse, p(clock)
Width of Clear Pulse, tp(clear)
Input Setup Time, tsetup
Input Hold Time, thold
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
V in (1)
Vin(O)
V out (1)
Vou't(O)
lin(O)
lin(O)
lin(1 )
lin(1 )
lOS
ICC
Input voltage required to
ensure logical 1 at any
input terminal
Input voltage required to
ensure logical 0 at any
input terminal
Logical 1 output
voltage
Logical 0 output voltage
Logical 0 level, input
current at J or K
Logical 0 level input
current at clear or clock
Logical 1 level input
current at J or K
Logical 1 level input
current at clear or clock
Short circuit output
current t
Supply current
MIN
TEST CONDITIONS*
VCC
= MIN
VCC
= MIN
VCC
= MIN,
Iload
VCC
VCC
= MIN,
= MAX,
I sink = 16mA
V in = OAV
VCC
= MAX,
Vin
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
= MAX,
= MAX,
= MAX,
= MAX,
= MAX,
VCC
= MAX,
TYP**
MAX
UNIT
2
V
0.8
V
= -400",A
2.4
3.5
0.22
V
0.4
-1.6
V
mA
= O.4V
-3.2
mA
V in
V in
V in
V in
V in
= 2.4V
",A
mA
V in
= 5V
40
1
80
1
-57
-57
40
= 5.5V
= 2.4V
= 5.5V
=0
-20
-18
554107
N74107
20
",A
mA
mA
mA
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC • 5V, T A • 26°C, N - 10
PARAMETER
tclock
tpd1
tpdO
tpd1
tpdO
Maximum clock
frequency
Propagation delay time
to logical 1 level from
clHar to output
Propagation delay time
to logical 0 level from
clHar to output
Propagation delay time
to logical 1 level from
clock to output
Propagation delay time
to logical 0 level from
clock to output
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
TYP
15
20
MAX
UNIT
= 15pF,
RL
= 400.11
C L = 15pF,
RL
= 400.11
16
25
ns
CL
= 15pF,
RL
= 400.11
25
40
ns
CL
= 15pF,
RL
= 400.11
10
16
25
ns
CL
= 15pF,
RL
= 400.11
10
25
40
ns
CL
MHz
• For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the appl'icable
device type.
All typical values are at Vee = 5V, T A = 25°e.
t Not more than one output should be shorted at a time.
2-111
!ii!lDDtiC!i
MONOSTABLE MULTIVIBRATOR
N74121/S54121 A, F, W
N74121
S54121
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES
DESCRIPTION
This monolithic TTL monostable multivibrator features doc triggering from positive or gated negative-going inputs with inhibit facility.
Both positive and negative-golng output pulses are provided with
full fan-out to 10 normalized loads.
Pulse triggering occurs at a particular voltage level and is not directly
related to the transition time of the input pulse. Schmitt-trigger
input circuitry for the B input allows jitter-free triggering from
inputs with transition times as slow as 1 volt/second, providing the
circuit with an excellent noise immunity of typically 1.2 volts. A
high immunity to VCC noise of typically 1.5 volts is also provided
by internal latching circuitry.
Circuit performance is achieved with a nominal power dissipation of
90 milliwatts at 5 volts (50% duty cycle) and a quiescent diSSipation
of typically 65 milliwatts.
Duty cycles as high as 90% are achieved when using RT - 40kn.
Higher duty cycles are'8chievable if a certain amount of pulse-width
jitter is allowed.
PIN CONFIGURATIONS
A, F, W PACKAGE
Once fired, the outputs are independent of further transitions on
the inputs and are a function only of the timing components. Input
pulses may be of any duration relative to the output pulse. Output
pulse lengths may be varied from 40 nanoseconds to 40 seconds by
choosing appropriate timing components. With ~ external t~ng
c~onents (i.e., pin
connected to pin Q1I ' pins ®,
QY open) an output pulse of typically 30 nanoseconds is
achieved which may be used as a dc triggered reset Signal. Output
rise and fall times are TTL compatible and independent of pulse
length.
®
Pulse width is achieved through internal compensation and is virtually independent of VCC and temperature. In most applications,
pulse stability will only be limited by the accuracy of external
timing components.
TtMINGPINI
He
NC~
13
12
11
Z
3
•
He
Ai
A2
10
•
Jitter-free operation is maintained over the full temperature and
VCC range for more than six decades of timing capacitance (10 pF
to 1OJ,tF) and more than one decade of timing resistance (2kn to
40kn). Throughout these ranges, pulse width is defined by the relationship tp(outl = CT RT loge 2.
TRUTH TABLE
tn INPUT
tn+l INPUT
OUTPUT
B
Al
A2
B
Al
A2
1
1
0
1
1
1
Inhibit
0
X
1
0
X
0
Inhibit
X
0
1
X
0
0
Inhibit
0
X
0
0
X
1
One Shot
X
0
0
X
0
1
Olle Shot
1
1
1
X
0
1
One Shot
1
1
1
0
X
I
One Shot
X
0
0
X
1
0
Inhib;t
0
X
0
1
X
0
Inhibit
X
0
1
1
1
1
Inhibit
0
X
1
1
1
1
Inhibit
1
1
0
X
0
0
Inhibit
1
1
0
0
X
0
Inhibit
1 = Vin(1 );;'2V
2-112
0= V in (0)<;0.8V
1. A 1 and A2 are negativ9'-edge-triggered logic inputs, and
will trigger the one shot when either or both go to logical
o with B at logical 1.
2. B is a positive Schmitt-trigger input for slow edges or level
detection, and will trigger the one shot when -S goes to
logical 1 with either A 1 or A2 at logical O. (See TrlJth
Table)
.
3. External timing capacitor m~ be connected between pin
(positive) and pin 11 . With no external capacitance, an output pulse widt of 30ns is obtained typically.
4. To use the internal timing resistOr (2kn nominal), connect pin
to pin
5. To obtain variable pulse width connect external variable
resistance between pin
and pin' @ . No external
current limiting is needed.
.
6. For accurate repeatable p~e widths con~ an external
re*tor between pin Qj) and pin Q1I with pin
® open-circuit.
7. tn = time before input transition.
S. tn+1 = time after input transition.
9. x indicates that either a logical 0 or 1. may be present.
@
®
@ .
®
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54121, N74121
RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS
MIN
NOM
MAX
4.75
5
5.25
UNIT
Supply Voltage V CC:
V
N74121 Circuits
Normalized Fan-Out from each Output, N
Input Pulse Rise/Fali Time:
Schmitt Input (B)
1
VIs
Logic Inputs (A 1, A2)
1
V//As
Input Pulse Width
External Tirning Resistance Between Pins
External Tirning Resistance:
@
and
@
(Pin' (~).open)
50
ns
1.4
kn
554121
30
kn
N74121
40
kn
1000
/A F
40
s
Timing Capacitance
0
Output Pulse Width
Duty Cycle:
= 2kn
RT = 30kn
RT = 40kn
V
10
RT
67%
(S54121) or
90%
(N74121)
IElECTRICALCHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted)
TEST CONDITIONS *
PARAMETeR
MIN
TVP**
MAX
UNIT
Positive-going threshold
V,. +
VCC
= MIN
VCC
= MIN
voltage at A input
Negative-going threshold
VT -
voltage at A Input
1.4
0.8
2
1.4
V
V
Positive-going threshold
VT +
voltage at B input
1.55
VCC '" MIN
2
V
Negative-going threshold
VT -
voltage at B input
VCC
= MIN
= MIN,
= MIN,
V out (0)
Logical 0 output voltage
Vce
V out (1)
Logical 1 output voltage
Vee
0.8
I sink
= 16mA
1.35
0.22
2.4
Iload '" -400/AA
V
0.4
3.3
V
V
Logical 0 level input
lin (0)
VCC = MAX,
V in = 0.4V
-1
-1.6
mA
VCC= MAX,
V in
= O.4V
-2
-3.2
mA
Logical 1 level input
V CC " MAX,
V ln '" 2.4V
2
40
/AA
current at A1 of A2
Vec
= MAX,
V in '" 5.5V
0.05
1
mA
Logical 1 level input
Vee
= MAX,
V in
=2.4V
4
80
/AA
current at B
Vee" MAX,
V in '" 5.5V
0.05
1
mA
current at A1 of A2
Logical 0 level input
lin (0)
lin (1)
lin (1)
current at B
S54121
-20
-25
-55
mA
N74121
-18
-25
-55
mA
= MAX
13
25
mA
Vce'" MAX
23
40
mA
Short circuit output
lOS
current at Q or
ot
Vee = MAX
.power supply current in
ICC
Vce
quiescent (unfired) state
Power supply current in
·ce
fired state·
2·113
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54121, N74121
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, Vee - 6V, TA - 25"C
TEST CONDITIONS
PARAMETER
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
15
35
55
ns
Propagation delay time to
tpd1
logical 1 level from B input
to
CL - 15pF,
CT" 80pF
a output
Propagation delay time to
tpd1
C L - 15pF,
CT - 80pF
25
45
70
ns
C L .. 15pF,
CT '" 80pF
20
40
65
ns
CL .. 15pF,
CT" 80pF
30
50
80
ns
Pulse width obtain8cJ using
C L - 15pF,
internal timing resistor
RT"' Open,
CT .. 80pF
Pin ®
to VCC
70
110
150
ns
20
30
50
ns
600
700
800
ns
6
7
8
ms
30
50
ns
logical 1 level from A1/A2
inputs to
a output
Propagation delay time to
tpdO
logical 0 level from B input
to Qoutput
Propagation delay time to
tpdO
logical 0 level from A 1/ A2
inputs to Q output
tp(out)
Pulse width obtained with
CL
= 15pF,
CT-O.
tp(out)
zero timing capacitance
Pin ®
tp(out)
RT " Open,
CL .. 15pF,
externel timing resistor
Pin
Pulse width obteined using
Pulse width obtained using
tp(out)
RT " 10kn
CL = 15pF,
external timing resistor
RT = 10kn
Minimum duration of
thold
CL .. 15pF,
trigger pulse
RT" Open,
toV CC
~"1oopF,
®
Open
CT =1JJF,
pin®Open
CT ..
Pin
80pF~
®
to VCC
•
• For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable
circuit type.
~. All typical values are at Vee = 5V, T A = 25°e.
t Not more than one output should be shorted at a time.
TYPICAL CHARAC'tERISTICS
VARIATION IN OUTPUT PULSE WIDTH
VERSUS
SUPPLY VOLTAGE
----
:r
c
~
+0,5
f---~--+--.
----
+---
VARIATION IN OUTPUT PULSE WIDTH
VERSUS
FREE-AIR TEMPERATURE
-
-~----I
---
~
-
I---~-----+---+------I
~
~
~
5
/'
W·"~
dI&
z
~
~
4:~'>
aL 1.7
~
§1
9
1.6
i
1.5
ffi
g
~
~ 1.4
1---+--+
~
t¥ 1.3
I---t---+--+--t---+--f=-'r-~
1.2 L---L_-1._......L..._....L_..l.-_.L----JL.---I
-76
-25
100
126
50
Rt - TIMING RESISTOR VALUE -kil
TA - FREE-AIR TEMPERATURE - "C
PROPAGATION DELAY TIME TO LOGICAL 1 LEVEL
(8 INPUT TO Q OUTPUTI
VERSUS
FREE-AIR TEMPERATURE
PROPAGATION DELAY TIME TO LOGICAL 0 LEVEL
(8 INPUT TO Q OUTPUTI
VERSUS
FREE-AIR TEMPERATURE
Vcc- 6V
CT"'80pF
I- RT-Internal
i--
"I"-CL -50pF
l::r.:::
....... ~~
ct.-16pF
--
ct.-l00pF
I
r-ct. -100pF
f-ct..~
Vcc- 6V
CT-8OpF
RT • Internal
--
..-
.......
r--..
-.....
~c~t;:
.--;.
- """---
~~
r--
~V
--
-
-~
....... ~-
1--5417412120
1--~4174121-
o
-76
100
76
-78
100
128
VARIATION IN INTERNAL TIMING RESISTOR VALUE
VERSUS
FREE-AIR TEMPERATURE
/
/V
l--
./
/
l-j4/74121 1
TA-free-Air Tempk8ture·-oC
2-115
N74122
S54123
N74123
RETRIGGERABLE MONOSTABLE
MULTIVIBRATOR WITH CLEAR
SI!IDotiCS
N74122-~,F
• S54123-B,F,IW • N74123-,B,F
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES
DESCRIPTION
These monostables are designed to provide the system designer with
complete flexibility in controlling the pulse width, either to lengthen
the pulse by retriggering, or to shorten by clearing. N74122 has an
internal timing resistor which allows the circuit to be operated
with only an external capacitor, if so desired. Applications requiring
more precise pulse widths and not requiring the clear feature can
best be satisfied with N 74121.
PIN CONFIGURATIONS
64n4123 B,F,W PACKAGE
Vee A'~I/ClNt
14
13
NC
CUI
NC
Rml
12
9
The output pulse is primarily a function of the external capacitor
and resistor. For Cext > 1000pF, the output pulse width (tw) is
defined as:
1
2
3
4
ij
AI
A2
al
82
ClI!AR
L....--OATA INPUTS ~
aND
74122 A,F PACKAGE
where
RT is in kfl (either internal or external
timing resistor)
Cext is in pF
tw is in ns
For pulse widths when Cext a;;;; 1000pF, see Figure B.
These circuits are fully compatible with most TTL or DTL families.
Inputs are diode-clamped to minimize reflections due to transmissionline effects, which simplifies design. Typical power dissipation per
one shot is 115 milliwatts; typical average propagation delay time
to the Q output is 21 nanoseconds.
The N74122 and N74123 are
characterized for operation from 0 0 C to 700 C.
,
2
,,.,
18
oil
,0
S
8
2Q
2
C.. t
1
8
2
OND
A",tlC.. ,
tPln assignments for. these circuits are the same for all packages.
TRUTH TABLE (See Note A)
N74122
INPUTS
A1
~
B1
OUTPUTS
B2
Q
H
H
X
X
L
H
X
X
L
X
L
H
INPUTS
X
X
X
L
L
H
A
B
Q
IT
L
X
H
H
L
H
X
L
H
L
X
t
H
...n..
H
V
X
L
L
L
X
H
t
H
H
L
t
U
L
1.S
H
Il.
X
Il.
L
X
L
t
H
Il.
1.S
t
H
J"L
lS
X
L
H
t
Il.
H
.j.
H
H
n.
1.S
1.S
.j.
H
H
Il.
1J
H
H
H
n.
1J
.j.
NOTES:
A. H = high level (steady-state), L = low level (steady-state), t =
transition from low to high level, -I- =
transition from high to low level, I t = one high-level pulse,
L..J"= one low-level pulse, X = irrelevant (any input, including
transitions).
2·116
S54123,N74123
Q
OUTPUTS
H
B. NC = No internal connection.
C. To use the Internal timing resistor of N74122 (10kfl nominal),
connect Rint to Vcc.
D. An external timing capacitor may be connected between Cext
and Rext/Cext (positive).
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. N74122, S54123, N74123
RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS
S54123,N74122,N74123
Supply Voltage VCC
Normalized Fan-Out from each Output, N
MIN
NOM
MAX
4.75
5
5.25
20
10
High Logic Level
Low-Logic Level
40t
40t
40t
5
Input data setup time, tsetup (See Note 3)
Input data hold time, thold (See Note 4)
Width of Claar Pulse, tw(clear)
External Timing Resistance
External Capacitance
Wiring Capacitance at Rext/Cext Terminal
Operating Free-Air Temperature, T A
tThese conditions are recommended for use at V CC
NOTES:
UNIT
V
50
ns
ns
ns
kn
50
70
pF
°c
No Restriction
0
= 5V,
TA
I
25
I
= 26° C.
1. Voltage values, except intermitter voltage, are with respect to network ground terminal.
2. This is the voltage between two emitters of a multiple-emitter transistor. For the N74122 circuit, this rating applies to each A input
with respect to the other and to each B fnput with respect to the other.
3. Setup time for a dynamic input Is the Interval Immediately preceding the transition which 'constitutes the dynamic input, during
which Interval a steady-state logic level must be maintained at the input to ensure recognition of the transition.
4. !-Iold time for a dynamic Input is the interval immediately following the transition which constitutes the dynamic input, during
which interval a steady-state logic level must be maintained at the input to ensure continued recognition of the transition.
5. Ground C ext to measure VOH at Q, VOL at
or 10s'at Q. C ext is open to measure VOH at Q, VOlat Q, or lOS at'c:i'.
6. Quiescent ICC is measured (after clearing) with 2.4V applied to all clear and A inputs,
B inputs grounded, all outputs open.
C ext = O.02/olF, and R ext = 25kn. Rint of S54122/N74122 is open.
7. ICC is measured in the triggered .state with 2.4V applied to all clear and B Inputs, A inputs grounded, all outputs open.
C ext = O.02/olF, and R ext = 25kn., AintofS54122/N74122 is open.
c:r,
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over oparating free-air tempereture range unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
VIH
VIL
VI
High-level input voltage
Low-level input voltage
I nput clamp voltage
VOH
High-level output voltage
VOL
Low-level output voltage
II
Input current at maximum
input voltage
lOS
data inputs
clear input
data inputs
Low-level input current
clear input
Short-circu it output current t
ICC
Supply current (quiescent or triggered)
IIH
IlL
High-level input current
TEST CONDITIONS*
MIN
TYP**
MAX
UNIT
0.8
-1.5
V
V
V
2
VCC = MIN,
VCC= MIN,
See Note 5
VCC= MIN,
See Note 5
II = -12mA
10H = -800/olA
10L
2.4
= 16mA,
Vce= MAX,
VI ,= 5.5V
VCC = MAX,
VI "'2.4V
VCC='MAX,
VI'" O.4V
VCC = MAX,
VCC = MAX,
See Notes 6 and 7
See Note 5
N74122
N74123
V
0.22
0.4
V
1
mA
23
46
40
80
-1.6
-3.2
-40
28
66
TYP
MAX
UNIT
22
33
ns
19
28
ns
30
40
ns
27
36
ns
18
27
ns
30
40
ns
-10
lolA
mA
mA
mA
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC'" 5V, TA'" 25°C, N" 10
TEST CONDITIONS
PARAMETER
tw(min)
Propagation delay time, low-tohigh-level Q output, from either
A input
Propagation delay time, low-tohigh-level Q output, from either
Binput
Propagati~n delay time, high-tolow-level Q output, from either
A input
Propagati~n delay time, high-tolow-level Q olltput, from either
B input
Propagation delay time, high-tolow-level Q output, from clear
input
Propagatio~ delay time, low-tohigh-level Q output, from clear
input
Minimum width of Q output pulse
tw
Width of Q output pulse
tPLH
tpLH
tp,HL
tPHL
tpHL
tPLH
Cext = 0,
CL
= 15pF,
Cext = 1000pF,
CL = 15pF,
MIN
= 5kn,
= 4oon,
Re)(t
RL
Rext = 10kn
RL = 400n
3.08
45
65
ns
3.42
3.76
Io'S
2·117
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. N74122, S54123, N74123
• For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable device type .
•• All typical values are at Vee = 5V, T A = 25°e.
t Not more than one output should be shorted at e time.
DESCRIPTION
TYPICAL INPUT/OUTPUT PULSES (Figure A)
These monolithic TTL retriggerable monostable multivibrators feature dc triggering from gated low-level-active (A) and h igh-Ievelactive (B) inputs, and also provide overriding direct clear inputs.
Complementary outputs are provided. A full fan-out to 10 normalized Series 54/74 loads is available from each of the outputs at the
low logic level, and in the high-level state, a fan-out of 20 is available. The retrigger capability simplifies the generation of output
pulses of extremely long duration. By triggering the input before the
output pulse is terminated, the output pulse may be extended. The
overriding clear capability permits any output pulse to be
terminated at a predetermined time independently of the timing
components Rand C.
RETRIGOER P1A.SE
IS.Nottl
:--'w. . .H---:
ruTPUTQ
I
--1
L ____ L -
" - - '-' -----I OUTPUTWIlHOUT RETRIOOER
OUTPUT PUlSE CONTROL USING RETRIOOER"-I.se
BINP'UT
Jl________________
o
OUTPUTWfmOUra.EAR
ru~TQ ~~---'~_ _
-_-_'~I
Figure A illustrates triggering the one-shot with the high-level-active
(B) inputs.
________
OUTPUT P\l.SE CONTRCl. USlMO a.EAR INPUT
TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Figure B)
OUTPUT PULSE WIDTH
VS
EXTERNAL TIMING CAPACITANCE
r-
Vcc- 5V TA-ZSOC-
--
1/"
-
/
--_. --
-
i' ii
-
/ V
' ""
9-' 71£
-t ~~~
~~. 1.<1'-9- ~
-
~
. t Ii
ii il
.7 lL
C'"'n
"
;
t;.4"" -:+i
Thes'i' values of resistance exceed the maximums
recommended for use over the full temperature
range of the 554122 and 554123.
"1-,
M
~~. _,II'-y.
'/
/~-~Z
.1
;
t 11
1~t
j +t! 1
: iili
100
CexcExtemlll Timing Capecitanc&-pF
2-118
~
V Vtl
:t:;.----'
10
A
8
WRITE READ
10
20
RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS
54170
Supply voltage VCC
MAX
MIN
NOM
MAX
4.5
5
5.5
4.75
5
5.25
V
16
mA
16
Width of write-enable or read-enable pulse, tw
Hold times, high- or low-level data
(See Note 2)·
25
25
ns
data input with respect to
write enable, tsetup(D)
10
10
ns
write select with respect to
write enable, tsetup(W)
15
15
ns
read select with respect to
read enable, tsetup(R)
5
5
ns
data input with respect to
write enable, thold(D)
0
0
ns
write select with respect to
write enable, thold(W)
5
5
ns
read select with respect to
read enable, thold(R)
5
5
ns
25
25
ns
Latch time for new data, tlatch (See Note 3)
Operating free-air temperature ranga, T A
UNIT·
NOM
Low-level output current, IOL
Setup times, high- or low-level data
(See Note 1)
74170
MIN
-55
25
125
0
25
70
°c
NOTES:
1. Setup time Is the Interval Immediately preceding the negative-going edge of the enable pulse during which interval the data or
address to be recognized must be maintained at the input to ensure its recognition.
2. Hold time is the Interval immediately following the positive-going edge of the enable pulse during which interval the data or
address to be recognized must be maintained at the Input to ensure its continued recognition.
3. Latch time is the time required for the internal output of the latch to assume the state of new data. See Figure 1. This is important only
when attempting to read from a location immediately after that location has received new data.
2-152
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54170,N74170
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
VIH
High-level input voltage
VIL
Low-level input voltage
VI
Input clamp voltage
IOH
High-level output current
TEST CONDITIONSt
MIN
TVP+
MAX
UNIT
V
2
0.8
V
VCC'" MIN,
II = -12 mA
-1.5
V
VCC = MIN,
Vo = 5.5V
30
J.iA
VCC= MIN,
VIL = 0.8 V,
0.4
V
VOL
Low-level output voltage
II
Input current at maximum input voltage
VCC" MAX,
VI = 5.5 V
1
mA
IIH
High-level input current
VCC· MAX,
VI'" 2.4 V
40
/LA
IlL
LOw-level input current
VCC" MAX,
VI = 0.4 V
-1.6
mA
VCC" MAX,
54170
125:j:
140
mA
see Note 6
74170
125:j:
150
mA
IOL - 16 mA
Supply current
ICC
tFor conditions shown a8 MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable
device type.
:j:Typical power dissipation shown is an average for 50% duty cycle at Vee - 5 V, T A - 25°e.
NOTE 6:
Maximum lee is guarantaed for the following worst-case conditions: 4.5 V is applied to all data inputs and both enable inputs, all
address Inputs are grounded, and all outputs are open.
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC =- 5 V, TA
= 25"C
Propagation delay time, low-tohigh-level output, from read
enable to any a
tPLH
MIN
TEST CONDITIONS
PARAMETER
TVP
MAX
UNIT
CL=15pF,
RL=400n
10
15
ns
CL=15pF,
RL=400n
20
30
ns
Propagation delay time, high-totPHLq
low-level output, from read
(Inable to any a
LOGIC
READ FUNCTION TABLE (SEE NOTES A AND D)
WRITE FUNCTION TABLE (SEE NOTES A, B, AND C)
WRITE INIPUTS
WA
GW
WB
WORD
0
READ. INPUTS
RB
RA
GR
1Q
OUTPUTS
2Q
3Q
4Q
1
2
3
an
an
L
L.
L
WOB1
WOB2
WOB3
WOB4
an
L
H
L
W1B1
W1B2
W1B3
W1B4
L
L
L
0=0
an
L
H
L
an
0=0
an
H
L
L
an
an
0=0
an
H
L.
L
W2B1
W2B2
W2B3
W2B4
H
H
L
W3B1
W3B2
W3B3
W3B4
X
X
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
L
an
an
an
0=0
x
X
H
an
an
an
an
NOTES:
A. H = high level, L '" low level, X = irrelevant
B. (Q .. 0) m The four selected internal flip-flop outputs will assume the stetes applied to the four external data inputs.
e. Qn" N() change.
O. WOB1 = The first bit of word 0, etc.
2·153
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54170, N74170
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS
Vee
I
4::t eL -'..
"L-40011
OUTPUT
F
LOAD FOR OUTPUT UNDER TEST
VOLTAGE WAVEFORMS
WRIT~~:~;~~INPUT Y.r----~~(N~
I
tSETUPIWI ----.:
I
,.W
~
'.5V
--------------------------
'N
~
~---------------------
I
---..: : . . - - 'HOLDfWI
I
I
~---------------------------'N
I
I
I
I
I I
WR'~E_Er-JABLE
I
INPUT
/:
1 5V
UiV
I
I
I
READ·SELECT INPUT
RA OR RS
(HOTEA)
~--------------------------
- . ,I ~_tHOLDIDI
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 'N
~
I
'
:
tSETUPfOI - . ,
: I
:------tLATCH --..:
(NOTECI
I
-----------------------------w
r - - - - - - - - " " ' - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ...
"5j
3V
X_V
---------'-SE-TU-P(-RI-~JI ~
~ :~~-'H-OL-O(-"I-----------
.\
i--"HL --l
I-
::;:'~L~:'::
I
- - - -- -- --- ov
VOH
10,20,30, OR 4Q
,.\
l::--------VOL
NOTES:
A. Hign-I.evel inputs are illustrated; however, low-level setup and hold times are the same.
B. Waveforms are supplied by generators with the following characteristics: PR R .;;; 1 MHz, ZOUT "" 50.n, duty cycle';;; 50%,
tr';;; 10ns, tf = 10ns.
C. This applies only when reading from a lOCation immediately after that location has received new data.
2-154
Smnotics
QUADRUPLE D· TYPE
EDGE· TRIGGERED FLlp·FLOPS
S54175-B,F,W • N74175-B,F
S54175
N74175
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES
PIN CONFIGURATION
DESCRIPTION
These monolithic, positive-edge-triggered flip-flops utilize TTL
circuits to implement the D-type flip-flop logic. Information at
input D is transferred to the Q output on the positive-going edge
of the clock pulse. Clock triggering occurs at a voltage level of the
clock pulse and is not directly related to the transition time of the
positive-going pulse. When the clock input is at either the high or
low level, the D-input signal has no effect.
These circuits are fully compatible for use with most TTL or DTL
circuits. A 'full fan-out to 10 low logic-level loads and 20 highlogic-level loads is available from each of the outputs. This simplifies system design by allowing unused inputs to be tied to
driven inputs.
Maximum clock frequency is typically 25
megahertz, with a typical power dissipation of 38 milliwatts per
flip-flop.
B,F ,W PACKAGE
OUTPUTS
INPUTS
OUTPUTS
~~~CLOCK
TRUTH TABLE
INPUT
tn
tn
OUTPUT
tn
+1
D
a
H
H
L
L
= Bit time before clock pulse transition.
= Bit time after clock pulse transition.
tn + 1
LOGIC DIAGRAM
PIN (16) '" Vee. PIN (8) • OND.
2-155
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54175, N74175
RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS
74175
54175
Supply voltage, Vce
Normalized fan-out from
each output, N
MIN
NOM
MAX
MIN
NOM
MAX
UNIT
4.5
5
5.5
4.75
5
5.25
V
High Logic
Level
20
20
Low Logic
Level
10
10
25
0
Width of clock or clear pulse, tw
(See Figure 1)
20
20
ns
Data setup time, tsetup
(See Figure 1 )
20
20
ns
Hold time thold
(See Figure 1)
0
0
ns
Operating free-air temperature, T A
-55
elear release setup, trelease
(See Figure 1)
25
0
MHz
I nput clock frequency, fclock
25
25
125
0
°e
70
25
ns
25
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted)
54175
PARAMETER
VIH
High-level input voltage
TEST CONDITIONSt
MIN
TVP:j:
74175
MAX
2
MIN
TVP:j:
MAX
2
UNIT
V
VIL
Low-level input voltage
VI
Input clamp voltage
Vee = MAX,
II = -12 mA
VOH
High-level output voltage
Vee = MIN,
VIL = 0.8 V,
VIH = 2 V,
10H =-800 J.lA
VOL
Low-level output voltage
Vee = MiN,
VIL = 0.8 V,
VIH = 2V,
10L = 16 mA
0.4
0.4
V
II
Input current at maximum input voltage
Vee= MAX,
VI
= 5.5V
1
1
mA
IIH
High-level input current
Vee= MAX,
VI = 2.4 V
40
40
J.lA
IlL
Low-level input current
Vee
= MAX,
VI =O.4V
-1_6
-1.6
mA
lOS
Short-circuit output
current §
Vee= MAX
-57
mA
lee
Supply current
45
mA
0.8
0.8
V
-1.5
-1.5
V
2.4
2.4
-20'
-57
-18
Vee = MAX
Note 1
30
45
Not more than one output should be started at a time.
NOTE 1: With all outputs open and 4.5V applied to all data and clear inputs, ICC Is measured after
a momentary ground, then 4.5V, is applied to clock.
2·156
V
30
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54175, N74175
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC" 5 V, TA" 25°C, N = 10
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
f max
Maximum input clock frequency
tpHL
Propagation delay time, high-tolow-level output Q from clear
tPLH
CL
= 15 pF
MIN
TVP
25
35
= 400
MAX
UNIT
MHz
23
35
ns
Propagation delay time low-tohigh-level output Q from clear
(54175, 74175)
16
25
ns
tpHL
Propagation delay time, high-tolow-level output from clock
21
30
ns
tPLH
Propagation delay time, low-tohigh-level output from clock
20
30
ns
RL
SWITCHING TIMES
QUADRUPLE D-TVPE EDGE-TRIGGERED FLIP-FLOPS
CLEAR
CLOCK
OATA
OUTPUT
OOUTPUTS
54175,74176
NOTES:
A, The input pulses are supplied by a generator having the following characteristics: tr .;; 10 ns, tf .;; 10 ns, PRR .;; 1 MHz,
duty cycle';; 50%, Zout = 50.n, Vary PR R to measure f max ..
FIGURE 1
2·157
8·BIT ODD/EVEN PARITY
GENERATOIR/CHECKER
SillDotiCS
S54180
N74180
S541BO-A.F.W. N741BO-A.F
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES
DESCRIPTION
PIN CONFIGURATIONS
The 54/74180 8-Bit Odd/Even Parity Generator/Checker is a TTL
monolithic array featuring gating logic arranged to generate or check
odd or even parity.
WPACKAGE
~--INPUTS
LOGIC DIAGRAM
5
4
13
12
3
"
------,
2
1
0
10
9
B
~-EVEN
OUTPUT
E;EN
~o
'-- INPUTS - J
l.-ODD
OUTPUT
l.-:VEN
L...-
l.~OOD
OUTPUTS --'
A.F PACKAGE
~5--'-3INPUTS2--'-~O
13
12
11
10
3
..
5
EVEN
000
~-EVEN
9
8
8
~-ODD
L...-INPUTS -''-- OUTPUTS---'
TRUTH TABLE
INPUTS
~OF1'sAT
o THRU 7
EVEN
ODD
EVEN
ODD
X
X
OUTPUTS
EVEN
1
1
0
0
1
0
ODD
0
0
1
1
1
0
~
~
EVEN
ODD
1
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
1
x = irrelevant
RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS
554180
N74180
Normalized Fan-Out from each Output, N: Logical 0
Logical 1
Supply Voltage V CC
2·158
MIN
4.5
4.75
NOM
5
5
MAX
5.5
5.25
10
20
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54180, N74180
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommend~ operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise"noted)
TEST CONDITIONS *
PARAMETER
MIN
TVP**
MAX
UNIT
r-----"
Inp.ut voltage required to
V in (1)
ensure logical 1 at any input
V
2
Vee = MIN
terminal
Input voltage required to
Vin(O)
ensure logical 0 at any input
0.8
Vee = MIN
V
terminal
V out (1)
Logical 1 output voltage
Vout(O)
Logical 0 output voltage
Vee = MIN, V in (1) = 2V,
V
2.4
Vin(O) = 0.8V, Iload = -800J.LA
Logical 1 lwei input current
Vee = MIN, V in (1) = 2V
Vin(O) = 0.8V, I sink = 16mA
Vee = MAX, V in = 2.4V
at each data input
Vee = MAX, V in = 5.5V
1
J.LA
mA
Vee = MAX, V in = O.4V
-1.6
mA
Logical 1 level input current
Vee = MAX, Vin = 2.4V
80
J.LA
at even or odd input
Vee = MAX, V in = 5.5V
1
mA
Vee = MAX, V in = 0.4V
-3.2
mA
at even or odd input
Short-circuit output current t
mA
lOS
Vee = MAX
lee
Supply current
lin(1)
Logical 0 level input current
lin(O)
lin(1 )
at each data input
Logical 0 level input current
lin(O)
Vee= MAX
0.4
V
40
S54180
-20
-55
N74180
-18
-55
mA
S54180
34
49
mA
N74180
34
56
mA
TVP
MAX
UNIT
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC - 5V, T A" 25°C, N = 10
TO
(OUTPUT)
PARAMETER
FROM
(INPUT)
tpd1
Data
1: Even
e L = 15pF,
RL = 4000
40
60
ns
tpdO
Data
1: Even
e L = 15pF,
RL =4000
25
38
ns
tpd1
Data
1: Odd
eL = 15pF,
RL =4000
32
48
ns
~dO
Data
1: Odd
e L = 15pF,
RL =4000
45
68
ns
tpd1
Data
1: Even
eL = 15pF,
RL =4000
32
48
ns
tpdO
Data
1: Even
eL = 15pF,
RL = 4000
45
68
ns
tpd1
Data
1: Odd
e L = 15pF,
RL =4000
40
60
ns
1: Odd
C L = 15pF,
RL = 4000
25
38
ns
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
tpdO
Data
tpd1
Even or Odd
1: Even or 1: Odd
C L = 15pF,
RL =4000
13
20
ns
tpdO
Even or Odd
1: Even or 1: Odd
C L = 15pF,
RL = 4000
7
10
ns
• For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions of the applicable
device type .
•• All typical values are at Vee
= 5V,
TA
= 25° c.
t Not more than one output should be shorted at a time.
2·159
Sjgnotics
IIGH-SPEED ARITHMETIC LOGIC
S54181
N74181
S54181"':'N,F,a • N74181-N,F
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES
DESCRIPTION
The 54181 and 74181 are high-speed arithmetic logic units (ALU)/
function generators which have a complexity of 75 equivalent gates
on a monolithic chip. This circuit performs 16 binary arithmetic
operations on two 4-bit words as shown in the function table. These
operations are selected by the four function-select lines (SO, 51, 52,
53) and include addition, subtraction, decrement, a'nd straight transfer. When performing arithmetic manipulations, the internal carries
must be enabled by applying a low-level voltage to the mode control
input (M). A .full carry look-ahead scheme is made available in the
54181/74181 for fast, simultaneous carry generation with a group
carry propagate (P) and carry generate (G) for the 4 bits in the
package. When used in conjunction with the 54182 or 74182 full
carry look-ahead circuits, high-speed arithmetic operations can be
performed. For example, the typical addition time for the
54181/74181 is 24 nanoseconds for 4 bits. When expanding to
Hi-bit addition with the 54182/74182, only 13 nanoseconds,
further delay is added so that the total addition time is 35
nanoseconds, or 2.2 nanoseconds per bit. One 54182/74182 is
needed for every 16 bits (four 54181/74181 circuits).
These circuits have been designed to not only incorporate all of the
designer's requirements for arithmetic operations, but also to provide 16 possible functions of two Boolean variables without the use
of external circuitry _These logic functions are selected by use of the
four function-select inputs (SO, 51, 52, 53) with the mode control
input (M) at a high level to disable the internal carry. The 16 logic
functions are detailed in the function table and include exclusiveOR, NAND, AND, NOR and OR functions.
The 54181/74181 is designed with a Darlington output configuration (54H/74H type) to reduce the high-logic-level output impedance and thereby improve the turn-off propagation delay time.
All outputs are rated at a normalized fan-out of ten at the low logic
level and increased to a fan-out of 20 at the high logic level. The
increased high-logic-level fan-out allows the system designer more
freedom in tying unused inputs to driven inputs.
PIN CONFIGURATION
N,F,a PACKAGE
If high speed is not of importance, a ripple-carry input (C n ) and a
ripple-carry output (C n+4) are available. However, the ripple-carry
delay has also been minimized so that arithmetic manipulations for
small word lengths can be performed without external circuitry.
The typical delay for the ripple carry is 12 nanoseconds for four
bits, addition of two 8-bit words is accomplished typically in 36
nanoseconds when employing the ripple carry.
1
2
~
~
3
u
4
u
5
•
7
II
10
11
12
~
~
~
'0
"
i
'2
OND
The 54181/74181 will accommodate active-high or active-low data
if the pin-designations are reinterpreted as follows:
PIN NUMBER
Active-high data
Active-low data
2
AO
AO
1
BO
BO
23
Al
Al
22
Bl
Bl
21
A2
A2
Subtraction is accomplished by l's complement addition where the
l's complement of the subtrahend is generated internally. The
resultant output is A-B-l which requires an end-around or forced
carry to provide A-B.
20
19
B2
B2
A3
A3
18
B3
B3
9
FO
FO
10
Fl
Fl
11
F2
F2
13
7
Cn
F3
Cn
F3
16
15
Cn+4
X
y
Cn+4
P
"G
The 54181 is characterized .for operation over the full military
tam perature renge of -55°C to 125°C; the 74181 is characterized
for operation from O°C to 70°C.
TRUTH TABLE FOR COMPARATOR APPLICATIQN
The 54181/74181 can also be utilized as a comparator. The A = B
output is internally decoded from the function outputs (FO, Fl,
F2, F3) so that when two words of equal magnitude are applied
at the A and B inputs, it will assume a high-level state to indicate
equality (A = B). The 54181/74181 should be in the subtract mode
when performing this comparison. The A = B output is opencollector so that it can be wire-AND connected to give a comparison
for more than four bits. The carry output (C n +4) can also be used
to supply relative magnitude information. Again, the ALU should
be placed in the subtract mode by placing the control I ines at LHH L.
2-160
17
Input C n
Active~h igh
Data
Output C n +4
Indicotes
H
A<;B
H
AB
A>B
A<;B
Active-low Data
• AB
A;.B
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54181, N74181
FUNCTION TABLES
ACTIVE-LOW !;lATA
ACTIVE-HIGH· DATA
M-H
SELECTION
LOGIC
S:!li2 S1So FUNCTIONS
M - L; ARITHMETIC OPERATIONS
en -,
Cn-O
!!;;- a-
C;;'1- H
SELEcnON
L
S:!li2 S1 So
M-H
M - L; ARITHMETIC OPERATIONS
LOGIC
en -0
FUNCTIONS
Cn - ,
Cn-'-H
Cn • a· L
L L L L
F=A
F-A
F - A PLUS 1
L L L L
F- A
L L L L
F=A+B
F=A+B
F - (A +B) PLUS 1
L L L H
F-
L L H L
F = AB
F-A+B
F • (A +ii) PLUS 1
L L H L
F - A+ B
L L H H
F
F = MINUS 1 (2', COMPL)
F - ZERO
'L L H H
F- 1
F-A+B'
F - MINUS 1 (2', COMP)
F - A PLUS IA +
F - A PLUS (A +
F-B
F-
F - AB PLUS (A + S) PLUS 1
=0
AS
F - A MINUS 1
F-A
F - AB MINUS 1
F - AB
F - AS MINUS 1
F - AS
F - ZERO
ii)
AB PLUS (A + ii)
8)
L H L L
F = AB
F - A PLUS AB
F - A PLUS Aii PLUS 1
L H L L
L H L H
F=B
F - (A + B) PLUS AB
F • (A + B) PLUS AS PLUS 1
L H L H
L H H L
F= A
F • A MINUS B MINUS 1
F' A MINUS B
F-A(i)B
F - A MINUS B MINUS 1
F - A MINUS B
L H H H,
F = A8
F = ABMINUS1
F - AB
L H H H
F-A+ii
F-A+ii
F • (A + iil PLUS 1
H L L L
F=A+B
F = A PLUS AB
F - A PLUS.AB PLUS 1
H L L L
F' AB
F • A PLUS (A + B)
F - A PLUS (A + B) PLUS 1
H L L H
F = A (i) B
F - A PLUS B
F - A PLUS B PLUS 1
H L L H
F-A(i)B
F· A PLUS B
F • A PLUS B PLUS 1
H L H L
F=B
F-B
F - AB PLUS IA + B)
G.> B
L H H L
PLUS 1
F = (A + iil PLUS AB
F • (A + B) PLUS AB PLUS 1
F' AB
F' AB MINUS 1
F· AB
H L H H
F-A+B
F-A+B
F - (A + B) PLUS 1
F=1
F = A PLUS A
F - A PLUS A PLUS 1
H H L L
F-a
F - A PLUS A
F - A PLUS A PLUS 1
H H L H
F=A+S
F • (A + B) PLUS A
F • IA + 8) PLUS A PLUS 1
H H L H
F - AS
F - AB PLUS A
H H H L
F=A+B
F
F • (A + B) PLUS A PLUS 1
H H H L
F - AB
F - AS PLUS A
F - AS PLUS A PLUS 1
H H H H
F=A
F
F-A
H H H H
F' A
F-A
F, A PLUS 1
H L H H
= IA + ii) PLUS A
= A MINUS·1
H L H L
F - Aii PLUS IA + B) PLUS 1
F - AB PLUS A PLUS 1
LOGIC DIAGRAM
RECOMMENDED OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS
854181
Supply Voltage Vee
Normalized Fan-Out from each Output, N:
NOM
MAX
MIN
NOM
MAX
4.5
5
5.5
4.75
5
5.25
High logic level
20
Low logic level
Operating Free-Air Temperature Range, T A
N74181
MIN
25
125
V
20
10
-55
UNIT
..... _-,-
10
0
25
70
°c
--'--.'---2-161
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54181,N74181
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
V IH
V IL
TEST CONDITIONS *
High-level input voltage
Low-level input voltage
VCC = MIN,
V IL = 0.8V,
VCC = MIN,
V IL =0.8V,
V IH = 2V,
10H" -800J,lA
V IH = 2V,
VCC = MIN
VIL = 0.80,
VIN = 2V
VOH = 5.5V
Vee= MAX,
VI=2.4V
Vec = MAX,
VI" 5.5V
Vee= MAX,
VI = O.4V
IIH
IIH
IIH
IIH
IIH
IlL
IlL
IlL
IlL
Low-level output voltage
any output except A=B
High-level output current
A=B only
High-level input current (mode input)
High-level input current (any A or B input)
High-leveLinput current (any 5 input)
High-level input current (carry input)
High-level input current (any input)
Low-level input current (mode input)
Low-level input current (any A or B input)
Low-level input current (any 5 input)
Low-level input current (carry input)
lOS
Short-circuit output current §
Vee = MAX
lee
Supply current
Vee = MAX
lee
Supply current
Vee = MAX
'IOH
TVP**
MAX
UNIT
0.8
V
V
2
V OH High-level output voltage
VOL
MIN
2.4
V
10L = 16mA
554181
N74181
554181
N74181
554181
N74181
-20
-18
88
0.4
V
250
J,lA
40
120
160
200
1
-1.6
-4.8
-6.4
-8
-55
-57
J,lA
J,lA
J,lA
J,lA
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA
88
94
94
127
140
135
150
TVP
MAX
mA
mA
mA
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS. VCC· 5V, T A • 25"C. N· 10 (C L - 15pF, RL ·400.n)
PARAMETER·
FROM (INPUT)
TO (OUTPUT)
en
e n+4
en
Any F
TEST CONDITIONS
tpLH
tpHL
tpLH
tpHL
tpLH
Any Aor B
G
tpHL
tpLH
Any A or B
G
tpHL
tpLH
Any A or B
tpLH
Any A or B
tpLH
Any A or B
Any F
tpHL
tpLH
Any Aor B
Any F
tpHL
tpLH
Any Aor B
Any F
19
12
18
M = OV, SO" 53 = 4.5V,
13
19
51 = 52 = OV (5UM mode)
13
19
M = OV, SO = 53 = OV,
17
25
51 = 52" 4.5V (DIFF mode)
17
25
sO = 53 = 4.5V.
av,
Any A or B
19
17
25
17
25
17
25
M = OV, 50 = 53" 4.5V,
28
42
51 = 52 = OV (5UM model)
21
32
M = OV, SO = 53 = OV,
32
48
51 =52=4.5V (DIFF mode)
23
34
M = 4.5V (logic mode )
32
48
23
34
M = OV, 50 ,. 53 = OV,
35
50
51 = 52 =4.5V (DIFF mode)
32
48
A=B
tpHL
13
51 = 52 = 4.5V (DIFF mode)
tpHL
tpLH
19
13
M = OV, 50 = 53 =
P
18
13
M=OV
51 = 52" OV (5UM mode)
tpHL
12
(SUM or DIFF mode)
M = OV,
P
tpHL
MIN
UNIT
• For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable
device type •
•• All typical values are at V CC = 6V, T A" 25°C.
lItpLH
§
=
propagation delay time, low-to-hlgh-Ievel output
Not more than one output should be shorted at a time
2·162
tPHL
z
propagation on delay time, high-to-Iow-Ievel output
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54181, N74181
TYPICAL APPLICATION DATA
Typical addition times for various configurations are given in
the table below. Subtraction times are in the same range as
summation times.
TYPICAL ADDITION TIMES
NO. OF
TOTAL
ADD TIME
BITS ADDITION TIME
PER BIT.
564181orN74181
,
c' c".Hc,
-L3-1_
c".Hc,
1&-81T ALU, TWO·LEVEL LooK·AHEAD
c".~
4
8
12
12
16
16
32
32
32
32
48
48
48
48
48
64
64
64
64
64
(ns)
(ns)
24
36
48
36
60
36
120
96
72
60
165
148
132
108
60
220
192
172
144
60
6.0
4.5
4.0
3.0
3.8
2.2
3.8
3.0
2.2
1.9
3.4
3.1
2.7
2.2
1.25
3.5
3.0
2.7
2.2
0.94
PACKAGE COUNT
S54181/
S54182
N74181
N74182
1
2
3
3
4
4
8
8
8
8
12
12
12
12
12
16
16
16
16
16
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
2
3
4
5
32·81T ALU, TWO·l.EVEL LooK·AHEAD OVER 16·BIT OROUPS
6IJ..BIT ALU, FULL·CARRY LooK·AHEAD IN THREe If!VElS
2·163
Smnotics
LOOK·AHEAD CARRY GENERATOR
S54182
N74182
S54182-B,F,W • N74182.,..B"F
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES
DESCRIPTION
PIN CONFIGURATIONS
The 554182, N74182 is a high-speed, look-ahead carry generator
capable of anticipating a carry across four binary adders or group
of adders. It is cascadable to perform full look-ahead across n-bit
adders, with only 13 nanoseconds delay for each level of look-ahead.
Carry, generate-carry, and propagate-carry functions are provided
as enumerated in the pin designation table above.
'B,F,W PACKAGE
,. ,.
The 554182 or N74182, when used in conjunction with the 564181
or N74181 arithmetic logic unit (ALU), provides full high-speed
carry look-ahead capability for up to n-bit words. Each 564182/
N74182 generates the look-ahead (anticipated carry) across a group
of four ALUs and, in addition, other carry look-ahead circuits
may be employed to anticipate carry across sections of four
look-ahead packages up to n-bits. Applications data for the
554181/N74181 illustrates cascading of 554182/N74182 circuits to
perform multi-level look-ahead.
Vcc
P2
0'
c.
tl
"
Ii
c""
12
0
Cni-y
I.
11
en+1
0
c.
en+.!
1
01
2
P1
3
GO
4
PO
5
03
a
7
P
P3
L -_ _ _--.._ _ _---"QUTPUT
8
GND
LOGIC DIAGRAM
RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS
554182
Supply Voltage V CC
NOM
MAX
MIN
NOM
MAX
4.5
5
5.6
4.75
5
6.25
Normalized Fan-Out from each Output, N: High logic level
20
Low logic level
Operating fOree-Air Temperature Range, T A
2-164
N74182
MIN
25
125
V
20
10
-55
UNIT
10
0
25
70
QC
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54182, N74182
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
V IH
High-level input voltage
V IL
Low-level input voltage
V OH
High-level output voltage
VOL
TEST CONDITIONS*
MIN
TVP**
MAX
0.8
VCC = MIN,
Low-level output voltage
V IH = 2V,
V IL = 0.8V,
10H = -800/JA
VCC = MIN,
V IH =2V,
V IL = 0.8V,
10L = 16mA
UNIT
V
2
2.4
V
V
0.4
V
IIH
High-level input current (C n input)
80
/JA
IIH
High-level input current (P3 input)
120
/JA
IIH
High-level input current (P2 input)
160
/JA
200
/JA
360
/JA
IIH
IIH
High-level input current (PO, P1, or
High-level input current (GO.or G2
input)
IIH
High-level input current (G1 input)
High-level input current (any input)
IlL
IlL
IlL
IlL
VI = 2.4V
G3 input)
IIH
IlL
VCC = MAX,
400
/JA
1
mA
Low-level input current (C n input)
-3.2
mA
Low-level input current (P3 input)
-4.8
mA
Low-level input current (P2 input)
-6.4
mA
-8
mA
-14.4
mA
Low-level input current (PO, P1, or
VCC = MAX,
VCC
= MAX,
VI = 5.5V
VI = 0.4V
G3'input)
Low-level input current (GO or G2
input)
IlL
Low-level input current (G1 input)
lOS
Short-circuit output current
ICCH
Supply current, all outputs high
ICCL
Supply current, all outputs low
t
-40
VCC = MAX
VCC = MAX
VCC = MAX
-16
mA
-100
mA
554182
27
N74182
27
554182
45
65
N74182
45
72
TVP
MAX
UNIT
11
17
ns
15
22
ns
mA
mA
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC = 5V, T A = 25°C, N = 10
TEST
PARAMETER
CONDITIO~S
MIN
Propagation delay time, low-totpLH
high-level output
Propagation delay time, high-to-
tpHL
C L = 15pF,
RL = 400n
low-level output
• For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable
deVice type .
•• All typical values are at Vee = 5V, T A = 25°C.
t
Not more than one output should be shorted at a time and duration of the short-circuit test should not exceed one second.
2-165
!imnotiC!i
SYNCHRONOUS DECADE UP IDOWN
COUNTER WITH PRESET INPUTS
S54192
N74192
S54192-B,F,W • N74192-B, F
DIGITAL 54/74 TIL SERIES
DESCRIPTION
PIN CONFIGURATIONS
This is a synchronous reversible (up/down) counter having a complexity of 55 equivalent gates. The S54192 and N74192 are BCD
counters. Synchronous operation is provided by having all flip-flops
clocked simultaneously so that the outputs change coincidently
with each other when so instructed by the steering logic. This mode
of operation eliminates the output counting spikes which are normally associated with asynchronous (ripple-clock) counters.
B,F PACKAGE
r--INPUT8 .....,;R~~PUTS .., ~ INPUTS - - - ,
DATA CLEAR
CARRY LOAD DATA DATA
~
U
ro
9
tl"
The outputs of the master-slave flip-flops are triggered by a low-tohigh-level transition of either count (clock) input. The direction of
counting is determined by which count input is pulsed while the
other count input is high.
These counters are fully programmable; that is, the outputs may be
present to any state by entering the desired data at the data inputs
while the load input is low. The output will change to agree with the
data inputs independently of the count pulses. This feature allows
the counters to be used as modulo-N dividers by simply modifying
the count length with the preset inputs.
..
6
e
7
COUNT COUNT Oc
00
DOWN
UP
... OUTPUTS -I
t
2
3
08
QA
DATA 8
INI'1JT L. OUTPUTS ~
'--INPUTS ---I
A clear input has been provided which forces all outputs to the low
level when a high level is applied. The clear function is Independent
of the count and load inputs. An input buffer has been placed on
the clear, count, and load inputs to lower the drive requirements to
one normalized Series 54/74 load. This is important when the output of the driving circuitry is somewhat limited.
WPACKAGE
OUTPUTS
These counters were designed to be cascaded without the need for
external circuitry. Both borrow and carry outputs are available to
cascade both the up-and down-counting functions. The borrow output produces a pulse equal in width to the count-down input when
the counter underflows. Similarly, the carry output produces a pulse
equal in width to the count-up input when an overflow condition
exists. The counters can then be easily cascaded by feeding the
borrow and carry outputs to the count-down and count-up inputs
respectively of the succeeding counter.
1
DATA B
INftUT
~~RR~
--~~~
DATA CLEAR
18
14
LOAD DATA DATA
11
10
0
2
Ora
3
GAo
~
Power dissipation is typically 325 milliwatts for either the decade or
binary version. Maximum input count frequency is typically 32
megahertz and is guaranteed to be 25M Hz minimum.
CARRV
12
..
6
COUNT COUNT
e
1
Oc
00
DOWN
UP
'---r--I
~ OUTPUTS
INNTS
LOGIC DIAGRAM
DATA
INPUT 0
DATA
INPUTS
~
~7
II
III
~
~
6
OUTPUT 00
UP
DOWN
'" COUNT COUNT
DATA
INPUT A
vt
R)
}~ARTpA:+_
L--.....J
2-166
DATA
INPUTC
1r
~()
9.
c
~
(
ill
(
(
~
"c
"c
6
OUTPUTOc
~C='AR~
0"
-----..J
PAESET
0"
1
0
OUTPUTOa
~C=EARTpAESET
QA
QA
L---...J
6
CARRY
BORROW
OUTPUT
OUTPUT
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. 854192, N74192
DECA~E
COUNTER (typical clear, load, and count sequences)
Illustrated below is the following sequence:
1. Clear outputs to zero.
2. Load (preset) to BCD seven.
3. Count up to eight, nine, carry, zero, one, and two.
4. Count down to one, zero, borrow, nine, eight, and seven.
CLEAR
---Il
w-------------------------·
! !
LOAD
~,{
.J
~r-i-_--i-Ii -i!L:========================~
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -'- - - -- -- ---.
L.... -'__________ ._____
- - .J
...-i--;-.--:--:I- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - _. __ _
..J
~------------------------L ________________________ .
~
~-
--:--:---:----1- ______ . __________________ .
COUNT UP
COUNTDOWN
!
r
Os
OUTPUTS
1
~-=-_li..-.J
I
1 1
I I
___ ~
I
1
I: !
____ •
00
--l
I
!
I
I
1 I
1 I
aORROW
ILLUSTRA TEO
I
1i \
LL
1
U
I 1
1 I
CARR.Y
SE~UENCE
fT
!
_
Oc
I
..!
I
1 1 171
0
'---r---'
CLEAR
c....,--'
PRESET
U
1_
8
9
21
0
1
UP-" -'-- - -
~COUNT
1
11
1
0
9
8
_ _ _ --'- COUNT DOWN-- __
NOTES:
A. Clear overrides load, data, and count inputs.
8. When counting up, count-down input must be high; when counting down, count-up Input must be high.
2·167
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54192, N74192
RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS
S54192
NOM
5
MIN
4.5
Supply Voltage V CC
Normalized Fan-Out from each Output, N
Input Count Frequency, fcount
Width of Any Input Pulse, tw
0
20*
20*
0
-55
Data Setup Time, tsetup (See Note 2)
Data Hold Time, thold (See Note 3)
Operating Free-Air Temperature Range, T A
25
MAX
5.5
10
25*
125
MIN
4.75
0
20*
20*
0
0
N74192
NOM
5
25
MAX
5.25
10
25*
UNIT
V
MHz
ns
ns
ns
°c
70
NOTES:
1. Voltage values are with respect to network ground terminal.
2. Setup time is the interval immediately preceding the positive-going edge of the load pulse during which interval the data to be recognized
must be maintained at the input to ensure its recognition.
3.
Hold time is the interval immediately following the positive-going edge of the load pulse during which interval the data to be recognized
must be maintained at the input to ensure its recognition.
"These conditions are recommended for use at Vee
= 5V,
TA
= 25°e.
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
S54192
V IH
High-level input voltage
V IL
Low-level input voltage
V OH
High-level output voltage
VOL
Low-level output voltage
IIH
High-level input current
TEST CONDITIONS*
MIN
TYP**
MAX
UNIT
0.8
V
2
= 2V,
= O.8V, 10H = -400/-LA
Vce = MIN, V IH
V IL
V
2.4
V
Vee = MIN, V IH = 2V,
V IL = 0.8V, 10L = 16mA
= MAX,
0.4
V
VI = 2.4V
40
/-LA
Vee = MAX, VI = 5.5V
1
mA
Vec
= MAX,
IlL
Low-level input current
Vee
lOS
Short-circuit output current't
Vee= MAX
ICC
Supply current
Vee
= 0.4V
VI
-20
= MAX
65
- 1.6
mA
-65
mA
89
rnA
0.8
V
N74192
V IH
High-level input voltage
V IL
Low-level input voltage
V OH
High-level output voltage
VOL
Low-level output voltage
IIH
High-level input current
2
Vce
V IL
Vee
V IL
= MIN, VIH = 2V.
= 0.8V, 10H = -400/-LA
~
MIN, V IH
= 0.8V,
= 2.4V
= 5.5V
= O.4V
VI
IlL
Low-level input current
Vee= MAX, VI
lOS
Short-circuit output current t
Vce
= MAX
ICC
Supply current
Vee
= MAX
2-168
2.4
V
= 2V
= 16mA
Vee = MAX, VI
Vee
= MAX,
10L
V
-18
65
0.4
V
40
/-LA
1
rnA
-1.6
mA
-65
mA
102
rnA
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54192, N74192
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC
= SV, T A ..
2SoC, N = 10 (See Note)
f max
tsetup
MIN
TEST CONDITIONS
PARAMETER
Maximum input count
25
TVP
MAX
UNIT
MHz
32
frequency
Minimum input setup time
14
20
ns
17
26
ns
16
24
ns
16
24
ns
15
24
ns
25
38
ns
31
47
ns
Propagation delay time, lowtpLH
to-high-Ievel carry output
from count-up input
Propagation delay time, high-
tpHL
to-Iow-Ijlvel carry output
from count-up input
Propagation delay time, low-
tpLH
to-high-Ievel borrow output
C L = 15pF,
RL = 400n
from count-down input
Propagation delay time, hightpHL
to low-level borrow output
from count-down input
Propagation delay time, low-
tpLH
to-high-Ievel Q output from
either count input
Propagation delay time, high-
tpHL
to-low-level Q output from
either count input
tPLH LOAD
27
tPLH LOAD
29
40
tpHL CLEAFl
22
25
NOTE: Above Switching Table Applies to (S54192 & N74192)
• For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable
circuit. type.
°
•• All tYPical values are at Vee = 5V, T A = 25 C.
t Not more than one output should be shorted at a time.
CASCADING
TO NEXT STAGE
Circuitry is provided internally for cascading these counters. The mode of cascading shown is ripple borrow/carry. No external
components are required.
2·169
smnotiC!i
SYNCHRONOUS 4·BIT BINARY UPJDOWN
COUNTER WITH PRESET INPUTS
S54193
N74193
S64193-B,F,W • N74193-B~F
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES
DESCRIPTION
The 554193 and N74193 ara 4-bit binary counters. Synchronous
operation is provided by having all flip-flops clocked simultaneously
so that the outputs change coincidently with each other when so
instructed by the staering logic. This mode of operation eliminates
the output counting spikes which are normally associated with
asynchronous (ripple-clock) counters.
buffered and represent only one normalized Series 54/74 load. Input clamping diodes are provided to minimize transmission-line
affects and thereby Simplify system design.
PIN CONFIGURATIONS
WPACKAGE
,..-INJlUT8
The oututs of the four master-slave flip-flops are triggered by a
low-to·high-Ievel transition of either count (clock) input. The
direction of counting is determined by which count input is pulsed
while the other count Input is high.
-'~RO:~PUTS
DATA CLeAR
15
14
.,,...-- INPUTS - - - ,
13
CARRY
12
4
&
L.OAD
11
DATA
10
DATA
g
Ail four counters are fully programmable; that is, the outputs may
be preset to any state by entering the desired data at the data inputs
while the load input is low. The output will change to agree with the
data inputs independently of the count pulses. This feature allows
the counters to be used as modulo-N dividers by simplv modifying
the count length with the preset inputs.
1
DATA B
A clear Input has been provided which forces all outputs to the low
level when a high level is applied. The clear function is Independent
of the count and load inputs. An Input buffer has been placed on
the clear, count, and load inputs to lower the drive requirements to
Qne normalized Series 54/74 load. This is important when the output of the driving circuitry is somewhat limited.
INPUT
2
3
Os
QA
L..
e
COUNT COU~T • Oc
OUTPUTS"'"
DOWN
UP
L".
1
QD
OUTPUTS ..J
L..-INPUTS - - '
B,F PACKAGE
INPUTS
..
~~
DATA CLEAR
These counters were designed to be cascaded without the need for
external circuitry. Both borrow and carry outputs are available to
cascade bOth the up- and down-counting functions. The borrow
output produces a pulse equal in width to the count-down input
when the counter underflows. Similarly, the carry output producas
a pulse equal in width to the count-up input when an overflow
condition exists. The counters can then be easily cascaded by feeding the borrow and carry outputs to the count-down and count-up
inputs respectively of the succeeding counter.
18
OUTPUTS
~
CARRY
14
12
~~~~
LOAD
11
DATA DATA
10
9
Power dissipation is typically 325 milliwatts for either the decade or
binary version. Maximum input count frequency is typically 32
megahertz and is guaranteed to be 25M Hz minimum. All inputs are
LOGIC DIAGRAM
OUTPUT 00
2-170
OUTPUTOc
OUTPUTQa
OUTPUTQA
CARRV
BORROW
OUTPUT
OUTPUT
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54193, N74193
BINARY COUNTER (typical clear, load, and count sequences)
Illustrated below is the following sequence:
1. Clear outputs to zero.
2. Load (preset) to BCD seven.
3. Count up to eight, nine, carry, zero, onlll, and two.
4. Count down to one, zero, borrow, nine, eight, and seven.
CLEAR
----{l~----------------------------------II
I I
LOAD
U
I
I
~:,!= ~=i'~ ~;;; ~;;;; ~;;;~;;;;; l;;l~
DATA lD:-.-J---.J--.J--r-:!
r - .- : . . . . - : - - - ; - -
I
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
.-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- -
-----------~-------------
COUNT UP
COUNT DOWN
Qa
OUTPUTS -
Oc
===
:= =
===
I
~
IL-"':'---"':"-"':"'_..:.....J
I I
I
I I
I
I
=~,.....:...-...:....I----:
00 :
CARRV
BORROW
SE~UENCE
ILLUSTRATED
___. . :----,. ___
....J
I
.....L..-_ _ _
I~r-....:....---!.I--I
I
I
I I
I I
I I
I
I I
I
I
U
I
t! til. . .
_14_ _
15
CLEAR
_ _ _......J
u
I
I
I
I
I
.l.-~
COUN~
UP
~I
PRESET
I
I
1
13
1
0
15
14
--COUNT DOWN-
I
NOTES:
A. Clear overrides load, data, and count Inputs.
B. When counting up, oount-down input must be high; when counting down, count-up input must be high.
RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS
. N74193
864193
Supply Voltage V CC
MIN
NOM
MAX
MIN
NOM
MAX
4.6
6
6.6
10
26*
4.76
6
6.26
10
'26*
Normalized Fan-Out from each Output, N
Input Count Frequency, fcount
Width of Any Input Pulse, tw
Data Setup Tima, tsetup (Sae Note 1)
Data Hold Time, thold (See Note 2)
Operating IFrea-Air Temparature Range, T A
0
20*
20*
0
-66
26
126
0
20*
20*
0
0
UNIT
V
MHz
ns
ns
ns
26
70
°c
2·171
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54193, N74193
NOTES:
1. Setup time is the interval immediately preceding the positive'going edge of the load pulse during which interval the data to be recognized
must be maintained at the input to ensure its recognition.
2. Hold time is the interval immediately following the positlve·going edge of the load pulse during which interval the data to be recognize~ must
be maintained at the input to ensure its recognition .
0
• These conditions are recommended for use at V CC = 5V, T A = 25 C.
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
TVP
MAX
UNIT
854193
V IH
High-level input voltage
V IL
Low-level input voltage
V OH
High-level output voltage
VOL
Low-level output voltage
2
V
0.8
Vee = MIN,
V IH = 2V,
V IL = 0.8V,
10H = -400!J.A
Vee = MIN,
V IH = 2V,
V IL = 0.8V,
10L = 16rnA
Vee = MAX,
VI = 2.4V
2.4
V
V
0.4
V
40
!J.A
IIH
High-level input current
Vee = MAX,
VI = 5.5V
1
rnA
IlL
Low-level input current
Vee = MAX,
VI; O.4V
-1.6
rnA
lOS
Short-circuit output current t
Vee= MAX
-65
rnA
lee
Supply current
Vee; MAX
89
rnA
-20
65
N74193
V IH
High-level input voltage
V IL
Low-level input voltage
V OH
High-level output voltage
VOL
Low-level output voltage
IIH
2
V
0.8
V
Vee= MIN,
VIH; 2V,
V IL = 0.8V,
10H = -400!J. A
Vee = MIN,
VIH = 2V
V IL ; 0.8V,
10L = 16rnA
Vee = MAX,
VI=2.4V
40
!J.A
Vee = MAX,
VI
= 5.5V
1
rnA
VI
= O.4V
-1.6
rnA
-65
rnA
102
rnA
2.4
V
0.4
V
High-level input current
IlL
Low-level input current
Vee = MAX,
lOS
Short-circu it output current t
Vee = MAX
lee
Supply current
Vee
= MAX
-18
65
• For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable
circuit :ype.
0
•• All typical values are at V CC = 5V, T A = 25 C.
t Not more than one output should be shorted at a time.
2·172
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. 554193, N74193
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS.
Vee • 5V. T A • 25°C~ N - 10 (See Note)
-. -PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
Maximum input count
f max
frequency
MIN
TVP
25
32
MAX
UNIT
MHz
14
20
ns
17
26
ns
16
24
ns
16
24
ns
16
24
ns
25
38
ns
31
47
ns
tPLH LOAD
27
40
tPLH LOAD
29
40
tPHL CLEAR.
22
25
1Setup
Minimum input setup time
Propagation delay time, low-
tpLH
to-high-Ievel carry output
from count-up input
Propagation delay time, high-
tpHL
to-low-level carry output
from count-up input
Propagation delay time, low-
tpLH
C L = 15pF,
to-high·level borrow output
RL
=
400n
from count-down input
Propagation delay time, hightpHL
'to-low-level borrow output
from count-down input
Propagation delay time, low-
tpLH
to-high-Ievel Q output from
either count input
Propagation delay time, high-
tpHL
to-low-level Q outpu.t from
either count input
• For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable
circuit type,
•• All typical values are at V CC = 5V, T A = 25° C.
t Not more than one output should be shorted at a time,
CASCADING
TO NEXT STAGE
OOWN CLOCK
CLEA~
o--........-------~--
Circuitry is provided internally for cascading these counters, The mode of cascading shown is ripple borrow/carry, No external
components are required,
2·173
Smnotics
4·BI1 BIDIRECTIONAL UNIVERSAL
SHIFT REGISTERS
S54194
N74194
S54194-B,F,W. N74194-B"F
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES
DESCRIPTION
These bidirectional shift registers are designed to incorporate virtually all of the features a system designer may want in II shift
register. The circuit contains 46 equivalent gates and features
parallel inputs, parallel outputs, right-shift and left-shift serial inputs, operating-mode-control inputs, and a direct overriding clear
line. The register has four distinct modes of operation, namely:
:MODE CONTROL
S1
SO
Parallel (Broadside) Load
Shift Right (In the direction Q A toward QD)
Shift Left (In the direction Q D toward QA)
Inhibit Clock (Hold)
H
L
H
L
ing diodes minimize switching transients to simplify system design. Maximum input clock frequency is typically 36 megahertz
and power dissipation is typically 195mW.
The S54194 is characterized for operation over the full military
temperature range of -55°C to 125°C; the N74194 is characterized for operation from 0° C to 70° C.
PIN CONFIGURATIONS
B,F,W PACKAGE
H
H
L
L
In the parallel-load mode, data is loaded into the associated flip-flop
and appears at the outputs after the positive transition of the clock
input. During loading, serial data flow is inhibited. Shift right is accomplished synchronously with the rising edge of the clock pulse
when SO is high and S1 is low. Serial data for this mode is entered
at the shift-right data input. When SO is low and S1 is high, data
shifts left synchronously and new data is entered at the shift-left
serial input. Clocking of the flip-flops is inhibited when both modecontrol inputs are low. The mode controls should be changed only
whiie the clock input is high.,
CLEAR SHIFT
RUlHT
i
PARALLEL INPUTS
These 4-bit shift registers are compatible with most other TTL and
DTL logic families. All inputs are buffered to lower the drive requirements to one normalized Series 54/74 load, and input clamp-
LOGIC DIAGRAM
PARALLEL OUTPUTS
I
Os
S1
MOOE
CONTROl
{
SO
2-174
<>c
SHIFT
LEFT
SERIAL
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES- S54194, N74194
RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS
Supply Voltage V CC
Normalized Fan-Out from each Output, N: High logic level
Low logic level
Input Clock Frequency, fclock
Width of Clock or Clear Pulse, tw
Mode control
Setup Time, tsetup :
Serial and parallel data
Clear inactive-state
Hold Time at any Input, thold
Operating Free-Air Temperature, T A
MIN
4.5
S54194
NOM
5
MAX
5.5
20
10
25
0
20
30
20
25
0
-55
MIN
4.75
N74194
NOM
5
0
20
UNIT
MAX
5.25
20
10
25
V
MHz
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
30
125
20
25
0
0
°c
70
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
V IH
High-level input voltage
V IL
Low-level input voltage
II
I nput clamp voltage
V OH
High-level output voltage
VOL
Low-level output voltage
II
TEST CONDITIONS*
MIN
TVP**
MAX
V
2
VCC = MIN,
II = -12mA
VCC = MIN,
V IH ='2V,
V IL = O.BV,
10H = -BOO~A
VCC = MIN,
V IH = 2V,
V IL = O.BV,
10L = 16mA
Input current at maximum input voltage
VCC = MAX,
IIH
High-level input current
VCC = MAX,
IlL
Low-level input current
VCC = MAX,
lOS
Short-circuit output current t
VCC = MAX
ICC
Supply current
VCC = MAX,
UNIT
O.B
V
-1.5
V
2.4
V
0.4
V
VI = 5.5V
1
mA
VI = 2.4V
40
JJ.A
VI = 0.4V
-1.6
mA
554194
-20
-57
N74194
-1B
-57
See Note 2
mA
39
63
mA
MIN
TVP
MAX
UNIT
25
36
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC - 6V, T A - 26°C, N - 10
TEST CONDITIONS
PARAMETER
-'-
f max
Maximum input clock frequency
MHz
Propagation delay time, high-totpHL
low-level output from clear
C L = 15pF,
19
30
ns
7
14
22
ns
7
17
26
ns
RL = 400n
Propagation delay time, low-totpLH
high-level output from clock
Propagation delay time, high-to-
tpHL
low-level output from clock
• For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable
device type.
•• A" typical values are at Vee = 5V, T A = 25°e.
Not more than one output should be shorted at a time.
2·175
4·811 PARALLEL ·ACCESS
SHIFT REGISTER
SmDotiCS
S54195
N7419-5
S54195-B,F,W. N74195-8,F
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES
DESCRIPTION
These 4-bit registers feature parallel inputs, parallel outputs, J-K
serial inputs, shift/load control input, and a direct overriding clear.
The registers have two modes of operation:
Parallel (Broadside) Loacj
Shift (In direction aA toward aD)
Parallel loading is accomplished by applying the 4 bits of data and
taking the shift/load control input low. The data are loaded into the
associated flip-flop and appears at the outputs after the positive
transition of the clock input. During loading, serial data flow is
inhibited.
Shifting is accomplished synchronously when the shift/load control
input is high. Serial data for this mode are entered at the J-K inputs.
These inputs permit the first stage to perform as a J-K, 0-, or T-type
flip-flop as shown in the truth table.
These shift registers are fully'compatible with most other TTL and
DTL families. All inputs ar'e buffered to lower the drive requirements to one normalized Series 54114 load, including the clock
input. Maximum input clock frequency is typically 39 megahertz
and power dissipation is typically 195 milliwatts. The 554195 is
characterized for operation over the full military temperature
range of -55° C to 125° C; the N74195 is characterized for operation
from O°C to 70°C.
PIN CONFIGURATIONS
B,F,W PACKAGE
,
DlmUTI
Vee
QAo
Os
00
1Io
"
15
14
12
11
1
2
3
CLOCK
10
4
CLEA.R.~ .L...A_ _'"T,_ _--'
SERIAL INPUTS
~~I
•
B'
OND
PARALLEL INPUTS
TRUTH TABLE
Inputs at tn
J
K
L
L
H
H
H
L
H
L
Outputs at tn+1
°A
°B
Oc
°D
aD
aAn
L
H
aAn
aAn
aAn
aAn
a Bn
a Sn
a Bn
a Bn
0V
S2 CLOSED
C. Waveform 1 is for an output with internal conditions such that the output is low except when disabled by the output
control. Waveform 2 is for an output with internal conditions such that the output is high except when disabled by the
output control.
D. In the examples above, the phase relationships between inputs and outputs have been chosen arbitrarily.
E. All input pulses are supplied by generators having the following characteristics: tr ;;;;2.5 ns, tf ;;;; 2.5 ns, PRR ;;;; 1 MHz, and
Zout"" 50 n.
!ii!ln~liC!i
S54HOO
N74HOO
QUADRUPLE 2·INPUT POSITIVE
NAND GATE
S54HOO-A,F
,w • N74HOO-A,F
DIGITAL 54/74 TTl SERIES
SCHEMATIC leach gate)
PIN CONFIGURATIONS
WPACKAGE
A,F PACKAGE
RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS
S54HOO Circuits
N74HOO Circuits
Normalized Fan-Out from each Output, N
Operating Free-Air Temperature Range, T A:
Supply Voltage VCC:
S54HOO Circuits
N74HOO Circuits
MIN
NOM
MAX
UNIT
4.5
4.75
5
5
V
V
-55
25
25
5.5
5.25
10
125
70
0
°c
°e
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS lover recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS*
Logical 1 input voltage
required at all input
terminals to ensure
logical 0 level at output
Logical 0 input voltage
required of any input
terminal to ensure
logical 1 level at output
Logical 1 output
voltage
Vee
= MIN,
Vee
= MIN,
Vout(O)
Logical 0 output
voltage
VCC
Isink
linlO)
Logical
current
Logical
current
Vinll)
VinlO)
V out (1)
linll)
lOS
leClor
lee(1)
0 level input
leach input)
1 level input
leach input)
Short circuit output
current t
Logical 0 level supply
current
Logical 1 level supply
current
MIN
TYP**
MAX
2
V
0.8
Vee = MIN,
I load = -500",A
Vin
= 0.8V,
= MIN,
= 20m A
Vee = MAX,
Vin
= 2V,
UNIT
204
V
V
0.4
V
Vin" OAV
-2
mA
= 2AV
= 5.5V
50
1
",A
mA
-100
mA
= MAX,
= MAX,
Vee = MAX,
Vin
Vin
Vee
= MAX,
Vin
= 4.5V
26
40
mA
Vee
= MAX,
Vin
=0
10
16.8
mA
Vee
Vee
-40
2·183
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54HOO, N74HOO
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS ,Vee - BV, T A • 26°C, N -10
MIN
UNI
TVP
MAX
tpdO
Propagation delay time
to logical 0 level
CL = 25pF,
RL = 280&1
6.2
10
n
tpd1
Propagation delay time
to logical 1 level
C L = 25pF,
RL = 280&1
5.9
10
n
TEST CONDITIONS
PARAMETER
• For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, usa the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable
device type .
•• All typical values are at V CC - 5V, T A-25° c.
t Not more than one output should be shorted at a time, and duration Of short circuit test should not exceed 1 second.
2·184
!ii!lDotiCS
S54HOl
N74HOl
QUADRUPLE 2·INPUT POSITIVE NAND GATE
WITH OPEN COLLECTOR OUTPUT
S54H01-A,F,W. N74H01-A,F
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES
SCHEMATIC (each gate)
PIN CONFIGURATIONS
WPACKAGE
-"
INPUTS
[~--+I--'
A,F PACKAGE
IRECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS
Supply Voltage V CC:
S54H01 Circuits
N74H01 Circuits
Normalized Fan-Out from each Output, N
Operating Free-Air Temperature Range, T A:
S54H01 Circuits
N74H01 Circuits
MIN
4.5
4.75
NOM
5
5
-55
0
25
25
UNIT
V
V
MAX
5.5
5.25
10
125
70
°c
°c
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS*
MIN
TVP**
MAX
UNIT
Logical 1 input voltage
required at all input
terminals to ensure
logical O(on) level at
output
Logical 0 input voltage
required at any input
terminal to ensure
logical 1(off) level at
output
Output reverse current
VCC -MIN,
VCC - MIN,
V out (1) - 5.5V
Vin - O.BV,
Vout(O)
Logical 0 output
voltage (on levell
Vce-MIN,
fsink - 20mA
Vin· 2V ,
lin(O)
Logical
current
Logical
current
Vee-MAX,
Vin -O.4V
-2
mA
VCC-MAX,
Vec-MAX,
VCC· MAX ,
Vin· 2 •4V
Vin - 5.5V
50
1
,.,.A
mA
40
mA
Vce·MAX'
V in - 0
10.0
rnA
Vin(1)
Vin(O)
lout(1)
lin(1)
ICC(O)
ICC (1)
0 level input
(each input)
1 level input
(each input)
Logical 0 level supply
current
Logical 1 level supply
wrrent.
2
VCC - MIN,
V
O.B
Vin -4.5V
250
0.4
26
6.B
V
",A
V
2·185
DIGITAL 64/74 TTL SERIES- S64H01, N14H01
T 2&"C N
'CC· IVIIA·
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICSI V,
.
10
PARAMETER
tpdO
tpdl
Propagation delay time
to logical 0 level
Propagation delay time
to logical 1 level
TEST CONDITIONSt
MIN
TVP**
MAX
U
IT
~
CL" 25pF,
RL" 2800
7.5
12.0
I15
CL=25pF,
RL = 2800
10.0
15.0
Ins
• For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable
device type .
•• All typical values are at Vcc = 5V, T A - 25°C.
t Load resl,stor RL il coi'mected from Vcc to tha output, and loed capacitor CL is 'connected from the output to ground.
2-186
HEX INVERTER
lil!lDotiCIi
S54H04
N'74H04
S&4H04-A,F,W • N74H04-A,F
DIGITAL 54/74 nL SERIES
ISCHEMATIC (each inverter)
PIN CONFIGURATIONS
WPACKAGE
A,F PACKAGE
RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS
Supply Voltage VCC:
S54H04 Circuits
N74H04 Circuits
Normalized! Fan·Ouffrom each Output, N
Operating Free-Air Temperature Range, T A:
S54H04 Circuits
N74H04 Circuits
MIN
4.5
4.75
NOM
5
5
-55
0
25
25
MAX
5.5
5.25
10
125
70
UNIT
V
V
°c
°c
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted)
TEST CONDITIONS*
PARAMETER
MIN
TYP**
MAX
UNIT
V
2
Logical 1 input voltage
required at iuput
terminal to ensure
logical 0 level at
output
Logical 0 input voltage
required at input
terminal to ensure
logical 1 level at
output
Logical 1 output
voltage
VCC =MIN.
"CC" M1N ,
I load '" -500~A
Vin = 0.8V,
Vout(O)
Logical 0 output
voltage
VCC = MIN,
Isink = 20mA
Vin '" 2V,
lin(O)
Logical 0 level input
current
Logical 1 level input
current
VCC" MAX,
Vin = O.4V
-2
mA
VCC" MAX,
Vcc = MAX,
Vin = 2.4V
Vin = 5.5V
50
1
mA
Short circuit output
currentt
Logical 0 level supply
current
VCC .. MAX,
-100
mA
Vin(1)
Vin(O)
V ou t(1)
lin(1)
lOS
ICC(O)
ICC(ll
Logical 1 level supply
current
VCC - MiN,
0.8
V
V
2.4
0.4
-40
V
~A
Vcc = MAX,
Vin = 4.5\1,
40.0
58.0
mA
VCC ",MAX,
Vin =0,
' • .0
26.0
mA
2·18.7
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54H04, N74H04
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS. Vee" SV. T A'" 2SoC. N" 10
PARAMETER
tpdO
tpd1
Propagation delay time
to logical 0 level
Propagation delay time
to logical 1 level
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
TYP
MAX
ur
CL" 25pF.
RL - 28011
6.5
10
n
CL - 25pF.
RL·28011
9.0
13.0
n
• For conditions shown as MIN or MAX. use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for theappli':able
device type.
0
•• All typical values are at Vee = 5V. T A - 25 C.
t Not more than one output should be shorted at a time.
2-188
!ijgOotiC!i
HEX INVERTER
WITH OPEN COLLECTOR OUTPUT
S54H05
N74H05
S54H06-A,F,W. N74H05-A,F
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES
PIN CONFIGURATIONS
SCHEMATIC (each inverter)
WPACKAGE
A,F PACKAGES
RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS
S54H05 Circuits
N74H05 Circuits
Normalized Fan-Out from each Output, N
Operating Free-Air Temperature Range, T A:
Supply Voltage V CC:
S54H05 Circuits
N74H05 Circuits
MIN
4.5
4.75
NOM
5
5
-55
0
25
25
MAX
5.5
5.25
10
125
70
UNIT
V
V
°e
°e
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
Vin(1)
Vin(O)
lout(1)
Logical 1 input voltage
required at input
terminal to ensure
logical O(on) level at
output
Logical 0 input voltage
required at input
terminal to ensure
logical 1 (off) level at
output
Output reverse cu rrent
TEST CONDITIONS*
MIN
TVp··
MAX
V
2
Vee - MIN,
0.8
Vee = MIN,
Vee - MIN,
V out (1)" 5.5V
Vin = O.SV,
UNIT
250
V
",A
Vout(O)
Logical 0 output
voltage (on level)
Vee "MIN,
Isink - 20mA
Vin =2V,
lin(O)
Logical 0 level input
current
Logical 1 level input
current
Vee=MAX,
Vin = O.4V
-2
mA
Vee -MAX,
Vee "'MAX,
Vin - 2.4V
Vin -5.5V
50
1
",A
mA
Vee-MAX,
Vin = 4.5V
40.0
58.0
mA
Vee - MAX,
Vin =0
16.0
26.0
mA
lin(1)
leC(O}
.leC(1)
Logical 0 level supply
current
Logical 1 level supply
current
0.4
V
2-189
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54H05, N74H05
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC - 5V, T A -25°C, N - 10
PARAMETER
TYP
MAX
UNIT
= 280n
10
15
ns
= 280n
13
18
ns
TEST CONDITIONS
tpdO
Propagation delay time
to logical 0 level
CL
= 25pF,
RL
tpd1
Propagation delay time
to logical 1 level
CL
= 25pF,
RL
MIN
• For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable
dfyice type.
All typical values are at V CC = 5V, T A = 25° C.
t Load resistOr RL is conntcted from V CC to the output, and load capacitor C L Is connected from the output to ground.
2-190
!ii!lnotiC!i
S54H08
N74H08
QUADRUPLE 2-INPUT POSITIVE
AND GATE
S54HOS-A,F ,W • N74H08-A,F
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES
SCHEMATIC (each gate)
PIN CONFIGURATIONS
WPACKAG,E
A,F PACKAGE
RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS
MIN
Supply Voltage VCC:
S54HOB Circuits
N74HOB Circuits
Normalized f=an-Out from each Output, N
Operating Free-Air Temperature Range, T A:
S54HOB Circuits
N74HOB Circuits
NOM
4.5
4.75
5
5
-55
0
25
25
MAX
UNIT
5.5
5.25
10
125
70
V
V
°c
°c
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS'
MIN
TYP**
MAX
UNIT
--1----
Vin('I)
Logical 1 input voltage
required at all input
terminals to ensure logical
1 level at output
VCC
= MIN,
V out (1) ~ .4V
Vin(O)
Logical 0 input voltage
required of any input
terminal to ensure logical
o level at output
VCC
= MIN,
Vout(O)';; 2.4V
V out (1)
Logical 1 output voltage
VCC = MIN,
Iload = 500llA
Vin
= 2.0V
Vout(O)
Logical 0 output voltage
VCC = MIN,
Isink = 20m A
Vin
=
lin(O)
Logical 0 level input
current (each input)
VCC = MAX,
Vin
lin(1)
Logical 1 level input
current (each input)
VCC = MAX,
VCC = MAX,
lOS
Short-circuit output
current t
VCC = MAX,
ICC(O)
Logical 0 level supply
current
Logical 1 level supply
current
VCC
= MAX,
Vin
= 4.5V
40
VCC
= MAX,
Vin
=0
24
fCCI'Il
2
V
O.B
V
V
204
004
V
= Oo4V
-2
mA
Vin = 204V
Vin = 5.5V
50
1
Il A
mA
-100
mA
64
mA
O.BV
-40
40
mA
2·191
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54H08, N74H08
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Cont'd)
TEST CONDITIONS
PARAMETER
VCI
Input negative clamp
VCC-bV
voltage
TA - 25°C
MIN
TYP
MAX
ur
-1.b
lin - -12.0mA
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC - 6V, TA - 26°C, N - 10
TEST CONDITIONS
PARAMETER
tpdO
tpd1
Propagation delay time
to logical 0 level
Propagation delay time
to logical 1 level
MIN
TYP**
MAX
UI
RL = 2800
8.8
12
n
CL" 26pF,
RL" 2800
7.6
12
r
• For conditions shown a8 MI N or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable
device type .
... All typical velues at: Vee - 6V, T A - 26°e.
t Not more than one output should be shorted at a time and duration of short circuit telt should not exceed 1 second.
2·192
~
CL = 25pF,
:J
SjgnDtics
TRIPLE 3·INPUT
posmYE NAND GATE
S&4H10-A,F,W. N74H10-A,F
S54Hl0
N74Hl0
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES
PIN CONFIGURATIONS
SCHEMATIC (each gate)
WPACKAGE
A,FPACKAGE
,.
,,"
MIN
4.5
4.75
NOM
5
5
-55
0
25
25
RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS
S54H10 Circuits
N74H10 Circuits
Normalized Fan-Out from each Output, N
Operating Free-Air Temperature Range, T A:
Supply Voltage V cc:
S54H10 Circuits
N74H10 Circuits
MAX
5.5
5.25
10
125
70
UNIT
V
V
°c
°c
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted)
TEST CONDITIONS*
PARAMETER
MIN
TVP**
MAX
UNIT
VCC"'MIN,
V out (1)
Logical 1 Input voltage
required at all input
terminals to ensure
logic'll 0 level at output
Logical 0 input voltage
required of any input
terminal to ensure
logical 1 level at output
Logical 1 output voltage
VCC - MIN,
I load = -500/JA
Yin =0.8V,
Vout(O)
Logical 0 output voltage
VCC - MIN,
Isink= 20m A
Yin = 2V,
'in(O)
Logical
current
Logical
current
0 level input
(each input)
1 level input
(each input)
VCC=MAX,
Yin = 0.4V
- 2
mA
Vec-MAX,
VCC-=MAX,
Yin = 2.4V
Yin = 5.5V
50
1
/JA
mA
Short circuit output
current t
"CC";MAX
-100
mA
Vin(1)
Vin(O)
lin(1)
lOS
V
2
O.S
VCC = MIN,
2.4
V
0.4
-40
V
V
2·193
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54H10, N74H10
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Cont'd)
TEST CONDITIONS
PARAMETER
ICC(O)
Logical 0 level supply
VCC = MAX,
V in = 4.5V
VCC = MAX,
V in = 0
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
19.5
30
mA
7.5
12.6
mA
TYP
MAX
current
ICC (1)
Logical 1 level supply
current
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC· SV, TA. 2SoC, N - 10
PARAMETER
tpdO
tpd1
Propagation delay time
to logical 0 level
Propagation delay time
to logical 1 level
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
UI\I
CL = 25pF.
RL = 280n
6.3
10
n
CL = 25pF,
RL = 280n
5.9
10
n
• For conditions shown as MIN or MAX. use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the appli(:able
device type .
•• All typical values are at Vee = 5V, T A a 2Soe.
t Not more than one output should be shorted at a time and duration of short circuit test should not exceed 1 second.
2·194
TRIPLE 3·INPUT
POSITIVE AND GATE
Si!lDotiCS
S54Hl1
N74Hll
S54H11-A,F,W • N74H11-A,F
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES
SCHEMATIC {each gate)
PIN CONFIGURATIONS
WPACKAGE
A,FPACKAGE
RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS
S54H11 Circuits
N74H11 Circuits
Normalized Fan-Out from each Output. N
Operating Free-Air Temperature Range. T A:
Supply Voltage vcc:
S54H11 Circuits
N74H11 Circuits
MIN
4.5
4.75
NOM
5
5
-55
0
25
25
UNIT
V
V
MAX
5.5
5.25
10
125
70
°c
°c
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
V ou t(1)
Logical 1 input voltage
required at all input
terminals to ensure
logical 1 level at output
Logical 0 input voltage
required of any input
terminal to ensure
logical O,level at output
Logical 1 output voltage
Vout(O)
Logical 0 output voltage
lin(O)
Logical
current
Logical
current
Vin(1)
Vin(O)
lin(1)
lOS
ICC(O)
ICG(1~
0 level input
(each input)
1 level input
(each input)
Short circuit output
current t
Logical 0 level supply
current
Logical 1 level supply
currem
TEST CONDITIONS*
MIN
TVP**
MAX
V
2
VCC· MIN,
UNIT
0.8
VCC - MIN.
2.4
V
V
VCC = MIl'll
Iload = -500j,tA
Vin(1) = 2\1,
VCC = MIl'll.
Isink = 20mA
Vin(O) = O.8V,
0.4
V
VCC· MAX.
Vin = O.4V
-2
mA
VCC· MAX.
VCC-MAX,
Vin = 2.4V
Vin =5.5V
50
1
j,tA
mA
VCC· MAX •
Vin = 4.5V
-100
mA
VCC· MA)(.
Vin = 0
30
48
mA
Vcc = MAX.
Vin = 4.5V
18
30
mA
-40
2·195
DIG.ITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54H11, N74H11
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC = 5V, T A = 25°C, N
PARAMETER
= 10
TVP
MAX
tpdO
Propagation delay time
to logical 0 level
CL
= 25pF,
RL
= 280n
8.8
12
ns
tpd1
Propagation delay time
CL
= 25pF,
RL = 280n
7.6
12
ns
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
UNIT
• For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable
device type .
•• All typical values are at V CC = 5V, T A = 25° c.
tNot more than one output should be shorted at a time and duration of short circuit test should not exceed 1 second.
2-196
Si!lDHtiCS
S54H20
N74H20
DUAL 4·INPUT POSITIVE NAND GATE
S54H20-A,F,W. N14H20-A,F
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES
SCHEMATIC (each gate)
PIN CONFIGURATIONS
WPACKAGE
A,F PACKAGE
_2
RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS
Supply Voltag!!V CC:
S54H20 Circuits
N74H20 Circuits
Normalized Fan-Out from each Output, N
Operating Fr!!!!-Air T!!mp!!ratur!! Rang!!, T A:
S54H20 Circuits
N74H20 Circuits
MIN
4.5
4.75
NOM
5
5
-55
0
25
25
MAX
5.5
5.25
10
125
70
UNIT
V
V
°c
°c
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted)
TEST CONDITIONS*
PARAMETER
V ou t(l)
Logical 1 input voltage
required at all input
terminals to ensure
logical 0 level at output
Logical 0 input voltage
required of any input
terminal to ensure
logical 1 level at output
Logical 1 output voltage
Vout(O)
Logical
lin(O)
Vin(l)
Vin(O)
lin(l)
lOS
ICC(o)
ICC(I<)
MIN
TVP**
MAX
2
VCC=M1N
UNIT
V
0.8
VCC-MIN,
2.4
V
V
VCC'" MIN,
I load = -5001tA
Vin =,O.8V,
VCC .. MIN,
Isink = 20mA
Vin = 2V.
Logical level input
current (each input)
Logical 1 level input
current (each input)
VCC= MAX,
Vin = OAV
-2
mA
XCC= MAX,
VCC" MAX,
Vin =2.4V
Vin = 5.5V
50
1
itA
mA
Short circuit output
current t
Logical level supply
current
Logical 1 level supply
current
VCC=MAX,
-100
rnA
13
20
mA
5
8.4
mA
°
°
output voltage
°
0.4
-40
VCC=MAX,
Vin =4.5V
VCC .. MAX,
Vin =0
V
2-187
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54H20. N74H20
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, Vce" 5V, T A - 25°C, N = 10 .
PARAMETER
tpdO
tpd1
Propagation delay time
to logical 0 level
Propagation delay time
to logical 1 level
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
CL = 25pF,
RL = 280n
7
10
ns
CL = 25pF,
RL" 280n
6
10
ns
• For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate velue specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable.
device type .
•• Ali typical values are at Vee - 5V, T A - 25°e.
,
t Not more than one output should be shorted lit a time and duration of short circuit test should not exceed 1 second.
2·198
stgnotics
DUAL 4·INPUT POSmVE AND GATE
S54H21
N74H21
S&4H21-A,F,W. N74H21-A,F
DlGITAL"54/74 TTL SERIES
SCHEMATIC (each gate)
PIN CONFIGURATIONS
WPACKAGE
A,F PACKAGE
RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS
S54H21 Circuits
N74H21 Circuits
Normalized Fan-Out from each Output, N
Operating Free-Air Temperature Range, T A:
Supply Voltage VCC:
S54H21 Circuits
N74H21 Circuits
MIN
4.5
4.75
NOM
5
5
-55
0
25
25
MAX
5.5
5.25
10
125
70
UNIT
V
V
°c
°c
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted)
TEST CONDITIONS*
PARAMETER
V out (l)
Logical 1 input voltage
required at all input
terminals to ensure
logical 1 level at output
Logical 0 input voltage
required of any input
terminal to ensure
logical 0 level at output
Logical 1 output voltage
Vout(O)
Logical 0 output voltage
Vec
Isink
lin(O)
Logical
current
Logical
current
VCC
Vin(l)
Vin(O)
lin(l)
lOS
ICC(o)
Iccm
0 level input
(each input)
1 level input
(each input)
Short circuit output
current t
Logical 0 level supply
current
Logical 1 level supply
current
MIN
TYP**
0.8
VCC" MIN,
= MIN,
= 20mA
= MAX,
Vin(l) = 2V,
UNIT
V
2
VCC = MIN,
VCC" MIN,
Iload = -500~A
MAX
V
V
2.4
0.4
Vin(O) = O.SV,
V
Vin = 0.4V
-2
mA
VCC = MAX
VCC = MAX,
Vin = 2.4V
Vin = 5.5V
50
1
~A
VCC = MAX,
Vin = 4.5V
Vee = MAX,
Vin =0
VCC = MAX,
Vin = 4.5V
-40
mA
-100
mA
20
32
mA
12
20
mA
2·199
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54H21, N74H21
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS,VCC" SV, TA = 2SoC, N" 10
PARAMETER
tpdO
tpd1
Propagation delay time
to logical 0 level
Propagation delay time
to logical 1 level
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
TYP **
MAX
UNIT
CL
= 25pF,
RL
= 280.11
8.8
12
ns
CL
= 25pF,
RL = 280.11
7.6
12
ns
• For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriete value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable
device type .
•• All typical values are at V CC = 5V, T A = 25° C.
t Not more than one output should be shorted at a time and duration of short circuit test should not exceed 1 second.
2·200
smDotiCS
S54H22
N74H22
DUAL 4·INPUT POSITIVE NAND GATE
WITH OPEN COLLECTOR OUTPUT
S54H22-A,F
,w • N74H22-A,F
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES
PIN CONFIGURATIONS
SCHEMATIC (oach gate)
WPACKAGE
A,F PACKAGE
RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS
Supply Voltage V CC:
S54H22 Circuits
N74H22 Circuits
Normalized Fan-Out from each Output, N
Operating F:ree-Air Temperature Range: S54H22 Circuits
N74H22 Circuits
MIN
4.5
4.75
NOM
5
5
-55
0
25
25
UNIT
V
V
MAX
5.5
5.25
10
125
70
°c
°c
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted)
TEST CONDITIONS*
PARAMETER
MIN
TVP**
MAX
UNIT
Vin(1)
Logical 1 input voltage
required at all input
terminals to ensure logical O(on) level at output
Vec = MIN,
Vin(O)
Logical 0 input voltage
required at any input
terminal to ensure logical 1 (off) level at output
Vec = MIN,
lout(1)
Output reverse current
Vout(O)
Logical
voltage
Logical
current
Logical
current
Vce = MIN,
V out (1) = 5.5V
VCC = MIN,
{sink = 20mA
Vec = MAX,
Vin = Oo4V
-2
mA
VCC = MAX,
VCC = MAX,
Vin = 204V
Vin = 5.5V
50
1
p,A
mA
VCC = MAX,
Vin = 4.5V
13
20
mA
VCC = MAX,
Vin =0
304
5.0
mA
lin(O)
lin(1)
leC(O)
ICC(1)
0 output
(on level)
0 level input
(each input)
1 level input
(each input)
Logical 0 level supply
current
Logical 1 level supply
current
2
V
0.8
V
Vin = 0.8V,
250
p,A
Vin = 2V,
004
V
2-201
DIGITAL 54174 TTL SERIES. S54H22. N74H22
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC = 5V, T A ... 26°C, N - 10
PARAMETER
tpdO
tpd1
Propagation delay time
to logical 0 level
Propagation delay time
to logical 1 level
TEST CONDITIONSt
CL = 25pF.
CL
= 25pF.
MIN
TVP**
MAX
UNIT
= 280.11
7.5
12.0
ns
RL = 280.11
10.0
15.0
ns
RL
• For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable
device type .
•• All typical values are at VCC = 6V. T A" 26°C.
t Not more than one output should be shorted at a time and duration of short circuit test should not exceed 1 second.
2·202
S!!IDOliCS
I S54H30
N74H30
8·INPUT POSITIVE NAND GATE
S64H30-A,F,W. N74H30A,F,W
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES
SCHEMATIC (each gate)
PIN CONFIGURATIONS
WPACKAGE
A,F PACKAGE
RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS
Supply Voltage V CC:
S54H30 Circuits
N74H30 Circuits
Normalized 'Fan-Out from each Output, N
Operating Free-Air Temperature Range, T A:
S54H30 Circuits
N74H30 Circuits
MIN
4.5
4.75
NOM
5
5
-55
0
25
25
UNIT
V
V
MAX
5.5
5.25
10
125
70
°c
°c
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted)
TEST CONDITIONS*
PARAMETER
Vin(1)
Vin(O)
Logical 1 input voltage
required at all input
terminals to ensure
logical 0 level at output
Logical input voltage
requ ired of any input
terminal to ensure
logical 1 ,level at output
o
MIN
TYP**
MAX
V
2
Vce '" MIN,
UNIT
O.S
VCC" MIN,
V
V out (1)
Logical 1 output voltage
Vec = MIN,
I load = -500j.£A
Vin '" O.SV,
Vout(O)
L.ogical 0 output voltage
Vce = MIN,
Isink = 20mA
Vin "'2V.
lin(O)
Logical
current
L.ogical
current
VCC '" MAX,
Vin = 0.4V
-2
mA
Vin = 2.4V
Vin = 5.5V
50
1
/JA
mA
-100
mA
6.5
10
mA
2.5
4.2
mA
lin(1)
lOS
lec(O)
leC!l)
0 level input
(each input)
1 level input
(each input)
Short circuit output
current t
Logical 0 level supply
current
Logical 1 level supply
current
Vec - MAX,
VCC = MAX,
VCC = MAX,
V
0.4
-40
VCC" MAX
Vce" MAX,
2.4
'Vin = 4.5V
Vin =0
V
2-203
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54H30~ N74H30
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS:VCC - 5V, T A - 26°C, N - 10
PARAMETER
tpdO
tpd1
Propagation delay time
to logical 0 level
Propagation delay time
to logical 1 level
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
TYP**
MAX
UNIT
CL=25pF,
RL = 280n
8.9
12
ns
CL = 25pF,
RL = 280n
6.8
10
ns
• For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable
device type .
•• All typical values at: VCC = SV, T A = 2So,C.
t Duration of short circuit test should not exceed 1 second.
2·204
SfgnOliCS
S54H40
N74H40
DUAL 4·INPUT POSITIVE NAND
BUFFER
S54H40-A,F,W. N74H40-A,F
DIGITAL 54/74 TIL SERIES
SCHEMATIC (each gate)
PIN CONFIGURATIONS
WPACKAGE'
A,F PACKAGE
NOTES:
1. Component values shown are nominal.
RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS
S54H40 Circuits
N74H40 Circuits
Normalized Fan-Out from each Output, N
Operating Free-Air Temperature Range, T A:
Supply Voltage V cc:
S54H40 Circuits
N74H40 Circuits
MIN
4.5
4.75
NOM
5
5
-55
0
25
25
UNIT
V
V
MAX
5.5
5.25
30
125
70
°e
°e
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating fr. .air temperature range unless otherwise noted)
TEST CONDITIONS*
PARAMETER
MIN
TYpt
MAX
UNIT
VCC = MIN,
V out (1)
Logical 1 input voltage
required at all input
terminals to ensure
logical 0 level at output
Logical 0 input voltage
required at any input
terminal to ensure
logical 1 level at output
Logical 1 output voltage
Vce ~Mlr-.),
I load = -1.5mA
Vin = O.BV,
Vout(O)
Logical 0 output voltage
Vce,= MIN,
Isink = 60mA
Vin = 2V,
0.4
lin(O)
Logical
current
Logical
current
Vee = MAX,
Vin =0.4V
-4
mA
Vee'" MAX,
Vee = MAX,
Vin =2.4V
Vin = 5.5V
100
1
!LA
mA
-125
mA
25
40
mA
10.4
16
mA
Vin(1)
Vin(O)
lin('ll
lOS
lee(O)
lee(1)
0 level input
(each input)
1 level input
(each input)
Short c~;uit output
current
Logical 0 level supply
current
Logical 1 level supply
current
2
V
O.B
Vee = MIN,
2.4
V
-40
Vee! = MAX
Vee = MAX,
Vin = 4.5V
Vee = MAX,
Vln =0
V
V
2-205
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54H40, N74H40
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, Vec - 5V, T A - 25"c, N - 30
TEST CONDITIONS
PARAMETER
tpdO
tpd1
Propagation delay time
to logical 0 level
Propagation delay time
to logical 1 level
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
CL = 25pF,
RL =93n
6.5
12
ns
CL = 25pF,
RL =93n
8.5
12
ns
• For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate valu'e specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable
davice type .
•• Not more than one output should be shorted at a time, and duration of short circuit test should not exceed 1 second,
t All typical values are at V cc - 5V, T A = 25° C.
2-206
DUAL 2·WIDE 2·INPUT S54H50
AND·DR·INVERT GATES S54H51
N74H50
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES N74H51
SjgDotiCS
S54H50-A.F.W • S54H51-A.F.W • N74H50-A.F. • N74H51-A.F
SCHEMATIC (each gate)
PIN CONFIGURATIONS
W PACKAGE
r---~~----1>------"--OV~
A.F PACKAGE
NOTES:
1. Component values are nominal.
2. Both expander inputs are used simultaneously for expanding.
3. If expandur is not used leave X and X pins open.
4. Expander inputs X and X are functional on the S54H50 and
N74H50 c:ircuits only. Make no external connection to X and X
pins of the S54H51 and N74H51.
5. A total of four S54H60/N74H60 expander gates or one
S54H62/N74H62 expander gate may be connected to the
expander inputs.
RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS
S54H50, S54H51 Circuits
N74H50, N74H51 Circuits
Normalized Fan-Out from each Output, N
Operating Free-Air Temperature Range, T A:
S54H50, S54H51 Circuits
N74H50, N74H51 Circuits
Supply Voltage VCC:
MIN
4.5
4.75
NOM
5
5
-55
25
25
°
UNIT
V
V
MAX
5.5
5.25
10
125
70
°c
°c
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted)
TEST CONDITIONS*
PARAMETER
V out (1)
Logical 1 input voltage
required at both input
terminals of either AND
section to ensure logical
o at output
Logical 0 input voltage
required at one input
terminal of each AND
section to ensure logical
1 at output
Logical 1 output voltage
Vout(O)
Logical 0 output voltage
VCC
Isink
lin(O)
Logical 0 level input
current (each input)
lin(lI
Logical 1 level input
current (each input)
Vin(1)
Vin(O)
= MIN
VCC = MIN,
Iload = -500/JA
TvPt
MAX
2
VCC = MIN
VCC
MIN
V
0.8
Vin
= 0.8V,
Vin
= 2V,
VCC
= MIN,
= 20mA
= MAX,
VCC
VCC
= MAX
= MA~<'
UNIT
2.4
V
V
0.4
V
Vin = O.4V
-2
mA
Vin = 2.4V
Vin = 5.5V
50
1
/JA
mA
2·207
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES -S54H50, S54H51, N74H50, N74H51
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Cont'd)
lOS
Short circuit output
MIN
TEST CONDITIONS
PARAMETER
I
TYP
MAX
UNIT
-100
mA
15.2
24
mA
8.2
12.8
mA
TYP
MAX
UNIT
-5.85
mA
-40
VCC = MAX
current **
ICC(O)
Logical 0 level supply
VCC = MAX,
V in = 4.5V
VCC = MAX,
V in =0
current
ICC (1)
Logical 1 level supply
current
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (S54H50 circuits only) using expander inputs, VCC" 4.5V, TA - -55°C
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
Isink = 20mA,
'1 = 700J,J.A,
V out (1)
Expander-node input
current
Base-emitter voltage of
output transistor Q
Logical 1 output voltage
Iload = -500J,J.A,
'2 = -320J,J.A
11 = 320J,J.A,
Vout(O)
Logical 0 output voltage
'sink = 20mA,
11 = 470J,J.A,
'inX
VBE(Q)
MIN
Vx = lAV
R1 =0
1
V
2.4
V
R1 = 68n.
0.4
V
MAX
UNIT
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (N74H60 circuits only) using expander inputs, VCC" 4.5V, T A - O°C
PARAMETER
linX
V out (l)
Expander-node input
current
Base-emitter voltage of
output transistor Q
Logical 1 output voltage
Vout(O)
Logical 0 output voltage
VBE(Q)
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
TYP
Vx = 1.4V
-6.3
Isink = 20mA,
11 = l.lmA,
"oad = -500J,J.A,
'2 = -570J,J.A
11
'sink
= 20mA,
R1=0
= 570J,J.A,
11 = 600J,J.A,
mA
1
V
2A
V
R1 = 63n.
0.4
V
TYP
MAX
UNIT
= 280n.
6.2
11
ns
RL = 280n.
6.8
11
ns
TYP
MAX
UNIT
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, Vec· 5V, T A· 25°C, N - 10, expander pins are open
PARAMETER
tpdO
tpd1
Propagation delay time
to logical 0 level
Propagation delay time
to logical 1 level
TEST CONDITIONS
CL = 25pF,
CL
= 25pF,
RL
MIN
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, (S54H50/N74H50 circuits only), Vee. 6V, T A - 26°C, N - 10, CX" 16 pF
TEST CONDITIONS
PARAMETER
tpdO
tpd1
Propagation delay time
to logical 0 level
Propagation delay time
to logical 1 level
CL = 25pF,
CL
= 25pF,
RL = 280n.
RL
= 280n.
MIN
7.4
ns
11
ns
• For conditions shown ... MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable
device type. Expander pins are open •
•• Not more than one output should. be. shorted at a time, and duration of short circuit test should not exceed 1 second.
t All typical values are at V Cc - 5V, T A = 25° c.
2-208
!ii!lDotiC!i
4·WIDE 2·2·2·3·INPUT AND·OR GATE
S54H52-A,F,W. N74H52-A,F
S54H52
N74H52
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES
"IN CONFIGURATIONS
A,F. PACKAGE
WPACKAGE
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
EXPANDER
IHrUT
INPUT'[~~
NOTE:
1. A total of six expander gates may be
connected to the expander input.
RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS
S54H52 Circuits
N74H52 Circuits
Normalized Fan-Out from each Output, N
Operating Free-Air Temperature Range, T A:
Supply Voltage VCC:
S54H52 Circuits
N74H52 Circuits
MIN
4.5
4.75
NOM
5
5
-55
0
25
25
MAX
5.5
5.25
10
125
70
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
Vin(1)
Vin(O)
V out (1)
Logical 1 input voltage
required at all input
terminals of one AND
section to ensure
logical 1 at output
Logical 0 input voltage
required at one input
terminal of each AND
section to ensure
logical 0 at output
Logical 1 output
voltage
TEST CONDITIONS*
MIN
°c
°c
-MAX
0.8
Vec = MIN
Vin "'2V,
2.4
--UNIT
V
2
Vcc = MIN
Vce = MIN,
lload = -500/JA
Typt
UNIT
V
V
V
V
2-209
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54H52, N74H52
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Cont'd)
TEST CONDITIONS
PARAMETER
Vout(O)
lin(O)
lin(1)
lOS
ICC(o)
I CC (1)
Logical 0 output
voltage
Logical 0 level input
current (each input)
Logical 1 level input
current (each input)
Short circuit output
current*·
Logical 0 level supply
current
Logical 1 level supply
current
MIN
TVP
MAX
UNIT
0.4
V
V in '" 0.4V
-2
mA
V in ... 2.4V
V in '" 5.5V
50
1
",A
mA
-100
mA
15.2
24
mA
20
31
mA
TVP
MAX
UNIT
VCC = MIN,
I sink '" 20mA
VCC'" MAX,
V in '" 0.8V,
VCC'" MAX,
VCC'" MAX,
VCC'" MAX,
-40
V in '" 4.5V
VCC" MAX,
Yin -0
VCC'" MAX,
V in '" 4.5V
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (S64H52 circuits only) using expander input, Vee - 4.5V
MIN
TEST CONDITIONS
PARAMETER
linX
Expander-node input
current
Vx -1V,
TA" -55°C
I load .. -500",A,
-2.7
V ou t(1)
Logical 1 output
voltage
V x "1V,
TA" -55°C
Iload" -500",A,
2.4
Vout(O)
Logical 0 output
voltage
linX - -300",.60,
TA - 125°C
Isink - 20mA,
-4.5
mA
V
0.4
V
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (N74H52 circuits only) using expender input, Vee - 4.75V
PARAMETER
V out (1)
Expander·node input
current
Logical 1 output voltage
Vout(O)
Logical 0 output voltage
linX
TEST CONDITIONS
"'V x = 1V,
MIN
Iload - -500",A,
TA = OoC
-2.9
V x '" 1V,
I load .. -500",A,
TA" OoC
2.4
linX '" -300",A,
Isink - 20mA,
TA'" 70°C
TVP
MAX
UNIT
-5.35
mA
V
0.4
V
TVP
MAX
UNIT
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, Vee - 5V, T A - 25"C, N - 10, expender pin is open
TEST CONDITIONS
PARAMETER
tpdO
tpd1
Propagation delay time
to logical 0 level
Propagation delay time
to logical 1 level
CL" 25pF,
RL'" 2800
9.2
15
ns
CL'" 25pF,
RL'" 2800
10.6
15
ns
TVP
MAX
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC - 5V, T A - 25"c, N - 10, C
PARAMETER
tpdO
tpd1
Propagation delay time
to logical 0 level
Propagation delay time
to logical 1 level
MIN
x-
16pF
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
UNIT
CL = 25pF,
RL'" 2800
9.8
ns
CL" 25pF,
RL
= 2800
14.8
ns
• For conditions shown as MI N or MAX, use the appropriate values specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable
device type. Expander pin is open .
•• Duration of short circuit test should not exceed 1 second.
t All typical values are at Vee'" 6V, T A ... 25° c:
2·210
EXPANDABLE 2·2·2·3·INPUT S54H53
AND·DR·INVERT GATE S54H54
SmDotiCS
. S64H53-A,F,W. S64H54-A,F,W. N74H63-A,F. N74H54-A,F
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
N74H53
N74H54
PIN CONFIGURATIONS
WPACKAGE
A,F PACKAGE
N74H53 circuits only. Make no external connection to X and X
pins of the S54H54 and N74H64.
5. A total of four S54H60/N74H60 expander gates or one
S54H62/N74H62 expander gate may be connected to the
expander inputs.
NOTES:
1. Component values shown are nominal.
2. Both expander inputs are used simultaneously for expanding.
3. If expander is not used leave X and X pins open.
4. Expander inputs X and X are functional on the S54H63 and
RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS
S54H53, S54H54 Circuits
N74H53, N74H54 Circuits
Normalized Fan-Out from each Output, N
S54H53, S54H54 Circuits
Operating Free-Air Temperature Range, T A:
N74H53, N74H54 Circuits
Supply Voltage V CC:
MIN
4.5
4.75
NOM
5
5
-55
0
25
25
MAX
5.5
5.25
10
125
70
UNIT
V
V
°c
°e
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
Vin(1)
Vin(O)
V out (1)
Logical 1 input voltage
requ ired at all input
terminals of one AND
section to ensure
logical 0 at output
Logical 0 input voltage
required at one input
terminal of each AND
section to ensure
logical 1 at output
Logical 1 output
voltage
TEST CONDITIONS*
VCC = MIN,
MIN
TVPt
MAX
2
VCC';' MIN,
V
0.8
Vec = MIN
Iload = -500J,tA
Vin = 0.8V,
Vout(O)
Logical 0 output
voltage
VCC = MIN
Isink = 20mA
Vin =2V.
lin(O)
Logical 0 level input
current (each input)
Vec = MAX,
Vin
=O.4V
UNIT
2.4
V
V
0.4
-2
V
rnA
2·211
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. ~54H54, N74H53, S54H54, N74H54
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Cont'd)
PARAMETER
lin(1)
lOS
ICC(O)
I CC (1)
Logical 1 level input
current (each input)
Short circuit output
current **
Logical 0 level supply
current
Logical 1 level supply
current
MIN
TEST CONDITIONS
VCC = MAX,
VCC = MAX,
VCC = MAX
V in
V in
= MAX,
VCC
= MAX,
VCC
TYP
= 2.4V
= 5.5V
-40
MAX
UNIT
50
1
-100
j.l.A
mA
mA
V in " 4.5V
9.4
14
mA
V in " 0
7.1
11
mA
TYP
MAX
UNIT
-5.85
mA
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (S54HS3 circuits only) using expander inputs, VCC'" 4.SV, T A - -SSoC
PARAMETER
linX
VBE(Q)
V out (1)
Vout(O)
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
= l.4V
Expander-node input
current
Base·emitter voltage of
output transistor Q
Logical 1 output
voltage
Vx
Logical 0 output
voltage
Isink
Isink
= 20mA,
11
Iload = -500j.l.A,
12 - -320j.l.A
= 20mA
= 700j.l.A,
11'" 320j.l.A,
11 = 470j.l.A,
1
R1=0
2.4
V
V
R1 = 68n
0.4
V
MAX
UNIT
-6.3
mA
1
V
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (N74HS3 circuits only) using expander inputs, VCC· 4.7SV, TA - O°C
linX
VBE(Q)
V out (1)
Vout(O)
MIN
TEST CONDITIONS
PARAMETER
Expander-node input
current
Base·emitter voltage of
output transistor Q
Logical 1 output
voltage
Vx = 1.4V
Logical 0 output
voltage
Isink ... 20mA,
11 = 1.1mA,
I load = -500j.l.A,
12 = -570j.l.A
11 = 570j.l.A,
Isink = 20mA,
11 = 600j.l.A,
TYP
R1 =0
2.4
V
0.4
R1 '" 63n
V
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC· SV, T A - 2SoC, N'" 10, expander pins are open
TEST CONDITIONS
PARAMETER
tpdO
tpd1
Propagation delay time
to logical 0 level
Propagation delay time
to logical 1 level
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
CL=25pF,
RL = 280n
6.2
11
ns
CL'" 25pF,
RL = 280n
7
11
ns
MAX
UNIT
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, (S54HS3/N74HS3 circuits only) VCC· SV, T A - 2SoC, N - 10, Cx - 1S pF
TEST CONDITIONS
PARAMETER
tpdO
tpd1
Propagation delay time
to logical 0 level
Propagation delay time
to logical 1 level
MIN
TYP
CL '" 25pF,
RL = 280n
7.4
ns
CL '" 25pF,
RL'" 280n
11.4
ns
• For conditions shown as MI N or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable
device type. Expander pins are open .
•• Duration of short circuit test should not exceed 1 second.
t All typical values are at Vee'" 5V, T A - 25°e.
2·212
Sjgnotics
S54H55
N74H55
EXPANDABLE 4·INPUT
AND·DR·INVERT GATES
S54H66-A,F,W • N74H55-A,F
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
PIN CONFIGURATIONS
WPACKAGE
A,F PACKAGE
NOTES:
1. Component values shown are nominal.
2. Both expander inputs are used simultaneously for expanding.
3. If expander is not used, leave X and X pins open.
4. A total of four S54H60/N74H60 expander gates or one S54H62/
N74H62 expander gate may be connected to the expander
inputs.
RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS
Supply Voltage VCC:
S54H55 Circuits
N74H55 Circuits
Normalized Fan-Out from each Output, N
Operating Free-Air Temperature Range, T A:
S54H55 Circuits
N74H55 Circuits
MIN
4.5
4.75
NOM
5
5
-55
0
25
25
MAX
5.5
5.25
10
125
70
UNIT
V
V
°c
°c
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS*
V out (1)
Logical 1 input voltage
required at all input
terminals of either AND
section to ensure logical
o at output
Logical 0 input voltage
required at one input
terminal of each AND
section to ensure logical
1 at output
Logical 1 output voltage
Vout(O)
Logical 0 output voltage
VCC
Isink
lin(Q)
Logical
current
Logical
current
VCC
Vin(1)
Vin(O)
lin(1)
lOS
ICC(O)
ICC(1)
0 level input
(each input)
1 level input
(each input)
VCC
=
MIN
TVPt
MAX
2
MIN
UNIT
V
0.8
VCC= MIN
V
VCC = MIN,
Iload =-500/.LA
Vin
= O.SV,
= MIN,
= 20mA
= MAX,
Vin
= 2V,
0.4
V
Vin
= O.4V
-2
mA
Vin
Vin
= 2.4V
= 5.5V
50
1
/.LA
mA
-100
mA
Vin = 4.5V
7.5
12
mA
Vin =0
4.5
6.4
mA
Short circuit output
current**
Logical 0 level supply
current
VCC
= MAX,
= MAX,
= MAX,
VCC
= MAX,
Logical 1 level supply
current
VCC = MAX,
VCC
VCC
V
2.4
-40
2·213
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54H55, N74H55
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (S54H55 circuits only) using expander inputs, VCC
PARAMETER
V out (l)
Expander-node input
current
Base-emitter voltage of
output transistor Q
Logical 1 output voltage
Vout(O)
Logical 0 output voltage
linX
VBE(Q)
=4.5V, T A'"' -55"C
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
TYP
VX= l.4V
Isink = 20mA,
11 =700J.l,A,
Iload = -500J.l,A,
12 = -320J.l,A
11 = 320J.l,A,
Isink = 20mA,
11 = 470J.l,A,
MAX
UNIT
-5.85
mA
1
R1=0
V
V
2.4
R1
= 68n
0.4
V
MAX
UNIT
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (N74H55 circuits only) using expander inputs, VCC ... 4.75V, T A'"' O°C
TEST CONDITIONS
PARAMETER
Vx = 1.4V
V out (l)
Expander-node input
current
Base-em itter voltage
of output transistor Q
Logical 1 output voltage
Vout(O)
Logical 0 output voltage
linX
VBE(Q)
tpd1
Propagation delay time
to logical 0 level
Propagation delay time
to logical 1 level
Iload = -500J.l,A
12 = -570J.l,A
11 = 570J.l,A,
Isink = 20mA,
11 =600J.l,A,
tpd1
1
R1=0
V
V
2.4
0.4
V
TYP
MAX
UNIT
R1 = 63n
MIN
CL = 25pF,
RL = 280n
6.5
11
ns
Cl:. = 25pF,
RL = 280n
7
11
ns
TYP
MAX
UNIT
= 10, Cx - 15pF
TEST CONDITIONS
PARAMETER
Propagation delay time
to logical 0 level
Propagation delay time
to logical 1 level
mA
= 10, expander pins are open
TEST CONDITIONS
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC .. 5V, T A'"' 2!i"C, N
tpdO
= 1.1mA,
11
PARAMETER
tpdO
TYP
-6.3
Isink = 20mA,
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC .. 5V, T A .. 25~C, N
MIN
MIN
CL = 25pF,
RL = 280n
7.7
ns
CL = 25pF,
RL = 280n
11.4
ns
• For conditions shown as MI N or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable
device type. Expander pins are open .
•• Duration of short circuit test should not exceed 1 second.
t All typical values are at Vee= 5V, T A = 25°C.
2·214
SillDOlies
S54H60
DUAL 4·INPUT EXPANDER (FOR USE
WITH S54H50,S54H53, S54H55 CIRCUITS)
S54H60-A,F ,Iiv
DIGITAL 54/74 TTl SERIES
SCHEMATIC (each expander)
PIN CONFIGURATIONS
WPACKAGE
F PACKAGE
NOTES:
1. Connect to X input of S54H50, S54H53, or S54H55 circuit.
2. Connect to X input of S54H50, S54H53, or S54H55 circuit.
3. Component values shown are nominal.
RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS
Supply Voltage Vee
Maximum number of expanders that may be fanned-in to one S54H50, S54H53, or
S54H55 circuit
4.5V to 5.5:
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (unless otherwise noted T A" _55°C to 125°C)
TEST CONDITIONS
PARAMETER
Vin(l)
Vin(O)
Von
Logical 1 input voltage
required at all input
terminals to ensure
output is in the on state
Logical 0 input voltage
required at any input
terminal to ensure
output is in the off state
On-state output voltage
MIN
MAX
2
Vee =4.5V
Vee
Typt
V
= 4.5V
0.8
Vee =4.5V,
Ion = 5.85mA,
Vee = 5.5V
Ion = 7.85mA,
Vin = 2V,
TA = _55°
Vin = 2V,
TA = l25°e
UNIT
V
Vl
= lV,
0.4
V
Vl
= 0.6V,
0.4
V
320
I off
Off-state output current
Vee'" 4.5V,
R '" 5750,
Vin = 0.8V,
TA"'-55°e
Vl = 4.5V,
Ion
On-state output current
Vee= 4.5V,
TA =-55°e
Vin = 2V,
Vl '" lV,
lin(O)
Logical
current
Logical
current
Vee = 5.SV
Vin = O.4V
-2
mA
Vee'" 5.5V,
Vee'" 5.5V,
Vin '" 2.4V
Vin = 5.SV
50
1
JJ.A
mA
1.9
3.5
mA
3
4.5
mA
lin(l)
0 level input
(each input)
1 level input
(each input)
lee(on)
On-state supply current
Vee'" S.5V,
Vl = 0.85V
Vin = 4.5V,
lee(off)
Off-state supply current
Vee= 5.5V,
Vl = 0.85V
Vin =0,
-470
JJ.A
JJ.A
t All typical values are at VCC - 6V, T A - 26°C.
2·215
I
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54H60
OUTPUT CAPACITANCE VCC and GND terminals open, T A - 2ftC.
eX
2-216
fARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
Effective capacitance of output
transistor 01
f = 1 MHz
MIN
TYP
1.3
MAX
UNIT
pF
GinooliCG DUAL 4·INPUT EXPANDER (FOR USE WITH N74H60
=.!I
N74H50, N74H53, N74H55 CIRCUITS)
N74H60-A,F
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES
SCHEMATIC (each expander)
PIN CONFIGURATIONS
WPACKAGE
12'
10
...-------0 v..
A,FPACKAGE
lQ
NOTES:
1. Connect to X Input of N74H50, N74H63, or N74H66 circuit.
2. Connect to X Input of N74H60, N74H63, or N74H66 circuit.
3, Component values shown are nominal.
RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS
Supply Voltage Vee
4.76V to 5.25V
Maximum number of expanders that may be
fanned-in to one N74H60, N74H53, or
N74H55 circuit
4
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (unless otherwise noted T A - O°C to 70°C)
TEST CONDITIONS
PARAMETER
Vin(l)
Vin(O)
Vas
Logical 1 input voltage
required at all input
terminals to ensure
output is in the on state
Logical 0 input voltage
required at any input
terminal to ensure
output is in the off state
On-state output voltage
MIN
TVPt
MAX
V
2
Vee" 4.75V
UNIT
0.8
Vee = 4.75V
V
Vee = 4.75V,
Ion = 6.3mA,
Vee = 5.25V,
Ion = 7.4mA,
Vin = 2V,
TA = O°C
Vin = 2V,
0
TA = 70 e
Vl = lV,
0.4
V
Vl = 0.6V,
0.4
V
570
,.,.A
loff
Off-state output current
Vee" 4.75V,
R = 57511
Vin = 0.8V,
TA = OoC
Vl =4.5V,
Ion
On-state output current
Vee'" 4.75V,
TA = oOe
Vin = 2V,
Vl =lV,
lin(O)
Logical
current
Logical
current
Vee = 5.25V,
Vin = OAV
-2
mA
Vee = 5.25V,
Vee = 5.25V,
Vin" 2AV
Vin = 5.5V
50
1
,.,.A
lee(on)
On-state supply current
Vee = 5.25V,
Vl = 0.85V
Vin =4.5V,
1.9
3.5
mA
lee(off)
Off-state supply current
Vee = 5.25V,
Vl = 0.85V
Vin =0,
3
4.5
mA
lin(l)
0 level input
(each input)
1 level input
(each input)
,.,.A
-600
mA
2·217
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. N74H60
D
OUTPUT CAPACITANCE VCC and GND terminals open, T A .. 25 C
PARAMETER
ex
t
f
Effective capacitance of
output transistor Q1
A" typical values are at Vee
2-218
TEST CONDITIONS
= 5V,
TA
= 25
D
e
= 1 MHz
MIN
TYP
1.3
MAX
UNIT
pF
Smnotics
S54H61
N74H61
TRIPLE 3·INPUT EXPANDER (FOR USE
WITH S54H52, N74H52 CIRCUITS)
S54H61-A,F,W. N74H61-A,F
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES
SCHEMATIC (each expander)
PIN CONFIGURATIONS
WPACKAGE
A,F PACKAGE
"
NOTES:
1. Component values shown are nominal.
2. A total of six expander gates may be connected to the
S54H52/N74H52 expander input.
RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS
S54H61 Circuits
N74H61 Circuits
Operating Free-Air Temperature Range, T A:
MIN
4.5
4.75
-55
Supply Voltage V CC:
S54H61 Circuits
N74H61 Circuits
'0
MAX
5.5
5.25
125
70
NOM
5
5
25
25
UNIT
V
V
°c
°c
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
Vin(O)
loff
lin(O)
lin(1)
Logical 0 input voltage
required at any input
terminal to ensure
output is in the off state
Off-state reverse current
Logical
current
Logical
current
0 level input
(each input)
1 level input
(each input)
ICG(on)
On-state supply current
ICG(off)
Off-state supply current
TEST CONDITIONS*
VCC
MIN
Typt
= MIN
MAX
UNIT
0.8
V
= MIN,
= 2.2V,
VCC = MAX,
Vin(O) = 0.8V,
TA = MAX
50
IJ-A
Vin
= OAV
-2
mA
= MAX,
= MAX,
VCC = MAX,
VCC = MAX,
Vin
Vin
= 2AV
= 5.5V
= 4.5V
=0
50
1
IJ-A
mA
VCC
Voff
VCC
VCC
Vin
Vin
11
16
mA
5
7
mA
2·219
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54H61, N74H61
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS S64H61 circuits only
PARAMETER
Vin(1)
Von
Logical 1 input voltage
required at all input
terminals to ensure
output is in the on state
On-state output voltage
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
V
2
VCC = 4.5V
VCC =4.5V,
Ion = 4.5mA,
Vin(1) = 2V,
TA=-55°C
V
1
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS N74H61 circuits only
PARAMETER
Vin(l)
Von
Logical 1 input voltage
required at all input
terminals to ensure
output is in the on state
On-state output voltage
TEST CONDITIONS
VCC = 4.75V,
Ion =5.35mA,
Effective capacitance
of output transistor 01
MAX
UNIT
V
Vin(1) = 2V,
TA = OoC
1
V
MAX
UNIT
= 25"C
PARAMETER
Cx
TYP
2
VCC = 4.75V
OUTPUT CAPACITANCE, VCC and GND terminals open, TA
MIN
TEST CONDITIONS
f = 1 MHz
MIN
TYP
1.3
• For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable
device type.
t All typical value. are at Vee = SV, T A - 2Soe
2-220
pF
Sjgnotics
3·2·2·3·INPUTAND·OR EXPANDER (FOR USE
WITH S54H50, S54H53, S54H55 CIRCUITS)
S54H62
S54H62-A,F,W
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES
SCHEMATIC leach gate)
PIN CONFIGURATIONS
WPACKAGE
'~TB[
]'NM'
,--[
]_.
A,F PACKAGE
v"
14
7
GND
NOTES:
1. Connect to X Input of S64H60. S64H63. or S64H66 clrcl,llt
2. Connect to X input of S64H60. S64H63. or S64H66 circuit
3. Component values shown are nominal.
RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS
Supply Voltage Vee
Maximum number of expanders that may be fanned-in to one S54H50. S54H53. or
S54H55 circuit
4,5V to
5'5~ I
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (unless otherwise noted T A - _65°C to 125°C)
PARAMETER
Vin(1)
VinlO)
'Von
Logical 1 input voltage
required at all input
terminals of one AND
section to ensure
output is in the on
state
Logical 0 input voltage
required at one input
terminal of each AND
section to ensure
output is in the off
state
On-state output
voltage
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
Typt
MAX
2
Vec =4;6V
VCC =4.6V,
UNIT
V
0.8
V
Vec =4.6V,
Ion = 6.86mA,
VCC" 6.5V,
Ion ·7.85mA,
Vin - 2V,
TA - _65°C
Vin =2V,
TA" 125°C
V1-'V,
0.4
V
V,-O.6V,
0.4
V
I off
Off-state output
current
VC~=4.5V,
R .. 760,
Vin -o.av,
TA" -55°C
V,-4.6V,
Ion
On-state output current
Vee =4.~V, ,
TA--56 e
Vin- 2V,
V, - 1V,
320
-470
~A
~A
2·221
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54H62
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Cont'd)
TEST CONDITIONS
PARAMETER
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
lin(O)
Logical 0 level input
current (each input)
VCC
= 5.5V,
Yin
= O.4V
-2
mA
lin(1)
Logical 1 level input
current (each input)
Yin
Yin
JjA
mA
On-state supply current
Yin
= 2.4V
= 5.5V
= 4.5V,
50
1
ICC(on)
= 5.5V,
= 5.5V,
VCC = 5.5V,
V 1 = 0.85V
VCC = 5.5V,
V 1 = 0.85V
3.8
7
mA
Yin
= 0,
6
9
mA
VCC
VCC
ICC(offl Off-state supply
current
OUTPUT CAPACITANCE, VCC and GND terminals open, T A" 25"C
PARAMETER
Cx
Effective capaitance
of output transistor Q 1
t All typical values are at Vee
2-222
TEST CONDITIONS
= 5V,
TA
f
= 25° c.
= 1 MHz
MIN
TYP
1.3
MAX
UNIT
pF
!iinnotiC!i 3·2·2·3·INPUT AND·OR EXPANDER (FOR USE N74H62
:!I
WITH N74H50, N74H53, N74H55 CIRCUITS)
N74H62-A,F
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES
PIN CONFIGURATIONS
SCHEMATIC (each gate)
A,F PACKAGE
]
INPUTS [
INPUTS
V~
]_.
,~[
7
OND
NOTES:
1. Connect to X input of N74H50, N74H53, or N74H55
circuit.
2. Connect to
X input of N74H50,
N74H53, or N74H55
circuit.
3. Component values shown are nominal.
RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS
Supply Voltage Vee
Maximum number of expanders that may be fanned-in to one N74H50, N74H53, or
N74H55 circuit
4.75V to 5.25V
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (unless otherwise noted T A - O°C to 70°C)
TEST CONDITIONS
PARAMETER
Vin(lI
Vin(O)
Von
Logical 1 input voltage
required at all input
terminals of one AND
section to ensure
output is in the on
state
Logical 0 input voltage
required at one input
terminal of each AND
section to ensure
output is in the off
state
On-state output voltage
MIN
Typt
MAX
2
Vee = 4.75V
Vee = 4.75V
Vee = 4.75V,
Ion - 6.3mA,
Vce = 5.25V,
Ion = 7 AmA,
Vin = 2V,
TA =OoC
Vin =2V,
0
TA = 70 e
V1 = 1V,
V1
.O;/tJ";.
loff
Off-state output
current
Vee = 4.75V,
R = 5750,
Vin = 0.8'l,
TA = oOe
V1 - 4.5V,
Ion
On-state output current
VCC = 4.75V,
TA = oOe
Vin =2V,
V1 '"
tV,
V
O.S
V
004
V
0.4·
V
57()
-600
UNIT
p.A
}IA
2·223
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. N74H62
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Cont'd)
PARAMETER
lin(O)
Logical 0 level input
current (each input)
'inI1)
Logical 1 level input
current (each input)
'Ce(on)
TEST CONDITIONS
ICC (off) Off-state supply
current
TYP
MAX
UNIT
Vce = 5.25V,
-2
mA
vee = 5.25V,
V in = 2.4V
V in '" 5.5V
50
1
mA
3.8
7
mA
6
9
mA
TYP
MAX
UNIT
Vec" 5.25V,
On-state supply current
MIN
V in = O.4V
Vec = 5.25V,
V 1 .. 0.85V
V in = 4.5V,
Vec" 5.25V,
V 1 = 0.85V
V in =0,
p.A
OUTPUT CAPACITANCE Vee and GND terminals open, T A - 25°C
PARAMETER
ex
Effective capacitance
of output transistor Q1
tAli tvpical values are at Vcc" 6V, T A
2·224
TEST CONDITIONS
f = 1 MHz
= 26°C.
MIN
1.3
pF
J·K MASTER·SLAVE FLlp·FLOP
S!!IDlltiCS
S54H71
N74H71
S54H71-A,F,W. N74H71-A,F
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES
DESCRIPTION
PIN CONFIGURATIONS
These J-K flip-flops are based on the master-slave principle. The
AND-OR gatH inputs for entry into the master section are controlled by thH clock pulse. The clock pulse also regulates the circuitry which connects the master and slave sections. The sequence
of operation is as follows:
1. Isolate slave from master
2. Enter information from AND-OR gate inputs to master
3. Disable AND-OR gate inputs
4. Transfer information from master to slave.
Logical state of J and K inputs must not be allowed to change
when the clock pulse is in a high state.
WPACKAGE
K2I
K2A
Q
OND
Q
'AESI!T
J28
,.
13
12
11
10
•
II
•
Jt.
J2A
TRUTH TABLE
,
2
3
•
I
KtA
K18
CLOCK
Vee
J1A
1
A,F,PACKAGE
Vee
14
CLOCK
13
K28
12
K2A
11
K18
10
K1A
•
t n +1
tn
J
K
Q
0
0
0
On
1
0
1
1
0
an '
1
1
NOTES:
1. J = (J1A. J1B) + (J2A. J2B)
2. K = (K1A. K1B) + (K2A. K2B)
3. tn = Bit time before clock pulse.
4. tn + 1 = Bit time efter clock pulse.
1
2
3
4
B
7
J1A
J1.
J2A
.128
'RESET
QND
SCHEMATIC
r-------~--.-----------.---~------~------~~------~v~
NOTE: Component values shown are nominal.
2·225
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54H71, N74H71
RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS
MIN
4.5
4.75
-55
0
Supply Voltage V cc:
S54H71 Circuits
N74H71 Circuits
Operating Free-Air Temperature Range, T A:
S54H71 Circuits
N74H71 Circuits
Normalized Fan-Out from each Output, N
Width of Clock Pulse, tp(clock)
Width of Preset Pulse, tp(preset)
I nput Setup Time, tsetup (See Above)
MAX
5.5
5.25
125
70
10
NOM
5
5
25
25
UNIT
V
V
°c
°c
ns
ns
12
16
;;.tp(clock)
Input Hold Time, thold
0
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted)
TEST CONDITIONS *
PARAMETER
V in (1)
Vin(O)
V out (1)
Vout(O)
lin(O)
lin(O)
lin(O)
Input voltage required to ensure logical
1 at any input terminal
Input voltage required to ensure logical
o at any input terminal
Logical 1 output voltage
Logical 0 output voltage
Logical 0 level input current at J1 A,
J1B, J2A, J2B, K1A, K1 B, K2A, or
K2B
l.ogical 0 level input current at preset
Logical 0 level input current at clock
Logical 1 level input current at J1A,
lin(1)
J1 B, J2A, J2B, K1 A, K1 B, K2A,
or K2B
lin(1 )
Logical 1 level input current at preset
lin(1 )
Logical 1 level input current at clock
lOS
ICC
Short-circuit output current • *
Supply cur~ent
MIN
Typt
MAX
UNIT
V
2
0.4
V
V
V
V in =0.4V
-2
mA
VCC" MAX,
VCC=MAX,
V in "0.4V
V in = 0.4V
-6
-4
mA
mA
VCC·MAX,
VCC= MAX,
V in = 2.4V
50
1
itA
mA
VCC" MAX,
VCC" MAX,
VCC = MAX,
VCC" MAX,
VCC=MAX,
VCC = MAX
V in
V in
V in
V in
V in
150
1
100
1
itA
mA
0.8
VCC= MIN,
VCC = MIN,
Iload .. -500ItA
I sink '" 20mA
VCC '" MAX,
2.4
V in " 5.5V
" 2.4V
= 5.5V
= 2.4V
'" 5.5V
=0
19
-100
30
itA
mA
mA
mA
MAX
UNIT
-40
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC" 5V, TA" 25°C, N - 10
PARAMETER
fclock
Maximum clock frequency
Propagation delay time to logical 1
tpd1
level from preset to output
Propagation delay time to logical 0
tpdO
level from preset to output
Propagation delay time to logical 1
tpd1
tpdO
level from clock to output
Propagation delay time to logical 0
level'from clock to output
C L "'25pF,
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
TYP
RL = 2800
25
30
MHz
C L .. 25pF,
RL = 2800
6
13
C L = 25 pF,
R L " 2800
12
24
ns
CL'" 25 pF,
RL = 2800
6
14
21
ns
CL = 25 pF,
RL = 280n
10
22
27
ns
ns
• For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable
device type •
•• Not more than one output should be shorted at a time, and duration of short-circuit test should not exceed 1 second.
t All typical values are at V CC = 5V, T A = 25° C.
2-228
stgnotics
S54H72
N74H72
J·K MASTER·SLAVE FUp·FLOP
S64H72-A,F,W • N74H72-A,F
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES
DESCRIPTioN
These J-K flip-flops are based on the master.-slave principle~ The
AN D gate inputs for entry into the master section are controlled by
the clock pulse. The clock pulse also regulates the circuitry which
connects the master and slave .ections. The sequence of operation is
as follows:
1. Isolate slave from master
2. Enter information from AN D gate inputs to master
3. Disable AND gate inputs
4. Transfer information from master to slave.
Logical state of J and K inputs must not be allowed to change when
the clock pulse is in a high state
PIN CONFIGURATIONS
. WPACKAGE
TRUTH TABLE
2
3
4
6
CLOCK
PRESET
VGoCI
CLEAR
A,FPACKAGE
LOGIC
Vee
'(Each Flip-Flop)
tn
PRESIIT
CLOCK
1<3
14
Kl!
1(1
10
8
tn+1
J
K
a
0
0
an
NOTES:
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
~
1.
2.
3.
4.
J = J1 • J2 • J3
K = K 1 • K2 • K3
tn - bit time before clock pulse
tn+1 = bit time after clock pulse.
1
2
7
NC
CLEAR
GND
CLOCK WAVEFORM
POSITIVE LOGIC
Low Input to preset sets a to logical 1
Low input to clear sets a to logical 0
Preset and clear are independent of clock
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
L
-~
:
fo---
MINIMUM
'-
:
---I
- - - - - - - J
NOTE: Component values shown are nominal.
2·227
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54H72, N74H72
RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS
S54H72 Circuits
N74H72 Circuits
Operating Free-Air Temperature Range, T A:
MIN
4.5
4.75
-55
0
Supply Voltage V CC:
S54H72 Circuits
N74H72 Circuits
Normalized Fan-Out from each Output, N
Width of Clock Pulse, tp(clock)
Width of Preset Pulse, tp(preset)
Width of Clear Pulse, tp(clear)
Input Setup Time, tsetup (See above)
Input Hold Time, thold
NOM
5
5
25
25
UNIT
V
V
MAX
5.5
5.25
125
70
10
°c
°c
ns
ns
ns
12
16
16
;;<>tp(clock)
0
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted)
TEST CONDITIONS*
PARAMETER
Vin(1)
Vin(O)
V out (1)
Vout(O)
lin(O)
lin(O)
lin(1)
lin(1)
lin(1)
lOS
ICC
Input voltage required
to ensure logical 1 at
any input terminal
Input voltage required
to ensure logical 0 at
any input terminal
Logical 1 output
voltage
Logical 0 output
voltage
Logical 0 level input
current at J1, J2, J3,
K 1, K2, K3, or clock
Logical 0 level input
current at preset or
clear
Logical 1 level input
current at J1, J2, J3,
K1, K2, or K3
Logical 1 level input
current at clock
Logical 1 level input
current at preset or
clear
Short circuit output
current**
Supply current
MIN
Typt
MAX
V
2
VCC = MIN
UNIT
0.8
VCC = MIN,
2.4
V
V
VCC = MIN,
lload = -500.uA
VCC = MIN
Isink = 20mA
VCC = MAX,
Vin:: O.4V
-2
mA
VCC = MAX,
Vin = O.4V
-4
mA
VCC =MAX,
VCC = MAX,
Vin = 2.4V
Vin =5.5V
50
1
.uA
mA
VCC = MAX,
VCC = MAX,
Vin = 2.4V
Vin = 5.5V
50
1
.uA
mA
VCC = MAX,
VCC = MAX,
Vin = 2.4V
Vin = 5.5V
100
1
.uA
mA
VCC = MAX,
Vin
-100
mA
16
25
mA
MIN
TYP
MAX
25
30
=0
0.4
-40
VCC = MAX,
V
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC .. 5V, T A • 25°C, N ~ 10
TEST CONDITIONS
PARAMETER
fclock
tpd1
tpdO
tpd1
tpdO
Maximum clock
frequency
Propagation delay time
to logical 1 level from
clear or preset to output
Propagation delay time
to logical 0 level from
clear or preset to output
Propagation delay time
to logical 1 level from
clock to output
Propagation delay time
to 10gicarO level from
clock to output
CL
= 25pF,
RL
= 280n
UNIT
MHz
CL = 25pF,
RL = 280n
6
13
ns
CL = 25pF,
RL = 280n
12
24
ns
CL = 25pF,
RL
= 280n
16
21
ns
RL = 280n
22
27
ns
CL
= 25pF,
• For conditions shown as MI N or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable
device type .
•• Not more than one output should be shorted at a time, and duration of short circuit test should not exceed 1 second.
t All typlcel values are at Vee = 6V, T A = 26°e.
2-228
SmnOliCS
S54H73
N74H73
DUAL J·K MASTER·SLAVE FLlp·FLOP
S54H73-A,F,W. N74H73-A,F
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES
DESCRIPTION
These J-K flip-flops are based on the master-slave principle. The
AND gate inputs for entry into the master section are controlled by
the clock pulse. The clock pulse also regulates the circuitry which
connects the master and slave sections. The sequence of operatiqn is
as follows:
1. Isolate slave from master
2. Enter information from AND gate inputs to master
3. Disable AN D gate inputs
4. Transfer information from master to slave.
Logical state of J and K inputs must not be allowed to change when
the clock pulse is in a high state.
PIN CONFIGURATIONS
WPACKAGE
TRUTH TABLE
v"
A,F PACKAGE
LOGIC
(Each Flip-Flop)
tn
tn+1
J
K
a
0
0
an
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
an
NOTES:
1. tn = bit time before clock pulse
2. tn+1 = bit time after clock pulse
CLOCK WAVEFORM
HIOH~
2
3
POSITIVE LOGIC
Low input to clear sets to logical 0
Clear is independent of clock
a
,,&V
I
1
I
I
LOW:
:
:I - - -
1.5V
4
MINIMUM
_ . ---04:
SCHEMATIC (each flip-flop)
NOTE: Component values shown are nominal.
2-229
DIGITAL 54174 TTL SERIES. S54H73, N74H73
RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS
S54H73 Circuits
N74H73 Circuits
Operating Free-Air Temperature Range, T A:
MIN
4.5
4.75
-55
0
Supply Voltage Vcc:
S54H73 Circuits
N74H73 Circuits
Normalized Fan-Out from each Output, N.
Width of Clock Pulse, tp(clock)
Width of Clear Pulse, tp(clear)
Input Setup Time, tsetup (See above)
Input Hold Time, thold
MAX
5.5
5.25
125
70
10
NOM
5
5
25
25
UNIT
V
V
°c
°c
12
16
ns
ns
;;"tp(clock)
0
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
V ou t(1)
I nput voltage required
to ensure logical 1 at
any input terminal
Input voltage required
to ensure logical 0 at
any input terminal
Logical 1 output voltage
Vout(O)
Logical 0 output voltage
lin(O)
Logical
current
Logical
current
Logical
current
Vin(1)
Vin(O)
lin(O)
lin(1)
0 level input
at J, K, or clock
0 level input
at clear
1 level input
at J or K .
TEST CONDITIONS**
MIN
Typt
MAX
V
2
VCC = MIN
UNIT
VCC = MIN
0.8
V
V
2.4
VCC = MIN,
VCC = MIN,
Iload = -500/JA
Isink = 20mA
0.4
V
VCC = MAX,
Vin = O.4V
-2
mA
VCC = MAX,
Vin = O.4V
-4
mA
VCC = MAX,
VCC .. MAX,
Vin = 2.4V
Vin" 5.5V
50
1
/JA
mA
lin(1)
Logical 1 level input
current at clock
VCC = MAX,
VCC = MAX,
Vin = 2.4V
Vin = 5.5V
50
1
/JA
mA
lin(1)
Logical 1 level input
current at clear
Vin = 2.4V
Vin = 5.5V
100
1
/JA
mA
lOS
Short circuit output
current**
Supply current
VCC .. MAX,
VCC = MAX,
VCC = MAX,
-100
mA
32
50
mA
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
25
30
ICC
Vin =0
-40
VCC = MAX
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC .. 5V, TA - 25°C, N - 10
TEST CONDITIONS
PARAMETER
fclock
tpd1
tpdO
tpd1
tpdO
Maximum clock
frequency
Propagation delay time
to logical 1 level from
clear to output
Propagation delay time
to logical 0 level from
clear to output
Propagation delay time
to logical 1 level from
clock to output
Propagation delay time
to logical 0 level from
clock to output
MHz
CL = 25pF,
RL = 280n
CL = 25pF,
RL = 280n
6
13
ns
CL=25pF,
RL = 280n
12
24
ns
= 25pF,
RL = 280n
16
21
ns
CL = 25pF,
RL = 280n
22
27
ns
CL
• For conditions shown as MI N or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable
device type .
•• Not more than one output should be shorted at a time, and duration of short circuit test should not exceed 1 second.
t All typical values are at Vee" 5V, T A .. 25° C
2-230
!ii!lnotiC!i
DUAL D·TYPE EDGE· TRIGGERED
FLlp·FLOP
S54H74-A,F,W. N74H74-A,F
S54H74
N74H74
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES
DESCRIPTION
PIN CONFIGURATIONS
These monolithic, high-speed, dual, edge-triggerec! flip-flops ut,lize
TTL circuitry to perform D-type flip-flop logic. Each flip-flop: has
individual clear and preset inputs, and also complementary·Q a~d
outputs.
i
Information at input 0 is transferred to the Q output on! the
positive-going edge of the clock pulse. Clock triggering occurs iat a
voltage level of the clock pulse and is not directly related to! the
transition time of the positive-going pulse. When the clock inpljlt is
at either the high or low level, the D-input signal has no effect.
These circuits are fully compatible for use with most TTL or QTL
circuits. Input clamping diodes are provided to minimize t~ans
mission line effects and thereby simplify systems design. A: full
fan-out to 10 normalized Series 54HI74H loads is available from
each of the outputs in the low-level condition. In the high-I,evel
state, a fan-out of 20 is available to facilitate tying unused inpu1s to
used inputs. Maximum clock frequency is 35 megahertz, with a
typical power dissipation of 75 milliwatts per flip-flop.
a
WPACKAGE
PRES6T
a
GNP
11
3
CLEAR
Vee
6
CLEAR
7
CLOCI{
A, F PACKAGE
TRUTH TABLE
LOGIC
(Each Flip-Flop)
tn
Input
0
tn+1
Output
Q
Output
Q
L
L
H
H
H
L
NOTES:
1. t n .. bit time befo(e
clock pulse
2. tn+1 - bit time after clock pulse
H ,., High Level, L .. Low Level
1
CLEAR
3
0
CLOCK
ASYNCHRONOUS INPUTS
Low input to preset sets Q to high Ieile I
Low input to clear sets Q to low level
Preset and clear are independent of clock
SCHEMATIC (each flip-flop)
NOTE:
Component values shown are nominal.
2·231
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54H74, N74H74
RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS
MIN
Supply Voltage Vee
Normalized Fan-Out from each Output, N
Low Logic Level
High Logic Level
Clock Frequency, fclock
Width of Clock Pulse, tw(clock)
Width of Preset Pulse, tw(preset)
Width of Clear Pulse, tw(clear)
Input Setup Time, tsetup (See Note 3):
High-level data
Low-level data
Input Hold Time, thold (See Note 4)
Operating Free-Air Temperature Range, T A
4.5
S54H74
NOM
MAX
MIN
5.5
4.75
5
10
20
35 t
0
15t
25 t
25 t
10t
15 t
0
-55
25
125
N74H74
NOM
5
UNIT
5.25
V
10
20
35
0
15t
25 t
25 t
10t
15 t
0
0
MAX
25
70
MHz
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
°e
NOTES:
3. Setup time is the interval immediately preceding the positive-going edge of the clock pulse during which interval the data to be recognized
must be maintained at the input to ensure Its recognition.
4. Hold time is the Interval immediately following the positive-going edge of the clock pulse during which intervai the data to be recognized
must be maintained at the input to ensure Its continued recognition.
t
These conditions are recommended for use at Vee = 5V, T A = 25°e.
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
VIH
VIL
VOH
VOL
High-level input voltage
Low-level input voltage
High-level output voltage
Low-level output voltage
IIH
High-level input current into D
IIH
IIH
IlL
IlL
lOS
ICC
High-level input current
into preset or clock
High-level input current
into clear
Low-level input current into
preset or D
Low-level input current
into clear or clock
Short circuit output current t
Supply current
TEST CONDITIONS*
MIN
TVP**
MAX
2
50
1
100
1
150
1
V
V
V
V
p,A
mA
p,A
mA
p,A
mA
-2
mA
-4
mA
0.8
Vee'" MIN,
Vee'" MIN,
Vee'" MAX,
Vee = MAX,
Vee'" MAX,
Vee'" MAX,
Vee'" MAX,
Vee'" MAX,
10H '" -1mA
IOl = 20mA
VI = 2AV
VI'" 5.5V
VI'" 2.4V
VI'" 5.5V
VI = 2.4V
VI'" 5.5V
Vee'" MAX,
VI'" 0.4V
Vee'" MAX,
VI'" OAV
Vee'" MAX,
Vee'" MAX,
204
3.5
0.22
-40
004
30
30
-100
42
50
MIN
TVP
MAX
35
43
S54H74
N74H74
UNIT
mA
mA
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC - 5V, T A - 25"C, N - 10
PARAMETER
f max
tPLH
tPHL
tPLH
tPHL
Maximum clock frequency
Propagation delay time, low-tohigh-level output, from clear or
preset inputs
Propagation delay time, high-tolow-level output, from clear or
preset inputs
Propagation delay time, low-tohigh-level output from clock input
Propagation delay time, high-tolow-level output, from clock input
TEST CONDITIONS
el '" 25pF,
RL '" 280n
UNIT
MHz
20
ns
30
ns
4
8.5
15
ns
7
13
20
ns
• For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable
device ~ype.
°
•• All typical values are at Vee'" 5V, TA = 25 e.
t Not more than one output should be shorted at a time, and duration of short circuit test should not exceed 1 second.
2-232
Sjgnotics
DUAL J·K MASTER·SLAVE FLlp·FLOP
S54H76
N74H76
S64H76-B • N74H76-B
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES
DESCRIPTION
PIN CONFIGURATIONS
These dual J·K flip-flops are based on the master-slave princi~le.
Inputs to the master section are controlled by the clock pulse. The
clock pulse a~so regulates the circuitry which connects the master
and slave sections. The sequence of operation is as follows:
1. Isolate slave from master
2. Enter information from J and K inputs to master
3. Disable J and K inputs
4. Transfer information from master to slave.
Logical state of J and K inputs must not be allowed to change when
the clock pulse is in a high state.
BPACKAGE
TRUTH TABLE
1
LOGIC
2
3
•
tn
tn+1
J
K
a
0
0
an
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
an
7
•
CLOCI( PRESET CLOCK
CLOCK PRESET CLEAR
CLOCK WAVEFORM
NOTES:
1. tn = bit time before clock pulse
2. tn+1 = bit time after clock pulse
L
HIGH,,:v~I,~v
~
LOW...Y4
:
MINIMUM
:
._>-------_-
-------l
---0\
POSITIVE LOGIC
Low input to preset sets a to logical 1
Low input to clear sets a·to logical 0
Clear and preset are independent of clock
SCHEMATIC (each flip-flop)
TO OTHER
fLIP-FLOP
NOTE: Component values shown are nominal.
2-233
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54H76, N74H76
RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS
Supply Voltage VCC:
MIN
NOM
MAX
S54H76 Circuits
4.5
5
5.5
V
N74H76 Circuits
4.75
5
5.25
V
S54H76 Circuits
-55
25
125
N74H76 Circuits
0
25
70
°c
°c
Operating Free-Air Temperature Range, T A:
Normalized Fan-Out from each Output, N
UNIT
10
Width of Clock Pulse, tp(clock)
12
ns
Width of Preset Pulse, tp(preset)
16
ns
Width of Clear Pulse, tp(clear)
;;'tp(clock)
Input Setup Time, tsetup (See above)
Input Hold Time, thold
0
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS*
MIN
TVpt
MAX
UNIT
VCC = MIN
V out (l)
I nput voltage requ ired
to ensure logical 1 at
any input terminal
Input voltage required
to ensure logical 0 at any
input terminal
Logical 1 output voltage
VCC" MIN,
Iload .. -500/JA
Vout(O)
Logical 0 output voltage
VCC "MIN,
Isink" 20mA
0.4
V
lin(O)
Logical
current
Logical
current
Logical
current
0 level input
at J, K, or clock
0 level input
at clear or preset
1 level input
at J.K. or clock
VCC = MAX,
Vin" 0.4\1
-2
mA
VCC"MAX,
Vin
= O.4V
-4
mA
VCC" MAX,
VCC - MAX,
Vin = 2.4V
Vin" 5.5V
50
1
/JA
mA
lin(l)
Logical 1 level input
current at clear or preset
VCC" MAX,
VCC·MAX,
Vin = 2.4V
Vin" 5.5V
100
1
Jl.A
mA
lOS
Short circu it .output
current**
Supply current
VCC "'MAX,
Vin =0
-100
mA
VCC" MAX,
Vin = 4.5V
32
50
mA
MIN
TVP
MAX
UNIT
25
30
Vin(l)
Vin(O)
lin(O)
lin(l)
ICC
V
2
0.8
VCC=MIN
2.4
V
V
-40
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS,Vee .. 5V, TA - 25°C, N -10
TEST CONDITIONS
PARAMETER
fclock
tpdl
tpdO
tpdl
tpdO
Maximum clock
frequency
Propagation delay time
to logical 1 level from
clear or preset to output
Propagation delay time
to logical .0 level from
clear or preset to output
Propagation delay time
to logical 1 level from
clock to output
Propagation delay time
to logical 0 level from
clock to output
CL
=25pF,
RL = 280n
MHz
CL = 25pF,
RL
= 280n
6
13
ns
CL" 25pF,
RL = 280n
12
24
ns
CL = 25pF,
RL
= 280n
16
21
ns
= 25pF,
RL
= 280n
22
27
ns
CL
• For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable
device type.
t All typical values are at VCC = 5V, T A - 25°C •
•• Not more than one output should be shorted at a time.
2·234
J·K EDGE·TRIGGERED
Smnl!tiCS
S54H101
N74H101
FLlp·FLOP
S64H101-A,F,We N74H.101-A,F
DESCRIPTION
PIN CONFIGURATIONS
These monolithic J-K flip-flops are negative-edge-triggered. The
AND-OR gate inputs are inhibited while the clock input is low;
when the clock goes high, the inputs are enabled and data will be
accepted. Logical state of J and K inputs may be allowed to change
when the clock pulse is in a high state and bistable-will perform
according to the truth table as long as minimum setup times are
observed. I nput data are transferred to the outputs on the negative
edge of the clock pulse.
WPACKAGE
Ka
KlA
Q
OND
U
"
"
"
.,.,
.,a2
Q
MESeTni
w
•
•
TRUTH TABLE
tn
tn+1
J
K
0
()
NOTES:
a
an
0
'I
1
1
()
0
1
'I
On
1. J=(J1 AeJ1 B)+(J2AeJ2B)
2, K=( K1 AeK 1 B)+( K2AeK2B)
3, tn-Bit time before clock pulse
4, tn+ 1=Blt time after clock pulse
3
CLOCK
,.
Vee
..,
".
JIB
,..
A,F PACKAGE
,.
Vee
CLOCK
K28
13
12
'2.
"
.,.,.
.'AI
CLOCK WAVEFORM
MINIMUM
'-. --l
JoK INPUTS
INHIBITEO
--.J
I--
LJ.K,N. . . T.
INHIBITED
1
2
3
4
6
,
J1A
J18
J2A
J2B
PRESET
GND
LOGIC DIAGRAM
2-235
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54H101, N74H101
RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS
S54H101 Circuits
N74H101 Circuits
Operating Free-Air Temperature Range, T A:
MIN
4.5
4.75
-55
0
Supply Voltage Vcc:
S54H101 Circuits
N74H101 Circuits
Normalized Fan-Out from each Output, N
Width of Clock Pulse, tp(clock)
Width of Preset Pulse, tp(preset)
Input Setup Time, tsetup (See Above): Logical 1
~ogical 0
Input Hold Time, thold
Clock Pulse Transition Time, to
NOM
5
5
25
25
MAX
5.5
5.25
125
70
10
UNIT
V
V
°c
QC
10
16
10
13
0
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
150
ELECTRICAL, CHARACTERISTICS lover recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS·
I nput voltage required to ensure
logical 1 at any input terminal
Input voltage required to ensure
Vinl O)
logical 0 at any input terminal
V out(1) Logical 1 output voltage
Voutl O) Logical 0 output voltage
Logical 0 level input current at
lin(O)
J1A. J1 B, J2A, J2B, K1 A. K1 B,
K2A, K2B, or preset
Logical 0 level input current at
l'in(O)
clock
Logical 1 level input current at
lin(1)
J or K
Logical 1 level input current at
lin(1 )
preset
Logical 1 level input current at
lin(1)
clock
Short-circuit output current**
lOS
Supply current
ICC
MIN
Typt
MAX
2
V in ("/)
2.4
UNIT
V
0.8
V
3.2
0.25
0.4
V
V
VCC = MIN,
VCC = MIN,
Iload = -5001otA
Isink = 20 mA
VCC = MAX,
V in = 0.4 V
-1
-2
mA
= MAX,
Vin = 0.4 V
-3
-4.8
mA
20
50
1
100
1
-1
1
-100
38
iotA
mA
iotA
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
40
50
VCC
VCC = MAX,
VCC = MAX,
VCC = MAX,
VCC = MAX,
VCC = MAX,
VCC = MAX,
VCC= MAX,
VCC = MAX
V in
V in
V in
V in
Vin
Vin
Vin
= 2.4 V
=
=
=
=
=
=
5.5
2.4
5.5
2.4
5.5
0
V
V
V
V
V
0
-40
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC = 5V, T A'"' 25°C. N ... 10
TEST CONDITIONS
PARAMETER
f clock
tpd1
tpdO
tpdO
tpd1
tpdO
Maximum input clock frequency
Propagation delay time to logical
level from preset to output
Propagation delay time to logical
level from preset to output
(clock low)
Propagation delay time to logical
level from preset to output
(clock high)
Propagation delay time to logical
level from clock to output
Propagation delay time to logical
level from clock to output
1
MHz
C L = 25 pF,
C L = 25 pF.
RL = 280.n
RL = 280.n
8
12
ns
C L =25pF,
RL = 280.n
23
35
ns
C L = 25 pF,
RL = 280.n
15
20
ns
C L =25pF,
RL = 280.n
5
10
15
ns
C L = 25 pF,
RL = 280.n
8
16
20
ns
0
0
1
0
• For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable
device type .
•• Not more than one output should be shorted at a time, and duration of short-circuit test should not exceed 1 second.
t Ail typical values are at VCC = 5V, T A = 25°C.
2-236
Si!lDotiCS
J·K EDGE· TRIGGERED FLlp·FLOPS
WITH AND INPUTS
S54Hl02
N74H,l02
S54H102-A,F,W. N74H102-A,F
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES
DESCRIPTION
PIN CONFIGURATIONS
These monolithic J-K flip-flops are negative edge-triggered. They
feature gated J-K inputs and an asynchronous clear input. The
AND gate inputs are inhibited while the clock input is low; when
the clock goes high, the inputs are enabled and data will be accepted. Logical state of J and K inputs may be allowed to change when
the clock pulse is in a high state and bistable-will perform according to the truth table as long as minimum setup times are observed.
I nput data are transferred to the outputs on the negative edge of
the clock pulse.
WPACKAGE
K3
K2
aONDi:i
a
»
n
"
2
3
4
J3
J2
•
•
w
TRUTH TABLE
LOGIC
tn
J
K
tn+1
a
0
0
0
an
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
On
NOTES:
1. J = J 1 • J2 • J3
2. K = K 1 • K2 • K3
3. tn = Bit time before clock
pulse.
4. tn+1 = Bit time after clock
pulse.
5. NC-No Internal Connection.
K1
CLOCK PRESET Vee
A,F
6
e
7
CLEAR
Nt
Jt
PACKAGE
Vee PRESET CLOCK
14
13
12
k3
K2
K1
10.
..
J2
6
J3
CLOCK WAVEFORM
,
He
2
3
CLEAR
J1
7
GND
LOGIC DIAGRAM
2-237
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54H102. N74H102
RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS
S54H102 Circuits
N74H102 Circuits
Operating Free-Air Temperature Range, T A:
MIN
4.5
4.75
-55
0
Supply Voltage VCC:
S54H102 Circuits
N74H102 Circuits
25
25
Normalized Fan-Out from each Output, N
Width o~ Clock Pulse, tp(clock)
Width of Preset Pulse, tp(preset)
Width of Clear Pulse, tp(clear)
Input Setup Time, tsetup (See Above):
UNIT
V
V
MAX
5.5
5.25
125
70
10
NOM
5
5
°c
°c
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
10
15
15
10
13
0
Logical 1
Logical 0
Input Hold Time, thold
Clock Pulse Transition Time, to
150
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS Cover recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted)
TEST CONDITIONS ..
PARAMETER
V in (1)
VinCO)
V out (1)
Vout(O)
linCO)
lin(O)
lin(1)
lin(1)
lin(1)
lOS
ICC
Input voltage required to ensure
logical 1 at any input terminal
Input voltage required to ensure
logical 0 at any input terminal
Logical 1 output voltage
Logical 0 output voltage
Logical 0 level input current at J1, J2,
J3, K1, K2, K3, preset, or clear
Logical 0 level input current clock
Logical 1 level input current et
J1, J2, J3, K1, K2, or K3
Logical 1 level input current at clock
Logical 1 level input current
at preset or clear
Short-circuit output current""
Supply current
MIN
Typt
MAX
UNIT
0.8
V
0.4
V
V
2
2.4
V
3.2
0.25
VCC = MIN,
VCC = MIN,
Iload = -500MA
I sink = 20mA
VCC = MAX,
Vin = 0.4V
-1
-2
mA
VCC '" MAX,
VCC '" MAX,
VCC-MAX,
VCC - MAX,
VCC=MAX,
VCC=MAX,
VCC = MAX,
VCC = MAX,
VCC '" MAX
Vin = 0.4V
Vin = 2.4V
Vin '" 5.5V
Vin = 2.4V
V in .. 5.5V
Vin '" 2.4V
Vin" 5.5V
Vin" 0
-3
20
-4.8
50
1
-1
1
100
1
-100
38
mA
MA
mA
mA
mA
IJ.A
mA
mA
mA
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
40
50
0
-40
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC - SV, T A - 2SoC, N .. 10
TEST CONDITIONS
PARAMETER
f clock
tpd1
tpdO
tpdO
tpd1
tpdO
Maximum input clock frequency
Propagation delay time to logical 1
level from preset to output
Propagation dalay time to logical 0
leval from clear or preset to output
Cclock low)
Propagation delay time to logical 0
level from clear or preset to output
(clock high)
Propagation delay time to logical 1
level from clock to output
Propagation delay ti me to logical 0
leval from clock to output
= 25pF,
RL
C L = 25pF,
RL
= 280n.
= 280n.
CL
= 25pF,
RL
CL
= 25pF,
CL
= 25pF,
CL
C L '" 25pF,
MHz
8
12
ns
= 280n.
23
35
ns
RL
= 280n.
15
20
ns
RL
= 280n.
5
10
15
ns
RL
= 280n.
8
16
20
ns
• For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the approprlata value spaclfied under recommended operating conditions for the applicable
device type .
•• Not m·ore than one output should be shorted at a time, and duration of short-circuit test should not exceed 1 second.
t All typical values are at Vee = 5V, T A = 25°e.
2-238
DUAL J·K EDGE·TRIGGERED FLlp·FLOP
!ii!lDotiC!i
S54H103-A,F,W • N74H103-AiF
S54Hl03
N74Hl03
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES
PIN CONFIGURATIONS
DESCRIPTION
These dual monol ithic J-K flip-flops are negative-edge-triggered.
They feature individual J, K, clock, and asynchronous clear inputs
to each flip-flop. When the clock goes high, the inputs are enabled
and data will be accepted. Logical state of J and K inputs may be
allowed to change when the clock pulse is in a high state and
bistable-will perform according to the truth table as long as minimum setup times are observed. I nput data are transferred to the
outputs on the negative edge of the clock pulse.
WPACKAGE
TRUTH TABLE
n
tn+1
- - - -Q( K
E
J
NOTES:
o
0
an
010
1
1
0
1
1. t n ; Bit time before
clock pulse
2. t n + 1 ; Bit time after
clock pulse
..1...
an
1
2
CLOCK CLEAR
...
Vee
CLOCK ClEA"
A,F PACKAGE
CLOCK WAVEFORM
J
14
MINIMUM
T. ...
--I
lIOONOk
13
12
11
10
I--
1
2
CLOCK CLEAR
...
Vee
CLOCK CLEAR
LOGIC DIAGRAM (each flip-flop)
2·239
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54H103, N74H103
RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS
S54Hl03 Circuits
N74Hl03 Circuits
Operating Free-Air Temperature Range, T A:
MIN
4.5
4.75
-55
0
Supply Voltage V CC:
S54Hl03 Circuits
N74H103 Circuits
Normalized Fan-Out from each Output, N
Width of Clock Pulse, tp(clock)
Width of Clea~ Pulse, tp(cle r) .
Input Setup TIme, tsetup: ~oglcal 1
LogIcal 0
Input Hold Time, tbol~
Clock Pulse TransitIon ime, to
MAX
5.5
5.25
125
70
10
NOM
5
5
25
25
UNIT
V
V
°c
°c
10
16
10
13
0
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
150
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted)
TEST CONDITIONS *
PARAMETER
Input voltage required to ensure
logical 1 at any input terminal
Input voltage required to ensure
Vin(O)
logical 0 at any input terminal
V out (1 ) Logical 1 output voltage
Vout(O) Logical 0 output voltage
Logical 0 level input current at
lin(O)
.J, K, or clear
Logical 0 level input current at
lin(O)
clock
Logical 1 level input current at
lin(1 )
Jor'K
Logical 1 level input current at
lin(l)
clock
Logical 1 level input current
lin(l)
at clear
Short-circuit output current ••
lOS
Supply current
ICC
MIN
TVpt
MAX
V
2
V in (l)
VCC = MIN,
VCC= MIN,
Iload = -5001otA
I sink = 20mA
UNIT
2.4
0.8
V
3.2
0.25
0.4
V
V
VCC=MAX,
V in " 0.4V
-1
-2
mA
VCC-MAX,
V in " 0.4V
-3
-4.8
mA
VCC = MAX,
VCC=MAX,
V in .. 2.4V
iotA
mA
mA
mA
40
50
1
-1
1
100
1
-100
76
MIN
TVP
MAX
UNIT
40
50
V in
V in
V in
V in
V in
V in
VCC=MAX,
VCC= MAX,
VCC" MAX ,
VCC=MAX,
V CC • MAX,
VCC = MAX
" 5.5V
" 2.4V
" 5.5V
'" 2.4V
= 5.5V
=0
0
-40
iotA
mA
mA
mA
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS. VCC .. 5V. T A - 25°C, N .. 10
TEST CONDITIONS
PARAMETER
fclock
Maximum input clock frequency
tpdl
Propagation delay time to logical 1
level from clear to output
Propagation delay time to logical 0
tpdO
tpdO
tpdl
tpdO
level from clear to output
(clock low)
Propagation delay time to logical 0
level from clear to output,
(clock high)
Propagation delay time to logical 1
level from clock to output
Propagation delay time to logical 0
level from clock to output
C L = 25pF,
RL '" 2800
C L = 25pF,
RL .. 2800
8
12
ns
C L = 25pF,
RL = 2800
23
35
ns
C L .. 25pF,
RL .. 2800
15
20
ns
C L .. 25pF,
RL = 2800
5
10
15
ns
C L = 25pF,
RI- = 2800
8
16
20
ns
MHz
• For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate velue specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable
device type •
•• Not more than one output should be shorted et a time, and duration of short-circuit test should not exceed one second.
t All typical values are at Vee = 5V, T A = 25°e.
2-240
!imDotiC!i
DUAL J·K EDGE·TRIGGERED FLlP·FLOP
-------------------------S-54-H-1-0-S'---B-,F-,W-.-N-5-4-H-1-06-_-B-,-F-i
S54Hl06
N74Hl 06
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES
DESCRIPTION
PIN CONFIGURATION
These dual monolithic J-K flip-flops are negative edge-triggered.
They feature individual J, K, clock, and asynchronous preset and
clear inputs to each flip-flop. When the clock goes high, the inputs are enabled and data will be accepted. Logical state of J and
K inputs may be allowed to change when the clock pulse is in a
high state and ,bistable will perform according to the truth table
as long as minimum set-up times are observed. Input data is transferred to the outputs on the negative edge of the clock pulse.
B,F,W PACKAGE
2Q
TRUTH TABLE
1
CLOCK
tn
1
1
PRESET CLEAR
tn+1
J
K
Q
0
0
Qn
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
On
CLOCK WAVEFORM
tSETUP--j
NOTES:
1. tn = Bit time before clock pulse.
2. tn+1 ; Bit time after clock pulse.
BLOCK DIAGRAM (each flip-flop)
2·241
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54H106, N74H106
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM Cach flip-flop)
RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS
Supply Voltage VCC:
S54H 106 Circuits
NOM
MAX
UNIT
4.5
5
5.5
4.75
5
5.25
V
S54H106 Circuits
-55
25
125
N74H106 Circuits
0
25
70
°c
°c
N74H106 Circuits
Operating Free-Air Temperature Range, T A:
MIN
Normalized Fan-Out From Each Output, N
V
10
Width of Clock Pulse, tp(clock)
10
Width of Preset Pulse, tp(preset)
16
ns
Width of Clear Pulse, tp(clear)
16
ns
Logical 1
10
ns
Logical 0
13
ns
Input Setup Time, tsetup
(See Above):
Input Hold Time, thold
Clock Pulse Transition Time, to
2·242
ns
0
ns
150
ns
DIGITAL 54/74 TLL SERIES. S54H106, N74H106
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature rangttuoless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONSt
MIN
Vin(1)
Input voltage required to ensure
logical 1 at any input terminal
Vin(O)
Input voltage required to ensure
logical 0 at any'input terminal
V ou t(1)
Logical 1 output voltage
VCC= MIN,
Iload = 500 J.lA
Vout(O)
Logical 0 output voltage
VCC= MIN,
Isink
lin(O)
J, K, preset, or clear
VCC· MAX,
lin(O)
Logical 0 level input current
at clock
TYP§
MAX
V
2
O.S
2.4
= 20 mA
UNIT
V
V
3.2
0.25
0.4
V
Vin = 0.4 V
-1
-2
mA
VCC" MAX,
Vin" 0.4 V
-3
-4,S
mA
Logical 1 level input current at
VCC'" MAX,
Vin = 2.4 V
50
J.lA
J or K
VCC= MAX,
Vin" 5.5 V
1
mA
Logical 1 level input current at
VCC= MAX,
Vin = 2.4 V
100
J.lA
present or clear
VCC" MAX,
Vin = 5.5 V
1
mA
Logical 1 level input current at
VCC = MAX,
Vin = 2.4 V
-1
mA
clock
VCC=MAX,
Vin'" 5.5 V
1
mA
lOS
Short-circuit output current:j:
VCC = MAX,
Vin =0
-100
mA
ICC
Supply current
VCC= MAX
76
mA
Logical 0 level input current at
lin(1 )
lin(1)
0
lin(1)
-40
40
tFor conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable
device type.
:j:Not more than one output should be shorted at a time, and duration of short-circuit test should not exceed 1 second.
§AII typical values are at VCC = 6 V, T A ... 26°C.
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC - 5 V, T A - 25°C, N - 10
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
TYP
40
50
MAX
UNIT
fclock
Maximum input clock frequency
CL = 25 pF,
RL = 2S0
n.
tpd1
Propagation delay time to logical 1
ievel from preset or clear to
output
CL = 25 pF,
RL = 2S0
n.
S
12
ns
tpdO
Propagation delay time to logical 0
level from preset or clear to
output (clock low)
CL = 25 pF,
RL = 2S0
n.
23
35
ns
tpdO
Propagation delay time to logical 0
leveHrom preset or clear to
output (clock high)
CL=25pF,
RL = 2S0
n.
15
20
ns
tpd1
Propagation delay time to logical 1
Level from clock to output
CL = 25 pF,
RL = 2S0
n.
5
10
15
ns
tpdO
Propagation delay time to logical 0
level from clock to output
CL=25pF,
RL = 2S0
n.
S
16
20
ns
MHz
2·243
!imnotiC!i
S54H l08
N74Hl08
DUAL J·K EDGE·TRIGGERED FLlp·FLOP
i
S54H108-A,F,W • N74H108-A,F
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES
DESCRIPTION
PIN CONFIGURATIONS
These dual monolithic J-K flip-flops are negative-edge-triggered.
They feature individual J, K, and asynchronous preset inputs to each
flip-flop as ~ell as common clock and asynchronous clear inputs.
When the clock goes high, the inputs are enabled and data is accepted. Logical state of J and K inputs may be allowed to change
when the clock pulse is in a high state and bistable performs according to the truth ,table as long as minimum !set~up times are
observed. Data input is transferred to the outputs on the negative
edge of the clock pulse.
.
W PACKAGE
2J
11
PREIET CLOCK 2K
10
••
TRUTH TABLE
LOGIC
1
.2
3
1K
10
1ft
4
1J
Ii'
•
7
2G
20
OND
A,F PACKAGE
tn
Vee
14
tn+1
J
K
Q
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
Qn
NOTES:
0
1
1. tn
Cln
2. tn+ 1· = bit time
1
PRESn CLEAR
13
12
2J
"
•
PRESET CLOCK 2K
10
••
= bit time before
clock pulse
aftar clock pu Isa
,
2
3
4
I
t
1K
10
10
1J
Xi
2Q
7
GND
RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS
S54H10S Circuits
N74H10S Circuits
Operating Free-Air Temperature Range, T A:
MIN
4.5
4.75
-55
0
Supply Voltage VCC:
S54H10S Circuits
N74H10S Circuits
Normalized Fan-Out from each Output, N
Width of Clock Pulse, tplclock)
W~dth of Preset Pulse, tplpreset)
Width of Clear Pulse, tplcl e r)
Input Setup Time, tsetup: 'rog!Cal 1
Logical 0
Input Hold Time, thol~
Clock Pulse Transition ime.. to
NOM
5
5
25
25
MAX
5.5
5.25
125
70
10
UNIT
V
V
°c
°c
10
15
16
10
13
0
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
150
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature renge unless otherwise noted)
TEST CONDITIONS
PARAMETER
Input voltage required to ensure
V in ( 1 )
*
MIN
Typt
UNIT
V
2
logical 1 at any input terminal
Input voltage required"to ensure
Vinl O)
MAX
O.S
V
0.25
0.4
V
logical 0 at any input terminal
2.4
3.2
V out l1 )
Logical 1 output voltage
VCC = MIN,
Iload .. -500J.lA
Voutl O)
Logical 0 output voltage
VCC" MIN,
I sink = 20mA
VCC-MAX,
V in = 0.4V
-1
-2
mA
Logical 0 level input current'at
linlO)
J,K, or preset
V
lin(O)
Logical 0 level input current at clock
VCC = MAX,
Vin = 0.4V
-6
-9.6
mA
linlO)
Logical 0 level input current at clear
VCC = MAX,
Vin = 0.4V
-2
-4
mA
Logical 1 level input current at
VCC = MAX,
Vin = 2.4V
50
J.lA
J or K
VCC = MAX,
Vin" 5.5V
1
mA
Logical 1 level input current at
VCC = MAX,
Vin" 2.4V
-1
mA
clock
VCC" MAX,
Vin = 5.5V
1
mA
lin(1)
lin(1)
2·244
0
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S43H108, N74H108
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Cont'd)
TEST CONDITIONS
PARAMETER
lin(1)
lin(1)
MI'N
TYP
MAX
UNIT
Logical 1 level input current at
VCC-MAX,
Vin· 2 .4V
100
",A
preset
VCC = MAX,
V in = 5.5V
1
mA
Logical 1 level input current at
VCC-MAX,
Vin· 2 •4V
200
",A
clear
VCC = MAX,
Vin = 6.6V
1
mA
V in - 0
lOS
Short-circuit output current ","
VCC = MAX,
ICC
Supply current
VCC-MAX
-40
-100
mA
40
76
mA
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
40
50
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC - 5V, T A - 25°C, N - 10
TEST CONDITIONS
PARAMETER
ft:lock
tpd1
tpdO
,tpdO
tpd1
tpdO
Maximum input clock frequency
Propagation delay time to logical 1
level from preset or clear to output
Propagation delay time to logical 0
level from preset or clear to output
(clock low)
Propagation delay time to logical 0
lev,el from preset or clear to
output (clock high)
Propagation delay time to logical 1
levol from clock to output
Propagation delay time to logical 0
levol from clock to output
C L - 25pF.
C L = 25pF.
RL = 2800
CL - 25pF.
RL
CL = 25pF.
MHz
RL = 2800
8
12
ns
=2800
23
35
ns
RL - 2800
15
20
ns
C L = 25pF.
RL - 2800
5
10
15
ns
CL = 25pF.
RL
=2800
8
16
20
ns
• For conditions shown as MIN or MAX. use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable
device type.
Not more than one output should be shorted at a time. and duration of short-circuit test should not exceed 1 second.
t 'All typical values are at V CC - 6V. T A '"' 26°C.
2·245
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. 548/748
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES
DESCRIPTION
Series 54S/74S Schottky TTL circuits are implemented with full
Schottky-barrier-diode clamping to achieve ultra-high speeds
previously obtainable only with emitter-coupled logic, yet they retain the desirable features of, and are completely compatible with,
most of the popular saturated logic circuits. Schottky TTL circuits
currently offer the best speed-power product of any high-speed logic
family.
Schottky-barrier-diode clamping prevents transistors from achieving
classic saturation and thereby effectively eliminates excess charge
storage and subsequent recovery times. These recovery times contribllte significantly to overall propagation delays experienced with
saturated digital-logic circuits.
Series 54S/74S circuits are completely compatible with the Series
54/74, Series 54H174H, and Series 54L174L TTL logic families.
Ease of use and compatibility with other TTL families result in
flexibility of choice within the four speed-power ranges offered
(Series 54/74, 54H174H, 54L174L, 54S/74S) to achieve highly efficient system grading to specific performance requirements.
Definitive specifications are provided for operating characteristics
over the full military temperature range of -55°C to 125°C for
Series 54S circuits and over the temperature range of O°C to 70°C
for Series 74S circuits.
FEATURES
VERY-HIGH-SPEED, LOW-POWER OPERATION
• 3-ns typical gate propagation delay time
• 19-mW-per-gate power dissipation at 50% duty cyclespeed-power product = 57pJ
• 125-MHz typical J-K flip-flop maximum input clock frequency (d-c coupled)
ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS (over operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted)
Supply Voltage VCC
Input Voltage
Intermitter Voltage
Output Voltage
Operating Free-Air Temperature Range:
Series 54S Circuits
Series 74S Circuits
Storage Temperature Range
7V
5.5V
5.5V
7V
-55°C to 125°C
O°C to 70°C
-65"C to 150°C
NOTES:
1.
Voltage values, except intermitter voltage, are with respect to
2.
network ground terminal.
This is the voltage between two emitters of a mUltiple-emitter
3.
transistor.
This is the maximum voltage which should be applied to any
open-collector output when it is in the off state.
UNUSED INPUTS OF POSITIVE-AND/NAND GATES
For optimum switching times and minimum noise susceptibility,
unused inputs of AND or NAND gates should be maintained at a
voltage greater than 2.7V, but not to exceed the absolute maximum
rating of 5.5V. This eliminates the distributed capacitance associated with the floating input emitter, bond wire, and package lead,
and ensures that no degradation will occur in the propagation delay
times. Some possible ways of handling input emitters are:
a. Connect unused inputs to an independent supply voltage.
Preferably, this voltage should be between 2.7V and 3.5V.
b. Connect unused inputs to a used input if maximum fan-out
of the driving output will not be exceeded. Each additional
input presents a full load to the driving output at a high-level
voltage but adds no loading at a low-level voltage.
c. Connect unused inputs to V CC through a 1-kn resistor so
that if a transient which exceeds the 5.5-V maximum rating
should occur, the impedance will be high enough to protect
the input. One to 25 unused inputs may be connected to
each 1-kn resistor.
INPUT-CURRENT REQUI REMENTS
EASE OF SYSTEM DESIGN
• fully compatible with Series 54174, 54H/74H, and 54L/74L
TTL (including MSI/LSI), and most DTL
• Schottky-diode-clamped inputs simplify system design
• terminated, controlled-impedance lines not normally required
• low output impedance: provides low AC noise susceptability
drives highly capacitive loads
Input-current requirements reflect worst-case Vec and temperature
conditions. Each input of the multiple-emitter input transistors requires a maximum of 2mA out of the input at a low logic level
which is defined as 1 normalized load. Each input requires current
into the input at a high logic level. This current is 50MA maximum
for each emitter. Currents into the input terminals are specified as
positive values.
IMPROVED CIRCUIT PERFORMANCE
• switching times virtually insensitive to power supply and/or
temperature variations
• power dissipation remains relatively low at operating frequencies up to 100 MHz
• high-fan-out: 20 54S/74S loads at the high logic level 10
54S/74S loads at the low logic level
• high DC noise margin--typically 1 volt
Fan-out (N) reflects the ability of an output to supply current to a
number of normalized loads at a high logic level and to sink current
at the low logic level. At the high logic level, each standard output is
capable of supplying current to drive 20 Series 54H, 74H, 54S, or
74S loads (N H = 20). Currents out of the output are specified as
negative values. At the low logic level, each standard output is
capable of sinking current from 10 Series 54H, 74H, 54S, or 748
loads (N L ~ 10).
FAN-OUT CAPABILITY
RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS
MIN
Supply Voltage VCC
Operating Free-Air Temperature, T A
2-246
4.5
-55
SERIES 54S
CIRCUITS
MAX
NOM
MIN
5.5
125
4.75
0
5
SERIES 74S
CIRCUITS
NOM
MAX
5
5.25
70
UNIT
V
°c
QUADRUPLE 2-INPUT S54SOO
POSITIVE NAND GATE S54S03
N74S00
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES N74S03
!ii!lDotiC!i
S54S00/503-A,F,W • N,74S00/503-A,F
PIN CONFIGURATIONS
WPACKAGE
A,F PACKAGE
YCC484A4V.3AW
U
"
n
"
~
•
•
VCC48
14
,
1Ao
:t
2
,.
1Y
4
2A
I
211
•
2V
7
OND
13
4A
4~'
38
3A
12
11
10
••
'JV
1
2
3
4
5
II
7
''''
18
lY
2A
28
2V
OND
SCHEMATIC (each gate)
. S54/N74S00
S54/N74S03
r---4r----------Ov~
NOTE:
Component values
shown are nominal.
RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS
Supply Voltage Vee
Normalized Fan-Out from each Output, N: High logic level
Low logic level
Operating Free-Air Temperature, T A
MIN
4.5
S54SOO
NOM
5
MAX
5.5
20
10
125
-55
N74S00
NOM
5
MIN
4.75
0
UNIT
MAX
5.25
20
10
70
V
·e
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted)
TEST CONDITIONS·
PARAMETER
V IH
V IL
High-level input voltage
VI
Input clamp voltage
V OH
High-level output voltage
MIN
TYp··
MAX
UNIT
0.8
V
-t.2
V
2
V
Low-level input voltage
Vee = MIN,
II = -18mA
Vee = MIN,
V IL = 0.8V,
10H = -1mA
Series 54S
2.5
3.4
Series 745
2.7
3.4
V
V
II
Input current at maximum input voltage
= MIN,
10L = 20m A
Vee = MAX,
IIH
High-level input current (each input)
Vee = MAX,
VI
= 2.7V
50
j.lA
IlL
Low-level input current (each input)
Vee
VI =0.5V
-2
mA
lOS
Short-circuit output current t
= MAX,
Vee = MAX
-100
mA
Vee = MAX,
All inputs at OV
2.5
4
mA
= MAX,
All inputs at 5V
5
9
mA
VOL
Low-level output voltage
Supply current, high-level output
leeH
V IH = 2V,
0.5
V
VI = 5.5V
1
mA
-40
(average per gate)
Supply current, low-level output
leeL
Vee
(everage per gate)
Vee
2·247
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54800, N74800, S54803, N74803
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC - 5V, T A
= 25°C, N -
10
TEST CONDITIONS
PARAMETER
Propagation delay time, low-to-
C L - 15pF,
RL - 280n
high-level output
C L - 5OpF,
RL = 280n
Pr!)pagation delay time, high-to-Iow-
C L = 15pF,
RL = 280n
level output
C L = 5OpF,
RL .. 280n
tpLH
tpHL
MIN
TVP
MAX
2
3
4.5
UNIT
ns
4.5
NOTE 1
3
2
5
ns
5
S54/N74S03
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
VIH
VIL
VI
High-level input voltage
Low-level input voltage
Input clamp voltage
IOH
High-level output current
VOL
Low-level output voltage
II
IIH
IlL
ICCH
ICCL
Input current at maximum
input voltage
High-level input current (each input)
Low-level input current (each input)
Supply current, high-level output
(average per gate)
Supply current, low-level output
(average per gate)
TEST CONDITIONS*
VCC = MIN,
VCC= MIN,
VOH = 5.5V
. VCC = MIN,
IOL = 20mA
tPHL
MAX
UNIT
0.8
-1.2
V
V
V
II = -18mA
VIL = 0.8V,
VIH" 2V,
250
p.A
0.5
V
Vce= MAX,
VI = 5.5V
1
mA
VCC = MAX,
VCC = MAX,
VI = 2.7V
VI = 0.5V
50
-2
p.A
mA
VCC" MAX,
All inputs at OV
1.5
3.3
mA
VCC = MAX,
All inputs at 5V
5
9
mA
MIN
TVP
MAX
UNIT
2
5
7.5
4.5
7
7.5
= 10
TEST CONDITIONS
PARAMETER
tPLH
TVP**
2
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC - 5V, T A - 26"C, N
Propagation delay time, low-tohigh-level output
Propagation delay time, high-tolow-level output
MIN
CL = 15pF,
CL" 50pF,
CL-15pF,
CL=50pF,
RL" 280n
RL = 280n
RL = 280n
RL = 280n
NOTE
1
2
7
ns
ns
• For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable
device type •
•• All typical values are at Vee - SV, T A - 2Soe.
t Not more than one output should be shorted at a time, and duration of the short-circuit test should not exceed one second.
NOTE 1: Load circuit and waveforms are shown on page 2-293
2·248
Smnotics
HEX INVERTER S54S04
S54S05
"N74S04
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES N74S05
s&4s04-A,F,W • S54S06-A,F,W. "N74S04-A,F,W • N74S06-A,F-
P'IN CONFIGURATIONS
WPACKAGE
1
2
'AW
3
2A
A,F PACKAGE
1
2
3
4
6
e
7
1A
1Y
2A
tv
3A
3Y
GND
4
6
tI
7
2V3A3VGND
SCHEMATIC (each gate)
S54/N74S04
L
!
"_
_____________________
I~ECOMMENDED
S54/N74S05
~
shown
are nominal.______________________________________
(Open Collector)
N_O_T_E_:__
C_o_m_p_o_n_e_nt_v_a_lu_e_s
_______
~
OPERATING CONDITIONS
Supply Voltage Vee
Normalized Fan-Out from each Output, N:
MIN
4.5
S54S04
NOM
5
High logic level
low logic level
Operating Free-Air Temperature, T A
MAX
5.5
MIN
4.75
N74S04
NOM
5
20
10
125
-56
0
MAX
5.25
20
10
70
UNIT
V
°e
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
VIH
Vil
VI
High,level input voltage
low-level input voltage
I nput clamp voltage
VOH
High-level output voltage
VOL
II
IIH
III
lOS
leeH
leel
low-level output voltage
Input current at maximum
input voltage
High-level input current
(each input)
L.ow-Ievel input current
(each input)
Short-circuit output current t
Supply current, high-level
outpUt (average per gate)
Supply current, low-level
output (average Der gate)
TEST eONDITIONS*
MIN
TVP**
MAX
2
Vee= MIN,
Vee'" MIN,
10H = -1mA
Vee = MIN,
10l = 20mA
II = -18mA
Vil = O.SV,
VIH
0.8
-1.2
Series 54S
Series 74S
2.6
2.7
3.4
3.4
= 2V,
UNIT
V
V
V
V
V
0.5
V
Vee
= MAX,
VI = 5.5V
1
mA
Vee
= MAX,
VI
= 2.7V
50
p.A
Vee
= MAX,
VI
= 0.5V
-40
Vee = MAX
-2
mA
-100
mA
= MAX,
All inputs at OV
2.5
4
mA
Vee = MAX,
All inputs at 5V
5
9
mA
Vee
2-249
DIGITAL 54174 TTL 8ERIE8. 854804, 854805, N74S04, N74S05
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC '"' 5V, T A = 25°C, N .. 10
TEST CONDITIONS
PARAMETER
tpLH
Propagation delay time, low-to.highlevel output
C L = 15pF,
RL = 280 n
C L =50pF,
RL
= 280 n
CL = 15 pF,
RL
= 280 n
C L = 50 pF,
RL
= 280 n
MIN
TVP
MAX
2
3
4.5
UNIT
ns
4.5
NOTE 1
tpHL
Propagation delay time, high-tolow-level output
3
2
5
ns
5"
S54/N74S05
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
VIH
VIL
VI
High-level input voltage
Low-level input voltage
Input clamp voltage
IOH
High-level output current
VOL
II
IIH
IlL
ICCH
ICCL
Low-level output voltage
Input current at maximum
input voltage
High-level input current (each input)
Low-level input current (each input)
Supply current, high-level output
(average per gate)
Supply current, low-level output
(average per gate)
TEST CONDITIONS*
MIN
TVP**
MAX
UNIT
0.8
-1.2
V
V
V
250
J.lA
0.5
V
2
II = -18mA
VIL = 0.8V,
VCC= MIN,
VCC = MIN,
VOH = 5.5V
VCC= MIN,
IOL = 20mA
VIH = 2V,
VCC = MAX,
VI = 5.5V
1
mA
VCC = MAX,
VCC = MAX,
VI = 2.7V
VI = 0.5V
50
-2
J.lA
mA
VCC = MAX,
All inputs at OV
1.5
3.3
mA
VCC = MAX,
All inputs at 5V
5
9
mA
MIN
TVP
MAX
UNIT
2
5
7.5
4.5
7
7.5
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC = 5V, T A = 25"C, N = 10
PARAMETER
tpLH
tPHL
Propagation delay time, low-tohigh-level output
Propagation delay time, high-tolow-level output
TEST CONDITIONS
CL = 15pF,
CL = 50pF,
CL = 15pF,
CL = 50pF,
RL = 280n
RL = 280n
RL = 280n
RL = 280n
NOTE
1
2
ns
7
ns
• For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable
device type .
•• All typical values are at V CC = 5V, T A = 25° c.
t Not more than one output should be shorted at a time, and duration of the short-circuit test should not exceed one second.
NOTES:
A. The pulse generator has the following characteristics: V in (1)
Zout"" 50n.
B. Inputs not under test are at 2.7V.
C. C L includes probe and jig capacitance.
NOTE1: Load circuit and waveforms are shown on page 2-293
2-250
= 3V,
Vin(O)
= OV,
t1
= to =
2.5n5, PRR = 1 MHz, duty cycle
= 50%,
and
!ii!lDotiC!i
TRIPLE 3·INPUT
POSITIVE NAND GATE
S54 S10
N74S10
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
.----_ _.....-_ _-.-<> Vee
2.Bkn
900n
50 11
OUTPUT
V
Component values shown are nominal.
RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS
S54S1 0
Supply voltage,
Vee
Normalized fan-out from each output, N
Operating free-air, T A
I
I
S74S10
MIN
NOM
MAX
MIN
NOM
MAX
UNIT
4.5
5
5.5
4.75
5
5.25
V
20
10
High logic level
Low logic level
-55
125
20
10
0
70
DC
2·251
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL, • N54S10, 874810
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
VIH
High-level input voltage
VIL
Low-level input voltage
VI
Input Clamp Voltage
VOH
High-level output voltage
VOL
Low-level output voltage
MIN
TEST CONDITIONS*
TVP**
MAX
UNIT
V
2
VCC = MIN,
II = -18 mA
VCC = MIN,
VIL = 0.8 V,
10H = -1 mA
VCC = MIN,
I Series 54S
I Series 74S
2.5
3.4
2.7
3.4
VIH=2V,
0.8
V
-1.2
V
V
V
0.5
10L = 20 mA
V
II
I nput current at maximum input voltage
VCC = MAX,
VI = 5.5 V
1
IIH
High-level input current (each input)
VCC = MAX,
VI = 2.7 V
50
J.lA
IlL
Low-level input current (each input)
VCC = MAX,
VI=0.5V
-2
mA
lOS
Short-circuit output current:!:
VCC = MAX
-100
mA
Supply current, high-level output
ICCH
(average per gate)
Supply current, low-level output
ICCL
(average per gate)
-40
mA
VCC = MAX,
All inputs at 0 V
2.5
4
mA
VCC = MAX,
All inputs at 5 V
5
9
mA
• F or conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the
applicable device type.
* 'AII typical values are at VCC = 5 V, T A = 25°C.
:j:Not more than one output should be shorted at a time, and duration of the short-circuit test should not exceed one second.
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC = 5 V, T A = 25°C, N = 10
PARAMETER
tPLH
Propagqtion delay time, low-to-high-Ievel output
tpHL
Propagation delay time, high-to-Iow-Ievel output
NOTE1: Load circuit and waveforms are shown on page 2-293
2·252
TEST CONDITIONS
n
RL = 280 n
RL = 280 n
RL = 280 n
CL = 15 pF, RL = 280
CL = 50 pF,
CL = 15 pF,
CL=50pF,
MIN
N
0
T
E
1
2
TVP
3
MAX
4.5
4.5
2
3
5
5
UNIT
ns
ns
!ii!)DotiC!i
N74S11
TRIPLE 3-INPUT
____________________
PO_SIT_IV_E_AN_D_GA~TEN74S15
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES
FEATURES
N74S11
•
•
SCHEMATIC (each gate)
...--__.._-_-----..,....-<>
vcc
r------,
ACTIVE PULL-UP
5 ns at CL = pF
32 mW PER GATE
TYPICAL PROPAGATION TIME
TYPICAL POWER DISSIPATION
AT 50% DUTY CYCLE
2.8 kl!
900n
2 kH
N74S11 ONLY
50
n
I
N74S15 OPEN-COLLECTOR
•
•
6 ns at CL = 15 pF
29 mW PER GATE
TYPICAL PROPAGATION TIME
TYPICAL POWER DISSIPATION
AT 50% DUTY CYCLE
VCC
lC
lY
3C
38
3A
3Y
NOTE: Component values shown are nominal.
RECOMMENDED MAXIMUM fAN-OUT FROM EACH OUTPUT
18
28
2C
2Y
GND
N74S11
N74S15
20
10
10
Loads at a high logic level
Loads at a low logic level
Positive Logic: Y = ABC
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted)
VIH
High-level input voltage
VIL
Low-level input voltage
VI
Input clamp voltage
N74S11
TEST CONDITIONS*
PARAMETER
MIN
TYP**
N74S15
MAX
II = -18 mA
VCC = MIN,
VIH = 2 V,
VOH
High-level output voltage
10H
High-level output current
VOL
Low-level output voltage
II
Input current at maximum input voltage
VCC = MAX,
VI = 5.5 V
2.7
10H = -1 mA
VCC = MIN,
TYP**
V
0.8
V
-1..2
-1.2
V
V
3.4
VIH = 2 V,
250
VIL = 0.8 V,
10L = 20 mA
1
mA
!-LA
High-level input current (each input)
VCC = MAX,
VI=2.7V
50
50
Low-level input current (each input)
VCC = MAX,
VI = 0.5 V
-2
-2
lOS
Short-circuit output current:j:
VCC = MAX
Supply current, high-level output
(average per gate)
Supply current, low-level output
ICCL
(Average per gate)
V
0.5
1
IIH
-40
!-LA
0.5
IlL
ICCH
UNIT
0.8
VOH = 5.5 V
VCC = MIN,
MAX
2
2
VCC = MIN,
MIN
mA
-100
mA
VCC = MAX,
All inputs at 5 V
4.5
8
3.5
6.5
mA
VCC = MAX,
All inputs at 0 V
8
14
8
14
mA
"For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the
applicable series on the second page of this section .
• • All typical values are at V CC = 5 v, T A = 25° C.
:j:Not more than one output should be shorted at a time, and duration of the short-cir~uit test should not exceed one second.
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC = 5 V, T A = 25"C, N = 10
PARAMETER
tPLH
Propagation delay time, low-to-high-Ievel output
tPHL
Propagation delay time, high-to-Iow-Ievel output
N74S11
TEST CONDITIONS
NOTE 1
MIN
CL=15pF,
RL = 280
n
CL=50pF,
RL = 280
n
CL = 15 pF,
RL = 280
CL = 50 pF,
RL = 280
n
n
NOTE 1: Load circuits and waveforms are shown on page 2-293
2.5
TYP
4.5
N74S15
MAX
7
MIN
2.5
6
2.5
5
7.5
TYP
MAX
5.5
8.5
8.5
7.5
2.5
6
8
9
UNITS
ns
ns
2-253
Smnotics
S54S20
N74S20
DUAL 4-INPUT POSITIVE NAND GATE
S64S20-A,F,W • N74S20-A,F
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES
SCHEMATIC (each gete):
PIN CONFIGURATIONS
;
WPACKAGE
, . - - . - - - - r - O Vee
OUTPUT
'-H
V
1
lA
,.
2
3
..
.
10
NC
IV
7
GND
A,F PACKAGE
NOTE: Component v Ilues shown ere nominal.
v~c
20
13
1
lA
2
18
3
NC
NC
11
28
I.
4
lC
6
10
2A
2V
8
e
7
GND
1V
RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS
Supply Voltage Vee.
Normalized Fan-Out from each Output, N: High logic level
Low logic level
Operating Free-Air Temperature, T A
S54S20
NOM
5
MIN
4.5
-55
MAX
5.5
20
10
125
N74S20
NOM
5
MIN
4.75
0
UNIT
MAX
5.25
20
10
70
V
°e
ELECTRICAL CHARACtERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted)
TEST CONDITIONS·
PARAMETER
V IH
High-level in~ut voltage
V IL
Low-level
VI
Input clamp yoltage
VO H
High-level ouiput voltage
MIN
TYp··
MAX
2
UNIT
V
in~ut voltage
0.8
V
-1.2
V
!
VCC = MIN,
II
VCC = MIN,
V IL = 0.8V,
z
-18mA
10H = -lmA
VCC = MIN,
Series 54S
2.5
3.4
V
Series 745
2.7
3.4
V
V IH = 2V,
VOL
Low-level output voltage
II
Input current'at maximum input voltage
VCC = MAX,
VI = 5.5V
IIH
High-level in~ut current (each input)
VCC = MAX,
VI =2.7V
50
j.tA
VCC= MAX,
VI =0.5V
-2
mA
I
10L = 20mA
0.5
V
1
mA
i
',L
Low-level inp~t current (each input)
lOS
Short-circuit but put current t
ICCH
Supply curre~t, high-level output
i
-40
-100
mA
VCC = MA)(,
All inputs at OV
2.5
4
mA
VCC = MAX,
All inputs at 5V
5
9
mA
VCC· MAX
i
;
(average per ~te)
;
leCL
Supply currerit, low-level output
(average per g~te)
2·254
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54S20, N74S20
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC '" 5V, T A - 25°C, N '" 10
TEST CONDITIONS
PARAMETER
tpLH
tpHL
Propagation delay time, low-to-highlevel output
Propagation delay time, high-to-Iowlevel output
C L = 15pF,
RL = 280n
C L = 50pF,
RL = 280n
C L = 15pF,
RL = 280n
"C L = 50pF,
RL = 280n
MIN
TYP
MAX
2
3
4.5
UNIT
ns
4.5
NOTE 1
"2
3
5
ns
5
• For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable
device type .
•• All typical values are at VCC = 5V, T A = 25°C.
t Not more than one output should be shorted at a time, and duration of the short-circuit test should not exceed one second.
NOTE1: Load circuits and waveforms are shown on page 2-293
2-255
S54S22
N74S22
DUAL 4·INPUT POSITIVE NAND GATE
WITH OPEN·COLLECTOR OUTPUTS
S54S22-A,F,W. N74S22-A,P
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES
PIN CONFIGURATIONS
SCHEMATIC (each gate)
W PACKiAGE
1
lA
2
18
3
NC
4
lC
5
10
6
lY
7
OND
A,F PACKAGE
1
lA
NOTE:
2
18
3
NC
4
lC
5
10
8
lY
7
OND
Component values shown are nominal.
RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS
N74S22
854S22
Supply Voltage Vee
MIN
NOM
MAX
MIN
NOM
MAX
4.5
5
5.5
4.75
5
5.25
Normalized Fan-Out f~om any Output, N
-55
125
V
10
10
Operating Free-Air Terperature, T A
UNIT
0
70
°e
MAX
UNIT
0.8
V
-1.2
V
250
iJ.A
0.5
V
rnA
ELECTRICAL CHARAC.... ERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted)
:
TEST CONDITIONS '"
PARA-METER
MIN
TYP
**
I
V IH
High-level inp~t voltage
V IL
low-level inppt voltage
VI
Input clamp ~oltage
IOH
High-level ou~put current
2
Vee = MIN,
II = -18mA
Vee = MIN,
V i l = 0.8V,
V OH = 5.5V
Vee = MIN,
VOL
low-level output voltage
V
V IH =2V,
IOl = 20mA
II
Input current!at maximum input voltage
Vee = MAX,
VI = 5.5V
1
IIH
High-Ievelinp~t
current (each input)
Vee = MAX,
VI = 2.7V
50
p.A
IlL
low-level inp~t current (each input)
Vee= MAX,
VI = 0.5V
-2
rnA
Vee = MAX,
All inputs at OV
1.5
3.3
rnA
Vee = MAX,
All inputs at 5V
5
9
Supply
leeH
curre~t,
high-level output
(average per grte)
Supply curre~t, low-level output
leel
(average per ~te)
rnA
'---
2-256
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54822. N74S22
SWITCHlNG CHARACTERISTICS, VCC = 5V, T A
'-.-
= 25°C,
N
TEST CONDITIONS
PARAMETER
tpLH
tpHL
10
Propagation delay time, low-to-high-
C L = 16pF,
RL "2800
level output
C L .. 5OpF,
R L " 2800
Propagation delay time, high-to-
C L = 16pF,
RL = 2800
low-level output
CL - 50pF,
RL " 2800
MIN
2
TYP
MAX
5
7.5
UNI"F
ns
7.5
NOTE 1
2
4.5
7
nS;
7
• For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified undor recommended operating conditions for the applicable
device type.
°
•• All typical values are at V CC = 5V, T A = 25 C.
NOTE1: Load circuit and waveforms are shown on page 2-293
2·257
DUAL 4·INPUT POSITIVE NAND S54S40
BUFFERS /LINE DRIVERS S54S14O
N74540
DIGITAL 54/74 TTl SERIES N74S14O
S54S40-A,F,W. S54S140-A,F,W. N74S40-A,F .• N74S140-A,F
SCHEMATIC (each gate)
I
PIN CONFIGURATIONS
A,F PACKAGE,
Vee
20
2C
He
28
2A
'4
13
12
11
to
9
oil
lC
6
•
7
1D
f'(
GND
,
2
3
fA
18
NC
rt
8
RECOMMENDED MAXI~UM FAN-OUT FROM EACH OUTPUT
loads at a high logic level
load at a low logic le~el
60
30
NC - No internal connection
!
ELECTRICAL CHARACtERISTICS (over operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted)
I
PARA~ETER
VIH
Vil
VI
High-level i~put voltage
low-level in~ut voltage
Input ciampi voltage
!
I
VOH
High-level o~tPut voltage
i
Val
II
IIH
III
lOS
leeH
leel
2·258
low-level o4tput voltage
Input curre~t at maximum
input voltag
High-level ir",put current
(each input):
low-level inrut current
(each input)j
Short-circui~ output current t
Supply curr nt, high-level output
(average per Igate)
Supply curr1nt, low-level output
(average per ,gate)
TEST CONDITIONS*
MIN
TVP**
MAX
UNIT
0.8
-1.2
V
V
V
2
II = -18mA
Vee = MIN,
VIL = 0.8V,
Vee = MIN,
10H = -3mA
VI = 0.5V,
Vee = MIN,
RO = 50n To GND
Vee = MIN,
VIH = 2V,
10l = 60mA
Series 54S
Series 74S
S54S140
N74S140
2.5
2.7
3.4
3.4
V
V
2
0.5
V
Vee
= MAX,
VI = 5.5V
1
mA
Vee
= MAX,
VI
= 2.7V
100
JJ.A
= MAX,
= MAX
Vee = MAX,
VI
= 0.5V
Vee
-50
Vee
Vee
= MAX,
-4
mA
-225
mA
All inputs at OV
5
9
mA
All inputs at 5V
12.5
22
mA
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL 8ERIE8. 854840, N74S40, 8548140, N74S140
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS.
vcc" 6V. TA ..
26°C. N· 30
PARAMETER
tPLH
tpHL
Propagation delay time. low-tohigh-level output
Propagation delay time. high-tolow-level output
TEST CONDITIONS
CL
CL
CL
CL
= 50pF.
= 150pF.
= 50pF.
= 150pF.
RL
RL
RL
RL
= 93n
= 93n
= 93n
= 93n
NOTE 1
MIN
TVP
MAX
UNIT
2
4
6
4
6
6.5
ns
ns
ns
ns
2
6.5
• For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable
series on the second page of this section .
•• All typical values are at VCC =. 5V, T A = 2SoC.
t Not more than one output should be shorted at a time, and duration of the short-circuit test should not exceed 100 milliseconds.
NOTE1: Load circuit and waveforms are shown on page 2-293
2-259
4·2·3·2·INPUT
AND- OR GATES.
N74S64
N74S65
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES
PIN CONFIGURATIONS
N74S64 ACTIVE PULL-UP
•
•
3.5 ns at C
TYPICAL PROPAGATION TIME
TYPICAL POWER DiSsiPATION
AT 50% DUTY CYCLE!
L
- 15 pF
39mW
N74S65 OPEN COLLECT()R
•
•
5 ns at CL = 15 pF
TYPICAL PROPAGATI(j)N TIME
TYPICAL POWER DiSsiPATION
AT 50% DUTY CYCLE
36mW
RECOMMENDED MAXIMUM FAN-OUT FROM EACH OUTPUT
GND
N74S64
Loads at a high logic levdl
20
Loads at a low logic levell
10
N74S65
Positive Logic:
ABCD + EF + GHI + JK
10
ELECTRICAL CHARACTE1RISTICS (over operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted)
PARArv'lETER
I
inpu~
VIH
High-level
VIL
Low-level input! voltage
VI
I nput clamp volitage
VOH
High-level outPUlt voltage
10H
TEST CONDITIONS*
N74S64
MIN
voltage
High-level outPlilt current
TYP**
N74S65
MAX
2
II
VIH = 0.8 V,
2.7
10H = -1 mA (N74S64)
VCC = MIN,
TYP**
VOL
Low-level OUtp4t voltage
UNIT
V
0.8
0.8
V
-1.2
-1.2
V
3.4
V
VIH = 0.8 V,
VOH = 5.5 V
VCC = MIN,
MAX
2
= -18 mA
VCC = MIN,
VCC = MIN,
MIN
VIL=2V,
0.5
10L = 20 mA
2!50
IJ.A
00.5
V
II
Input current a~ maximum input voltage
VCC = MAX,
VI = 5.5 V
1
1
IIH
High-level inputl current (each input)
VCC = MAX,
VI = 2.7 V
50
!50
IJ.A
IlL
Low-level inputicurrent (each input)
VCC = MAX,
VI =0.5 V
-2
--2
mA
lOS
Short-circuit ou~put current :j:
VCC = MAX
ICCH
Supply current,:high-Ievel output
VCC = MAX,
See Note 1
7
12.5
6
ICCL
Supply current,!low-level output
VCC = MAX,
See Note 2
8.5
16
8.5
-40
-100
mA
mA
n
mA
·16
mA
""All typical values are at V€C = 5 V, T A = 25°C.
:j: Not more than one output should be shorted at a time, and duration of the short-circuit test should not exceed one second.
NOTES: 1. ICCH is mec\sured with all inputs grounded, and the outputs open.
2. ICCL is measured with all inputs of one gate at 5 V, the remaining inputs grounded, and the outputs open.
SWITCHING CHARACTER'STICS, Vee = 5 V. T A = 25°e. N = 10
pARAMETER
tPLH
Propagation delay time, low-to-high-Ievel output
tPHL
Propagation delay time, high-to-Iow-Ievel output
NOTE 3: Load circuit and waveforms are shown on page 2-293
2·280
TEST CONDITIONS
NOTE 3
CL = 15 pF,
RL = 280 51
N74S64
MIN
2
CL = 50 pF,. RL=28051
CL=15pF,
RL=28051
CL=50pF,
RL = 280 51
N74S65
TYP
MAX
MIN
3.5
5.5
2
5
2
3.5
5.5
TYP
5
MAIX
7.5
8
5.5
2
5.5
6.5
3.5
UNIT
ns
ns
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL. N74S64, N74S65
SCHEMATIC
r---~----------~--------~----~------------------.-----------1--oVCC
r - - - - - - - .-.,
2.8 k!!
2.8kll
9000
2.8 kll
2.8 kll
501l
r,;_ _ _ _-.N74S64I
r-----~--------+-----~----------------._~
ONLY
L _______
I
I
I
I
I
...J
INPUTS
INPUTS
OUTPUT
250ll
50011
~
__________________
~
_____
~--oGND
NOTE: Component values shown are nominal.
2·261
DUAL D·TYPE
EDGE· TRIGGERED FLlp·FLOPS
7~JS 74
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES
DESCRIPTION
PIN CONFIGURATION
These monolithic dual edge-~riggered flip-flops utilize Schottky TTL
circuitry to produce very hiQh speed D-type flip-flops. Each flip-flop
has individual clear and pr~set inputs, and also complementary Q
and Q outputs.
Information at input 0 is transferred to the Q output on the
positive going edge of the ~Iock pulse. Clock triggering occurs at a
voltage level of the clock ~ulse and is not directly related to the
transition time of the positi~e gOing pulse. When the clock input is
at either the high or low lev~l, the D-input signal has no effect.
CLEAR
These circuits are fully cOmpatible for use with most TTL or DTL
circuits. A full fan-out to pO-normalized series 54S/74S loads is
available from each of the ejutputs at low logic level. At a high logic
level, a fan-out of 20 is avai\lable to facilitate tying unused inputs to
used inputs. Maximum cloEk frequency is 75 megahertz, with a
typical power dissipation of :75 milliwatts per flip-flop.
1
1
10
CLOCK PRESET
14
GNO
Positive Logic:
Low input to preset sets Q to high level
Low input to clear resets Q to low level
Preset and clear are independent of clock
FUNCTIONAL BLOCK DIAGRAM (EACH FLIP-FI.OP)
The N74S74 is characterizeQ! for operation from 0° C to 70° C.
Typical Maximum Input Clcjck Frequency
Typical Power Dissipation '
10
90 MHz
75 mW per Flip-Flop
TRUTH TABLE (Each FliPfF1op)
tn
tn
INPUT
Q
Q
L
L
H
H
H
L
D
H
~
+1
OUTPUT
High level, L
NOTES:
A. tn
~
~
Low lev:el
bit time lJiefore clock pulse
B. tn+ 1 ~ bit tim\! after clock pu Ise
RECOMMENDED OPERAtiNG CONDITIONS
i
Supply voltage, VCC
I
Normalized fan-out frdm each output, N
i
MIN
NOM
MAX
UNIT
4.75
5
5.25
V
High logic level
20
Low logic level
10
Clock frequency, fclock
70
MHz
Width of clock pulse, t~ (clock)
7
ns
Width of preset pulse, 1w (preset)
7
ns
7
ns
Width of clear pulse, t~ (clear)
I
Input set-up time, tset~p
High level data
10
Low level data
0
Operating free-air tem~erature, T A
0
2-262
ns
12
Input hold time, tholdi
ns
70
°c
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. 74874
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
PARAMETER
VIH
High level input voltage
VIL
Low level input voltage
VI
Input clamp voltage
VOH
High level output voltage
VOL
Low level output voltage
II
Input current at maximum input voltage
IIH
IlL
High level input current
Low level input current
TEST CONDITIONS*
MIN
TYP**
MAX
UNIT
V
2
VCC - MIN,
11---18mA
VCC - MIN,
VIH - 2 V
VIL = 0.8,
10l = 20 mA
VCC - MIN,
VIH - 2 V
VIL = 0.8,
10l = 20 mA
VCC = MAX,
VI = 5.5 V
VCC - MAX,
D input
VI = 2.7 V
2.7
0.8
V
-1.2
V
3.4
V
0.5
Clock or Preset
100
Clear
150
D input
VI = 0.5 V
Clock or Preset
-4
Clear
-6
lOS
Short circuit output current:j:
VCC = MAX
Supply Current
VCC = MAX,
mA
1
50
VCC = MAX,
ICC
V
p,A
-2
-40
See Note 1
mA
-100
mA
30
mA
'For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under ·recommended operating conditions for the
applicable device type.
"A" typical values are at VCC = 5 V, TA = 25°C.
:j:Nqt more than one output should be shorted at a time, and duration of the short circuit test should not exceed one second.
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC· 6 V, TA· 25°C, N· 10
PARAMETER
f max
TEST CONDITIONS
Maximum clock frequency
from clear or preset
Propagation delay time, high-to-Iow level output,
tPHL
from clear or preset
CL=15pF,I'lL=280n
Propagation delay time, low-to-high level output,
tpLH
from clock
Propagation delay time, high-to-Iow level output,
tPHL
from clock
TYP
90
Propagation delay time, low-to-high level output,
tplH
MIN
MAX
UNIT
MHz
5
ns
8
ns
7
ns
7
ns
NOTE 1
NOTE 1: Load circuit and test waveforms are shown on page 2-293
2-263
S54S112
N74S112
DUAL J·K EDGE·TRIGGERED FLIP ·FLOP
S54S112-B,F,W. N74S112-B
DIGITAL 54/74 TIL SERIES
DESCRIPTION
These monolithic dual J-~ flip-flops feature individual J, K, clock,
and asynchronous preset j:lnd clear inputs to each flip-flop. When
the clock goes high-the inputs are enabled and data will be accepted.
The logic level of the J and K inputs may be allowed to change
when the clod pulse is hi~h and the bistable will perform according
to the truth table as long ias minimum setup and hold times are observed. I nput data are tr,.nsferred to the outputs on the negativegoing edge of the clock p~lse.
PIN CONFIGURATIONS
B,F,W PACKAGE
,
Vee
~
2
2
CLEAR CLEAR CLOCK
m
«"
2K
2J
PRESET
20
"w.
TRUTH TABLE
,
I·
I
7
8
1Q
10
:zQ
OND
CLOCK
tn+1
tn
J
K
Q
an
L
L
L
H
L
H
L
H
H
H
an
POSITIVE LOGIC
NOTES:
= bit time before clock pulle
n
B. tn+1= bit time aftar clock pulse
A. t
2-264
Low Input to preset sets Q to high level.
Low input to clear resets Q to low level.
Clear and preset are independent of clock.
SCHEMATIC (each flip-flop)
LOGIC DIAGRAM (each rliP-fIO P )
"'~
positive logic:
;."
CLOCK
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S548112, N748112
RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS
N74S112
854S112
MIN
NOM
MAX
MIN
NOM
MAX
4.5
5
5.5
4.75
5
5.25
Supply Voltage V CC
Normalized Fan-Out from each Output, N : High logic level
20
Low logic level
UNIT
V
20
10
10
Input Clock Frequency, fclock
0
Width of Clock Pulse, tw(clock)
6
6
ns
Width of Preset Pulse, tw(preset)
8
8
ns
Width of Clear Pulse, tw(clear)
8
8
ns
Input Setup Time, tsetup (See Note 1)
3
3
ns
Input Hold Time, thold (See Note 2)
0
0
Operating Free-Air Temperature, T A
-55
80
0
125
80
MHz
ns
0
70
°c
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Qver recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted)
TEST CONDITIONS *
. PARAMETER
VIH
High-level input voltage
VIL
L0'j"-Ievel input voltage
VI
I nput clamp voltage
V OH
High-level output
MIN
TVP
**
MAX
UNIT
2
V
0.8
V
-1.2
V
VCC = MIN,
II = -18mA
volt~ge
VCC = MIN,
V IL = 0.8V,
V IH = 2V,
10H = -1mA
VOL
Low-level output voltage
VCC = MIN,
V IL = 0.8V,
V IH = 2V,
10L = 20 mA
II
Input current at maximum
input voltage
VCC = MAX,
VI = 5.5V
IIH
High-level input current
VCC = MAX,
VI = 2.7V
J or K input
Clock, preset, or clear
Low-level input current
VCC = MAX,
VI = 0.5V
J or K input
Clock
Preset or clear
-1.6
IlL
lOS
Short-circuit output current t
VCC = MAX,
ICC
Supply current
VCC = MAX,
S54S112
N74S112
2.5
2.7
3.4
3.4
V
V
0.5
V
1
mA
50
100
j.l.A
-4
-7
-40
mA
-100
mA
30
50
mA
MIN
TVP
MAX
UNIT
80
125
2
4
7
ns
2
5
7
ns
2
4
7
ns
2
5
7
ns
See Note 3
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC .. 5V, T A = 25°C, N = 10
PARAMETER
f max
Maximum clock frequency
tpLH
Propagation delay time, low-to-highlevel output, from clear or preset
tpHL
Propagation delay time, high-to-Iowlevel output, from clear or preset
tpLH
Propagation delay time, low-to-highlevel output, from clock
tpHL
Propagation delay time, high-to-Iowlevel output, from clock
TEST CONDITIONS
Cl,
= 15pF,
RL
NOTE 4
= 280n
MHz
• For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable
device type .
•• Ail typical values are at Vee" 5V, T A ~ 25°C.
Not more than one output should be shorted at a time, and duration of the short-circuit test should not exceed one second.
NOTES:
1. Setup time is the interval immedlatelv preceding the negative-going edge of the clock pulse during which interval the data to be recognized
must be maintained at the input to ensure its recognition.
2. Hold time is the Interval immedlatelv following the negative-going edge of the clock pulse during which interval the data to be recognized
must be maintained at the Input to ensure Its continued recognition.
3. ICC is measured with outputs open; clock grounded, and J-K preset and clear at 4.5V.
4. Load circuit and waveforms are shown on page 2-293
2-265
DUAL J·K EDGE·TRIGGERED FLlp·FLOPS S54S113
S54S114
N74S113
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES N74S114
!imnDtiC!i
S54S113-A,F,W eS54S114-A,F,W e N74S113-A,Fe N74S114-A,F
PIN CONFIGURATIONS
PIN CONFIGURATIONSi
A,'F, W PACKAGE
,.
Vee
2
2k
12
2J
11
A, F, W PACKAGE
PREseT
2Q
20'
Yee
10
I
•
,.
CLOCK
~
1
CLEAR
2
1K
2K
2J
u
"
2
MEan
20
2«:1
WI'
1
PREIET
..
tiS
1Q
,
GND
~54S113, N74S113
DESCRIPTION
The 5545113 and N74S1 ~3 offer individual J, K, preset, and clock
inputs. The 554S114 an~ N74S114 offer common clock and common clear inputs and indi1idual J, K, and preset inputs.
These monolithic dual ~Iip-flops are designed so that when the
clock goes high, the inp~ts are enabled and data will be accepted.
The logic level of the J land K inputs may be allowed to change
when the clock pulse is high and the bistable will perform according
to the truth table as lo~g as minimum setup times are observed.
Input data are transferreq to the outputs on the negative-going edge
of the clock pulse.
.
LOGIC DIAGRAM (each flip-flop)
2-266
TRUTH TABLE
tn
tn+1
J
K
a
L
L
I.,
H
H
H
an
L
L
H
H
an
NOTES:
A. tn = bit time before clock
pulse
B. tn+1
pulse
=
bit time after clock
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL 8ERIE8. 8548113, N748113, 8548114, N748114
RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS
N74S113, N74S114
MAX
MIN
NOM
4.75
5.25
5
20
10
80
0
S54S113,S54S114
MAX
NOM
5.5
5
20
10
0
1:30
6
8
8
MIN
4.5
Supply Voltage V CC
Normalized Fan-Out from each Output, N: High logic level
Low logic level
Input Clock Frequency, fclock
Width of Clock Pulse, tw(clock)
Width of Preset Pulse, tw(preset)
S54S114, N74S114
Width of Clear Pulse, tw(clearl:
Input Setup Time, tsetup
Input Hold Time, thold
. Operating. Free-Air Temperature, T A
13
8
8
3
0
0
3
0
-55
125
70
UNIT
V
MHz
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
°c
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
S545113
N745113
TEST CONDITIONS*
MIN
V IH
V IL
VI
V OH
High-level input voltage
Low-level input voltage
Input clamp voltage
High-level output voltage
VOL
Low-level output voltage
II
Input current at maximum
input voltage
TYP**
S545114
N745114
MAX
II
0.8
-1.2
= -18mA
2.5
3.4
2.5
3.4
Series 74S
2.7
3.4
2.7
3.4
VI
= 2V,
= 20mA
VCC = MAX,
VI = 2.7V
IlL
Low-level input current
VCC = MAX,
VI = 0.5V
lOS
Short circuit output
current t
Supply current
VCC
ICC
VCC
V
V
V
= 5.5V
Clock
Preset
Clear
J or K input
Clock
Preset
Clear
= MAX
= MAX,
0.5
V
1
1
mA
50
100
100
50
200
100
200
-1.6
-8
-7
-14
0.5
J or K input
High-level input current
0.8
-1.2
Series 54S
V IH
10L
= MAX,
IIH
UNIT
MAX
V
V IL = 0.8V,
IOH = -1mA
VCC = MIN,
V IL = 0.8V,
VCC
TYP**
2
2
VCC = MIN,
VCC = MIN,
V IH = 2V,
MIN
-1.6
-4
-7
-100
-40
See Note 1
30
-40
!-LA
mA
-100
mA
30
50
mA
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
80
125
2
4
7
ns
2
5
7
ns
2
4
7
ns
2
5
7
ns
50
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC· 5V, T A • 26°C, N - 10
PARAMETER
f max
tpLH
tpHL
tpLH
tpHL
Maximum clock frequ~ncy
Propagation delay time, low-tohigh-level output, from clear
or preset
Propagation delay time, highto-low-level output, from clear
or preset
Propagation delay time, low-tohigh-level output, from clock
Propagation delay time, high-tolow-level output, from clock
TEST CONDITIONS
CL
=
15pF,
RL
= 280n
NOTE 2
MHz
• For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable
device type. See Figures 64 through 69 of the Series 54H!74H section for test circuits .
•• All typical values are at V CC = 5V, T A = 25' C .
. t Not morEl than one output should be shorted at a time, and duration of the short-circuit test should not exceed one second.
NOTE 1: ICC is measured with outputs open, clock grounded, and J, K, preset, and clear at 4.5V.
2. L.oad circuit and waveforms are shown on page 2-293
2·267
SmDot.CS
S54S133
N74S133
l3·INPUT NAND GATE
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES
SCHEMATIC
PIN CONFIGURATION
Vee
.
:g::
e r0
INPUTS
900
50
28kf
1111'11111111
-
OUTPUT
3.5k
~~
":'
E
F
G
H
500
I
I
V
250
I
J
K
L
I
M
J.:J.:.
GND
;
Resistor values shown are !nominal in ohms.
RECOMMENDED
~
GND
Positive Logic: Y - ABCDEFGHIJKLM
OPERATI~G CONDITIONS
:
S54S133
\
I
Supply voltage, VCC
NOM
MAX
MIN
NOM
MAX
4.5
5
5.5
4.75
5
5.25
I
Normalized fan-out from rach output, N
I
I
N74S133
MIN
High logic level
20
Low logic level
-55
125
V
20
10
Operating free-air temper~ture, T A
UNIT
10
0
70
°c
MAX
UNIT
:
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERlisTICS lover recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted)
!
PARA~ETER
VIH
High-level input !voltage
VIL
Low-level input yoltage
TEST CONDITIONS*
Input clamp vol~age
VOH
High-level
VOL
i
Low-level output voltage
I
outpu~
TYP**
V
2
VI
.
MIN
voltage
VCC = MIN,
II = -18 mA
VCC = MIN,
VIL = 0.8 V,
I
I
10H = -1 mA
VCC = MIN,
VIH=2V,
S54S133
2.5
3.4
N74S133
2.7
3.4
0.8
V
-1.2
V
V
V
0.5
10L = 20 mA
V
II
Input current at imaximum input voltage
VCC = MAX,
VI = 5.5 V
1
IIH
High-level input ~urrent (each input)
VCC = MAX,
VI = 2.7 V
50
J.1.A
IlL
Low-level input furrent (each input)
VCC = MAX,
VI=0.5V
-2
mA
-40
mA
lOS
Short-circuit output currentt
VCC = MAX
-100
mA
ICCH
Supply current, ~igh-Ievel output
VCC = MAX,
All inputs at 0 V
3
5
mA
ICCL
Supply current, ~ow-Ievel output
VCC = MAX,
All inputs at 5 V
5.5
10
mA
'For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the
applicable device type.
.
• 'AII typical values are at VCc!= 5 V, T A = 25°C.
:j:The duration of the short-cirbuit test should not exceed one second.
SWITCHING CHARACTERIS1ICS. VCC = 5 V, TA = 25°C, N = 10
TEST CONDITIONS
PARtMETER
tpLH
tpHL
Propagation delayl time, low-to-high-Ievel output
Propagation delay, time, high-to-Iow-Ievel output
I
NOTE 1: Load circuit and
2·268
wav~forms
are shown on page 2-293
= 15 pF,
RL = 280.11
CL = 50 pF,
RL = 280.11
CL
CL = 15 pF,
RL
CL=50pF,
RL
= 280.11
= 280.11
MIN
2
See Note 1
TYP
4
MAX
6
5.5
2
4.5
6.5
7
UNIT
ns
ns
S54S134
N74S134
12-INPUT NAND GATE
WITH TRI-STATE OUTPUTS
!ii!lDotiC!i
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES
FUNCTION TABLE
PIN CONFIGURATION
OUTPUT
OUTPUT
CONTROL
Y
INPUTS
A B C D E F G H
I
J
K L
H H H H H H H H H H H H
L
L
ANY NUMBER OF INPUTS LOW
L
H
X X X X X X X X X X X X
H
Z
J OR N DUAL IN-LINE OR W FLAT PACKAGE (TOP VIEW)
OUTPUT
VCC CONTROL L
H = high logic level, L = low logic level, X = irrelevant
Z = high-impedance (output off)
BCD
E
F
G
Logic: See function table
RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS
S54S134
MIN
MAX
MIN
NOM
MAX
5
5.5
4.75
5
5.25
4.5
Supply voltage, VCC
Normalized fan-out from each output, N
I
High logic level
1
Low logic level
Operating free-air temperature, T A
N74S134
NOM
40
V
130
10
-55
UNIT
10
125
DC
70
0
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted)
VIH
High-level input voltage
VIL
Low-level input voltage
VI
Input clamp voltage
VOH
High-level output voltage
VOL
Low-level output voltage
Off-state (high-impedance10(oft) state) output current
N74S134
Vee = MIN,
11= -18 mA
Vee = MIN,
VIL =0.8 V,IOH = -2 rnA
Vee = Min,
VIL = 0.8 V, IOH = -6.5 mA
Vee = MIN,
VIH = 2 V,
2.4
V
2
0.8
0.8
V
-1.2
-1.2
V
3.4
2.4
V
3.2
0.5
0.5
Vee = MAX, Vo = 2.4 V
50
50
Vee = MAX, Vo = 0.5 V
-50
-50
Input current at maximum input voltage Vee = MAX, VI = 5.5V
IIH
High-level input current
10L = 20 mA
Vee = MAX, VI = 2.7 V
IlL
Low-level input current
Vee = MAX, VI = 0.5 V
lOS
Short-circuit output current:j:
Vee = MAX
ICC
Supply current
Vee = MAX
Output off
Output control at 0 V,
Other inputs at 5 V
All inputs at 5 V
V
}.LA
1
1 mA
50
50 }.LA
-2
-40
All inputs at 0 V
Output high
UNIT
MIN TYP** MAX MIN TYP** MAX
2
II
Output low
S54S134
TEST CONDITIONS*
PARAMETER
-2 mA
-100 -40
-100 mA
7
13
7
13
9
16
9
16 mA
14
25
14
25
• For conditions shown as MI N or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the
applicable device type.
D
""All typical values are at VCC = 5 V, T A = 25 C.
:j:Duration of the short-circuit test should not exceed one second.
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC = 5 V, T A
= 25
D
C, N
= 10
PARAMETER
tPLH
tPHL
Propagation delay time, low-to-high-Ievel output
Propagation delay time, high-to-Iow-Ievel output
tZH
Output enable time to high level
tZL
Output enable time to low level
tHZ
Output disable time from high level
tLZ
Output disable time from low level
TEST CONDITIONS
= 280 n
n
= 280 n
= 280 n
eL=15pF,
filL
eL=50pF,
RL = 280
eL=15pF,
RL
eL=50pF,
RL
eL=50pF,
RL = 280
eL = 5 pF
n
MIN
2
TYP
4
MAX
6
5.5
2
See Note 1
5
7.5
7
UNIT
ns
ns
13
19.5
ns
14
21
ns
5.5
8.5
ns
9
14
ns
NOTE 1: Load circuit and waveforms are shown on page 2-293
2·269
SmDotiCS
8·INPUT DATA S54S151
SELECTORS/!MULTIPLEXERS S54S251
N74S151
N74S251
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES
DESCRIPTION
PIN CONFIGURATION
The S54S151, S54S251, ~74S151, and N74S251 Schottkyclamped, high-performance, €light-input data selectors/multiplexers
are designed for use in very:high-speed data routing applications.
These multiplexers select one ;of eight data sources when so directed
by the binary address inputs. Both true and complementary data are
presented when the strobe inp~t goes low.
The S54S151 and N74S151\ are functionally and mechanically
interchangeable with the S5411 51 and N74151 respectively, and in
most TTL systems can be utilized to upgrade the performance of
existing designs as delay time~ are typically half that of the S54151
orN74151.
~~
DATA INPUTS
~STROBEGND
OUTPUTS
Positive Logic: See function table.
The S54S251 and N74S251 have three-state outputs which permit
the outputs to be connected :to a common bus. When the strobe
input is high, both outputs a~e in a high-impedance state in which
both the upper and lower tra~sistors of each totem-pole output are
off, and the output can neitHer drive nor load the bus. When the
strobe is low, the outputs are dctivated and operate as standard TTL
totem-pole outputs.
.
FEATURES
Typical power dissipation is '225 milliwatts for the S54S151 or
N74S151 and 275 milliwatts: for the S54S251 and N74S251, or
approximately 14 and 17 milliwatts respectively per equivalent gate.
The S54S151 and S54S251 a~e characterized for operation over the
full military temperature range of _55° C to 125° C; the N74S151
and N74S251 are characterized for operation from 0° C to 70° C.
•
854S151/N74S151 INTERCHANGEABLE WITH
S54151/N74151 IN MOST SYSTEMS
•
SCHOTTKY CLAMPED FOR SIGNIFICANT REDUCTION IN
DELAY TIMES ..• 4.5 ns TYPICAL, DATA INPUT TO W
OUTPUT
•
HIGH-SPEED SELECTION
SOURCES
FOR
ONE
OF EIGHT DATA
•
PERMITS MULTIPLEXING FROM N LINES TO ONE LINE
•
S54S251 AND N74S251 HAVE TRI-STATE OUTPUTS
•
FULLY COMPATIBLE WITH SERIES 54/74 AND OTHER
TTL MSI CIRCUITS
RECOMMENDED OPERATIN~ CONDITIONS
S54S251
S54S151
MIN
Supply Voltage, VCC
4.5
Normalized fan-out from erCh output, N
(at a low logic level)
2·270
N74S251
MAX
MIN
NOM
MAX
MIN
NOM
MAX
MIN
NOM
MAX
5
5.5
4.5
5
5.5
4.75
5
5.25
4.75
5
5.25
UNIT
V
10
10
10
10
-1
-2
-1
-6.5
mA
70
°c
I
High-level output current, IOH
Operating free-air
N74S151
NOM
tempera~ure,
TA
-55
125
-55
125
0
70
0
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL. 8548151,8548251, N748151, N748251
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS*
S54S151
S54S251
N74S151
N74S251
UNIT
MIN TYP** MAX MIN TYP** MAX
VIH
High-level input voltage
VIL
Low-level input voltage
VI
Input clamp voltage
VOH
High-level output voltage
VOL
Low-level output voltage
Vee = MIN,
11= -18 mA
Vee = MIN,
VIH=2V,
VIL =0.8 V, 10H = MAX
Vee = MIN,
I Series 54S
I Series 74S
0.8
0.8
V
-1.2
-1.2
V
2.5
3.4
2.4
3.2
2.7
3.4
2.4
3.2
VIH=2V,
V
V
0.5
0.5
VIL=0.8V, 10L = 20 mA
Off-state (high-impedance10(off) state) output current
V
2
2
Vee = MAX, Va = 2.7 V
50
Vee = MAX, Va = 0.4 V
-50
J.LA
1 mA
1
II
I nput current at maximum input voltage Vee = MAX, VI = 5.5 V
IIH
High-level input current
Vee = MAX, VI ~ 2.7 V
50
50
IlL
Low-level input current
Vee = MAX, VI = 0.5 V
-2
-2 mA
lOS
Short-circuit output current*
Vee = MAX
ICC
Supply current
45
All outputs open
-100 mA
-100 -40
-40
Vee = MAX, All inputs at 4.5 V,
70
J.LA
55
85 mA
• F or conditions shown as MI N or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the
applicable device type .
• 'All typical values are at Vee = 5 V, T A = 25°e.
*Not more than one output should be shorted at a time, and duration of the short-circuit test should not exceed one second.
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC· 5 V, T A" 25°C
PARAMETER
FROM
TO
TEST
(INPUT)
(OUTPUT)
CONDITIONS
tPLH
A, B,or e
tpHL
(4 levels)
tPLH
A, B,ore
tpHL
(3 levels)
tPLH
Any D
y
W
y
tPHL
tPLH
eL=15pF,
RL = 280 fl,
Any D
W
Strobe
y
Strobe
W
Strobe
Y
See Note 1
tPHL
tPLH
tPHL
tPLH
tPHL
tZH
tZL
'tZH
eL = 50 pF,
RL = 280 fl,
Strobe
W
See Note 1
S54S251, N74S251
S54S151, N74S151
MIN
TYP
MAX
12
18
12
18
12
18
13
19.5
10
15
10
15
9
13.5
9
13.5
8
12
8
12
8
12
8
12
4.5
7
4.5
7
4.5
7
4.5
7
11
16.5
12
18
9
13
8.5
12
MIN
TYP
MAX
13
19.5
14
21
13
19.5
21
tHZ
5.5
8.5
9
14
5.5
8.5
9
14
Y
tHZ
eL = 5 pF,
RL = 280 fl,
Strobe
W
See Note 1
tLZ
tpLH
Propatation delay time, low-to-high-Ievel output
tpH L
Propagation delay time, high-to-Iow-Ievel output
tZH
Output enable time to high level
tZL
Output enable time to low level
tHZ
Output disable time from high level
tLZ
Output disable time from low level
ns
ns
ns
ns
14
Strobe
ns
ns
tZL
tLZ
UNIT
ns
ns
ns
ns
NOTE 1: See load circuits and waveforms on page 2-293
2-271
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL. 8548151, 8548251, N748151, N748251.
FUNCTION TABLE
INPUTS
SELECT
H
OUTPUTS
S54S251,
N74S251
DO
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
Y
W
y
W
~
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
L
H
Z
Z
L
L
L
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
L
H
L
H
L
L
L
H
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
H
L
H
L
L
H
iL
X
L
X
X
X
X
X
X
L
H
L
H
L
L
H
iL
X
H
X
X
X
X
X
X
H
L
H
L
L
H
L
',-
X
X
L
X
X
X
X
X
L
H
L
H
'''~
X
X
H
X
X
X
X
X
H
L
H
L
X
X
X
L
X
X
X
X
L
H
L
H
C
B
A
X
X
X
L
L
L
L
L
H
L
L
H
H
L
H
H
H
L
L
DATA
S54S151,
N74S151
X
X
X
H
X
X
X
X
H
L
H
L
X
X
X
X
L
X
X
X
L
H
L
H
H
L
L
L
X
X
X
X
H
X
X
X
H
L
H
L
H
L
H
l-
X
X
X
X
X
L
X
X
L
H
L
H
H
L
H
H
H
L
H
H
L
H
H
H
H
H
H
= high
2·272
ST~OBE
~
logic level, L
~
~
~
~
l= low Ibgic
X
X
X
X
X
H
X
X
H
L
H
L
X
X
X
X
X
X
L
X
L
H
L
H
X
X
X
X
X
X
H
X
H
L
H
L
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
L
L
H
H
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
H
H
L
L
H
le'vel, Z
= high
impedance, X
= Irrelevant
L
Si!l00liCS
DUAL 4·LlNE TO l·LlNE
DATA SELECTORS/MULTIPLEXERS
S54S153
N74S153
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES
DESCRIPTION
PIN CONFIGURATION
These monolithic Schottky-barrier-diode-clamped TTL circuits are
high-performance multiplexers which are significantly faster than
the S54153/N74153. As an example, the two-gate-Ievel delay from
the data inputs to the output is only 8.5 nanoseconds maximum
compared to 18 or 23 nanoseconds maximum for the
standard-speed part. Overall, the guaranteed delay times for the
S54S153/N74S153 represent approximately a 100% improvement
over standard TTL with only a 12% increase in maximum d-c power
consumption. In many cases, the S54S153 or N74S153 can plug
into existing systems designed for S54153 or N74153.
J OR N DUAL-IN-LiNE
OR W FLAT PACKAGE (TOP VIEW)
STROBE
These data selectors/multiplexers are fully compatible for use with
most standard, high-speed, and low-power TTL and DTL circuits.
Each diode-clamped input represents only one normalized Series
54S/74S load, and full fan-out to 10 normalized Series 54S/74S
loads is available from each of the outputs at low logic levels. A
fan-out to 20 normalized Series 54S/74S loads is provided at high
logic levels to facilitate connection of unused inputs to used inputs.
Typical power dissipation is 225 milliwatts.
VCC
2G
A
DATA INPUTS
OUTPUT
SELECT~
3
4
5
7
2Y
8
STROBE B
'--~OUTPUTGND
lG SELECT
DATA INPUTS
IV
The S54S153 is characterized for operation over the full military
temperature range of _55° C to 125° C; the N74S153 is
characterized for operation from 0° C to 70° C.
FEATURES
LOGIC: SEE FUNCTION TABLE
•
FULL SCHOTTKY-BARRIER-DIODE CLAMPING FOR VERY
HIGH SPEEDS
•
PERMITS MULTIPLEXING FROM N LINES TO 1 LINE
FUNCTION TABLE
•
SAME PIN ASSIGNMENTS AS S54153 AND N74153
SELECT
DATA INPUTS
INPUTS
•
•
STROBE (ENABLE) LINE PROVIDED FOR CASCADING (N
LINES TO n LINES)
TYPICAL AVERAGE PROPAGATION DELAY TIMES:
6 ns
DATA INPUT TO OUTPUT (2 GATE LEVELS)
9.5 ns
STROBE INPUT TO OUPUT (3 GATE LEVELS)
12 ns
SELECT INPUT TO OUTPUT (4 GATE LEVELS)
•
HIGH FAN-OUT LOW-IMPEDANCE TOTEM-POLE OUTPUTS
•
FULLY COMPATIBLE WITH MOST TTL AND DTL CIRCUITS
STROBE
OUTPUT
B
A
CO
C1
C2
C3
G
Y
X
X
X
X
X
X
H
L
L
L
L
X
X
X
L
L
L
L
H
X
X
X
L
H
L
H
X
L
X
X
L
L
L
H
X
H
X
X
L
H
H
L
X
X
L
X
L
L
H
L
X
X
H
X
L
H
H
H
X
X
X
L
L
L
H
H
X
X
X
H
L
H
Address inputs A and B are common to both sections.
H = High level, L = Low level, X = Irrelevant
2·273
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL:8ERIE8. 8548153, N74S153
RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS
i
N74S153
S54S153
!
MIN
NOM
MAX
MIN
NOM
MAX
5
5.5
4.75
5
5.25
UNIT
!
;
Supply voltage, Vee
I
4.5
l High logic level
I
Normalized fan-out frofil each output, N
20
I Low logic level
,
10
-55
Operating free-air temp1rature range, T A
V
20
10
125
0
70
°e
MAX
UNIT
ELECTRICAL CHARACTE~ISTICS (over recommended operating free·air temperature range unless otherwise noted)
PAR~METER
VIH
High-level inp~t voltage
VIL
Low-level inp~t voltage
VI
I nput clamp \(oltage
VOH
High-level output voltage
TEST CONDITIONS*
TYP**
V
2
I
!
VOL
MIN
Low-level outhut voltage
Vee = MIN,
II = -18 rnA
Vee = MIN,
VIH=2V,
VIL = 0.8 V,
10H = -1 rnA
Vee - MIN,
VIH-2V,
VIL =0.8 V,
10L = 20 rnA
I Series 54S
I Series 74S
2.5
3.4
2.7
3.4
0.8
V
-1.2
V
V
0.5
V
II
Input current jat maximum input voltage
Vee - MAX,
VI - 5.5 V
1
IIH
High-level inp~t current
Vee = MAX,
VI - 2.7 V
50
p,A
IlL
Low-level
Vee = MAX,
VI=0.5V
-2
rnA
lOS
Short-circuit qutput current:j:
Vee - MAX
-100
rnA
leeL
Supply curren~, low level output
Vee = MAX,
70
rnA
inp~t
current
-40
See Note 1
45
rnA
• F or conditions shown as 1M I N or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the
applicable device type.
:
• 'AII typical values are at Vct = 5 V, T A = 25°C.
:j:Not more than one output ~hould be shorted at a time.
NOTE: 1: ICCL is measur~d with the outputs open and all inputs grounded.
SWITCHING CHARACTERI$TICS, VCC· 5 V, TA· 25°C, N'" 10
;
PARAMETER
TO
(I~PUT)
(OUTPUT)
1
TEST CONDITIONS
TYP
MAX
UNIT
pata
Y
6
9
ns
:Data
Y
6
9
ns
tPLH
Select
Y
eL = 15 pF, RL = 280.n,
tpHL
$elect
Y
See Note 2
tPLH
~trobe
Y
tPHL
~trobe
Y
== Propagation
== Propagation
delay tim~, low·to·high-Ievel output.
delay timr, high-to-Jow-JeveJ output.
NOTE 2: Load circuit and tes~ waveforms ere shown on page 2-293
2·274
MIN
tpHL
tpLH
tPLH
tPH L
~ROM
11.5
18
ns
12
18
ns
10
15
ns
9
13.5
ns
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54153, N74S153
FUNCTIONAL BLOCK DIAGRAM
STROBE lG
(ENABLE)
DATAl
1: :
OUTPUT
1Y
lC2 o-------------~_+--~~~~L_J
lC3
SELECT
o--------------t:::t=t=$~~L)
{:
r
2Cl
DATA 2
OUTPUT
2V
2C2.
2C3
STROBE 2G
(ENABLE)
~==:i~====:!~~~~~[)
TEST TABLE FOR NOTE 2
INPUTS
-C2
C3
G
OUTPUT Y
WAVEFORM
A
CO
GND
GND
INPUT
X
X
X
GND
A
GND
4.5 V
X
INPUT
X
X
GND
A
4.5 V
GND
X
X
INPUT
X
4.5 V
4.5 V
X
X
X
INPUT
GND
GND
A
A
B
C1
GND
INPUT
GND
4.5 V
X
X
GND
A
INPUT
GND
GND
X
4.5 V
X
GND
A
GND
GND
4.5 V
X
X
X
INPUT
B
x=
Irrelevant
A=IN-PHASE OUTPUT
B=OUT -OF-PHASE
2-275
QUADRUPLE 2·LlNE TO l·LlNE S54S157
DATA SELECTORS/MULTIPLEXERS S54S158
N74S157
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES N74S158
DESCRIPTION
PIN CONFIGURATION
The Schottky-clamped S54SJ 57, S54S158, N74S157, and N74S158
are ultra-high-speed data selectors/multiplexers which can be employed in high-performance! designs. These circuits select a 4-bit
word from one of two sourc~s and route it to the four outputs. The
S54S157/N74S157 present tr1ue data whereas the S54S158/N74S158
present inverted data to minitnize propagation delay time.
S54S157,N74S157
INPUTS
VCCSTROBE~
OUTPUT INPUTS OUTPUT
4Y
~ 3Y
12
The S54S157/N74S157 can be used to replace the S54157/N74157
in existing designs to upgrade performance substantially.
The S54S157 and S54S158 are characterized for operation over the
full military temperature range of -55°C to 125°C. The N74S157
and N74S158 are characterized for operation from 0° C to 70° C.
FEATURES
• SCHOTTKY-CLAMPING; REDUCES DELAY TIME TO 4 ns
TYPICAL (S54S158, N7fS158 DATA-TO-OUTPUT)
1
7
SELECT~
INPUTS
1Y
~
2Y
GNO
OUTPUT INPUTS OUTPUT
•
S54S157, N74S157 C4N UPGRADE EXISTING SYSTEM
PERFORMANCE AS "'1HEY ARE PIN-FOR-PIN REPLACEMENTS FOR S54157, Nr4157
POSITIVE LOGIC:
Low logic level at S selects A inputs.
High logic level at S selects B inputs.
•
S54S157, S54S158 OPERATE THROUGHOUT -55°C TO
125°C FREE-AIR TEMPr=RATURE RANGE
S54S158,N74S158
•
FULLY COMPATIBLE· WITH MOST TTL AND TTL MSI
CIRCUITS
FUNCTION TABLE
INPUTS
OUTPUTY
STROBE
SELECT
H
X
L
L
S54S157
S54S158
N74S157
N74S158
A
B
X
X
L
H
X
H X
X L
X H
L
H
I
H
L
L
L
H
L
H
= high
level, L
= low
;
L
leve;I, X
7
SELECT
~ OU~~UT ~ OU~~UT GND
INPUTS
H
L
L
H
H
L
INPUTS
POSITIVE LOGIC:
Low logic level at S selects A inputs.
High logic level at S selects B inputs.
= Irrelevant
S54S157,N74S157
S54S158, N74S158
1A
1B~~--+---~--+-'-~
o...::"---;=:===::::fl
1B 0..:.:"----+----+-.,-,
2A
1Y
o..::::""----1====::f=:f=r"')
2Y
2B D - ' " ' ' ' - - - - + - - - I - - I - - . _ ,
4B~~--~--
SELECT
STROBE O--:'.;.;.:....----QI
2-276
__+-+-;-~
4BO--:'~-+_~-I--I--._"'"
SELECT
STROBE
~':":':""--'OI
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIE8. 854157,854158, N74157, N74S158
RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS
S54S157,S54S158
Supply voltage, Vee
Normalized fan-out from each output, N
I
I
N74S157, N74S158
MIN
NOM
MAX
MIN
NOM
MAX
4.5
5
5.5
4.75
5
5.25
High logic level
20
Low logic level
-55
V
20
10
Operating free-air temperature, T A
UNIT
10
125
0
°e
70
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITlONS*
S54S157
S54S158
N74S157
N74S158
UNIT
MIN TVP** MAX MIN TVP** MAX
VIH
High-level input voltage
VIL
Low-level input voltage
VI
I nput clamp voltage
2
VOH High-level output voltage
VOL Low-level output voltage
Vee = MIN
11= -18 mA
Vee = MIN,
VIH = 2 V
I Series 54S
2.5
3.4
VIL = 0.8 V,
10H = -1 mA Series 74S
2.7
3.4
Vee = MIN,
VIH=2V,
VIL = 0.8 V,
10L = 20 mA
= 5.5
V
Vee'" MAX, VI
= 2.7
V
Vee
= MAX,
VI
= 0.5
V
Short-circuit output currentt
Vee
Supply current
Vce
= MAX
= MAX,
See Note 1
II
Input current at maximum input voltage Vee = MAX, VI
IIH
High-level input current
IlL
Low-level input current
lOS
lee
S or G input
A or B input
S or G input
A or B input
I
V
2
0.8
0.8
-1.2
-1.2
2.5
3.4
2.7
3.4
V
V
V
0.5
0.5
V
.1 mA
1
100
100
50
50
-4
-4
-2
-2
-100 -40
-40
50
mA
-100
mA
61
mA
39
78
J.lA
"For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the
applicable device type.
• "All typical values are at Vee = 5 V, T A'" 25°e.
tNot more than ona output should be shorted at a time and duration of the short-circuit test should not axceed one second.
NOTE1: lee is measured with 4.5 V applied to all inputs and all outputs open.
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS
PARAMETER
tPLH
FROM
(INPUT)
,VCC = 5 V, TA = 25°C, N = 10
TEST CONDITIONS
Data
tPHL
tPLli
Strobe
eL=15pF,
RL = 280 fl,
tPHL
tPLli
Select
tPHL
See Note 2
S54S157, N74S157
MIN
TVP
MAX
S54S158,N74S158
MIN
TVP
MAX
5
7.5
4
6
4.5
6.5
4
6
8.5
12.5
6.5
7.5
12
7
9.5
15
8
12
9.5
15
8
12
UNIT
ns
ns
ns
tPLH == Propagation delay time, low-to-high-Ievel output
tPHL == Propagation dalay time, high-to-Iow-Ievel output
NOTE 2: Load circuits and waveforms are shown on page 2-293
2·277
smnotics
HEX QUADRUPLE D· TYPE. S54S174
FLIp· FLOPS WITH CLEAR S54S175
N74S174
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES N74S175
OEseR IPTION
PIN CONFIGURATION
These high-performance m~nolithic, positive-edge-triggered flipflops utilize Schottky TT~ technology to implement D-type
flip-flop logic. All have a di~ect clear input, and the S54S175 and
N74S175 feature complemerltary outputs from each flip-flop. Pin
assignments for these Schqttky flip-flops are identical to the
standard TTL versions meanirg that these Schottky versions can be
utilized to upgrade existing s~stem performance in most cases.
S54S174, N74S174
Information at the D inputs (neeting the setup time requirements is
transferred to the Q outputs Ibn the positive-going edge of the clock
pulse. When the clock input s at either the high or low level, the D
input signal has no effect at tije output.
FEATURES
CLEAR
•
FULL SCHOTTKY CLA¥PING TO ACHIEVE TYPICAL MAXIMUM TOGGLE RATES iF 110 MHz
•
FUNCTIONALLY AND MECHANICALLY IDENTICAL TO
THE SERIES 54/74 C01~NTERPARTS AND CAN BE USED
TO UPGRADE EXISTII'IG SYSTEMS WITH SIGNIFICANT
IMPROVEMENT IN SPE~D
•
FULLY COMPATIBLE wJlTH OTHER TTL CIRCUITS
•
S54S174 AND S54S175 iOPERATE OVER FULL MILITARY
TEMPERATURE RANG OF _55°C TO 125°C
•
FOR USE IN HIGH-PER ORMANCE:
BUFFER/STORAGE EGISTERS
SHIFT REGISTERS '
COUNTERS
PATTERN GENERA1tORS
t
10
1D
2D
20
3D
30
GND
Positive Logic: See function table
PIN CONFIGURATION
8548175, N748175
vcc
40
CLEAR
10
40
4D
30
30
CLDCK
20
20
GND
FUNCTION TABLE (EACH! FLlP·FLOP)
INPUTS
CLEAR
H =
L
X
t
QO=
t
=
2·278
OUTPUTS
!
CLOCKi
i
i
0
Q
Q
H
L
X
X
L
H
H
H
L
H
t
t
L
L
H
H
L
X
00
ao
High level (steady stat~)
Low level (steady stat~)
Irrelevant
Transition from low t~ high level
The level of Q before the indicated steady-state
input conditions were!established
5548175 and N74817:5 only
t
1D
20
Positive Logic: See function table
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL 8ERIE8. 8548174, 8548175, N748174, N748175
RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS
5545174,5545175
MIN
Supply voltage, Vee
MAX
MIN
NOM
MAX
5
5.5
4.75
5
5.25
4.5
Normalized fan-out from each output, N
I
I
High logic level
20
Low logic level
Width of clock or clear pulse, tw
Setup time, tsetup
I
Data input
elear inactive-state
V
10
75
12
12
8
8
15
15
MHz
75
0
2
Data hold time, thold
Operating free-air temperature, T A
UNIT
20
10
0
Input clock frequency, fclock
I
N745174, N74S175
NOM
ns
ns
ns
2
-55
125
°e
70
0
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
VIH
High-level input voltage
VIL
Low-level input voltage
VI
Input clamp voltage
VOH
High-level output voltage
VOL
Low-level output vpltage
II
MIN
TE5T CONDITlON5*
TYP**
MAX
UNIT
2
Vee = MIN,
11= -18 rnA
Vee = MIN,
VIH=2V,
VIL = 0.8 V,
10H = -1 rnA
Vee = MIN,
VIH = 2 V,
VIL = 0.8 V,
10L = 20 rnA
Input current at maximum input voltage
Vee = MAX,
VI = 5.5 V
I Series 54S
I Series 74S
V
2.5
3.4
2.7
3.4
0.8
V
-1.2
V
V
0.5
V
1
rnA
IIH
High-level input current
Vee - MAX,
VI - 2.7 V
50
J.l.A
IlL
Low-level input current
Vee = MAX,
VI = 0.5 V
-2
rnA
lOS
Short-circuit output current:j:
Vee = MAX
lee
Supply current
Vee = MAX,
-40
See Note 1
l
I
--
-100
S54S174, N74S174
90
S54S175, N74S175
60
rnA
rnA
• F or conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the
applicable device type .
•• All typical values are at V CC = 5 V, T A = 25° C.
:j:Not more than one output should be shorted at a time, and duration of the short-circuit should not exceed one second.
NOTE1: With all outputs open and 4.5 V applied to all data and clear inputs, ICC is measured after a momentary ground, then 4.5 V,
is applied to clock.
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC" 5 V, T A - 25°C, N = 10
PARAMETER
f max
Propagation delay time, low-to-high-Ievel Q output from clear
tPLH
TEST CONDITIONS
Maximum input clock frequency
(S54S175,N74S175 only)
tPHL
Propagation delay time, high-to-Iow-Ievel Q output from clear
tPLH
Propagation delay time, low-to-high-Ievel output from clock
tPHL
Propagation time, high-to-Iow-Ievel output from clock
CL = 15 pF,
RL = 280
n,
See Note 2
MIN
TYP
75
110
MAX
UNIT
----
MHz
13
ns
13
ns
9
ns
11
ns
NOTE 2: See load circuit and waveforms shown on page 2-293
2-279
DIGITAL 54/74 TTLiSERIES. S54S174, S54S175, N74S174, N74S175
FUNCTIONAL BLOCK DIAGRAMS
S54S175.N74S175
S54S174. N74S174
10\
10
(3)
10
0
(41
(21
10
10
CLEAR
20:
20
(41
(51
CLEAR
3Dj
0
(6)
(71
30
3D
30
(121
30
CLEAR
CLEAR
(101
(111
40
>CK
40
CLOCK
(91
CLEAR
0
(13)
(121
50
CLEAR
60
0
(141
CLOCK~
(15)
60
>CK
CLEAR
CLEAIiI
_-cf>- - _. . .
2·280
>CK
CLEAR
CLEAR
50
0
(13)
Dynamic input activated by a transition from a high level to a low level.
IT
(151
(141
40
4Q
ARITHMETIC LOGIC
UNITS/FUNCTION GENERATORS
Si!lDotiCS
S54S181
N74S181
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES
PIN CONFIGURATION
DESCRIPTION
These Schottky-clamped high-speed arithmetic/logic units, functionally identical to the S54181 and N74181, perform 16 binary
arithmetic operations on two 4-bit words with a full look-ahead
carry scheme as propagate and generate terms are available at the P
and G outputs. Typical performance is 19 nanoseconds add time for
a 16-bit word when used with the S54S182 or N74S182 carry
look-ahead.
J OR N DUAL IN-lINE OR W FLAT PACKAGE
(TOP VIEW)
Typical addition times are shown in Table III. The S54S181/
N74S181 can replace the S54181/N74181 in most existing systems
for significant performance upgrading as they are functionally and
mechanically interchangeable.
The S54S181 and N74S181 will aJso perform the 16 possible
functions on two Boolean variables without the use of external
circuitry. The carry circuit is inhibited for logic functions.
The S54S181 and N74S181 will accommodate active-high or
active-low data if the pin designations are interpreted as shown below:
Subtraction is accomplished by 1 's complement addition where the
1 's complement of the subtrahend is generated internally. The
resultant output is A-B-1 which requires an end-around or forced
carry to provide A·-B.
Logic: See function tables
Mode of operation (arithmetic or logic) is controlled by the
mode-control (M) input. Complete functions for active-high and
active-lOw data are shown in Tables I and II.
FEATURES
Typical average power dissipation is 600 milliwatts, or approximately 8 milliwatts per equivalent gate. The S54S181 is characterized for operation over the full military temperature range of _55° G
to 125° C; the N74S181 is characterized for operation from 0° C
to 70°C.
For additional descriptive information and typical connection
schemes, see the S54181 /N 74181 data sheet
•
SIGNIFICANT IMPROVEMENT
S54181/N74181
IN
•
TYPICAL ADD TIME FOR 16 BITS OF 19 ns USING S54S182,
N74S182 lOOK-AHEAD
•
S54S181 IS GUARANTEED FOR OPERATION OVER THE
FUll MILITARY TEMPERATURE RANGE OF -55°C TO
125°C
•
FULLY COMPATIBLE WITH MOST TTL FUNCTIONS INCLUDING MSI
PIN NUMBER
2
1
23
22
21
20
19
18
9
10
11
13
7
Active-high data (Table I)
AO
BO
A1
B1
A2
B2
A3
B3
FO
F1
F2
F3
Cn
Active-low data (Table II)
AO
BO
A1
B1
A2
B2
A3
B3
FO
F1
F2
F3
Cn
ADD
16
TIMES
OVER
8±d
1
17
Cn+4
X
Y
Cn+4
p
G
2·281
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54181, N74181
TABLE I
ACTIVE-HIGH DATA
SELEOTION
I
~1
So
M=H
M = L: ARITHMETIC OPERATIONS
LOGIC
Cn = 0 = H
FUNCTIONS
(no carry)
Cn = 1 = L
(with carry)
S3
S2
L
L
~L
L
F=A
F=A
L
L
:L
H
F=A+B
F=A+B
F = (A + B) plus 1
L
L
;H
L
F = AB
F=A+B
F = (A + B) plus 1
L
L
H
H
F =0
F = minus 1 (2's complement)
F = zero
L
H
:L
L
F = AB
F = A plus AS
F = A plus AS plus 1
L
H
:L
H
F=S
F = (A + B) plus AB
F = (A + B) plus AB plus 1
L
H
H
L
F = A EE> B
F = A minus B minus 1
F = A minusB
L
H
H
H
F = AB
F = AS minus 1
F = AB
H
L
L
L
F=A+B
F = A plus AB
F = A plus AB plus 1
-
-
F = A plus 1
-
-
H
L
L
H
F = A EE> B
F = A plus B
F = A pi us B pi us 1
H
L
H
L
F=B
F = (A + S) pi us A B
F = (A + B)'PluS AB plus 1
H
L
H
H
F = AB
F = AB minus 1
F = AB
H
H
L
L
F =1
F = A plus A*
F = A plus A plus 1
H
H
L
H
F=A+B
F = (A + B) plus A
F = (A + B) plus A plus 1
H
H
H
L
F=A+B
F = (A + S) plus A
F = (A + S) plus A plus 1
H
H
iH
H
F=A
F = A minus 1
F=A
• Each bit is shifted to the ne;> B
F = A minus B minus 1
F = A minus B
L
H
H
H
F=A+B
F=A+S
F = (A +
H
L
L
L
F=AB
F = A plus (A + B)
F = A plus (A + B) plus 1
H
L
L
H
F=A EE> B
F
H
L
H
L
F=B
F
H
L
jH
H
F=A+B
F=A+B
= A plus B
= ABplus (A + B)
S)
plus 1
F = A plus B plus 1
= AS plus (A + B) plus 1
= (A + B) plus 1
F = A plus A plus 1
F
F
*
H
H
,L
L
F=O
F = A plus A
H
H
;L
H
F = AS
H
H
iH
L
F = AB
F = AB plus A
F = AB plus A
F
H
H
iH
H
F=A
F=A
F
F = AB plus A plus 1
= AS plus A plus 1
= A plus 1
;
*Each bit is shifted to the ~ext more significant position.
RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS
S54S181
MIN
Supply voltage, VCC
Normalized fan-out
i
Operating free-air temqerature, T A
2·282
4.5
I
fr~m each output, N I
I
High logic level
N74S181
NOM
MAX
MIN
NOM
MAX
5
5.5
4.75
5
5.25
20
Low logic level
125
V
20
10
-55
UNIT
10
0
70
°c
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54S181, N74S181
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
MIN
TEST CONDITIONS*
TYP**
VIH
High-level input voltage
VIL
Low-level input voltage
VI
Input clamp voltage
Vee = MIN,
II "'-18mA
High-level output voltage,
Vee = MIN,
VIH=2V,
N54S181
2.5
3.4
any output except A = B
VIL=0.8V,
10H =-1 mA
S74S181
2.7
3.4
Vee = MIN,
VIH=2V,
VIL = 0.8 V,
VOH = 5.5 V
Vee = MIN,
VIH=2V,
VIL = 0.8 V,
10L = 20 mA
Vee = MAX,
VI = 5.5 V
VOH
10H
High-level output current, A = B output only
VOL
Low-level output voltage
II
Input current at maximum input voltage
IlL
any A or B input
High-level input current
any S input
V
V
250
J.l.A
0.5
V
1
Vee = MAX,
150
VI = 2.4 V
200
250
mode input
-2
any S input
Vec = MAX,
-6
VI=O.4V
mA
-8
J.l.A
mA
-10
Short-circuit output current,
-40
Vee = MAX
any output except A = B
Vee = MAX,
lee
V
-1.2
carry input
any A or B input
Low-level input current
0.8
50
carry input
lOS
UNIT
V
mode input
IIH
MAX
2
TA = 125°e
See Note 1
Supply current
Vee = MAX,
-100
N54S181
135
N pkg only
See Note 1
mA
N54S181
120
160
S74S181
120
220
mA
"F or conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the
applicable device type.
""All typical values are at Vee = 5 V, T A = 25°e.
:j:Not more than one output should be shorted at a time.
NOTE1: ICC is measured for the following conditions:
a. 50 through 53, M, and A inputs are at 4.5 V, all other inputs are grounded, and all outputs are open.
b. 50 through 53 and M are at 4.5 V, all other inputs are grounded, and all outputs are open.
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS. vec = 5 V. TA' 25'C, N - 10 ICL - 15 pF, RL' 280!l see note 21
FROM UNPUTI
tPLH
Cn
TO (OUTPUT)
TEST CONOITIONS
Cn +4
tpLH
Any Aor B
tpHL
tPLH
AnyAorB
Cn+4
tPHL
tPLH
Cn
Any F
tPHL
tPLH
10.5
M - OV, 50= 53 ·4.5V,
12.5
18.5
51 - 52·0 V (SUM model
12.5
18.5
M - OV, 50- 53 -OV,
16.6
23
,suM' or DiF'F mode J
51" S2-4,6v
AnyAorB
AnvAorB
tPHL
tpLH
AnvAorB
12
('i5iFF model
7.6
12
10.5
15
10.5
15
10.5
15
M - 0 V, 50- 53 -4.5 V,
51 • 52 • 0 V (SUM mode)
tpHL
tPLH
23
51 - 52 - 4.6 V IDIFF model
M-OV
51 - 52' 0 V (SUM Model
M-OV,50-53-0V,
Any Aor B
tpLH
MAX UNIT
M - 0 V, SO - 53 =4.5V,
AnyAorB
tpHL
tPLH
tpHL
TYP
7
tpHL
M-OV,SO-53-0V,
12
12
51" S2""4,5v 1i5'i'F'F model
Any F
tpHL
tPLH
Any AOrS
AnyF
11
16.5
51· S2-0V .
..
Dynm each output, N
I
I
N74S195
NOM
High logic level
20
Low logic level
V
20
10
0
Input clock frequency!, fclock
UNIT
10
75
0
MHz
75
Width of clock input ~ulse, tw(clock)
12
12
ns
Width of clear input pulse, tw(clear)
12
12
ns
12
12
Serial and parallel data
10
10
Clear inactive-state
15
15
l
l
Setup time, tsetup
I
Shift/load
Shift/load release tim~, trelease
ns
7
Serial and parallel dat~ hold time, thold
2
Operating free-air temperature, T A
7
ns
70
°e
MAX
UNIT
ns
2
-55
125
0
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted)
PAR~METER
inpu~
VIH
High·level
VIL
Low-level input voltage
VI
Input clamp voitage
VOH
High-level outP,ut voltage
VOL
Low-level outp!.!t voltage
II
Input current
a~
maximum input voltage
IIH
High-level input current
IlL
Low-level
lOS
Short-circuit
ICC
inpu~
TEST CONDITIONS*
MIN
voltage
current
o~tput current:j:
Supply current
TYP**
2
Vee = MIN,
11= -18 mA
Vee = MIN,
VIH = 2 V,
VIL = 0.8 V,
IOH = -1 mA
Vee - MIN,
VIH - 2 V,
VIL =0.8 V,
10L = 20 mA
Vee
= MAX,
VI
= 5.5
I S54S195
I N74S195
V
2.5
3.4
2.7
3.4
0.8
V
-1.2
V
V
0.5
V
1
V
mA
Vee = MAX,
VI = 2.7 V
50
J.l.A
Vee = MAX,
VI = 0.5 V
-2
mA
-100
mA
-40
Vee = MAX
Vee = MAX,
See Note 1
I S54S195
I N74S195
75
99
75
109
mA
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC'" 5 V, TA· 25°C, N = 10
PARAMETER
f max
Propagation
tPHL
tPLH
~elay
time, high-to-Iow-Ievel
output from iclear
eL=15pF,
Propagation I:lelay time, low-to-high-Ievel
RL
output from jclock
Propagation delay time, high-to-Iow-Ievel
tPHL
TEST CONDITIONS
Maximum input clock frequency
output from iclock
= 280
fl,
See Note 2
MIN
TYP
75
110
MHz
11
ns
9
ns
10
ns
MAX
"For conditions shown as. MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the
applicable device type.
""All typical values are at Vec = 5 V, T A = 25°C.
:j:Not more than one outputjshould be shorted at a time, and duration of the short-circuit test should not exceed one second.
NOTES: 1. With all outPut~ open, shift/load grounded, and 4.5 V applied to the J, K, and data inputs, ICC is measured by applying a
momentary gro(,lnd, followed by 4.5 V, to clear and then applying a momentary ground, followed by 4.5 V, to clock.
2. Load circuit an~ waveforms are shown on pege 2-293 with the following additions: tW(clock);;o12ns. tw(clear) ;;;o12n5.
2-288
UNIT
DIGITAL.: 54/74 TTL, M818ERIE8. 8548195, N74S195
FUNCTIONAL BLOCK DIAGRAM
PARAllEL OUTPUTS
~~--------------~~---~----------~~~
~
~
~
(15)
(14)
(13)
(5)
(10)
(6)
~~~6
~
\~A____________________________~~____________________________- J
CONTROL
SERIAL
INPUT
PARAllEL INPUTS
CLEAR
CLOCK
TYPICAL CLEAR. SHIFT. AND LOAD SEQUENCES
SERIAL
{J--.:...._-..
I
I
~i.._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _.....:..1- - . . : . . . . - - - - - - - - - -
INPUTS
'T"""'i..-----------.....:..:
--~---------4-J
K
SHIFT/lOAD:
A - - ' - _ " " : " " - '------IrHf'~--EI
PARAllEL
I~~J:S
L :
rH"T'L.-~----------
c
{
l
OUTPUTS
I
{::~ ~j=========:r
__-li..r----,---:--...--------'G ~
r----'I
C_ _
o
-!'_ _ _ _.....:.._ _ _ _-J"
---l1
[)-:
CLEAR
....J
I
'----'
I
I
'r----1~1
L....- I
SERIAL S H I F T - - - - -
~-----SERIAL S H I F T - - -
LOAD
2·289
DESCRIPTION
These Schottky-clamped high-performance multiplexers feature
three-state outputs which can !interface directly with and drive data
lines of bus-organized systems. With all but one of the common
outputs disabled (at a high-impedance state) the low impedance of
the single enabled output will drive the bus line to a high or low
logic level.
'
PIN CONFIGURATION
J OR N DUAL IN-LINE OR W FLAT PACKAGE
(TOP VIEW)
S54S257, N74S257
This three-state output feature means that n-bit (paralleled) data
selectors with up to 258 sourc~s can be implemented for data buses.
It also permits the use of stanklard TTL registers for data retention
throughout the system.
The typical propagation delav times from data input to output
average only 4.8 nanoseconds ifor the S54S257, N74S157 and only
4 nanoseconds for the S54S~8' N74S258. Also, to minimize the
possibility that two outputs ill attempt to take a common bus to
opposite logic levels, the out ut-enable circuitry is designed such
that the output disable time are shorter than the output enable
times.
SELECT
~ OU~~'UT~ OU~~UT GND
INPUTS
INPUTS
FEATURES
•
TRI-STATE OUTPUTS
SYSTEM BUS
INTERFACE
DIRECTLY
WITH
•
SCHOTTKY-CLAMPED FOR SIGNIFICANT IMPROVEMENT
IN A-C PERFORMANCE
•
FULLY COMPATIBLE vf/ITH MOST TTL FUNCTIONS INCLUDING MSI
•
SAME PIN ASSIGNME~TS AS S54S157, N74S157 AND
S54S158,N74S158
'
•
PROVIDES BUS INTER~ACE FROM MULTIPLE SOURCES
IN HIGH-PERFORMANCe SYSTEMS
•
N54S257 AND N54S2581ARE GUARANTEED FOR OPERATION OVER THE FULL ~ILITARY TEMPERATURE RANGE
OF _55°C TO 125°C
Positive Logic: See function table
S54S258, N74S258
OUTPUT
INPUTS
VCCCONTROL~
OUTPUT
4V
INPUTS
OUTPUT
~
3V
FUNCTION TABLE
INPUTS
OUTPUT Y
SELECT~ IV
INPUTS
OUTPUT
N54S258
SELECT
iA
i
B
S74S257
S74S258
H
X
Ix
x
z
Z
L
L
iL
X
L
H
L
L
X
H
L
L
H
H
iX
L
L
H
L
H
'x
H
H
L
CONTROL
H ; High level, L; Low level,
2·290
N54S257
?<; Irrelevant,
Z; High impedance (off)
~
OUWUT INPUTS
2V
GND
OUTPUT
Positive Logic: See function table
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL. S54S257, S54S258, N74S257, N74S258
RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS
S54S257,S54S258
MIN
4.5
Supply voltage, Vee
Normalized fan-out from each output, N
I
I
N74S257,N74S258
NOM
MAX
MIN
NOM
MAX
5
5.5
4.75
5
5.25
UNIT
V
High logic level
40
Low logic level
10
10
2
6.5
mA
70
°e
High-level output current, 10H
Operating free-air temperature, T A
-55
130
0
125
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted)
TEST eONDITIONS*
PARAMETER
VIH
High-level input voltage
VIL
Low-level input voltage
VI
Input clamp voltage
VOH
High-level output voltage
VOL
Low-level output voltage
10(off)
lOS
Vee = MIN,
11= -18 mA
Vee = MIN,
VIH = 2 V,
Series 54S
2.5
3.4
2.5
3.4
VIL = 0.8 V,
10H = MAX, Series 74S
2.4
3.2
2.4
3.2
-1.2
0.8
V
-1.2
V
V
VIH - 2 V,
VIL = 0.8 V,
10L = 20 mA
Off-state (hJgh-impedance
Vee = MAX,
Vo = 2.4 V
50
50
state) output current
Vee = MAX,
Vo = 0.4 V
-50
-50
Vee = MAX,
VI = 5.5 V
S input
input current
Any other
LOW-level
S input
input current
Any other
Vee = MAX,
Vee = MAX,
Short circuit output current:j:
0.5
VI = 2.7 V
VI = 0.5 V
-40
VCC = MAX
I
Supply current All outputs low
VCC = MAX, See Note 1
I All outputs off
0.5
1
1
100
100
50
50
-4
-4
-2
-2
-100
UNIT
V
2
IAII outputs high
ICC
MAX
TYP**
Vee - MIN,
High-level
IlL
MAX
0.8
input voltage
IIH
N74S257, N74S258
MIN
TYP**
2
Input current at maximum
II
S54S257, S54S258
MIN
-100
-40
44
68
36
60
93
52
81
64
99
56
87
V
JJ.A
mA
JJ.A
mA
mA
56
mA
-For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the
applicable deVice type.
- • All typical values are at V CC = 5 V, T A = 25° C.
:j:Not more than one output should be shorted at a time and duration of the short circuit test should not exceed one second.
NOTE1: ICC is measured with all outputs open and all possible Inputs grounded while achieving the stated output conditions.
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC - 5 V, TA - 2S"C
PARAMETER
tPLH
FROM
TO
TEST
(INPUT)
(OUTPUT)
CONDITIONS
Data
Any
tpHL
eL = 15 pF,
tpLH
Select
Any
tpHL
tpLH
tPHL
tZH
tZL
tHZ
tLZ
NOTE 2:
tZH
Output
tZL
Control
tHZ
Output
tLZ
Control
RL = 280.11,
See Note 4
TYP
MAX
854S258,N74S258
MIN
TYP
MAX
5
7.5
4
6
4.5
6.5
4
6
8.5
8
12
8.5
7.5
12
13
19.5
13
19.5
14
21
14
21
eL = 5 pF
5.5
8.5
5.5
8.5
See Note 2
9
14
9
14
Any
Any
854S257, N74S257
MIN
UNIT
ns
ns
ns
ns
Propagation delay time, low-to-high-Ievel output
Propagation delay time,-high-to-Iow-Ievel output
Output enable time to high level
Output enable time to low level
Output disable time from high level
Output disable time from low level
Load circuit and waveforms are shown on page 2-293
2·291
DIGITAL 54/74 TTL '.8548257,8548258, N748257, N748258
FUNCTIONAL BLOCK DIAGRAMS
854S257, N74S257
OUTPUT
CONTROL
S54S258,N74S258
1151
lA
13)
lV
18
16)
2V
lV
15)
16)
2B
Ill)
3A
(10)
38
38
114)
(13)
2-292
121
13)
2A
28
4A
0
lB
15)
3A
(lSI
OUTPUT
CONTROL
(21
4A
4V
4B
4B
SELECT
SELECT
Ill)
110)
(14)
113)
4V
DIGITAL 64/74 TTL SERIES
54/74S Typical A.C. Loads And Waveforms
PARAMETER MEASUREMENT INFORMATION
LOAD CIRCUIT FOR
BI·STATE
TOTEM·POLE OUTPUTS
LOAD CI RCUIT FOR
OPEN·COLLECTOR OUTPUTS
FROM OUTPUT
UNDER TEST
TEST
POINT
---Kt-.
...........--o
o-.....
o-~
NOTES:
LOAD CIRCUIT FOR
TRI·STATE OUTPUTS
(SEE
NOTE BI
A. CL includes probe and jig cepacitance.
13. All diodes are 1N3064.
TYPICAL AC WAVEFORMS
VOLTAGE WAVEFORMS
PULSE WIDTHS
VOLTAGE WAVEFORMS
SETUP AND HOLD TIMES
~_________________
~.5V
i~~~~G -------I_-t-..l.JU~_l=_~ol;-__j =: =:
-
DATA
INPUT
3V
=: =: =: =: =::~
1.6V
_ _ _ _ _ _ oV
~
LOW·LEVEL
PULSE
VOLTAGE WAVEFORMS
ENABLE AND DISABLE TIMES, TRI·STATE OUTPUTS
VOLTAGE WAVEFORMS
PROPAGATION DELAY TIMES
INPUT
HIGH·1.EVEL
PULSE
~6-:--- _ _ -03:
(LOW·LEVEL
l
IN·PHASE
OUTPUT
-tPHL-1
!-tPHL-I
..L _ _ -
I
I
l-tPHL-1
l_tPHL~
ENABLING 1
!
WAVEFORM 1
(SEE NOTECI
I
.-...- tLZ
-VOH
1.5 V
______ v
v::
1-,--
OUTPlJT~~3V
CONTROL
1.5 V
1.5 V
--':l __ ~
S1 CLOSED.
82 OPEN
1.5V
-tZH-1
l
~~~~~:eMcf ~~~~~~ED
_
4.5 V
,.tLZ
I
-ov
81 AND
S2 CLOSED
~~1.5V
l~tHz_l;;;- V II o.SV VOL
~=-VOH
~6~ ~ov
~~1.5V
82 CLOSED
NOTES:
C. Waveform 1 is for an output with internal conditions such that the output is low except when disabled by the output
control. Waveform 2 is for an output with internal conditions such that the Output is high except when disabled by the
output control.
D. I n the examples above, the phase relationships between inputs and outputs have been chosen arbitrarily.
E. All input pulses are supplied by generators having the following characteristics: tr ';;;2.5 ns, tf .;;; 2.5 ns, PR R .,;; 1 MHz, and
Zout"" 50 U.
2·293
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
Iilnl!liD
MSIjTTL
8000 PRODUCT
SPECIFICATIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SFr,TIONS
MSI Functional Index
ARITHMETIC ELEMENTS
8260
8261
8268
Arithmetic Logic Element
Fast Carry Extender
Gate Full Adder
3-43
3-49
3-67
Presettable Decade Counter
i>resettable Binary Counter
Binary Up/Down Counter
Dec:ade Up/Down Counter
Divide-by-12 Counter
High Speed Presettable Decade Counter
High Speed Presettable Binary Counter
Low Power Presettable Decade Counter
Low Power Presettable Binary Counter
3-90
3-90
3-96
3-96
3-100
3-106
3-106
3-112
3-112
COUNTERS
8280
8281
8284
8285
8288
8290
8291
8292
8293
DECODIERS/DISPLAY DRIVER,S
8250
8251
8252
8TOl
8T04
8T05
8T06
Binary-to-Octal Decoder·
BCD-to-Decimal Decoder
BCD-to-Decimal Decoder
Nilde * Decoder/Driver (68V, 5mA)
Seven-Segment Decoder/Driver (Active low -40mA current sink)
Seven-Segment Decoder/Driver (Active high -2.5mA current source)
Seven-Segment Decoder/Driver (Active high -bare collector)
3-39
3-39
3-39
3-118
3-120
3-124
3-128
Nilde* Decoded/Driver (68V, 5mA)
Sellen-Segment Decoder/Display Driver (Active low -40mA
current sink)
Sellen-Segment Decoder/Display Driver (Active high -2.5mA
current source)
Seven-Segment Decoder/Display Driver (Active hgih -bare collector)
Quad Bus Driver (Tri-State Outputs)
Quad D-Type Bus Flip-Flop· (Tri-State Outputs)
Dual Line Driver
Triple Line Receiver/Schmitt Trigger
Dual Communications EIA/MIL Line Driver
Dual Communications EIA/MI L Line Receiver
Bidirectional Monostable Multivibrator (Differential Input)
REltriggerable Monostable Multivibrator
Dual Line Driver for IBM 360/370 Interface
Triple Line Driver for IBM 360/370 Interface
Dual MOS Sense Amplifier with Latch (Tri-State Outputs)
Quad Bus Driver/Receiver (Tri-State Outputs)
3-118
3-124
3-128
3-132
3-136
3-140
3-143
3-147
3-150
3-154
3-159
3-161
3-165
3-169
3-173
8-lnput Digital Multiplexer
8-lnput Digital Multiplexer
8-lnput Digital Multiplexer
2·lnput, 4-Bit Digital Multiplexer
2·lnput, 4-Bit Digital Multiplexer
2·lnput, 4-Bit Digital Multiplexer
3··1 nput, 4-Bit Digital Multiplexer
3.. lnput, 4-Bit Digital Multiplexer
2.. lnput, 4-Bit Digital Multiplexer
2··1 nput, 4-Bit Digital Multiplexer
3-22
3-22
3-22
3-26
3-26
3-26
3-57
3-57
3-63
3-63
INTERFACE ELEMENTS
8TOl
8T04
8T05
8T06
8T09
ST10
8T13
8T14
8T15
8T16
8T20
8T22
8T23
8T24
8T25
8T26
3-120
MULTIPLEXERS
8230
8231
8232
8233
8234
8235
8263
8264
8266
8267
PARITY FUNCTIONS
8241
8242
8262
8269
Quad Exclusive OR
Quad Exclusive NOR
9-Bit Parity Generator and Checker
4-Bit Comparator
3-31
3-31
3-53
3-71
Dual 5-Bit Buffer Register
Dual 5-Bit Buffer Register with D Complement
10·Bit Buffer Register
10·Bit Buffer Register with D Complement
4-Bit Shift Register
4-Bit Shift Register
10·Bit Serial·ln, Parallel·Out Shift Register
lO·Bit Parallel·ln, Serial·Out Shift Register
Quad Bistable Latch
8-Bit Shift Register
Dual 8-Bit Shift Register
3-16
3-16
3-16
3-16
3-73
3-73
3-79
3-80
3-82
3-85
3-88
REGISTERS/LATCHES
8200
8201
8202
8203
8270
8271
8273
8274
8275
8276
8277
SCALER (Asynchronous Shift Register)
8243
8-Bit Position Scaler
3-35
8-lnput Digital Multiplexer
8-lnput Digital Multiplexer
8-lnput Digital Multiplexer
2-lnput, 4-Bit Digital Multiplexer
2-lnput, 4-Bit Digital Multiplexer
Quad Exciusive·OR Element
4-Bit Quad Exciusive·NOR
Binary·to·Octal Decoder
BCD·to·Decill1al Decoder
9-Bit Parity Generator and Checker
2-lnput, 4-Bit Digital Multiplexer
2-lnput, 4-Bit Digital Multiplexer
4-Bit Shift Register
4-Bit Shift Register
BCD Arithmetic Unit/BCD Adder
Presettable Very High Speed Decade Counter
Presettable Very High Speed Binary Counter..
3-178
3-180
3-180
3-181
3-181
3-183
3-185
3-186
3-186
3-188
3-190
3-190
3-192
3-192
3-198
3-193
3-193
SCHOTTKY 82S MSI
82S30
82S31
82S32
82S33
82S34
82S41
82S42
82S50
82S52
82S62
82S66
82S67
82S70
82S71
82S82/83
82S90
82S91
*Trademark of Burroughs Corporation
INTRODUCTION AND ORDERING INFORMATION
INTRODUCTION
The 8200 Series MSI, 82S Schottky MSI and 8T interface
circ~its are described in this secti9n. These devices are
directly compatible with other' TTL circuits such as the
bipolar memories covered in Section 4 and the 54/74 series
described in Section 2.
Reliability information that details production screens,
acceptance tests and qualification tests is given in Section 8
as well. The users attention is also directed to the optional
high reliability programs described in Section 8. These are
the Signetics SUPR DIP Program for plastic packages and
the Signetics SURE 883 program.
Other 8000 Series circuits such as gates, binaries and several
interface elements are described in Volume 1 of the 8000
l)eries that may be obtained from your nearest Signetics
representative.
Application ideas are provided with the product electrical
specifications. Additional applications information may be
obtained from the nearest Signetics representative or local
Signetics field applications engineer. The user may also find
the general systems design considerations helpful which are
given on pages 3-2 through 3-7.
The electrical specifications given for the IC's in this section
are designed to serve as an exact guide for procurement
documents. Detailed test conditions and test limits are
given for each integrated circuit. Whenever possible, worst
case limits 'for the electrical parameters have been provided.
ORDERING INFORMATION
Unless otherwise' ,specified all devices are available in the
"S" and "N" temperature rang~s:
Ordering information for the circuits described in this
section can be found below. For the designers convenience,
package outlines for each device are given on pages 3-8
through 3-'-'15. This information should be reveiwed in
conjunction with detailed package descriptions given in
Section 8 where physical dimensions as well as thermal
impedance data are given.
"S"
-55°C to +125°C
"N"
O°C to + 75°C
The package type designators below, in conjunction with
detailed package information given in section 8, may be
used for procurement purposes.
PART IDENTIFICATION
Y8XXXZ
Y
"S"
=
Temperature Range
= -55°C to +125°C (Military)
liN"
NOTE: 82XX = Standard MSI
82SXX = Schottky MSI
8TXX = Interface Circuit
Package Type Designator
Z
=
V
A
B
N
F
W
I
= 8-pin Dual-in-line Plastic Package
= 14-pin Dual-in-line Plastic Package
= 16-pin Dual-in-line Plastic Package
Q
24-pin Dual-in-line Plastic Package
14, 16, 24-pin Dual-in-line Ceramic Package (Cerdip)
14, 16-pin Ceramic Flat Package (Cerpac)
= 14, 16, 24-pin Ceramic Dual-in-line Package
= 14, 16, 24-pin Ceramic Flat Package
=
=
=
3·1
SYSTEMS DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS
ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS
included in this section. The numbers are easily generated
for individual cases as shown below. The lower of the two
numbers is the DC fan-out.
Over Operating Free-Air Temperature Range (unless otherwise noted)
The absolute maximum ratings constitute limiting values
above which serviceability of the device may be impaired.
Provisions should be made in system design-and testing to
limit voltages in accordance with Table 1. These ratings
apply to both 82XX and 8TXX -MSI devices unless
otherwise specified.
DC FAN OUT ("0" Output Condition)
"0'" maximum output current of driving element
"0" maximum input current requirement
of driven element
DC FAN OUT ("1" Output Conditionl
"1" maximum output current of driving element
TABLE 1
Input Voltage
Output' Voltage
VCC (Note 2t
Storage Temperature Range
A,B, N packages
F,I,Q,W packages
+5.5V
+7.0V
+7.0V
"1" maximum input current requirement
of driven element
DC Noise Margin ("0" state) is obtained by subtracting the
maximum "0" level output voltage for the driving gate
from the minimum "0" threshold for the driven gate.
-65°C to +175°C
-65° C to +200° C
NOTES:
1. All devices must be derated at elevated temperatures based on
maximum allowable Junction temperature.
(See maximum storage temperature above and the thermal
resistance of the package, given In section 8).
2. Operating Vee for the 8200 Series Is specified at +5V ± 5%.
None of the Signetics MSI elements will be damaged by supply
voltages of 7 volts or less; however, In some of the more complex functions, power dissipation at such voltages could become excessive. It Is recommended therefore, that such overvoltages be limited to a maximum of 1 second duration.
DC Noise Margin ("1" state) is obtained by subtracting the
maximum "1" level input threshold of the driven gate from
the minimum "1" output voltage level of the driving gate.
OUTPUT STRUCTURES
Certain guidelines should be observed to ensure optimum
system performance. Systems incorporating TTL elements
such as gates, binaries and MSI circuits have inherent VCC
and GROUND transients attributable to the current spike
produced by "totem pole" output structures.
SYSTEMS DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS
DC Fan-Out and Noise Margin
Figure 1 shows totem pole structures commonly used in
MSI designs as output buffers to increase fan-out and
provide'adequate switching speeds.
Because of the growing complexity of new MSI and
memory products, loading and noise margin tables are not
COMMON TOTEM POLE OUTPUT STRUCTURES
vee
vee
va
va
va
FIGURE 1
3-2
SYSTEMS DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS
DECOUPLI NG MSI
large ground plane to minimize DC offsets and to provide
an extremely low impedance path to reduce transient
voltage signals on the printed circuit board. The power
supply should be +5V ±5% with R-F (1GHz) bypassing.
Catastrophic damage can occur if Vee is not properly
regulated.
The current spike produced by the totem pole output
:structure during switching transitions can cause MSI subsystems to malfunction if Vee is not adequately decoupled
to GROUND. With the large number of 551 and MSI
devices available it is almost impossible to establish a
general rule for decoupling. When in doubt, a capacitor of
2000pF or more, for each totem pole structure should be
connected from Vee to GROUND. The non-inductive
capacitor (cl~ramic disc, tantalum slug, etc.) should be
mounted wi.1th leads as short as possible and should be
placed in c~ose proximity to the MSI package to minimize
lead length inductance. A properly designed printed circuit
board should have the total required capacitance evenly
distributed throughout the board. Example: A printed
circuit board contains 25 packages averaging four totem
pole structures per package. The total capacitance required
is 25 packagEis x 4 totem pole structures x 2000pF or O.2~F
ceramic disc capacitors evenly distributed, satisfy the Vee
to GROUND decoupling requirements.
Power distributed from the main supply must, by necessity,
come through a path which displays finite resistance (R ps ),
inductance (Lps) and capacitance (Cps), as illustrated in
Figure 2. The resistive component of the power lines is
small, producing very little DC voltage drop at the Vee and
GROUND inputs to the printed circuit board. However, the
inductance in the· power lines can cause the noise generated
by current spiking to be transmitted throughout the system
on the Vee and GROUND lines. If the printed circuit
boards are adequately decoupled, the power line noise will
be reduced significantly. In order to repel power line noise
transmitted to a printed circuit board, ferrite beads may be
placed on the incoming Vee and GROUND lines as shown
in Figure 3. A 10~f tantalum capacitor, per 25 packages,
connected from Vee to GROUND should be placed on the
printed circuit board in the position shown. In conjunction
with the distributed ceramic disc capacitors, this approach
will prevent most system malfunctions attributable to
internally generated noise.
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND DISTRIBUTION
SYSTEMS
High-frequency distribution techniques should be used for
Vee and GROUND. These techniques should include a
POWER CHARACTERISTIC IMPEDANCE
r - - - - - - - .,
Rps
I
I
I
CPS
CpS
CPS
I
I
L _ !9!!.E!!, S~P!.L!. ...J
Rps
'NOISE SPIKES GENERATED BY
TOTEM-POLE STRUCTURES
WHEN NOT PROPERLY BYPASSED'
{m" .
FIGURE 2
3-3
SYSTEMS DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS
FERRITE BEAD
ISOLATION OF GENERATED NOISE
More than one unused input can be tied to. Vee through a
single resistor.
r--------
Vee
I PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
r-~__- - - - - -
NOISE
-..----.----'
I~2"~
I
GROUND
The current limiting resistor is required if power supply
transients can exceed 5.5V for longer than 1J.Lsec; since the
power dissipated in the emitter junction under these
conditions can destroy the junction.
i ~'R;
CERAMIC DICS
±I --
I _______ _
L
INPUT CLAMP DIODES
MSI circuits contain input clamp diodes as shown in Figure
4. At the input, these diodes limit negative excursions
which exceed -lV by providing a low impedance current
source from GROUND through the forward biased diode
clamp. The clamps are designed to minimize ringing which
may result from interconnect wires in excess of six inches
in length.
FIGURE 3
ISOLATION DIODES
INPUT CLAMP DIODES
r--------
I
NEVER REVERSE THE Vee AND GROUND POTENTIALS. Catastrophic failure can occur if more than 100mA
is conducted through a forward biased substrate (isolation)
diode.
DIFFUSED
INPUT
Vcc
I
I
I
D-..L-__- J
CLAMP
DIODES
ISOLATION
DIODE
DISPOSITION OF UNUSED INPUTS
Electrically open inputs degrade Ae noise immunity as well
as the switching speed of an MSI circuit. To optimize
performance, each input must be connected to a low
impedance source. Depending on their logical activating
level, unused inputs should be tied to Vee, GROUND or a
driving source. When paralleling an unused input with a
driven input of the same multiple emitter transistor (MET),
care should be taken to remain within the "1" level fan-out
specifications for the driving source. The AND or NAND
structures do not affect the "0" level fan-out of the driving
source. When an unused input of an OR or NOR structure
is commoned with a driven input, both the "1" and "0"
level fan-out of the driving source are affected.
If fan-out of the driving source will be exceeded or if there
is no convenient connection to an appropriate driven input,
a second method of avoiding open inputs is useful. Inputs
which activate on "0" (AND and NAND) may be tied
directly to Vee or tied to Vee through a 'current limiting
resistor of 1 Kn or more.
3·4
DIFFUSED INPUT
CLAMP DIODES
FIGURE 4
SIGNAL PROCESSING
The rise and fall times of all incoming data signals should be
less than 200ns. The amplitude of incoming data signals
should be 2.4V or greater. Figure 5 shows the transfer
characteristi'c of the classic TTL gate. In the input threshold
region, from point one to point two, the gate has
approximately 25dB of gain. In this region, any discontinuity of the input waveform will be amplified more than
10 times at the output of the gate.
SYSTEMS DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS
TTL TRANSFER CHARACTERISTIC
POTENTIAL OSCILLATORY FEEDBACK PATHS
4.0
3.0
Vee· 5.OV
F.O. =MAX
~~
'\
2.0
~
R
\~
\\-~ ~:-~
1.0
POINT 2 •
0.4
.,.
~
f-~
\ \
. . ··l . ·······t··· .. .....
~
0.8
1.2
1.6
2.0
2.4
INPUT VOLTAGE (VI
FIGURE 6
GND
Should the input voltage remain in the threshold region
(approximately 200mV wide) for more than 15ns, a typical
TTL gate tends to oscillate as shown in Figure 6. The
equivalent circuit in Figure 7 illustrates the potential
oscillatory feed-back paths. The primary contributor to
oscillation is the changing power supply voltage with the
chip, caused by the current spiking which occurs during
switching transitions. Since output voltage is directly
proportional to Vee and threshold voltage tends also to
drop with lower supply voltage, the net effect is a positive
feedback loop from output to input.
FIGURE 7
WIRED-AND APPLICATIONS OF
OPEN-COLLECTOR MSI
TYPICAL TTL GATE OSCILLATION
WITH SLOW INPUT TRANSITIONS
FIGURE 6
Open-collector MSI, when supplied with a proper load
resistor (RU can be paralleled with other similar MSI or
open collector TTL gates to perform the WIRED-AND
function, and simultaneously, will drive several TTL loads.
For any of these conditions an appropriate load resistor
value must be determined for the desired circuit configuration. The user may choose a load resistor that must be
between the following limits: A maximum resistor value
must be determined which will ensure that sufficient load
current to the TTL loads to be driven, as well as leakage
current to the paralleled outputs, is available during the
logical "1" state at the output. A minimum resistor value
must be determined which will ensure that current through
this resistor and sink current from the TTL loads will not
cause the output voltage to rise above the logiCal "0" level
even if one of the paralleled outputs is sinking all the
current.
3-5
SYSTEMS DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS
LOGICAL "1" (off level) CALCULATIONS
FOR RL MAX
The maximum value of load resistance RL MAX) is
determined by the maximum voltage drop across R L caused
by the total leakage current which will still ensure a
minimum logical "1" at the common collector node. As
shown in Figure 8:
Total leakage current I (1 hotal = n I (1 )off + m I (1 )in
n = Number of commoned collectors (driving gates)
m = Number of fan-outs (driven gates)
Vcc
TIL LOADS
Vcc
I
I~
TIL LOAOS
V(lloUTMIN
nHl10FF
~
I
I
HOIIN
~
R
Vee - V(OIOUTMAX
L MIN· HOIOUTMAX _ ml(OliN
• CURRENT INTO THE OFF OUTPUTS
IS NEGLIGIBLE AT A LOGICAL '0',
WHERE: V(0IOUr"'O,4V
1(1IIN
RL MAX. Vee - V(110UTMIN
n1(110FF+ ml(lllN
WHERE: V(110UT<;2,4V
FIGURE 9
FIGURE 8
LOGICAL "0" (on level) CALCULATIONS
FOR RL MIN
The minimum value of load resistance (RL MIN) is
determined from the worst case maximum logical "0" state
in which only one element is sinking current. This
condition is illustrated in Figure 9:
3·6
PROPAGATION DELAY
Propagation delay for the 8000 Series elements is specified
in terms of ton and toff switching times which provides a
figure of merit by which comparison can be made with
similar products. The guaranteed delay times given in the
electrical characteristics section take into consideration the
logical "1" and logical "0" input current and load
capacitance as shown in the AC test figures. Inverting and
non-inverting paths are measured as shown in Figure 10.
SYSTEMS DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS
PROPAGATION DELAY WAVEFORMS
INVERTING PATHS
NON-INVERTING PATHS
IN
1.5V~
---.j ton
t*-
~
FIGURE 10
3·7
PIN CONFIGURATIONS
8200
8201
18
3-8
N,F,O PACKAGES
N,F,O PACKAGES
8202
8203
N,F,O PACKAGES
N,F,O PACKAGES
8230/31/32
8233/34/35
8,F,W PACKAGES
8,F,W PACKAGES
IfllN CONFIGURATIONS (Cont'd)
8243
8241/42
23
14
13
11
10
10
N,F,a PACKAGES
W PACKAGE
A,F PACKAGES
8251/52
8250
14
12
10
A,F PACKAGES
B,F,W PACKAGES
WPACKAGE
8260
8261
24
21
13
17
N,F,a PACKAGES
A,F PACKAGES
WPACKAGE
3·9
PIN CONFIGURATIONS (Cont'd)
8262
8263/64
24
22
21,
20
10
16
11
12
13
N,F,a PACKAGES
WPACKAGE
A,F PACKAGES
12
8268
8266/67
12
10
B,F,W PACKAGES
A,F PACKAGES
8269
A,F,W PACKAGES'
3·10
WPACKAGE
8270
A,F PACKAGES
WPACKAGE
PIN CONFIGURATIONS (Cont'd)
8271
8273
8274
Vee
Clo
o.
Vee
0,
0,;
Os
0,
Oe
a..
Oe
03
°'0
0,
CLOCK,
0,
o.
d.
De
03
0'0
e,
s,
So
0,
CLOCK2
Iilm'
8,F,W PACKAGES
8,F,W PACKAGES
8,F,W PACKAGES
8276
8277
A,F PACKAGES
B,F PACKAGES
8275
°2 1
18 Vee
°' 2
16 E',2
0'3
14 °4
0, •
02
13 °3
03
6
12
02 8
11
a,
10
a.
9
~
E3,.
GN08
8,F,W PACKAGES
8280/81
8284/85
14
14
12
10
A,F PACKAGES
WPACKAGE
A,F PACKAGES
WPACKAGE
3·11
PIN CONFIGURATIONS (Cant'd)
8290/91
8288
A,F PACKAGES
A,F PACKAGES
WPACKAGE
W PACKAGE
8292/93
A,F PACKAGES
3·12
WPACKAGE
PIN CONFIGURATIONS (Cant'd)
82S30/31/32
2
4
.
5
7
8
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
T
'3
82S33/34
82S41/42
B,F PACKAGES
A,F PACKAGES
,4
A2
'.
A,
'5
Ao
'.
'7
B,F PACKAGES
82S50
82S52
82S62
A,F PACKAGES
B,F PACKAGES
A,F PACKAGES
82S66/67
82S70
82S71
A,F PACKAGES
B,F PACKAGES
I
'8
'4
B,I PACKAGES
3·13
PIN CONFIGURATIONS( Cont'd)
ST01
S2S90/91
10
A,F PACKAGES
B,F PACKAGES
ST04/05/06
ST09
B,F,W PACKAGES
A,F PACKAGES
W PACKAGE
ST10
S1'13
ST14
QUT D1S1
Vee
QUTDI52
·3
03
.,
0,
.,
..
0,
D•
INOIS2
10
IN OIS1
B,F,W PACKAGE
3-14
B,F,W PACKAGES
B,F,W PACKAGES
PIN CONFIGURATION (Cont'd)
8T15
8T16
8T20
12
A,F PACKAGES
A,F PACKAGES
8T22
I
B,F PACKAGES
8T23
• Pins for External Timing Components
A,F PACKAGES
B,W PACKAGES
8T24
8T25
B,W PACKAGES
V PACKAGE
8T26
B,F PACKAGES
3·15
SillOOlies
BUFFER REGISTERS
N,F,O PACKAGES
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTl/MSI
8200
8201
8202
8203
DESCRIPTION
The 8200/8201/8202/8203 MSI Buffer Registers are arrays
of ten clocked "0" flip-flops especially suited for parallelin parallel-out register applications. They are also suitable
for general purpose applications as para lie 1- in serial- out,
serial-in parallel-out registers.
The 8200 and 8202 feature true "0" inputs. The logic
state presented at these "0" inputs will appear at the Q
outputs after a negative transition of the clock.
The 8201 and 8203 feature complementing "0" inputs
("0"). The logic state presented at these "0" inputs will
invert and appear at the Q outputs after a negative going
transition of the clock. This complementing input feature
("0") permits the use of standard AND-OR-INVERT
"gates to achieve the AND-OR function without additional
gate delays.
The" flip-flops are arranged as dual 5 arrays, (8200 & 8201)
and single 10 arrays with reset, (8202 & 8203). The true
output of each bit is made available to the user.
LOGIC DIAGRAMS AND TRUTH TABLES
DUAL 5-BIT BUFFER REGISTER
DUAL 5-BIT BUFFER REGISTER-INVERTED INPUTS
(1)
(1)
CLOCK 1 0 - - 1 >--+--......-+-.....-+____----1f--~+---'
CLOCK 1 0 - - 1 >--+--......-+-.....-+____----1f----<~+---'
(23)
(23)
CLOCK 2 0 - - 1 > - - + - -......-+-.....-+____----1f----<~+---'
On
1
0
CLOCK 2 0----1L>--=-+=-~-+.:.,....,-t-,....,..._=:_1r-:-:-~+_:__:_'
°n+1
1
0
Vee - (24)
GND = (12)
()
Denotes Pin Numbers
Vee
GND
=
(
=
)
(24)
(12)
Denotes Pin Numbers
8201
8200
10-BIT BUFFER REGISTER
On
RESET
1
1
1
0
Vee
GND
()
=
RESET = 0 ... Q = 0
(OVERRIDES CLOCK)
n IS TIME PRIOR TO CLOCK
n+1 IS TIME FOLLOWING CLOCK
°n+1
1
0
(24)
(12)
Denotes Pin Numbers
8202
3-16
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8200/01/02/03
LOGIC DIAGRAMS AND TRUTH TABLES (Cont'd)
10-BIT BUFFER REGISTER-INVERTED INPUTS
Dn
RESET
Q n+1
0
1
1
1
1
0
VCC
GND
(24)
(12)
(
D'enotes Pin Numbers
)
RESET = 0" Q = 0
(OVERRIDES CLOCK)
n IS TIME PRIOR TO CLOCK
n+1 IS TIME FOLLOWING CLOCK
8203
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over Recommended Operating Temperature And Voltage)
TEST CONDITIONS
LIMITS
CHARACTERISTICS
MIN.
"1" Output Voltage
"0" Output Voltage
"0" Input Current
D n (8200, 8202)
°n(8201,8203)
Clock
Reset (8202, 8203)
"1" Input Current
Dn (8200, 8202)
On (8201, 8203)
Clock
Reset (8202, 8203)
Input Voltage Rating
(All inputs)
Power/Current Consumption
TA
2.6
TYP.
Dn
8202
V
V
2.0V
0.8V
0.8V
2.0V
Pulse
Pulse
-1.6
-1.6
-1.6
-1.6
mA
mA
mA
mA
OAV
40
40
40
40
/.LA
/.LA
/.LA
/.LA
4.5V
V
mW/mA
10mA
OV
0.4
5.5
409/77.7 580/110
NOTES
RESET
CLOCK
UNITS
3.5
-0.1
-0.1
-0.1
-0.1
Dn
8200
8201
8203
MAX.
8202
8203
OUTPUTS
-800/.LA
9.6mA
6
7
OAV
OAV
OAV
4.5V
4.5V
4.5V
10mA
OV
10mA
OV
10mA
11,13
= 25°C and VCC = 5.0V
LIMITS
'tEST CONDITIONS
CHARACTERISTICS
MIN.
Propagation Delay
ton Clock to Q
toff Clock to Q
ton Reset to Q
Set Up Time
Hold Time
Minimum Clock Pulse Width
Transfer Rate
Output Short Circuit Current
15
-20
TYP.
MAX.
30
26
30
6
0
12
35
45
40
45
15
5
17
,
-70
NOTES:
1.
All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal. Terminals not specifically referenced are tied to V CC.
2.
All measurements are taken with ground pin tied -to zero
volts.
3.
Positive current is defined as into the terminal referenced.
4.
Positive logic definition:
"UP" Level = "1", "DOWN" Level = "0 ':
5.
Precautionary measures should be taken to ensure current
limiting in accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings
_should the isolation diodes become forward biased.
NOTES
UNITS
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
MHz
mA
8
8
8
10
12
8
9,13
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
Output source current is supplied through a resistor to
ground.
Output sink current is supplied through a resistor to V CC.
Refer to AC Test Figure.
Not more than one output should be, shorted at a time.
- Set Up Time defined es data presence before clock.
Outputs are In the low state for this test.
Hold time defined as data presence after clock.
V CC = 5.25 volts.
3-17
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8200/01/02/03
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
DUAL 5-BIT BUFFER REGISTER
INVERTED INPUTS 8201
DUAL 5-BIT BUFFER REGISTER 8200
SINGLE 10-BIT BUFFER REGISTER 8202
SINGLE 10-BIT BUFFER REGISTER
INVERTED INPUTS 8203
1----------,
1---------,
I
I
I
I
I
I
2."
3.7k
24.k
3.7k
700.
700.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
a
a
IiiI
I
I
L
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
- I
I
I
I
I
I
I
II
I~~
___ I
____-__-_.:..J
~~
3.7k
3.1k
o
3-18
____--__--_.:-l
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8200/01/02/03
AC TEST FIGURES AND WAVEFORMS
. tpd FROM CLOCK TO Q
6.0V
DATA _ _ _ _..J!INVERT FOR i5
01
610
"
Vee
02
0.3
Oa
04
D&
1
1
1
1
-+j toN
0&
0&
01
Ck7
08
0&
09
Os
010
OUTPUT~.
:
1.6V
1.6V
I
1
--J
t---
1
t--- toFF
04
8202"
08
":'
eLOCK~
2.8V
01
02
'--
TO
OUTPUTS
INPUT PULSE:
Data = P.R.R. ~ 7.5 MHz
Clock - P.R.R. a 16 MHz
PW = 17 ns (at 60% point)
tr ~ tf = 5 ns Max.
Amplitude = 2.6V .
010
GNO
• Refer to the Pin-Outs for the 8200/01/03 AC Testing.
ton FROM RESET TO Q
6.0V
CLOCK~
RESET - - - - - - - .
r.:-:':":'--1.6VL..../1.6V
Vee
01
01
02
02
03
Oa
04
04
06
8202"
0&
08
0&
D7
Ck7
08
0&
09
09
2.8V
16IID
I
1.6V~1.6V
1 1'------
OUTPUT - - - - - '
_ I toN'--
TO
OUTPUTS
010
INPUT PULSE:
Amplitude ='2.6V
Clock: P.R.R. = 6 MHz
Aeset: P.R.R. = 5 MHz
PW = 30 ns (at 50% point)
t r =tf=5ns'
• Refer to the Pin·Outs for the 8200/01/02/03 AC Testing.
3·19
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8200/01/02/03
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
20 BIT (4 WORDS X 5 BITS EACH) MEMORY CELL
I----------------------~--------I
i'
~ o-
I
- b_ _
~
---+-r=:J~~~~~~001
~
~
004
Total Package Count
~
2-8200'5
ONE OUT OF TEN - COUNTER/DISPLAY (SELF-CORRECTING)
I
I
I
I
I
I
CLOCK~~~--i>--~-+--+-~~--+---~~--~----+---~----~--~~--~
____________________________________ JI
8202
Total Package Count
3-20
= 1-8202; 1-8880
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8200/01/02/03
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
(Cont'd)
MULTIPLICATION AT 10MHz OF A 20·BIT BINARY WORD
nllllllllllllllllll~
0
0
0
1
01
1
1
8202
1
(
8202
I
1
Ro CL
1
CL
Ro
I:
I
1
Cl:n
l
1
I
I
I
I:
I il 1l' 'i 1l' 'f 'i ) Tl TTTI I r I !
IXl
Xo
X16
X 16
X 17
X 18
X 19
I
I
I
1
I
8260
8260
8260
8260
Jr-
8260
1
1
1
U U J U WU
1:0
1:1
1:2
1:3
1: 4
I:5
J
1:6
0
W J ~ J ..J U
1:7
1:8
1: 10
9
0
I: 11
OUTPUT BUFFER
J1: ~ J1:
I:14
16
13
0
8202
CL
1:12
W U LJ
1: 16
1:17
1: 18
U
1: 19
0
8202
RO
Q
OUTPUT BUFFER
RO
I
Pn
CLEAR
P n ,= (Xn)M
WHERE Xn
M
== MULTIPLICAND
== MULTIPLIER
TO"TAL PACKAGE COUNT
=9
PACKAGES (4-8202'S AND 6-8260'S)
3·21
8·INPUT DIGITAL
MULTIPLEXER
!i!!lDotiC!i
8230
8231
8232
B,F ,W PACKAGES
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTl/MSI
DESCRIPTION
TRUTH TABLE
The 8-lnput Digital Multiplexer is the logical equivalent of
a single-pole, 8 position switch whose position is specified
by a 3-bit input address.
The 8230 incorporates an INHIBIT input which, when low,
allows the one-of-eight inputs selected by the address to
appear on the f output and, in complement, on the f
output. With the INHIBIT input high, the f output is
unconditionally low and the
output is unconditionally
high. The 8230 is a functional and pin-for-pin replacement
for the 9312.
r
The 8231 is a variation of the 8230 that provides open
collector output f for expansion of input terms. The 8232
is similar to the 8230 except 'in the effect of the INHIBIT
input on the f output. With the INHIBIT low, the selected
input appears at the f output and, in complement, on the
f output. With the INH IBIT input high, both the f and the
f output are unconditionally low.
DATA INPUTS
ADDRESS
17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 INH
A2
A1
Ao
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0 x
x x x
1
1
1
1
x
1
0
1
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
1
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
1
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
0
x x
x x
x x
x x
x 1
1 x
x x
x x
x x
x x
x x
x x
x 0
0 x
x x
x x
x x
x x x 1 0
x x 1 x 0
x 1 x x 0
0
1 x x x
x x x x 0
x x x x '0
x x x x 0
x x x x 0
x x x 0 0
x x 0 x 0
x 0 x x 0
0 x x x
0
x x x x 0
x x x x 0
x x x x 0
x x x x 0
x x x x 1
x = don't care
LOGIC DIAGRAMS
8230 AND 8231
8232
(9)
(9)
17
17
Is
IS
16
16
14
14
13
13
12
12
("I)
(61
I,
3·22
T
I,
10
10
Vee = (16)
GND (8)
( ) = Denotes Pin Numbers
Vee
GND
()
~
(16)
(8)
Denotes Pin Numbers
f
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
OUTPUT
8230
8231
8232
f
r
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MS'- 8230/31/32
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over Recommended Operating Temperature And Voltage)
LIMITS
TEST CONDITIONS
CHARACTERISTICS
MIN.
TYP. MAX.
UNITS
A1
Az
Aa
INH
DATA
INPUT
In
NOTES
OUTPUTS
--.-
"1" Output Voltage, Output f
Output
f
(8230, 8232)
2.6
3.5
V
*
*
*
0.8V
2.0V
-800IlA
6,9
2.6
3.5
V
*
*
*
2.0V
*
-800",A
6,9
16mA
"1" Output leakage Current,
r (8231)
150
",A
0.8V
2.0V
2.0V
2.0V
0.6V
11
"0" Output Voltage
0.4
V
0.8V
0.8V
0.8~
0.8V
0.8V
7,9
Inputs An, In
40
",A
4.5V
4.5V
4.5V
Input INH, 8230 & 8231
80
",A
4.5V
Input INH, 8232
80
",A
4.5V
Output
"1" Input Current
4.5V
"0" I nput Current
TA
An. In. INH (8230 & 8231)
-0.1
-1.6
rnA
INH, (8232)
-0.1
-3.2
rnA
0.4V
0.4V
O.~V
0.4V
O.4V
= 25°C and VCC = 5.0V
LIMITS
TEST CONDITIONS
CHARACTERISTICS
MIN.
TYP. MAX.
UNITS
A
A
A
INH
DATA
INPUT
In
.,
OUTPUTS
f
NOTES
Propagation Delay
T (.8230.8232)
T (8231)
to T (8230,8232)
An to
19
30
ns
8
An to
17
30
ns
8
In
11
20
ns
8
10
15
ns
8
f
to f
T (8231)
T (8230.8231)
to f or T (8232)
In to
13
24
ns
8
INH to
18
30
ns
8
INH
11
20
ns
8
8230.8231
184/
35
250/
47.7
mW/mA
4.5V
4.5V
4.5V
4.5V
OV
10
8232
173/
33
262/
50.0
mW/mA
4.5V
4.5V
4.5V
4.5V
OV
10
-20
-70
rnA
OV
OV
OV
OV
4.5V
OV
10.12
-20
-70
rnA
OV
OV
OV
OV
OV
OV
10.12
V
10mA
lOrnA
10mA
10mA
Power Consumption/Supply Current
Output Short Circuit Current
Output f
Output
f
(8230.8232)
Input Voltage Rating
5.5
10mA
*See Truth Table for Logical Conditions
NOTES:
1.
All voltaga maasurements are referenced to the ground
terminal.. Terminels not specifically referenced are left
electrically open.
2.
All meesurements ere taken with ground'pin tied to zero volts.
3.
4.
5.
Positive current is defined as into the terminal referenced.
Positive logic definition: "UP" Level = "1". "DOWN"
Level = "0".
Precautionary measures should be taken to ensure current
limiting in accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings
should· the isolation diodes become forward biased.
6.
Output source current is supplied through a resistor to
ground.
7.
8.
Output sink current is supplied through a resistor to V CC.
Refer to AC Test Figures.
9.
By DC tests per the truth table. all Inputs have guaranteed
thresholds of 0.8V for logical "0" and 2.0V for logical "1".
All 1n data Inputs are at OV. VCC = 5.25V.
10.
11.
12.
Connect an external 1 k resistor from V CC to the output
terminal for this test.
Not more than one output should be shorted at a time.
3·23
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8230/31/32
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
8230 AND 8231
8232
""--+-.-I-o'GND
,.-.,.-~-+-ovcc
·600
Resl.tor on 8231 only.
Note: All Inputl have diode clamping. All outputl have
. IlOlatlon diodes.
3-24
Note: All Inputs have diode clamping. All outputs have
Isolation diodes •
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI -8230/31/32
AC TEST CONDITIONS
AC TEST FIGURE AND WAVEFORMS
INPUTS
STEP
TYPE/S
NO.
--~26V
lOP'y5K
1
2
3
4
5
6
ALL
ALL
ALL
8230
8231
8232
8232
WAVEFORM
TYPE
DELAY
FROM·TO
10
Ao
INH
AO to_f
~O to f
to f*
INH to T
OV
Vce
P.G. OV
P.G. OV
Vce OV
P.G.
OV
OV
OV
OV
OV
OV
P.G.
C,D
C,D
C,D
INH to T
INH to f
OV
Vee
OV
OV
P. G.
P.G.
C,D
C,D
11
OV
OV
A, B
NOTE: 1. P. G. = Pulse Generator
·Both f and fare simultaneously loaded.
"2
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
EXPANSION OF 8231 TO MULTIPLEXER 64 LINES
8320/32
l
360n
84.5n
R2
1
8231
00
R1
440n
NOTES:
1. 5K, 30pF load includes test Jigs and scope Impedance.
2. Scope terminals to be ..;;; 1 Yo" from package pins.
3. See truth table for logical conditions.
20~-------.4
2'<>---------...-H
22o---------1>--f-H
NON·INVERTING PATHS
INPUT I\T BNC
~ --Pw-.Ir- 2.6V
50%-JL-fi.
tf
tr
OV
t r - tf ~3n.
A
IN
~.5V
-I ":t-o-n~I"---
OUT
*.5V
INVERTING PATHS
t----------<>----o 'n INVERTED OUTPUT
!!L-.../i,- .1"-
1.5V~
---
OUT
ton
~V
I
•
·f n = fo + f 1 + f2 ..... f7
True Output
.
All Outputs may be tied together
to drive 8x16mA (eight' 1.6mA F.O.)
or each Output may drive separately
ten 1.6mA F.O.
Note:
Each 8231 has 8 data inputs which are not shown.
3·25
Smnotics
2-INPUT 4-81T DIGITAL
MUL TIPLEXER
B,F,W PACKAGES
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTl/MSI
8233
8234
8235
DESCRIPTION
These devices are 2-input, 4-Bit Digital Multiplexers designed
for general purpose data-selection applications.
The 8233 features non-inverting data paths; and, the 8234
features inverting data paths.
The 8235 is designed for input to adders, registers and
general paralleled data handling due to its capability to
perform CONDITIONAL COMPLEMENTING (TRUE/
COMPLEMENT). When the two inputs for each bit position
(Ai, Bi) are connected together, the·f output will provide
either the True or Complement of the input data. This
capability is especially useful for transferring data into parallel adders where both true data for adding or multiplying
and also complemented data for subtracting or dividing are
needed.
The 8234 and 8235 designs have open collector outputs
which permit direct wiring to other open collector outputs
(collector logic) to yield "free" four-bit words. As many as
one hundred four-bit ~ords can be multiplexed by using
fifty 8234/8235s in the WI RED-AND mode.
The inhibit state So = S1 = 1 can be used to facilitate
transfer operations in an arithmetic section.
LOGIC DIAGRAM AND TRUTH TABLES
8233 (ACTIVE PULL-UP)
Vee
GND
50
51
0
0
B
1
0
A
0
1
B
1
1
0
=
( ) =
fn
(16)
(8)
Denotes Pin Numbers
8234 (OPEN COLLECTOR)
50
51
0
0
B
1
0
A
0
1
B
1
1
1
Vee
GND
( ) =
fn
(16)
(8)
Denotes Pin Numbers
8235 (OPEN COLLECTOR)
So
51
0
0
0
1
Bn
1
0
An
1
1
1
Vee
GND
=
=
( ) =
3·26
fn
AnBn
(16)
(8)
Denotes Pin Numbers
DIGITAL.8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8233/34/35
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over Recommended Operating Temperature And Voltage)
i
TEST CONDITIONS
LIMITS
CHARACTERISTICS
"1" Output Voltage (B233)
INPUTS
MIN.
TYP.
2.6 .
3.5
MAX.
OUTPUTS
UNITS
An
Bn
So
S,
V
2.0V
2.0V
O.BV
O.BV
-BOO/.LA
NOTES
6
"0" Output Voltage (B233)
0.4
V
O.BV
2.0V
2.0V
O.BV
16mA
7
"0" Output Voltage (B234)
0.4
V
OV
2.0V
O.BV
O.BV
16mA
7
"0" Output Voltage (B235)
0.4
V
2.0V
2.0V
2.0V
O.BV
16mA
7
100
/.LA
2.0V
2.0V
2.0V
2.0V
5.0V
B
100
/.LA
2.0V
2.0V
2.0V
2.0V
5.0V
B
O.4V
4.5V
4.5V
O.4V
"1" Output Leakage Current
(B234)
I
"1" Outpu t Leakage Cu rrent
(B235)
"0" Input Current
An
-0.1'
-1.6
mA
Bn
-0.1
-1.6
mA
So
-0.1
-1.6
mA
S1
-0.1
-1.6
rnA
40
/.LA
4.5V
OV
OV
4.5V
OV
OV
OV
O.4V
O.4V
"1" Input Current
An
Bn
40
/.LA
So
40
/.LA
S1
40
/.LA
4.5V
4.5V
Input Voltage Rating
An
5.5
V
10mA
OV
OV
10mA
Bn
5.5
V
So
5.5
V
S1
5.5
V
10mA
10mA
Output Short Circuit Current
(B233)
-20
-70
mA
An
-1.5
V
Bn
-1.5
V
So
-1.5
V
S1
-1.5
V
5V
5V
OV
OV
OV
10,11
Input Clamp Voltage
-12mA
-12mA
-12mA
-12mA
3·27
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI. 8233/34/35
TA = 25°e and Vee = 5.0V
TEST CONDITIONS
LIMITS
CHARACTERISTICS
OUTPUTS
iNPUTS
MIN.
TYP.
MAX.
UNITS
An
Bn
So
NOTES
S,
Power/Current
Consumption:
8233
200/38
252/48
mW/mA
OV
OV
10
8234
160/31
210/40
mW/mA
OV
OV
10
8235
230/44
310/59
mW/mA
4.5V
4.5V
10
An' Bn to fn
16
25
ns
9
So to fn
27
38
ns
9
S1 to fn
27
38
ns
9
8233 Turn-On Times, ton
'.
8233 Turn-Off Times, toff
An. Bn to fn
16
25
ns
9
So to fn
27
38
ns
9
S1 to fn
27
38
ns
9
8234 Turn-On Times. ton
An. Bn to fn
16
25
ns
9
So to fn
27
38
ns
9
S, to fn
27
38
ns
9
8234 Turn-Off Times. toff
An' Bn to fn
'6
25
ns
9
So to fn
27
38
ns
9
S1 to fn
27
38
ns
9
An to fn
16
25
ns
9
9
8235 Turn-On Times. ton
Bn to fn
24
35
ns
So to fn
27
38
ns
9
S1 to fn
27
38
ns
9
An to fn
16
25
ns
9
8235 Turn-Off Times, toff
Bn to tn
24
35
ns
9
So to fn
27
38
ns
9
S1 to fn
27
38
ns
9
'NOTES:
1.
All voltage measurements ere referenced to the ground termi·
nel. Terminels not specifically referenced ere left electrically
open.
2.
All measurements are teken with ground pin tied to zero
volts.
3.
4.
5.
Positive current is defined as Into the terminal referenced.
Positive logic: "UP" Level = "1", "DOWN" Level ~ "0".
Precautionary measures should be taken to ensure current
limiting in accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings
should the isolation diodes become forward biased.
Output source current is supplied through a resistor to ground.
6.
3·28
7.
Output sink current Is supplied through a resistor to VCC'
8.
Connect an externel1k ±1% resistor from VCC to the output
for th i, telt.
Reference AC Test Circuit, Waveforms and Test Tables.
VCC - 6.25V.
Not more then one output should be shorted at a time.
9.
10.
11.
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8233/34/35
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
8233 (ACTIVE PULL-UP)
8234 (OPEN COLLECTOR)
Vee <;>
3·29
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8233/34/35
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS (Cont'd)
8235
PROPAGATION DELAY TEST TABLE
PATH
PARAMETER
81
82
83
54
AO to fO
~
a
b
b
c
c
a
c
b
b
b
a
b
b
c
a
c
PRODUCT
ALL
toft
8233
8234
8233
8234
8233
8234
80 to fO
~
So to fO
~
So to fO
~
8235
80 to fO
ton
toff
c
a
c
b
8235
80 to fO
ton
toff
b
c
a
b
8235
S, to fO
~
b
b
c
a
8233
8234
51 to fO
b
c
b
a
toff
toff
toft
S,
So
o--..-_r
toft·
~
toff
AC TEST FIGURE AND WAVEFORMS
.,
.,
AOo-~---~~~-+-+-Tr
SWITCH POSITIONS
'0
B~
CO
8,
INPUT PULSE:
Rl
8233
8234
8235
Amplitude = 2.6V
PW = 200n5
PRR = 1 MHz
tr = tf = 5ns
R2
84.5n
00
360n
440n
PULSE REQUIREMENTS
-I
-I
foe-tf
INPUT
1.5V -
I--
tf
I
I
1
I ---
I
I
1.6V
I
I
I
I--PW-I
'-itoll
I-:t()n
~
1.5V - - -
OUTPUT
I--
-I
INPUT
1.5V -
- - 1.5V
---I
tf
I:
:
I
I
I
I
I-I
I
t r
---
1-1-OUTPUT
I
1.5V - - -
3·30
1.6V
I
I_PW_I
ton
I-f-I
toll
I
-
1.5V
!ii!lnotics
QUAD EXCLUSIVE-OR
QUAD EXCLUSIVE -NOR
8241
8242
A,F,W PACKAGES
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI
DESCRIPTION
The 8241 contains four independent gating structures to
perform the Exclusive-OR function on two input variables.
The output of the 8241 employs the totem-pole structure
characteristic of TTL devices.
The 8242 contains four independent Exclusive-NOR gates
which may be used to implement digital comparison
functions. The 8242 outputs are bare collector to facilitate
imp lementation of mu Itiple-bit comparisons; a 4-bit
comparison is made by connecting the outputs of the four
independent gates together.
LOGIC DIAGRAMS AND TRUTH TABLES
8241 QUAD EXCLUSIVE - OR
AO BO
(1)
,-
(2)
Vee
GND
(
)
A
B
f
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
= (14)
= (7)
= Denotes Pin Numbers for
14 Pin Dual-in-Line
Package
10
8242 4-81T DIGITAL COMPARATOR
(OPEN COLLECTOR)
r
I
Vee
GND
(
)
L
f
A
B
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
1
= (14)
=
(7)
=DenotesPinNumbersfor
14 Pin Dual-in-Line
Package
3-31
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8241/42
(8241)
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over Recommended Operating Temperature And Voltage)
TEST CONDITIONS
LIMITS
INPUTS
CHARACTERISTICS
MIN.
TYP.
MAX.
OUTPUTS
UNITS
A
Output "1" Voltage
2.6
3.5
Output "0" Voltage
0.4
Input "1" Current
Input "0" Current
-0.1
Power/Current Consumption
Output Short Circuit Current
225/42.4
NOTES
B
V
2.0
O.S
-SOO/-IA
7
V
2.0
2.0
16mA
S
SO
/-IA
4.5
4.5V
11
-3.2
mA
0.4
0.4
12
13
300/57.1
-20
-70
mW/mA
mA
OV
6,13
Input Voltage Rating
TA
A Input
5.5
V
B Input
5.5
V
OV
10mA
OV
10mA
= 25° C and V CC = 5.0V
(8241)
TEST CONDITIONS
LIMITS
INPUTS
CHARACTERISTICS
MIN.
TYP.
MAX.
A
Propagation Delay
NOTES
OUTPUTS
UNITS
ton
17
23
ns
toff
11
17
ns
B
9
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over Recommended Operating Temperature And Voltage)
LIMITS
(8242)
TEST CONDITIONS
CHARACTER1S"r.cs
NOTES
INPUTS
MIN.
TYP.
MAX.
OUTPUT
UNITS
A
B
Output "1" Leakage Current
25
/-I A
2.0
2.0
Output "0" Voltage
0.4
V
2.0
O.S
Input "1" Current
SO
/-IA
4.5
4.5V
11
mA
0.4
0.4
12
mW/mA
0.4
0.4
13
Inpute "0" Current
-0.1
-3.2
170/32
Power/Current Consumption
260/47.5
10
25m A
S
Input Voltage Rating
TA
A Input
5.5
V
10mA
OV
B Input
5.5
V
OV
10mA
= 25° C and V CC = 5.0V
(8242)
LIMITS
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN.
TYP.
MAX.
UNITS
12
14
14
20
20
ns
ns
ns
ns
OUTPUTS
A
Inverting Path ton
toff
Propagation Delay Non-Inverting Path ton
toff
INPUTS
INPUTS
CHARACTERISTICS
3·32
10
23
21
2S
B
9
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8241/42
NOTES:
1. All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal.
Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open.
2. All measurements are taken with ground pin tied to zero volts.
3. Positive cUI'rent flow Is defined as into the terminal referenced.
4. Positive NAND logic definition:
"UP" I.evel - "1", "DOWN" I.evel = "0".
5. Precautionary measures should be taken to en8ure current.llmlting In accol'dance with Absolute Maximum Ratings should the
isolation diodes become forward biased.
6. Not more than one output should be 8!1orted at a time.
7. Output source current is 8upplled through a resistor to ground.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
Output sink current Is supplied through a resistor to V CC.
Refer to AC Test Figure and waveforms.
Connect an external 1 K :t 1 % resistor from V CC to the output
terminal for this test.
A and B are tested separately. When A is 4.5V, B Is OV, and
vice versa.
A and B are tested saparately. When A Is 0.4V, B is 5.25V,
and vice versa.
Vee
= 5.25V.
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
·8241
r-~~~------~--------~--------~-----ovcc
son
A
0----.---.. . . .,
I
I
I
"1Il"
4 .. ~
I
I
I
-l
8242 (OPEN COLLECTOR)
r------1--------------------~----~----_4r_--------~vcc
Ao-_......___.......r
3·33
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8241/42
AC TEST FIGURE AND WAVEFORMS
OUTPUT
INPUT
()
)
C
NOTE'
PULSE GENERATOR
A
UNIT UNDER TEST
'~'I
6W
NOTE:
1. 530n re slstor connected for 8242 only.
2. 5kn and 30pF Includes Jig and scope.
-'-
84.2U
'"" 2.6V
I~
5kU
-::....
PROPAGATION DELAY WAVEFORMS
NON-INVERTING PATHS
INVERTING PATHS
A
D
IN
,~
--.jlon
r
~
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
EQUALITY GATE USED FOR COMPARISON
PARITY GENERATOR/TESTER
+5V
AO~
BO
)
:~~
)
~~~
A2~ $
A3
"'''. WORDS ARE EOUAL
An.'~
Bn · 1
)
A6~ $
An~
A7
Bn
'/4 8242',
3-34
::~~
'/4 8241',
smnlltics
8·BIT POSITION
SCALER
8243
N,F,O PACKAGES
.DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTl/MSI
DESCRIPTION
The 8243 8-Bit Position Scaler is an MSI array of approximately 70 gate complexity. The primary function of the
13243 is to scale (or shift) data bit positions by a selection
of a 3-bit binary selector code.
The 8243's advantages over shift registers are the speed of
operation and lower complexity of external logic required
to effect a scale function. The speed of the 8243 Scaler is a
function of gate propogation delavs-the speed of equivalent
shift registers is the time for clock periods plus the props!Jation delay to effect a scale function.
The most significant bit input (17) may be shifted 8
positions to the least significant bit output (00). At zero
shift, or scale select, all eight input data bits are transferred
;and inverted to their respective outputs, (10 to 00, 11 to
01, 12 to 02. etc.) At a shift, or scale select, of one, each
input bit (In) will shift to the next lower output bit (On-1).
See truth table for other shift codes.
The 8243 is provided with open collector outputs to provide
expansion to larger scaling functions. Data input logic zero
loading is reduced to less than -100J,tA when the unit is
disabled.
LOGIC DIAGRAM AND TRUTH TABLE
Vee
-
GND -
( ) =
(24)
(12)
Denotes Pin Numbers
NOTE: All inputs have diode clamps.
ENABLE
1&2
So
5,
52
00
0,
0
1
0
0
0
TO
0
1
1
0
0
1,
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
X
0
INHIBIT
X
O2
03
04
05
06
07
G
12
12
13
13
14
15
16
17
14
15
16
T4
T5
T6
T7
17
1
T2
T3
1
0
T3
1
T4
14
T5
T6
1
1
T6
T7
T7
1
1
T5
1
1
1
0
1
T5
1
1
'6
T7
'7
1
1
1
1
1
.,
1
T6
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
T7
1
1
1
1
1
1
X
X
X
X
1
X
X
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
,.
1
X Indicate8 either logic "1" or logic "0" may be present.
3·35
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8243
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over Recommended Operating Temperature And Voltage)
LIMITS
TEST CONDITIONS
CHARACTERISTICS
MIN.
TYP.
"1" Output Leakage Current
"0" Output Voltage
MAX. UNITS
In
So
S1
*
*
*
*
150
/LA
O.SV
0.4
V
2.0V
NOTES
S2
ENABLE
1&2
*
2.0V
O.SV
*
2.0V
O.SV
INHIBIT OUTPUTS
7
7
12.SmA
"0" Input Current
Data In (Disabled)
O.SV
2.0V
2.0V
O.SV
-100
/LA
O.4V
Data In (Enabled)
-0.1
-1.6
mA
O.4V
Select Sn
-0.1
-1.6
mA
Inhibit
-0.1
-1.6
mA
O.4V
O.4V
Enable 1 & 2
-0.1
-1.6
mA
O.4V
4.5V
O.SV
O.4V
0.4V
0.4V
11
"1" Input Current
TA
4.5V
2.0V
Data In
SO
/LA
Select Sn
40
IJ.A
2.0V
'Inhibit
40
IJ.A
2.0V
Enable 1 & 2
40
IJ.A
4.5V
4.5V
4.5V
4.5V
4.5V
12
= 25° C and VCC = 5.0V
LIMITS
TEST CONDITIONS
CHARACTERISTICS
MIN.
TYP.
MAX. UNITS
In
S1
So
S2
NOTES
ENABLE
1&2
INHIBIT OUTPUTS
Propagation Delay
Data In
20
32
ns
Select Sn
30
40
ns
25
35
ns
30
45
ns
Inhibit
Enable 1
&2
Power/Current
315/
(~nsumption
60
Input Voltage Rating
9,10
13
500/ mW/
75.2
5.5
mA
10mA
10mA
NOTES:
1.
I~II voltage measurements are referenced to the ground
terminal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left
Ellectrically open.
2.
All measurements are taken with ground pin tied to zero vOlts.
3.
Positive current is defined as Into the terminal refarenced.
4.
Positive NAND logic definition:
"UP" Level = "1", "DOWN" Level'" "0".
5.
Precautionary measures should ba taken to ansure current
limiting in accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings should
tha isolation diodes become forward biased.
10mA
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
10mA
10mA
10mA
Output sink current is supplied through a resistor to Vee'
Connect an external 1 k resistor from Vee to the output
terminal for this test.
Manufacturer reserves the right to make design and process
changes and improvements.
Refer to Ae Test figures.
In "0" threshold 0.7 volts for 58243.
Input under test at 0.4V, o,ther Enable Input tied to Vee'
Input under test at 4.5V, other Enable Input, 0 volts.
Vee = 5.25V.
AC TEST FIGURES AND WAVEFORMS
PROPAGATION DELAY, ENABLE TO OUTPUT
S.OV
10
I,
INPUT
... {
Vcc
S.OV
ENA~
2.eV
I
00
12
0,
13
°2
14
°3
16
°4
16
Os
500n
460n
17
De
EN1
~
IN 916
I
-~'I
OUTPUT
I
1.SV
I
1.6V
I
I
I
-ton~
I
I
~
~lo"
I I
INPUT PULSE:
Amplitude - 2.6V
PW '" 1 OOne @ 50% Points
PAR - 5MHz
tr - tf - 5n8 (1 OO/c, to 90% Points)
SID
FIGURE 1
3·36
NOTE:
Enable1 with Enable2 at Vee or
Enable2 with Enable1 at Vee.
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL7MSI .8243
AC TEST FIGURES AND WAVEFORMS
(Cont/d)
PROPAGATION DELAY, DATA INPUT TO DATA OUTPUT
s.OV
'.5V
'.6V
~
I
8o
s.OV
EN,
I
I
OO~II
I
EN2
IN 916
_
'.6V
I
I
I ton I\4-
I
I
_
I
'.5V
I
\4toft
10
I,
00 t--_.-_-- 2.6V
0
24pF
51<
8,
82
INPUT PULSE:
Amplitude - 2.6V
PRR - 5MHz
PW - 1 OOns (II 50% Points
tr - tf - I5ns (10% to 90% points)
FIGURE 4
3·37
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI. 8243
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
ONE TO EIGHT LINE DEMULTIPLEXER
VCC
yy.yyyyyy
)
17
08
Os
04 03 02 0, 00
f--o
"~}
~ ENABLE'
8243
"--- ENABLE 2
*"
DATA
S,
INHIBIT
So
17 18 IS
1
14 13 12
SELECT LINES
r-o.
I, 10
111 I
OUTPUTS
3 BIT BINARY CODE
SCALE SELECT
S2
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
So
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
S1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
00
Data
Data
Data
Data
Data
Data
Data
Data
01
Data
Data
Data
Data
Data
Data
Data
1
03
Data
Data
Data
Data
Data
1
1
1
02
Data
Data
Data
Data
Data
Data
1
1
04
Data
Data
Data
Data
1
1
1
1
06
Data
Data
1
1
1
1
1
1
05
Data
Data
Data
1
1
1
1
1
07
Data
1
1
1
1
1
~
BI-DIRECTIONAL a-POSITION SHIFTER
SCALE
FACTOR
0
1
:
2
,
2
OUTPUTS
3 4 S 8
~
3
4
7
5
6
7
17
06
Os
04 03
Oz
0, 00
ENABLE'
ENABLE 2
1
{-l
17
I
06
S21--- _
""''''
,!,
s, f--17 16 IS 14 13 12 I,
~ Sol-
Os
04 03 O2 0, 00
ENABLE'
ENABLE 2
1
S21--- _
""""
,!,
s, r-17 18 15 14 13 12 I, 10 So
r-
( )
SCALE·
FACTOR
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
I
OUTPUTS
3 4 5 6
C D E F
B C o E
ABC 0
1 A B C
1 1 A B
1 1 1 A
1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1
1
A
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
A
B
C
0
E
F
G
1
OUTPUTS
2 3 4 5
BCD E
C 0 E F
o E F G
E F G 1
F G 1 1
G 1 1 1
1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1
B
A
1
-.
7
G
F
E
0
C·
B
A'
1
6
F
G
1
1
1
1
1
1
7
G
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
OUl'PUTS
3 4 5 6
B C o E F
ABC 0 E
GAB C 0
F GAB C
E F GAB
o E F G A
C o E F G
B C o E F
7
G
F
E
0
C
B
A
G
SCALE
RIGHT
SCALE = 0
AROUND =0
SCALE
LEFT
SCALE = 1
AROUND =0
~I
SCALE
FACTOR
0
1
2
~
Ii
~ ~
E" J!
INPUTS
~
SC~LE
~I~ I~!
......
~~~
I
3
4
5
6
7
1
A
G
F
E
0
C
B
A
2
1
A
B
C
0
E
F
G
A
2 3 4
SCALE
RIGHT
& AROUND
SCALE = 0
AROUND = 1
RIGHT/LEFT
20 2' 22
SCALE
FACTOR
~~
AROUND
SCALE
FACTOR
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
3-38
OUTPUTS
5 6
B C o E F
C o E F G
o E F G A
E F GAB
F GAB C
GAB C 0
ABC o E
B C o E F
7
G
A
B
C
0
E
F
G
SCALE
LEFT
&AROUND
SCALE = 1
AROUND = 1
smDlItiCS
BINARY -TO-OCTAL DECODER
BCD-TO-OECIMAL DECODER
A,F,W PACKAGES FOR 8250
B,F,W PACKAGES FOR 8251
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI
8250
8251
8252
DESCRIPTION
The 8250, 8251 and 8252 are gate arrays for decoding and
logic conversion applications.
1-2-4-8 weighting) to a one-of-ten output as shown in
the Truth Table.
The 8250 converts 3 lines of input to a one-of-eight output. The fourth input line (0) is utilized as an inhibit to
allow use in larger decoding networks.
The 8252 is a direct replacement for the 9301 with all
outputs being forced high when a binary code greater than
nine is applied to the inputs.
The 8251 and 8252 convert a 4 line input code (with
The selected output is a logic "0"
LOGIC DIAGRAMS
8251/8252
8250
11)
(2)
Vcc = (14)
GND = (7)
( ) = Denotes Pin Numbers for
14 Pin Dual-In-Line Package
Vcc = (16)
GND = (8)
( ) = Denotes Pin Numbers for
16 Pin Dual-In-Line Package
'Connections made on 8262 only
TRUTH TABLE
OUTPUT STATES
INPUT STATE
8250
A
B
C
0
0
1
2·
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
IQ
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
8252
8251
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
8
9
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
3-39
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8250/51/52
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over Recommended Operating Temperature And Voltage)
LIMITS
A
CHARACTERISTICS
"1" Output Voltage
MIN.
TYP.
2.6
3.5
MAX.
B
0
C
NOTES
V
-800J.LA
6,10
16mA
7, 10
"0" Output Voltage
0.4
V
"1" I nput Current
A,B,C,O
40
J.LA
4.5V
4.5V
4.5V
-0.1
-1.2
mA
0.4V
OAV
OAV
A, B, C, 0 (8252)
-0.1
-1.6
mA
OAV
OAV
OAV
o
(8251 Only)
-0.1
-1.2
mA
0.4V
o (8250 Only)
-0.1
-1.0
mA
0.4V
"0" Input Current
A, B, C (8250, 8251 )
OUTPUTS
UNITS
4.5V
OAV
LIMITS
MIN.
Turn-on Delay ton
Turn-off Delay toff
Power/Current Consumption
(8251 Only)
(8250 Only)
Input Voltage Rating
Output Short Circuit Current
Outputs 1 thru 9
Output 0
B
A
CHARACTERISTICS
TYP.
MAX.
UNITS
20
20
35
ns
ns
35
OUTPUTS
NOTES
8
8
135/25.7 mW/mA
5.25V
5.25V
5.25V
OV
11
125/23.8 mW/mA
5.25V
5.25V
5.25V
OV
11
10mA
10mA
10mA
10mA
OV
OV
OV
OV
V
5.5
-10
-10
0
C
-55
-55
mA
mA
OV
5.0V
OV
OV
OV
OV
9,11
9,11
NOTES:
All vol tage measu rements are referenced to the grou nd terminal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically
open.
6.
7.
Output sink current is supplied through a resistor to V cc.
2.
All measurements are taken with ground pin tied to zero
volts.
8.
9.
Refer to AC Test Figures and wllveforms.
Manufacturer reserves the right to make design and process
3.
Positive current flow is defined as into the terminal referenced.
10.
1.
4.
5.
3·40
Positive logic definition:
"UP" Level = "1". "DOWN" Level
Output source current
changes and improvements.
Inputs for "1" and "0" output voltage test is per TRUTH
table
= "0"
Precautionary measu~es should be taken to ensure current
limiting in accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings
should the isolation diodes become forward biased.
Is supplied through a resistor to
ground.
with threshold levels of 0.8V for logical "0" and
2.0V for logical "1".
11.
Not more than one output should be shorted at a time.
12.
VCC
= 5.25 volts.
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8250/51/52
:SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
AC TEST FIGURE AND WAVEFORMS
TURN-ON DELAY (ton)
2.6V
B4.Ss}
Vee
AI
511.
INPUT
OUTPUT
FIGURE 1
TURN-OFF DELAY (toff)
2.6V
B4.5U
INPUT
A
D
--:-' CD
.G). Non-selected inputs ere connected to ground.
INPUT
_ : toff
L __
~.
__ • __________ . _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ • • __ •
_ . ___ • _____ • _ _ _ : . ____ • __ " _ _ _ _ _ •
:-
,---..,.
.J
X's CONNECTED ON 8252 ONLY
OUTPUT
FIGURE 2
3-41
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8250/51/52
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
ONE-Of-10 DECODER
RESET
~-----1
VCC
0---_01
ST~BE
CLOCK
0----01
C,
DECADE COUNTER 8280
BCD-TO-DECIMAL DECODER 826'
CONTROL LINES
ONE-Of-S4 DECODER
BINARY NUMBER
fAIN BIN CIN "DIN EIN FIN)
20 2' z2 :z3 z4 2 6 INHIBIT
3-42
smnotics
,ARITHMETIC
LOGIC ELEMENT
8260
N,F,Q PACKAGES
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI
IDESCRIPTION
The 8260 Arithmetic Logic Element is a monolithic gate array incorporating four full-adders structured in a lookahead mode. Tlie device may be used as four mutually
independent exclusive NOR or AND gates by proper addressing of the inhibit lines.
As a four-bit adder, the 8260 permits high speed parallel
addition of four sets of data and features both simultaneous
addition on a character to character and on a bit to bit basis
within the package.
When true input variables are used, the true sum is formed
at the f output. Inverted input variables produce the complement of the sum of the true variables.
The carry-outs available are: Internally Generated (CG);
Propagated (C p ); and Ripple (CRI. This gives the 8260
complete flexibility when used in Ripple Carry or Anticipated Carry Adder Systems.
LOGIC DIAGRAM
(2)
(3)1
(4)1
(5) CIN
0---_._.....
!
CINH
1
(6)
• (7)1
Vee = (14)
GND = (12)
( ) = Denotes Pin Numbers
A and B refer to Functional Block Diagram on page 54.
3-43
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8260
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(Over Recommended Operating Temperature And Voltage)
TEST CONDITIONS
OUTPUT
INPUT TERMINALS
TERMINALS
LIMITS
CHARACTERISTICS
"1" Output Voltage
MIN.
TYP.
2.6
3.5
MAX.
Xn
Yn
CIN
V
2.0
2.0
V
V
0.8
2.0
0.8
2.0
UNITS
CINH
EINH
2.0
2.0
2.0
0.8
2.0
0.8
2.0
0.8
2.0
Cp
CG
CR
NOTES
fn
-800 -800 -800
IJ-A
IJ-A
IJ-A
1
9.6
rnA
2
2
"0" Output Voltage
fn. CG and C R
"0" 'nput Current
0.4
0.4
cp
Xn and C INH
-0.1
-3.2
mA
0.4
5.25
Yn
-0.1
-3.2
mA
5.25
0.4
EINH & C IN1 • through C IN5
-0.1
-1.6
mA
80
IJ-A
4.5
OV
Yn
80
IJ-A
OV
4.5
EINH & C IN1 • through C IN5
40
IJ-A
1-6
mA
9.6
mA
9.6
mA
0.4
0.4
0.4
3
4.5
4
10mA
4
"1" Input Current
Xn and C INH
4.5
4.5
Input Voltage Rating
5.5
V
10mA
OV
Yn
5.5
V
OV
10mA
EINH & C IN1 , through C IN5
5.5
V
Xn and C INH
400/
76.2
Power/Current Consumption
600/
114.1
10mA
10mA
mW/
mA
11
TEST CONDITIONS
OUTPUT
TERMINALS
UMITS
CHARACTERISTICS
INPUT TERMINALS
MIN.
Yn
TYP.
MAX.
X n , Y nand C'N to C R
14
20
ns
12
Xn and Y n to Cp and C G
14
20
ns
12
Xn and Y n to fn
24
33
ns
12
C'N to fn
14
22
ns
12
UNITS
Xn
C IN
C 1NH
NOTES
EINH
Cp
CG
CR
fn
Propagation Delay
Output Short Circuit Current
fn' CG and C R
-20
-70
mA
5.0
Cp
-30
-90
mA
OV
NOTES:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
3-44
Output source current is supplied through a resistor to
ground.
Output sink current is supplied through e resistor to V CC.
When testing for separate C I N inputs, tie the remaining
C IN Inputs to VCC'
When testing for separate C I N inputs, tie the remaining
C I N inputs to grou nd.
Keep unused inputs tied to V CC unless otherwise specified.
All voltage measurements are referenced to
the ground terminal.
Positive current flow is defined as into the terminal referenced.
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
OV
OV
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
OV
OV
10,11
10,11
Positive logic definition:
"UP" Level = "1", "DOWN" Level = "0".
Precautionary measure's should be taken to ensure current
limiting in accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings
should the isolation diodes become forward biased.
Not more than one output should be shorted at a time.
V CC =5.25V.
Refer to AC test figure and waveforms.
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8260
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
IINH(,....'---..(
C IN5
8260 - 4 BIT ADDER
VCC 0= Pin 24
•
C IN4
GND 0= Pin 12
All inputs have clamp diodes.
•
•
C IN3
C IN2
C INt
3-45
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI. 8260
MODE OF OPERATION
Least Significant
INPUTS
CONTROLS
f
CIN Inputs to be *
Xn' Y n
I
Xn' Yn
I
CINH
EINH
0
0
0
~n
Add
0
0
0
1
1
0
--
Not Used
XnY n Coincidence
+XnY n
AND
0
1
1
XnY n
1
1
1
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
Add
~n
Not Used
XnY n Coincidence
+XnY n
AND
XnY n
-- -
• Least significant of a "Multiple Package" adder system.
FUNCTIONAL BLOCK DIAGRAM
IIII
LOOK-AHEAD
CARRVTERM
r--
-@--
- - I-@-An '" Bn
TRANSFER TERM
r-
--
Xn,"VnORXn'Yn
TRUTH TABLES
CINH = 1 - - " " A n = 1
CINH=O--..A n = - .
CIN
A1
A1
O
1
0
-0- r01
0
0
1
1
1
1
I
3-46
X1
0
0
1
1
Y1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
A2
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
1
-1
A2
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
X2
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
Y2
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
A3
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
1
-1
A3
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
X3
0
0
1
1
Y3
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
I
,
A4
0
EINH
0
0
0
An
0
0
fn
1
1
0
1
1
1
0
1
0
0
()
1
1
1
-
1
1
Bn
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
Xn
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
Yn
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
Bn
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI. 8260
AC TEST FIGURE AND WAVEFORMS
VCC
'1
'2
'3
'4
CR
CG
CP
EINH
VCC
~
02
I
NOTE: Scope terminals to be .;;; Yo" from Package Pins.
n~PUT
AT BNC
D
A
1.5~--1>_lr:-2.6V
(;Y;-0--It~ OV
~
OUT
t,·tf ~3n.
\::..
PW·50n.
'-lMHz
SWITCH "OSITION
STEP
NO.
DELAV
FROM·TO
DRIVEN
INPUTS
WAVEFORM
TVPE
OTHER INPUTS
Xl
V
2
1
1
X
2
V
2
X3
V3
X4
2
1
2
V
1
4
CIN
EINH CINH
Xn to CR
1
0'
A. B
2
2
1
2
2
2
Xn to Cp
C. D
Vn to CR
or
Vn to Cp
A. B
2
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
2
2
2
3
Xn,Y n to fn
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
A. B
4
CIN to CR
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
A. B
5
CIN tof n
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
2
2
2
C. D
C. D
2
3·47
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8260
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
The 8260 contains the control logic necessary to allow operation
as a general purpose arithmetic logic device. Below, the internal
carries are
inhibited
to
effect
Exclusive-NO R or coincidence
operation. The 8260 may also be operated as four Independent
AND gates to implement masking and similar requirements of
micro-programming.
The Ripple Adder System is the simplest but also the slowest application of the 8260. The typical total addition time (input to sum
output for 12-bit ripple adder is 42ns).
FOUR-BIT COMPARATOR
RIPPLE ADDER SYSTEM
*Tied to
The Fast Adder System provides complete carry look-ahead addition for words to 24 bits in length and is the fastest application of
Vee
if Not-True Inputs Are Used, Otherwise to Ground.
the 8260 units. The typical total addition time for a 24 bit fast
adder is 42ns.
24-BIT FAST ADDER SYSTEM
X,
*Tied to
3-48
Vee
if Not-True Inputs Are Used, Otherwise to Ground.
X2 X3 X4
Y, Y2 Y 3 Y 4
SillOOlies
FAST CARRY
EXTENDER
8261
A,F,W PACKAGES
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI
DESCRIPTION
LOGIC DIAGRAM
The 8261 Fast Carry Extender is a monolithic gate array
designed specifically to be used in conjunction with the
8260 Arithmetic Logic element. A 8260/8261 combination
facilitates the implementation of the look-ahead technique
in adder systems, thus considerably improving propagation
times. The circuit structure of this array is of the familiar
TTL type.
(14)
(7)
( ) = Denotes
Pin Numbers for
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over Recommended Operating Temperature And Voltage)
TEST CONDITIONS
LIMITS
CHARACTERISTICS
"1" Output Voltage
"0" Output Voltage
"1'" Input Current
G Input
A and B Inputs
P, Input
P2 Input
P:i Input
P4 and P5 Inputs
"0" Input Current
G, Aand B
P1 Input
P2 Input
P3 Input
P4 and P5 Inputs
Power/Current Consumption
Input Voltage Rating
TA
DRIVEN INPUTS
MIN.
TYP.
2.6
3.5
115/22
MAX.
UNITS
G,A,a
0.4
V
V
40
40
40
BO
120
160
-1.6
-1.6
-3.2
-4.B
-6.4
15B/30
5.5
P
OTHER INPUTS
G,A,B
P
2.0V
O.BV
4.75V
4.75V
J..IA
J..IA
J..IA
J..IA
J..IA
iJ.A
4.5V
4.5V
A=OV
G, =OV
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA
mW/mA
V
O.4V
4.5V
4.5V
4.5V
4.5V
O.4V
0.4V
O.4V
O.4V
10mA
10mA-
OUTPUTS
-BOOJ..l(\
9.6mA
NOTES
6
7
OV
OV
OV
OV
0\1,
OV
OV
ov
5.25V
OV
5.25V
5.25V
5.25V
5.25V
5.25V
OV
OV
10
= 25°C and VCC = 5.0V
TEST CONDITIONS
LIMITS
DRIVEN INPUTS
CHARACTERISTICS
MIN.
Turn-on Delay. ton
GtoCE
Pto CE
Turn-off Delay. toff
GtoCE
. Pto CE
Output Short Circuit
Current
-20
OTHER INPUTS
G,A,a
OUTPUTS
NOTES
p
TYP.
MAX.
16
13
25
25
ns
ns
B
B
16
9
23
15
ns
ns
B
B
-70
UNITS
mA
G,A,B
5.0V
P
OV
OV
10
3-49
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8261
NOTES:
1.
All voltage and current measurements are referenced to the
ground terminal. Input terminals not specifically referenced
are tied to V cc.
2.
All measurements are taken with ground pin tied to zero
volts.
3.
Positive current flow Is defined as Into the terminal referenced.
4.
Positive logic definition:
"UP" Level = "1", "DOWN" Level - "0".
5.
Precautionary measures should be taken to ensure current
limltihg In accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings
should the Isolation diodes become forward biased.
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
A
02 Q---O----1--I---.-+---1--I---.-+----I-I---.-+---f-t---,
COMPLEMENT
Vee
GND
()
_ _----OATAOUTPUTS - - - _
8264 (OPEN COLLECTOR)
a
(24)
(12)
Denotes Pin Numbers
. - - - - - DATA INPUTS
C,
E=~---.,.,.;..o
j
OUTPUT
ENABLE
DATA
COMPLEMENT
fO
'2
f3
----DATAOUTPUTS--_
Vee
GND
(
)
(24)
(12)
Denotes Pin Numbers
3·57
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI. 8263/64
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over Recommended Operating Temperature And Voltage)
LIMITS
CHARACTERISTICS
"1" Output Voltage (8263)
MIN.
TYP.
2.6
3.5
TEST CONDITIONS
MAX. UNITS
V
An
2.0V
Bn
Cn
So
S1
DATA
COMP
2.0V
2.0V
2.0V
2.0V
0.8V
OUTPUT
ENABLE
OUTPUTS
-8001tA
NOTES
6
"1" Output Leakage Current
(8264)
200
itA
2.0V
2.0V
2.0V
2.0V
2.0V
0.8V
"0" Output Voltage (8263)
0.4
V
0.8V
0.8V
0.8V
2.0V
2.0V
0.8V
"0" Output Voltage (8264)
0.4
V
0.8V
O.4V
8
2.0V
9.6rnA
16.0rnA
7
7
"0" Input Current
An
-0.1
-1.6
rnA
Bn
Cn
-0.1
-1.6
rnA
-0.1
-1.6
rnA
OE, DC
-0.1
-1.6
rnA
-0.1
-3.2
rnA
An
40
/.LA
Bn
Cn
40
/.LA
40
/.LA
OE,DC
40
itA
SO,Sl
80
/.LA
SO,Sl
"1" Input Current
O.4V
O.4V
O.4V
0.4V
OAV
4.5V
OV
4.5V
O.4V
O.4V
4.5V
4.5V
OAV
OV
OV
4.5V
OV
4.5V
4.5V
= 25° C and V CC = 5.0V
TA
LIMITS
CHARACTERISTICS
MIN.
TYP.
TEST CONDITIONS
MAX. UNITS
An
Bn
Cn
So
S1
DATA
COMP
OUTPUT
ENABLE
OUTPUTS
NOTES
Propagation Delay (8263)
An to fn
17
26
ns
10
SO, Sl to 'f n
DC to fn
25
36
ns
10
17
26
ns
10
10
Propagation Delay (8264)
An to fn
25
36
ns
SO, Sl to fn
25
36
ns
10
DC to fn
20
30
ns
10
OE to fn
20
30
ns
10
Input Voltage Rating
An
5.5
V
Bn
Cn
5.5
V
5.5
V
So
5.5
V
Sl
DC
5.5
V
5.5
V
5.5
V
OE
Output Short Circuit Current
(82S63)
Power/Current Consumption
(8263)
(8264)
-20
-70
10mA
378/
420/
mW/
72
80
mA
400/
475/
mW/
76
90.4
mA
7.
OV
OV
10mA
OV
10mA
10mA
10mA
10mA
mA
NOTES:
1.
All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically
open.
2.
All measurements are taken with ground pin tied to zero
volts.
3.
Positive current flow is defined as into the terminal referenced.
4.
Positive NAND Logic Definition:
"UP" Level = "1", "DOWN" Level = "0".
5.
Precautionary measures shou Id be taken to ensure current
limiting in accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings
should the isolation diodes become forward biased.
3·58
OV
10mA
OV
9,11
9
OV
OV
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Output source current is supplied through a resistor to
ground.
Output sink current is supplied through a resistor to V CC.
Connect an external 1 k ±1 % resistor from V CC to the output
for th is test.
VCC = 5.25V.
Refer to AC test figure.
Not more than one output should be shorted at a time.
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL!MSI .8263/64
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
8263
3-59
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8263/64
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
(Cant'd)
8264
3·60
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI. 8263/64
AC TESTING
Step
No.
Delay
From-To
1
An to fn
2
2
3
So to fn
4
S1 to fn
5
DC to fn
6
OEn to fn
2
2
2
2
2
So to fn
Switching Positions
Other Inputs
Driven
Inputs
A2 B2 C2 A3 B3 C3 OE OE OE So S1
Ao
BO
Co
A1
B1
2
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
3
1
1
2
3
1
3
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
3'"
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
C1
DC
Waveform
Types
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
A,B
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
C,D
1
3
1
2
2
3
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
C,D
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
*
*
*
1
1
1
C,D
C,D
C,D
• Test one input at a time - others remain et "1".
NOTE: Step number 6 is for 8264 only.
AC TEST IFIGURE AND WAVEFORMS
Vcc
AO
BO
Co
A,
B,
C1
A2
B2
C2
A3
B3
c3
fO
Vcc
f1
OUTPUT
IN 916
380n
4400
1500
- -...........:
FIGURE 2
2·INPUT, 4·81T DIGITAL
MUL TIPLEXER
Si!lDotiCS
B,F ,W PACKAGES
8266
8267
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI
DESCRIPTION
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
The 8266/8267 2-lnput, 4-Bit Digital Multiplexer is a
monolithic array utilizing familiar TTL circuit structures.
The 8267 features a bare-collector output to allow expansion with other devices.
Vee
The multiplexer is intended for use at the inputs to adders,
registers and in other parallel data handling applications.
The multiplexer is able to choose from two different input
sources, each containing 4 bits: A = (AO, A1, A2, A3),
B = (BO, B1, B2, B3). The selection is controlled by the
input So, while the second control input, Sl, is held at
zero.
For conditional complementing, the two inputs (An, Bn)
are tied together to form the function TRUE/COMPLEMENT, which is needed in conjunction with added elements
to perform ADDITION/SUBTRACTION. Further, the inhibit state So = Sl = 1 can be used to facilitate transfer
operations in an arithmetic section.
LOGIC DIAGRAM
Vee
=
(}4)
(7)
=
Denotes Pin Numbers
GND
(
)
TRUTH TABLE
SELECT LINES
So
-0
0
1
1
Sl
0
1
0
1
OUTPUTS
fn (0,1,2,3)
Bn
Bn
An
1
3·83
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI. 8266/67
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over Recommended Operating Temperature And Voltage)
TEST CONDITIONS
LIMITS
NOTES
CHARACTERISTICS
"1" Output Voltage (8266)
MIN.
TYP.
2.6
3.5
"0" Output Voltage
"1" Output Leakage Current (8267)
MAX.
UNITS
An
Bn
So
S,
OUTPUTS
V
O.8V
2.0V
0.8V
0.8V
-800/JA
7
0.40
V
2.0V
2.0V
2.0V
0.8V
16mA
8
25
/JA
0.6V
2.0V
2.0V
0.8V
O.4V
O.4V
10
"0" I nput Current
An·Bn
-0.1
-1.6
rnA
SO, S1
-0.1
-1.6
rnA
OV
OV
O.4V
O.4V
4.5V
4.5V
"1" I nput Current
An. Bn
40
/JA
SO, S1
40
/JA
4.5V
4.5V
2.0V
I nput Voltage Rating
SO, An. Bn
5.5
V
S1
5.5
V
10mA
10mA
10mA
2.0V
2.0V
10mA
Output Short Circuit
Current (8266)
-70
-20
OV
rnA
11.12
T A = 25° C and V CC = 5.0V
LIMITS
TEST CONDITIONS
NOTES
CHARACTERISTICS
MIN.
TYP.
MAX.
UNITS
An
Bn
So
S,
OUTPUTS
Propagation Delay (8266)
So to fn (short path)
18
28
ns
9
So to f n (long path)
20
30
ns
9
An to fn
13
20
ns
9
Bn. S'I to fn
14
25
ns
9
So to fn
27
36
ns
9
An to fn
15
20
ns
9
Bn. S1 to fn
21
28
ns
9
Propagation Delay (8267)
18
28
ns
9
200/
38.1
275/
52.4
mW/
rnA
12
NOTES:
1.
All voltage measuremen1;s are referenced to the ground termlnal.Termlnals not specifically referenced are left electrically
open.
2.
All measurements are taken with ground pin tied to zero
volts.
3.
Positive current flow is defined as Into the terminal referenced.
4.
Positive NAND logic definition:
"UP" Level = "1", "DOWN" Level = 110".
5.
Precautionary measures should be taken to ensure current
limiting in accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings
should the isolation diodes become forward biased.
6.
7.
So to f n (short path)
Power/Current Consumption
3·64
S.
9.
10.
11.
12.
4.5V
OV
4.5V
OV
Measurements apply to each gate elemant independently.
Output source current is supplied through a resistor to
ground.
Output sink current is supplied through a resistor to V cc.
Refer to AC Test Figure.
Connect an external1k ;t1% resistor from VCC to the output
for this test.
,
Not more than one output should be shorted at a time.
V CC " 6.26 volt••
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI. 8266/67
AC TEST FIGURE AND WAVEFORMS
~
8266/67
Vee
An. an. So or S, PER WAVE F()RM
Ano----+---t
So s,
8266
8267
3300
00
R1
84.50
R2
4700
NON·INVERTING PATHS
A
INPUTATBNC
'.6~
--pw-.!c-
I
IN
'~II
~'.6V
2.8V
-.I-lon---:--I---
(;Y-;:0-I~
OUT
IN
loft--
_
I
J,C::1.6v
2!a..-...,/---
\-,.6V
tr - tf " 6ns
Amplitude - 2.6V
. PW" 200ns
PRR - 1MHz
INVERTING PATHS
D
~I
--...1
~
ton
--
OUT
3·65
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8266/67
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
AlS
The 8266 can be used in conjunction with the 8260 (Look-Ahead Carry Adder) to form an adder-subtractor.
3·66
!imn~tiC!i
GATED FUll ADDER
8-268
A,F,W PACKAGES
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI
IDESCRIPTION
TRUTH TABLE (See Notes 1,2 and 3)
The 8268 is a single-bit full adder with gated true and complementary inputs, complementary sum (~ and ~) outputs
and an inverted carry output. By taking advantage of the
unique true or inverted inputs and true or inverted outputs,
parallel addition speed is greatly enhanced (by eliminating
unnecessary inversions).
CIN
0
0
0
0
'The device is designed for medium speed parallel and serial
adder systems.
1
1
1
LOGIC DIAGRAM
1
Y
X
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
CoUT
1
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
~
~
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
'2(61
NOTESi....-1. X =
Xc; y ..
X.
V1
121
COuT(41
~2~
- (14)
Vc (21
CIN ( 3 ) - - - - - - - '
( ) =
..
-y:yc
where X=X1' Y 2; V=Y1'Y2
2. When X or Yare used as Inputs, X 1 and X2 or Y 1 and Y 2
respectively must be tied to GND.
3. When X 1 and X2 or Y 1 and Y 2 are used as Inputs, X or Y
respectively must be left open or used to perform the WI REDAND function.
(7)
Denotes Pin Numbers for a 14-Pin Dual-in'~Llne
Package
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over Recommended Operating Temperature And Voltage)
TEST CONDITIONS
LIMITS
NOTES
CHARACTERISTICS
MIN. TVP. MAX. ~ITS
"'" Output Voltage
"0" Output Voltage
"0" Input Current
X,
~2
X
Xc
Y,
Y2
Y
Yc
CIN
","Input Current
X1
X2
Xc
2.6
-0.1
-0.1
-0.'
-0.1
-0.'
-0.1
-0.1
-0.'
-0.1
Yc
CIN
V
V
-1.6
-'.6
-2.6
-1.6
-1.6
-1.6
-2.6
-'.6
-8.0
40
40
40
40
40
40
160
Y,
Y2
Yc
CIN
Input Voltage Rating
X,
X2
Xc
Y1
Y2
0.4
3.5
X,
X2
X
Xc
0.8V 0.8V 2.0V
0.8V 0.8V 2.0V
2.0V
2.0V
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA
O.4V
4.5V
O.OV
O.OV
4.5V
0.4V
/.LA
/.LA
/.LA
/.LA
/.LA
/.LA
/.LA
4.5V
O.OV
4.5V
O.4V
O.OV 0.4 V
O.OV
V,
V2
0.8V 0.8V
0.8V 0.8V
0.4V
4.5V
O.OV
O.OV
4.5V
0.4V
O.OV
O.OV
V
Vc
C IN
0.8V
2.0V
2.0V 0.8V
2.0V 0.8V
O.4V
4.5V
O.4V
OUTPUTS
-500/.LA
16mA
6
7
O.4V
O.OV
4.5V
4.5V 4.5V
O.OV O.4V
O.OV
O.OV O.OV
4.5V
O.OV O.OV
4.5V
12
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
10mA O.OV
O.OV ~OmA
O.OV 10mA
10mA O.OV
O.OV 10mA
O.OV 'OmA
10mA
3·67
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI • 8268
TA = 25°e and Vee = 5.0V
TEST CONDITIONS
LIMITS
CHARACTERISTICS
NOTES
MIN. TYP. MAX. ~MTS
Power / Cu rrent
Consumption
Output Short
Circuit Current (~)
Output Short
Circuit Current (~)
Output Short
Circuit Curre~t (Cout )
tpd
tpd
tpd
tpd
tpd
tpd
tpd
tpd
tpd
tpd
tpd
tpd
152/
29
X,
X2
X
Xc
V,
Y2
V
OUTPUTS
C IN
Vc
11
185/
35
mW/
mA
-18
-57
mA
O.OV O.OV
O.OV O.OV O.OV
2.0V
O.OV
10,11
-18
-57
mA
O.OV O.OV
O.OV O.OV
O.OV
O.OV
10,11
-70
13
13
25
25
45
45
35
35
40
20
40
20
mA
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
O.OV O.OV
O.OV O.OV
O.OV
O.OV
10,11
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8,9
8,9
8,9
8,9
-18
1 Cin to ~out
0 Cin to ~out
1·Yc to Cout
0 Y c to ~out
1 Xc to ~
0 Xc to ~
1 Y c to ~
0 Y c to I: _
X l' X 2 to X _
0 X 1, X2' to ~
1 Y l' Y 2' to Y
0 Y l' Y 2, to Y
8
8
20
20
35
35
25
25
30
15
30
15
NOTES:
1. All voltage measurements ere referenced to the ground terminal.
Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open.
2. All measurements are taken with ground pin tied to zero volts.
3. Positive current flow is defined as into the terminal referenced.
4. Positive logic definition:
"UP" Level = "1", "DOWN" Level = "0".
5. Precautionary measures should be taken to ensure current limitIng in accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings should the
isolation diodes become forward biased.
6. Output source current is supplied through a resistor to ground.
7. Output sink current is supplied through a resistor to Vcc
8. Refer to AC Test Figure.
9. This test Is a r:neasure of the required worst-case data set-up time.
10. Not more then one output shou Id be shorted at a time.
11. V CC "5.25 volts.
12. The total time required to perform the ADD function may be
; ~termined by summing the delays from ~1, X2 to· X or V, V 2to
V with the delay from Xc or Vc to ~ or~.
Ae TEST FIGURE AND WAVE FORMS
+60V
CIN
Xc
SEE
TEST
TABLE
OUTPUT
""""'C)--I-+---+--+-~>-I<::I-''NI.-o 2.6V
I
~
::
~
X,
I
INPUT B
X2
I
'.6V
I
V2
INPUT A
Vc
'.5V
I
I
I
V,
'.5V
'.6V
I
I
I
I
tpd1~,--.j
;__
~ :__ tpdO
'---..----.--f(]--'INI.-o2.8V
I
I
OUTPUT
'.6V
'.6V
NOTES:
1.
2.
3.
4.
3·68
Perform test in accordance with test table.
Each output il tested separately.
Voltage values ere with respect to network GND terminal.
The generator has the following characteristics:
V gen - 2.6V, tr - tf :t;;;;;; 15ns. PW" 0.5nl, PRR = 1MHz.
5. Inputs and outputs not otherwise spaclfied are open.
6. Capacltence shown InClude probe and jig capacitance.
7. All realatances are In ohms.
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8268
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
C1N
0-------------.
y
1k
!
Vc
GND
TEST TABLE (See Note 5)
TEST NO.
1
2
3
4
OUTPUTS
UNDER TEST
'Cout
C"out
C"out
C"out
APPLY
INPUT ATO
APPLY
INPUT BTO
APPLY
+2.6V TO
APPLY
GNDTO
APPLY
OUTPUT lOADING TO
None
None
Yc
Yc
Cin
Cin
None
None
None
None
Cin
Cin
Y1
Y1
X1,Y1
X1, Y1
C"out
C"out
C"out
C"out
Xc
None
Cin
X1,Y1
~
Xc
None
l;
5
l;
6
l;
C"out
l;
Cin
~
X1, Y1
C"out
7
~
8
~
9
10
11
12
~
~
?
?
Yc
Yc
None
None
None
None
None
None
X1
X1
Y1
Y1
Cin
Cin
X2
X2
Y2
Y2
Y1
Y1
None
None
None
None
~
~
(Cl = 15 pF)
~ (Cl = 15 pF)
?(Cl=15pF)
?(Cl=15pF)
~
3-69
DIGITAL 8000 SER.IES TTL/MSI .8268
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
4-BIT SERIAL ADD/SUBTRACTOR
SUM/DI FFERENCE
INHIBIT/ENABLE
SUM CONTROL
SERIAL
DATA
INPUT
SUM
CARRY F/F
8268
SERIAL
DATA
INPUT
8825
Ai5l'i/SUB
CONTROL
ADD "0"
SUB"'"
CLOCK
N-BIT PARALLEL ADDER
PARALLEL DATA OUTPUTS
SERIAL
DATA
INPUT REGISTER X
SERIAL DATA INPUT
MODE CONTROL
MODE CONTROL
I
1:,
1:2
CIN
Xc
Xc
X,
X,
X2 8268
Y,
Y2
YC
NC Y2
YC
8268
Co
V
1:3
NC
i"
CO
Y
Xc
X,
X2 8268
Y,
NC Y 2
YC
1: NC
8268
1:1--------'
~
- - - - - } TO NEXT STAGE OR
cr--+-~_______~________t---+--4-_ _BIT
_3_ _ _ _4 -_ _"~_-_B~I-T~4_-_""_ _
BIT' (LSB)
INPUT
CONTROL
'OUTPUT
REGISTER
CIN
CIN
X2
Y,
I
CLOCK
CLOCK
.".NC
,..---'---'--1--'--..., OUTPUT
BIT 2
_ _ __
NO CONNECTION
CLOCK
MODE CONTROL
i
SERIAL DATA INPUT
INPUT REGISTER· Y
~
PARALLEL DATA INPUTS
NOTES:
To expand storage register for serial/parallel operation, connect DO to Os of next stage and common the mode control lines and the clock line
of the first stage to their respective second stage equivalents.
°NOTE:
To expand output register for parallel outputs common clock, shift and load lines with their respective counterparts. For serial data output,
also connect DO of first register to Os of next register.
3-70
!ii!lnotiC!i
4·81T COMPARATOR
8269
A,F ,W PACKAGE
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI
DESCRIPTION
TRUTH TABLE
The 8269, a 4 BIT COMPARATOR, is an array of gates
designed to perform the numerical comparison of two
four-bit binary numbers. The outputs indicate whether the
two numbers are equal in value, or which number is the
greater. The 8269 is a functional and pin-for-pin
replacement for the DM8200.
OUTPUT
INPUT
An
>
<
A
A
A
A
=
~
Bn
STRO.BE
X
Y
B
B
B
B
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
LOGIC DIAGRAM
('0)
I
I
!111
(12)
-D-
~
I
r-LJ
(131
L_.r
('I
~oo,"
II T
84
-:rr.--r-
,tJ'~~
~
1
~~(91
I
(21
L..../
I
B2
(31
-t::::I
r-
(14)
Vee
(7)
GND
(
)
Denotes Pin Numbers
8,
(41
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over Recommended Operating Temperature And Voltage)
LIMITS
TEST CONDITIONS
CHARACTERISTICS
"1" Output Voltage
"0" Output Voltage
"1" Input Current
"0" I nput Current
Power Consumption
Short Circuit Output Curre.nt
Input Voltage Rating
"TA
MIN.
TYP.
2.6
3.5
0.2
MAX.
0.4
80
-3.2
278/53
-55
-0.1
-18
5.5
NOTES
UNITS
V
V
J.lA
mA
mW/mA
mA
V
6
7
lout ~800J.lA
lout = 16mA
V in = 4.5V
V in = O.4V
VCC = 5.25V
V out = OV, VCC
lin = 10mA
= 5.25V
8
= 25° C and VCC = 5.0V
LIMITS
TEST CONDITIONS
CHARACTERISTICS
MIN.
Propagation Delay
tpd1 (Data I nput to Output)
tpdO (Data I nput to Output)
tpd1 (Strobe to Output)
tpdO (Strobe to Output)
TYP.
MAX.
40
30
27
18
UNITS
ns
ns
ns
ns
Test
Test
Test
Test
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
1
1
2
2
3-71
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8269
5.
NOTES:
1. All voltage and capacitance measurements are referenced to the
ground terminal.
Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open.
2. All measurements are taken with ground pin tied to zero volts.
3. Positive current flow is defined as into the terminal referenced.
4. Positive logic definition: "UP" Level = "1 ", "DOWN" Level = "0"
Precautionary measures should be taken to ensure current limiting
in accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings should the isolation
diodes become forward biased.
6. OUtput source current is supplied through a resistor to ground.
7. Output sink current is supplied through a resistor to V cc.
8. Not more than one output should be shorted at a time.
AC TEST FIGURE AND WAVEFORMS
vce
39011
DIODES
IN 916
INPUT PU1.SE:
f~1MHz
= 100ns
= tf = 10ns ±1ns
AMP. = 3.0V
PW
tr
FIGURE 1
vee
INPUT A
39011
STROBE
DIODES
x OUTPUT---.-ft.
IN 916
Y OUTPUT·---....;."
INPUT PU1.SE:
INPUT A
f-1MHz
PW = 100nl
tr = tf .. 1 Ona ± 1 ns
AMP. = 3.0V
FIGURE 2
3-72
STROBE INPUT
f-1MHz
thold
= Ons
t set_u p - 10ns
tr .. tf = 1 Ons ± 1 ns
4-81T SHIFT REGISTERS
!imnDtiC!i
A,F,W PACKAGES FOR 8270
8,F,W PACKAGES FOR 8271
8270
8271
OIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI
IDESCRIPTION
The 8270 is a 4-bit Shift Register with both serial and
parallel data entry capability.
'The truth table for the control modes is shown below.
For applications not requiring the hold mode, the load
input may be tied high and the shift input used as the mode
control.
The data input lines are single-ended true input data lines
which condition their specific register· bit location after an
enabled clocking transition. Since data transfer is synchronous with clock, data may be transferred in any
serial/parallel input/output relationship.
The 8271 provides a direct reset (RD), and a Dout line in
addition to the available outputs of the 8270 element. The
fan-out specification for this output is the same as the true
outputs of the 8270 element.
The internal design uses level sensitive binaries which
respond to the negative-going clock transition. A buffer
clock driver has been included to minimize input clock
loading.
TRUTH TABLE
LOAD
CONTROL STATE
0
1
0
1
Hold
Parallel Entry
Shift Right
Shift Right
Mode control logic is available to determine three possible
control states. These register states are serial shift right
mode, parallel enter mode, and no change or hold mo~e.
These states accomplish logical decoding for system control.
.SHIFT
0
0
1
1
LOGIC DIAGRAM
(8270)
A,
Vee
GND
(
)
Co (8)
'"
(14)
(7)
= Donotes Pin Numbers for
14 pin Dual-In-Line Package
DA
'"
00 (10!
D,
(8271)
Vee
GND
( ) =
Co '91
DO'II
Ao(6)
0°011
(16)
(8)
Denotes Pin Numbers
D,
131
DA
D. 121
i1~1
DC
no
1121
3·73
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8270/71
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over Recommended Operating Temperature And Voltage)
LIMITS
TEST CONDITIONS
NOTES
CHARACTERISTICS
"1" Output Voltage
MIN.
TYP. MAX. UNITS
2.6
3.5
"0" Output Voltage
LOAD
SHIFT
DATA
INPUT
RESET
8271
CLOCK
V
2.0V
0.8V
2.0V
Pulse
2.0V
0.4
V
2.0V
0.8V
0.8V
Pulse
2.0V
O.4V
O.4V
O.4V
OUTPUTS
-800~A
11.2mA
6
7
"0" Input Current
Load
-0.1
-1.2
mA
Shift
-0.1
-1.2
mA
Data Input
-0.1
-1.2
mA
Clock
-0.1
-1.2
mA
Reset (8271 only)
-0.1
-1.2
mA
O.4V
O.4V
OV
"1" Input Current
Load
40
/.LA
Shift
40
/.LA
Data Input
40
/.LA
Clock
40
/.LA
Reset (8271 only)
40
/.LA
4.5V
4.5V
4.5V
4.5V
4.5V
Input Voltage Rating
(All Inputs)
0
T A = 25 C and V CC
V
5.5
10mA
10mA
10mA
10mA
10mA
= 5.0V
LIMITS
TEST CONDITIONS
NOTES
CHARACTERISTICS
MIN.
TYP.
MAX.
UNITS.
LOAD
SHIFT
DATA
INPUT
CLOCK
RESET
8271
OUTPUTS
Power/Current Consumption
8270 Only
168/32 247/47 mW/mA
9
8271 Only
~71/52 344/65 mW/mA
9
Turn-On Delay ton
All Binaries
25
40
ns
25
40
ns
8
Turn-Off Delay toff
All Binaries
Clock "1" Interval
20
Transfer Rate
15
Shift Load Set-Up Time
Data Set-Up Time
ns
MHz
22
20
30
ns
7
15
ns
NOTES:
1.
All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically
open.
2.
All measurements are taken with ground pin tied to zero
volts.
3.
Positive current flow is defined as Into the terminal referenced.
4.
Positive logic definition:
"UP" Level = "1", "DOWN" Level "0".
5.
Precautionary measures should be taken to ensure current
3-74
8
2.0V
6.
7.
8.
9.
limiting In accordance with Absolute Maximum Rating
should the Isolation diodes become forward biased.
Output source current Is supplied through a resistor to
ground.
Output sink current is supplied through a resistor to V cc.
Refer to AC Test Figure.
V CC = 6.26 volts.
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8270/71
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
>co
o
c
r----,------+-----------------------~
~~----~-------+-+
~~-----T-------4--~------~~-------4~~
.....
N
~
3·75
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8270/71
AC TEST FIGURES AND WAVEFORMS
TURN ON/OFF AND TRANSFER RATE
NOTES:
1. toni toff
r-\1.5vr-U tr =tf '" 6nl
CLOCK
INPUJ..J
2.6V
OUT
loon
LOAD
RESET
~I---+-I
SHIFT
MOMENTARILY
PUSH TO STAAT
-.J
I
~
12711
IN916
~
2--1PF
TYPICAL LOAD CIRCUIT
2. Transfer rate & min clock "1"
level: check that binary outputs
are changing.
20n'~45n'
-2.0V
CLOCK
1.0V.
INPUT
FIGURE 1
DATA SET-UP TIME
S.OV
Load
see
Figure
1
above.
~1.6V
~1.6V'
CLOCK~--./
~l:
~
DATA INPUT
OR PARALLEL
~
DATA INPUT
1.6V
.
~
r-
RELATED~
OUTPUT
"-----/
NOTES:
1. Switch in position 1 to test serial data
Input.
2. Switch in position 2 to test parallel
data input.
Adjust data input or parallel input delays
to test condition and verify output
operation.
FIGURE 2
3-76
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8270/71
AC TEST fiGURES AND WAVEFORMS (Cant'd)
S.HIFT/LOAD SET-UP TIME
Vcc-6.OV
CLO~"------J/
GHIFT
i
----,
:
I
t-- 1.81(0)
LOA~'--
~~
_ _/
1..--1'81(0)----\
I
T
t--1'81(1)--l
~~-----+:---------~
-
-....I
I
14-- IS81(1)
--J/'--------""'-
___
OUT~
/
",--,- - - - -FIGURE
- - -3 '
NOTES:
1. All resistor values are in ohms.
2. All capacitance values are In picofarads and Include Jig and
probe capacitance. Capacitance as measured on Boonton
Electronic Corporation Model 75A-S8 Capacitance Bridge or
equivalent. f .. 1 MHz, V AC = mV rms.
3. All diodes are 1N916.
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
SHIFT-RIGHT/SHIFT-LEFT/PARALLEL ENTRY SHIFT REGISTER
DATA
TO RIGHT
DATA
TO LEFT
CLCICK
0------------1
X o----4I""""+-t
yo------I
DATA
FROM RIGHT
DATA
FROM LE.FT
~,--------------~v~-------------~;
PARALLEL DATA IN
~
o
o
::!..
Function
0
Hold
Shift Left
Parallel Load
Shift Right
1
o
1
Package Count: 1-8270
1·8233
Yo-8H90
Yo -8H80
3·77
!ijgDlItiC!i
10-BIT SERIAL-IN, PARALLEL-OUT
SHIFT REGISTER
8273
B,F,W PACKAGES
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI
DESCRIPTION
TRUTH TABLE
The 8273, 10-Bit Shift Register is an array of binary elements interconnected to perform the serial-in, parallel-out
shift function. This device utilizes a common buffered reset
and operates from either a positive or negative edge clock
pulse. Clock 1 is triggered by a negative going clock pulse
and Clock 2 is triggered by a positive going clock pulse. The
unused clock input performs the inhibit function. The circuit configuration is arranged as a single serial input register
with ten true parallel outputs.
INPUT
RESET
CLOCK 1
CLOCK 2
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
Pulse
Pulse
1
1
Pulse
Pulse
0
0
0
0
Pulse
Pulse
1
1
Pulse
Pulse
1
1
1
1
1
1
an + 1
1
0
1
0
a
Q
Q
Q
NOTE: The unused clock input performs the INHIBIT function.
RESET
=0 ~
Q
=0
LOGIC DIAGRAM
a,
(11)
0,
Cl.4
OJ
(12)
(13)
(14)
ot;
(15)
0,
06
(1)
(2)
Og
(4)
08
(3)
°10
(5)
Denotes Pin Numbers
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over Recommended Operating Temperature And Voltage)
TEST CONDITIONS
LIMITS
CHARACTERISTICS
OUTPUTS
MIN •
•~ 1" Output Voltage
2.6
"0" Output Voltage
TYP.
MAX.
3.4
0.2
0.4
UNITS "D"INPUT CLOCK 1
CLOCK 2
V
2.0V
Pulse
0.8V
-5001LA
6
V
0.8V
Pulse
0.8V
9.6mA
7
O.4V
"0" I nput Current
"D" Input
-0.1
-1.6
mA
Clock 1
-0.1
-1.6
mA
Clock 2
-0.1
-1.6
rnA
Reset
-0.1
-1.6
rnA
O.4V
O.4V
O.4V
"1" Input Current
"D" Input
40
ILA
Clock 1
40
ILA
Clock 2
40
ILA
40
ILA
V
Reset
Input Voltage Rating (All Inputs)
3·78
5.5
NOTES
RESET
4.5V
4.5V
4.5V
10rnA
10rnA
10rnA
4.5V
10rnA
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8273
TA
= 25°e and Vee = 5.0V
LIMITS
TEST CONDITIONS
OUTPUTS
CHARACTERISTICS
MIN.
Max. Data Transfer Rate
TYP.
25
MAX.
32
40
ns
Clock 2 to Output
28
40
ns
Reset to Output
35
50
ns
25
40
ns
19
40
ns
Clock 1
16
12
25
20
ns
Clock 2
15
ns
10
ns
15
ns
10
540/
103
-70
ns
Clock 2 to Output
Clock Pulse Width
Set-Up Time (tset-up)
Clock 1
Clock 2
Hold Time (thold)
Clock 1
Clock 2
Power Consumption/Supply Current
Short Circuit Output Current
341/
65
-20
NOTES
RESET
MHz
35
Turn-On Delay ton
Clock 1 to Output
Turn-Off Delay toff
Clock 1 to Output
CLOCK 2
UNITS "0" INPUT CLOCK 1
O.OV
4.5V
10
4.5V
10
10
4.5V
O.OV
10
10
O.OV
10
10
4.5V
ns
4.5V
10
O.OV
10
4.5V
10
O.OV
10
4.5V
mW
8
8,9
mA
Input Voltage Rating
(All Inputs)
5.5
V
NOTES:
1.
All voltage and capacitance measurements are referenced to
the ground terminal. Terminals not specifically referenced are
left electrically open.
2.
All meallurements are taken with ground pin tied to zero
volts.
3.
Positive current flow Is defined as Into the terminal referenced.
4.
Positive logic definition: "UP" Level = .. 1"... ·OOWN" Level
~ "0".
5.
Precautionary measures should be taken to ensure current
10mA
10mA
10mA
10mA
7.
limiting In accordance with Absolute Maximum Rating.
should the Isolation diodes become forward biased.
Output source current is supplied through a resistor to
ground.
Output sink current is supplied through a resistor to V CC:
8.
VCC
9.
Not more than one output should be shorted at one time.
6.
10.
= 5.25V.
See AC Test Figure.
Ae TEST FIGURE:AND WAVEFORMS
I
160n
IN 916
C100kl
--In
-lr
1-J
L...Jr -L-1
I
I
I
I
Clook2~
I
5K
.....,
r--Iootup
I
fT1. 50%: I lL .J:~
"O"'NPUT
~
NOTES:
1. Unused clock 2 input must be grounded.
2. Input pulse characteristics
OoUI
...... ""'.d
I
r1----1
~'on
--0
'ofli
60
%
I
I
CL.OCK
Amplitude - 3.0V
tr = 1t ... 5nl.
3·79
!imnotiC!i
10-81T PARALLEL-IN, SERIAL-OUT
SHIFT REGISTER
8274
B,F,W PACKAGES
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI
DESCR IPTION
The 8274 1O-Bit Shift Register is an array of binary elements
interconnected to perform the parallel-in, serial-out shift
function. The circuit has ten parallel inputs and a single true
serial output. The D1 input can also be used for serial entry.
Two control inputs, So and S1, determine the operating
mode of the shift register as shown in the Truth Table. A
single buffered clock line connects all ten flip-flops which
are activated on the high-to-Iow transition of the clock
pulse. Guaranteed input clock frequency is 25MHz. With the
exception of the Hold Mode, the control inputs may be
changed when the clock is in either the high or low state
without causing false triggering. The Hold Mode can be
entered only when the clock is low. Applications for the
8274 Shift Register include Parallel-to-Serial conversion,
Modem Data Transmission, Pseudo-Random Code generation and Modulo-N Frequency Division.
TRUTH TABLE
OPERATING MODE
So
S1
0
0
Hold
0
1
Clear
1
0
Load
1
1
Shift
LOGIC DIAGRAM
6~~~~N~~R~Al
01
02
010
-------.-~.------ PARALLEL DATA INPUTS -----------<.~
Refer to Page3-11 for Pin Configuration
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over Recommended Operating Temperature And Voltage)
LIMITS
TEST CONDITIONS
CHARACTERISTICS
NOTES
MIN.
"1" Output Voltage
2.6
"0" Output Voltage
TYP.
UNITS
Dn
So
S1
CLOCK
OUTPUTS.
V
2.0V
2.0V
2.0V
Pulse
-SOO/-LA
6
004
V
O.SV
2.0V
2.0V
Pulse
16rnA
7
Oo4V
Oo4V
Oo4V
MAX.
304
0.2
"0" Input Current
On
-0.2
-1.2
rnA
8 0 and 8 1
-0.2
-1.2
rnA
Clock
10.2
-'.6
rnA
On
40
/-LA
8 0 and 8 1
40
/-LA
Clock
40
/-LA
Oo4V
"'" Input Current
3-80
4.5V
4.5V
4.5V
4.5V
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8274
TA
= 25° C and V CC = 5.0V
LIMITS
TEST CONDITIONS
CHARACTERISTICS
NOTES
MIN.
Data Transfer Rate
26MHz
TYP.
MAX.
30
UNITS
Dn
So
CLOCK
S1
OUTPUT
MHz
10
10
Turn-On Delay (Clock to Output)
27
40
ns
Turn-Off Delay (Clock to Output)
21
40
ns
10
Clock Pulse Width
16
20
ns
10
10
Set-Up Time (tsetup)
Dn
16
10
ns
50,5 1
16
26
ns
2
16
ns
Hold Time (thold)
Dn
5 0 ,5 1
16
380/72
Power Consumption/Supply Current
Short Circuit Output Current
-20
Input Voltage Rating
5.5
26
ns
567/108
mW
4.5V
4.5V
4.5V
OV
-70
mA
2.0V
2.0V
2.0V
Pulse
V
10mA
NOTES:
1.
All voltllge and capacitance measurements are referenced to
the ground terminal. Terminals not specifically referenced
are left electrically open.
2.
All measurements are taken with ground pin tied to zero
volts.
3.
Positive current flow isdefined as into tl1e terminal referenced.
4.
Positive logic definition:
"UP" Level = "1 ", "DOWN" Level = "0".
5.
Precautionary measures should be taken to ensure current
6.
7.
S.
9.
10.
8
8,9
O.OV
limiting in accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings
should the isolation diodes become forward biased.
Output source current Is supplied through a resistor to
ground.
Output sink current Is supplied through a resistor to V CC.
VCC = 5.25V.
Not more than one output should be shorted at one time.
See AC Test Figure.
.AC TEST FIGURE AND WAVEFORMS
2.6V
CLOCK
64.5f).
~
-l
1
PW
a
I--
1
I
I
I
So
So
1
1
I
51
5,
lBpF
~:
--I
I--
\
'se.uP
_I
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
- I 'on
1
00%
--=t
I
1
-I
ill
1
1
r--
I--
'se,up-I
1
I
~'hold
1
1
1
t
1
1
1
1
Clock Pulse Characteristics
Pulse Amplitude = 3.0V
t , t f .;;; 10ns
r
PW .;;; 50ns
1
1
1
0 10
1
'off
r--
J
1
-l
I--'hold
L
3-81
!ii!lDotiC!i
8275
QUAD BISTABLE LATCH
8,F,W PACKAGE
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTl/MSI
DESCRIPTION
pair of latches. Initially, data is transferred on the rising
edge of the enable pulse. While the enable is high, output
Q follows the data input. When the enable falls, the input
data present at fall time is retained at the Q output. Both
Q and 0 are accessible.
The 8275 is a QUAD LATCH circuit designed to provide
temporary storage of four bits of information. A common
application is as a holding register between a counter and a
display driver (such as the 8280 and 8T01.) Separate enable
lines to latches 1-2 and 3-4 allow individual control of each
LOGIC DIAGRAM AND TRUTH TABLE
(Each Latch)
o~.
ENABLE
ENABLE
DATA
Q
Q
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
*
*
*
*
1
1
0
0
OTH:
LATCH
DATA
Refer to Page 3-11 for Pin Configuration
1
°No Change.
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over Recommended Operating Temperature And Voltage)
LIMITS
TEST CONDITIONS
NOTES
CHARACTERISTICS
"1"
"0"
"0"
"0"
"1"
"1"
TA
Output Voltage (0, <:I)
Output Voltage (0, 0)
Input Current (Data)
Input Current (Enable)
Input Current (Data)
Input Current (Enable)
MIN.
TVP.
2.6
3.5
-0.1
-0.1
MAX.
UNITS
0.4
-3.2
-6.4
80
160
V
V
mA
mA
JJA
JJA
DATA
INPUT
ENABLE
INPUT
OUTPUTS
-800JJA
16mA
O.4V
5.25V
4.5V
O.OV
5.25V
O.4V
O;OV
4.5V
= 25° C and V CC = 5.0V
TEST CONDITIONS
LIMITS
CHARACTERISTICS
NOTES
MIN.
UNITS
DATA
INPUT
ENABLE
INPUT
OUTPUTS
TVP.
MAX.
tsetup (1) at D input
12
20
ns
8,12
tsetup (0) at D input
14
20
ns
8,12
thold (1) at D input
0
15
ns
8, 13
thold (0) at D input
0
6
ns
8,13
tpd (1) DtoO
16
30
ns
8
tpd (0) D to 0
14
25
ns
8
tpd (1) D to
Q
24
40
ns
8
tpd (0) D to
0:
7
15
ns
8
tpd (1) E to 0 -
16
30
ns
8
tpcl (0) E to 0
12
20
ns
8
0:
16
30
ns,
tpcl (1) E to
tpcl (0) E to Q
Power Consumption/Supply Current
Input Voltage Rating (Data)
Input Voltage Rating (Enable)
Output Short Circuit Current
3-82
6,11
7, 11
12
205/39
5.5
5.5
-20
20
265/50
-70
ns
mW/mA
V
V
mA
8
8
11
10mA
O.OV
O.OV
O.OV
10mA
O.OV
9
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8275
NOTES:
1.
All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground termInal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically
open.
2.
All measurements are taken with ground pin tied to zero
volts.
3.
Positive current flow Isdeflned as into the terminal referenced.
4.
Posi~lve NAND Logic Definition:
"UP" Level - "1", "DOWN" Level = "0".
5.
Precautionary measures should be taken to ensure current
limiting In accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings
should the isolation diodes become forward biased.
6.
Output source current Is supplied through a resistor to
ground.
7.
8.
Output sink current is supplied through a resistor to V cc.
Refer to AC Test Figure.
9.
Not more than one output should be shorted at a time.
10.
Inputs for output voltage test is per TRUTH TABLE with
threshold levels of 0.8V for logical "0" and 2.0V for logical
11.
V CC
12.
13.
tsetup is defined as the time prior to the fall of the clock.
t hold is defined as the time after the fall of the clock.
"1".
= 5.25
volts.
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
~-~------------'----'--+--~r---------'-----'----~-+---'---~-'---------~--+-_oVcc
a 0---"-+-"""""
·t·
t
L-------------~------------+-~--~--------++----~~-------------~----_oGND
ENABLEOr-----------------~--------------~---------------------~1
~-------------------------------------_oD
TO OTHER LATCH
AC TEST FIGURE
Vee
IN 916
S4.6n
IN 916
Bun
'SEE NOTE 1
3·83
DIGITAL 8000 SERI ES TTL/MSI • 8275
AC TEST WAVEFORMS
i
-'1>1
o
~
90%
INPU~O% I ~tsETUP 1-------1
I
I
I I
--.t114-
---I---t...J 110%
ENABLE
INPUT
(SEE NOTE 6)
~1(D.Q)
:
:
I
:':OUTPUT O !
I
OUTPUTa
: 1.6V I I 10%
1.6V
I
I
I:
10%
tp2
I
.... tpd1(E.Q}
:
:.
I:
1
~O(D.Q)--, "
j
~.6V
i,
1.6V
I
I tP2.=:l
14-
I4-~O(D.Q)-1
::
~1
:
:
r
E.Q
I
_~1(E.0'-i--------_.J
1
I
:---~1(D.Q17.6V
VOUT
(1)
VOUT(O)
V
, , - - - OUTlOt
.
LVOUT(OI
:--~O(E.O)
NOTES:
1.
The pulse generators'have the following characteristics: V gen = 3V, t1
1~s and PRR = 500kHz. For pulse generator B, tp2 = 600ns and Prr
varied with respect to each other to verify setup and hold times.
2.
Each latch is tested saparately.
3.
C L includes probe and Jig capacitance.
4.
~O(
~6V
:
:
--I
~-----VGEN
II
-'ttl
I .'---------'.
I ~~==--------tsETUPO,---.+--O+-
:--t
! -v.
f1.fN
_I
:r-to
~i--+----
1.6V
I
10%
'l>1---~
'I"
:~t1
1190%
= to';; 1 Ons, and Zout ""50n. For pulse generator A, tp1 =
= 1MHz. Positions of O-input and enable input pulses are
When mealurlng tpd1 ([).Q), tpdO (O-Q), tpci0 (0-0), endtpd'1'(O.0), enable Input mUlt be held et loglcel 1.
TYPICAL APPLICATION
OUTPUT STROBING OF RIPPLE COUNTER TO ACHIEVE SYNCHRONOUS OUTPUT CHANGES
CLOCK
I
DATA STROBE
I
"
I
ONESHOT
8T22
(t-1OOn.)
,I
I
a
1
I
Os
C1'fll
DA
~
~
RIPPLE AoUT
COUNTER
8280
DB
BOUT
8281
8288
8290
DC
8291
COUT
8292
82113
DO
DOUT
AD
1
3·84
EN1
01
02
03
I
EN2
DO
OUAD
LATCH
8276
00
DA
01
DB
O2
DC
03
DO
8260/61
8230/31/32
8-BIT SHIFT REGISTER
Gi!lDotiCG
PRODUCT AVAILABLE IN O°C TO 75°C TEMP RANGE ONLY.
8276
A,F PACKAGES
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI
DESCRIPTIION
The 8276 is a serial-in, serial-out 8-Bit Shift Register
wmposed of eight R-S master slave flip-flops. This shift
register has input gating and an internal clock driver. In
addition, a data transfer inhibit input is provided.
Data Input and Data Enable are gated through inputs A and
B. An internal inverter provides the complimentary inputs
to the first bit of the shift register. All inputs are fully
buffered. Complementary Q and Q outputs are provided.
The internal clock driver/inverter causes the 8276 to shift
data to the output on the positive edge of the input clock
pulse, making the shift register compatible with the 8825
J-K Binary and the 8828 Dual D type Binary. The register
is inhibited from shifting data when the Transfer Inhibit
line is high. The inhibit function is achieved by preventing
data transfer from master to slave sections of the register
elements when the inhibit line is used.
LOGIC DIAGRAMS AND TRUTH TABLES
BIT NUMBER ONE
r - - - - - - - - - - - - ----,
I
I
I
I
BIT NUMBER TWO
r-------------,
I
I
I
~ ~----------,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
:
I
I
I
L _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ..J
I
I
I
I
L _____________ -'
I
I I
I
I
I I
I
L _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ -' L ___________ ....!
MASTER FLIP-FLOP NO.1
SLAVE FLIP-FLOP NO.1
I
I
I
TRANSFER
INHIBIT
IX ( (9)
CLOCK
CPc
(5)
I
I
Vce:
(14)
(7)
GND
(
)
MASTER FLIP-FLOP NO.2
SLAVE FLIP-FLOP NO.2
Denotes Pin Numbers
DATA
ENABLE"
(810-
Q 1111
(610-
Q 1101
( ) Denotes Pin Numbers
'NOTE: These functions are interchangeable.
tn
A
(Data Enable)
B
(Data Input)
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
t n +8
Q
0
0
0
1
• 'NOTE: Transfer Inhibit prevents transfer of
data from master to slave.
NOTES:
tn
t n +8
= Bit time before clock pulse.
= Bit time after 8 clock pulses.
3-85
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8276
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over Recommended Operating Temperature And Voltage)
LIMITS
TEST CONDITIONS
CHARACTERISTICS
MIN.
TYP.
MAX.
UNITS
DATA
INPUTS
CLOCK
TRANS.
INHIBIT
NOTES
OUTPUTS
"1" Output Voltage Q
2.6
V
2.0V
0.8V
-800",A
6, 10
"1" Output Voltage Q
2.6
V
0.8V
0.8V
-BOO",A
6,10
"0" Output Voltage Q
0.4
V
0.8V
O.BV
16mA
7,10
"0" Output Voltage Q
0.4
V
2.0V
O.BV
16mA
7,10
0.4V
"0" Input Current
Data Input
-0.1
-1.6
mA
CI.ock Input
-0.1
-1.6
mA
Inhibit Input
-0.1
-1.6
mA
O.4V
O.4V
"1" Input Current
Data Inputs
40
",A
Clock Input
40
",A
Inhibit Input
40
j.l.A
Input Voltage Rating
TA
5.5
4.5V
4.5V
4.5V
V
10mA
10mA
10mA
= 25° C and V CC = 5.0V
TEST CONDITIONS
LIMITS
CHARACTERISTICS
MIN.
Power/Current Consumption
Transfer Rate
15
TYP.
MAX.
205/39
340/65
UNITS
DATA
INPUTS
CLOCK
TRANS.
INHIBIT
NOTES
OUTPUTS
11
mW/mA
MHz
20
Turn-on Delay
(Clock to Output)
22
33
ns
8
22
33
ns
8
Turn-off Delay
(Clock to Output)
Clock Pulse Width
25
ns
25
ns
8
25
ns
8
Set Up Time (Logical)
"0" at A or B Input
Set Up Time (Logical)
"1" at A or B Input
Output Short Circuit Current
-18
-55
NOTES:
1.
All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground termi·
nal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically
open.
2.
All measurements are taken with ground pin tied to zero
volts.
3.
Positive current flow is defined as into the terminal referenced.
4.
Positive logic definition:
"UP" Level = "1", "DOWN" Level = "0".
5.
Precautionary measures should be taken to ensure current
limiting in accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings
3-86
mA
OV
6.
7.
8.
9.
9.11
should the isolation diodes become forward biased.
Output source current is supplied through e resistor to
ground.
Output sink current is supplied through a resistor to V CC.
Refer to AC Test Figure.
Not more than one output should be shorted at one time.
10.
Clock Input Is driven by a 1kHz square wave for at least
8 cycles prior to measurements.
11.
VCC
= 5.25V.
DIGITAL 8000 SERI ES TTL/MSI • 8276
AC TEST FIGURE AND WAVEFORMS
Vee -6.0V
Vee
OUTPUT
1N918
ep
84.50
A 0--
BO--
+2.8V
&kG
CPo-DATA
'Xl
1N918
84.50
+2.8V
90%
&kG
50%
10%
toFF
60%
toN
Q
a
NOTES:
1. Unused Input connected to 2.6V
2. Input pulse characteristics:
3. Setup time - 25ns
Hold time - Ons
CLOCK:
Amplitude = 3.0V
tr - t1' - 5ns max
PRR - 15 MHz, Pulse width - 26n8 at 60% points
INPUT:
Amplitude - 3.0V
tr - tf - 6ns max
PRR - 7.6 MHz
Pulse width - 26ns at 60% points
TYPICAL INPUT/OUTPUT WAVEFORMS
rur:: JUlf[:: TI.f1.fUUl::: I1J1l1.flIl
1
ft1-~f PULSE
INPUT A
OUTPUTQ
2 thru 7
8
9 thru 16 18 17 18 19 thru 23 24 26 28 27
L .... __ .... ~._ .. _____
_.51....
.... ~
____ ••
NOTE: Input B Is connected to 2.6V. Transfer Inhibit Connected to OV
3-87
8277
DUAL 8·BIT SHIFT REGISTER
Si!lDotiCS
D
PRODUCT AVAILABLE IN ODC TO +75 C TEMP RANGE ONLY.
B,F PACKAGES
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI
DESCRIPTION
TRUTH TABLE
The 8277 is a dual 8-Bit Shift Register which provides the
designer with sixteen (16) bits of serial storage operating at
a typical shift rate of 20MHz. Features of the 8277 are:
1. TRUE and COMPLEMENT outputs are provided on each
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
register's eighth bit.
Positive edge triggering on clock input.
SEPARATE CLOCK lines (pins 7 and 10) for each 8-bit
register are provided as well as a COMMON CLOCK line
(pin 9) for all sixteen storage bits.
Common RESET (pin 1).
AND-OR gating to the input of each 8-bit register is
provided to accomplish the mUltiplex function.
Direct replacement for 9328.
Function
DS
DO
D1
Reset
0
0
x
1
Shift in "0"
0
1
x
1
Shift in "1"
1
x
0
1
Shift in "0"
1
x
1
1
Shift in "1"
x
x
x
0
Reset "Q" to "0"
LOGIC DIAGRAM
0,
(5)
DS
(4)
DOC>-;:::----"'---LJ
RESET
(14)
CLOCK
Vee
GND
()
(16) SEPARATE '----------lr-.>-_----4I---__+-_ __+_-_----+_ _~I___ _......_ _ _+__ ___J
(8)
(10J
Denotes Pin Numbers
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over Recommended Operating Temperature And Voltage)
TEST CONDITIONS
liMITS
CHARACTERISTICS
NOTES
MIN.
TYP.
MAX.
UNITS
DATA
0 1,00
DATA
SELECT
ClK
COMMON
ClK
SEP
RESET
OUTPUTS
"1" Output Voltage (Q)
2.6
3.5
V
2.0V
2.0V
Pulse
O.SV
-SOOJ.lA
6
"1" Output Voltage (Q)
2.6
3.5
V
0.8 V
2.0V
O.SV
Pulse
-SOOJ.lA
6
2.0V
"0" Output Voltage (Q)
0.4
V
O.SV
O.SV
Pulse
O.SV
16mA
7
"0" Output Voltage (Q)
0.4
V
2.0V
O.SV
Pulse
O.SV
16mA
7
-1.6
-3.2
-1.6
·-3.2
mA
mA
OAV
mA
40
SO
SO
J.lA
IlA
J.lA
540/
103
mW/mA
"0" I nput Current
Data, Reset
Data Select
Clock Separate
Clock Common
-0.1
-0.1
-0.1
-0.1
"1" I nput Current
Data, Reset, Clock Separate
Data Select
Clock Common
Power/Current Consumption
OAV
OAV
OAV
0.4V
4.5V
4.5V
4.5V
4.5V
4.5V
S
Input Voltage Rating
All Inputs
3-88
5.5
V
10mA
10mA
10mA
10mA
10mA
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8277
T A = 25° C and V CC = 5.0V
TEST CONDITIONS
LIMITS
CHARACTERISTICS
NOTES
MIN.
Turn-on Delay
Clock To Output
Reset To Output
Turn-off Delay
Clock To Output
Reset To Output
Clock Puhle Width
Shift Rate
Data Set-up Time
Data Hold Time
15
15
TYP. MAX.
UNITS
DATA
0 1,00
DATA
SELECT
CLK
COMMON
CLK
SEP
RESET
OUTPUTS
25
25
40
40
ns
ns
10
10
25
25
40
40
ns
ns
ns
MHz
ns
ns
10
10
10
10
10
10
20
20
30
5
NOTES:
1. All voltage measurments are referenced to the ground terminal.
Termir:lals not specifically referenced are left electrically open.
2. All measurements are taken with ground pin tied to zero volts.
3. Positive current flow is defined as into the terminal referenced.
4. Positive Logic Definitions:
.
"UP" Level = "1", "DOWN" Level = "0".
5. Precautionary measures should be taken to ensure current limiting in accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings should the
isolation diodes become forward biased.
6. Output source current Is supplied through a resistor to ground.
7. Output sink current is supplied through a resistor to VCC'
8. VCC" 5.25V
9.. Clock input is driven by a 1 kHz square wave for at least 8 cycles
prior to measurement.
10. Refer to AC Test Figure.
AC TEST FIGURE AND WAVEFORMS
CLOCK PULSE:
P.A. = 3.0V
P.R.R. = 15 MHz
P.W. = 15 ns
Tr = T f = 5ns
t-....,..;--tI
a..
I::>
-66"C
II
/;W
I!J
o
10
15
20
25
0.4V
30
O.SV
VCE(VOLTS)
Isource (rnA)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
.--------------:--r--oOUTPUT
Vee~--~--+_-T_-.-----.----.-------
4.8K
eLOCK~-----~I_+-~---+-~-~
Vee ~---.--.---,
DATA
,~
3·92
G
+25 C
/) ..--
>
,S...
G
___+---o INPUT
1.0V
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8280/81
AC TEST FIGURESAND WAVEFORMS
NOTE: Input pulse notations apply unless otherwise specified.
TOGGLE RATE
8280
OUTPUTS
------------
VCC
ABC D
tB
IA
INPUT
~_r-
11nJlJU1.fUuu-um
n:3
IN 916
BOUTI------'-+~ -)-~~ --~24PF
...
COUTI---4~'"
5K
--
LOAO
CIRCUITS
84.5.11
A OUTPUT
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
..JULSL..rLJL
BOUTPUT~
2.6V
L-
COUTPUT _ _ _---J
-=
IL
'DOUTPUT _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _......
°OUTI----~·
8281
GND
:: ~.
'" """''''''''
lliUUUUUU1J1fU1
CIRCUIT UNDER TEST
..
INPUT
A OUTPUT
BOUTPUT
INPUT PULSE:
Amplitude = 2.6V
tA m 25n5, tB = 25n5,
tr = t = 5ns max.
f
J-uu1.nIlJlJlJl
JL.JULJL
COUTPUT~
L
DOUTPUT _ _ _ _~
CLOCK MODE ton/toff DELAY
VCC
~
NPUT
1.5V
I
I
I
RD
--.: loff
DSTROBE
IN 916
BOUT
51U
DA
- - - TO OUTPUTS
COUT
DB
DOUT
DC
... 1.5V
OUTPUT:
AbuT
Cpl
}
84.511
~.' 2.6V
ySK
OUTPU~l
:
1.5V
~
ton
DD
TO
VCCL-----......I
1.
2.
ton and toff are measured from the
cLock iI,put of each binary to the Q
output of that binary.
Each Q output will be loaded with a
load circuit as shown.
INPUT PULSE:
Amplitude = 2.6V
P.W. = 30n8
\ = t f = 5ns.
3·93
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8280/8281
AC TEST FIGURES AND WAVEFORMS (Cont'd)
DATA/STROBE ton/toff
Vee
• IN916
•
B4.sn
- - - TO OUTPUTS ~ 2.BV
e OUT
y5K
}
DB
DOUT
DC
Do
51n
NOTES:
1. All resistor values are in ohms.
2. All capacitance values are in picofarads and include jig and probe capacitance.
Strobe, P.A.
P.W.
PRR
t
r
Data, P.A.
P.W.
PRR
t
r
=
=
2.6V
300n5
1 MHz
t = 5ns
-l6V
=
500ns
500 KHz
t = 5n5.
f
MINIMUM STROBE PULSE WIDTH
)--
v·
B4 5n
OUTPUTS
TO
24pF
5K
·
DA,B,e,D
2.6V
OUTPUTS
A,B,e,D
3
i I
I
I I
+,-----
1
'-1-1
1.SV
I
I
1
1.5V
I
INPUT PULSE:
Amplitude = 2,6V
tr = t f = 5ns.
MINIMUM RESET PULSE WIDTH
Vee
--I
I
I
RESET~
PW~
1
r-:-::-I
1.5V-U- 1.6V
AoUT
BOUT
eO UT
DOUT
I
TO
---OUTfUTS
•
B4.5n
~2.6V
OUTPUTS
A.B,e'D~
24pF y 5 K
INPUT PULSE:
Amplitude = 2.6V
tr = tf = 5ns max.
Note: Outputs must be previously brought
high by placing a "0" on the D strobe input,
A pulse generator may be SUbstituted for the
switch.
3·94
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8280/81
AC TEST FIGURES AND WAVEFORMS (Cont'd)
STROBE/RESET RELEASE TIME
VCC
IN 916
84.511
1-----......-_--tICl--Joyy.,..-o2.6V
5K
STROBE/RESET
~.5V
I
I
I
CLOCK
I
I
I
~.5V
1 ......- - - -
I RELEASE 1
-:
TIME
:--
r-
_"o_ _ _ _ _ _
NOTES:
1. All resistor values are in ohms.
2. All capacitance values are in picofarads and include jig and probe
capacitance.
Clock, Strobe/Reset:
Ampl = 2.6V
tr '" tf = 5 ns max.
PRR =.1 MHz 50% Duty Cycle.
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
VARIABLE MODULUS COUNTER
TIMING DIAGRAM
~~
~s-LJL
~
D,
A,
~~~
I
1/
L-S
~
L-
____________________r--U-3·95
smBlllies
BINARY HEXADECIMAL AND BCD DECADE,
SYNCHRONOUS UP/DOWN COUNTERS
A,F ,W PACKAGES
8284
8285
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI
DESCRIPTION
The Up/Down Counter is a monolithic MSI circuit containing gates and binaries interconnected to provide a bidirectional divide-by-ten (decade) or divide-by-sixteen (hexadecimal) result as a function of the clock input.
Entry and propagation of data is performed in a synchronous manner with the clock line, which is active on its
negative going excursion. The input from a previous stage
or other source is channeled through "Carry In" and its
propagation can be inhibited by the "Count Enable" line.
"Carry In" and "Count Enable'" input duality gives' added
flexibility in multiple package cascading applications.
The output code of the decade up/down counter is the
commonly used BCD (8421) code, and the output sequence
generated is the binary equivalent of the decimal numbers
through 9.
o
The hexadecimal up/down counter provides the output
sequence 0 through 15 which is presented in a weighted
binary code (8421).
Direction of the counter is steered from a single line
(Up/Down), where a "0" level will cause a "down" count
and a "1" level will accomplish an "up" count.
Set and Reset on the binary elements provide asynchronous
entry with respect to the clock line, causing a count of
"0" or "15" (8284) or of "0" or "9" (8285), and also
inhibit propagation of count enable data.
In addition to all 0 outputs of the four binaries the
output of the most significant binary (04) and the Carry
Out term are available.
a
LOGIC DIAGRAM
CARRY IN
(21
RESET
(3)
SET
('21
1
COUNT
ENABLE
CLOCK
UP/DOWN
... ~ r--(')
::: ~~
S~d
a
Q
T
(81
~~
T
J
~~~
-
'::
a
T
T
-
'
a
Q
LV~; ~"~
°4
('"
Vee
GND
v
(61
(31
CARRY
OUT
,..--
(
)
-
=
(14)
(7)
Denotes Pin Numbers for 14 Pin Dual-In-Line Package
CARRYIN~(~21~----------------~------------------------------------------------~
SET 1121
RESET~'~31Prf===~==~=l==~========~3:==~::======~=E====:;========i=1____~
COUNT <>--_ _ __
ENABLE
Vee
GND
(
3·96
)
(11
(14)
(7)
= Denote$ Pin Numbers for 14 Pin Dual-In-Line Package
CARRY
(31 OUT
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8284/85
!ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over Recommended Operating Temperature And Voltage)
"rEST CONDITIONS
LIMITS
CHARACTERISTICS
NOTES
MIN.
TYP.
MAX •. IUNITS
SET
RESET
UP/DOWN
2.0V
COUNT
ENABLE
CLOCK CARRY OUTPUTS
IN
"1" Output Voltage
°
° ,°
1 , 04' Carry Out
2 3 , (8284)
02' 03 (8285)
0.4
"0" Output Voltage
2.6
V
0.8V
2.0V
2.6
2.6
V
V
Pulse
2.0V
0.8V
0.4
V
V
2.0V
0.8V
0.8V
2.0V
120
200
40
40
40
.uA
,uA
.uA
,uA
,uA
Pulse
4.5V
Pulse
Pulse
4.5V
rnA
rnA
rnA
rnA
rnA
rnA
Pulse
OAV
° ,° ,° ,°
1 2 3
Carry Out
4 and
004
°
4
"'" Input Current
Carry In
Set
Reset
Count Enable
Clock and Up/Down
"0" Input Current
Carry In
Set
Reset
Count Enable
Clock
Up/Down
Input Voltage Rating
Carry In
Reset
Set
Count Enable
Up/Down
Output Short Circuit
Current
T A = 25° C and VCC
-3.2
-0.1
-0.1
-0.1
-0.1
-0.1
-0.1
-604
-1.6
-1.6
-1.6
-1.6
0.8V
-800,uA
5
-800,uA
-800,uA
5,9
5
9.6mA
9.6mA
6
6
4.5V
5.0V
4.5V
4.5V
OAV
OV
OAV
OAV
OAV
OAV
OV
10mA
OV
OV
OV
10mA
5.0V
10mA
OV
10mA
OV
OV
OV
10mA
OV
rnA
-70
-20
0.8V
4.5V
V
V
V
V
V
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
2.0V
8,10
= 5.0V
TEST CONDITIONS
LIMITS
NOTES
CHARA.CTERISTICS
MIN.
Power/Current Consumption
TYP. MAX. UNITS SET
. 315/
60
Propagation Delay
420/
80
mW/
rnA
RESET UP/DOWN
COUNT
CARRY OUTPUTS
ENABLE CLOCK
IN
10
ton Clock to 04 & 04
32
45
ns
7
1, 02' 03
toff Clock to On. an
28
40
ns
7
25
35
ns
7
ton Reset to On
24
35
ns
7
t off Set to On
ton REiset to On
15
25
ns
7
32
45
ns
7
ton Clock to
°
ton Carry I n to Carry Out
15
25
ns
7
toff CElrry In to Carry Out
Clock Min. "1" Interval
20
30
ns
7
20'
15
ns
7
Count Rate
20
30
MHz
Carry In, Count Enable,
&Up/Down Set-Up Time
15
25
ns
0
2
ns
20
25
ns
Carry I n, Count Enable
& Up/Down Hold Time
Set/Reset Pulse Width
3-97
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8284/85
NOTES:
1.
All voltage measurements ere referenced to the ground
terminal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left
electrically open.
2.
All measurements are taken with ground pin tied to zero volts.
3.
Positive current is defined as into the terminal referenced.
4.
Positive NAND Logic Definition:
"UP" Level = "1", "DOWN" Level = "0".
5.
Output source current is supplied through a resistor to
ground.
6.
Output sink current is supplied through a resistor to V cc.
7.
S.
9.
10.
Refer to AC Test Figure.
Not more than one output should be shorted at a time.
Connect 04 to count enable, set the counter (1001), and
count down. The counter will halt at BCD-7 (0111).
V ce = 5.26 volts. [
AC TEST FIGURES AND WAVEFORMS
MODE OF OPERATION
8284 Binary Synchronous Up/Down Counter
8285 BCD Synchronous Up/Down Counter
SET
RESET
CARRY IN
COUNT
ENABLE UP/DOWN
FUNCTION
A. Asynchronous
8284 Only
8285 Only
1
0
0
0
1
1
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
X
1
1
X
0
1
1
X
X
0
1
"0"
"15"
"9"
(0000)
(1111)
(1001)
B. Synchronous
Hold *
Hold *
"Down" Count *
"Up" Count *
*Function is synchronous with NEGATIVE going transition of the Clock pin.
X = don't care.
CARRY OUT
Carry Out8284 ;: Carry In (01 °2°3°4 UP + 01 0203~ DOWN
Carry Out8285
= Carry
In (01°4 UP + 01 0203~ DOWN
CLOCK MODE (ton AND toft)
Vcc -5.0V
Vcc
CARRY IN
Q,
COUNT ENABLE
RESET
Q2
SET
Q3
PULSE A
1600
2.6V
18pF
Q4
PULSE B
CLOCK
UP/DOi'iN
Reset Tied To Vec
5,' Position'
52' Position 1
PULSE A
Pulse Amplitude = 2.6V
Pulse Width(O) = 26n& at 1.5V
Frequency = 6 MHz
t r = t1 .. 5ns at 1 0%
to 90% Points
3·98
TYPICAL LOAD
EACH OUTPUT
04
....., 25n'i-PULSEA~
Set Tied To VCC
51' Position 2
52' Position 2
PULSE B
Pulse Amplitude = 2.6V
Pulse Width = 25n8 at 1.5V
Frequency = 5 MHz
t r = tf = 5ns at 10%
to 90% Points
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8284/85
AC TEST FIGURES AND WAVEFORMS (Cont'd)
SET/RESET MODE (ton and toff)
Vcc
CARRV IN
QI
COUNT ENABLE Q,
2.6V
Pulse A and B
Pulse amplitude = 2.6V
Pulse width (0) =25ns
Frequency = 5MHz
tr = tf =5ns at 10% to 90% points
CARRY IN/CARRY OUT (ton and toff)
VCC
COUNT ENABLE
CARRVIN~
CARRV OUT
CLOCK
SET
CARRV OUT
t-~p-"""'-Kt-l"Y60Y!\r-!-o2.8V
CARBV IN
CARRV OUT
18pF
'ON
'OFF
Carry in-pulse
Pulse amplitude = 2.6V
Pulse width (0) = 50ns
Frequency =10MHz
tr = tf =5ns at 10% to 90% points
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
SYNCHRONOUS EXPANSION UP/DOWN COUNTERS
OUTPUTS
~
Vcc
COUNT CONTROL
....
UP/DOWNCCINTROL O-.....------+---_4....------_t_---4~-----_t_---4~-----_+_---
CLOCKo--------~--------------~-------------~-------------~----....
3·99
Smnotics
DIVIDE ·BY· TWELVE
COUNTER/STORAGE ELEMENT
8288
A,F,W PACKAGES
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI
DESCRIPTION
TRUTH TABLE*
The 8288 Divide by Twelve Counter is a four-bit subsystem
consisting of divide by two and divide by six counters in a
14 pin package. For Divide-by-Twelve operation, output A
is connected externally to the clock 2 input.
OUTPUT
Count
0
1
2
The 8288 has strobed paralleled data entry capability so
that the counter may be preset to any desired output state.
A "1" or "0" at a data input will -be transferred to the
associated output when the strobe input is put at a "0"
level. For additional flexibility, the 8288 is provided with a
common reset. A "0" on the reset line produces "0" at all
four outputs.
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
The counting operation is performed on the falling (negative going) edge of the input clock pulse, however, there is
no restriction on transition time since the individual
binaries are level sensitive. The data strobe and reset functions are asynchronous with respect to the clock.
D
C
B
A
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
·Connected for Divide-by-Twelve
operation (output A connected to
CP2)
LOGIC DIAGRAM
(10)
DB
(II)
(3)
DC
DO
VCC
GND
(
3-100
)
=
(14)
(7)
A,F PACKAGES
'" Denotes Pin Numbers for
14 Pin Dual-in-Line Package
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8288
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over Recommended Operating Temperature and Voltage)
LIMITS
TEST CONDITIONS
CHARACTERISTICS
"1" Output Voltage
NOTES
MIN.
TYP.
2.6
3.5
MAX.
"0" Output Voltage
OAV
UNITS
DATA
DATA
RESET
CLOCK
CLOCK
1
OUTPUTS
STROBE
INPUTS
V
O.SV
2.OV
2.OV
Output A
-SOO#LA
6, 7
V
O.SV
0.8V
O.SV
Output A
16mA
6,S
O.4V
2
"0" I nput Current
Data Strebel
-0.1
-1.6
mA
Data Inputs
-0.1
-1.2
mA
Reset
-0.1
-3.2
mA
Cleek 1
Cleek 2
-0.1
-0.1
-3.2
-1.6
mA
5.25V
OAV
5.25V
OAV
OAV
mA
OAV
"1" Input Current
Data Strebe
40
J.lA
Data Input
40
J.lA
Reset
SO
J.lA
Cleek 1
SO
J.lA
Cleek 2
SO
J.lA
236/45
mW/mA
Pewer/Current Censumptien
1S4/35
4.5V
OV
4.5V
4.5V
4.5V
4.5V
OV
OV
OV
11
Input Veltage Rating
Data Strebe
5.5
V
Data Inputs
5.5
V
Reset
5.5
V
Output Shert' Circuit Current
-10
-60
mA
10mA
10mA
10mA
OV
OV
LIMITS
10,11
TEST CONDITIONS
CHARACTERISTICS
NOTES
MIN.
DATA
DATA
STROBE
INPUTS
CLOCK
CLOCK
1
2
TYP.
MAX.
UNITS
15
25
ns
9
15
25
ns
9
20
35
ns
9
25
40
ns
9
9
RESET
OUTPUTS
Cleek Mede ten Delay
Bit A, B, C, 0
Cleek Mede teff Delay
Bit A, B, C, 0
Data/Strebe ten Delay
Bit A, B, C, 0
Data/Strebe teff Delay
Bit A, B, C, 0
Teggle Rate
20
25
MHz
Strebe Held Time
25
35
ns
Reset Held Time
20
35
ns
Strebe Release Time
30
40
Reset Release Ti me
50
75
O.SV
2.OV
O.SV
2.OV
2.OV
Output A
2.OV
Output A
ns
3·101
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8288
NOTES:
1.
All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically
open.
2.
All measurements are taken with ground pin tied to zero
volts.
3.
Positive current flow is defined as into the terminal referenced.
4.
Positive NAND Logic definition:
"UP" Level = "1", "DOWN" Level = "0".
5.
Precautionary measures should be taken to ensure current
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
limiting In accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings
should the isolation diodes become forward biased.
Measurements apply to each output and the associated data
input independently.
Output source current is supplied through a resistor to ground.
Output sink current is supplied through a resistor to V cc.
Refer to AC Test Figures.
Not more than one output should be shorted at a time.
V CC = 5.25 volts.
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
8288 BASIC BINARY
, . - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - r - - - < > DUTPUT
DATA
INPUT
AC TEST FIGURES AND WAVEFORMS
NOTE: I nput pulse notations apply
unless otherwise specified.
3·102
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI. 8288
AC TEST FIGURES AND WAVEFORMS
(Cant'd)
TOGGLE RATE
::=-IIt=
INPUT
1 12
3
4
5
6
7 8
9 10 11 12
f1J1IlJ1J1J1.fL
A OUTPUT nnsLrL..rLfL
INPUT
')~~~~~D'~24PF
D,S
,5k
BOUT
Cp1
COUT I----~-+-...
84.611
2.6V
CIRCUITS
BOUTPUT~
COUTPUT~
DOU~UT
____________
L
~
DOUT 1-----.:-....
GND
CIRCUIT UNDER TeST
INPUT PULSE:
Amplitude = 3.4V
tA = 100ns
tr = 20ns
ts = 300ns
CLOCK MODE tonltoff DELAY
RD
Os
Cp1
AOUT
BoUT
S1fl
DA
COUT
DB
DOUT
DC
DO
TOV CC
1-- - .000"""
v,·ov
24 pF
M.'O
5k
~.""
~
I
-----~ toff
OUTPUT!
OUT~UTi
,
1.5V
----.1
1.
ton sind toff are measured from the
clock input of each binary to the Q
output of that binary.
2. Each Q output will be loaded with
the following load circuit:
ton
I
INPUT PULSE:
Amplitude = 2.6V
P.W. = 30n5
tr = t f = 5ns
3-103
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI. 8288
AC TEST FIGURES AND WAVEFORMS (Cont'd)
DATA/STROBE ton toff
=" 0 L-J
,6V
1.6V
~,"ug~D
,
:
jr--:----=---':
INVERT FOR \
'
l
---TDDUTPUTS
y
:
toif
L
t_:~--'B--'C~'D"";-\~.,,,_. t /_'5V-
iN 916 84.511
~.' 2.6V
24 PF
/
I
o
5K
OUTPUT
:
I
INPUT PULSE
AMPLITUDE=2.6V
t r =t =5ns
f
STROBE HOLD TIME
Vcc
A
J...'HOLO.j
I
STROBE
RD
DS
Cpl
DA
D.
~
AOUT
BOUT
CaUl
Dour
l
iN 916
84.511
- - -TDOUT'UTS ~2.6V
I-'HOLO-.j
I
~
~1.5V
I
v:-:-
~1,5V
OA,B,C,O-----~\...._ _ _ _ _ __
y5K
OUTPUTSJ
A,B,C,O
INPUT PULSE
AMPLITUDE=2.6V
\=tf =5ns
3·104
I
\'----
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI. 8288
AC TEST FIGURES AND WAVEFORMS (Cont'd)
MINIMUM RESET PULSE WIDTH
Vcc
------t pw ......I
I
I
r-:-=-I
RESET=i
1.5V.~'.6V
/\oUT
BoUT
COUT
DOUT
I
TO
---OUTPUTS
14.IW
~2.8V
OUTPUTS
24 y5K
A.B.C.D~
pf '
INPUT PULSE:
Amplitude = 2.6V
tr = t f = 5ns max.
Note: Outputs must be previously brought
high by placing a "0" on the D strobe input.
A pulse ganerator may be substituted for the
switch.
STROBE/RESET RELEASE TIME
Vee
STROBE/RESET
/.5V
:
I
I
IN 916 84.5\!
.......~---~-_-1K1-~2.6V
5K
CLOCK
I
I
I
I
-:
R~~~~SE
~.5V
I ~.--------I
:-
Clock, Strobe/Reset Amplitude = 2.6V
tr = tf·= 5ns max. PRR = 1MHz 50% Duty Cycle.
NOTES:
1.
All resistor values are in ohms.
2.
All capacitance values are in picofarads and include Jig and probe capacitance.
3-105
Smnotics
PRESETTABLE HIGH SPEED
DECADE/BINARY COUNTER
A,F ,W PACKAGES
829-0
8291
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI
DESCRIPTION
or "0" at a data input will be transferred to the associated.
output when the strobe input is put at the "0" level. For
additional flexibility, both units are provided with a reset
input which is common to all four bits. A "0" on the reset
lines produces "0" at all four outputs.
The 8290 Decade Counter and 8291 Binary Counter are high
speed devices providing a wide variety of counter/storage
register applications with a minimum number of packages.
The 8290 Decade Counter can be connected in the familiar
BCD counting mode, in a divide-by-two and divide-by-five
configuration or in the Bi-Quinary mode. The Bi-Quinary
mode produces a square wave output which is particularly
useful in frequency synthesizer applications.
The counting operation is performed on the falling (negative going) edge of the input clock pulse.
Triggering requirements are compatible with any of the 8000
Series elements.
The 8291 Binary Counter may be connected as a divide-bytwo, four, eight, or sixteen counter.
Both devices have strobed parallel-entry capability so that
the counter may be set to any desired output state. A "1"
lOGIC DIAGRAMS AND TRUTH TABLES
8290
Bi-Quinary (5-2)
Decade (BCD)
Input BO
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
0
1
0
Co
DO
AO
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
CLOCK 1
(8)
Input AO BO
Co
DO
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
A
2
CLOCK 2
3
(6)
4
5
6
7
8
9
(10)
(11)
(3)
DC
DS
DD
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
Vee - (14)
GND - (7)
( ) - Denotes Pin Numbers for
14 Pin Dual-in-Line Package
8291
Binary
Input AO BO
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
8
0
9
1
10
0
11
12
13
14
15
1
3·106
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
Co
DO
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Ao
Co
So
DO
(2)
(9)
(6)
(12)
Vee
GND
) =
(3)
(10)
Ds
DC
D (11)
lJ
~
~
(14)
(7)
Denotes PI,.. Numbers for
14 Pin Dual-in-Line Package
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI. 8290/91
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over Recommended Operating Temperature And Voltage)
TEST CONDITIONS
LIMITS
NOTES
CHARACTERISTICS
"1" Output Voltage
"0" Output Voltage
"0" Input Current
Data Strbe
Data Inputs
Reset
Clock 1
Clock 2 (8290)
Clock 2 (8291)
"1" Input Current
Data Strobe
Data Inputs
Reset
Clock 1
Clock 2 (8290)
Clock 2 (8291)
Output Short Circuit Current A
B,C,D
Input Voltage Rating
Data Strobe
Clock 1 & 2
Data Inputs
Reset
T A = 25° C and V CC
MIN.
TYP. MAX.
2.6
3.5
UNITS
0.4
V
V
-0.1
-0.1
-0.1
-0.1
-0.1
-0.1
-1.6
-1.2
-2.8
-4.8
-4.8
-2.4
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA
-20
-10
40
40
80
80
120
80
-70
-60
iJA
iJA
iJA
iJ A
iJA
iJA
mA
mA
V
V
V
V
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
DATA
DATA RESET
STROBE INPUTS
0.8V
0.8V
2.0V
O.8V
CLOCK
1
CLOCK
2
2.0V
0.8V
OUTPUTS
-200iJA
9.6mA
6, 7
6,8
5.25V
0.4
0.4
5.25V
5.25V
5.25V
5.25V
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
4.5V
O.OV
4.5V
4.5V
O.OV
O.OV
O.OV
O.OV
4.5V
4.5V
4.5V
O.OV
O.OV
O.OV
10,12
10,12
10mA
10mA
10mA
'IOmA
10mA
= 5.0V
LIMITS
TEST CONDITIONS
CHARACTERISTICS
NOTES
MIN.
Power Consumption/
Supply Current
Strobe Pulse Width
Reset P.ulse Width
Strobe/Reset Release Time
Clock Mode ton Delay
Bit A
Bits B, C, 0
Clock Modet off Delay
Bit A
Bits B, C, 0
Strobed Data t on Delay
(All Bits)
Strobed Data t off Delay
(All Bits)
TogglEI Rate
Clock Moc;le Switching Test
40
TYP.
DATA
DATA
STROSE INPUTS
CLOCK
1
CLOCK
2
OUTPUTS
MAX.
UNITS
190/
~6.5
15
25
20
255/
48.5
mW/
mA
ns
ns
ns
12
15
25
30
ns
ns
9
9
12
15
23
25
ns
ns
9
9
31
42
ns
9
33
60
42
ns
MHz
ns
9
9
9,11
75
NOTES:
1.
All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal. Ter.minals not specifically referenced are left electrically
open.
2.
All measurements are taken with ground pin tied to zero
volts.
3.
Positive current flow is defined as into the terminal referenced.
4.
Positive NAND Logic definition:
"UP" Level = "1", "DOWN" Level = "0".
5.
Precautionary measures should be taken to ensure current
limiting in accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings
should the Isolation diodes become forward biased.
RESET
O.OV
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
O.OV
O.OV
12
AOUT
AOUT
AOUT
9
9
9
Measurements apply to each output and the associated data
input In'dependently.
Output source current Is supplied through a resistor to
ground.
Output sink current is supplied through a resistor to Vee.
Refer to Ae Test Figures.
Not more than one output should be shorted at a time.
This test guarantees the device will reliably trigger on a pulse
with 75n5 fall-time.
Vee = 5.25V.
3-107
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8290/91
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
Vee
4k
6k
ep
RESISTOR VALUES
BITA
BIT B,C,D
R1
2.Sk
Sk
R2
3.2k
S.Sk
R3
2k
5k
R4
BOOn
3.Sk
RS
4sn
3ssn
R6
200n
1.1Sk
AC TEST FIGURES AND WAVEFORMS
CLOCK MODE ton/toff DELAY
NPUT
~
Vee
1.5V
I
I
I
I
-...: toft
OUTPUT
I
TO
--- OUTPUTS
I
Note:
ton and toff are measured from the
clock input of each binary to the Q
output of that binary.
3·108
INPUT PULSE:
Amplitude = 2.6V
PW '" 30ns, 50% to 50%
tr = t = 5ns
f
PRR
= 1MHz
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8290/91
.~c
TEST FIGURES AND WAVEFORMS
(Cont'd)
STROBED DATA ton/toff DELAY
5T~OBE
1.5V
1.5V
I
I
I
I
I
_....1..----.
I
1--
TO
OUTPUT
I
I
DA,B,e,DI
ton
OUTPUT
= 2.6V
= 300ns, 50% to 50%
PRR = 1MHz
tr =, 'tf = 5ns
= 2.6V
= 500n8, 50% to
PRR = 500kHz
t = t = 5ns
r
f
STFWBE, PA
DATA, PA
PW
PW
50%
CLOCK MODE SWITCHING TEST
8290
INPUT
Vee
1
2
3
4
6
6
7 8
9 10
rtflIl1UUUU1.Il
AOUTPUT rLr1..1LJL1L
INPUT
1-------1--;0- e~2.6V
y .
OUTPUTS'
BOUTPUT~
eOUTPUT~
1""1..
DOUTPUT _ _ _ _ _ _ _
DOUTI-----
8291
1 2 3 4 5 6 78 910111213141616
INPUT PULSE:
= 3.4V
= 100n8, 50% to
PRR = 2.5MHz
INPUT
Amplitude
PW
\ - 20n8, t = 75n8
f
A OUTPUT
50% .
nnnJUUUUUUUUUUU
nrtI1.n..fUl.Jl
BOUTPUT~
eOUTPUT~
o OUTPUT
I
l
3·109
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8290/91
AC TEST FIGURES AND WAVEFORMS (Cont'd)
MINIMUM STROBE PULSE WIDTH
Vee
TO
OUTPUTS
1--
R2
~2.6V
e'yR,
INPUT PULSE:
Amplitude
tr - ~
a
= 2.6V
5nl
MINIMUM RESET PULSE WIDTH
Vee
----t pw I--I
I
I
I
r-:-::---
RESET:-:::-t
,.6V -U-,.6V
I
TO
---OUTPUTS
INPUT PULSE:
Amplitude = 2.6V
tr = tf = 5n5.
Note: Outputs mUlt be previously
brought high by placing a "0" on
the 0 strobe input. A pulse generator
may be substituted for the switch.
3·110
OUTPUTS
A.B.e.D~
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI. 8290/91
AC TEST FIGURES AND WAVEFORMS (Cont'd)
TOGGLE RATE
INPUT
B290
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9 10
rLrLrL.flIlfU11
A OUTPUT ..rL..rL.rLJLfL
INPUT
~~
~
oSTROBEAoUTt----_I--T-OBOUT
C
OUT
~C1
R1
2.6V
BOUTPUT~
COUTPUT~
o OUTPUT
r-1..
OUTPUTS
DOUT ! - - - -..
8291
1 2 3456 78910111213141516
nnnnnnruuuu1IlI
INPUT
A OUTPUT
1l.fLfl.Jl.J1Il
BOUTPUT~
INPUT PULSE:
Amplitude 2.6V
tr = 'tf = 5:ns max.
PRR = 40MHz, 50% duty cycle.
E
COUTPUT
o OUTPUT
-IL-JL
I
L
STROBE/RESET RELEASE TIME
VCC
STROBE/RESET
1-----.....- . . .
~.5V.
I
I
--iICl---''II¥----..
BOUT
C OUT
'j---TO
8293
OUTPUTS
1 2 34 56 7 8 910111213141516
I1IU1I11lJ1IUUU
A OUTPUT nruuLI1J1.fU1.
DOUTI------
INPUT
BOUTPUT~
COUTPUT~
CIRCUIT UNDER TEST
L
DOUTPUT
INPUT PUI.SE:
Amplitude = 3,4V
P.W. - 100n8, 600A. to 50%
PAA - 2.6MHz
tr = 20n8
tf - 76n8
MINIMUM STROBE PULSE WIDTH
1--
TO
OUTPUTS
I
I I
:~.""
!~
OUTPUTS....J.T 1•5V
A,B,C,D
I
I
INPUT PULSE:
Amplitude = 2.6V
tr
= tf = 6n& max.
3·115
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8292/93
AC TEST FIGURES AND WAVEFORMS (Cont'd)
MINIMUM RESET PULSE WIDTH
---t
PW 14--
I
I
I
I
r-::-:--
REhT~
1.5V-U-1.5V
I
TO
---OUTPUTS
440
~2.6V
12pF
y26k
INPUT PULSE:
Amplitude .2.6V
tr = tf = 5ns mex.
NOTE:
Outputs must be previously
brought high by placing a "a" on the
D strobe Input. A pulse generator may
be substituted for the switch.
TOGGLE RATE
82921''l.IlfUlJ1.I1Jl.
2. 3
INPUT
4
6
6
1
8
9 10
AOUTPU'~
INPUT
DOUTPUT~
Vee
eOUTPU~
rL..
o OUTPUT
RESET
DSTROBE
"oUT"'-'~--"I---BOUT
e
OUT
TO
OUTPUTS
8293
2 346 6 7 8 910111213141616
D O U T I - - - - -..
INPUT
n.nnnnnnnruuu1J
A OUTPU
Ln.n...n..nIU1J
BOUTPU~
1
eOUTPU~
CIRCUIT UNDER TEST
DOUTPU~
INPUT PULSE:
Amplitude - 2.6V
PRR - 6MHz, 50% duty cycle
tr m tf - 5n8 max.
3-116
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8292/93
AC TESt FIGURES AND WAVEFORMS (Cont'd)
STROBE/RESET RELEASE TIME
5V
A
~
LOAD CIRCUIT 1
STROBE
.,f.6V
I
I
-=-
CLOCK
,I
I
~.6V
I
, "----_ : RELEASE : _
I
TIME
,
_ _---J;CLOCK, STROBE/RESET:
Amplitude - 2.6V
PRR = 1MHz, 50% duty cycle
tr = tf = 6ns max.
NOTES:
1.
All resistor values are in ohms.
2.
All capacitance values are in picofarads and Include Jig and probe capacitance.
3.
All diodes are 1 N916.
3-117
NIXIE DECODER/~IRIVER
!ii!lDotiC!i
B,F
8101
P~~CKAGES
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES lTL/MSI
DESCRIPTION
TTL techniques and is therffore completely compatible
with DTL and TTL elements,
The 8T01 Nixie* Decoder/Driver is a one-out-of-ten decoder
which has been designed to provide the necessary high
voltage characteristics required for driving gas-filled coldcathode indicator tubes.
It may also be utilized in driving relays or other high
voltage interface circuitry. The element is designed using
The specially designed outPu~drivers provide the necessary
stable output state. There a,~ no input codes where all
outputs are "off" or where lore than one output can be
turned "on."
LOGIC DIAGRAM
TRUTH TABLE
DECIMAL
#
A
"2"OUT
"rOUT
D
INPUT
C
B
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
k--
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
I
'I
I
'I
I
'I
I
'I
I
I
)
'I
)
'I
)
'I
OUTPUT
ON
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
8
9
8
9
8
9
(12) "O"OUT
Vee
(16)
GND
()
(8)
Denotes Pin Numbers
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over Recommended Operating Temperature And VOltl_g_el_ _ _ _ _ _ _---,
TEST CONDITIONS
LIMITS
CHARACTERISTICS
"1"
"0"
"1"
"0"
"0"
Power/Current
Output Voltage
Output Voltage
Input Current
Input Current (Aand 01
Input Current (BandCI
Consumpt!on (Vr.r. = 5.25V)
MIN.
MAX,
63/12
2.75
40
-0.9
-1.8
147/28
68
NOTES:
1.
All voltage and capacitance measurements are referenced to
the ground terminal. Terminals not specifically referenced
are left electrically open.
2.
All measurements are taken with Pin 8 tied to zero volts.
3.
Positive current flow is defined as Into the terminal referenced.
4.
Positive NAND Logic definition:
3-118
TYP.
5.
6.
UNITS
V
V
p.A
mA
mA
mW/mA
INP
O.
2.
4.
O.
O.
OUTPUTS
1.0mA
5.0mA
"UP" Level = "1", "DowN1Level = "0".
Precautionary measures sh Llld be taken to ensure current
limiting in accordance w' h Absolute Maximum Ratings
should the isolation diodes' ,ecome forward biased.
0
SST01 B operating temper 1'ure range is _20 e to +B5° e.
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8T01
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
STORE
COUNT
8T01 is used to decode output 'of 8280 or 8281 counter
and drive NIXIE* indicator tubes.
An 8275 Quad-Latch is used as an intermediate storage register.
°A trademark of the Burrough, Corporation.
3·119
!ii!)notiC!i
SEVEN SrGMENT
DECOD~.~~ ~~~~~~
8104
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI
DESCRIPTION
The 8T04 consists of the necessary logic to decode a 4-bit
BCD code to seven segment (0 through 9) readout, as well
as some selected signs and letters.
Incorporated in this device is a blanking circuit which turns
all segments off when activated. The blanking circuit allows
suppression of all numerically insignificant zeros, thereby
presenting an easily read display.
Also included is the nec1,;sar y circuitry to implement
suppression of leading and/ 'r trailing zeros. A Lamp Test
control is provided to turn II segments on. The Lamp Test
allows the viewer to chec. the validity of the display
lamps.
High performance bare collet tor output transistors are used
in the 8T04 for directly driv~,g incandescent lamps or common anode LED displays.
lOGIC DIAGRAM
-
A
(3 )
rL-"
~r I
PjD
r-r-
r-r=t-J
~
(2)
15)
14)
RBI
(7)
Vee
GND
()
3-120
~r
~
.".
r-F =~
>-L....J'
(1)
r-~
I
1T
(4)
.".
~
(5)
.".
-
o
(6)
t=r
r
I
--
~~'
f-:--f"""'\.
>----L..F
~
)-+-
:::::::::t...J> :0
~~t~JBI/RBO
(10)
(16)
(8)
Denotes Pin Numbers
''--
~
~
~1
G
""-
(12 )
t:::=:I
.".
6 13-
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI. 8T04
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over Recommended Operating Temperature And Voltage)
TEST CONDITIONS
LIMITS
NOTES
CHARACTERISTICS
MIN.
"1" Output Voltage
RBO
"0" Output Voltage
RBO
A-G
"1" Output Leakage
Current (A-G)
"1" Input Current
RBI
LT
All Other Inputs
"0" I nput Current
RBI
BI
LT
All Other Inputs
Input Voltage Rating
Power/Current Consumption:
"S" Temperature Range
"N" TElmperature Range
TYP.
MAX.
3.1
-.1
-.1
-.1
-.1
5.5
UNITS
LT
RB1
V
0.4
0.50
V
V
100
/.LA
40
160
80
/.LA
/.LA
/.LA
-1.2
-2.2
-10
-1.6
394n5
446/85
NOTES:
1. All voltagel measurements are referenced to the grou nd terminal.
Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open.
2. All measurements are taken with ground pin tied to zero volts.
3. Positive current is defined a8 Into the terminal referenced.
4. Positive NAND Logic Definition:
"UP" Level = "1", "DOWN" = "0".
5. Precautionary measures should be taken to ensure current limitIng in accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings should the
isolation diodes become forward biased.
6. Measurements apply to each gate element independently.
mA
mA
mA
mA
V
RBO
B1
DRIVEN
INPUTS
OUTPUTS
7,9
-160/.LA
0.4V
0.8V
O.4V
4.8mA
0.4V
O.SV
40mA
0.8V
6.0V
8,9
8,9
9,10
4.5V
4.5V
4.5V
4.5V
4.5V
O.4V
O.4V
O.4V
O.4V
O.4V
10mA
11
11
mW/mA
mW/mA
11
7. Output source current Is supplied through a resistor to ground.
S. Output sink current is supplied through a resistor to V cc.
9. See truth table: "1" Threshold = 2.0V for a,b,c,d.
"0" Threshold = O.SV for a,b,c,d.
10. Connect an external1k ±1% resistor to the output for this test.
11. VCC
= 5.25V.
TEST FIGURE FOR "0" OUTPUT VOLTAGE
vcco-----------~
OUTPUT
Each output is tested separately In the ON state.
3·121
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8T04
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
3·122
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8T04
TRUTH TABLE
INPUTS
INPUT CODE
lAMP TEST
b
a
IT
X
X
X
0
X
X
X
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
d
c
X
X
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
OUTPUTS
BI/RBO
DISPLAY
CHARACTER
OUTPUT STATE
RBI
NOTE
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
X
X
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
X
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
(Note 1 & 2)
(N,te 2)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
()
u
BlK
BlK
,-,
'-'
,,
:::J
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
U
0
0
C
',...)
0
'-
-,
~
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
-,,
0
,
-,
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
8
0
0
0
0
CI
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
BlK
0
0
0
0
0
0
CI
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
,
-
"
,"
1_
BlK
*COMMA
X = Don't care, either "1" or "0".
BI/RBO is an internally wired OR output.
NOTE:
1. BI/R BO used as input.
2. BI/RBO should not be forced high when a,b,c,d, RBI
terminals are low, or damage may occur to the unit.
3·123
Si!lDotiCS
8T05
SEVEN SEGMENT
DECODER/TRANSISTOR DRIVER
B,F ,W PACKAGES
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI
DESCRIPTION
A Lamp Test input is provided which, when grounded
forces all segment outputs high. This allows the viewer to
check the validity of the display presentation by testing the
integrity of the lamps.
The 8T05 consists of the necessary logic to decode a 4-Bit
BCD code to seven segment (0 through 9) readout as well as
some selected signs and letters.
A Ripple Blanking input is provided to implement suppression of leading a'1d/or trailing zeros. The suppression of all
numerically insignificant zeros provides an easily read
display.
The 8T05 has resistor pullups on the outputs to provide
source current sufficient to drive interfacing elements. This
allows the unit to drive high voltage transiistors for neon
displays. The 8T05 can also be used to drive common
cathode LED displays at moderate light intensity levels.
Incorporated in the Ripple Blanking output (BI/RBO) is the
facility to ground all the outputs. Blanking of the outputs
allows for intensity modulation.
LOGIC DIAGRAM
rL-J
.
( 1)
~
-
DjD
15)
14)
RBI
(7)
~~
~
-
3·124
.
I
-
I
}O--oB
( 4)
~
p-(-oe
5)
I=r
r
-00
( 6)
~~,-oe
(9)
~~
~
flD
r-r-~ -OF
( 11)
~ ;:D
~["ffiM
(10)
~
(16)
(8)
Denotes Pin Numbers
'-~
~
~
bLT
(13)
Vee
GND
()
~
- F r-FI
~.
~
(2)
-oA
r-~-( 3)
JO;-OG
12)
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI. 8T05
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over Recommended Operating Temperature And Voltage)
LIMITS
TEST CONDITIONS
CHARACTERISTICS
LT
MIN
TVP
MAX
UNITS
0.3
0.4
V
mA
V
V
V
40
160
80
J,tA
J,tA
J,tA
-1.2
-2.2
-1.0
-1.6
mA
mA
mA
mA
V
\
A-G "1 " Output Voltage
A-G Output Source Current
A-G "0" Output Voltage
R BO "1" Output Voltage
RBO "0" Output Voltage
"1" Input Current
RBI
LT
All other Inputs
"0" Input Current
RBI
BI
LT
All Other Inputs
Input Voltage Rating
Power/Current Consumption:
"S" Temperature Range
"N" Temperature Range
3.9
-2.3
3.1
-.1
-.1
-.1
-.1
5.5
O.4V
O.4V
4.5V
0.4V
0.8V
OUTPUTS
NOTES
-500J,tA
1.0V
7,9
+500/JA
8,9
7,9
8,9
DRIVEN
INPUTS
RBO
BI
RBI
0.4V
-160J,tA
4.8mA
0.8V
4.5V
4.5V
4.5V
4.5V
4.5V
O.4V
OAV
OAV
0.4V
10mA
10
394/75 mW/mA
110/85 mW/mA
NOTES:
1.
All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground
terminal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left
electrically open.
2.
All measurements are taken with ground pin tied to zero volts.
3.
Positive current is defined as into the terminal referenced.
4.
Positive NAND Logic.Definitlon:
"UP" Level = "1 ", "DOWN" Level = "0".
5.
Precautionary measures should be taken to ensure current
limiting In accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings
should the isolation diodes become forward biased.
6.
Measurements apply to each element independently.
10
7.
8.
9.
10.
Output source current is supplied through a resistor to
ground.
Output sink current Is supplied through a resistor to V Cc.
See truth table: "1" Threshold = 2.0V for a,b,c,d.
"0" Threshold = O.BV for a,b,c,d.
VCC - 5.25V.
TYPICAL CHARACTERISTIC CURVES
TYPICAL CURRENT SINK
CAPABILITY VERSUS VCE(SAT)
(OUTPUTS A-G)
TYPICAL OUTPUT CURRENT
VERSUS OUTPUT VOLTAGE
(OUTPUTS A-G)
20
B.OV
vee· 5.OV
TA·26°e
/'
16
/
/
--
----
~
----
- .t--.
----
6.0V
~
6.0V
~
...
/
~
iL
/
Vee· 6.OV
TA·26°e
7.0V
4.0V
3.0V
/
I'---
~
I'--- ~
"'"
2.0V
1.0V
/
O.6V
1.0V
1.5V
VeelVOLTSI
2.0V
2.5V
1.0mA
2.0mA
"""'"""
3.OmA
IOUTlmAI
"'"""
4.OmA
6.OmA
3·125
DIGITAL 8000 SERI ES TTL/MSI • 8TOS
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
v•• o----,-----,.--,--------r--y----------,--,.-,
BIIRBQ
3-126
<>+1++--+-1
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8T05
TRUTH TABLE
INPUTS
OUTPUTS
BI/RBO
INPUT CODE
d
c
X
X
X
X
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
b
lAMP TEST
a
IT
X
X
0
X
X
X
X
1
X
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
X
Note
(NO~ 1 & 2)
(Nfte 2)
1
DISPLAY
CHARACTER
OUTPUT STATE
RBI
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
'I
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
X
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
X
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
X
1
1
0
0
1
1
X
1
1
0
1
X
1
1
1
1
X
0
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
CI
·u
BlK
BlK
,-,
u
,
I
::J
1
1:1
1
_I
uI
1
1
1
1
C
1
1
1U
0
0
-I
I
_I
0
0
0
1
X
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
X
1
1
1
1
D
0
1
X
1
1
1
X
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
BlK
1
1
0
1
X
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
X
1
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
X
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
X
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
D
U
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
I
-
II
,
I'
1-
BlK
"COMMA
X = Don't care, either "1" or "0".
BI/RBO is an internally wired OR output.
NOTE:
1. BI/RBO used as input.
2. BI/RBO should not be forced high when a, b, c, d, RBI
terminals are low, or damage may occur to the unit.
3·127
!i!!lDotiC!i
SEVEN SEGMENT
DECODER/DISPLAY DRIVER
8106
8,F,W PACKAGES
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI
DESCRIPTION
The 8T06 is a monolithic MSI circuit consisting of the necessary logic to decode a 4-bit BCD code to drive 7-segment
indicators directly. Open-collector outputs are used for high
current source applications, such as driving common
cathode LED displays and discrete active components. The
8T06 seven segment decoder/driver accepts a 4-bitbinary
code and decodes all possible inputs as decimals 0-9 or
selected signs and letters. Auxiliary inputs are provided for
maximum versatility. The ripple blanking inputs (RBI) and
the ripple blanking output (RBO) may be used for automatic leading and/or trailing-edge zero suppression. The
RBO output also acts as. an overriding blanking input (BI)
which may be used for intensity modulation or strobing of
the display. A lamp test (L T) input is provid~~d to check the
integrity of the display by activating all outputs indepen" dent of the input code.
LOGIC DIAGRAM
(3)
--I...J"
~
PJD
f1D
15)
J
I
-
(10)
3-128
=
~)
~
~)
D
III
.".
~
(16)
(8)
Denotes Pin Numbers
:D
G
'-f...----L
(ll )
-t=::::::J
~
~
.".
b (13)
LT
Vee
GND
()
~
r-I---=r-
~~::>T~:~:~JBI/RBO
(7)
~)
>-~~'
--'
~f.--f'"-\.
~
~
14i
I-p=L.J
~
~H
(2)
RBI
.-l--
.".
-'--
- I -I-R
~
(1)
r-
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8T06
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over Recommended Operating Temperature And Voltage)
LIMITS
TEST CONDITIONS
CHARACTERISTICS
MIN.
"1" Output Voltage
RBO
"0" Output Voltage
(A-G)
RBO
"1" Output Leakage Current
(A-G)
"1" Input Current
RBI
LT
All Other Inputs
"0" Input Current
RBI
BI
LT
All Other Inputs
I nput Voltage Rating
Power/Curl'ent Consumption:
':S" Temperature Range
"N" Temperature Range
TYP.
MAX.
UNITS
3.1
-.1
-.1
-.1
-.1
5.5
LT
V
V
V
4.5V
100
J..IA
O.4V
40
160
BO
J..IA
J..IA
J..IA
4.5V
mA
mA
mA
mA
V
O.4V
O.BV
0.4V
4.BmA
NOTES
OUTPUTS
7,9
40mA
B,9
B.9
6.0V
9, 10
O.8V
4.5V
4.5V
4.5V
4.5V
0.4V
O.4V
0.4V
O.4V
O.4V
10mA
0.4V
394n5 mW/mA
O.4V
10mA
11
11
446/85 mW/mA
NOTES:
'I. All voltage measurements are referenced' to the ground terminal.
Terminals nlot specifically referenced are left electrically open.
:2. All measurements are taken with ground pin tied to zero volts.
:3. Positive curl'ent is defined a8 into the terminal referenced.
4. Positive NAND Logic Definitions:
"UP" Level = "1", "DOWN" Level = "0".
6. Precautionary measures should be taken to ensure current limiting in accordance with Absolute Maximum Aatingll should the
isolation diodes become forward biased.
S. Measurements apply to each gate element independently.
DRIVEN
INPUTS
-160J..lA
0.5
0.4
-1.2
-2.2
-10
-1.6
RBO
B1
RB1
7. Output source current Is supplied through a.reslstor to ground.
8. Output sink current is supplied through a resistor to V cc.
9. See truth table: "1" Threshold = 2.0V for a,b,c,d.
"0" Threshold = 0.8V for a,b,c,d.
10. Connect an external 1 k ± 1 % resistor to the output for this test.
11. VCC - 5.25V.
TEST FIGURE FOR "0" OUTPUT VOLTAGE
OUTPUT
Each output Is tested separately In the ON state.
3·129
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8T06
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
3·130
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8T06
TRUTH TABLE
INPUTS
OUTPUTS
BI/RBO
INPUT CODE
d
c
b
X
X
X-
X
0
R!!I
a
X
X
0
X
X
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
'..J
X
X
X
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
BLK
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
BLK
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
X
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
'-',
0
0
1
0
1
X
0
0
1
1
1
X
0
1
0
0
1
X
0
1
1
1
0
1
X
1
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Note
1
(Not& 1 & 2)
(Nfte 2)
A
OUTPUT STATE
C
B
D
E
DISPLAY
CHARACTER
LAMP TEST
LT
0
'J.
0
X
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
X
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
X
1
0
0
1
1
X
0
1
0
1
X
0
0
0
1
1
1
X
1
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
X
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
X
0
X
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
X
G
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
F
0
1
U
,-,
1
2
:3
,
u
'::,
b
-,
1
D
, 1...1
1
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
BLK
0
1
1
1
II
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
1-
0
0
0
0
0
0
BLK
n~I
CI
I'
1
*COMMA
,X = Don't care, either "1" or "0".
I:UlRBO is an internally wired OR output.
NOTE:
1. BI/RBO used as input.
:2. BI/RBO should not be forced high when a, b, c, d, RBI
terminals are low, or damage may occur to the unit.
3·131
Smnotics
QUAD BUS DRIVER
8T09
A,F ,W PACKAGES
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI
DESCRIPTION
The tri-state outputs present a high impedance to the bus
when disabled, (control input "1") and active drive when
enabled (control input "0"). This el iminates the resistor pullup requirement while providing performance superior to
open collector schemes. Each output can sink 40mA and
drive 300pF loading with guaranteed propagation delay less
than 22 nanoseconds.
LOGIC DIAGRAM AND TRUTH TABLE
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
The 8T09 is a high speed quad bus driver device for applications requiring up to 25 loads interconnected on a single
bus.
DATA
DISABLE
DATA
DISABLE
DATA
DISABLE
10
DATA
13
2.8K
12
DISABLE
Data
Disable
0
0
1
1
0
0
Output
0
1
Hi- Z
1
1
Hi- Z
Vee
GND
(
)
=
(14)
(7)
Denotes Pin Numbers for
14 Pin Oual-in-Line Package
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over Recommended Operating Temperature And Voltage)
LIMITS
TEST CONDITIONS
CHARACTERISTICS
NOTES
MIN.
"1" Output Voltage
2.4
"0" Output Voltage
Output Leakage Current
TYP.
3.0
0.2
-40
"1" Input Current
"0" Input Current
Input Voltage Rating
3·132
236/45
-40
UNITS
DATA
DISABLE
OUTPUTS
V
0.8V
0.8V
-5.2mA
7
0.4
V
2.0V
0.8V
40mA
8
+40
JJ.A
2.0V
0.4V or :2.4V
3
40
JJ.A
4.5V
-2.0
rnA
0.4V
O.4V
V
10mA
10mA
OV
OV
OV
10,11
5.5
Power/Current Consumption
Output Short Circuit Current
MAX.
340/65
-120
mW/mA
mA
11
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI. 8T09
T A = 25° C and V CC
= 5.0V
LIMITS
TEST CONDITIONS
NOTES
CHARACTERISTICS
MIN.
TYP.
MAX.
UNITS
DATA
OUTPUTS
DISABLE
Propagation Delay
Data to Output
ton' toff
10
ns
30pF load
20
ns
300pF load
9
9
Disable to Output
High Z to 0, 0 to High Z
High Z to 1, 1 to High Z
14
ns
30pF load
22
ns
300pF load
14
ns
30pF load
22
ns
300pF load
9
9
9
9
NOTES:
,.
2.
3.
4.
5.
All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground
terminal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left
electrically open.
All measurements are taken with ground pin tied to zero
volts.
Positive c:urrent flow Is defined as into the terminal referenced.
Positive NAND Logic definition:
"UP" Level = ",", "DOWN" Level = "0".
Precautionary measures should be taken to ensure current
limiting in accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings
6.
7.
8.
9.
, 0.'
11.
should the isolation diodes become forward biased.
Measurements apply to each output and the associated
data Input Independently.
Output source current is supplied through a resistor to
ground.
Output sink current Is supplied through a resistor to V CC.
Refer to AC Test Figures.
Not more than one output should be shorted at a time.
V CC - 6.26 volts.
.AC TEST FIGURES AND WAVEFORMS
PROPAGATION DELAY (DATA TO OUTPUT)
vee· 5.OV
2.IV
DATA
{
}
DISABLE
DATA
DISABLE
DATA
DISABLE
DATA
DISABLE
33n
TO
OUTPUTS
IN 916
~'.5V
....
~
DATA
INPUT-..Ij
OUTPUT
•
I
1\,·5V
I I
Ion
I
IF
I I
--I I-+-- ----I
I I
INPUT PULSE:
tr =. t f = 5ns (10% TO 90%)
FREQ. = 1MHz (50% DUTY CYCLE)
AMP. = 2.6V
1---'1011
I I
FIGURE
1.
3·133
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI. 8T09
AC TEST FIGURES AND WAVEFORMS
(Cont'd)
PROPAGATION DELAY
("0" TO HIGH Z, tpLz; HIGH Z TO 0, tpzL)
2.6V
Vee' 5.0V
5.0V
DATA
DISABLE
{
2.4k
}
DATA
DISABLE
DAT~
DISABLE
DATA
12011
IDIODES INgle
DISABLE
~~~~~LE
OUTPUT
~'.5V
i\...--
----.Ii
I
II
II/
= t f a 5ns( 1 0% TO 90%)
FREQ. = 200kHz
tr
I
_
________~IJ,~,~
j I
'plz
INPUT PULSE:
I
I
AMP
= 2.6V
I
----'1 1-
FIGURE 2.
PROPAGATION DE LAY
("1" TO HIGH Z, tpHz; HIGH Z to "1", tpzH)
Vee' 5.0V
DATA
DISABLE
DATA
)
DISABLE
1
f1.5V
I
?~~~Le _ _ _...J
OUTPUT
DATA
DISABLE
DATA
1.2k
\,.GV
'pzh
---...J
14--
INPUT PU LSE :
\96%
FIGURE
3-134
eL
DISABLE
:~
I I "-----r'1 I
'phz~ t-I I
:
my
OUTPUT
= t f = 6n5(10% TO 90%)
FREO. = 200kHz
tr
AMP
3.
= 2.6V
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI. 8T09
TYPICAL APPLICATION
I
Lb-CLOCK~-----'
The above figure illustrates usage of the 8T09 in data processing logic. For example, FF1 thru FFn may represent
bit X in each of several functions in a minicomputer (accumulators, MQ register, index registers, indirect address
registers, etc.). Transfer from any source to any load, including transfers from one register to another, can take
place along the single path labeled "BUS".
3·135
!imnlltiC!i
TRI-STATE QUAD D·TVPE
BUS FLlp·FlOP
8110
B,F ,W PACKAGES
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI
DESCRIPTION
LOGIC DIAGRAM
The 8Tl0 is a high speed Quad 0 flip-flop with tri-state
outputs for use in bus-organized systems. The high current
sink capability permits up to 20 standard loads to be interconnected on a single bus. The outputs present a high
impedance to the bus when disabled (Control Input "1")
and active drive when enabled (Control Inputs "0").
All four D-type flip-flops operate from a common clock
with data being transferred on the low-to-high transition of
the pulse.
10
A common clear input resets all flip-flops upon application
of a logic "1" level.
11
12
Data will be stored if either one or both inputs to the Input
Disable NOR gate is a logic "1".
13
TRUTH TABLE
14
Dn
IN DIS
OUT DIS
°n+1
15
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
X
X
1
0
X
1
On
High Z
16
V CC ·16
GND=8
on
refers to the output state before
a~clock
pulse.
On + 1 refers to the output state after a clock pulse.
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over Recommended Operating Temperature And Voltage)
LIMITS
TEST CONDITIONS
CHARACTERISTICS
"1" Output Voltage
MIN.
TYP.
204
3.0
"0" Output Voltage
Output Leakage Current
-40
MAX. UNITS
Dn
IN
IN
OUT
DIS 1 DIS2 DIS 1
DI82
OUT
NOTES
CLEAR CLOCK OUTPUT
V
2.0V
O.8V
0.8V
0.8V
O.8V
0.8V
Pulse
-fi.2mA
6
0.4
V
0.8V
0.8V
0.8V
0.8V
0.8V
0.8V
Pulse
:l2mA
7
+40
J.l-A
0.8
0.8V
+2.0V +2.0V 0.8V
Pulse
+Oo4V/
+204V
(High Impedance State)
"1" I nput Current
Dn Inputs
40
J.l-A
All Other Inputs
50
J.l-A
4.5V
Oo4V
O.4V
Oo4V
Oo4V
0.4V
4.5V
4.5V
4.5V
4.5V
4.5V
Oo4V
Oo4V
Oo4V
Oo4V
4.5V
"0" Input Current
3·136
Dn Inputs
-.100
-3.2
mA
All Other Inputs
-.100
-2.0
mA
Input Voltage Rating
+5.5V
0.4V
Oo4V
10mA 10mA
10mA 10mA 10mA 10mA
0.4V
10mA
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI. 8T10
T A = 25° C and Vee = 5.0V
LIMITS
TEST CONDITIONS
CHARACTERISTICS
MIN.
TYP. MAX. UNITS
Propagation Delay (ton' toff)
Clock to Output
C L = 30pf
C L = 300pf
Disalble to Output
High Z to Logic 0, tpZL
State (C L = 300pf)
Logic 0 to High Z, trLZ
High Z (C L = 300pf
Clear to Output
C L = 30pf
C L = 300pf
Set Up Time, tsetup
Data
Input Disable
Hold Time, thol d
Data
Reset Pulse Width
Clock Frequency
Clock Pulse Width
Positive
Negative
Power/Current Consumption
Output Short Circuit Current
+5
15
35
IN
IN
DIS 1 DIS2
NOTES
OUT OUT
CLEAR CLOCK OUTPUT
DIS 1 DIS2
18
24
25
35
ns
ns
12
12
20
30
ns
10,12
20
30
ns
11,Q
15
21
22
30
ns
ns
12
12
-1
-6
0
ns
ns
12
12
-1
+5
ns
ns
MHz
12
12
12
50
8
8
-40
Dn
12
ns
12
ns
619/ mW/mA 0.4V
118
mA
4.5V
-120
NOTES:
1.
All voltage and capacitance measurements are referenced to
the ground terminal. Terminals not specifically referenced are
left electrically open.
2.
All mea!;urements are taken with ground pin tied to zero volts.
3.
Positive current flow is defined as into the terminal referenced.
4.
Positive logic definition:
"UP" Level = "1", "DOWN"
Level = "0".
5.
Precautionary measures should be taken to ensure current
limiting in accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings
O.4V
0.4V
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
O.4V
O.4V
4.5V
O.4V
0.4V
0.4V
0.4V
0.4V
4.5V
O.OV
12
12
8
8,9
should the isolation diodes become forward biased.
Output source current is supplied through a resistor to
ground.
Output sink current is supplied through a resistor to V cc.
VCC = 5.25V.
Not more than one output should be shorted at a time.
Measured to 1.5V level of output waveform.
Measured to 10% level of output waveform.
Refer to AC Test Circuits.
AC TEST CIRCUITS AND WAVEFORMS
PROPAGATION DELAY ton' toff (CLOCK TO OUTPUT)
DATA SETUP TIME, tsetup
Vee
5V
OUTPUTS r - - - - - - I
I
2.6V
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
L.0A.£.e,!!!,~'...I
r Lo~3c;:;UlTSl
SAME AS LOAD
I
OUTPUTS
°0,°,,°2,°3 --I
L--~I!!£U.!!.1_.J
CL ·30pF
300pF
FIGURE 1
3-137
DIGITAL 8000 SER-IES TTL/MSI .8T10
AC TEST CIRCUITS AND WAVEFORMS
(Cont'd)
PROPAGATION DELAY (CLEAR TO OUTPUT)
OUTPUTS
I" -
l
-2:BV -
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
CL -30pF
lOOpF
FIGURE 2
PROPAGATION DELAY (DATA HOLD TIME)
Vee
6V
OUTPUTS
I - - 2-:Bv-l
I
I
I
I
~~~ ~~~
__
I
CLOCK
I
L~~.o.f.!R~,!..!J
10%
-I~r-
J
CL -30pF
lOOpF
FIGURE 3
PROPAGATION DELAY (DISABLE TO OUTPUT)
OUTPUTS
I" - - 6V- l
I
I
I
I
I
OUTPUT
DISABLE
.-LOA~"I~~iTS
I
tplz
OUTPUTSJ,O%r---"""""
L:~~~~O~J
°0.0 ,.°2.°3
CL -300pF
FIGURE4
3~138
_11_
°v
-
1.5V
10%
I
S!t~~~A~
1.6V
~
DATA
r LOADcIRCUITS - ,
L-
10%
_~V
'\
I
"'oldlOI
I
2.31<4
I
~
1l~tholdll1
-I I::
90% I
1.BV
I
--2.BV
1.6V
I
10%
-Itfl~
------OV
~IGITAL 8000 SERI ES TTL/MSI • 8T10
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
TO TTL LOADS & BUS
TERMINATION IF NEEDED
TO TTL LOADS
'20~A
OUTPUT IN
LOGICAL
"'" STATE
i
-
"'''OUTPUT
CURRENT
-S.2mA
OUTPUT IN
HIGH ZSTATE
OUTPUT IN
HIGH Z STATE
MAX
(')
" O"OUTPUT
CURRENT
aT10
~
(2)
I
8T10
OUTPUT IN
HIGH ZSTATE
OUTPUT IN
HIGH Z STATE
-
8T10
OUTPUT IN
LOGICAL
"0" STATE
I 28.98mA
+
32mA
('28)
DRIVER IN LOGICAL "0" STATE
DRIVER IN LOGICAL "'" STATE
MULTIPLE~ING EIGHT LED DISPLAYS.
r---
..
~.
~._===n I I
I I
I I
""
...,
---
y cc
-
-
..
~,
I
·DISPL .... V
IIII
'OlSPLAY
'OISPl"V
4~-
I
~
I
H
~
lAO'
0'" I
no,
--
III
....,. ""'' 'co"
'"""
I~o"'o"
"
I =rt0"'"o"
OUTo.,
I
"
cCJwJW~ll
'"
[+
""
ITIO
DISI'
R-IOOt!
_. __.-
ITIO
L~O
.-f-J
.-
II
OUTOI'
I
'OISPLAY
11113
I
III
0"
.,,,
I
3-139
Si!lnotics
DUAL LINE DRIVER
8113
B,F,W PACKAGES
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI
DESCRIPTION
g. Short Circuit Protection:
Incorporates a latch~back short circuit protection feature
which protects the device by limiting the current it may
source when operating under conditions of zero load
resistance.
The BT13 is a monolithic Dual Line Driver designed to drive
50 ohm or 75 ohm coaxial transmission lines. TTL multiple
emitter inputs allow this line driver to interface with standand TTL or DTL systems. The outputs are designed to
drive long lengths of coaxial cable, strip line, or twisted
pair transmission lines with impedances of 50nto 500n.
LOGIC DIAGRAM
Key Design Benefits:
a. High-Power Drive Capability:
Specified at -75mA source current rating at 2.4 volts.
l~'
~~~
b. Party-Line Operation:
Emitter-follower outputs enable two or more drivers
to drive the same line. This permits multiple timeshared terminal connections since these drivers have no
effect upon the transmission line unless activated.
c. Input gating structure allows employment of the "OR"
as well as the "AND" function.
12
13
9
14
15
d. High Speed: ton = toff = 20ns (max).
e. Input CICjmp Diodes: Protects inputs from line ringing.
f. Single 5 Volt power, supply.
Vee
GND
()
=
(16)
(8)
Denotes Pin Numbers
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over Recommended Operating Temperature And Voltage)
TEST CONDITIONS
LIMITS
AND GATE #1
CHARACTERISTICS
MIN.
"1" Output Voltage
TYP.
MAX.
-0.1
OUTPI,JTS
NOTES
2.0V
0.8V
-75mA
6
OV
OV
OV
3.0V
7
-300
/.LA
0.8V
4.5V
OV
OAV
-1.6
mA
OAV
4:5V
/.LA
4.5V
OV
"1" I nput Current
TA
INPUTS
OF #2
AND GATE
2.0V
V
80
"0" Output Leakage Current
OTHER
INPUTS
}.LA
2.4
"1" Output Leakage Current
"0" Input Current
UNITS
INPUT
UNDER
TEST
40
= 25°C and VCC = 5.0V
TEST CONDITIONS
LIMITS
AND GATE NO.1
CHARACTERISTICS
MIN.
TYP.
Turn-On Delay, ton
OTHER
INPUTS
INPUTS
OF NO.2
AND GATE
OUTPUTS
NOTES
MAX.
UNITS
20
ns
8,11
ns
9,11
32
20
Turn-Off Delay, toff
INPUT
UNDER
TEST
22
ns
8,11
ns
9,11
Power/Current Consumption:
10,13
10,13
Output at "0"
315/60
mW/mA
0.8V
0.8V
0.8V
Output at "1"
150/28
mW/mA
2.0V
2.0V
2.0V
V
10mA
OV
OV
-250
mA
4.5V
4.5V
OV
2.0V
12
-30
mA
4.5V
4.5V
OV
OV
12
Input Voltage Rating
"1" Output Current
Output Short Circuit Current
I nput Clamp Voltage
3·140
5.5
-100
-1.5
V
-12mA
· DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8T13
NOTES:
1.
All voltage· measurements are referenced to the ground terminal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically
open.
2.
All measurements are taken with ground pin tied to zero
volts.
3.
Positive current is defined as into the terminal referenced.
4.
Positive logic defl nltlon:
"UP" Level = "1", "DOWN" Level = "0".
5.
Precautionary measures should be taken to ensure current
limiting in accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings
should the isolation diodes become forward biased.
6.
Output source current is supplied through a resistor to
ground.
.
7.
With forced output voltage of 3 volts no more than 500 IlA
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
will enter the driver when output is in "0" state. VCC = OV.
A L m 37n to ground.
LO/ld is 37n In parallel with 1000pF.
ICC is dependent upon loading. ICC limit specified is for
no-load test condition.
Reference AC Test Figure and Pulse Requirements.
Reference "Typical Output Current vs Output Voltage
Curve."
VCC = 5.25 volts. Power Consumption specified for both
drivers in package.
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
VCCo-------------------~_,--------------~--~-------.--------------~--~
1k
4k
360n
1.4k
35U
15U
V IN o-~_--------.J
'----+--.....--0 vOUT
GNDo-~~----------_*--~~--------~~--~--~-------~--~~~------~
AC TEST FIGURE AND WAVEFORMS
PULSE REQUIREMENTS
INPUT
OUTPUT
PW
~
I
I
1V
INPUT
3m
INPUT PULSE:
Amplitude = 3.0V
PW = 40n8 (50% Duty Cycle)
tr = t f ";;5n5 (10% and 90% measurement points)
OUTPUT - - " " " " ' , - - - - - '
1
1
~tonl
1
3·141
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI. 8T13
TYPICAL OUTPUT CURRENT VERSUS OUTPUT VOL TAGE CURVE
2IiO
r-.....
200
i:3
!.
~
160
TA.~·C
"I\. r\
"
~
~
B
i--.
o
o
1.0
-
1.5
OUTPUT
3.0
VOlTA~E
\
I
3.&
(VOllS)
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
line, the line may be terminated with 50 ohms on the
receiving end only. See Figure 2.
A typical application for the 8T13 is shown in Figure 1.
If only one line driver is to be used for each transmission
FIGURE 1
50 ohm
C08X
FIGURE 2
3-142
Gi!lDlltiCG
TRIPLE LINE RECEIVER
WIT H HYSTERESIS
8T14
B,F,W PACKAGES
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI
DESCRIPTION
FEATURES
The 8T14 is a Triple Line Receiver designed for applications requiring digital information to be transmitted over
long lengths of coaxial cable, strip line, or twisted pair
transmission lines. The Receiver's high impedance input
structure (~30k.n) presents a minimal load to the driver
circuit and allows the transmission line to be terminated in
its characteristic impedance to minimize 'Iine reflections.
•
•
•
The built-in hysteresis characteristic of the 8T14 also makes
it ideal for such applications as Schmitt triggers, one-shots
and oscillators.
•
•
•
BUILT-IN INPUT THRESHOLD HYSTERESIS*
HIGH SPEED: ton =toff =20ns (Typical)
EACH CHANNEL CAN BE STROBED
INDEPENDENTL Y
FANOUT OF TEN (10) WITH STANDARD TTL
INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
INPUT GATING IS INCLUDED WITH EACH LINE
RECEIVER FOR INCREASED APPLICATION
FLEXIBILITY
OPERATION FROM A SINGLE +5 VOLT LOGIC
SUPPLY
• Hysteresis is defined as the difference between the input thresholds for the "1" and "0" output statE!s. Hysteresis is specified at 0.5 volts
typically and 0.3 volts minimum over the operating temperature range.
LOGIC DIAGRAMS
A30=----1
830---1---'
Vee - (16)
GND
(8)
(
) ~ Denotes Pin Numbers
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over Recommended Operating Temperature And Voltage)
LIMITS
TEST CONDITIONS
CHARACTERISTICS
NOTES
MIN.
TYP.
MAX.
UNITS
R
S
A
B
OUTPUTS
..--"1" Output Voltage
2.6
3.5
V
2.0V
4.5V
OV
OV
-SOO/-LA.
6,11
2.6
3.5
V
OV
O.SV
OV
OV
-SOO/-LA
6,11
"0" Output Voltage
0.4
V
O.SV
2.0V
OV
OV
16mA
7, 10
004
V
OV
OV
2.0V
2.0V
16rnA
7,10
0.4V
"0" I nput Current:
Sn
-0.1
-1.6
mA
OV
An
-0.1
-1.6
rnA
OV
Bn
-0.1
-1.6
rnA
Rn
0.17
rnA
3.8V
Sn
40
/-LA
3.8V
An
40
/-LA
40
/-LA
Oo4V
Oo4V
"1" I nput Current
Bn
Hysteresis
0.30
0.50
V
4.5V
4.5V
4.5V
OV
OV
4.5V
OV
OV
8,9
8,,9
3-143
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8T14
TA
= 25° C and V CC = 5.0V
TEST CONDITIONS
LIMITS
NOTES
CHARACTERISTICS
MIN.
Turn-On Delay, ton
Turn·Off Delay, toff
Power/Current Consumption
Input Voltage Rating
S
A
B
Output Short Circuit Current
Input Clamp Voltage:
S
A
B
TYP.
MAX.
UNITS
20
20
315/60
30
30
380172
ns
ns
mW/mA
-100
V
V
V
mA
-1.5
-1.5
-1.5
V
V
V
5.5
5.5
5.5
-50
NOTES:
1.
All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically
open.
2.
All measurements are taken with ground pin tied to zero
volts.
3.
Positive current is defined as into the terminal referenced.
3.
4.
5.
Positive current flow is defined as into the terminal referenced.
Positive Logic Definition:
"UP" Level = "1 ", "DOWN" Level = "0".
Precautionary measures should be taken to ensure current
limiting in accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings
should the isolation diodes become forward biased.
R
S
A
B
OUTPUTS
12
3.8V
OV
OV
3.8V
10mA
OV
OV
OV
OV
10mA
OV
OV
OV
OV
10mA
OV
12,13
OV
-12mA
-12mA
-12mA
6.
Output source ,:urrent is supplied through a resistor to
ground.
Output sink current is supplied through a resistor to VCC.
Hysteresis is defiined as voltage difference between R input
level at which output begins to go from "0" to "1" state and
level at which output begins to go from "1" to "0". Refer to
Hysteresis Test Circuit.
VCC = 5.0V.
Previous condition is a "1" output state.
Previous condition is a "0" output state.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
V CC = 5.25 volts.
Not more than one output should be shorted at a time.
Refer to AC Test Circuit and waveforms.
12.
13.
14.
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
Vee
680n
620n
41c
soon
56
lk
R
Vee
lk
1.4k
3k
50n
67Sn
345n
Ao---_...J
B o--.._-t-....
soon
3·144
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8T14
AC TEST CIRCUIT AND WAVEFORMS
50V
SWITCH 2
B4.5r2
2.6V
10
3 Receivers In the package.
Test each Receiver using switch
positions as shown in Table I.
TABL.E I
~
pw-I
-~-15V
INPUT~'"'
~
15V
1
I
.~
'off
Amplitude = 2.6V
Pulse width = 200nS
(50% Duty Cycle)
tr = tf = 5nS (10% to 90%)
Receiver 1
Receiver 2
Receiver 3
Position
Switch 1 I Switch 2
1
1
2
2
3
3
I
15V
1
I
f4--
I
--'1
I
I
Receiver no.
1
1
OUTPUT
Input Pulse:
I
'un
I----I
I
HYSTERESIS TEST CIRCUIT
Vee = 5.0V
VOUT
CURVE TRACER
TEK.575
t----+
RINPUT
~----------------~C
.--------<..------16
1.0V
2.0V
VIN
FIGURE 2
OUTPUT
FIGURE 1
Verify in each of three (3) positions of 51 (Figure 1) that the
following occurs per Figure 2.
1. V 1 and V 2 must be between 0.8V minimum and 2.0V l1')ax.
2. Hysteresis = V 1- V 2 ;;;' 0.3V.
3-145
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8T14
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
COAXIAL TRANSMISSION SYSTEM
BT14 RECEIVER
PARTY-LINE APPLICATION
If more than one driver/receiver is to be used for each transmission
line, the line should be terminated at both ends as shown in Fig. 2.
SCHMITT TRIGGER APPLICATION
'·~oo,
8.T14 RECEIVER
3-146
smnDtics
DUAL COMMUNICATIONS
EIA/MIL LINE DRIVER
A.F PACKAGES PRODUCT AVAILABLE IN
8115
aOc TO +75°C TEMPERATURE RANGE ONLY
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI
DESCRIPTION
LOGIC DIAGRAM
The 8T15 Dual Communications Line Driver provides line
driving capability for data transmission between Data
Communication and Terminal Equipment. The device meets
or exceeds the requirements of EIA Standard RS-232B and
C. MIL STD-188B and CCITT V 24.
This dual 4-input NAND driver will accept standard TTL
logic level inpu~ and will drive interface lines with nominal
data levels of +6V and -6V. Output slew rate may be adjusted by attaching an external capacitor from the output
terminal to ground. The outputs are protected against
damage caused by accidental shorting to as high as ±25V.
(1)~
(2)
(6)
(3)
(4)
(10)~
ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS *
Input Voltage
(11)
+5.5V
Output Voltage
±25V
VCC
+15V
(9)
(12)
(13)
-15V
VEE
Storage Temperature
Operating Temperature
veE
Vee
GND
-65°C to +150°C
O°C to +75°C
=
( ) =
(8)
(14)
(7)
Denotes Pin Numbers
• Limiting values above which serviceability may be impaired.
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over Recommended Operating Temperature And Voltage)
LIMITS
TEST CONDITIONS
CHARACTERISTICS
MIN.
TYP.
MAX.
DRIVEN
"1"
"0"
"0"
"1"
Output Voltage
Output Voltage
Input Current
Input Current
+5.0
-5.0
-0.1
+6.0
-6.0
-0.8
+7.0
-7.0
-1.6
40
V
V
rnA
J.lA
NOTES
INPUTS
UNITS
0.8V
2.0V
0.4V
4.5V
OUTPUTS
OTHER
-4.01l) A
4.0mA
O.OV
3·147
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8TT5
TA = 25°C, VCC = +12.0V, VEE
= -12.0V
TEST CONDITIONS
LIMITS
CHARACTERISTICS
NOTES
MIN.
Output Rise Time
Output Fall Time
Output Rise Time
Output Fall Time
Power Consumption
(per driver)
Current from Positive Supply
Current from Negative Supply
Input Voltage Rating:
TVP.
MAX.
UNITS
4
4
ns
ns
mW
275
16
28
-25
+25
mA
mA
V
mA
mA
-1.5
ohms
ohms
ohms
V
5.5
Output Impedance
(Power on)
(Power on)
(Power off)
Input Clamp Voltage
300
95
95
2.5M
NOTES:
1.
All vOltaga measurements are referenced to the ground terml·
nal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically
open.
2.
All measurements are taken with ground pin tied to zero
volts.
3.
Positive current is defined as into the terminal referenced.
4.
Positive logic definition:
"UP" Level = "1", "DOWN" Level = "0".
5.
Precautionary measures should be taken to ensure current
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
OUTPUTS
Load
Load
Load
Load
J..IS
J..IS
200
200
Output Short Circuit Current
INPUTS
OTHER
DRIVEN
A
B
C
D
10
10
10
10mA
O.OV
O.OV
-25V
+25V
O.OV
2.0V
-12.0mA
limiting In accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings
should the isolation diodes become forward biased.
Manufacturer reserves the right to make design and process
changes and improvements.
Refer to AC Telt Circuits and waveforms.
Rise and fall times are measured between the +3V and
-3V points on the output waveform.
Test each driver separat~ly.
VCC - +12.6V, VEE
= -12.6V
14
10k
8k
50n
vcc
10k
1.73
~------+--,.--Cl 5,9
2,12
10k
3,11 0 - - - . - - - '
51<
2k
3.5k
4,10 0---.-----'
Bk
2k
3·148
9, 10
9, 10
-3.5±1mA
+3.5±1mA
±2V
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
10k
7,8
7,8
7,8
7,8
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES. TTL/MSI. 8T1!)
.AC TEST FIGURES & WAVEFORMS
LOAD A
LOADC
'"1---1_------JC
h ::-----1600.,,"..ACI..T,..O"
LOADD
,.1---1_------JCAPAClTo'"
h :.~ -----1
500
,
+6
+3
- ---
I
-----
---
O~----~~----~---
pF SHAPING.
~ -:.~~-H~:;~
TYPICAL OUTPUT CHARACTERISTIC CURVE
+IOUT
+1OmA
+6mA
I
I
I
8T16
Vee = +12V
Vee" -12V
TA'"'+26°C
OmA
-SmA
~~
.... .,.... ~
I I
-VOUT
+VOUT ..
..:~;...--"i
i..oooo' ~
-1OmA
-lOUT
-26V
10"'"
-16V
-6V
+6V
+16V
+26V
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
HIGH DIFFERENTIAL NOISE IMMUNITY (EIA + INPUT)
HIGH COMMON MODE NOISE IMMUNITY (MIL + INPUT)
3-149
!iinnotiC!i DUAL COMMUNICATIONSEIA/MllllNE RECEIVER
I!I
8116
WITH HYSTERESIS
A,F PACKAGES
PRODUCT AVAILABLE IN 0° TO +7SoC TEMP. RANGE ONLY.
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI
DESCRIPTION
LOGIC DIAGRAM
The 8T16 Dual Communications Line Receiver provides
receiving capability for data lines between Data Communication and Terminal Equipment. The device· meets or
exceeds the requirements of EIA Standard RS-232B and C,
MIL-STD-188B and CCITT V24 and operates from a single
5 volt power supply_
The receivers accept single (EIA) or double ended (MI L)
inputs and are provided with an output strobing control.
Both EIA and MIL input standards are accommodated.
HYST. STROBE
MIL+
EIA'
MIL-
When using the EIA input terminal (with the Hysteresis
terminal open), input voltage threshold levels are typically
+2V and -2V with a guaranteed minimum Hysteresis of
2.4V. By grounding the "Hysteresis" terminal, the EIA
input voltage threshold levels may be shifted to typically
+1.0V and +2.1V with a minimum guaranteed Hysteresis of
0.75V. (Note that when using the EIA inputs, the MIL
inputs-both positive and negative-must be grounded).
(5)~(4)(3)
(2)
(Q) (
(1)
:II~- :::~(13)
~
MIL+ ( 1 0 ) c J !
(11) (12)
HYST. STROBE
The MIL input voltage threshold levels are typically +0.6V
and -0.6V with a minimum guaranteed Hysteresis of 0.7V.
A MIL negative terminal is provided on each receiver per
specification MIL-STD-188B to provide for common mode
noise rejection_
Vee
(14)
GND
()
(7)
Denotes Pin Numbers
ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS*
±25V
+7.0V
-65°C to +175"C
O°C to +75°C
Input Voltage (EIA and MIL)
VCC
Storage Temperature
Operating Temperature
Each receiver includes a strobe input so that:
a. A "1" on the strobe input allows data transfer.
b. A "0" on the strobe input holds the output high_
• Limiting values above which serviceability may be impaired.
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over Recommended Operating Temperature And Voltage)
LIMITS
TEST CONDITIONS
INPUTS
CHARACTERISTICS
MIN.
TYP.
MAX.
OUTPUTS
NOTES
UNITS
EIA
MIL(+)
MILH
HYS
STROBE
"1" Output Voltage (EIA)
("Hysteresis" Open)
"1" Output Voltage (EIA)
("Hysteresis" grounded)
"1" Output Voltage (Mill
"1" Output Voltage (Strobe)
"0" Output Voltage (EIA)
("Hysteresis" Ope"n)
"0" Output Voltage (EIA)
("Hysteresis" grounded)
"0" Output Voltage (MI Ll
3·150
2.6
3.5
V
-3.0V
2.6
3.5
V
+0.3V
2.6
2.6
2.6
3.5
3.5
3.5
V
V
V
+3.0V
0.4
V
+3.0V
0.4
0.4
V
V
+3.0V
0.4
V
OV
OV
OV
OV
OV
-O.1mA
-0.9V
OV
OV
OV
+0.1mA
+0.9V
OV
2.0V
-800",A
8,12
2.0V
-800",A
-800", A
8,10
OV
OV
2.0V
2.0V
0.8V
-800",A
-800",A
OV
2.0V
9.6mA
9,12
2.0V
2.0V
2.0V
9.6mA.
9.6mA
9.6mA
9, 12
9, 13
9, 13
OV
OV
OV
OV
8,11
8,11
8
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8T16
lr A
=
25° C and V CC
= 5.0V
(Cant'd)
LIMITS
TEST CONDITIONS
CHARACTER ISTICS
INPUTS
MIN.
TYP.
MAX.
EIA
"1" Output Voltage (EIA)
2.8
3.5
2.8
3.5
OUTPUTS
NOTES
UNITS
V
MILI+I
+1.2V
OV
MIL(-I
HYS
STROBE
OV
2.0V
-800,uA
8,12
OV
2.0V
-800,uA
8,13
OV
2.0V
9.6mA
9,10
OV
2.0V
9.6mA
9,11
("Hysteresis" open)
"1" Output Voltage ~MIL)
"0" Output Voltage (EIA)
V
V
+0.35V
0.2
0.4
0.2
0.4
5
7
kn
kn
O.OV
±25V
75
mW
3,OV
OV
OV
-70
mA
-3.0V
O.OV
O.OV
-1.2V
OV
("Hysteresis" open)
"0" Output Voltage (MI L)
I nput Resistance (E I A)
3
Input R?sistance (MIL)
7.5
Power Consumption (per receiver)
Output Short Circuit Current
-10
Propagation Delay
Signal Switching Acceptance
11.4
44
100
20
150
V
-0.35V
!25V
O.OV
O.OV
O.OV
17
5.00V
O,OV
16,17
ns
5,00V
14
kHz
5.00V
15
NOTES:
1.
All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically
open.
2.
All measurements are taken with ground pin tied to zero
volts.
3.
Positive current is defined as into the terminal referenced.
4.
Positive logic definition:
"UP" Level", "''', "DOWN" Level ~ "0".
5.
Precautionary measures should be taken to ensure current
limiting in accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings
should the isolation diodes become forward biased.
6.
Manufacturer reserves the right to make design and process
changes and improvements.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
This test guarantees operation free of latch-up over the specified input voltage range.
Output source current is supplied through a resistor to
ground.
Output sink current is supplied through a resistor to V cc.
Previous E I A input: +3V (See hysteresis curve).
Previous MIL input: +0.9V (See hYsteresis curve).
Previous EIA input: -3V (See hysteresis curve).
Previous MI L input: -0.9V (See hysteresis curve).
Reference AC Test Figure.
This test guarantees transfer of signals of up to 20kHz.
Connect 1000pF between the output terminal and ground.
Each 'receiver to be tested separately.
VCC ~ 5.25V.
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
r----t--t----t~--+----~--___t-~--___t____;~
-0
vee
OUT
3-151
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8T16
HYSTERESIS CURVES
EIA- "HYSTERESIS" OPEN
EIA - "HYSTERESIS" GROUNDED
r
l...---.±---~
I GUARANTEED HYSTERESIS I
---t~
GUARANTEED rSTERESIS
_ : TYPICAL HyJTERESIS--i-!
I I
I
-1.2V
+1.0V
+3.0V
+1.7V +2.1V
MIL - HYSTERESIS
tVOU!
t...----L---J
I GUARANTEED HYSTERESIS I
I
I
f.---t
TYPICAL HYSTERESIS
~.36V
I
I
-+-----I
~.36V
~.9V
·Vin IS REFERENCED TO THE MIl. I-I INPUT TERMINAl.
AC TEST FIGURE AND WAVEFORMS
PROPAGATION DELAY
SIGNAL SWITCHING ACCEPTANCE
+.9
+.9
+3
+3
PRF· 20 kHz,
50% DUTY CYCLE
-.9
-.9
-3
vourLn
MIL
EIA
n-
2 SV
~-----------------U L
3-152
.
O.4V
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI. 8T16
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
HIGH DIFFERENTIAL NOISE IMMUNITY
HIGH COMMON MODE NOISE IMMUNITY
(EIA + INPUT)
(MIL + INPUT)
EIA FAIL·SAFE OPERATION
INPUT OPEN OR
INPUT SHORTED OR
TRANSMITTER
POWER OFF
SCHMITT TRIGGER
, AC COUPLED OPERATIONS
~I
3V-r---\.
ov--J
'--
-evU
SINE TO SQUARE WAVE CONVERTER
3·153
!ii!lDOliC!i
812,0
BIDIRECTIONAL ONE SHOT
B,F PACKAGES
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTl/MSI
DESCRIPTION
APPLICATIONS
The Bidirectional One Shot is intended for applications
where high speed low level signal processing is required.
DIGITAL COMMUNICATIONS RECEIVERS
DISC, TAPE AND DRUM READERS
SIGNAL CONDITIONERS
The BT20 is a Monolithic Building Block, consisting of a
high speed analog comparator, digital control circuitry, and
a precision monostable multivibrator. The differential input
threshold voltage is between ±4mV with respect to the
input reference level wh ich may range from -3.2V to
+4.2V. For input frequencies up to BMHz, the device may
be conditioned to act as a frequency doubler since it can
trigger on both positive and negative input transitions.
TRANSITION DETECTORS
INPUT/OUTPUT WAVEFORMS
--'~t..-_~_ _~L--~---'-
INPUT
'J\7
C]_r.....-.....CJ'--_____
A .........
Timing pins permit using this device in a variety of applications where external control over pulse width is desirable.
Pulse width (tw) is defined by the relationship tw =
CXR'X Loge2. Pulse width stability is internally compensated and virtually independent of temperature and V CC
variations, thus only limited by the accuracy of external
timing components.
An internal resistive divider is available on the chip to
provide a voltage of l.4V (typ.). This output can be connected directly, to either of the comparator inputs as a
reference voltage when interfacing with TTL outputs.
ABSOLUTE MAX RATINGS
A
Q
-I
r==L
C]
I-'w
~~~:6 _JJ...L......L___...JOL-J-_ _ __
Q
=
PEe -1
NEe-1
0
0
PEe & 0
NEe 1
Q
n n
on
FEATURES
= ±4mV
= TYPICALLY <3ns
•
DIFFERENTIAL INPUT THRESHOLD
•
PULSE POSITION ERROR
Input Voltage
• MAX. INPUT FREQUENCY = 8 MHz
VCC:
VEE:
•
+7V
-7V
TRIGGERS ON
TRANSITIONS
POSITIVE
AND/OR
NEGATIVE
MAX DIFF. INPUT VOLTAGE ± 5V
LOGIC DIAGRAM
INTERNALLY
CONNECTED TO
+Vcc PIN 16
Vec
SkU
VREF 7
5Ic1l
11
OIS
CLEAR
(ACTIVE HIGH)
3-154
Vee
Vee
GND
()
=
=
(4) (-5V ±5%)
(16) (+5V ±5%)
(8)
Denotes Pin Numbers
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8T20
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over Recommended Temperature Range and Voltage)
CHARACTERISTICS
"1" Output Voltage (All Outputs)
MIN.
TYP.
LIMITS
MAX.
2.6
"0" Output Voltage (All Outputs)
0.4
'UNITS
TEST CONDITIONS
NOTES
V
lout = -800uA
7
V
lout = +16mA
8
DIFFERENTIAL INPUTS
Input Threshold Voltage (VT)
Input J3ias Current
Input Offset Current
Common Mode Input Volt, Range
±4
mV
125
uA
2
10
Figure 5
uA
+4.2
V
40
uA
Yin = 4.5V
-0.1
-2.4
mA
Yin
-0.1
5.5
-1.6
mA
Yin = O.4V
-3.2
12
DIGITAl. INPUTS
"1" Input Current
"0" I nput Current
PEC. NEC
Clear
Input Voltage Rating (Logic Inputs)
Reference Voltage (VREF)
0.8
1.4
2.0
=O.4V
V
lin = 10mA
V
Pin 7 tied to Pin 6
Output Pulse Width, Fig. 1
10
40
ns
Rx = 10K, Cx = Open
11
Output Pulse Width, Fig. 3
600
800
ns
Rx = 10K, Cx = 100pf
11
Power Supply Current
ICC
lEE
Short Circuit Current (Iso)
37
55
mA
Vcc = +5.25V
-12
-20
mA
Vce = -5.25V
-70
mA
-20
9
T A = 25°C, VCC = +5.00V, VEE = -5.00V
CHARACTERISTICS
Output Frequency
MIN.
TYP.
LIMITS
MAX.
16
UNITS
TEST CONDITIONS
NOTES
MHz
Fig. 1, fin = 8 MHz
11
Propagation Delay (ton, toff)
Input to Q, Q
30
50
ns
Fig.2
11
Input to A, A
30
50
ns
Fig.4
11
Clear to Q, Q
20
30
ns
NOTE:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
All Voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open.
All measurements are taken with ground pin tied to ;zero volts.
Positivo current Is defined as into the terminal referenced.
PositivEllogic definition: "UP" Level = "1", "DOWN" Level = "0".
Precautionary measures should be taken to ensure current limiting in accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings should the isolation
diodes become forward based.
Manufflcturer reserves the right to make design and process changes and improvements.
Output source current is applied through a resistor to ground.
Output sink current is supplied through a resistor to Vcc.
Not more than one output should be shorted at a time.
The differential input threshold voltage (V T ) is defined as the maximum DC voltage deviation from the reference level necessary to
trigger the one-shot.
Refer to AC test circuits.
Common mode voltages that are confined within the dynamic range as specified will not cause false triggering of the one-shot.
3·155
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8T20
AC TEST CIRCUITS
MINIMUM OUTPUT PULSE WIDTH
INPUT 2.6V
(ex = OPEN)
OUTPUTS
+VCC
r------,
I
10k
OPEN
14
I
2.6V
I
I
I
Cx
12
I
I
I
..--I---.--Kt-.....I\{\I""""" 1
1
~-t---....
!E~II1~
101-T"-'+---'
I
I
__ J
r------...,I
I
111-~---:
....._ .........,._.......
L_
SAME AS LOAD
..£I~I.!.2
I
__ J
INPUT PULSE:
PULSE IN
F-SMHz/6O% DUTY CYCLE
tR - tf -1On,
-VCC
CL INCLUDES PROBE AND JIG
CAPACITANCC'
j-- - j I - - t f
!~90%
9O%lkl
10%
PULSE IN (S)--:;IC;O%
.~,.;,;,;;;_ __
tR-J
;:=::=.
I
+2OOmV
_ _ _ _ OV
" ' _ _ _J.
\.
_ _ _-200mV
a(11)
FIGURE 1
PROPAGATION DELAY (INPUT TO
INPUT 2.6V
a, a OUTPUTS)
OUTPUTS
+VCC
10k
14
Cx
OPEN
r------,
I
I
I
I
,2,1-+----t-+-......K}_~W~
' - - - t - - -.......
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
10
111-......- - - - :
INPUT PULSE:
PULSE IN
; F-5MHz/6O% DUTY CYCLE
tR - tf - 10ns
CL INCLUDES PROBE AND JIG
CAPACITANCE
FIGURE 2
3·156
DIGITAL 8006 SERIES TTL/MSI .8T20.
AC TEST CIRCUITS (Cont'd)
a, a)
PROPAGATION DELAY (CLEAR TO
+Vcc
INPUT 2.6V
OUTPUTS
Cx ~
loopf
r-----,
10
13 _.,.-....._ _
11.-+__-----1 _
_
SAME AS LOAD
__
~R~I:!:.!.
I
...J
INPUT PULSE:
PULSE IN
F-2ooKHz (50% DUTY CYCLE)
tR~lf-1Ons
---J
1
PULSE
250n,
IN(s)d~
IR--,
CLEAR (3)
iI
1-r--
CL INCLUDES PROBE AND JIG
CAPACITANCE
L
1f
1 90%,10%
/
1 10%'
1.SV'~9O%
- I 'on 1 O(ll)~l.SV
.,1
\
~ II_IR =::;::j 14- If
90%\:1\-10%
..._ _ _
/
~-
',------,/
~
ov
0"'_______ 1\"'_______
FIGURE 3
PROPAGATION DELAY (INPUT TO A,
INPUT 2.6V
+VCC
OUTPUTS
A OUTPUTS)
r - - - - - -,
I
Cx
10k
lS
14
OPEN
2.6V
I
I
I
121 t-+---.-...+-....-Kl-~W........,
I
I
I
I
I
I
SOO
~~~-"""I
J
,...------ -,
~~I!.2 ~ __
10
1
13
11
,
L_
SAME AS LOAD
I
~R~I!2 _ _ J
INPUT PULSE:
PULSE IN
F-SMHz/SO% DUTY CYCLE
IR - If - 10ns
CL INCLUDES PROBE AND JIG
CAPACITANCE
FIGURE 4
3·157
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8T20
INPUT BIAS CURRENT tEST CIRCUIT
+5V
16
FIGURE 5
3·158
RETRIGGERABlE ONE -SHOT
Si!lD8tiCS
PRODUCT AVAILABLE IN
oOe TO +75°e TEMP.
8T22
RANGE ONLY.
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTl/MSI
DESCRIPTION
LOGIC DIAGRAM
The Signetics N8T22A is a direct pin-for-pin replacement
for the 9601 retriggerable one-shot. Triggering can be performed on either the leading or falling edge of the input
signal through selection of the proper input terminal.
Vee
GND
vee
(14)
(7)
PiOn Number
Denotes
Pin Numbers
)
(
The inputs are level-sensitive making triggering independent
of signal transition times. Output pulse width is determined
by external timing components (Rx and ex) with each trigger pulse initiating a complete new timing cycle.
=
=
=
2
3
4
H~L
H
H
H
H
H-~L
H
H
L
X
L-+H
H
X
L
L->H
H
L
X
H
L-+H
X
L
H
L-+H
*External Components
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over Recommended Operating Temperature And Voltage)
LIMITS
TEST CONDITIONS
CHARACTERISTICS
"1" Output Voltage
MIN.
TYP.
2.4
3.4
"0" Output Voltage
Input HIGH Voltage
MAX.
0.2
0.45
UNITS
= -960J.LA
V
,lout
V
lout = 12.8mA
V
1.9
Input LOW Voltage
0.9
V
"0" Input Current
1.6
mA
Vin
= 0.45V
"1" Input Current
60
J.LA
Vin
= 4.5V
50
kS"!
50
pF
Timing Resistor
5.0
CStray - Maximum allowable
P13 to Ground
wiring capacitance
TA
= 25°Cand VCC = 5.0V
LIMITS
CHARACTERISTICS
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN.
TYP.
MAX.
25
40
UNITS
Propagation Delay
Negative Trigger Input
ns
to True Output (tpd +)
Negative Trigger Input
25
40
ns
to False Output (tpd-)
Min. True Output Pulse Width
45
65
ns
Rx
= 5.0kS"!, C x = 0
CL
= 15pf
Rx
= 5.0kS"!, C x = 0
CL
= 15pF
Rx
= 5.0kS"!, Cx
=0
C L = 15pF
PUISEI Width Variation
3.08
Short Circuit Current
-10
Power Supply Current
3.42
3.76
J.LS
Rx = 1Oks"!, C x = 1000pF
-40
mA
Vout=OV
25
rnA
VCC
= 5.25V
3·159
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8T22
NOTES:
1. Positive current is defined as into the pin referenced.
2. Unless otherwise noted, 10kil resistor placed between Pin 13 and VCC (R x )'
AC TEST FIGUREAND WAVEFORMS
TRIGGER INPUT/OUTPUT AND PULSE WIDTH
B.OV
RL
CL
\lOUT
[
SOH
VOUT
NOTES:
1.
Pulse Generator has the following characteristics:
tr = t f = 10ns (10% to 90%), AMP. = 3V.
2.
C includes probe and jig capacitance.
L
3.
For tpd+, tpd- and tpw (min.)
RX = 5kil ± 1%, CX = OPEN, PRR = 1MHz.
4.
For Atpw: RX = 10kil ± 1%, Cx = 1000pF
PRR = 200kHz.
I
VIN
1.5V
1%,
I
r----\i.
1.SV
(B1ANOB21~40n._~
..... tpd +--1 ,.-_ _ _"\ I
I
:
~
f·5V
(COMPLE(::~~:~:~::::::::~I::::~I---
~5V
!
r
-----l
tpw
..... tpd- . . .
WAVEFORMA.
WAVEFORM B.
OPERATION RULES
1. An external resistor (R X ) and external capacitor (C X ) are required as shown in the Logic Diagram.
2. The value of RX may vary from 5.0 to 50 kil (0 to 75°).
3. Cxmay vary from 0 to any necessary value available. If however, the capacitor has leakages approaching 3.0 JJ,A or if stray capacitance
from either terminal to ground is more than 50 pF, the timing equations may not represent the pulse width obtained.
4. If electrolytic capacitors are to be used, the following configurations are recomvcc ~ PIN 13
mended:
AX
Cx
A. For use with low leakage electrolytic capacitors.
+ f-:-o PIN 11
The normal RC configuration. can be used predicably only if the forward capacitor leakage
at 5.0 volts is less than 3 JJ,A, and the inverse capacitor leakage at 1.0 volt is less than 5 JJ,A
over the operational temperature range, and Rule 3 above is satisfied.
A <0.6 AX (MAX)
VCC~PIN13
B. Use with high inverse leakage current electrolytic capacitors.
Cx
The diode in this configuration prevents high inverse leakage currents through the capacitor
by preventing an inverse voltage across the capacitor.
+
1-:-0 PIN 11
t""0.3 RC X
The output pulse with (t) is defined as follOWS
t =
0.3~
RXCx
E~'J
+
Where RX is in kil, Cx is in
pF, t is in ns; for Cx
103
<
pF.
10 2 ~~---t~~r-~~~~~~---+--~-r~
80
60 L--~_-r
40
IS SHOWN IN THE OPPOSITE GRAPH.
20
4
6 8 1'.1
C TIMING CAPACITANCEpF
x
3-160
TYPICAL OUTPUT PULSE WIDTH VERSUS TIMING
RESISTANCE AND CAPACITANCE FOR Cx < 103 pF
DUAL LINE DRIVER
lii!lDotiC!i
8T23
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL MSI
DESCRIPTION
FEATURES
The 8T23 is a Dual Line Driver designed to meet all of the
requirementsofthe IBM System/360, System/370 I/O interface specifications (IBM Specification GA 22-6974-0).
•
•
•
•
•
The low impedance emitter follower output will drive terminated lines such as coaxial cable or twisted pair. The
output is protected against accidental shorting by an internal clamping network which turns on once the output
voltage drops below approximately 1.5 volts. The uncommited emitter output structure allows Dot-OR logic tb
be perf.ormed as in "Party-Line" operations.
lOUT = 59.3mA AT 3.11 VOLTS
UNCOMMITTED EMITTER OUTPUT STRUCTURE
FOR PARTY-LINE OPERATION
SHORT-CIRCUIT PROTECTION
SINGLE 5 VOLT POWER SUPPLY
AND-OR LOGIC CONFIGURATION
LOGIC DIAGRAM WITH PIN LAYOUT
Multiple emitter inputs allow the 8T23 to interface with
standard TTL or DTL systems. and the circuit operates
from a single +5 volt power supply.
10
11 "------.r-_ _~_..--.....
12
13
Additional logic incorporated in the 8T23 Dual Line Driver
can be used during the power-up and power-down sequence·
to ensure that no spurious noise is generated on the line.
14"------.r--15.....--~_
=
(16)
(8)
=
Denotes Pin Numbers
CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
VCCO---------~~~----~----------~~~----------------1_~
VIN
O-+-------+-J
'-----+--~-oVOUT
GNDo-+-------.-_4----------~~~--_4---_4--~~_+------__1
3·181
DIGITAL. 8000 SERIES TTL./MSI .8T23
EL.ECTRICAL. CHARACTERISTICS (VCC
= 5.0V ± 5%, TA =bOc TO +75°C)
LIMITS
CHARACTERISITCS
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNITS
"0" Output Voltage
+0.15
V
"1" Output Leakage
Current
40
J,LA
"0" Input Current
-0.1
"1" Input Current
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V CC
MIN
"1" Output Voltage
3.11
TYP
o.av
' OV
4.5V
OV
-24 OJ,L A
OV
OV
3.0V
-1.6
mA
O.4V
4.5V
40
J,LA
4.5V
OV
NOTES
7
1, 13
= 5.0V, T A = 25°C)
LIMITS
CHARACTERISTICS
TEST CONDITIONS
INPUTS
AND GATE #1
INPUT OTHER
OF#2
OUTPUT
AND
UNDER INPUT
TEST
GATE
MAX
UNITS
V
TEST CONDITIONS
AND GATE # 1
INPUTS
OUTPUT
INPUT OTHER
OF #2
INPUT
AND
UNDER
TEST
GATE
2.0V
2.0V
o.av
NOTES
-59.3mA
Turn-On Delay, ton
12
15
20
25
nS
nS
a, 11
9, 11
Turn-Off Delay, toft
12
20
20
35
nS
nS
a, 11
9, 11
315/
60
150/
2a
mW/
mA
mW/
mA
Power/Current
Consumption
Output at "0"
Output at "1"
Input Voltage Rating
"1" Output Current
Input Clamp Voltage
V
5.5
-100
o.av
o.av
o.av
10, 14
2.0V
2.0V
2.0V
10, 14
OV
OV
4.5V
OV
10mA
-250
mA
4.5V
-1.5
V
-12mA
2.0V
12,14
NOTES:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open.
All measurements are taken with ground pin tied to zero volts.
Positive current is defined as into the terminal referenced.
Positive logic definition: "UP" Level = "1", "DOWN" Level = "0".
Precautionary measures should be taken to ensure current limiting in accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings should the isolation
diodes become forward biased'.
Output source current is supplied through a resistor to ground.
With forced output current of 240J,LA the output voltage must not exceed 0.15V.
RL = 50n to ground.
Load is 50n in parallel with 1OOpF.
ICC is dependent upon loading. ICC limit specified is for no-load test condition for both drivers.
Reference AC Test Circuit and Pulse Requirements.
Reference "Typical Output Current vs. Output Voltage Curve".
VCC = O.OOV.
VCC = 5.25V.
3-162
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI. 8T23
AC TEST FIGURE AND WAVEFORMS
AC TEST CIRCUIT
PULSE REQUIREMENTS
I--- pw---I
~!!"tr
INPUT~:
- I 1.1'-1,
..
-1
OUTPUT
.
1.IIV
.
I
---I
~t:
:T~.,...:..--t'_1 I I---
toff
I
I I
I --I
~I
1.IIV
I
ton
r---
INPUT PULSE:
AMPLITUDE = 3.0V
PW.- BOn. (50"DUTY CYCLEI
t, - t, .. 00. (10% AND 90% MEASUREMENT POINTSI
TYPICAL OUTPUT CHARACTERISTICS
Vee
~I.OV
TA-··C
"\
100rnA
-
'""!'\
~
r1V
2V
3V
\
4V
IV
OUTPUT VOLTAGE (VOL Til
3·163
DIG1TA.l8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8T23
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
1I2(ST23)
1I3(ST24)
1------1
I
,---------,
I
I
I
95r! COAX
I
I
~I~C=~~~~4
I 96n
95!!
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l ______ .J
3-164
':"
I
':"
"L _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .J
!ii!lDotiC!i
TRIPLE LINE RECEIVER
WITH HYSTERESIS
8T24
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI
DESCRIPTION
The 8T24 is a Triple Line Receiver designed specifically to
meet the IBM System/360, System/370 I/O Interface Specification (IBM Specification GA 22-6974-0). Each receiver
incorporates hysteresis to provide high noise immunity and
high input impedance to minimize loading on the driver
ci~cuit.
An input voltage of 1.7 volts or more is interpreted as a
logical one; an input of 0.70 volts or less is interpreted as a
logical zero as is an open circuited input.
FEATURES
•
•
•
•
•
•
The receiver input (R) of the 8T24 will not be damaged by
a DC input of +7.0 volts with power on or by a DC input of
+E;l.0 volts with power off in the receiver. The 8T24 will
also withstand an input of -0.15V with power on or off.
•
The 8T24 is fully compatible with TTL and DTL systems
and operates from a single 5 volt power supply.
BUILT-IN INPUT THRESHOLD HYSTERESIS*
HIGH SPEED: TON = TOFF = 20ns (TYPICAL)
EACH CHANNEL CAN BE STROBED
INDEPENDENTL Y
FANOUT OF TEN (10) WITH STANDARD TTL
INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
INPUT GATING IS INCLUDED WITH EACH LINE
RECEIVER FOR INCREASED APPLICATION
FLEXIBILITY
OPERATION FROM A SINGLE +5V POWER
SUPPLY
Hysteresis is defined as the difference between the input
thresholds for the "1" and "0" output states. Hysteresis
is specified at 0.4V typically and 0.2V minimum over the
operating temperature' range.
LOGIC DIAGRAM WITH PIN LAYOUT
Vee
GND
(
)
=
=
=
(16)
(8)
Denotes Pin Numbers
3·165
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8T24
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (VCC = 5.0V±5%, TA= O°C TO +75°C)
CHARACTERISTICS
MIN.
LIMITS
TYP.
MAX.
2.6
2.6
3.4
3.4
"1" Output Voltage
"0" Output Voltage
R
S
V
V
1.70V
OV
4.5V
0.7V
0.4
0.4
V
V
0.70V
OV
1.7V OV OV
OV 1.7V 1.7V
-1.6
-1.6
-1.6
mA
mA
mA
OV
OV
0.17
5.0
5.0
40
40
40
mA
mA
mA
p.A
p.A
p.A
3.11V
7.0V
6.0V
3.11V
0.2
0.2
"0" Input Current
SI)
An
Bn
-0.1
-0.1
-0.1
"1" Input.current
Rn
Rn
Rn
Sn
An
Bn
TEST CONDITIONS
OUTPUTS
B
A
UNITS
OV
OV
OV
OV
NOTES
-800p.A
-800p.A
7
7
16mA
16mA
8
8
O.4V
O.4V
O.4V
9
4.5V
4.5V OV
OV 4.5V
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (AT VCC= 5.0v AND T A = 25°C)
CHARACTER ISTICS
MIN.
Turn-On Delay, ton
Turn-Off Delay, toff
Hysteresis
0.2
PowerICu rrent
Consumption
Input Voltage Rating
S
A
B
Output Short Circuit
Current
Input Voltage Rating
S
A
B
LIMITS
TYP.
MAX.
' R
S
TEST CONDITIONS
A
B
OUTPUTS
30
nS
13
20
30
nS
13
0.4
V
380
72
5.5
5.5
5.5
4.5V
OV
OV
mW
mA
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
V
V
V
3:11V
OV
OV
10mA
OV
OV
OV
10mA
OV
OV
OV
10mA
-100
mA
3.11V
OV
OV
OV
-1.5
-1.5
-1.5
V
V
V
-12mA
-12mA
-12mA
All voltage measurments are referenced to the ground terminal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open.
All measurements are taken with ground pin tied to zero volts.
Positive current is defined as into the terminel referenced.
Positive logic definition: "UP" Level = "1", "DOWN" Level = "0",
Precautionary measures should be taken to ensure current limiting in accordance with Absolute Malfimum Ratings should the
isolation diodes become forward blasad.
Manufacturer reserves the right to make design and process changes and improvements.
Output source current is applied through a resistor to ground.
Output sink current is supplied through a resistor to Vee.
Vee = O.OOV
Not more than one output should be shorted at a time.
H.ysteresis is defined as the voltage difference between the A input level at which thel output begins to go from "0" to "1" state
and the level at which the output begins to go from "1" to "0".
See Hysteresis test circuit.
Aefer to Ae test circuits.
Vee = 5.25V.
3-166
11, 12
14
NOTES:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
NOTES
20
315
60
-50
UNITS
10, 14
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI. 8T24
CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Vee
AC TEST CIRCUIT AND WAVEFORMS
5.0V
84.511
2.6V
3 Receivers in the package.
Test each Receiver using switch
positions as shown in Table I.
TABLoE I
I----
PW
-I
·~'.5V
INPUT~"u,
~
:~'.5V
,.~.
I ~
Input Pulse:
Receiver no.
Amplitude - 2.6V
Pulse width = 200nS
(60% Duty Cycle)
tr" tf" 6nS (10% to 90%)
Receiver 1
Receiver 2
Receiver 3
Position
Switch 1 I Switch 2
1
1
2
2
3
3
I
OUTPUT-f-/!
~
loff
f4I
---.,
Ion
\4-I
3·167
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8T24
HYSTERESIS TEST CIRCUIT
Verify In each of three (3) positions of 5, (Figure') that
the following occurs per Figure 2.
,. V,xand V 2 must be between 0.7V minimum and 1.7
maximum.
2. Hysteresis = V, -V 2
VCC= 5.0V
CURVE TRACER
TEK.575
16
11
1 4 1 - - - -... R INPUT
15
1 0 1 - - - -...
VOUT
12
V1
TYPICAL APPLICATION
,------,
1/2(8T231
1/3(8T241
,---------,
I
I
I
>+:~~c:~-=~CS~O=AX;J~~I~
:
96n
I
950
:
I
I
I
I
l ______
3-168
I ":'
~
:
_
I
L _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .J
1.7V
!ii!lDotiC!i
DUAL SENSE AMPLIFIER
V PACKAGE
8T25
N8T25
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTLjMSI
DESCRIPTION
FEATURES
The 8T25 is a Dual MOS-to-TTL Sense Amplifier designed
to accept low level MOS signals from the output of Random
Access Memories and store the information in a latch in
response to an external Strobe signal. A tristate buffer pre,sents the data to the output using conventional TTL logic
levels. The 8T25 operates from a single +5 volt supply.
• MOS-TO-TTL CONVERTER
•
INTERNAL LATCH
•
TRISTATE OUTPUTS
• SINGLE +5V SUPPLY
PIN CONFIGURATION
CIRCUIT OPERATION
A logic "1" level on the Disable line will effectively disconnect the outputs of the Sense Amplifier from a common
bus by turning both totem-pole transistors off. When the
Disable line returns to a logic "0" level, the outputs will be
preset to a logic "1" state. A low-going Strobe pulse will
then transfer the data at Inputs A and B to their respective
outputs non-inverted.
STROBE
OUTPUT A
0
2
8
VCC
7
OUTPUT B
INPUT A
3
6
DISABLE
GND
4
5
INPUT B
Due to the internal latch, output data will remain stable
regardless of any change in input levels until a Disable signal again forces both outputs to the high impedance state.
The data inputs are current sensitive with a threshold of
300JlA, although the driving source voltage must be greater
than 1.6 volts in the high level.
LOGIC DIAGRAM
AMPLIFIER
INPUTA
LATCH
BUFFER
0--(3)
><>-----.~-__I
>0------
OUTPUT A
(2)
INPUTB
0--(5)
.>Oo---t--t--I
><>------4.-
OUTPUT B
(7)
STROBE
0--(1)
V CC -8
GND-4
PRESElI"iDISABLE
o-----D------------------------I
(6)
3·169
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI. 8T25
i
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (T A
5V ± 5%)
LIMITS
PARAMETER
"1" Output Voltage
MIN.
2.8
TYP.
MAX.
3.5
INPUTS
UNITS
B
A
V
400J,lA
400J,l A
DISABLE STROBE
!
i
OUTPUTS NOTES
0.8V
0.8V
-1.5mA
7
8
"0" Output Voltage
0.40
V
200J,lA
200J,lA
0.8V
0.8V
16mA
Output "1"
Leakage Current
Output "A"
100
J,lA
200J,lA
1.5mA
2.0V
0.8V
3.9V
100
J,lA
1.5mA
200J,lA
2.0V
0.8V
3.9V
Output "0"
Leakage Current
100
J,lA
1.5mA
1.5mA
2.0V
0.8V
OV
Input Clamp Voltage
-1.5
V
-12mA
-12mA
4.5V
OV
Output "B"
Power /Current
Consumption
"0" Input Current
(Strobe, Disable)
210/40 mW/mA 400J,lA
400J,lA
-1.6
mA
OV
OV
"1" Input Current
(Strobe, Disable)
40
J,lA
4.5V
4.5V
Input Voltage Rating
(Strobe, Disable)
5.5
V
1.0mA
1.0mA
Output Short
Circuit Current
-0.1
-70
-20
2.0V
mA
11
OV
10, 11
L..--.
NOTES:
1.
All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal.
Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open.
All measurements are taken with ground pin tied to zero volts.
Positive current flow is defined as into the terminal referenced.
Positive logic: "UP" Level = "1", "DOWN" Level = "0".
Precautionary measures should be taken to ensure current limit·
ing in accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings should the
isolation diodes become forward biased.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (T A
Output source current is supplied through a resistor to ground.
Output sink current is supplied through a resistor to V cc.
Refer to AC jest Figure.
Not more than one output should be shorted at a time.
V CC ·B.25V.
5.0V)
LIMITS
PARAMETER
Propagation Delay
Strobe to Output
(t )
ds
Disable to "0"
Output (tpZL)
"0" Output to
Disable (t pLZ )
Disable to "1"
Output (t pZH )
"1" Output to
Disable (t pHZ )
3·170
MIN.
INPUTS
TYP.
MAX.
UNITS
15
25
ns
Fig. 1
15
25
ns
Fig. 2
8
15
ns
Fig. 2
A
B
DISABLE STROBE
OUTPUTS NOTES
15
25
ns
Fig.3
9
20
ns
Fig. 3
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI- 8T25
AC TEST CIRCUITS AND WAVEFORMS
PROPAGATION DELAY (STROBE TO OUTPUT)
~.A
+3OO~A
I
I
t .-----------t
I-tsw-l_-----10
r ts-J
:
------""'\
•
1oons---_y_
I __-,
_ST_R_O_B_E_ _ _
+3_.0_v_ _
PULSE CHARACTERISTICS:
1-: tpw:-l
:::U~. r-'i
5K
+3.0V
DISA;J
- 1MHz
:~w ~: ~ ~~
~
\""'--_ _ _
to
ns MAX.
= 20 n. MAX.
~r-_t_d.__1_._ _ _ _ __
~L.--_
DIODES IN916
d
ov
Fig. 1
PROPAGATION DELAY (DISABLE TO OUTPUT)
PULSE CHARACTERISTICS
= 1 MHz
t,
= ~<5ns
PULSE WIDTH = 200 ns (MAX.)
240n
INPUT
1.5V
OV
OUTPUT
50n
OV
10%
DIODES IN916
':"
':"
':"
NOTE: t p1z " "0" OUTPUT TO HIGH-Z
tpzl = HIGH-Z TO "0" OUTPUT
Fig. 2
PROPAGATION DELAY (DISABLE TO OUTPUT)
+5V
~
50n 3.0V
;II:
INPUT PULSE CHARACTERISTICS
= 1 MHz
= ~<5ns
PULSE WIDTH = 200
f
AOUT
1.5V
DISABLE
t,
n. (MAX.)
STROBE
BOUT
,---"""
NOTE: tphz
Fig. 3
tpzl
= "1" OUTPUT TO
= HIGH-Z TO
HIGH-Z
"0" OUTPUT
3-171
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI. 8T25
TYPICAL APPLICATION
4K X 16 BIT MEMORY
BIT 1
BIT 2
,--I
DISABLE
I
I
I
I
(BT25)
(254B)
DISABLE
INPUTS {
ADDRESS
3·172
I
(2548)
~------------~----
BIT 16
·Smnotils
TRI-STATE QUAD BUS DRIVER/RECEIVER
8126
B,F PACKAGES
.DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI
DESCRIPTION
lOGIC DIAGRAM
The 8T26 Bus Driver/Receiver contains four pair of inverting logic gates along with two buffered common enable
lines.
Both the Driver and Receiver gates have tri-state outputs
aAd PNP inputs. Ti'i-state outputs provide the high switching speeds of totem-pole TTL circuits while offering the
bus capability of open collector gates. PNP inputs reduce
input loading to 200MA maximum.
A logic "1" on the Data Enable (D/E) input allows input
data to be transferred to the outputs of the Drivers while
a logic "0" will force the outputs to a high impedance state
and will also disable the PNP resulting in negligible input
load current. The Driver gate will sink 40mA of current
with a maximum VeE of 0.5V.
The Receiver gates are enabled by a logic "0" on the Receiver Enable (R/E) pin and provide 16mA current sink
capability. A logic "1" forces the Receiver outputs to a high
impedance state and disables the PNP inputs.
FEATURES
•
SCHOTTKY-CLAMPED TTL
•
PROPAGATION DELAY = 17n5 (MAX.)
•
TRI-STATE OUTPUTS
•
PNP INPUTS
• 40mA CURRENT SINK CAPABILITY
•
SBD* INPUT CLAMPS
*SCHOTTKY-BARRIER-DIODE
APPLICATIONS
•
HALF-DUPLEX DATA TRANSMISSION
•
ROUTING DATA IN BUS-ORIENTED SYSTEMS
•
HIGH CURRENT DRIVERS
•
MOS-TO-TTL INTERFACE
Vee
GND
=
-
( ). =
(16)
(8)
Denotes Pin Numbers
3-173
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI. 8T26
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V CC = 5.0V ±5%, T A = -O°C TO +75°C)
PARAMETER
MIN.
TYP.
Input "0" current (All inputs)
MAX.
CONDITION
-200
JJA
V in
= 0.4
25
JJA
V in
= 5.25
Input "1" current Din' DE' RE
Input (0) Threshold Voltage
UNITS
0.85
NOTES
volts
Input (1) Threshold Voltage
2
volts
DOut (1) Voltage Pins 3,6,10,13
2.6
3.1
volts
ROut (1) Voltage Pins2,5,11,14
2.6
3.1
volts
= -10mA
lout = -2.0mA
7
lout
7
DOut (0) Voltage Pins 3,6,10,13
0.50
volts
lout = 40mA
8
ROut(O) Voltage Pins 2,5,11,14
0.50
volts
lout = 16mA
8
100
JJA
OutP~t
(1) off leakage current
Input clamp voltage
V out
= 2.6V
-1.0
volts
'in
= -5mA
DOut short circuit current Pins 3,6,10,13
-50
-150
mA
Vo
= 0 volts
11, 12
ROut short circuit current Pins 2,5,11,14
-30
-75
mA
Vo
= 0 volts
11, 12
mW/mA
V cc
= 5.25
11
457/87
Power/Current Consumption
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (VCC = 5.00V, T A = 25°C)
PARAMETER
MIN.
TYP.
MAX.
UNITS
DOut to ROut (ton)
6
10
nsec
9
DOut to ROut (toft)
13
18
nsec
9
Din to DOut (ton)
16
20
nsec
9
Din to DOut (tof f )
16
20
nsec
9
High Z to 0 (tpZL)
29
38
nsec
9
o to High Z
35
43
nsec
9
High Z to 0 (tpZL)
20
30
nsec
9
o to High Z (tpLZ)
10
17
nsec
9
CONDITION
NOTES
Propagation Delay
Data Enable to Data Output
(tpLZ)
Receiver Enable to Receiver Output
NOTES:
1.
All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal.
2.
3.
All measurements are taken with ground pin tied to zlIro volts.
Positive current flow is defined as Into the terminal referenced.
4.
Positive NAND Logic definition:
"up" Level
~
"1", "DOWN" Level
= "0".
6.
Precautionary measures should be taken to ensure current limiting In accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings
6.
should the Isolation diodes become forward biased.
Measurements apply to each output and the associated data Input Independently.
7.
Output source current Is supplied through a resistor to ground.
S.
Output sink current Is supplied through .. resistor to V CC.
9.
Refer to AC Test Circuits.
10.
Manufacturer reserves the right to make design and procest changes and improvements.
11.
12.
V CC = 5.25 volts.
Do not ground more than one output at a time.
3-174
DIGITAL HUUU ::it:HIt:::i I I
L/M~I • U 1""0
AC TEST CIRCUITS AND WAVEFORMS
PROPAGATION DELAY (DOUTTO ROUT)
Vee -6.0V
-FL-
DDUTI
DE
DOUT2
RE
DOUT3
DINI
DOUT4
DIN2
ROUT!
DIN3
ROUT2
DIN4
ROUT 3
ROUT 4
1
1
~
2.6V
1
1 1
1 1
-I·onl---- - I '011 1-
92U
INPUT PULSE:
tr = tf = 5ns (10% to 90%)
1.3K
freq = 10MHz (50% duty cycle)
Amplitude·= 2.6V
PROPAGATION DELAY (DIN TO DOUT)
2.6V
2.6V
Vee -5.0V
30U
DOUTI
1
DE
DOUT2
RE
DOUT3
DIN 1
DOUT4
DIN2
ROUT 1
DIN3
ROUT 2
DIN4
ROUT 3
1
-FL~
1 1
260U
1 1
-I'onl- -1'0111-
INPUT PULSE:
tr = tf = 5ns (10% to 90%)
freq = 10MHz (50% Duty Cycle)
ROUT4
Amplitude = 2.6V
PROPAGATION DELAY (DATA ENASLE TO DATA OUTPUT)
6.0V
2.6V
DE
DOUT2
RE
DOUT3
DINI
DOUT4
DIN2
ROUT1
DIN3
ROUT2
DIN4
ROUT3
}
2.4K
70U
5K
(PROBE)
INPUT PULSE:
tr = tf = 5ns (10% to 90%)
ROUT 4
freq = 5MHz (50% Duty Cycle)
Aplplitude = 2.6V
PROPAGATION DELAY (RECEIVE ENABLE TO RECEIVE OUTPUT)
Vee
DE
DOUT1
RE
DOUT2
2.6V
~
I - _I
tplz __ 1
DIN1
DOUT3
DIN2
DOUT4
DIN3
ROUT 1
DIN4
ROUT 2
ROUT3
ROUT4
OUT
}
2.4K
tpzll_
~
6.0V
1
10%
1.5V
2400
INPUT PULSE:
5K
(PROBE)
tr = tf = 5ns (10% to 90%)
freq = 5MHz (50% Duty Cycle)
Amplitude = 2.6V
3-175
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8T26
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
r--------..,
BIDIRECTIONAL DATA BUS
I
r--------,
) 0 - - - ' - - - 0 ~~~.
B~~ e>--+-+--I
1--+-+--0 ~,;'s
B~~ e>--I..-+--\
I I
I I
Jo--t-"----o ~EJT
B~~
CONTROL LINES MAY BE TIED TOGETHER, SUCH THAT
LOGICAL '" TRANSMIT, LOGICAL '0' RECEIVE
3-176
1---+--+---0 ~s
0-+-+--1
LOGICAL "0" '" ACTIVE
LOGICAL "," .. HI-z
LOGICAL "1" '" ACTIVE
LOGICAL "0 .... HI-z
!imnotiC!i
SCHOTTKY 82S MSI
DESCRIPTION
Series 82S Schottky TTL circuits are implemented with
Schottky-barrier-diode clamping to achieve ultra-high
speeds previously obtainable only with emitter-coupled
logic, yet they retain the desirable features of, and are
completely compatible with, most of the popular saturated
logic circuits.
Schottky-barrier-diode clamping prevents transistors from
achieving classic saturation and thereby effectively eliminates excess charge storage and subsequent recovery times.
These recovery times contribute significantly to overall
propagation delays experienced with saturated digital-logic
circuits.
The Schottky-clamped transistors are formed by using
Schottky-barrier-diodes in parallel with the base-collector
junctions. This is realized physically be depositing metal
over the base and N region of the collector forming a
metal-silicon diode. The effect of this diode, which has a
lower forward voltage than the collector-base function is to
hold the transistor out of saturation by diverting most of .
the excess base current. The reduction in stored-charge plus
the use of smaller geometries results in a major improvement of switching characteristics.
By eliminating gold-doping normally employed in conventional TTL processing to reduce storage time, PNP transistors can be used to advantage by the circuit designers.
Vee
I NPUT O----<~--E=----Klf------
LOW CURRENT PNP INPUT STRUCTURE
In 82S MS I, PN P transistors are used to reduce input
loading as illustrated in Fig. 1. Maximum low level input
current is specified at 400 MA which allows the systems
designer to upgrade existing designs without encountering
fanout limitations.
-FEATURES
I.
3ns TYPICAL GATE PROPAGATION DELAY
•
20mW PER-GATE TYPICAL POWER DISSIPATION
•
LOW LEVEL INPUT CURRENT (PER UNIT LOAD =
0.4mAMAX.
EASE OF SYSTEM DESIGN
•
FULLY COMPATIBLE WITH SERIES 8000, 54/74
TTL, AND MOST DTL
•
SCHOTTKY-DIODE-CLAMPED
SYSTEM DESIGN
•
TERMINATED, CONTROLLED-IMPEDANCE LINES
NOT NORMALLY REQUIRED
•
LOW OUTPUT IMPEDANCE: PROVIDES LOW AC
NOISE SUSCEPTABILITY AND DRIVES HIGHLY
CAPACITIVE LOADS
INPUTS
SIMPLIFY
Figure 1
ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS (Over operating
free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted)
SUPPLY VOLTAGE VCC
INPUT VOLTAGE
OUTPUT VOLTAGE
OPERATING FREE-AIR
TEMPERATURE RANGE
+7V
+6V
+7V
O°C to 15°C
3·177
SillnOlies
8·INPUT DIGITAL
MULTIPLEXER
82S30
B,F PACKAGES
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES SCHOTTKY TTL/MSI
TRUTH TABLE
DESCRIPTION
The 8-lnput Digital Multiplexer is the logical equivalent
of a single-pole, 8 position switch whose position is specified by a 3-bit input address.
ADDRESS
A,
AO
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
x
x
x
x
The 82S30 incorporates an INHIBIT input which, when
low, allows the one-of-eight inputs selected by the address
to appear on the f output and, in complement, on the f
output. With the INHIBIT input high, the f output is unconditionally low and the f output is unconditionally high.
FEATURES
•
SCHOTTKY-CLAMPED TTL STRUCTURE
• PNP INPUTS
• DIRECT OUTPUT INHIBIT
• 82S80 REPLACES 9312 FOR HIGHER SPEED
DATA INPUT
17 16 15
A2
x
=
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
1
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
1
1 x
x
x
x
x
x
x
0
x
x x
x x
0
don't care
LOGIC DIAGRAM
82S30
191
11
16
15
14
13
12
T
11
10
Vee
GND
()
3·178
=
(16)
(8)
Denotes Pin Numbers
14 13 12 I, 10
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
1
1
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
0
x
x
x
x
0
x
x
x
x
x
1
0
x
x
x
x
x
x
x 1
1 x
x x
x x
x x
x x
x x
x x
x 0
0 x
x x
x x
x x
x x
x x
x x
x x
OUTPUT
INH
f
f
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
,DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI • 82S30
IELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over Recommended Operating Temperature and Voltage)
LIMITS
CHARACTERISTICS
MIN
"1" Output Voltage
TYP
"0" Input Current
An, In, INH
TA
UNITS
A1
A2
*
*
-1.0mA
6
*
*
*
*
20mA
7
0.5
V
*
10
p.A
4.5V 4.5V
4.5V 4.5V
4.5V
-400
p.A
0.5V O.5V
0.5V
0.5V
MIN
Propagation Delay
An to f
A~toT
In to f
INH to f
,Power Consumption/Supply Current
Output Short Circuit Current
Output f
Output T
I nput Clamp Voltage
TEST CONDITIONS
DATA INPUT
TYP
MAX
UNITS
ns'
20
17
ns
12
ns
16
ns
325/62 mW/mA
-40
-40
-1.2
-100
-100
*See Truth Table for Logical Conditions
NOTES:
2.
4.
5.
0.5V
and V CC = 5.0V
LIMITS
3.
NOTES
*
V
CHARACTERISTICS
1.
OUTPUTS
*
*
2.7
"0" Output Voltage
"1" I nput Current
Inputs An, In, Inh
250 C
MAX
TEST CONDITIONS
DATA INPUT
INH
A3
In
mA
mA
V
A
INH
A
4.5V 4.5V
OV
OV
OV
OV OV
-18 -18
mA mA
OV
OV
OV
OV
-18 -18
mA mA
4.5V
OV
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
OUTPUTS
NOTES
f
f
In
4.5V 4.5V
6.
All voltag~ m~asur~m~nts are referenced to the grourid
terminal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left
electrically open.
All measurements are taken with ground pin tied to zero volts.
Positive current is defined as into the terminal referenced.
Positive logic definition: "UP" Level = "1", "DOWN"
Level .. "0".
Precautionary measures should be taken to ensure current
limiting in accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings
should the isolation diodes become forward biased.
A
8
8
8
8
9,11
OV
OV
Output sourc~ curr~nt is suppli~d through a r~sistor to
ground.
Output sink curr~nt is suppli~d through a r~sistor to V cc.
R~f~r to AC T~st F.lgur~s.
Vcc = 5.25V
By DC t~sts p~r th~ truth tabl~, all inputs hav~ guarant~~d
thr~sholds at 0.8V for logical "0" and 2.0V for logical "1".
All In data inputs ar~ at OV, VCC = 5.25V.
AC TEST FIGURE AND WAVEFORMS
Vee
SEE
TEST
TEST
NO. AO A,
INPUTPU\..SE':
PRR·,MHz
PG
;~.t~~::'nI
ALL DIODES ARE lN3064
CL INCLUDes PROBE & JIG CAPACITANCE
90%
10%
INPUT\PG)
~~---
I
\t'-----3V
90%
-
- PW _ _ _',_5V_
0
PG
0
0
PG
OV
INVEiRTINGOUTPUT~1
ITOFFI
v'o
~
I
I
1.6V .
" , " . 2,7V
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
,
0
0
0
0
0
PG
0
0
0
a
0
0
a a
a 0
a a a a -PG-
0
OUTPUTS
1!
F
T
T
-~-
0
0
,
0
0
0
,
0
0
-
--
0
T
-~-
"0"· GROUND
I
1.5V
NOTE:
1.
A.C. TEST JIGS MUST NOT HAVE ANY SWITCHES.
2,
A.C. TeST JIGS MUST HAVE LESS THAN 1/8 INCH LEAD
LENGTHS FROM PACKAGE PINS.
I
I ~I
TONI-'- - -voo
~
---v'o
1.6V
NON-INVERTING OUTPUT
F
,
1
0
0
'0%
I
TON
0
INPUTS
A2 INH 10 I, 12 13 14 16 16 17
0
0
:{
-----
TEST TABLE
TABI-E
1.6V
voo
3-179
!iillnOlie!i
82S31
82S32
8·INPUT DIGITAL
MULTIPLEXER
B,F PACKAGES
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES SCHOTTKY TTL/MSI
DESCRIPTION
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
The 8-lnput Digital Multiplexer is the logical equivalent
of a single-pole, 8 position switch whose position is specified by a 3-bit input address.
Propagation Delay (Typ)
The 82S31 is a variation of the 82S30 that provides open
collector output f for expansion of input terms. The
82S32 is similar to the 82S30 except in the effect of the
INHIBIT input on the f output. With the INHIBIT low,
the selected input appears at the f output and, in complement, on the T output. With the INHIBIT input high,
both the f and the T output are unconditionally low.
An to f
In to f
Input Load Current (Max)
82532
12ns
7ns
Iln"O"
lin"'"
Output Current
20mA@0.5V
'mA @ 2.7V for 82S31
f output only
10ut"O"
lout"'"
FEATURES
e SCHOTTKY-CLAMPED TTL STRUCTURE
e PNP INPUTS
e.OPEN COLLECTOR OUTPUT (82S31)
e DIRECT OUTPUT INHIBIT (82S32)
LOGIC DIAGRAMS
82831
17~19_1r===;===:r}.------,
82832
(9)
17
(7)
18
1&
14
13
12
I,
10
Ao
A,
A2
Vee
GND
INHIBIT
-
=
( ) =
(16)
(8)
Denotes Pin Numbers
* (1 Output Has Open Collector)
3·180
82S31
'4ns
9ns
Vee = (16)
GND =
(8)
( ) = Denotes Pin Numbers
!ii!lDotiC!i
2·INPUT 4·81T DIGITAL
MULTIPLEXER
B,F PACKAGES
82S33
82S34
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES SCHOTTKY TTL/MSI
DESCRIPTION
FEATURES
•
SCHOTTKY-CLAMPED TTL STRUCTURE
These devices are 2-input, 4-Bit Digital Multiplexers designed for general purpose data-selection applications.
•
•
PNP INPUTS
OPEN COLLECTOR OUTPUTS (82S34)
•
INHIBIT STATE
The 82S33 features non-inverting data paths; and, the
82S34 features inverting data paths.
The 82S34 has open collector outputs which permit direct
wiring to other open collector outputs (collector logic)
to yield "free" four-bit words. As many as forty four-bit
words can be multiplexed by using twenty 82S34's in the
WIRED-AND mode.
The inhibit state So = Sl = 1 can be used to facilitate
transfer operations in an arithmetic section.
LOGIC DIAGRAM
82S33
Vee
GND
fn
50
51
0
0
B
1
0
A
0
1
B
1
1
0
=
( ) =
(16)
(8)
Denotes Pin Numbers
82S34 (OPEN COLLECTOR)
Vee
GND
fn
50
51
0
0
B
1
0
A
0
1
B
1
1
1
=
( ) =
(16)
(8)
Denotes Pin Numbers
3-181
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .82S33/34
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over Recommended Operating Temperature and Voltage)
TEST CONDITIONS
CHARACTERISTICS
LIMITS
INPUTS
MIN TVP MAX UNITS
"1" Output Voltage (82533)
"0" Output Voltage (82533)
"0" Output Voltage (82534)
"1" Output Leakage Current (82534)
"0" Input Current (ALL)
"1" Input Current (ALL)
Output Short Circuit Current (82533)
Input Clamp Voltage (ALL)
2.7
0.5
0.5
250
400
-10
-100
-1.2V
-40
An
2.0V
2.0V
2.0V
0.8V
OV
2.0V
2.0V
2.0V
0.5V
0.5V
4.5V
4.5Y
5V
5V
-18mA -18mA
V
V
V
p,A
p,A
p,A
mA
V
So
S1
0.8V
2.0V
0.8V
2.0V
0.5V
4.5V
OV
-18mA
0.8V
0.8V
0.8V
2.0V
0.5V
4.5V
OV
-18mA
Bn
OUTPUTS
NOTES
-1mA
20mA
20mA
5.5V
6
7
7
0\/
10,11
OUTPUTS
NOTES
9
TEST CONDITIONS
CHARACTERISTICS
INPUTS
LIMITS
MIN
MAX
UNITS
305/58
265/50
mW/mA
mW/mA
TVP
Power/Current
Consumption:
82533
82534
82533/34 Turn-On/Turn-Off Times
An, Bn to fn
50 to fn
51 to fn
12
20
18
An
Bn
So
OV
OV
S1
OV
OV
10
10
ns
ns
ns
8,1
8,1
8,1
6. Output source current i3 supplied through a resistor to
ground.
7. Output sink current is supplied through a resistor to V CC.
8. Refer to AC Test Figures and Test Table.
9. Connect an external 1 K ± 1 % resistor to V CC for this test.
10. VCC = 5.25V.
11. Not more than one output should be shorted at a time.
1. All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground
terminal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left
electrically open.
2. All measurements are taken with ground pin tied to zero
volts.
3. Positive current is defined as into the terminal referenced.
4. Positive logic definition: "UP" Level = "1", "DOWN"
Level = "0".
5. Preceutlonary measures should be taken to ensure current
limiting in accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings
should the isolation diodes become forward biased.
AC TEST FIGURES AND WAVEFORMS
~
'NPUT
-AO
-0,
PULSE
ENEAATOR
-:::~
r
TABLE -
-=
TEST
NO.
81
-A.
-0.
-A,
60ll
IN~~~ p.u~s~~z
TEST TABLE
':isET _ A ,
I..-_-:!:-'"T'-=-_.....
-
~.. t!·6~·~lfli
ALL DIODES ARE 1N3064
CL INCLUDES PROBE" JIG CAPACITANCE
-+"S
10%
~~.-
at-=-----,v
PW _ _
-'_~-~,
10%0%
I
I "-"-'---_ov
INVERTINGOUTPUT~~
I~
!
I
INPUT IPG)
TON
VIO
I 1.'V
!~}
1.6V
NON~INViATING
3-182
OUTPUT
AO BO Al Bl A2 B2 A3 B3
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
PG
0
1
0
1
1
0
PG 0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
PG
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1 PG 1
0
0
0
0 0 PG
0
0
0
1 0
0
0 PG 0
0
0
0
0
0 PG
0
0 0
1 0
0
0
0
0
0 PG 0
1 0 0
SI
0
-0,
L-
INPUTS
Sa
1.'V
'''t~===:
1.6V
VOO
"I"
~
2.7V
OUTPUTS
FO Fl
T
T
T
F2 F3
T
T
T
"0" -GROUND
NOTE:
1. A,C. TEST JIG'S MUST NOT HAVE ANY SWITCHES.
2. A.C. TEST JIG'S MUST HAVE LESS THAN 1/8 INCH LEAD LENGTH
FROM PACKAGE PINS.
QUAD EXCLUSIVE-OR ELEMENT
SmnOliCS
82S41
A,F PACKAGES
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES SCHOTTKY TTL/MSI
DESCRIPTION
FEATURES
The 82S41 contains four independent gating structures to
perform the Exclusive-OR function on two input variables.
The output of the 82S41 employs the totem-pole structure
characteristic: of TTL devices.
• SCHOTTKY-CLAMPED TTL STRUCTURE
• PNPINPUTS
LOGIC DIAGRAMS
82S41 QUAD EXCLUSIVE-OR
AO
\1\
I-
Bo
\2\
\6\
------
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Vee
GND
A
B
f
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
=
(14)
=
(7)
( ) = Denotes Pin
Number" for
14-pin dual in-line package
'1
3-183
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI • 82S41
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
TEST CONDITIONS
LIMITS
INPUTS
CHARACTERISTICS
MIN.
Output "1" Voltage
Output "0" Voltage
Input "1 " Current
Input "0" Current
Power/Current Consumption
Output Short Circuit Current
Input Clamp Voltage
TA
TYP
MAX
UNITS
0.5
10
-SOO
290/55
-100
V
V
p.A
p.A
mW/mA
mA
V
2.7
-40
-1.2
OUTPUTS
A
B
2.0V
2.0V
4.5V
0.5V
O.SV
2.0V
4.5V
0.5V
-lmA
20mA
-lSmA
OV
NOTES
7
S
11
12
13
13,10
-18mA
= 250 C and VCC = 5.0V
LIMITS
INPUTS
CHARACTERISTICS
1
I
MIN
Turn-On/Turn-Off Times
I
I
TYP
NOTES:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
TEST CONDITIONS
All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminel.
Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open.
All measurements are taken with ground pin tied to zero volts.
Positive current flow is defined as into the terminal referenced.
Positive NAN D logic definition:
"UP" Level = "1", "DOWN" Level = "0".
Precautionary measures should be taken to ensure current limitIng in accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings should the
isolation diodes become forward biased.
MAX
1
I
A
UNITS
NOTES
OUTPUTS
B
1
10
J
6.
7.
S.
9.
10.
11.
Measurements apply to each gate element independently.
Output source current is supplied through a resistor to ground.
Output sink current is supplied through a resistor to Vee.
Refer to Ae Test Figure.
Not more than one output should be shorted at a time_
12.
13.
ns
9
A and B are tested separately. When A is 4.5V, B is OV, and
vice versa.
A and B are tested separately. When A is 0.4V, B is 5.25V, and
vice versa.
Vee = 5.25V.
AC TEST FIGURE AND WAVEFORMS
TEST TABLE
TEST
NO. Ao BO A1 B1
INPUTS
A2 B2 A3 B3
Fa
OUTPUTS
F1 F2 F3
o
0
0 PG 0
0
OPGOOOO
OOOPGOOOO
0000
PGOO
OOOOOOPG
PGO
00000
T
OOOOOPGO
•• ,,, • 2.7V
':=:1't--
-l'RL..
-I r=--
~
I
lNVERTlNGOUTPUT~-I
1;;-1
-----3V
90%
1.8V
~ PW - - - - - - -
90%
-
10%
INPUT {POI
1.6V
-
~o.!"
I
I
1.5V
I
TOFF 1
3·184
OV
VI'
1,5V
TONI--I
-
-
-voo
~
1.SV
NON .. INVERTING OUTPUT
I
-
I- ..-
1. A.C. TEST JIGS MUST NOT HAVE ANY SWITCHES.
10%
7
I
"0" - GROUND
NOTE:
_--VI'
1.5V
veo
2. A.C. TEST JIGS MUST HAVE LESS THAN 1/8 INCH LEAD
LENGTH FROM PACKAGE PINS.
82S42
S!!IDotiCS
4·81T QUAD EXCLUSIVE-NOR
A,F PACKAGES
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES SCHOTTKY TTL/MSI
DESCRIPTION
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
The 82542 contains four independent Exclusive-NOR gates
which may be used to implement digital comparison functions. The 82542 outputs are bare collector to facilitate
implementation of multiple-bit comparisons; a 4~bit comparison is made by connecting the outputs of the four
independent: gates together.
Propagation Delay (Typ)
An' Bn to fn
Input Load Current (Max)
Iln"O"
Iln"l"
Output Current (Min)
10ut"O"
FEATURES
9ns (82542)
30m A @ O.5V (82542)
• SCHOTTKY-CLAMPED TTL STRUCTURE
• PNP INPUTS
•
OPEN COLLECTOR OUTPUTS
LOGIC DIAGRAM
82S42 QUAD EXCLUSIVE-NOR
I
I
L
f
A
B
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
1
Vee = (14)
GND =
(7)
( ) = Denotes Pin Numbers
3·185
!ii!lDlltiC!i
BINARY· TO-OCTAL DECODER
BCD· TO- DECIMAL DECODER
A,F PACKAGES 82S50
B,F PACKAGES 82S52
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES SCHOTTKY TTL/MSI
82S50
82S52
DESCRIPTION
FEATURES
The 82S50 and 82S52 are gate arrays for decoding and
logic conversion applications.
• SCHOTTKY-CLAMPED TTL STRUCTURE
The 82S50 converts 3 lines of input to a one-of-eight
output. The 'fourth input line (D) is utilized as an inhibit
to allow use in larger decoding networks.
•
•
PNPINPUTS
INHIBIT INPUT FORCES ALL OUTPUTS
HIGH (82S50)
•
82S52 REPLACES 9301 FOR HIGHER SPEED
The 82S52 converts a 4 line input code (with 1-2-4-8
weighting) to a one-of-ten output as shown in the Truth
Table.
The 82S52 is a direct replacement for the 9301 with all
outputs being forced high when a binary code greater
than nine is applied to the inputs. The selected output
is a logic "0".
LOGIC DIAGRAMS
82S52
82S50
(15\
'(1)'
(14)
~ 131
Vcc
GND
()
=
Vcc
GND
(14)
(7)
Denotes Pin Numbers
(16)
(8)
)
(
°NOTE: PIN-OUTFOA DUAL IN-LINE PACKAGE ONLY
TRUTH TABLE
OUTPUT STATES
INPUT STATE
82S50
B
C
D
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
3·186
82S52
A
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL!MSI .82S50/52
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over' Recommended Operating Temperature and Voltage)
LIMITS
CHARACTERISTICS
A
MIN
2.7
"1" Output Voltage
"0" Output Voltage
TYP
MAX
0.5
"1" I nput Current
"0" Input Current (ALL)
TA
B
0
C
OUTPUTS
NOTES
-1mA
20mA
6,10
7,10
OUTPUTS
NOTES
UNITS
V
V
10
-400j.LA
j.LA
rnA
4.5V
0.5V
4.5V
0.5V
4.5V
0.5V
4.5V
0.5V
= 250 C and VCC = 5.0V
LIMITS
CHARACTERISTICS
A
MIN
Turn-on Delay ton
Turn-off Delay toft
Power/Current Consumption
(82550 Only)
(82S52 Only)
Input Clamp Voltage
Output Short Circuit Current (ALL)
TYP
MAX
UNITS
16
16
ns
ns
380/72 mW/mA
450/85 mW/mA
-1.2
V
-100
rnA
-40
B
C
0
8
8
5.25V
-18mA
4.0V
5.25V
-18mA
4.0V
11
11
5.25V
OV
-18mA
4.0V
-18mA
4.0V
OV
9,11
NOTES:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal.
Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open.
All mE,asurements are taken with ground pin tied to zero volts.
Positive current flow is defined as into the terminal referenced.
Positive logic definition:
"UP" ILevel = "1". "DOWN" Level = "0".
Precautionary measures should be taken to ensure current limiting in accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings should the
isolation diodes become forward biased.
Output source current is supplied through a resistor to ground.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Output sink current is supplied through a resistor to V cc.
Refer to AC Test Figure.
Not more than one output should be shorted at a time.
Inputs for "1" and "0" output voltage test is per TRUTH
table with threshold levels of 0.8V for logical "0" and 2.0V for
logical "1".
VCC = 5.25V.
AC TEST FIGURE AND WAVEFORMS
82850
Vee
TEST TABLE
TEST
INPUTS
NO. A B C D
r-------....,
SEE
tesT
TABLE
LOAD CIRCUITS
PAR·,MHz
1
1
1
o PG
0 0
1 0
3
I
I
4
5
SA~E 3A:'L~!'; ~~gSIT 1 I
_______ ...1I
INPUT PULSE:
1
1
PG
1
2
6
~.t!"~'~,nl
AI~L
0
0
0
0
0
o PG T
PG 0
1
2
PG
PG
0
1
"1" = 2.7V
OUTPUTS
3 4 5
T
5
7
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
-f-T
"0" = GROUND
DIODES ARE lN3064
Ct. INCLUDES PROBE & JIG CAPACITANCE
82852
TEST TABLE
TEST
NO.
SeE
TEST
1
2
TABLE
3
4
5
6
~
't--
90%
1.6V
90%
1.BV
I
TON
I
I~I
1
1.GV
1
o
OUTPUTS
0
1
2
3
PG 0
PG 1 0
0 0 o
1 o PG
1 PG 0
PG 1 1
5
6
7 8
9
T
0
PG
0
1
0
4
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
"0" = GROUND
NOTE:
I
1. A.C. TEST JIGS MUST NOT HAVE ANY SWITCHES.
10%
OV
2. A.C. TEST JIGS MUST HAVE LESS THAN 1/8 INCH LEAD
V,o
LENGTH FROM PACKAGE PINS.
',BV
TONI-I- - -voo
---v'o
~
1,BV
NON-INVERTING OUTPUT
0
-----3V
----"--PW---~
10%
INPUT (PGI
INPUTS
B C D
"1"· 2.7V
~
I
INveATINGOUTPUT~1
1Ta;;j
-I 'R I=-......J
L--.
A
1.BV
voo
3-187
Si!)notics
9·81T PARITY GENERATOR
AND CHECKER
82S62
A,F PACKAGES
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES SCHOTTKY TTL/MSI
DESCRIPTION
FEATURES
• SCHOTTKY-CLAMPED TTL STRUCTURE
The 82S62 9-lnput Parity Generator/Parity Checker is a
versatile MSI device commonly used to detect errors in
data transmission or in data retrieval. Two outputs (EVEN
and ODD) are provided for versatility. An INHIBIT input
is provided to disable both outputs of the 82S62. (A logic 1
on the ,INHIBIT input forces both outputs to a logic 0.)
•
EVEN/ODD PARITY OUTPUTS
•
INHIBIT INPUT
•
PNP INPUTS
When used as a Parity Generator, the 82S62 supplies a
parity bit which is transmitted together with the data word.
At the receiving end, the 82S62 acts as a Parity Checker
and indicates that data has been received correctly or that
an error has been detected.
LOGIC DIAGRAM
82S62
INHIBIT
(1)
(8)
P1o---t'\
P2 o - - - H
(2)
r--------o~~~~UT
(3)
P3O----H
(9)
-....
P4 o---'"/"L..../
(4)
t::::::r;:;;;;;;:-I-----'I'\n----OgB~PUT
(S)
D
~O_-------------------------------~
(5)
Vcc
GND
=
( ) =
(14)
(7)
Denotes Pin Numbers
LOGIC EQUATIONS:
EVEN OUTPUT
=
P 1 !9 P2 !9 P3!9 P4!9 P5!9 Ps!9 P7 !9 Pa !9 P9
NOTE: Pin-Outs shown for Dual In-Line package only
3·188
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI • 82S62
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over Recommended Operating Temperature and Voltage)
TEST
CONDITIONS
LIMITS
CHARACTERISTICS
TVP
MIN
"1" Output Voltage
Even
Odd
"0" Output Voltage
Even
Odd
"0" I nput Current
Data Inputs P1-PS
Data Input P9
Inhibit
"1" I nput Current
Data Inputs
Inhibit
Power/Current Consumption
Output Short Circuit Current
Even
Odd
TA = 250 C and VCC
MAX
UNITS
DATA INPUT
UNDER "[EST
OUTPUTS
INHIBIT
NOTES
UNDER TEST
V
V
OV
2.0V
.SV
.SV
-1mA
-1mA
6
0.50
0.50
V
V
2.0V
OV
.SV
.SV
20mA
20mA
7
-SOO
-1.2
-SOO
JJ.A
mA
JJ.A
0.5V
0.5V
JJ.A
JJ.A
mW/mA
4.5V
mA
mA
OV
4.0V
2.7
2.7
10
10
355/67
-40
-40
-100
-100
6
7
0.5V
4.5V
11
OV
OV
OV
OV
11,12
11,12
=5.0V
TEST
CONDITIONS
LIMITS
CHARACTERISTICS
OUTPUTS
UNDER TEST
INHIBIT
MIN
TVP
MAX
UNITS
23
2S
12
1S
9
9
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
Turn-on/Turn-off Times
P1 - Ps to Even
P1 - Ps to Odd
P9 to Even
P9 to Odd
I nhibit to Even
Inhibit to Odd
UNDER TEST
NOTES
Pulse
Pulse
Pulse
Pulse
S
S
S
S
S
S
Pulse
Pulse
NOTES:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal.
Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open.
All measurements are taken with ground pin tied to zero volts.
Positive current flow is defined as Into the terminal referenced.
Positive logic: "UP" Level = "1", "DOWN" Level = "0".
Precautionary measures should be taken to ensure current limiting In accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings should the
isolation diodes become forward biased.
AC TEST FIGURE AND WAVEFORMS
6.
7.
8.
9.
11.
Output source current is supplied through a resistor to ground.
Output sink current is supplied through a resistor to Vee.
Refer to Ae Test Figure.
Manufacturer reserves the right to make design and process
changes and improvements.
This test guarantees operation free of input latch-up over the
specified operating power supply voltage range.
Vee = 5.25V.
12.
Not more than one output should be shorted at a tlma.
10.
TEST TABLE
TEST
NO.
P,
PG
PG
o
~'r----
-+f:=O%
-.:.
1::---~
90%
1.5V
INPUT IPGI
0
0
o
1.6V
,.%
PW - - - - - - ,
INVIiAT1NOOUTPUT~1
ITOFFI
I
I
1.5V
I
I~I
I
VI.
P2 P3 P4
0 0
0
0
0 PG
0
0
0 0
0 0
"1"·2.7V
OV
0
0
0
0
0
Ps
0
PG
0
0
0
Pe P7 PB Pg
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
PG
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
PG
0
INH
OUTPUTS
EVEN ODD
--
T
T
T
0
PG
T_
-1'- f---~
-T- f----~I_
T_
"0" - GROUND
NOTE:
1. A.C. TEST JIGS MUST NOT HAVE ANY SWITCHES.
1,6V
TONI----I- -
0
-3V
10%
INPUTS
2. A.C. TEST JIGS MUST HAVE LESS THAN l/B INCH LEAD
-voo
~
LENGTH FROM PACKAGE PINS.
---Vl.
1.5V
NON-INVERTINO OUTPUT
1.SV
vao
3·189
Smnotics
2·INPUT, 4·811 DIGITAL
82S66
--------------------M-U~~,~~~~~82S67
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES SCHOTTKY TTL/MSI
DESCRIPTION
FEATURES
The 82S66/82S67 2-lnput, 4-Bit Digital Multiplexer is a
monolithic array utilizing Schottky TTL circuit structures.
The 82S67 features a bare-collector output to allow expansion with other devices.
•
SCHOTTKY-CLAMPED TTL STRUCTURE
•
PNP INPUTS
•
OPEN COLLECTOR OUTPUTS (82S67)
•
INHIBIT STATE
The multiplexer is intended for use at the inputs to adders,
registers and in other parallel data handling applications.
The mUltiplexer is able to choose from two different input
sources, each containing 4 bits: A = (AO, A1, A2, A3),
B = (BO, B 1, B2, B3). The selection is controlled by the
input SO, while the second control input, S1, is held at zero.
For conditional complementing, the two inputs (An' Bn)
are tied together to form the function TRUE/COMPLEMENT, which is needed in conjunction with adder elements to perform ADDITION/SUBTRACTION. Further,
the inhibit state So = S1 = 1 can be used to facilitate
transfer operations in an arithmetic section.
LOGIC DIAGRAM AND TRUTH TABLE
82S66/82S67
SELECT LINES
So
0
0
1
1
3-190
S1
0
1
0
1
OUTPUTS
fn (0,1,2,3)
Bn
Bn
An
1
Vee
GND
=
=
(
= Denotes Pin Numbers
)
(16)
(8)
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI. 82S66/67
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over Recommended Operating Temperature and Voltage)
LIMITS
TEST CONDITIONS
CHARACTERISTICS
NOTES
"1" Output Voltage (82S66)
"0" Output Voltage
"1" Output Leakage Current (82567)
"0" I nput Current
An,Bn
50,51
"1" I nput Current
An,Bn
50,51
Output Short Circuit
Current (82566)
TA
MIN
'rVP
2.7
3.5
-40
MAX
UNITS
An
Bn
So
S1
OUTPUTS
0.5
250
V
V
iJ-A
0.8V
2.OV
0.8V
2.OV
2.OV
2.0V
0.8V
2.0V
2.OV
0.8V
0.8V
0.8V
-1mA
20mA
5.5V
-400
-400
iJ-A
iJ-A
0.5V
0.5V
OV
0.5V
OV
0.5V
10
10
iJ-A
p.A
4.5V
4.5V
4.5V
2.OV
4.5V
-100
mA
7
8
12
= 25°C and VCC = 5.0V
'LIMITS
TEST CONDITIONS
CHARACTERISTICS
NOTES
MIN
TVP
Turn-on/Turn-off Times (82566)
51 to fn
So to fn
An to fn
Bn to fn
Propagation Delay (82567)
51 to fn
So to fn
An to fn
Bn to fn
Power/Current Consumption
MAX
UNITS
15
18
10
12
ns
ns
ns
ns
9
9
9
9
ns
9
ns
ns
mW/mA
9
9
12
18
20
12
15
365/69
An
Bn
4.5V
OV
OUTPUTS
S1
So
4.5V
OV
NOTES:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal.
Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open.
All measurements are taken with ground pin tied to zero volts.
Positive current flow Is defined as Into the terminal referenced.
Positive NAND logic definition:
"UP" Level = "1", "DOWN" Level = "0".
Precautionary measures should be taken to ensure current limit·
ing in accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings should the
Isolation diodes become forward biased.
6.
7.
S.
9.
10.
11.
12.
Measurements apply to each gate element independently.
Output source current Is supplied through a resistor to ground.
Output sink current Is supplied through a resistor to Vee.
Refer to Ae Test Figure.
This test guarantees operation free of input latch-up over the
specified operating power supply voltage range.
Manufacturer reserves the right to make design and process
changes and Improvements.
Vee = 5.25 V.
AC TEST FIGURE AND WAVEFORMS
Vee
'0
"
Fa
Aa
·0A,
.,
'EE
TEST
TABLe
TEST TABLE
F,
.,
TEST
NO.
F,
A,
A3
1
2
F3
·3
INPUT PUL~iE:
PAR· , MHz
3
4
~~.. t~ ·6~;~5n5
5
6
CL INCLUDES PROBE & JIG CAPACITANCE
=--l
---.I
--I 'R L-.
I=---
90%
1.5V
7
'j- -
1.5V
-·pw---- --. ___
I TO~
I
INVEAT1NGOUTPUT~--1
ITo,,1 _
I
I
I
- - - -vao
~1---1
I
10%
INPUT (PG)
1.5V
1
,,
,,
INPUTS
OUTPUTS
B, A2 B2 A3 B3 FO F, F2 F3
, , ,,
,, ,, ,
,
,
, ,
Ao BO A,
PG
PG 1
PG 0
1
0 0
0
0 0
0
0 PG
0
0
"''': 2,7V
~----3V
90%
___ - --
10%
So S,
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
PG
0
0
0
0
0
,, ,, ,,
, , ,
0
PG
,,
0
0
0
PG
T
T
T
0
0
,,
T
TI-T
T
T
T
T~
f.--fT
"0" = OUTPUT
NOTE:
OV
1. A,C, TEST JIGS MUST NOT HAVE ANY SWITCHES,
V10
2, A,C, TEST JIGS MUST HAVE LESS THAN '/8 INCH LEAD
LENGTH FROM PACKAGE PINS,
1.BV
1
TOFF
TON
---V1O
~
1.6V
NON-INVERTING OUTPUT
1.6V
vao
3·191
4·81T SHIFT REGISTERS
!i!!lDotiC!i
A,F PACKAGES
82S70
82S71
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES SCHOTTKY TTL/MSI
DESCRIPTION
FEATURES
The 82S70 is a 4-bit Shift Register with both serial and
parallel data entry capability.
•
SCHOTTKY-CLAMPED TTL STRUCTURE
• PNPINPUTS
• SYNCHRONOUS LOAD
The data input lines are single-ended true input data lines
which condition their specific register bit location after
an enabled clocking transition. Since data transfer is synchronous with clock, data may be transferred in any serial/
parallel input/output relqtionship.
• SHIFT RIGHT/LEFT CAPABILITY
•
HOLD MODE
ELECTRICAL CHARACiERISTICS
Transfer Rate
Input Load Current (Max)
Mode control logic is available to determine three possible
control states. These register states are serial sh ift right
mode, parallel enter mode, and no change or hold mode.
These states accomplish logical decoding for system control.
400J,tA
25J,tA
Iln"O"
lin"'"
Output Current
20mA@0.5V
'mA@ 2.7V
'out"O"
'out"'"
The 82S7' provides a direct reset (RD). and a Dout line
in addition to the available outputs of the 82S70 element.
LOGIC DIAGRAM
82870
B0
0°(101
101
(
=
(14)
=
(7)
) = Denotes Pin Numbers for
Vee
GND
14·pin dual in·llne package only
82871
ROlli
Vee
GND
=
=
( ) =
(16)
(8)
Denotes Pin Numbers
DS
D.
3·192
D,
DC
60 MHz (Typ)
!ij!lDotiC!i
PRESETTABLE HIGH SPEED
DECADE/BINARY COUNTER
A.F PACKAGES
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES SCHOTTKY TTL/MSI
82S90
82S91
LOGIC SYMBOL
DESCRIPTION
The 82S90 Decade Counter and 82S91 Binary Counter are
very high speed versions of the popular 8290 Decade and
8291 Binary Counters. They are multifunctional MSI
building blocks capable of being used in counting frequency
synthesis. digital integration where high speed is essential.
A, F PACKAGES
13 1
4
10
3
11
5
9
2
12
FEATURES
• 100 MHz TYPICAL COUNT FREQUENCY
• HIGH IMPEDANCE PNP INPUTS
• VARIABLE MODULUS, +2, 4, 5, 8,10, and 16
• STROBED PARALLEL ENTRY
• PIN REPLACEABLE for the 8290/8291, 74196/74197
Vee = PIN 14
GND=PIN 7
PIN DESIGNATIONS
Clock input to counter first stage (active low going edge)
Clock input to counter last three stages (active low going edge)
DS
Data Strobe Input for enabling data entry
RS
Reset I nput for resetting all stages and outputs to zero
D A. DB. DC. DD
Data Inputs
AO. BO. CO. DO
Data Outputs
LOGIC DtAGRAMS
82S91
82S90
g;E~
181
b 1101
Os
131
DC
(11)
DO
3-193
........... "" .. uuuu ~ .. nlL.~
I
I L./IYI~I
-
OLi)~U, OLi)~ I
D.C. ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over Recommended Operating Temperature And Voltage)
TEST CONDITIONS
LIMITS
NOTES
CHARACTERISTICS
"1" Output Voltage
MIN
TYP
2.6
3.5
MAX
UNITS
DATA
DATA
RESET
STROBE INPUTS
CLOCK
1
CLOCK
2
OUTPUTS
V
0.8V
2.0V
2.0V
-1mA
6,8
0.5
V
0.8V
0.8V
0.8V
20m A
6,9
Data Strobe
-0.4
mA
Data Inputs
-0.4
mA
"0" Output Voltage
"0" Input Current
5.25V
Reset
-0.4
mA
Clock 1
-6.0
mA
5.25V
Clock 2 (8290)
-6.0
mA
5.25V
Clock 2 (8291)
-3.0
mA
5.25V
Data Strobe
10
JJ.A
4.5V
Data Inputs
10
JJ.A
Reset
Clock 1
10
100
JJ.A
JJ.A
O.OV
O.OV
Clock 2 (8290)
100
JJ.A
O.OV
4.5V
Clock 2 (8291)
50
JJ.A
mA
O.OV
4.5V
10mA
5.25V
"1" Input Current
Output Short Circuit Current
Input Voltage Rating
-40
-100
Data Strobe
5.5
V
Clock 1 & 2
5.5
V
Data Inputs
5.5
V
Reset
5.5
Power Consumption/
Supply Current
308
461
62
88
O.OV
4.5V
4.5V
4.5V
O.OV
O.OV
4.5V
10mA
10mA
O.OV
O.OV
11,12
10mA
V
10mA
mW/
O.OV
12
mA
A.C. ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (TA
= 25°e and Vee = 5.0V
TEST CONDITIONS
LIMITS
NOTES
CHARACTERISTICS
MIN
TVP
MAX
UNITS
DATA
DATA
RESET
STROBE INPUTS
CLOCK
1
CLOCK
2
OUTPUTS
Strobe Pulse Width
5
ns
AOUT
9
Reset Pulse Width
7
ns
AOUT
9
10
ns
AOUT
9
Strobe/Reset Release Time
Clock Mode ton Delay
Bit A
Clock Mode toff Delay
Bit A
Bits B, C, 0
ns
9
ns
9
8
10
ns
9
6
ns
9
15
22
ns
9
13
20
ns
MHz
9
5
Strobed Data ton Delay
(All Bits)
Strobed Data toft Delay
(All Bits)
Toggle Rate
12
13
9
10
Bits B, C, 0
85
100
9
NOTES:
6.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
3·194
All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically
open.
All measurements are taken with ground pin tied to zero
volts.
Positive current flow is defined as Into the terminal referenced.
Positive NAND Logic definition:
"UP" Level = "1", "DOWN" Level = "0".
Precautionary measures should be taken to ensure current
7.
S.
9.
10.
11.
12.
limiting in accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings
should the Isolation diodes become forward biased.
Measurements apply to each output and the associated data
input Independently.
Output source current Is supplied through a resistor to
ground.
Output sink current is supplied through a resistor to Vee.
Refer to Ae Test Figures_
Manufacturer reserves the right to make design and process
changes and improvements.
Not more than one output should be shorted at a time.
Vee = 5.25V.
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/M81 • 82890,82891
INPUT AND OUTPUT STRUCTURES
CLOCK INPUTS
DATA, STROBE
and RESET INPUTS
OUTPUTS
Vee
900
Vee
2.5K
50
1K
AC TEST FIGURES AND WAVEFORMS
CLOCK MODE ton/toff DELAY
~
NPUT
Vee
.
1.5V
I
OUTP~T'
.
1.5V
t
ton
INPUT PULSE:
Amplitude = 2.6V
Note:
PW
ton and toff are measured from the'
clock input of each binary to the Q
\
= 30n5,50% to
= t
f
50%
= 5ns
STROBED DATA ton/1toffDELAY
ST~
W
TO~"280"
OUTPUTS
J.
Strobe,
P.A. =
P.W. =
PRR =
tr = tf
2.6V
300ns, 50% to 50%
1MHz
= 5n5
C L "!;pF
LOADCIRcun 1
-=-
Data,
P.A. =
P.W. =
PRR =
tr = tf
2.6V
500ns, 50% to 50%
500KHz
= 5ns
3·195
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI • 82S90, 82S91
AC TEST FIGURES AND WAVEFORMS (Cont'd)
MINIMUM STROBE PULSE WIDTH
'v
1--
TO
OUTPUTS
"280"
~
'*
CL
~
15 pf
lOAD CIRCUIT 1
I
I,
~'+-
I I
-=-
_________
OUTPUTS~
A.B.C.O
I
I
INPUT PULSE:
Amplitude = 2.6V
= tf = 5ns max.
tr
TOGGLE RATE
INPUT
vce
~l
eOUTt-------/
° O U T I - - - -....
:', ,
h
"',,,,
OU+~UTS J
82S90
1
2
3
4
5
6
,
8
9 10
INPUT~
AOUTPUT~
OOUTPUT~L
eOUTPUT~
r--t..
o OUTPUT
-=
82S91
123456"/8910111213141516
INPUT
IUUUlIlIU1IU1Il
A OUTPUTJUUUUU1J1Il
CIRCl;IT UNDER TEST
BOUTPUT~
eOUTPUT~
I NPUT PULSE:
Amplitude = 2.6V
PRR = 5MHz. 50% duty cycle
t, = tf = 5ns max.
L
I
o OUTPUT
STROBE/RESETRELEASE TIME
STROBE
/1.5V
I
I
CLOCK
I
I
i
~,-.5_V_ _ __
I RELEASE
------l
CLOCK, STROBE/RESET:
Amplitude = 2.6V
PRR = lMHz, 50% duty cycle
tr = tf = 5ns max.
NOTES:
1.
All resistor values are in ohms.
2.
All capacitance values are in picofarads and include jig and probe capacitance.
3.
All diodes~are 1N916.
3·196
AO
TIME
I
;.
r-
------'
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI • 82590, 82S91
FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
1., 82S90 Decade Counter
2. 82S91 Binary Counter
The 82S90 can be used in three basic count modes as
follows:
The 82S90 can be used in two basic count modes as
follows:
a. BCD Counter. The CP2 input must be connected to
the AO output and CP1 receives the count input. The
count s,equence obtained is BCD in accordance with
the truth table.
a. Binary Counter-For this mode of operation AO
output must be connected to CP2 input and the
count input connected to CP1. Subdivisions of the
count input frequency then appear at AO = ';-2,
BO = ';-4, Co = ';-8, DO = ';-16 as shown in the truth
table.
b. Bi·Quinary Counter. If a symmetrical output is reo
quired for divide by 10 operation, the DO output
must be connected to the CP1 input and the count
input applied to CP2. A symmetrical square wave is
then obtained at AO of one-tenth the input frequency
present at CP2 in accordance with the truth table.
c. Separate Divide by Two and Five Counters. Because
the inherent structure of the counter is that of two
separate divide by two and divide by five sections, no
other connections are required for this mode of operation. An input presented to CP1 will appear at AO
output at halfthe input frequency. An input presented
to CP2 will appear at outputs BO, Co and DO as a
binary divide by five count (i.e., from 0 = 000 to
4 = 100). Operation of the DS and RS inputs remain
common to all four flip flops as with any other
count mode.
TRUTH TABLES
b. Separate Divide by Two and Divide by Eight 'Counters-In similar manner to the 82S90 the 82S91 inherent str'ucture allows separate use of the first and
last three stages. In the first stage the input count
frequency presented to CP2 appears at outputs
BO = ';-2, Co = .;-4 and DO = ';-8 simultaneously.
Operation of the DS and RS inputs remains common
to all stages.
TRUTH TABLE
Binary
Input AO
BO
Co
DO
0
1
2
3
0
1
0
0
0
1
4
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
14
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
15
1
5
6
Decade (BCD)
Input AO BO
Co
7
DO
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
2
0
0
0
3
4
1
0
1
1
1
0
0
5
6
'7
0
1
0
1
8
9
0
0
1
1
a
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
Bi-Quinary (5-2)
Input AO
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8,
9
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
BO
Co
DO
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
8
9
10
11
12
13
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3., Operation of the DS Data Strobe and RS Reset Inputs:
a. Data Strobe DS Input-When DS = 0 the four stages
of the 82S90/91 can be used as four separate latches
with the outputs AO' - DO following the data presented to the inputs D A - DD regardless of clock
inputs.
With DS = 1 the four stages remain unchanged until
the next clock inputs, which activate counting in
accordance with the various modes described previously. The Reset RS inputs when low overrides DS
as described below.
b. Reset Rslnput-With RS = 0 the clock inputs CP11
CP2 and DS input are overriddeo, all stages of the
82S90/91 are cleared and zeros appear at the counter
outputs AO - DO. When RS = 1, operation is controlled by DS or CP1/CP2 clock inputs as described.
, 3·197
82S82
82S83
4·BIT BCD ARITHMETIC UNIT
4·BIT BCD ADDER
!ii!lDOliC!i
PRELIMINARY INFORMATION
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES SCHOTTKY TTL/MSI
DESCRIPTION
82S82 BCD ARITHMETIC UNIT
The 82S82 Binary Coded Decimal (BCD) Arithmetic unit
and the 82S83 Binary Coded Decimal (BCD) Adder are
Schottky MSI circuits that have been designed for easy
systems usage. Each unit provides a single IC solution to
perform BCD Arithmetic that previously had to be implemented with s"everal Binary Adders, Exclusive OR's,
ROM's and Gates
High Speed operation is achieved with Schottky TTL technology and use of PNP high impedance inputs results in
reduced input loading compared with conventional TTL.
82S82 BCD Arithmetic Unit
FEATURES
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Adds and Subtracts BCD Numbers
Converts Binary to BCD
Comparison Output (Open Collector)
Internal Look-Ahead Carry/Borrow
Fast Look-Ahead Carry/Borrow Outputs
Ripple Carry/Borrow Output
Easy Array Expansion
A8,"A4, A2, A1
Pin Nos.
4,21,20,19
B8,B4,B2,B1
3,1,22,18
S8,S4,S2,S1
14,13,16,17
Add/Subtract
2
Cin/Bin
CO/BO
G
5
8
6
P
7
A=B
10
VCC
GND
24
12
Pin Designation
PIN CONFIGURATIONS (Top View)
B, F PACKAGES
N, F PACKAGES
24
82S83 BCD Adder
FEATURES
•
•
•
•
•
23
Adds BCD Numbers
Converts Binary to BCD
I nternal Look-Ahead Carry
Ripple Carry Output
Easy Array Expansion
22
21
20
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Propagation Delay (Typ.)
An to Sn
Bn to Sn
An to Co/Bo
Bn to Co/Bo
An to G or P
Bn to G or P
82S82
29ns
32ns
22ns
29ns
20ns
23ns
82583
29ns
29ns
22ns
22ns
Input "0" Current (Max.)
An, Cin, B4, B8
B1 B2
Add/Subtract
82S82
O.4mA
0.8mA
0.8mA
82S83
0.4mA
O.4mA
Input "1" Current (Max.)
(All Inputs)
"0" Output Current
"1" Output Current
(Except A=B Output)
16mA
@0.5V
800/.lA
@2.7V
3·198
Function
BCD Inputs Word A
Weighted (8-4-2-1)
BCD Inputs Word B
Weighted (8-4-2-1)
BCD Sum Outputs
Weighted (8-4-2-1)
Add=Logic "0"
Subtract=Logic "1"
Carry/Borrow Input
Carry/Borrow Output
Carry Generate
Output (Active Low)
Carry Propagate
Output (Active Low)
Compare Output
(Open Collector)
Supply Voltage
Ground
-
40/.lA
16
15
14
19
13
18
12
17
11
16
10
10
15
11
14
12
13
82S83 BCD ADDER
A8, A4, A2, A1
Pin Nos.
4,15,14,13
B8, B4, B2 B1
3, 2, 1, 12
S8,S4,S2,S1
9,7,10,11
Cin
Co
VCC
GND
5
6
16
8
Pin Designation
Function
BCD Inputs Word A
Weighted (8-4-2-1)
BCD Inputs Word B
Weighted (8-4-2-1)
BCD Sum Outputs
Weighted (8-4-2-1)
Carry Input
Carry Output
Supply Voltage
Ground
sEctioNs
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
\
/
L..
BIPOLAR
MEMORY PRODUCT
SPECIFICATIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
S.ECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTI8NS
SECTI NS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
~t:rTI()N~
Bipolar Memory Functional Index
CAM
8220
8-Bit Content Addressable Memory (4x2 CAM)
4-3
64-Bit Bipolar 8cratch Pad Memory (16x4 RAM)
256-Bit Bipolar RAM (256x 1 RAM Tri-8tate)
256-Bit Bipolar RAM (256x 1 RAM Open Collector)
256-Bit Bipolar RAM (256x 1 RAM Tri-8tate)
256-Bit Bipolar RAM (256x 1 RAM Open Collector)
64-Bit Bipolar High 8peed Write-While-Read RAM (32x2)
4-15
4-20
4-20
4-22
4-22
4-24
2048-Bit Bipolar ROM (256x8)
4096-Bit Bipolar ROM (512x8)
256-Bit Bipolar Field-Programmable ROM (32x8 PROM)
256-Bit Bipolar ROM (32x8)
4096-Bit Bipolar ROM (1024x4)
256-Bit Bipolar Programmable ROM (32x8 PROM Open Collector)
1024-Bit Bipolar Programmable ROM (256x4 PROM Open Collector)
1024-Bit Bipolar Programmable ROM (256x4 PROM Tri-8tate Outputs)
256-Bit Bipolar Programmable ROM (32x8 PROM Tri-8tate)
4-1
4-1
4-8
4-11
4-18
4-27
4-30
4-30
4-27
RAM
8225
82806
82807
82816
8281.7
82821
ROM
8204
8205
8223
8224
8228
82823
82826
82829
828123
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MEMORY
PiN CONFIGURATIONS
8220
8205
8204
Vec
..
..
Vec
At
C"
A,
eE,
A,
eE,
At
el,
A3
A.
A,
Ao
A.
..
..
..
A,
16
A,
15
Ao
14
13
.,
.
.
..
OJ
..
.
.,
12
.
.
.
11
10
OJ
..
Do
Os
Os
I PACKAGE
I PACKAGE
B, F PACKAGES
8223/24
82S23
82S123
8225
8228
Vee
At
'6
16
..
A,
A8
Ao
A3
.,
Ao
..
A,
.
A,
..
B, F PACKAGES
82S06/07/16/17
I PACKAGE
B, F PACKAGES
I PACKAGE
82S21
82S26/29
L PACKAGE
I PACKAGE
!ii!)DotiC!i
2048 BIT BIPOLAR ROM (256x8 ROM)
4096 BIT BIPOLAR ROM (512x8 ROM)
8204
8205
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MEMORY
DESCRIPTION
The 8205 and 8204 are high performance bipolar ROM's
incorporating the storage output or memory data register
into the chip. Data is addressed by applying address information to the address lines. After valid data appears at the
output of the memory array, (typically 35ns after the address is applied) and if the circuit is enabled, the strobe
pulse will enter data into the 8 bit output latch register. A
D-type latch (L) is used to enable the tri-state output
drivers. If the circuit enable signals are valid, the strobe
will set the latch. This turns on the output stage. The
latch will remain set and keep the output enabled until the
chip is disabled and the next strobe pulse occurs. If the
strobe line is held high, the ROM will function in a conventional mode!. The output will be controlled solely by the
chip enable and the output latches will be bypassed.
See page 4.34 for ASCII (ADDRESS) to EBCDIC (DATA)
and EBCDIC (ADDRESS) to ASCII (DATA) and 4-35/
for 4-53 for ORDERING BLANKS.
APPLICATIONS
• MICROPROGRAMMING
• HARDWIRE ALGORITHMS
• CHARACTER GENERATION
• CONTROL STORE
FEATURES
BUFFERED ADDRESS LINES
ON THE CHIP DECODING
ON THE CHIP STORAGE LATCHES
TRI-STATE OUTPUT
PROTECTED INPUTS
BLOCK DIAGRAM
8204 (256x8) AND 8205 (512x8) MEMORY ORGANIZATION
Address Pins
Ao 0 - - - - 1
8204 8205
/IDDRESS LINES
An
STROBE
AO
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
0----1
0 - - - -.......- - - -...
01~OJ040&08~0e
Chip ill enabled when Ce1 '" "0" and CE2 - "1"
(21)
(22)
(23)
(1 )
(2)
(4)
(6)
(6)
-
(20)
(21)
(23)
(1 )
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
VCC '" (24)
GND '" (12)
( ) = Denotes Pin Numbers
OUTPUT LINES
ELEGTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (O°C OS;; TAOS;;; 75°C; 4.75V OS;; VCC OS;; 5.25V)
CHARACTE RISTICS
Input "'0" Current
Input "1" Current
Input (0) Threshold Voltage
Input (1) Threshold Voltage
Input Clamp Voltage
Output (0) Current
Output (1) Current
Output (1) Short Circuit Current
Input Capacitance
Output Capacitance
Power Supply Current
Output (1) off Leakage Current
(Chip Disabled)
Output (0) off Leakage Current
(Chip Disabled)
LIMITS
MIN.
TYP.
MAX.
-100
25
.85
170
lin = -5.0mA
lout =9.6 mA
lout = -2.0rnA
Vout '" OV. VCC = 5.0V
VIH ~ 2.0V. VCC = 5.0V
Vout = 2.0V:VCC '" 5.0V
VCC = 5.0V
100
IJ.A
Vin = 2.7V
-100
J.lA
Vin = 0.5V
0.2
3.3
0.5
-35
-70
5
8
135
TEST CONDITIONS
IJ.A
IJ.A
V
V
V
V
V
rnA
pF
pF
rnA
2
-1.0
2.7
-20
UNIT
NOTES
Vin = 0.5V
Vin = 5.25V
2
5
4·1
blGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MEMORY -8204/05
LIMITS
CHARACTE RISTICS
MIN.
Address Access Time T A
Address Hold Time T ADS
Chip Enable Access Time TeE
Chip Enable Hold Time TCDS
Output Disable Time TO
Strobe Pulse Width TSW
Strobe Set-Up Time TS
Output Disable Ti'meTR
0
12
33
TYP.
MAX.
35
-10
20
5
20
20
30
18
60
UNIT
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
45
45
60
32
TEST CONDITIONS
Read
Read
Read
Read
Read
Read
Reed
Read
Mode
Mode
Mode
Mode
Mode
Mode
Mode
Mode
NOTES
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
I or Reed Mode II
2 Only
I or Read Mode II
II Only
I or Reed Mode II
II Only
II Only
I Only
NOTES:
1. Positive current is defined as into the terminal referenced.
2. No more than one output should be grounded at the Mme
time and strob" should be disabled. StrQbe Is In "1· state.
3. Manufacturer reserves the right to make design and proce.s
changes and Improvements.
4. Applied voltages must not exceed 5.5V.
Input currents must not exceed ±30 mAo
Output currents must not exceed ±100 m~.
0
Storage temperature must be between -60 C to + 150 C.
5. Chip disabled.
6. R lsa and fall times for tests must be less than 5ns. Input
amplitudes are 2.SV and all measurements are made at 1.5V.
MEMORY TIMING
READ MOPE I (OUTPUT LATCHES NOT USED)
READ MODE II (OUTPUT LATCHES USED)
~~r--------I--i-,",
S~
.A
!
I-TAOSj(."" _ _ - ,:_ _ _ _
I
_-...
n
Au····
~~TA---l: :
___ J
~~~----+-----------
CE,
CHIP ENABLE
CE,
ce,
AO" .. An , , , , , , = = T A - - - - - I
_ _ _ .J
I
I
_ _ _....J>ETCE-1
CE,
I
~'-_TO__
---+-!__
:
:---~--------_.J~-----l
I
~TCE-i
1_ _-
;'-TCOS*TO~!
l-TswH
1
'---+-1- - -
1
I
1
Tsi
'-----'
:
TRl
1
O-'-'-"~'O-B---------~~'------------~j
NOTE: Outputs are undefined during the strobe setup time, Ts
v1c300
!!
f
If the strobe is high, the device functions in a manner identical to
conventional bipolar ROM's. The timing diagram shows valid data
will appear T A nanosaconds after the address has changed and
T CE nanoseconds after the output circuit is enabled. TO is the time
required to disable the output and switch it to an 'off' or high impedance state after it has been enabled.
4-2
300n
In Read Mode II, the address is applied to the memory element
TAns before output dotails desired. Applying the chip enable does
not directly enable the outputs. When the strobe is applied T S nanoseconds before the output, data from the memory array Is copied
Into the output latches and the chip anable signal is copied into the
delay latch L. The latch L in turn anables the output. After the strobe
reaches the strobe level,. both the chip enable. and address lines may be
altered but the output data stored in the latches will remain unchanged and the output of the circuit will remain enabled. The output will stay enabled until another strobe copies a Not chip enable
signal into the latch L. The switching of the output to the "off"
or high impedance state occurs T R nanoseconds after the strobe.
!ijgnotiC!i
:8220
I·BIT CONTENT ADDRESSABLE
MEMORY (412 CAM)
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MEMORY
DESCRIPTION
The 8220 CAM Element is a high speed monolithic array,
incorporating the necessary addressing logic and eight identical memory cells organized as four words, each being two
bits long. In reference to data-in/data-stored, the 8220 can
be conditioned to perform the following functions: associate,
write-in only, and read-out only.
When addressed into the "ASSOCIATE" mode, this element
loffers the novel capability of data association, where each
!cell' J~n') will respond with a "Match" or "Mismatch"
:answer
n) to each bit presented to the data inputs (I j),
:depending on presence or absence of an alike bit stored
'within the cell.
-('V
Write-in can be simultaneously done to all bits, or one bit
at a time .. Read-out of stored information. is performed on
one word at a time. Cell-selection for read and write is performed by proper addressing of Y n and An lines.
The element's output structures (Y n and OJ) are of the
o
"bare collector" variety and can be mutually connected,
thus allowing direct expansion when multiple packages are
employed. Expansion of the CAM may be implemented in
both directions, i.e., in the word length and in the number
of words.
The CAM circuit structure is the familiar TTL type (OCl
Family) and fully compatible with TTL and OTl input/
output structures.
FEATURES
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
WRITE ENABLE CONTROL LINES
ASSOCIATE CONTROL LINES
ADDRESS SELECT CONTROL LINES
ASSOCIATES IN 20nsec TYP.
16 PIN PACKAGE (1/3 SIZE OF 24 PIN PACKAGE)
OPEN COLLECTOR OUTPUTS
DIODE PROTECTED INPUTS
APPLICATIONS
DATA·TO·MEMORY COMPARISON
PATTERN RECOGNITION
HIGH SPEED INFORMATION RETRIEVAL
CACHE MEMORY
AUTO CORRELATION
VIRTUAL MEMORY
lEARNING MEMORY
lOGIC DIAGRAM
....---....;...-....;...---,
Vee
GND
(
I--------~
- (16)
(8)
)
MnJ - WORD n. bit J
D,
4·3
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MEMORY. 8220
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (aoe ~ TA '" 75°e; 4.75V ~ Vee ~ 5.25VI)
LIMITS
WJ
Ai
Ij
Yi
V
2.0V
0.8V
2.0V
30mA
V
2.0V
0.8V
2.0V
SOmA
CHARACTERISTICS
MIN.
TYP.
MAX.
UNITS
0.4
O.S
Yk
OJ
NOTES
"0" Output Voltage
Vn
8,9
0.4
V
2.0V
2.0V
0.8V
20mA
O.S
V
2.0V
2.0V
0.8V
40mA
Vn
125
IJ,A
Oi
100
J,tA
OJ
8,9
"1" Output Leakage Current
10
2.0V
OV
10
OV
"1" Input Current
Ij and
Aj
WI
40
IJ,A
80
IJ,A
-1.2
-2.4
mA
mA
4.5V
4.5V
O.4V
0.4V
0.4V
Tj
Yi
4.5V
"0" Input Current
Ii, Vn and
Ai
-0.1
Wi
TA
= 25°C.and VCC = 5.0V
LIMITS
CHARACTERISTICS
Wj
MIN.
TYP. MAX.
Aj
Yk
OJ
NOTES
UNITS
Delay Time
(Ai to
Vn)
20
30
ns
8,11
Associate (lj to Vn)
35
45
ns
8,11
Read-Out (Vn to OJ)
30
40
ns
8,11
Write-I n to Read-Out
(Wi to OJ)
45
60
ns
20
35
ns
590/
118
mW/mA
Associate
Write Pulse Width
Power Consumption
NOTES:
1.
All voltage and capacitance measurement, are referenced to
the ground terminal. Terminals not specifically refarencad
are left electrically open.
2.
All meesurements ere taken with ground pin tied to zero
volts.
3.
Positive current Is defined as Into the terminal referenced.
4.
Positive NAND logic definition: "UP" Level = "1", "DOWN"
Level = "0".
5.
Precautionary mea&ures should be taken to ensure current
limiting In accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings
4-4
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
should the isolation diodes become forward biased.
Measurements apply to each gate element independently.
Manufacturer reserves the right to make delilgn and process
changas and Improvements.
Prior to this test write in a "0" in all or desired Memory
cellI as follows: WI = II = OV, AI = Vee'
Output sink current Is supplied through a resistor to V CC.
Connect an external 1 K ohm + 1 % resistor from Vee to the
output terminal for this test.
See Ae test Figures on the following pages.
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MEMORY. 8220
MODE OF OPERATION
FUNCTION
HOLD
WO W1 AO A.j 10 11
1 1 1 1
REMARKS
(Ref. Definitions & Glossary)
FUNCTION
NO OPERATION
HOLD
x x
Question Answer
1 1 1 0
x x
1 x x
1 1 0
10 11
REMARKS
(Ref. Definitions & Glossary)
x x
1 1
1 1
1 0
1 1 x x
NO OPERATION
r--fE~
Output
State
BVES - V,", Vk••
11=Mi1
NO -Yi=Yk~O
ASSOCIATE
VVo W1 AD A,
1
0
WRITE 10 into M iO
1 1 x x
1
0
WRITE 11 and 10
into Mi1 and M iO
1 1 1 1 x x
1
0
°0=
O-IF MiO=O
1-IF M· 1=1
°1=
I
0 0
BVES-VI."Vk-.
WRITE 11 into Mi1
1 1 1 x x
0
WRITE-IN
~~
10=MiO
NO -Yi=Yk=O
1 1 0 0 x x
~
and
?
10=MiO
YES -Y i =1. Yk=O
READ-OUT
1 1 1 1 x x
1
0
1 1 1 1 x x
0
0
1·IF M· 0 =1
I
O· IF Mi1=0
NO -Yi=Yk=O
00=01 = 1
AC TEST FIGURES AND WAVEFORMS
ASSOCIATE DELAY AND INPUT DELAY
ASSOCIATE DELAY
INPUT DELAY
INPUT A
4
INPUT I
l·6V
OUTPUT V I
II
i
I
I
-----1
NOTES:
I
I:r--
\1.6 V !,.6Vt
I
1
1·1
I
1
I
:r,;;---
!'.6V~.6V
OUTPUTVi
--I
'on t--- - . 'off .-----
1. W/len checking AD let A1
when checking A1 let
2. Wo - W 1 ... "1".
I
~
..-."L-....l .._.
- "1" and
Ao - "1".
~----
'on :.... -: 'ott
:-~
NOTES:
1. When checking 11. A1 .. "0" and AO - "1" and
when checking 10. Ao"- "0" and A1 - "1"
2. WO" W1 = "1".
4-5
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MEMORY. 8220
AC TEST FIGURES AND WAVEFORMS (Cont'd)
WRITE DELAY
INPUT
1i'~OV
2.8:
1i.0V
1
100
3800
INPUT
INPUT
DO
}--
OUTPUT
I$PF
tSI
tso
thi
tho
PW
=
..
..
PW
1
1.liVl..:
INe18
01
"0
tt.j---j4---'"i
"j~
OUTPUT
1
.!.--...J :
.
;
°
1.5 vi : Pv
I 1r;;;;... -
~
.... ... -L.T,
~
t1.5
I
_I
"1" set-up time.
"0" set-up time.
"'" hold time.
"0" hold time.
Pulse width
\
1
w---;:&V"t
....
I---
l1
-I1 PW 1t-r-tt.o
I
1
1
TOFF
V
I
tv
1
I
14--
:--TON_I
I
NOTES:
1. Ao = A 1 = "1".
2. Let all non-selected V's = "0".
3. W's pulse width is 40ns @50% points.
READ DELAY
INPUT
1i.0V
6'~OV
2.8:
vee
100
DO
--I
0,
liUl
GNO
Vv~..._ _ _-,T: v
INPUT y - - - - " " " ' \ 1
1.6
1-- ... ,.."
1.6
OUTPUT 0 - - - - 1 "---,.1
i
\1.6 V
1
I~PF
1
I-
i
~
j,1.6V
I-I
- : TON:- -lTOFFi--
NOTES:
,. A tested bit must store a "0".
2. ~O = ~1 = ",".
3. AO = A1 = "1".
4. All non-tested V's = "0".
data (logical "1"
GENERAL NOTES FOR AC TESTING:
1. Use 5k Probes for all AC tests TEK 169 or equivalent.
2. The Pulse Generator signal should consist of the following
Frequency: '0 MHz ±5 MHz
Amplitude: OV to 3V
Rise & Fall Times: 5 ns ±2ns
3.
bit number (i = 0, 1). I - word number (I = 0, " 2, 3).
3
INPUT/OUTPUT DEFINITIONS
Data Inputs
Data entering these terminals are either compared with storad
information at the cell(s) in the "associate" mode or stored in
the cell(s) in the "write-in" mode.
Associate Controls
A logical "0" at this pin enables Data-Cell association to
result into a definad logical level at the V n lines (e.g. V n .. "'"
= Match, V n - "0" Mismatch). A logical "'" at this pin
forces all V n to a "1".
Write Enable
A logical "0" at this control pin opens the gates of the
selected word, allowing date-in to be stored. A logical "1"
locks the gates such that data-in can no longer disturb the
ceIHs).
"Associate" Output and Address Selection Control
During" Associate" mode these "bara collector" lines provide
output results of match or mismatch between input and stored
4-6
= Match,
logical "0"
= Mismatch).
In the read and write modes these tarminals act as input controle and word-select lines V lines (V,) associatad with words
deslrad to accept writing of data or read-out are to be kept
in the logical "1" state and the remaining V lines (V k) to be
forcad to a logical "0" state. (Note that A = 1 forces all
V n .. 1).
Data Output
These are "bare collector" output lines indicating the state
of one or more selec.ted cells. Cell-Selection is accomplishad
as definad under "V n" above.
GLOSSARY OF TERMS - SUBSCRIPTS
A.
n
=
Word number" 0, ',2 and 3
Bit number = 0 or 1
Input/Output number(s) associated with cell(s) upon
which a "Write-in", "Read-out" or other function is
being performad.
k - Input/Output number(s) other than "i" above.
M = Designation of Memory Cell (word) = eight Identical
celli in each package.
Examples
1. Ij for bit "'" equals '1 .
..
B.
2. Mnl = M 10 .. word "'" bit "0".
3. Vi" 0, V k .. 1: for i .. words' and 3; then k = words 0
and 2: V'.3 .. 0 and V O,2 - , .
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MEMORY. 8220
APPLICATION: LEARNING MEMORY
This system is a CAM array with peripheral IC circuitry
designed to operate as a learning memory. It is organized
in two sections of equal capacity, the total memory size
(both sections) being 8 ten bit words. Either section can be
selected through the section SELECT line, and the memory
is easily expandable in the number of words and in word
length.
By activating the COMPARE line, a new word is loaded into
the buffer and is presented to the memory. Through the
novel feature of data'association, which is unique with CAM
elements, thE~ buffer's content is compared with the words
stored in memory. If the input word, with which the memory was presented, is already contained in storage, no need
for "Iearning" i.e. data acquisition, exists. This fact is indicated by a match from one of the Y n lines (Yi = 1) and thus
no write command is initiated.
Before a WRITE operation is initiated, a location select has
to be made such that the word to be written into the
memory will go to the proper place. For this reason, a tag
CAM is employed to keep track of memory locations, both
empty and full. When a word is written into memory, a "1"
is simultaneously written into the tag CAM. Thus, it is
possible to keep track of the filled memory locations.
By monitoring the Y n lines of the tag CAM, a convenient
way of decoding an available address exists. Here exclusive
OR circuitry is used which ensures that memory locations
are filled successively when the need for "Iearning" exists.
The quad latch is enabled before the write command is
available to the CAM array. Thus the Y lines of unavailable
memory locations are forced low (Yk = 0).
Vee
Er
4-7
Smnotics
756-81T BIPOLAR FIELD·PROGRAMMABLE
HOM [32x8 PROM)
8223
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTl/MEMORY
n:SCRIPTION
APPLICATIONS
PROTOTYPING
VOLUME PRODUCTION
MICROPROGRAMMING
HARDWIRED ALGORITHMS
CONTROL STORE
The 8223 is a TTL 256-Bit Read Only Memory organized as
32 words with 8 bits per word. The words are selected by
five binary address lines; full word decoding is incorporated
on the chip. A chip enable input is provided for additional
decoding flexibility, which causes all eight outputs to go to
the high state when the chip enable input is high.
This device is fully TTL or DTl compatible. The outputs
are uncommitted collectors, which permits wired AND operation with the outputs of other TTL or DTl devices. These
outputs are capable of sinking twelve standard Del loads.
Propagation delay time is 50ns maximum. Power dissipation
is 310 milliwatts with 400 milliwatts maximum. The 8223
may be programmed to any desired pattern by the user. (See
fusing procedure.) This feature is ideal for prototype hardware and systems requiring propriety codes.
A Truth Table/Order Blank is included on page 4-43 for
ordering custom patterns.
InGle DIAGRAM
Vcc = (16)
GND = (8)
( ) = lOlenotes
Pin Numbers
j:l::.p.TURES
BUFFERED ADDRESS LINES
• ON
CHIP DECODING
• CHIPTHEENABLE
CONTROL LINE
• OPEN COLLECTOR
• DIODE PROTECTEDOUTPUTS
INPUTS
• NO SEPARATE FUSING
PINS
• BOARD LEVEL PROGRAMMABLE
-
~
~
~
Chip is Enebled when CE
•
LIMITS
CHARACTERISTICS
MIN.
"1" Output Leakage Current
"0" Output Voltage (NB223-)
TYP.
~
~
= "0"
"0"
"1"
CHIP
An
An
ENAiIi
UNITS
(NB223-)
100
IlA
(5B223-)
250
IJ.A
(SB223-)
0.4
V
O.BV
2.0V
O.BV
9.6mA
6,10
(NB223-)
0.5
V
O.BV
2.0V
O.BV
16mA
6,10
40
IlA
2.0V
"1" Input Current
An, Address
Chip Enable Input
BO
IlA
-1.6
mA
4.5V
4.5V
"0" I nput Current
An, Chip Enable
4-8
OUTPUTS NOTES
MAX.
-0.1
0.4V
O.4V
13
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MEMORY. 8223
TA
= 25°C and VCC = 5.0V
LIMITS
CHARACTERISTICS
MIN.
"0"
.""
An
An
TYP.
MAX.
UNITS
An to Bn
35
50
ns
Chip Enable to Bn
35
50
ns
4.5V
400/77
mW/mA
4.5V
CHIP
,ENABLE;
OUTPUTS
NOTES
Propagation Delay
Power Consumption
310/62
Input Latch Voltage
5.5
V
NOTES:
1.
All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open.
2.
All measurements are taken with ground pin tied to zero
volts.
3.
Positive current is defined as into the terminal referenced.
4.
Positive logic definition: "UP" Level = "1" "DOWN"
Level = "0".
5.
Precautionary measures should be taken to ensure current
limiting in accordance with Absotute' Maximum Ratings
should'the Isolation diodes become forward biased.
6.
Output sink current is supplied through a resistor to V CC.
AC TEST FIGURE AND WAVEFORMS
7.
S.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
DC F.O.=12
7,12
DC F.O.=12
7,12
4.5V
14
10mA
11
One DC fan-out is defined as O.SmA.
One A'C fan-out is defined as 50pF.
Manufacturer reserves the right to make design and process
changes and improvements.
By DC 'tests per the truth table, all inputs have guaranteed
thresholds of O.SV for logical "0" and 2.0V for logical "1".
This test guarantees operation free of input latch-up over the
specified operating power supply voltage range.
For detailed test conditions, see AC testing.
Connect an external 1 k resistor from V CC to the output
terminal for this test.
VCC = 5.26V.
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
INPUT PULSE:
AMPLITUDE -3.0V
tr-tt-6nl
PW - 200n. (50% DUTY CYCLE)
OUTPUT
OUTPUT
I
I
I
:I
I
I
- - + t ,TON
I
-I
I
I
I
I
6V
INPUT
6V
AO
A,
A2
A3
A4
L
NA L
-=-
}
4700
OUTPI,JT
30pF
-=-
Ground Pin 15 When Testing Address-Output Delays
VCC - (16)
GND - (S)
(S) denotes pin number ( )
4-9
DIGITAL 8000,SERIESITTL/MEMORY. 8223
H223 PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE
The 8223 may be programmed by using Curtis Electro
Devices, Spectrum Dynamics or Data I/O Programmers.
The 8223 Standard part is shipped with all outputs at
logical "0". To write a logical "1" proceed as follows:
Programming Proced.ure A
Simple Programming Procedure using "bench" Equipment
1. Start with pin 8 grounded and VCC removed from
pin 16.
2. Remove any load from the outputs.
3. Ground the Chip Enable.
4. Address the desired location by applying ground (i.e.,
O.4V maximum) for a "0", and +5.0V (i.e., +2.8V
minimum) for a "1" at the address input lines.
5. Apply +12.5\1 ± 0.5V to the output to be programmed
through a 390 ohm ± 10% resistor. Program one output at a time.
6. Apply +12.5V to VCC (pin 16) for 50 msec to 1sec
(max.) with a VCC rise time of 50J,Lsec or less. If 1.0
second is exceeded, the duty cycle should be limited to
a maximum of 25%. The VCC overshoot should be
limited to 1.0V maximum. If necessary, a clamping
circuit should be used. The VCC current requirement
is 40 rnA maximum at +12.5V. Several fuses can be
programmed in sequence until 1.0 sec of high VCC
time is accumulated before imposing the duty cycle reo
striction.
NOTE: Normal practice in test fixture layout should be
followed. Lead lengths, particularly to the
power supply, should be as short as possible. A
capacitor of 10 microfarads minimum, connected from the +12.5V to ground, should be
located close to the unit being programmed.
7. Remove the programming voltage from pin 16.
8. Open the output.
9. Proceed to the next output and repeat, or change
address and repeat procedure.
10. Continue until the entire bit pattern is programmed
into your custom 8223.
4. Address the word to be programmed by applying 5 volts
of a "1" and ground for a "0" to the address lines. (Solid
TTL logic levels are ok, but we suggest buffer drivers or
Utilogic OR/NOR gates for the addressing).
5. Apply +12.SV ± O.SV to the output to be prograi'nmed
through a 390 ohm ± 1Q% resistor. Program one output at a ti me.
6. Apply +12.SV to VCC (pin 16) for 25-S0mS. The Vee
rise time must be SOJ,Lsec or less.
Limit the VCC over-!
shoot to 1.0 volts max.
7. Reduce VCC to ground « 0.5V) and remove the load
from the output.
8. Immediately repeat steps'S and 6 for other outputs of
the same word, or repeat 4 through 6 for a different
word. Continue programming for a max of 1 second.
Then remove power for 4 seconds' and continue until
the entire bit pattern is programmed.
After programming the 8223, the unit should be checked
to insure the code is correct. If addition~1 fuses must be
opened, they may be programmed during verification.
Fast Programming Procedure - Programming Procedure C
Steps 1 through 5 are the same as in Procedure B.
6. Apply a SmS pulse to Vee (pin 16). Limit the VCC
overshoot.
7. Reduce VCC toS volts for 10;JSuS and verify the fuse
opened (output is now a "1 " .. If the bit programmed go
on to the next bit to be programmed. If ,the bit. did not
program, then reduce VCC to ground (or open) for 1-OOS
and repeat step 6 apd 7 until the fuse programs' (1 second
total time max).
8. Continue programming at this rate for 1 second. Remove
all power from the device for 4 seconds then continue
programming procedure.
+12.S~
V CC Waveform
+SVOV_
BOARD LEVEL PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE
FOR THE 8223
Fast Programming Procedure - Programming Procedure B
The chip select .controls which 8223 is being programmed
when several PROMS are collector O'R'd. To program in
this manner, the only changes required are:
1. The 390 ohm resistor is reduced to 200 hm where N
1. Remove VCC (open or ground pin 16).
2. Remove any load from the output.
3. Ground CE (pin 15).
is the number of outputs tied together (2 ~ N ~ 12).
2. Reduce max fuse pulse' width from 1 second max to
0.92 sec max.
N
;'I,lANUAL PROGRAMMER DIAGRAM
51 = Single pole 9 position switch
52 through 56 - single pole 2 position switch
57 - Two pole 3 position switch with ground connected
to the middle position of the sectlol:\ connected to
Vec... pin 16 to go from: 6 volts to 12.6V the
.wltch will momenterlly ground Vee) and position,
1 and 2 of the other section connected to 5.0V to
provide the needed 6 volts to the output for
verification.
NOTE:
1. The 10lo'f capacitor acrOBS pin 16 to ground Is
required to eliminate noise from V CC.
2. During programming switch 57 must be in
position 2 long enough for the 1.01o'f capecitor
to discharge to leI. than 0.6 volts.
4·10
!imnotiC!i
:25&·BIT BIPOLAR ROM (32x8 ROM)
8224
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MEMORY
DESCRIPTION
LOGIC DIAGRAM
The 8224 is a TTL 256 Bit Read Only Memory organized as
32 words with 8 bits per word. The words are selected by
five binary address lines with full word decoding incorporated on the chip. A Chip Enable input is provided for
additional decoding flexibility, which will cause all eight
outputs to go to the high state when the Chip Enable input
is taken high.
This device is fully TTL or DTL compatible. The outputs
are uncommitted collectors, which allows wired-AND operation with the outputs of other TTL or OTL devices. These
outputs are capable of sinking twelve standard· DCL loads.
Propagation delay time is 50ns maximum. Power dissipation
is 310 milliwatts with 400 milliwatts maximum.
The 8224-CB180 has been programmed to convert the
seven bit ASC II alphabet code to the 8 bit EBCDIC Alphabet code. The conversion includes the letters A through Z.
With the addition of gating circuitry, the 8224-CB180 will
convert both upper case and lower case letters.
Customer specified patterns are also available· as custom
products. Refer to page 4-43 for Truth Table/Order Blank.
'~EATURES
•
•
•
•
•
BUFFERED ADDRESS LINES
ON THE. CHIP DECODING
CHIP ENABLE CONTROL LINE
OPEN COLLECTOR OUTPUTS
DIODE PROTECTED INPUTS
B,
BO
vee
GND
(
)
B2
B3
B,
a
(16)
(8)
=
Denotes Pin Numbers
a
B!)
Bu
",
APPLICATIONS
MICROPROGRAMMING
HARDWIRED ALGORITHMS
CHARACTER RECOGNITION
CHARACTER GENERATOR
CONTROL STORE
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (S8224- 55°C ~ TA ~ 125°C, N8224 oOe ~ TA ~ 75°C; 4.75V ~ Vee ~ 5.25V
LIMITS
TEST CONDITIONS
OUTPUTS
NOTES
O.SV
9.6mA
6,10
2.0V
O.SV
9.6mA
6,10
2.0V
O.SV
9.6rnA
6,10
4.5V
4.5V
CHARACTERISTICS
MIN.
An"O"
An "1"
CHIP
ENABLE
O.SV
2.0V
5.00
O.SV
4.75
O.SV
MAX.
UNITS
"1" Output Leakage Current
100
J.lA
5.00
"0" Output Voltage
0.4
V
4.75
004
V
0.4
V
An, Address
40
J.lA
5.25
Chip Enable Input
SO
J.lA
5.25
-1.6
rnA
5.25
VCC
2.0V
13
"1" Input Current
4.5V
"0" I nput Current
An, Chip Enable
-0.1
Oo4V
Oo4V
4·11
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MEMORY. 8224
LIMITS
TEST CONDITIONS
CHARACTERISTICS
MIN.
VCC
A., "0"
An "1"
MAX.
UNITS
An to Bn
50
ns
5.00
Chip Enable to Bn
50
ns
5.00
4.5V
Power Consumption
400
mW
5.25
4.5V
V
5.00
OUTPUTS
NOTES
DC F.0.=12
7,12
DC F.0.=12
7,12
CHIP
ENABLE
Propagation Delay
Input Latch Voltage
5.5
NOTES:
1.
All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground termInal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically
open.
2.
All measur\ements are taken with ground pin tied to zero
volts.
3.
Positive current flow I.defined as Into the terminal referenced.
4.
Positive logic definition:
"UP" Level - "1", "DOWN" Level = "0".
5.
Preceutionary measures should be taken to ensure current
limiting in accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings
should the isolation diodes become forward biased.
;T~H:MATIC
10mA
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
DIAGRAM
A10f ~E :S-A~~E-~Lr-------A-LA2 o-r SAME AS ABOVE A2-i-_-+~~
2J
_________ J
L ________
4-12
4.5V
10mA
11
Output sink current is supplied through a resistor to V CC.
One DC fan-out is defined as O.SmA.
One AC fan-out Is defined as 60pF.
Manufacturer reserves the right to make design and process
changes and improvements.
By DC tests per the truth table, ell inputs have guarenteed
thresholds of O.BV for loglcel "0" end 2.0V for logical "1".
This test guarantees operation free of input latch-up over the
specified operating power supply voltage range.
For detailed test conditions, see AC testing.
Connect an external 1 k resistor from V CC to the output
terminal for this test.
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MEMORY. 8224
CODE CONVERSION ASCII TO EBCDIC
(UPPER & LOWE~RCASE LETTERS ONLY) ,8224-CB180
ASC II CODE
CHARACTER
EBCDIC CODE
TRUTH TABLES FOR 8224-CB180
INPUT PINS
15 14 13 12 11 10
9
7
OUTPUT PINS
65432
1
CE A4 A3 A2 A1 AO B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 BO
B7 B6 B5 B4 B3' B2 B1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
·1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
X
X
X
X
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
X X
X .. X
X X
X X
0 0
0 0
0
1
0
1
1 0
1 0
1 1
1 1
0 0
0 0
0
1
0
1
1 0
1 0
1 1
1 1
0 0
0 0
0
1
0
1
1 0
1 0
1 1
1 1
0 0
0 0
0
1
0
1
1 0
1 0
1 1
1
1
0 0
0 0
1
0
1
0
1 0
1 0
1 1
1 1
0 0
0 0
0
1
0
1
1 0
1 0
1 1
1 1
0 0
0 0
0
1
0
1
1 0
1 0
1 1
1 1
0
0
0 0
1
0
0
1
1 0
1 0
1 1
1 1
X
X
X
X
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
01234567
..
-~
---
-A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
0
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
y
Z
-----~
-~
a
b
c
d
e
f
9
h
i
j
k
I
m
n
0
p
q
r
s
t
u
v
w
x
y
z
~-
~.
~-
-.
--
Not Decoded
Not Decoded
Not Decoded
Not Decoded
Not Decoded
11000001
1 1000010
1 1 0000 1 1
11000100
1 1 000 1 0 1
1 1 000 1 1 0
1 1 000 1 1 1
11001000
1 1 00 1 00 1
1 1 0 1 000 1
1 1 0 1 00 1 0
1 1 0 1 00 1 1
1 1 0 1 0 1 00
1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
1 1 0 1 0 1 1 0
1 1 0 1 0 1 1 1
1 1 0 1 1 000
1 1 0 1 1 00 1
1 1 1 000 1 0
1 1 1 000 1 1
1 1 1 00 1 00
1 1 1 00 1 0 1
1 1 1 00 1 1 0
1 1 1 00 1 1 1
1 1 1 0 1 000
1 1 1 0 1 0 0 1
1 . Not Decoded
1 Not Decoded
1 Not Decoded
1 Not Decoded
1 Not Decoded
1 Not Decoded
10000001
10000010
10000011
10000100
10000101
10000110
1 00 00 1 1 1
10001000
10001001
10010001
10010010
1 00 1 00 1 1
10010100
1 00 1 0 1 0 1
1 00 1.0 1 1 0
1 00 1 0 1 1 1
10011000
1 00 1 1 00 1
10100010
1 0 1 000 1 1
10100100
1 0 1 00 1 0 1
1 0 1 00 1 1 0
1 0 1 00 1 1 1
10101000
1 0 1 0 1 00 1
Not Decoded
Not Decoded
Not Decoded
Not Decoded
Not Decoded
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
X
X
X
X
X
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1.
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
To select the ROM only when addressed by an upper or
lower case alphabet character, the following truth table
applies:
CI)
en
a
CI)
~
~0
~
ASCII
ASCII
CHIP ENABLE=B7
__
EBCDIC #1 OU I PUT = B6' B7
c.
::>
o0
0 1
1 1
1 1
....I
1
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
Thus, the ASCII to EBCDIC ROM standard product plus
gating as shown performs the complete conversion.
4·13
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MEMORY. 8224
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS (Cont'd)
EBCDIC
GROUND PIN 15 WHEN TESTING ADDRESSOUTPUT DELAYS
i1.C TEST FIGURE AND WAVEFORMS
5V
INPUT
{
5V
INPUT OR
CHIP ENABLE
4700
I
........-o OUTPUT
~~
I
I
30pF
OUTPUT
OUTPUT~
INPUT PULSE:
Amplitude = 3.0V
tr = tf = 6ns
PW - 200n, (60% DUTY CYCLE)
4·14
I ,
1.4V
!
1.4VV-
i~_...
:
_ : Tdon
, ;
_
OUTPUT PULSE
_ : Tdoff :..- Tdoff· Tdon • 60n. Max
64·81T BIPOLAR SCRATCH PAD
MEMORY (16x4 RAM)
SmDOliCS
8225
DIGITAL BODO SERIES TTL/MEMORY
DESCRIPTION
BLOCK DIAGRAM
The 8225 is a TTL 64-bit Read-Write Random Access Memory organized as 16-words of 4 bits each. The 8225 is ideally suited for application in scratch pads and high-speed
buffer memories.
Words are selected through a 4-input binary decoder when
the chip enable input (CE) is at logic "0". Data is written
into the memory when Read Enable (RE) isat logic "0"
and read from the memory when RE is at logic "1".
.
The outputs. of the 8225 are logical "1" during write operation, therefore, inputs and outputs can be commoned in
busses to reduce the number of I/O leads. Output collectors
are uncommitted.
FEATURES
•
•
•
•
•
CHIP ENABLE LINE FOR EXPANSION
OPEN COLLECTOR OUTPUTS FOR EXPANSION
ON THE CHIP DECODING
ALL OUTPUTS "1" DURING WRITING
DIODE PROTECTED INPUTS
READ ENABLE
APPLICA TlONS
SCRATCH PAD MEMORY
BUFFER MEMORY
PUSH DaWN STACKS (First in-first out)
CONTROL STORE
-
CE
(Chip Enable)
0
1
0
0
X
1
x = Either
BIT2
BIT4
BIT3
VCC ~ (16)
GND m
(8)
(
) ~ Denotes Pin Numbers
TRUTH TABLE
RE
BIT1
MODE
OUTPUTS
Write
Read
Chip Disable
"1"
Information
"1"
"ONE" LEVEL IN OR DATA INPUT APPEARS AS "ZERO"
LEVEL OUT.
Chip Is enabled when
CE -
"0"
State
o
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (O°c ~ TA 7S C ; 4.7SV ~ VCC ~ S.2SV)
LIMITS
INPUTS
CHIP
ENABLE
CHARACTERISTICS
MIN.
TYP.
MAX.
DATA
INPUTS
WRITE
UNITS
V
.BV
Pulse
100
}.LA
.BV
Pulse
-1.6
rnA
.4V
.4V
Chip Enable
BO
}.LA
4.5V
Write, Address, Data
40
}.LA
4.5V
"0" Output Voltage
.4
"1" Output Leak. . Current
"0" Input Current
-.1
OUTPUTS
NOTES
ADDRESS
.BV
16mA
B. 11, 12
5.25V
11,12
.4V
.4V
16
4.5V
4.5V
16
"1" Input Currant
4.5V
4·15
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MEMORY. 8225
TA
= 25°e and Vee =5.0V
LIMITS
CHARACTERISTI~
TYP.
MAX.
Minimum Write Pulse Width (W pW )
18
30
ns
Input Setup Time (ISU)
18
20
ns
Input Hold Time (I HO)
0
5
ns
5
ns
5
ns
MIN.
Address Setup Time (ASU)
Address Hold Time (A HO )
Access Time (TA )
Data Pulse Width (DPW)
20
Write Recovery Time (TWR)
10
20
35
50
INPUTS
CHIP
ENABLE
UNITS
WRITE
DATA
INPUTS
ns
25
40
ns
25
40
ns
Chip Enable Recovery Time IT CR)
20
30
ns
Chip Enable Access Time (T CAl
20
30
ns
17
Input Clamp Voltage
-1.5
V
-12mA
-12mA
-12mA
Input Latch Voltage - except Data
5.5
V
10mA
10mA
10mA
5.5
V
5V
5V
552
mW
OV
5V
NOTES:
1.
All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically
open.
2.
All measurements are taken with ground pin tied to zero
volts.
3.
Positive current is defined as into the terminal referenced.
4.
Positive logic definition:
"UP" Level = "1", "DOWN" Level = "0".
5.
Precautionary measures should be taken to ensure current
limiting in accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings
should the isolation diodes become forward biased.
6.
Capacitance is measured on Boonton Electronic Corporation
Modal 75A-53 Capacitance Bridge or equivalent. f = 1 MHz,
V.ae = 25m V rms'
7.
Data
400
S.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
OV
-12mA
16
16
10mA
16
OV
14
All pins not specifically referenced are tied to ground for
capacitance tests. Output pins are left open.
Output sink current is supplied through a resistor to V CC.
One DC fan-out is defined as O.SmA.
Manufacturer reserves the right to make design and process
changes and improvements.
By DC tests per the truth table, all inputs have guaranteed
thresholds of O.SV for logical "0" and 2.0V for logical "1".
For any given binary code on the Address Inputs the Write
input must be momentarily brought to a logical "0" level.
See AC test circuits on following pages.
All sense outputs in "0" state.
This test guarantees operation free of input latch-up over the
specified operating power supply voltage range.
Test each input one at a time.
Address Pulse Width (ApWI is 40ns for this test.
FUNCTIONAL DIAGRAM
ONE LEVEL IN ON DATA INPUT APPEARS
AS "ZERO" LEVEL OUT.
4-16
NOTES
ns
Write Access Time (TWA)
Power Consumption
OUTPUTS
ADDRESS
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MEMORY. 8225
AC TEST FIGURES AND WAVEFORMS
NOTE:
NEGATIVE TRANSITION
DOES NOT GO BE LOW 2.6
VOLTS AND GENERALLY
IS NOT MEASURABLE.
4·17
J~096
Si!lDOliCS
BIT BIPOLAR ROM
(1024x4 ROM).
8228
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MEMORY
Dt:SCRIPTION
The 8228 is a 4096 Bit Bipolar Read Only Memory
organized as 1024 words by 4 bits per word. Available in a
16 pin dual in·line . package, the 8228 can provide very
high bit packing density by replacing four standard 256X4
ROMS.
See page 4-35 for CD162 Pattern and USASCII Row
Character Generator.
FEATURES
•
•
•
•
BUFFERED ADDRESS LINES
ON THE CHIP DECODING
TOTEM POLE OUTPUTS
DIODE PROTECTED INPUTS
• 16 PIN PACKAGE (1/3 SIZE OF 24 PIN PACKAGE)
The 8228 is fully TTL compatible and includes on-the-chip
decoding. Typical access time is 50ns with a power
consumption of only .125mW per bit.
The standard 8228 ROM pattern is the USASCII Row
Character Generator code; however, custom patterns are
also available. The standard pattern is specified as the
N82281 - CD162, while custom circuits are identified as
APPLICATIONS
MICROPROGRAMMING
HARDWIRED ALGORITHMS
CHARACTER RECOGNITION
CHARACTER GENERATION
CONTROL STORE
N82281 - CXXX. A truth table/order blank is included
on page 4-46 for orderi ng custom patterns.
r~10CK
DIAGRAM
INPUT
SCHEMATIC
WORD SELECT
Vcc
1-64
DECODER
64X 641811
OUTPUT
STORAGE MATRIX
SCHEMATIC
Vee
ri
ADDRESS
BITSELECT
1-16
DECODER
64-4 BIT
MULTIPLEXER
Vee - (16)
GND '" (8)
( ) = Denotes Pin Numbers
OUTPUT DATA
i.i
':TRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (O°C ~ TA ~ 75°C; 4.75V ~ Vce ~ 5.25V)
LIMITS
TEST CONDITIONS
CHARACTERISTICS
MIN.
"0" Output Voltage
"1" Output Voltage
"0" I nput Current
"1" Input Current
Input Tnreshold Voltage
"0" Level
"1" Level
4·18
TYP.
MAX.
0.5
2.7
-10
1
-200
25
_85
2.0
UNITS
V
V
p,A
p,A
V
V
lout = 11.2 rnA
lout = -LO rnA
Vin '" 0.5V
V in = 5_25V
NOTES
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MEMORY. 8228
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Cont'd)
LIMITS
C:HARACTE RISTICS
MIN.
-1.0
Input Clamp Voltage
Power Consumption
Output Short Circuit Current
TYP.
MAX.
140
170
-70
-20
TEST CONDITIONS
UNITS
V
rnA
rnA
NOTES
lin = 5.0mA
01 to 03 = "0"
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (T A = 25°C and Vce = 5.0V)
LIMITS
CHARACTERISTICS
I
MIN.
I
Access Time-Address to Output
TYP.
50
1
1
NOTES:
1.
Positive current is defined as In1;o the terminal referenced.
2.
No mo,re than one output should be grounded at the same
time.
Manufacturer reserves the right to make design and process
3.
changes and improvements.
1
1
MAX.
75
UNITS
ns
TEST CONDITIONS
NOTES
5
4.
Applied voltages must not exceed 5.5V
Input currents must not exceed ±30mA
Output currents must not exceed ±100mA
0
0
Storage temperature must be between -60 C to + 150 C
5.
Rise and fall time for this test must be less than 5n5. Input
amplitudes are 2.SV and all measurements are made at 1.5V.
AC TEST FIGURE AND WAVEFORM
TEST LOAD
360U'
o---~----~----~--o
;.: 30pF
470 II
READ CYCLE
)IE-=-~ ~-- ---------
A'li~RES:g
- - - - - - - - - -./ I '------r-I- - - - - 0,. 0t03' 04
°
.
~/r--------
TPUT _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .../~
4-19
!ii!ln~tiC!i
256-81T BIPOLAR RAM [256xl RAM)
{82S06 TRI·STATE) [82S07 OPEN COLLECTOR)
82S06
82S07
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTl/MEMORY
BLOCK DIAGRAM
! ~t:S(;RIPTION
The 82S06 and 82S07 are ideal devices for use in Control
Stores, small buffers, scratch pads, "cache" type buffer
stores, memory maps, etc. The typical read time (the
time between applying an address and obtaining valid output data) is 45ns. The typical write time (the time between applying one address and storing data) is 20ns. The
circuit has 3 chip enable inputs which greatly simplifies the
circuit configuration when used in larg~ memories. The
82S06 and 82S07 also feature very low input loadings,
25 microamperes for a "'" state and -'00 microamperes
for "0".
256 BIT BIPOLAR RANDOM ACCESS MEMORY
OUTPUT
INPUT
SCHEMATIC
SCHEMATIC
VCC
82S06 ONLY
ri
The memories are TTL compatible and operate from single
5 volt supply.
ADDRESS
i\PPUCATIONS
LINES
BUFFER MEMORY
WRITABLE CONTROL STORE
MEMORY MAPPING
PUSH DOWN STACK
EATURES
•
256 X 1 ORGANIZATION
• 30 NANOSECOND ACCESS TIME TYPICAL
•
LOW 1.5 mw/BIT POWER DISSIPATION TYPICAL
•
LOW 100 IJA INPUT LOADING
•
TRI-STATE (82S06) OR OPEN COLLECTOR
(82S07) OUTPUT
•
ON CHIP DECODING
Vee
GND
()
(16)
(8)
Denotes Pin Numbers
"ONE" LEVEL IN ON DATA INPUT APPEARS AS"ZERO"
LEVEL OUT.
(J{lJECTiVE ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (TA
= 0 to
75°C, VCC
= S.OV
±5) Note 1,2,3
LIMITS
CHARACTE RISTICS
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN.
TYP.
MAX.
UNITS
"0" Input Current
-10
-100
p.A
Vin
"1" I nput Current
<1.0
25
p.A
Vin
"0" Output Voltage
= 0.5V
= 5.25V
lout = 16mA
.35
.5
V
Output Leakage Current (82S07)
<1.0
100
p.A
CE1, CE2, CE3
Output "off" Current (82S06)
<1.0
±100
p.A
CE1, CE2,CE3
.85
V
V
130/683
mA/mW
"1" Output Voltage (82506)
"0" Input Threshold
2.6
"1" Input Threshold
2.0
Power Consumption
Input Clamp Voltage
-1.5
-.8
V
I nput Capacitance
5
pF
Output Capacitance
8
pF
4·20
eE 1
= CE2
lin
= "1", V out = 2.7V
= "1", 0.5';; V out ';;
= CE3
V
110/550
NOTES
= -12mA
= "0"
lout
2.7V
= -3.2mA
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MEMORY. 82S06/07
OBJECTIVE ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (TA
= 25°e,
Vee
= 5.0V)
LIMITS
CHARACTERISTICS
MIN.
Access Time-Address to Output
Address Set-Up Time (read)
TYP.
MAX.
UNITS
45
65
ns
TEST CONDITIONS
NOTES
4,5
ns
t1
10
t2
25
40
ns
t3
25
40
ns
4,5
Propagation Delay
Chip Enable to Output Enable
.4,5
Propagation Delay
Chip Enable to Output Disable
4,5
Address to Write Enable
Silt-Up Time
t4
25
5
ns
t5
10
0
ns
Set-Up Time
t6
0
ns
Write Enable Pulse Width
t7
10
30
15
ns
Address Hold Time
t8
10
0
ns
Chip Enable Hold Time
t9
10
0
ns
4,5
Data Inptut Hold Time
t10
10
0
ns
Write Enable Propagation Delay
t11
..4,5
4,5
Chip Enable to Write Enable
4,5
Set-Up Time
\
4,5
Data Input to Write Enable
40
ns
-100
mA
30
Output Short Circuit Current (82S06)
-20
~OTES:
4,5
4,5
Vout " OV
4,5
Input currents must not exceed ±30mA,
Output currents must not exceed ±100mA
0
J
Storage temperature must be between -60 C to +150 C.
4. Refer to Timing Diagram for definition of
terms and test load.
1. Positive current is defined as into the terminal referenced.
2. Manufactt~r.r reserves the right to make design and
process c'hangeslmd Improvements.
3. Applied voltages must not exceed 6.0V,
5. Rise and fall times for this test must be less
than 5ns. Input amplitudes are 2.BV and all
measurements are made at 1.5 volts.
riMING DIAGRAM
TEST LOAD
vCC
READ MODE PROPAGATION DELAY FROM CHIP ENABLE
A~R~k ~r--'-----------------------·
--:~ t, 1 XP
~
f~'
~11-'
.
~'---+:------l-!-----
ftP
Cc,. C"2. ""3
1\
CHIP ENABLE
I
I
II,-----~--~
OU~UT
.n .-=1.-~-;rc
I
t3
~_.
WRITE MODE
Ao
A7
ADDRESS
_
....... _ I
fa
_
-------~.-----~-----.-~y;=
::;x
•• J
I
I
\on_
~
1
CE,. CE 2.CE3
t&
DIN'
DATA INPUT
1
- set up time for an address input to chip enable for valid
data at output
t2 .. propagation delay from chip enable to valid data at output
1
1..-..__
CHIP ENABLE
t1
t9
t3 .. propagation delay from chip disable to output turn off
t4 .. set up time from address to write enable
t5 .. set up time from chip enable to write enable
ta ..
R!W
READIWRITE ENABLE
DO
OUTPUT
(ADDRESS AND CHIP ENABLE STABLE)
set up time from data input to write enable
t7 .. write enable pulse width
ta
hold time for address from write enable
tg
hold time for chip enable fr.om write enable
t10" hold time for data, input from write enable
t11" propagation delay from write enable to valid data at output
4-21
SmDotiCS
256 BIT BIPOLAR RAM (256xl RAM)
(82S16 TRI·STATE) 82S17 OPEN COLLECTOR
82S16
82S17
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MEMORY
BLOCK DIAGRAM
DESCRIPTION
The 82S16 and 82S17 are ideal devices for use in Control
Stores, small buffers, scratch pads, "cache" type buffer
stores, memory maps, etc. The typical read time (the
time between applying an address and obtaining valid output data) is 30ns. The typical write time (the time between applying one address and storing data) is 20ns. The
circuit has 3 chip enable inputs which greatly simplifies the
circuit configuration when used in large memories. The
82S16 and 82S17 also feature very low input loadings,
25 microamperes for a "1" state and -100 microamperes
for "0".
256 BIT BIPOLAR RANDOM ACCESS MEMORY
INPUT
SCHEMATIC
VCC
OUTPUT
SCHEMATIC
82S160NLY
~
The memories are TTL compatible and operate from single
5 volt supply.
ADDRESS
APPLICATIONS
BUFFER MEMORY
WRITABLE CONTROL STORE
MEMORY MAPPING
PUSH DOWN STACK
FEATURES
•
256 X 1 ORGANIZATION
•
30 NANOSECOND ACCESS TIME TYPICAL
•
LOW 1.5 mw/BIT POWER DISSIPATION TYPICAL
•
LOW 100 tJA INPUT LOADING
•
TRI-STATE (82S16) OR OPEN COLLECTOR
(82S17) OUTPUT
VCC
GND
()
Denotes Pin Numbers
"ONE" LEVEL IN ON DATA INPUT APPEARS AS"ZERO"
LEVEL OUT.
•
Chip is enabled when CE l
= CE2 = CE3 = "0"
ON CHIP DECODING
OBJECTIVE ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (DoC ~ T A ~ 75°C; 4.75V ~ VCC ~ 5.25V) Note 1,2,3
LIMITS
CHARACTERISTICS
TEST CONDITIONS
TYP.
MAX.
UNITS
"0" I nput Current
-10
-100
!J.A
Yin
"1" I nput Current
<1.0
25
!J.A
Yin
MIN.
"0"' Output Voltage
= 0.5V
= 5.25V
.35
.45
V
Output Leakage Current (82S17)
<1.0
40
!J. A
CE1, CE2, CE3
Output "off" Current (82S16)
<1.0
40
!J.A
CE1, CE2, CE3
"1" Output-Voltage (82S16)
"0" I n put Th resh 01 d
2.6
"1" Input Threshold
2.0
Power Consumption
Input Clamp Voltage
V
.85
·1.5
CE 1
= CE2
V
110/550 130/683
-.8
mA/mW
V
5
pF
Output Capacitance
8
pF
= "1", V out = 2.7V
= "1", 0.5 < V out "';; 2.7V
=CE3 = "0"
V
Input Capacitance
4-22
lout = 16mA
lin=-12mA
lout
= -3.2mA
NOTES
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MEMORY. 82St6/17
OBJECTIVE ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (TA = 25°e, vee = 5.0V)
LIMITS
CHARACTERISTICS
MIN.
TYP.
Access Time-Address to Output
Address Set-Up Time (read)
MAX.
TEST CONDITIONS
UNITS
30
50
ns
t1
10
20
ns
t2
20
30
ns
t3
20
30
ns
NOTES
4,5
4,5
Propagation Delay
Chip Enable to Output Enable
4,5
Propagation Delay
Chip Enable to Output Disable
Address to Write Enable
4,5
Set-Up Time
t4
20
5
ns
t5
5
0
ns
Set-Up Time
t6
5
0
ns
Write Enable Pulse Width
t7
25
15
ns
4,5
Address Hold Time
t8
5
0
ns
4.5
Chip Enable Hold Time
t9
5
0
ns
4,5
Data Input Hold Time
tlO
5
0
ns
4,5
Chip Enable to Write Enable
4,5
Set-Up Time
4,5
Data Input to Write Enable
Write Enable Propagation Delay
Output Short Circuit Current
40
ns
-70
mA
30
t11
(82S~
6)
-20
~OTES:
4,5
Vout
=:
4,5
OV
Input currents must not exceed ±30mA,
Output currents must not exceed ±1 OOmA.;
0
Storage temperature must be between -60 C to +150 C.
4. Refer to Timing Diagram for definition of
terms and test load.
1. Positive current is defined as into the terminal referenced.
2. Manufacturer reserves the right to make design and
process changes and improvements.
3. Applied voltages must not exceed 6.0V,
5.
Rise and fall times for this test must be less
than 5ns. Input amplitudes are 2.SV and all
measurements are made at 1.5 volts.
TIMING DIAGRAM
TEST LOAD
VCC
READ MODE PROPAGATION DELAY FROM CHIP ENABLE
~r:'-l,'::---------------------
AI) A7
:rl
ADDRE~ ~~~'----+i----------------------------------~
~
eE"
CE2, CE3
CHIP ENABLE
I
1
1
I
i
· 1 ~----+--~
30pF
1,':"~I '3.fl~
I
1'-----·
DO
~'2
OUTPUT ._- _____ , ____ J
~~
270!l
3OO!l
WRITE MODE
AI) A7
ADDRE~
:::;x -------,.-----r-------'F
I
I
t---i
'4
_
CHIP ENABLE
1
I-- __I
+-" ,.____
O\0._--------x.'6 !-.-I"
I
I·X,
DIN
DATA INPUT
_
_ _1_ _ _ _ _ _
- - - - ___ J .
~II
R/W
READtWRITE ENABLE
'7
~
!
I
1
I
DO
OUTPUT
(ADDRE~
t1
set up time for an address input to chip enable for valid
data at output
\on_
1
CE,,"CE 2, CE3
ta
._J
-----~,-;-~~- -- -- -AND CHIP ENABLE STABLE)
---
t2
propagation delay from chip enable to vaUd data at output
t3
propagation delay from chip disable to output turn off
t4
set up time from address to write enable
t5
set up time from chip enable to write enable
t6
set up time from data input to write enable
t7
write enable pulse width
t8
hold time for address from write enable
tg
hold time for chip enable from write enable
t10
=
hold time for data input from write enable
t11
=:
propagation delay from write enable to valid data at output
4·23
!i!!lnotiC!i
64-BIT BIPOLAR HIGH SPEED'
WRITE-WHILE-READ RAM [32x2 RAM)
82S21
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTl/MEMORY
1 Jt:;$C R IPTI ON
APPLICATIONS
The 82S21 is a TTL 64 bit Write-While-Read Random
Access Memory organized in 32 words of 2 bits each. The
82S21 is ideally suited for high speed buffers and as the
memory element in high speed accumulators.
SCRATCH PAD MEMORY
BUFFER MEMORY
ACCUMU'LATOR REGISTER
CONTROL STORE
LOGIC DIAGRAM
Words are selected through a 5 input decoder when the
Read-Write enable inRut, CE is at logic "1". Wo and Wl
are the write inputs for bit 0 and bit'l of the word selected.
C is the write cO,ntrol input. When Wx and C are both at
logic "0" data on the 10 and 11 data lines are written into
the addressed word. The read function is enabled when
either Wx or Cis at logic "1';.
An internal latch is on the chip to provide the Write-WhileRead capability. When the latch control line, t, is logic
"1" and data is being read from the 82S21, the latch is
effectively bypassed. The data .at the output will be that of
the addressed word. When L goes from a logic "1" to logic
"0" the outputs are latched and will remain latched
regardless of the state of any other address or control line.
When L goes from "0" to "1" the outputs unlatch and the
outputs will be that of the present address word.
(61 C E - - ' ' - - - - - - - I c r - -
EA.TURES
• BUFFERED ADDRESS LINES
• ON CHIP LATCHES
• ON CHIP DECODING
• . BIT MASKING CONTROL LINES
• ENABLE CONTROL LI NE
• OPEN COLLECTOR OUTPUTS WITH
40mA CAPABILITY'
• PROTECTED INPUTS
• VERY HIGH SPEEDS (25n5 TYP)
(61
L--'-------+-,----r--t-r----,
Vee
GND
(
)
= Denotes Pin Numbers
TRUTH TABLE
Mode
CE
C
Wo
W1
L
X
Data from last addressed word when CE = "1"
1
Read & Write Disabled
Disabled logic "1"
1
Data stored in addressed word
0
X
X
Read
1
X
X
X
1
Output Hold
1
X
X
X
1
0
0
X
X
Read
Data stored in addressed word
1
0
0
0
0
Write Data
Data from last wprd address when L went from
,
0
0
0
,
Write Data
"'" to "0"
Data being written into memory
1
0
0
1
X
Write Data into Bit 0 Only
1
0
1
0
X
Write Data into Bit 1 Only
4-24
Outputs
If '[ = 0: Data from last word address when L went from
"1" to "0"
If '[ = 1 : . Data being written into the selected bit location
and stored in other addressed location
DIGITAL 800 SERIES TTL/MEMORY. 82S21
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (O°C ~ TA ~ 75°C; 4.75V ~----Vce ~ 5.25)
-----~--------.---~
~--------.
-
LIMITS
CHARACTERISTICS
MIN.
TYP.
MAX.
TEST CONDITIONS
UNITS
"O!'Output Voltage
'.45
V
"1" Output Leakage Current
40
p,A
V out =40mA
V out = 5.5V
-1.a
mA
V in =0.5V
2~
p,A
Vin = 2.4V
100
0.85
p,A
Vin
130/683
mA/mW
"0" I nput Current (All Inputs)
"1" Input Current (All Inputs
Input "0" Threshold Voltage
Input "1" Threshold Voltage
=5.5V
V
2.0
V
Power Consumption I.
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (T A
NOTES
= 25°C; VCC = 5.0V)
LIMITS
CHARACTERISTICS
MIN.
'TYP.
MAX.'
'Read Access Time Address to Output
t1
25
50
ns
Address Set-Up Time
t2
8
15
ns
Data Set-Up Time
t3
15
20
ns
Address to Address Hold Time
t4
0
0
ns
Control or Write Pulse Width
t5
Write Access Time
ta
20
25
ns
Address to Latch Set-Up Time
t7
25
50
ns
Latch Address to Address Hold Time
7
10
ns
Delatch Access Ti me
t8
tg
15
25
ns
Data Hold Time Earliest
t10
0
5
ns
20
TEST CONDITIONS
UNITS
NOTES
ns
15
NOTES:
1.
Positive current Is defined as
Into the Terminal.
2.
No more than one output should be grounded at the
same time.
3.
Applled,voltages must not exceed 5.6V.
Input current must not exceed ±12 mAo
4.
Output current muat not exceed ±100 mAo
Storage temperature must be within the _60°C to
o
+150 C range.
Manufacturer reserves the right to make design and
process changes and -improvements.
AC WAVEFORMS
A,
.\Jr-------
-,--~
- - -II ""-_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _J 1'__ _
\!r--~ ______ J1L_____
eorv...
!-t2-,I-I.--ts----:H t4
l_t1~1
Fig. 1
Read
Ac~ss
Time
1
\
Fig. 2
,
Y'
' - -_ _ _ _ _- '
1
1
Address Setup and Hold Time
4-25
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTLI MEMORY. 82121
!\C WAVE FORMS
Fig. 3
"
Data Setup and Hold Time
y-------
___ A..
I
CorW
t'---_____
I--te~
Fig.6
Latch Times
\lI"""--:-. _______ Ji\...______
Fig.4
Write Access Time
TYPICAL APPLICATION
DATA INPUT
TO"B"
REGISTER
BASIC 8 BIT FULLV BUFFERED ACCUI'4ULATOR
By use of the control lines So and S1 data is loaded into the "A" register through inputs Ox or from the outputs of the 74181'8 (EX) to
the 82S33'5 and stored in the 82S21's organized a5a 32 x 8 RAM register. Data is loaded directly into the "B" register. With this arrangement, the function A+B A (A plus B into A) can be performed In 70ns, typically, starting from data stored In the 82S21'8.
4·26
!iinootiC!i
II!I
256-BI1 BIPOLAR PROGRAMMABLE ROM (32 x 8 PROM)
[82S23 OPEN COLLECTOR)(82S123 TRI·STATE)
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTl/MEMORY
OBJECTIVE SPECIFICATION
DESCRIPTION
FEATURES
The 82S23 (open Collector Outputs) and the 82S123
(Tristate Outputs) are Bipolar 256 Bit Read Only Memories organiized as 32 words by 8 bits per word. They are
Field-Progrclmmable, which means that custom patterns are
immediately available by following the simple fusing procedure given in this data sheet. A chip enable line is provided and the outputs are bare collector or Tristate to allow
for memory expansion capability.
•
The 82S23 and 82S123 are fully TTL compatible and include on-the-chip decoding. Typical access time is 25 nS.
82S23
82S123
PNPINPUTS
•
BUFFERED ADDRESS LINES
•
ON THE CHIP DECODING
•
A CHIP ENABLE LINE
•
OPEN COLLECTOR OR TRISTATE OUTPUTS
•
DIODE PROTECTED INPUTS
•
NO SEPARATE "FUSING" PINS
•
BOARD PROGRAMMABLE
APPLICATIONS
•
PROTOTVPING
•
VOLUME PRODUCTION
The standard 82S23 and 82S123 are supplied with all outputs at a logical "0." If a programmed unit is required the
Truth Table/Order Blank on page 4-43 of the TTL MSI/
Memory Handbook may be used.
•
HARDWIRED ALGORITHMS
•
CONTROLSTORE
LOGIC DIAGRAM
INPUT/OUTPUT SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
• MICROPROGRAMMING
INPUT SCHEMATIC
32
~
~
~
x 8 ARRAY
~
~
OUTPUT SCHEMATICS
~
~
~
Vcc
GND
= (16)
•
(8)
(N)
= Denote. Pin Numbers
4·27
DIGITAL 8000 8ERIE8 TTL/MEMORY. 82823/828123
OBJECTIVE ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (T A
CHARACTERISTICS
= 25°C and VCC = 5.0V)
LIMITS
MIN.
TYP.
"0" Output Voltage
V
"1" Output Leakage
82S23
82S123
-40
TEST CONDITIONS
UNITS
MAX.
lout = 20mA
40-
JJA
CE = "1" Vout = 2.6V
100
JJA
+40
JJA
CE = "O"V =2.6V-After
ou:t
'Fusing
VOUt = 0.5VNout = 2.4V,
CE
"1" Output Current 82S123
- 2.0
NOTES
=
"1"
mA
Vout = 2.4V, CE = "0"
"0" Input Current
250
JJA
Yin = 0.5V
"1" Input Current
50
JJA
Yin = 2.7V
After Fusing
Input Threshold Voltage
"0" Level
V
.80
"1" Level
V
2.0
Pr-opagation Delay
Address to Output
25
40
ns
Enable to Output
15
35
ns
Input Clamp Voltage
-1.0
V
Power Consumption
Vcc = 5.00V
82S23
80/400
100/500
mA/mW
82S123
80/400
100/500
mA/mW
NOTES:
1.
All voltage meaSurements are referenced to the ground terminal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left elactrically
open.
2.
All measurements are taken with ground pin tied to zero volts.
3.
Positive current Is defined a9 into the terminal referenced.
4.
Positive logic definition: "UP" Level = "1" "DOWN" Level
= "0".
5.
6.
lin = 5.0mA
Precautionary measuras should be taken to ensure current
limiting in accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings
should the isolation diodes become forward biased.
Output sink current Is supplied through a resistor to V CC.
7.
S.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
One DC fan-out is defined as O.S mAo
One AC fan-out is defined as 50 pF.
Manufacturer reserves the right to make design and process
changes and Improvements.
By DC tests per the truth table, all inputs have guaranteed
thresholds of O.SV for logical "0" and 2.0V for logical "1".
This test guarantees operation free of Input latch-up over the
specified operating power supply voltage range.
For detailed conditions, see AC testing.
Connect an external 1 K resistor from V CC to the output
terminal for this test.
VCC = 5.25V.
'OBJECTIVE FUSING PROCEDURE
The
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
82S23/82S123 standard part is shipped with all outputs at Logical "0". To write a Logical "l" proceed as follows:
GND Pin 8 and apply 5V to VCC, Pin 16.
Remove any load from the outputs.
Ground the Chip Enable.
Address the desired location by applying ground for a "0" and 5.0 ±0.25V for a "1" at the address input lines.
Raise VCC to 10.0V ±0.5V.
Apply 65 ±3-mA to the output to be programmed to logic "l". (The voltage will be between 12 to 18V until fused, and
must be clamped at 20.0V max.)
Release fusing current.
Reduce VCC to 5.0V.
Proceed to the next output and repeat, or change address aAd repeat procedure.
Continue until the entire bit pattern is programmed into your custom 82S23/82S123.
NOTE:
After 1.0 SEC of programming, a 25% duty cycle on power must be imposed-to avoid over heating.
4·28
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MEMORY. 82S23/82S123
AC TEST FIGURE AND WAVEFORMS
INPUT
5V
INPUT PULSE:
AMPLITUDE - 3.0V
tr=tf=5ns
PW - 2oono (50% DUTY CYCLE)
5V
INPUT OR
4700
OUTPUT
30pF
OUTPUT
OUTPUT
I
I
I
-=GROUND PIN 16 WHEN TESTING ADDRESS·OUTPUT DELAYS
--+ITON
I
I
~~TOFF~
:-:UNCTIONAL DIAGRAM
VCC
(11
AO
(2)
(3)
~L.
~
~
~
-,F
___
F
F
F
Vee= (16)
GND = (8)
( ) - denotes pin number
4-29
!ii!l0otiC!i
1024 BIT BIPOLAR PROGRAMMABLE
ROM (256x4 PROM)
82S26
82S29
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MEMORY
DESCRIPTION
APPLICATIONS
The 82S26 (open Collector Outputs) and the 82S29 (tri
State Outputs) are Bipolar 1024 Bit Read Only Memories
organized as 256 words by 4 bits per word. They are FieldProgrammable, which means that custom patterns are
immediately available by following the simple fusing procedure given in this data sheet. Two chip enable lines are
provided and the outputs are bussable to allow for memory
expansion capability.
PROTOTVPING
VOLUME PRODUCTION
MICROPROGRAMMING
HARDWIRE ALGORITHMS
CONTROL STORE
The 82S26 and 82S29 are fully TTL compatible and include
on-the-chip decoding. Typical access time is 35ns.
The standard 82S26 and 82S29 are supplied with all outputs at a logical "0". If a programmed unit is required the
Truth Table/Order Blank on page 4-44/45 can be used.
fEATURES
• BUFFERED ADDRESS LINES
• ON THE CHIP DECODING
• TWO CHIP ENABLE LINES
• OPEN COLLECTOR OR TRI STATE
OUTPUTS
• DIODE PROTECTED INPUTS
• NO SEPARATE "FUSING" PINS
• UNPROGRAMMED OUTPUTS ARE
"0" LEVEL
• BOARD LEVEL PROGRAMMABLE
LOGIC DIAGRAM
Vee
O (16)
.....-_.---..----""----------------......,---t--r------
BO
----..:=----_-0(12)
(6)~
(7Y
(4Y
(3ty
t:
t:
~
(2~y
t=:
(1~y
~
(1S)Y
4·30
c:
~
-:;:- GND(B)
( ) DENOTES PIN NUMBER
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MEMORY. 82S26/29
PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE
82S26 AND 82S29 PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE
1. Connect pin 8 (Grnd) to ground.
2. Disable the device by bringing CE1 and/or CE2 to
a logical "1" (greater than 2.6 volts). A Signetics
SP380A or equivalent may be used. If only one
CE pin is used for the control of programming the
" other CE pin should be at logical "0" (0.4 volts or
less).
3. Raise VCC (pin 16) to 12.5 ± 0.5 volts.
A
10p.F in parallel with a 200pF high frequency capacitor should be connected between pins 16 and
8, as near the device as possible, to minimize noise
on the VCC line.
4, Address the word to be programmed, using standard TTL logic levels, and apply 85 ± 5mA into
the output to be programmed to a logical "1".
The output must be limited to 22 volts ±5% and
only one output at a time should be programmed.
5. Wait until the current generator has reached the 22
volt clamp. (The current generator will be supplying about 50mA min.) Then drop both CE1
and CE2 to a logical "0" for 2msec. (If one CE
was already at logical "0" it remains at logical
"0".)
This programming pulse can be longer but a duty
cycle of 20% at high VCC must be imposed after
1 second of programming.
6. Return CE 1 and/or cr2 to a logical "1" and wait
10 microseconds (or longer).
7. Repeat steps 5, 6, and 7 until the entire word has
been programmed.
At this point the VCC can be dropped to 5.0 volts
and the chip enabled so that the outputs can be
tested to verify that all bits programmed; or programming can be continued until the entire device
has been programmed.
TO PROGRAM THE ENTIRE DEVICE PRIOR TO
VERIFICATION, PROCEED AS FOLLOWS:
8. Address the next word to be programmed. and repeat steps 4, 5, 6, and, 7 until the entire chip has
been programmed. Drop VCC to 0 volts.
9. If less than % second has elapsed during this, then
apply 5.0 volts VCC, enable the device and check
eac:h output to insure all bits have programmed.
If more than % second has el~psed :wait for 4 seconds before the verifying cycle.
NOTE: Do not apply the high VCC (12.5, volts)
for greater than 1.0 seconds continuously. At that
poiint use a 20% duty cycle.
TO VERIFY THE BITS ARE PROGRAMMED AFTER
EACH WORD, PROCEED AS FOLLOWS:
10. Disconnect the current generator from the output
and connect 5.0 volts to VCC and a 390 ohm pullup resistor from e~ch output to the 5.0 volts
supply. Connect CE1 and CE2 to logical "0".
Verify that all bits have programmed using a comparitor such as'the N8242A.
NOTE: Do not apply the high VCC (12.5 volts)
for greater than 1.0 seconds continuously. At that
point use a 20% duty cycle.
OPERATION OF THE 82826/82829
PROGRAMMER
INTRODUCTION
Figure 1 shows the complete programmer schematic. The
memory to be programmed is inserted, and by means of
seven single-pole, double-throw (SPOT) switches, the binary
address is selected. Notice that these switches may easily be
replaced by thumbwheel switches. The memory outputs
are programmed, one at a time, by means of four double,pole, double-throw (DPDT) switches. This arrangement has
the advantage that the switches are normally in the verify
mode, indicating the state of the output (logic "0" when
not programmed). By switching to the programming position, the outputs may be altered to a logic "1" which will
turn on the light emmiting diode (LED) indicator. Upon re~
turn to the verify position the LED indicator will stay lit
for a programmed bit position.
Once the switch is in the programming position, it may rfi!main there as long as the operator wishes. The total programming cycle is set up to last only for 5lTis and is controlled by one-shots as shown in the timing diagram, Fi,g. 2.
The programmer timing follows the recommendation of
the Signetics revised programming procedure and is easily
adaptible to automatic programming and duplicating equipment.
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
Activating one of the four programming switches triggers
one-shot No. 1 for 5 milliseconds. This activates gate
No. 1 of the peripheral driver (75451) and, by releasing
zener diode No.1, V CC is raised to 12.5V for 5 milliseconds
while the 82S26 or 82S29 chip is disabled. (It should be
mentioned that use of the 74121 eliminates contact bounce
problems since it is non-retriggerable.)
After a time delay of 1 millisecond generated by one-shot
. No, 2, one-shot No.3 is turned on. This turns off the output transistor of gate No.2 of the 75451, enabling the programming' current source. The constant curreRt generator
consists of LM309 No.3 that is clamped to 22V by zener
diode No.2. The programming current is determined by
. the 59 ohm resistor and maintained at, a constant 85mA.
An additional time delay of 1 millisecond, establisheq by
one-shot No.4, guarantees that even slow current sources
have reached the required current before the chip is enabled
for 2ms to open the NiCr link. One-shot No.5 establishes
the chip enable (CE) signal and thus the programming time.
4-31
DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MEMORY. 82S26/29
Figure 2 shows that vee for the memory is held at 12.SV
for an additional 1 millisecond before the output of oneshot No.1 allows the supply to return to SV.
The two time delays of 1 millisecond generated by oneshots No.2 and No.4 can be shortened to the microsecond
range for automatic programming equipment if fast switching and a fast current source, as the one discussed above,
are chosen. Should it be desired to make the programmer
self-contained, a power supply suggestion is also shown in
Figure 2.
:':~OGRAMMER
82826-82829
FIGURE 1
pnWER SUPPLY AND WAVEFORMS
FUNCTION
">-........- - 0 +3OV-36V
74121
~~5T 1
1_6m._1
{ ~5T
~
74123
)I-........--~.
ROM. For the 8204 the first card in the deck contains the part number and
it is immediately followed by up to 40 alphanumeric characters of customer
supplied information used _to identify the part. The 64 customer data cards
follow immediately. Figure 3 shows the deck format for the 8205 512 x 8
ROM.- For the 8205 the first card in the deck contains the part number and it
is immediately followed by up to 40 alphanumeric characters of customer
supplied information used to identify the part. 12f3 data cards follow immediately. The left-most digit in the data word corresponds to output 08 and the
right-most digit to output 01.
I I I I I I ~I I 12222222222333333333344444444445555555555666666666677777777778
12345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890
1=
a:
4
5
6
7
0
o
"'
"'
a:
o
a:
o
-oA
A{j)f-~
"'
-0
TAIM I-
"'
f-oAT A II-I-
~~44++++~HH~+++++rrrHFIGURE1. CARDDATAFORMAT~~44~++~HH~~+++++rrH
8
9
10
II
pp
12 P
13
I
IIPIII
P0211001111
~15
~
~1016
I I I
P
I I I I ~IO
003
7
~IO
11010101
I I I I 00 I I
64 CARPS
14~~~~++~~++~~++~~t+~~t+~~++~~++~~~~~~~~++~rr++~~+-*~r-r.T.+.~~~~rr~~
15252· \OOII~\Oh!O
253 \OO~K:lI\OIU!O
254 011 I I II
255 I 110000
16 1
1---+-1~-++++-+---+-1H-+-++++-++-H FI QU R E 2. D ECK FORMAT FOR 8204 ROM (256x8) --+-+--+++-+-++-+-+-f---+---t--+-+-+-+--+--+---t-t---1
tUSTbM
R
P~R
oI
III
I
I I II
1.-119 2
I I I 00 I I I
03
101 I 10 I I
128 CARDS
25~5~O~i~++140~1~1~0~0~1++~~~~5±O+'5~0~~0~pt!O+'IU±~~1-~rr++'5~p~6~~Ir.Ir.I~I~I~I~~~~~5~0~7~1~0~1~1~0~o~o~o~~-rrrt1
6 08 1101 10 1\0
509 I 101 I \0 I I
5 I 0 10 0 I I I I
5 I I 101 I I I 10
~
I
J
:"'-_I,L+---H-I-++-++++++-HHf-+ FIGURE 3. DECK FORMAT FOR 8205 ROM (512x8)-+-++++++r+--+-HH-+-+-+-+-++-t--H
IIII d---+-1-++-H++-+++1H
11+1+-4
II-+I+IH
11+1+-1
11f-+1+IH11+1+-11f-+1+1+--1
II-+I+IH
11+1+-1
II-+(+IH11+1+++
-I-++-++-t-t--++++++H+-t-I-++i
'I~'~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~-L~~
PUNCHED CARD PROGrl4M ;I\1PUT FOR 8228
own part identification. These first three cards are then followed by 128
data cards. Immediately following are two cards to terminate the computer
run. These should be punched by the customer.
... program can be transmitted directly to Signetics. Data
_ program the ROM requires 128 8o-column IBM punched cards
per 4096 bit device and 64 punched cards per 256 bit device.
Data Cards
Input Deck Format
Figure 2 shows the layout used in the data cards. Each data card specifies
eight addresses and the four bits of data associated with these addresses.
Address Ii) tells the computer what position to assign Data (i) to etc.
Immediately under this, a typical layout for the first two and the last data
cards is shown.
For each 4096 bit ROM, the customer should prepare an input card deck as
shown in Figure 1. The first two cards should be punched as shown and
placed at the start of the deck. The third card should contain "8228" in the
first four columns. In the next 40 positions, the customer should fill in his
INPUT CARD
I I I I I I I I I I 2 22 22 22 22 23 33 33 3 3 33 34 44 44 44 44 45 55 55 55 55 56 66 66 66 66 67 77 77 77 77 7 8
I 2 34 56 78 90 12 34 56 78 90 I 2 34 56 78 90 I 2 34 56 78 90 I 2 34 56 78 90 I 2 34 56 78 90 I 2 34 56 78 90 I 2 34 56 78 90
JOB
XEQ 51 GRIM
III
2//
3
CU 5T OM ER PA RT
82 28
10
4
128 0 TA CA R05
6
7
1*
8
//
"'J OB END
9
10
II
12
13
14
15
I
16
17
I
I
18
I
20
I
2I
I
22
I
I
i
23
25
: I
i
i
I
I
I
I
I
I
i
I
I I
I
I
I
!
I
i
I
!
FIGURE 1.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
' i
I I I
i
!
I
i
I
I
'!
~~
30
,
,
i
I
I
I
I
I
1
T
, !
I
I
i
I
!
I
;
;
!
I
D~C~ iL~~OJT ~bR 822k D1TliNPUT
I
I
I
~
i
i
!
i
I
I
i
I
27
29
I
I
24
28
i
I
I
19
26
i
I
!
i
i
I
i
I
I
-1-+H-i
i
i
1
I
I
DATA CARDS
I I I I I I I I I I 22 22 22 22 22 3 3 33 33 33 33 44 44 44 44 44 55 55 55 55 55 66 66 66 66 66 77 77 77 7 7 77 8
I 2 34 56 78 90 I 2 34 56 78 90 I 2 34 56 78 90 I 2 34 56 78 90 I 2 34 56 78 90 I 2 34 56 78 90 I 2 34 56 78 90 I 2 34 56 78 90
E
4
Q
c
5
...
0
0
3
.
~
!C
C
..I
Q
.
..I
.
...
..
E
Z
Z
!C
C
..I
C
'5
Q
..I
III
E
Q
I~
..
..
I~
..I
!C
C
Q
~
z
~
..I
III
pvO
10 10 100 01
po 08
I I 01
!C
C
Q
.
Z
..I
~
~
I"'
Iz
!C
01 I I
00 P3
EX AM PLE
10 10 00 04 I I
10 10 00 IP
I I 01
PO I
I I I I
10 00
- 5 - I!
Iz
I~
..I
III
po 02
6
7
..
~
z
i!!i
I~
~
..I
III
'"
I~
il
'"
OP no 05
I'"
Iii!
I I I I
:
I~
Ie
.
'" I!
I~ liil
5..I
III
I I 01
00 6
IJe
..c:
I~ I~
'"~
l:i liil
10 01
00 07
8
9
po
I
9
I
10 00 00 13 00 00 00 14 10 I I I
!
I
12
I
I~
II 01
I
17
I I I I
10 18 00 00
I
i
10 19
1010 I
10 20 01 10
10 10
10 22 [0 I 01
i
16
!
I
17
I
j
19
!
i
20
I
I
I
I
I I
I
FIGURE 2. DATA DECK LAYOUT
I
22
I
23
24
I
I
.,
I
j il' 1
i
I,
J
1
i
iii
!
I,;
I
110 23i II 11·11
!
i : i
I
!
: :
i
18
25
I
I
10 21
15
21
1
!
!
t
13
i
00 15 01 10
t
10
II
14
00 12
liil
I
(8204,8205)
rtEAD ONLY MEMORY TRUTH TABLE/ORDERING BLANK
THIS PORTION TO BE COMPLETED BY SIGNETICS
... -.
,",,~
..
PART NO.:
YOUR PART NO.:
S.D. NO.:
DATE:
DATE RECEIVED:
Note: For 256 x 8 Use This Page Only
OUTPUT
Word °8 P7 °6 °5 °4 3 °2 °1
10
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
i
I
I
;
I
;
OUTPUT
Word
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
: 84
i 85
86
! 87
,88
°8 °7 °6 °5 °4 °3 °2 10
I
;
i
I
OUTPUT
Word
1
°8 10 7 °6 °5 4 °3 °2 °1
10
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
I
OUTPUT
Word 0 8 °7 °6 °5 °4 °3 °2 °1
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
'210
211
212
213
214
215
216
I
I
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
r .. .r.
1
',II
"
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
12{?
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
-',i!.!
t.
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
{8204,8205}
2048/4096 BIT READ ONLY MEMORY TRUTH TABLE/ORDERING BLANK
CUSTOMER:
THIS PORTION TO BE COMPLETED BY SIGNETICS
P.O. NO.:
PART NO.:
YOUR PART NO.:
S.D. NO.:
DATE:
DATE RECEIVED:
Note: For 2S6 x S Use Previous Page Only
OUTPUT
Word Os P7 °6 Os °4 °3 °2 0,
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
i
I 274
275
276
277
278
279
280
.\
OUTPUT
Word Os
°7 °6 Os 104 °3 °2 0,
OUTPUT
Word Os
°7 06 Os °4 °3 °2 0,
OUTPUT
Word Os °7 °6 Os °4
°3 °2 °1
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
I
I
i
i
I i
~
I
i
I
I
i
:
I
I
I
i
i
I
i
I
I
;
T
I
I
to
""'
N
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
:a:JU
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
i----- I---f---
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
~
I--
f------- I - -
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
(8223,8224) (82S23,82S123)
CB (XXX) 256 BIT READ ONLY MEMORIES TRUTH TABLE/ORDER BLANK
CUSTOMER:
THIS PORTION TO BE COMPLETED BY SIGNETICS
P.O. NO.:
PART NO.:
YOUR PART NO.:
S.D. NO.:
DATE:
DATE RECEIVED:
OUTPUTS
INPUTS
WORD
A4
A3
A2
A1
Ao
ENABLE
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
2
0
0
0
1
0
0
3
0
0
0
1
1
0
4
0
0
1
0
0
0
5
0
0
1
0
1
0
6
0
0
1
1
0
0
7
0
0
1
1
1
0
8
0
1
0
0
0
0
9
0
1
0
0
1
0
10
0
1
0
1
0
0
11
0
1
0
1
0
12
0
1
,
1
0
0
0
13
0
1
1
0
1
0
14
0
1
1
1
0
0
15
0
1
1
1
1
0
16
1
0
0
0
0
0
17
1
0
0
0
1
0
18
1
0
0
1
0
0
19
1
0
0
1
1
0
20
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
21
1
0
1
0
1
22
1
0
1
1
0
0
23
1
0
1
1
1
0
24
1
1
0
0
0
0
25
1
1
0
0
1
0
26
1
1
0
1
0
0
27
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
28
1
1
1
0
0
29
1
1
1
0
1
0
30
1
1
1
1
0
0
31
1
1
1
1
1
0
ALL
X
X
X
X
X
1
E?
Os
Os
B4
~
~
B1
50
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4-43
~-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
.L.
~
CUSTOMER:
THIS PORTION TO BE COMPLETED BY SIGNETICS
P.O. NO.:
PART NO.:
YOUR PART NO.:
S.D. NO.:
DATE:
DATE RECEIVED:
~..
-
---
Word
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
OUTPUT
0 4 0 3 O2
0,
Word
64
65
66
67
68
69
10
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
OUTPUT
°4 °3 O 2
OUTPUT
0,
Word
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
04
°3
°2
OUTPUT
0,
Word
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
°4
03
°2
01
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
1()7
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116 ,
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
;;:3228)
40913
~
J=,.
m
y ;,12rv,OHY TRP-l T?:\BL E'ORDFR Bi,4\IK
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------CUSTOMER: __________________________________
THIS PORTION TO BE COMPLETED BY SfGNETICS
P.O. NO.: _________________________________
PART NO.: _____________________________
YOUR PART NO.: ____________________________
S.D. NO.: _________________________________
DATE:
DATE RECEIVED:
,_-t:==::==='F0~U.;..T-PrU=-T~_=_~=r--~_=_-,--t=:-=-:::-::;:"~O~U~T~P~U~T:::::;::::::==--~t------
-WOre
04
03
O2
01
o
70
71
2
3
72
6
7
i
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
03
O2
Word
01
73
74
75
76
77
8
10
04
Word
I
i
I
!
I
I
78
79
80
81
82
83
: 84
85
86
I
87
-I 88
89
90
!
T 91
I 92
93
I
94
95
96
97
98
i
I
-r
I
f
i
i
I
!
T
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
- - J - - - - - - - ----'--'-
f------OOTPUf----04
03
O2
01
Word
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
°4
OUTPUT
°3 O 2
01
29
30
31
32
33
I
34
35
36
37
i
38
!
!
i
I
I
i
I
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
i
i
I
i
!
I
I
I
i
1
!
i
I
I
I
i
1
I
I
I
I
!
[
.
i
!
:
!
I
i
j
I
I
i
i
i
[
J
J
i
!
!
!
I
!
I
i
!
j
I
j
I
!
I
j
I
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
"121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
i
I
,
I
i
I
!
I
!
i
I
I
!
:
l
I
!
i
I
I
I
I
j
I
I
!
j
I
I
i
1
I
!
I
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
I
165
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
i
I
196
197
198
199
:
200
!
201
i
I
202
i 203
204
i 205
206
207
I 208
209
I
I
I
~
i
!
I
I
I
!
I
I
I
I
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
~
J:,.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CCI
CUSTOMER:
THIS PORTION TO BE COMPLETED BY SIGNETICS
P.O. NO.:
PART NO.:
YOUR PART NO.:
S.D. NO.:
DATE:
DATE RECEIVED:
,1\,.....
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
OUTPUT
~
4 -9-3
""2
OUTPUT
""1
--WO-rct-- --0-
4
350
351
352
353
354355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
u3
°2
--Word
0
1-
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
04
OUTPUT
0 3 O2
OllI~III
.-_._... _---_._-
01
Word
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
04
03
O2
--
°1
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
, 322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
5'19
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
CUSTOMER:
THIS PORTION TO BE COMPLETED BY SIGNETICS
P.O. NO.:
PART NO.:
YOUR PART NO.:
S.D. NO.:
DATE:
DATE RECEIVED:
OUTPUT
-Word
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
°4
°3
°2
OUTPUT
0,
Word
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
°4
°3
°2
-_.
0,
Word
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
...
°4
OUTPUT.
°3
°2
OU1'PUT
---_ .
0,
Word
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
°4
°3
°2
--
0,
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
799
800
801
801
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
en~
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
N
CUSTOMER:
THIS PORTION TO BE COMPLETED BY SIGNETICS
P.O. NO.:
PART NO.:
YOUR PART NO.:
S.D. NO.:
DATE:
DATE RECEIVED:
OUTPUT
OUTPUT
Word
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
°4 °3 °2 °1
Word
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
°4 °3 °2 °1
OUTPUT
Word
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
OUTPUT
°4 °3 °2 °1
Word
!
°4 °3 °2
0,
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
I
--
-
I
sECtiONs
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
IilnOliD
ECl 1000/10,000
PRODUCT
SPECIFICATIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SFr,TIONS
EC L Fu nctional Index
COUNTERS
10136
10137
Universal Hexadecimal Counter
Universal Declmal Counter
5-1a
AC Coupled J-K Flip-Flop (85 MHz Typ.)
Dual R-S Flip-Flop (Positive Clock)
Dual R-S Flip-Flop (Negative Clock)
Dual R-S Flip-FI'op (Single Rail) (D-Type)
AC Coupled J-K Flip-Flop (120 MHz Typ.)
Dual R-S Flip-Flop (Single Rail, Negative Clock)
Dual D-Type latch
Dual OoType Master-Slave Flip-Flop
Dual Multiplexer-latch (with Reset)
Quad D-Type latch (with Gated Outputs)
Dual Multiplexer-latch (with Independent Selects)
Quad 2 to 1 Multiplexer-latch
5-11
5-11
5-11
5-11
5-11
5-11
5-60
5-63
5-67
5-69
5-71
5-87
5-73
FLIP-FLOPS
1013
1014
1015
1016
1027
1033
10130
10131
10132
10133
10134
10173
GATES
1004
1005
1006
1010
1011
1012
1024
1025
10100
10101
10102
10105
10106
10107
10109
10110
10111
10112
10113
10117
10118
10119
10121
10210
10211
10212
Dual 4-lnput Gate (2 OR Outputs with Pulldowns/2 NOR Outputs
with Pulldowns)
Dual 4-lnput Gate (2 OR Outputs with Pulldowns/2 NOR Outputs
without Pulldowns)
Dual 4-lnput Gate (2 OR Outputs without Pulldowns/2 NOR Outputs
without Pulldowns)
Quad 2-lnput Gate (4 NOR Outputs with Pulldowns)
Quad 2-lnput Gate (2 NOR Outputs with Pulldowns/2 NOR Outputs
without Pulldowns)
Quad 2-lnput Gate (4 NOR Outputs without Pulldowns)
Dual 2-lnput Expandable Gate
Dual 4-5-lnput Expander
Quad 3-lnput NOR Gate
Quad 2-lnput OR/NOR Gate/Complementary Outputs)
Quad 2-lnput NOR Gate
Triple 2-3-2 OR/NOR Gate
Triple 4-3-3 NOR Gate
Triple Exclusive OR/NOR Gate
Dual 4-5-lnput OR/NOR Gate
Dual 3-lnput 3-0utput OR Gate
Dual 3-lnput 3-0utput NOR Gate
Dual 3-lnput 1 OR/2 NOR Output Gate
Quad Exclusive OR (with Enable)
2-Wide 2,3-lnput OR-AND/OR-AND-Invert Gate
Dual 2-Wide 3, 3-lnput OR-AND Gate
4-Wide 4,3,3,3-lnput OR-AND Gate DlJal
4-Wide 3,3,3,3-lnput OR-AND/OR-AND-INVERT Gate
Dual 3-lnput Triple OR Output High Performance Gate
Dual 3-lnput Triple NOR Output High Performance Gate
Dual 3-lnput Two NOR/One OR Output High Performance Gate
5-11
5-11
5-11
5-11
5-11
5-11
5-11
5-11
5-25
5-26
5-28
5-30
5-32
5-34
5-36
5-38
5-40
5-42
5-44
5-50
5-52
5-54
5-56
5-94
5-94
5-94
INTERFACE
1017
1039
1068
10115
10116
10124
10125
Dual level Translator (TTLlDTl to ECl)
Quad level Translator (ECl to TTl/DTl)
Quad ECl to TTL Translator
Quad Differential Line Receiver
Triple Differential OR/NOR Line Receiver
Quad Differential Line Driver/Quad TTL to ECl Translator
Quad Differentail Line Receiver/Quad ECl to TTL Translator
5-11
5-11
5-23
5-46
5-48
5-58
5-59
MS.
10160
10161
10162
10164
10170
10171
10172
10174
10181
12-Bit Parity Checker-Generator Circuit
1 of 8 Demultiplexer/Decoder (Selected Output is Low)
1 of a Demultiplexer/Decoder (Selected Output is High)
8 Line to 1 Line Multiplexer (with Enable)
9-Bit Parity Circuit (with 2 Carry Inputs)
Dual 1 of 4 Demultiplexer/Decoder (Selected Output is Low)
Dual 1 of 4 Demultiplexer/Decoder (Selected Output is High)
Dual 4 Line to 1 Line Multiplexer (with Enable)
4-Bit Arithmetic Logic Unit/Function Generator
5-75
5-76
5-78
5-80
5-82
5-83
5-85
5-89
5-91
REGISTERS
10141
4-Bit Universal Shift Register
5-74
ECl11
91!1DOtiC9
EMITTER COUPLED LOGIC
INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
PART NO.
REPLACES
PART NO.
REPLACES
N1004A
N1005A
N1006A
N1010A
N1011 A
N1012A
N1013A
N1014A
MC1004P
MC1005P
MC1006P
MC1010P
MC1011P
MC1012P
MC1013P
MC1014P
N1015A
N1016A
N1017A
N1024A
N1025A
N1027A
N1033A
N1039B
MC1015P
MC1016P
MC1017P
MC1024P
MC1025P
MC1027P
MC1033P
MC1039P
DESCRIPTION
FEATURES
The ECL II series of monolithic integrated logic circuits
presents the system designer with an integrated circuit family
designed to permit system implementation with a relatively
small number of individual types. This approach offers cost
savings, reduced power supply requirements, small physical
size and high reliability.
•
ECL 1\ circuits feature very fast propagation times relative
to rise and fall times. This and the constant current feature
impose fewer restrictions on system design, layout and fabrication than other high-speed families.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
FULL REPLACEMENTS FOR MOTOROLA MECL II
PARTS
EXCELLENT NOISE IMMUNITY
SIMULTANEOUS OR/NOR OUTPUTS
HIGH FAN-IN AND FAN-OUT
INTERNAL TEMPERATURE COMPENSATION
APPLICATIONS
HIGH SPEED DATA PROCESSORS
DATA CONCENTRATORS
CHARACTER RECOGNITION EQUIPMENT
INSTRUMENTATION
REFER TO SECTION 8, FOR ECl II PACKAGE DESCRIPTIONS
!-1
DIGITAL 1,000110.,000 SERIES ECl
(VCC = 0, vEE = -5.2V, T A = 25°C)
PART NO.
FUNCTION
(0 to +75°C)
DC OUTPUT
PROPAGATION
TOTAL POWER
LOADING
DELAV
DISSIPATION
FACTOR
nsec typo
mWtyp.
Dual 4 I nput Gate,
2 OR Outputs w/Pulldowns
2 NOR Outputs w/Pulldowns
N1004A
25
4.0
95
Dual 4 I nput Gate,
2 OR Outputs w/Pulldowns
2 NOR Outputs w/o Pulldowns
N1005A
25
4.0
65
N1006A
25
4.0
45
115
2 OR Outputs w/o Pulldowns
2 NOR Outputs w/o Pulldowns
Quad 2 Input Gate, 4 NOR Outputs w/Pulldowns
Dual 4 Input Gate,
Quad 2 Input Gate, 2 NOR Outputs w/Pulldowns
2 NOR Outputs w/o Pulldowns
Quad 2 Input Gate, 4 NOR Outputs w/o Pulldowns
AC Coupled J-K Flip-Flop (85MHz Typ.)
Dual R-S Flip-Flop (Positive Clock)
Dual R-S Flip-Flop (Negative Clock)
Dual R-S Flip-Flop (Single Rail)
level Translator (Saturated logic to ECL)
Dual 2 Input Expandable Gate
Dual 4 and 5 Input Expander
AC Coupled J-K Flip-Flop (120 MHz Typ.)
Dual R-S Flip-Flop (Single Rail, Negative Clock)
Quad level Translator (ECl to Saturated logic)
N1010A
25
4.5
N1011A
25
4.5
95
N1012A
N1013A
N1014A
N1015A
N1016A
N1017A
N1024A
N1025A
N1027A
N1033A
N 1039B
25
25
25
25
25
25 (ECL)
65
125
140
140
140
105
25
4.5
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
15
4.0
-
-
25
25
7 (DTL)
DEFINITIONS
Current drawn by the input of the test unit
when a maximum logic "1" (V I H max) is ap·
plied at that input
Output current
Rev,erse current drawn from a transistor input of the test unit when VEE is applied at
that input
Bias reference supply voltage (-1.175 V nominal at 25°C)
Base-to-emitter voltage drop of a transistor
Collector-to-base voltage drop of a transistor
Most positive power supply voltage for a
circuit
Yin
VIH max
VIH min
VIL max
VIL min
VOH max
V OH min
VOL max
VOL min
V out
4.0
6:0
12
95
250
140
200
Most negative power supply voltage for a
circuit
I nput voltage
Maximum input logic "1" level voltage
Minimum input logic "1" level (threshold)
voltage
Maximum input logic "0" level (threshold)
voltage
Minimum input logic "0" level voltage
Maximum output "1" or high-level voltage
Minimum output "1" high:"level voltage
Maximum output "0" or low-level voltage
Minimum output "0" or low-level voltage
Output voltage
TYPICAL CHARACTERISTIC CURVES
TYPICAL "OR" TRANSFER
CHARACTERISTICS
'I ~II ~((
I I I III K
I
IJ)
I
Il
J J
~
-2,3
I-J
TT
.,..,....
r---
r
VeE'" -3.0V
, - r--
-3.8V
f"- f - -
-4.4V
J ..... ~ f - -
-S.2V
"-
TYPICAL "NOR" TRANSFER
CHARACTERISTICS
-8.0
_ ..-7.DV
-8.0V
T A -+2S'C
-1.8
V1N,INPUT VOLTAGE (VOLTSI
5-2
V 1N • INPUT VOLTAGE (VOL TSI
TYPICAL CHARACTERISTIC CURVES (Cont'd)
DIGITAL 1,000/10,000 SERIES ECl
TYPICAL INPUT VOLTAGE
VERSUS INPUT CURRENT
TYPICAL OUTPUT VOLTAGE
VERSUS OUTPUT CURRENT
o Your
'OISourceJ
fan~out of 25
-
(lOUT min'" 2.6rnA)
'INms)I-O.1mA
2
-.--,---,---r-.----.--t--r
-H--I-Hf-----l
Guaranteesmaximum
leakage of O.2J.1A
'IN max
0.1 rnA ~~f------'f----II-+---If----I-.I---I,--f--lf----I
'OIS:nk}
1--+--+----1---+-+--+--1
-0.250 V
~-+-+---Ir----+--I---f---i
-0.500 V
I
/.....-4_++--rLJ
o
1 G~aranleeld VOH t,'"8X at '?UT '" ~
2
"
Guarantees V OH min at
'OUT'" 2.SmA
Vee =-5.2V
'Rmax
VEE "'-5.2V
TA""jSoC
2
VOL
-1.175V
max.
T A'" 2SOC
-1.500 L..-.......J.._...1.-_ _L...--'-_-'-----'_-'
-O.2'·~5~.2--4'----L---'-I---L--....I....l----O...J.!iO---O...J.2'-5-...J
..a.7OG VO H max
BB
-2.6mA
ECI:. II TRANSFER CHARACTERISTICS
AND SPECIFICATION POINTS
-5,200
-1.500
-1.760
I
-1.000
-1250
I
-0.500
-0750
I
-0260
I
I
I
TA =1S'C
VEE· -6.2Y'
-
I"-t f----I-1---If----,"'---C"',-----I
-0.500
-0.700 VOH max
~!===t:+~~=t====t;:;:
2.
\:f 7.
--------
-
11\
6
V OH m;n
1.000
-1.175 Vee
-1.250
3.
-1.025
-6,200
-1.326
V1L min
V1L mal( V1H min
V1H ~x
ECl II WORST-CASE lEVELS
VOL TAGE LEVEL
~=
~VEE
0.015 max
125°C
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
75°C
25°C
O°C
-55"C
-0.615
-0.700
-0.740 -0.825
V IH max
-0.530
VO H max
-0.530
-0.615
-0.700
-0.735 -0.825
V OH min
-0.700
-0.775
-0.850
-0.895 -0.990
-1.165
V IH min
-0.875
-0.950
-1.025
-1.070
V IL max
-1.205
-1.260
-1.325
-1.350 -1.405
-1.580
VOL max
-1.380
-1.435
-1.500
-1.525
VOL min
VILmin
-1.720
-1.760
-1.800
-1.830 -1.890
o - 15
14
tpd - 2.0 n8 TYP.
NOTES: VCC1 - 1, VCC2 - 16, VEE - 8
5·16
13
tpd - 2.0 ns TYP.
POSITIVE LOGIC: HIGH LEVEL - '1'
DIGITAL 1,000/10,000 SERIES ECl
lOGIC DIAGRAMS: COMPLEX GATES
10107
TRIPLE EXCLUSIVE OR/NOR
10113
QUAD EXCLUSIVE OR (WITH ENABLE)
4~2
6~3
7~11
9~10
14~12
16~13
tpd
= 2.0,
2.8 ns TYP.
13
12
15
11
10
14
tpd - 2.5 ns TYP.
10117
DUAL 2-WIDE 2, 3-INPUT OA/OAI GATE
10118
DUAL 2-WIDE 3-INPUT OR-AND
4--~r-~----~~6------Jl~-......
10
11--:1.....-"
10
12 _ _ _ _......
........---I~-16
16
13
14-~L--"
12_---Jl_ _....J
13~----:3Ii.,....o-o-----'
tpd ~ 2.3 ns TYP.
tpd
10119
4-WIDE 4, 3, 3, 3-INPUT OR-AND
= 2.3
ns TYP.
10121
4-WIDE 3,3,3, 3-INPUT OA/OAI
10
10
11
12--'--""
13--~-
14
16 -----,L--"
11
12
13
14
16
tpd - 2.3 ns TYP.
NOTES: VCC1 - 1, VCC2 - 16, VEE - 8
tpd - 2.3 ns TYP.
POSITIVE LOGIC: HIGH LEVEL - '1'
5-17
DIGITAL 1,000/10,000 SERIES ECl
lOGIC DIAGRAMS: MULTIPLE OUTPUT GATES
10110
DUAL 3·INPUT 3-0UTPUT OR
10210
DUAL 3·INPUT 3~OUTPUT OR
~==Q::!
9
1:==Q::12
11
13
14
tpd
= 2.4 ns TYP.
10
11
(ALL OUTPUTS LOADED)
tpd
10111
DUAL 3·INPUT 3·0UTPUT NOR
= 1.7
tpd
= 2.4 ns
14
10211
DUAL 3·INPUT 3·0UTPUT NOR
9
14
TYP. (ALL OUTPUTS LOADED)
12
13
ns TYP. (ALL OUTPUTS LOADED)
9~;:
10
11
=f2=
=f2=
10
11
tpd
10112
DUAL 3-INPUT 2·NOR/1·0R
= 1.7 ns TYP.
=rS:= :
.
14
(ALL OUTPUTS LOADED)
10212
DUAL 3·INPUT 2·NOR/1·0R
~~4
7
3
2
1~~12
11
13
14
tpd - 2.4 ns TYP. (ALL OUTPUTS LOADED)
NOTES: VCC1
5·18
= 1,
15, VCC2
K
16, VEE - 8
tpd
= 1.7 ns TYP.
(ALL OUTPUTS LOADED)
POSITIVE LOGIC: HIGH LEVEL - '1'
DIGITAL 1,000/10,000 SERIES ECl
lOGIC DIAGRAMS: INTERFACE CIRCUITS
10115
10116
QUAD DIFFERENTIAL
LINE RECEIVER
TRIPLE DIFFERENTIAL
LINE RECEIVER (OR/NOR)
4~-2
5~-3
9~-6
1(\~-'-7
1 0 = C > - - 14
12-o~-14
11
13~_15
~~11
= 2.0 ns
tpd = 2.0 ns TYP.
tpd
VCC1 = 1, VCC2 = 16, VEE = 8
VCC1 = 1, VCC2 = 16, VEE = 8
TYP.
10124
10125
QUAD ECl TO TTL TRANSLATOR
QUAD TTL TO·ECl TRANSLATOR
(TOTEM·POlE OUTPUTS)
10
...
r-"'r'L~12
_",--~--15
11
- ' - -__
~-14
tpd = 5.0 ns TYP.
tpd = 5.0 ns TYP.
VCC = 9
GND = 16
VEE = 8
VCC = 9
GND= 16
VEE = 8
NOTE: POSITIVE LOGIC: HIGH LEVEL = '1'
5·19
DIGITAL 1,000/10,000 SERIES ECl
lOGIC DIAGRAMS: DUAL lATCHES AND FLIP-FLOPS
10130
10131
DUAL D·TYPE LATCH
DUAL TYPE 0 MASTER·SLAVE FLIP FLOP
81
5
81
°1
7
eEl
6
°1
7
°1
01
1!El
01
01
Rl
4
Rl
4
C
C
9
R2
13
9
R2
13
02
'fE2
11
°2
10
14
02
14
°2
15
'EE2
11
°2
15
°2
10
82
12
82
12
tpd (DATA) m 2.6 ns TYP.
tpd (CLOCK) = 3.0 ns TYP.
f
= 170 MHz TYP.
10132
10134
DUAL MULTIPLEXER·LATCH
(WITH RESET)
DUAL MUL TIPLEXER·LATCH
AO 6
All
Alll
X04
XO 4
2 Z
X15
2 Z
Xl 5
3
CECilO
l
Cc 7
3
CEO 10
Cc 7
Z
AS
eng
15W
YO 13
14W
CEl 9
15W
YO 13
Yl12
14W'
Yl12
tpd (DATA) = 2.5 ns TYP.
tpd (CLOCK) = 4.0 ns TYP.
NOTES: VCC1
5·20
= 1, VCC2
= 16, VEE
tpd (DATA) = 2.5 ns TYP.
tpd (CLOCK) = 4.0 ns TYP.
=8
POSITIVE LOGIC: HIGH LEVEL
= '"
DIGITAL 1,000/10,000 SERIES ECl
lOGIC DIAGRAMS: MSI: QUAD lATCH, COUNTERS, SHIFT REGISTER
10133
10136
QUAD LATCH
(WITH OUTPUT GATING)
UNIVERSAL HEXADECIMAL COUNTER
10
CiiRFiY1N
13
-
CLOCK
12
00
11
01
'6
O2
03
51
52
~
,..
SYSTEM
~
,..
tpd = 4.0 ns TYP.
10137
10141
FOUR·BIT SHIFT REGISTER
UNIVERSAL DECADE COUNTER
10 CARRY iN
13
gg~;iM
12
00
11
6
13
I
I
OL
-
--
14
°1
15
°2
2
°3
3
~
~
-
~
12
11
00
~
10
l - 15
14
Rp
Rp
Rp
VEE 8
All Ap
= 50
kil.
"4th input on one gate only.
TEMPERATURE RANGE
•
VCC1 = 1, VCC2 = 16, VEE = 8
POSITIVE LOGIC: HIGH LEVEL
-30 to +85°C Operating Ambient
= '1'
PACKAGE TYPE
B: 1I5-Pin Silicone DIP
F: 16-Pin CERDIP
5-32
VCCI 1
DIGITAL 1,000/10,000 SERIES ECl • 10106
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(at Listed Voltages and Ambient Temperatures).
Temperature
-30"C
+2SoC
+85°C
10106 Toot Limit.
Pin
Under
Characterlltic
Symbol
Power Supply Drain Current
Ie
Input Current
TOIl
30°C
Min
Max
Min
-0.890
0.5
-0.960
+25°C
Typ
15
linH
linL
Logic "1" Output Volta·ge
VOH
1.050
-1.050
Logic "0" Output Voltage
VOL
Logic "1" Thre9hold Voltage
VOHA
-1.890
-1.890
-1.060
-1.060
Logic "0" Thresh(lld Voltage
VOLA
-0.890
-1.676
-1.676
V,H max'
V,Lmln
V,HAmin
V,LA_.
VEE
-0.890
-0.810
-0.700
-1.890
-1.850
-1.825
-1.205
-1.106
-1.035
-1.500
-1.476
-1.440
-5.2
-5.2
-5.2
TEST VOLTAGE APPLIED TO PINS LISTED BELOW:
+8SoC
Ma.
Min
MI.
21
265
-0.810
-0.810
-0.950
-1.850
-1.860
TEST VOLTAGE VALUES
(Volts) .
@T...
-1.660
-1.650
-0.960
-0.890
-0.690
-1.826
-1.825
-0.700
-0.700
-1.616
V,H max
VILmin
Ris. Time (20% teo 60%)
Fall Time (20% 10 60%)
V,LA_.
1.16
1.16
1.16
1.16
Vde
1.16
Vde
1.16
Vdc
1,16
-0.910
-1.630
-1.630
-1.655
-1.655
1.0
1.0
1.1
1.1
3.1
3.1
3.6
3.6
1.0
1.0
1.1
1.1
(VCC)
Gnd
/lAde
/lAde
Vde
-1.596
-1.696
Pulse In
t4+ 314-3+
13+
13_
VEE
mAde
Switching Times •
(50·ohm load)
Propagation Delay
V,HAmln
-1.615
-0.910
-0.980
Unit
2.0
2.9
2.9
3.3
3.3
1.0
1.0
1.1
1.1
Pulse Out
-3.2 V
+2.0 V
1,16
3.3
3.3
:1.7
3.7
~
• Unused outputs connected to a 50-ohm resistor to gro.und.
SWITCHING TIME TEST CIRCUIT
PROPAGATION DELAY WAVEFORMS @ 2SoC
10106'
'--------' -1- - - -
1-1 I-I-
r----........,.I
I
+O.31V
I
I
I
Vour
NOR
-11-+1--
I
--11+-1--
NOTES:
1. Each ECL 10,000 series device has been designed to meet the
DC specifications shown in the test table, after tharmal
equilibrium has been established. The circuit is in a test socket
or mounted on a printed circuit' board and transverse air flow
greater than 500 linear fpm is maintained. Voltage levels will
shift approximately 3 mV with an air flow of 200 linear fpm.
Outputs are terminated through a 50-ohm resistor to 2.0 volts.
INPUT PULSE
t+ = t - = 2.0 ± 0.2 ns
(20% to 80%)
2.
For AC tests, all input and output cables to the scope are equal
lengths of 50-ohm coaxial cable. Wire length should be < 1/4
inch -From TPin to input pin and TP out to output pin. A 50-ohm
termination to ground is located in each scope input. Unused
outputs are connected to a 50-ohm resistor to ground.
3.
Test procedures are shown for only one input or set of input
conditions. Other inputs are tested in the sama manner.
4.
All voltage measurements are referenced to tha ground terminal.
Terminels not specifically referenced are left electrically open.
5-33
Si!lBlllies
TRIPLE EXCLUSIVE
OR/NOR GATE
101 07
10107B,F: -30 to +85°C
DIGITAL 10,000 SERIES Eel
DESCRIPTION
FEATURES
The 10107 is a triple high speed 2-input Exclusive
OR/Exclusive NOR gate. The 10107 is optimized for high
speed comparator and parity functions, and has an excellent speed power product for this function. All inputs are
terminated with a 50 kn resistor to VEE which eliminates
the need to tie unused inputs low. The high impedance
inputs and high output fanout are ideal for a transmission
line environment. The 10107 contains a temperature
tracking intern~1 bias which insures that the threshold point
remains in the center of the transition region over temperature. The 10107 has complementary outputs.
•
FAST PROPAGATION DELAY
- 2.0 ns TYP (INPUTS 4, 9, 14)
-2.8 ns TYP (INPUTS 5, 7, 15)
• LOW POWER DISSIPATION = 115 mW/PACKAGE TYP
(NO LOAD)
• VERY HIGH FANOUT CAPABILITY
- CAN DRIVE SIX 50 n LINES
• HIGH Z INPUTS - INTERNAL 50 kn PULLDOWNS
• HIGH IMMUNITY FROM POWER SUPPLY VARIATIONS: VEE = -5.2 V ±5% RECOMMENDED
• COMPLEMENTARY OR/NOR OUTPUTS
• OPEN EMITTERS FOR BUSSING AND LOGIC
CAPABILITY
LOGIC DIAGRAM
CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
10107
10107
Vee2
'60--~----,
REFEAENCE
CIRCUIT ( 1 per Ie I
4~2
5~3
7~11
9~10
14~12
15~lJ
Jlle( Ie I
Vee,
VEE B0 - - + - - - - - - - '
2 NOR o-----~-------f___,
VCC1 = 1, VCC2 = 16, VEE = 8
POSITIVE LOGIC: HIGH LEVEL
= '1'
TEMPERATURE RANGE
•
-30 to +85°C Operating Ambient
PACKAGE TYPE
B: 16-Pin Silicone DIP
F: 16-Pin CERDIP
5-34
• 10107
DIGITAL 1,000/10,000 SERIES ECl
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
TEST VOLTAGE VALUES
IVoltsl
@Test
(at Listed Voltages and Ambient Temperatures).
Symbol
Power Supply Drain Current
'E
-30"C
Tes.
Max
Min
VOL
Logic "1" Threshold Voltage
VOHA
Logic "0" Threshold Voltage
VOLA
-0.890
-0.890
-0.890
-0.890
-1.675
-1.675
-1.675
-1.675
-'.060
-1.060
-1.060
-1.060
-1.890
-1.890
-1.890
-1.890
-1.080
-1.080
-1.080
-1.080
VOH
Logic "0" Output Voltage
.++
.+.-+
VIH max
-0.890
-0.810
-0.700
Unit
VIHmax
mAde
All Inputs
1.0
Inputs
3.8
Max
0.810
-0.810
-0.810
-0.810
-1.650
-1.650
-1.650
-1.650
Min
Typ
Max
1.1
2.0
3.7
I
Ou.pu.
1.1
2,6
3.6
3,6
1.1
I
I
VilA mal(
VEE
-1.500
-1.475
-1.440
-5.2
-5.2
-5.2
VILmin
VIHAmin
VILA max
--.-----
VEE
r---
0.890
-0.890
-0.890
-0.890
-1.825
-1.825
-1.825
-1.825
-0.910
-0.910
-0.910
-0.910
0.700
-0.700
-0.700
-0.700
-1.615
-1.616
-1.615
-1.615
Vdc
--ra-'4,5
Vdc
t
2.6
I
::::
1.16
1,16
1,16
4,5
t
IVCCI
Gnd
+_.-
8
.uAdc
~
~
8
1,16
~
4,5
4,5
~
Vdc
1,16
Vdc
1,16
~
-1.595
-1.596
-1.596
-1.595
~
Unit
1.1
4.0
+1.1 V
5,7,16
4,9,14
2.8
taeithar
'0
-1.205
-1.105
-1.035
J,lAde
6,7, or 15
Ai,. Tim. 120% 80%1
Fall Tim. (20% '0 00%1
VIHAmin
I
L
TEST VOLTAGE APPLIED TO PINS LISTED BELOW
-1.630
-1.630
-1.630
-1.630
Inputs
-1.890
-1.850
-1.825
+85"C
Min
4,9,or 14
to either
Output
.++
Vilmin
.uAde
0.5
0.960
-0.960
-0.960
-0.960
-1.850
-1.850
-1.850
-1.850
-0.980
-0.980
-0.980
-0.980
-1.655
-1.655
-1.655
-1.655
Switching Times t
150·ohm loadl
Propagation Delay
+25°C
Max
28
265
220
linL
Logic "1" Output Voltage
Min
4.9.14
5.7.15
linH
+25°C
+85°C
10107 Test Limits
Pin
Under
Characteri5ti"
Temperature
_30°C
3.6
3.5
3.8
3.8
4,9,14
4,9,14
Pulse In
PUIHOut
Input
Corresponding
4,9, or
14
Ex'()A/Ex·NOA
Input
Corresponding
Ex-OA/Ex-NOA
Outputs
Any Input
+2.0 V
1,16
Outputs
6.7, or
16
Any'lnput
-3.2 V
Corresponding
Ex·OA/Ex-NOA
Outputs
01 ndividually test each input applying V I H or V I L to input under test,
o
'Any Output
t Unused outPUts connected to a 50-ohm resistor to ground.
PROPAGATION DELAY WAVEFORMS @ 25°C
SWITCHING TIME TEST CIRCUIT
10107
veel ~ VCC2
VOUT
VOUT
~
,,,:·tTI
~
~
,J;,r ,~
"'">'0"'
PULSE GENERATOR
INPUT PULSE
t+ = t - = 2.0 ± 0.2 ns
(20% to 80%)
I
I
'''"
TPOUT
NOTES:
1. Each ECL 10,000 series device has been designed to meet the
DC specifications shown in the test table, after thermal
equilibrium has been established, The circuit is in a test socket
or mounted on a printed circuit board and transverse air flow
greater than 500 linear fpm is maintained. Voltage levels will
shift approximately 4 mV with an air flow of 200 linear fpm.
Outputs are terminated through a 50-ohm resistor to 2.0 volts.
2. For AC tests, all input and output cables to the scope are equal
lengths of 50-ohm coaxial cable, Wire length should be < 1/4
inch from TPin to input pin and TP out to output pin. A 50-ohm
termination to ground is located in each scope input, Unused
outputs are connected to a 50-ohm resistor to ground.
3.
Test procedures are shown for only one input or set of input
conditions. Other inputs are tested in the same manner.
4.
All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal.
Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open.
5-35
!imnotiC!i
DUAL 4·5 INPUT
OR/NOR GATE
10109
10109B,F: -30 to +85°C
DIGITAL 10,000 SERIES Eel
DESCRIPTION
FEATURES
The 10109 is a high speed 4·input OR/NOR and 5·input
OR/NOR dual gate. All inputs are terminated with a 50 kn
resistor to VEE which eliminates the need to tie unused
inputs low. The gate has an excellent speed·power product
of 50 picojoules. The 10109 is optimized for high perform·
ance logic applications. The 10109 has complementary
outputs.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
FAST PROPAGATION DELAY =2.0 ns TYP
LOW POWER DISSIPATION =50 mW/PACKAGE TYP
(NO LOAD)
HIGH FANOUT CAPABILITY
- CAN DRIVE 50 n LINES
HIGH Z INPUTS - INTERNAL 60 kn PULLDOWNS
HIGH IMMUNITY FROM. POWER SUPPLY VARIATIONS: VEE =-6.2 V ±5% RECOMMENDED
COMPLEMENTARY OR/NOR OUTPUTS
OPEN EMITTERS FOR BUSSING AND LOGIC
CAPABILITY
CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
LOGIC DIAGRAM
10109
10109
18 VCC2
REPERENCE CIRCUIT
(1 perlC')'
:§:t-::g3
~
l!§
2
8VEE
18VCC2
x:=g~:
13
16
14
GATE (2pe' ICI
VCC1 = 1, VCC2 = 16, VEE = 8
POSITIVE LOGIC: HIGH LEVEL
Rp
Rp
Rp
8
VEE
9'
10
TEMPERATURE RANGE
•
0
-30 to +85 C Operating Ambient
= 60
PACKAGE TYPE
All Rp
B: 16-Pin Silicone DIP
F: 16-Pin CERDIP
5-36
• 6th input on one gate only.
k.l1.
Rp
Rp
= '1'
11
INPUTS
12
DIGITAL 1,000/10,000 SERIES ECl • 10109
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(.at Listed Voltages and Ambient Temperatures).
Characteristlo
Symbol
Power Supply Drain Current
Ie
Input Current
High Output Voltage
IlnH
linL
VOH
Low Output Voltage
VOL
High Thfeshold Voltage
VOHA
Low Threshold Voltage
VOLA
@Tes.
Temperatura
-30'C
+2S'C
+SS'C
TEST VOLTAGE VAL"ES
IVoltsl
VIHmo.
-0.890
-0.810
-0.700
VILmln
-1.890
-1.850
-1.825
VIHAmln
1.205
-1.105
-1.035
VEE
VILA mo.
-1.500
-1.475
-1.440
-5.2
-5.2
-5.2
TES'r VOLTAGE APPLIED TO PINS BELOW:
Pin
Under
Test
Unit
10
1.060
-1.060
-1.890
-1.890
-LOBO
-1.0S0
0.890
-0.890
-1.675
-1.676
0.5
0.950
-0.960
-'1.850
-1.S60
-0.980
-O.9S0
14
266
0.810
-0.810
-1.650
-1.650
1.16
1.16
1.16
1.16
mAde
-0.890
-0.890
-1.828
-1.826
-0.910
-0.910
-1.630
-1.630
-1.666
-1.656
VIHmax
-0.700
-0.700
-1.615
-1.616
-1.595
-1.696
"Ade
.Ade
Vde
Vde
Vde
Vde
Vde
Vde
Vde
Vde
.~.--~
8
1.16
1,16
1.16
~.-~
~~~~~~----~r------r----;-----+---~r----r--~----;---~r-'---+----+------r-----r---''''~-~'--~r!.-~
Switching 'rimes"
Pul ... In
Pul ... Out
-3.2 V
+2.0 V
150·ohm load)
Propagat:on Delay
t4+ 2+
1.0
3.1
1.0
Aise Time 120%'080%1
'4_ 2'4+ 3'4- 3+
'2+
'3+
'2'3_
1.1
~
3.6
~
~
1.1
~
3.3
1.1
3.7
~
~
~
~
Fall Time 120%'080%)
~
2.0
2.9
1.0
~ ~
1,16
3.3
~
• Unused outputs connected to a 50-ohm resistor to ground.
SWITCHING TIME TEST CIRCUIT
PROPAGATION DELAY WAVEFORMS
@
25°C
10109
---Ji_____ . , ,
~~50%
1_.----1
VOUT
OR
I
VOUT
NOR
_----+'1'V
1
VOUT
OR
1:w-t'14
VOUT
NOR
1
n_
.
13
1
L_
INPUT PULSE
t+ = t- = 2.0 ± 0.2 ns
(20% to 80%)
16
_..J
11-:
1J
0.1.F
VEE "-32Vdc
NOTES:
1. Each ECl 10,000 series device has been designed to meet the
DC specifications shown In the test table, after thermal
equilibrium has been established. The circuit Is In a test socket
or mounted on a printed circuit board and transverse air flow
greater than 500 linear fpm is maintained. Voltage levels will
shift approximately 2 mV with an air flow of 200 linear fpm.
Outputs are terminated through a 50-ohm resistor to 2.0 volts.
2. For AC tests, all input and output cables to the scope are equal
lengths of 50-ohm coaxial cable. Wire length should be < 1/4
inch from TPin to input pin and TP out to output pin. A 50-ohm
termination to ground is located in each scope input. Unused
outputs are connected to a 50-ohm resistor to ground.
3. Test procedures are shown for only one input or set of input
conditions. Other inputs are tested in the same manner.
4. All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal.
Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open.
5-37
1011 0
!i~nDtiC!i
DUAL 3·INPUT
3·0UTPUT OR GATE .
10110B,F: -30 to +85°C
DIGITAL 10,000 SERIES Eel
DESCRIPTION
LOGIC DIAGRAM
The 10110 is a dual high speed 3-input 3-output OR gate.
The 10110 is designed to drive up to three transmission
lines simultaneously. The multiple outputs of this device
also allow the wire-"OR"-ing of several levels of gating for
minimization of gate and package count.
10110
The ability to control three parallel lines from a single point
makes the 10110 particularly useful in clock distribution
applications where minimum clock skew is desired.
FEATURES
•
FAST PROPAGATION DELAY
(ALL OUTPUTS LOADED)
=2.4 ns TYP
• POWER DISSIPATION = 150 mW/PACKAGE TYP
(NO LOAD)
•
VCCl = 1, 15, VCC2 = 16, VEE = 8
POSITIVE LOGIC: HIGH LEVEL = '1'
CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
10110
VERY HIGH FANOUT CAPABI LlTY
- CAN DRIVE SIX 50 n LINES
•
HIGH Z INPUTS - INTERNAL 50 kn PULLDOWNS
•
HIGH IMMUNITY FROM POWER SUPPLY VARIATIONS: VEE = -5.2 V ±5% RECOMMENDED
VCC2 18
REfERENCE CIRCUIT
11 pe, Ie I
Vee 216
•
veE 8
OPEN EMITTERS FOR BUSSING AND LOGIC
CAPABILITY
VEE.
TEMPERATURE RANGE
•
0
-30 to +85 C Operating Ambient
PACKAGE TYPE
All Ap
B: 16-Pin Silicone DIP
F: 16-Pin CERDIP
5-38
• Vee 1 for other gate is pin 7.
= 50
kn.
DIGITAL 1,000/10,000 SERIES ECl • 10110
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
TEST VOLTAGE VALUES
@Te..
(At Listed Voltages and Ambient Temperatures).
Temperature
_30" C
I-_ _--.--_ _-...-_(V_o_It._I.,......,,-_ _--.--_-l
VIH max
Vil min
VIHA .,,"in
VILA max
VEE
1--_-0-.89
-'"0-4-_...::
.-890---1--_""'-'.20"""6""-+-_-,-.600';;';;';;'-1-_-.--1
1 ,
1 52
:::: ~ I-=-:~.::::~-:-:~~'-tl-=..:..:::~:~:;:'~_I-I=-,:..:..::~.::.:~:'-t-=...:.::":':::~~-ll-=::':::~=---i
10110 Tes' Limits
Pin
Under
Characteristic
Symbol
Power Supply Drain Current
Ie
TOI'
Input Current
linH
5,6,7
linL
5,~,7
Logic '" " Output Voltage
VOH
Logic "0" Output Voltage
Logic "'" Thresho~d Voltage
-JOoC
Max
Min
Switching Times"
(50-ohm loadl
Propagation Delay
+2S"C
Typ
TEST VOLTAGE APPLIED TO PINS LISTED BELOW:
+85°C
Max
Min
Max
VOL
-1.000
-1.890
-1.890
VOHA
-1.890
1.080
-1.080
-0.890
-0.890
-1.675
0.810
-0.810
-0.900
-1.860
-0.810
-1.660
-1.675
-1.675
-1.850
-1.860
-1.660
-1.660
0.980
-0.980
-0.980
0.890
-0.890
-0.890
-1.825
-1.825
-1.825
-0.910
-0.700
VIHAmin
3.5
-1.630
-1.630
-!.ti3O
j
j
'6+ 3+
'6_ 3'5+4+
'6-4-
J
1.0
Rise Time (20% 10 80%1
'2+
Fall Time (20% 10 00%1
'213_
14_
'3+
'4+
1.4
VEE
8
2.4
j
2.2
1j
3.6
--Gm-1,15,16
1,16,16
1,15,16
-0.700
-1.615
-1.616
Vdc
Vdc
Vdc
1,15,16
1,15,16
1,15,16
-1.615
Vdc
Vdc
Vdc
Vdc
Vdc
Vdc
Vdc
1,15,16
1,15,16
1,15,16
1,15,16
1,16,16
1,15,16
1,16,16'
-1.595
-1.595
-1.595
1.5
(VCC I
Gnd
-0.700
Pulse In
1.4
'5+ 2+
'5- 2-
VILA max
Vdc
Vdc
-0.910
-0.910
1.655
-1.665
-1.655
VOLA
VIL min
JJAdc
-0.960
-0.900
0.890
VIH max
",Adc
0,5
-1,060
-1.060
Unit
mAde
38
435
-1.0~0
Logic "0" Threshold Voltage
Min
Pu'seOut
-3,2 V
+2.0 V
1,15,16
3.8
j
1.2
j
ndividually test each input using the pin connections shown,
Unused outputs connected to a 50-ohm resistor to ground.
01
00
SWITCHING TIME TEST CIRCUIT
PROPAGATION DELAY WAVEFORMS
@
25°C
10110
veel
E
vCC2
_I t++ r---
Your
+0.31
v
.~.
1012
11
13
I
14
L_rf.-·
VeE - ·32Vdc
INPUT PULSE
= t - = 2.0 ± 0.2 ns
(20% to 80%)
t+
NOTES:
1. Each ECL 10,000 series device has been designed to meet the
DC specifications shown in the test table, after thermal
equilibrium has been established. The circuit is In a test socket
or mounted on a printed circuit board and transverse air flow
greater than 500 linear fpm is maintained. Voltage levels will
shift approximately 5 mV with an air flow of 200 linear fpm.
Outputs are terminated through a 50-ohm resistor to 2.0 volts.
2.
For AC tests, all input and output cables to the scope are equal
lengths of 50-ohm coaxial cable. Wire length should be < 1/4
inch from TPin to input pin and TP out to output pin. A 50-ohm
termination to ground is located in each scope input. Unused
outputs are connected to a 50-ohm resistor to ground.
3.
Test procedures are shown for only one input or set of input
conditions. Other Inputs are tested In the same manner.
4.
All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal.
Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open.
5-39
Si!lDotiCS
10111
DUAL 3·INPUT
3·0UTPUT NOR GATE
10111B,F: -30 to +85°C
DIGITAL 10,000 SERIES Eel
DESCRIPTION
LOGIC DIAGRAM
The 10111 is a dual high speed 3-input 3-output NOR gate.
The 10111 is designed to drive up to three transmission
lines simultaneously. The multiple outputs of this device
also allow the wire-"OR"-ing of several levels of gating for
minimization of gate and package count.
10111
:~:
The ability to .control three parallel lines from a single point
makes the 10111 particularly useful in clock distribution
applications where minimum clock skew is desired.
9
10
FEATURES
•
fAST PROPAGATION DELAY = 2.4 ns TYP
(ALL OUTPUTS LOADED)
• POWER DISSIPATION = 150 mW/PACKAGE TYP
(NO LOAD)
• VERY HIGH FANOUT CAPABILITY
- CAN DRIVE SIX 50 n LINES
• HIGH Z INPUTS - INTERNAL 50 kn PULLDOWNS
• HIGH IMMUNITY FROM POWER SUPPLY VARIA·
TlONS: VEE = -5.2 V ±5% RECOMMENDED
• OPEN EMITTERS FOR BUSSING AND LOGIC
CAPABILITY
~"
13
14
11
VCC1 = 1,15, VCC2 = 16, VEE = 8
POSITIVE LOGIC: HIGH LEVEL = '1'
TEMPERATURE RANGE
•
0
-30 to +85 C Operating Ambient
PACKAGE TYPE
B: 16·Pin Silicone DIP
F: 16-Pin CERDIP
CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
10111
TO OTHER GATE
I
I
I
VCC2
100------------.
vee1*
15
NOR
14
13
Rp
Rp
Rp
VEE
8
·VCC1 for other gate is pin 1.
5·40
All Rp
= 50
kil-
12
DIGITAL 1,000/10,000 SERIES Eel. 10111
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Temperatur.
-30°C
+26°C
+86°C
10111 TOI1 Limits
Pin
Und.,
Power Supply Drain Current
Logic "1" Output Voltage
Ie
linH
linL
VOH
Min
5.~.
Min
Typ
Logic "0" Output Voltage
VOL
Logic "1" Threshold Voltage
VOHA
Logic "0" Threshold Voltage
VOLA
Max
Min
Max
-0.890
-0.890
-0.890
-1.675
-1.675
1.676
-0.980
-0.980
-0.980
-1.880
-1.850
1.880
-0.980
-0.980
-0.980
mAde
435
"Adc
"Aac
Vdc
Vdc
Vdc
Vdc
Vdc
Vdc
Vdc
Vdc
Vdc
Vdc
Vdc
Vdc
-0.8'0
-0.810
-0.810
-1.680
-1.680
1.680
-0.890
-0.890
0.890
-1.825
-1.825
1.825
-0.910
-0.910
-0.700
-0.700
-0.700
-1.6'6
-1.616
1.616
-0.9'0
-1.666
-1.666
-1.656
Unit
38
U.D
-1.080
-1.080
1.080
-1.890
-1.890
1.890
-1.080
-1.080
-1.080
VILmln
-0.890
-1.890
-1.850
-1.826
-0.8'0
-0.700
VIHAmin
-1.206
VILA max
VeE
-'.500
-5.2
-'.'06
-1.036
-'.476
-',440
-5.2
-5.2
+85°C
Max
6.6.7
2
VIHllllx
TEST VOLTAGE APPLIED TO PINS LISTED BELOW:
-30°C
TOI1
Symbol
Ch.'lcterlltJc
TEIT VOLTAGE VALUES
(Voltsl
o Test
(at· listed Voltages and Ambient Temperatures).
-1.630
-1.630
-1.630
-1.695
-1.696
-1.695
VIH max
VILmin
VIHAmin
VILAmu
VeE
IVcc)
Gnd
1.15.16
1.15.16
II
r-~
8
1.16.16
8 ___
~
1,15.16
8
8
1.15.16
1.16.16
1.16.16
1.16.16
:--
Switching Times- t
Pulse'"
Pul.Out
-3.2 V
~5"-"~
1.15.16
1.15.16
1.16.16
+2.0 V
150·ohm loadl
Propagation Deley
1.4
'5+ 2'6+ 3'5_ 3+
Fall Time 120%'080%)
1.4
2.4
3.6
1.5
'.16.16
3.8
I III I I
'5- 2+
Rills Time 120% to 80%1
3.6
'5+4'5-4+
'2+
'3+
'4+
'2_
'3_
'4_
1.0
'.1
2.2
3.6
1.2
3.8
j j j j j
j
'1 ndivldually test each input using the pin connactions shown .
•• Unused outputs connected to a 50-ohm resistor to ground.
SWITCHING TIME TEST CIRCUIT
PROPAGATION DELAY WAVEFORMS @ 2So C
10111
+0.31 V
COAX
COAX
VOUT
NOR
INPUT I'ULSE (~-+-f--.
GENERATOR
-1 ' -+1-I
9
'0
"
I
I,.
I
I
I
I
~
I
13
12
I
~--~
b lo.M
vEE--=3.2Vdc
INPUT PULSE
= 2.0 ± 0.2 ns
(20% to 80%)
t+ : t -
-
NOTES:
1. Each ECL 10,000 series device has been designed to meet the
DC specifications shown In the test table, after thermal
equilibrium has been established. The circuit is in a test socket
or mounted on a printed circuit board and transverse air flow
greater than 500 linear fpm Is maintained. Voltage levels will
shift approximately 5 mV with an air flow of 200 lirl\Jar fpm.
Outputs are terminated through a 50-ohm resistor to 2.0 volts.
2. For AC tests, all Input and output cables to the scope are equal
lengths of 50-ohm coaxial cable. Wire length should be < 1/4
inch from TPin to input pin and TP out to output pin. A 50-ohm
termination to ground is located in each scope input. Unused
outputs are connected to a 50-ohm resistor to ground.
3. Test procedures are shown for only one Input or set of input
conditions. Other inputs are tested in the same manner.
4. All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal.
Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open.
5·41
1
0112
NOR OUTPUT GATE
Smnotics
DUAL 3·INPUT 1 DR/2
10112B,F: -30 to +85°C
DIGITAL 10,000 SERIES Eel
DESCRIPTION
LOGIC DIAGRAM
The 10112 is a dual high speed 3-input 1 OR/2 NOR
output gate. The 10112 is designed to drive up to three
transmission. lines simultaneously. The mUltiple outputs of
this device also allow the wire-"OR"-ing of several levels of
gating for minimization of gate and package count.
10112
:~4
7
The ability to control three parallel lines from a single point
makes the 10112 particularly useful in clock distribution
applications where minimum clock skew is desired. The
10112 is suitable for use in memory chip select decoding.
The 10112 is particularly useful as a clock amplifier on a
board using clock signals of both polarities.
3
9~2
1.0
n
11
13
14
FEATURES
VCC1 = 1, 15, VCC2 = 16, VEE = 8
POSITIVE LOGIC: HIGH LEVEL = '1'
•
FAST PROPAGATION DELAY = 2.4 ns TYP
(ALL OUTPUTS LOADED)
• POWER DISSIPATION = 150 mW/PACKAGE TYP
(NO LOAD)
• VERY HIGH FANOUT CAPABILITY
- CAN DRIVE SIX 50 n LINES
• HIGH Z INPUTS - INTERNAL 50 kn PULLDOWNS
• HIGH IMMUNITY FROM POWER SUPPLY VARIA·
TIONS: VEE =-5.2 V ±5% RECOMMENDED
• OPEN EMITTERS FOR BUSSING AND LOGIC
CAPABILITY
TEMPERATURE RANGE
• -30 to +85°C Operating Ambient
PACKAGE TYPE
B: 16-Pin Silicone DIP
F: 16-Pin CERDIP
CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
10112
VCC2
1 6 0 - - - - - -_ _- - - - - . . . - - - - - - - - - - ,
REFERENCE CIRCUIT
11 perlC!
VEe
GATE 12 per IC!
VCC2
16
1...-----1---4---0
140R
L - . . - - + - - - o 1 3 NOR
Rp
All Rp
= 50
Rp
~---~------+------~--_o8
'VCC1 for other gate is pin 1.
5·42
Rp
VEE
kil.
12 NOR
DIGITAL 1,000/10,000 SERIES ECl • 10112
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
TeST CONOITIONS
(at Listed Voltages and Ambient Temperatures).
Pin
_30°C
Under
Characteristic:
Symbol
Power Supply Drain Current
IE
Input Current
linH
Logic "1" Output Voltage
VOH
Test
Min
Max
1.060
-1.060
0.S90
-0.S90
0.5
-0.960
-0.960
-0.S10
-0.S10
-1.060
-0.S90
-1.675
-0.960
-1.850
-0.S10
-1.650
-1.675
-1.850
-1.S50
-1.650
-1.650
-1.S90
-1.S90
VOL
Logic "1" Threshold Voltage
-1.S90
-1.0S0
VOHA
-1.675
VIHA min
VILA max
-0.S90
-0.S10
I
-1.S90
-1.S50
I
-1.206
-1.105
I
I
-1.500
-1.475
+86°C
-0.700
I
-1.826
I
-1.035
I
-1.440
TEST VOLTAGE APPLlEO TO PINS
LlSTEO aELOW
Max
Unit
VIHmax
mAde
,uAdc
-0.S90
-0.700
Vdc
-0.S90
-0.890
-0.100
-0.700
Vdc
Vdc
-1.S26
-1.S25
-1.615
-1.615
Vdc
Vdc
-1.S26
-1.615
-0.910
-0.910
-0.9S0
-0.9S0
-
VOLA
VIL min
_30°C
+25°C
+S5°C
Min
VIH max
,/.JAde
-0.980
-1.080
-1.0S0
Logic "0" Threshold Voltage
10112 Tftl Limits
+25°C
Typ
Max
38
420
linL
Logic "0" Output Voltage
Min
Temperature
-0.910
-1.650
1.655
-1.656
-1.655
-1.595
-1.595
-1.096
-1.650
-1.650
Vdc
Vdc
Vdc
Vdc
Vdc
Vdc
Vdc
~SW~il~Ch~in-g=Ti-me-s--'----~-----+--~-+----~~=-~---+---1~==-+----+-~=-~~~-----+-----1--p-u~~-ln--~-p-ul-~-O-UI--~----~
150·ohm loadl
Propagation Delay
1.4
t5+ 2+
15- 2t5+ 1_
12+
13+
14+
Fall Time 120% 10 SO%I
121314-
3.5
2.6
j j j
t5- 3+
t5+4t5_ 4+
Rise Time (20% to 80%)
2.4
1.1
2.2
3.5
III
_.
PROPAGATION DELAY WAVEFORMS
SWITCHING TIME TEST CIRCUIT
@
o
2S C
10112
VCC1, VCC2
+2.0Vdc
VIN
VOUT
1·
tr--.., ---,
""t
COAX
TPIN
I
VOUT
COAX
I
I
5
I
I
VOUT
13
7
1:~:
-+:,
I
11
I
13
I
L___ ~"
b fO. M
VEE"-3.2Vdc
INPUT PULSE
= t - = 2.0 ± 0.2 ns
(20% to 80%)
t+
OR
NOR
NOTES:
1. Each ECL 10,000 series device has been designed to meet the
DC specifications shown In the test table, after thermal
aqullibrium has been establishad. The circuit is in a test socket
or mounted on a printed circuit board and transverse air flow
greater than 500 linear fpm is maintained. Voltage levels will
shift approximataly 5 mV with an air flow of 200 linear fpm.
Outputs are terminated through a 50-ohm resistor to 2.0 volts.
2. For AC tests, all input and output cables to the scope are equal
lengths of 50-ohm coaxial cable. Wire length should be < 1/4
inch from TPin to input pin and TP out to output pin. A 50-ohm
termination to ground Is located In each scope input. Unusad
outputs are connected to a 50-ohm resistor to ground.
3. Tast procadures are shown for only one input or set of input
conditions. Other Inputs are tested in the same manner.
4. All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal.
Terminals not specifically referenced are left alactrically open.
5.
6.
Pin 1 = Pin 15
Pin 1 = Pin 15
= Pin
= Pin
16
16
= VCC = 0 V, Pin 8 = VEE = -5.2 V.
= VCC = +2.0 V, Pin 8 = VEE = -3.2
V.
5-43
QUAD EXCLUSIVE OR
(WITH ENABLE)
!ii!lDotiC!i
10113
10113B, F: -30 to +85°C, CERDIP
DIGITAL 10,000 SERIES EeL
DESCRIPTION
FEATURES
The 10113 is a four gate array designed to provide the
positive logic Exclusive OR function in high performance
applications. This device contains a temperature compensated internal bias. which insures that the threshold point
remains in the center of the transition region over temperature. Input pulldown resistors eliminate the need to tie
unused inputs to VEE.
•
•
•
•
•
Open emitter outputs are provided to enable bussing of
multiple outputs together. If the four outputs of the 10113
are wire-ORed together the device performs a 4-bit compare
function (outputs low for compare).
•
•
•
•
PERFORMS 4-BIT COMPARE FUNCTION (IF OUTPUTS ARE WIRE- ORed TOGETHER)
HIGH FUNCTIONAL DENSITY - FOUR EXCLUSIVE OR GATES/PACKAGE
FAST PROPAGATION DELAY FOR EXCLUSIVE OR:
2.5 ns TYP
LOW POWER DISSIPATION: 165 mW/PACKAGE TYP
(NO LOAD)
HIGH FANOUT CAPABILITY - CAN DRIVE FOUR
50 n LINES
HIGH Z INPUTS - INTERNAL 50 kn PULLDOWNS
HIGH IMMUNITY FROM POWER SUPPLY VARIATIONS: VEE = -5.2 V±5% RECOMMENDED
OPEN EMITTER LOGIC AND BUSSING CAPABILITY
OUTPUT ENABLE GATING MAKES POWERFUL
LOGIC FUNCTION
The outputs are all gated by the enable input. If this enable
input is high all outputs will be forced low.
LOGIC DIAGRAM
APPLICATIONS
1011,3
•
•
•
QUAD EXCLUSIVE-OR
(For parity, error correcting, and other logic functions).
FOUR-BIT COMPARATOR
(For logic, test equipment, error detection applications).
GATED FOUR-BIT COMPARATOR
(Enable input permits wire-ORing multiples of four bits)
TRUTH TABLE
E9
IN 7
IN6
L
L
L
L
L
L
H
H
L
H
L
H
L
H
H
L
H
rp
rp
L
rp = Don't Care.
TEMPERATURE RANGE
~~. -30 to +85°C Operating Ambient
VCC1 = 1, VCC2 = 16, VEE = 8
POSITIVE LOGIC: HIGH LEVEL = '1'
5-44
PACKAGE TYPES
•
•
B: l&Pin Silicone DIP
F: 16-Pin CERDIP
OUT3
DIGITAL 1,000/10,000 SERIES. ECl .10113
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
TEST VOLTAGE VALUES
Temperature
-30·C
+26·C
+86·C
10113 Test Limits
Pin
Symbol
Power Supply Omin Current
IE
Input Current
linH
Logic "1" Output Vol,tage
VOH
Logic "0" Output Voltage
VOL
Logic "'" Threshold Voltage
VOHA
Min
Test
Ma.
40
266
720
-1.060
-1.060
-1.890
-1.890
-1.080
-1.060
n
-0.890
-0.890
-1.675
-1.675
0.5
-0.960
-0.960
-1.850
VILmin
VIHAmin
VILA max
VEE
-0.890
-0.810
-0.700
-1.890
-1.205
-1.105
-1.035
-1.500
-1.475
-1.440
-5.2
-5.2
-5.2
~1.850
-1.825
TEST VOLTAGE APPLIED TO PINS LISTED BELOW:
VOLA
Min
-1.650
-1.850
-0.980
-0.980
Unit
VIHmax
VILmln
VIHAmin
VILA max
VEe
-
IJAdc
6,7
-0.890
-0.890
-1.825
-1.825
-0.910
-0.910
.uAdc
9
Vdc
Vdc
Vdc
Vdc
6,7
Vdc
),16
1,16
1,16
1,16
Vdc
-1.595
-1.595
-1.630
Typ
0.700
-0.700
-1.616
-1.615
Ma.
Vdc
Unit
Gnd
1,16
1,16
1,16
1,16
1,16
1,16
1,16
1,16
mAde
-1.630
Min
Ma.
/JAde
-0.810
-0.810
-1.660
-1.655
-1.655
Switching Times t
(50
Ma.
Min
6.7
linL
Logic "0" Threshold Voltage
VIHmsx
30·C
Under
Characteristic
(Volts)
@Tast
(at Listed Voltages and Ambient Temperatures).
+1.11 V
Pulse In
Pulse Out
-3.2 V
+2.0 V
load)
Propagation Delay
1.16
2.5
2,3,14,15
2.7
~
2.7
2.5
2.5
RIse Time (20% to 80%)
Fall Time (20% to 80%)
4,7,11,13
2,3,14,15
Any Input
Any Input
---'---
-Individuallv tast each input apPlying VIH or VIL to Input under test.
··Any OUtput
t Unused
outPu~s
connected to a 50-ohm resistor to ground,
SWITCHING TIME TEST CIRCUIT
PROPAGATION DELAY WAVEFORMS @ 25°C
10113
10113
----Ii ____ ~""
VCC1 = Vccz"
~,----50%
+z.o Vdc
~"' rtJ·,",
r--!J-~--,
'_t---I
I
,
V OUT
I
I
OR
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
V OUT
NOR
NOTES:
1. Each ECL 10,000 series device has been designed to meet the
DC specifications shown in the test table, after thermal
equilibrium has been established. The circuit is in a test socket
I
I
I
or mounted on a linear printed circuit board and transverse air
flow greater than 500 fpm is maintained. Voltage levels will shift
L----h---.J
1
~
O,I"F
approximately 4 mV with an air flow of 200 linear fpm.
Outputs are terminated through a 50-ohm resistor to -2.0 volts,
2.
For AC tests, all input and output cables to the scope are equal
lengths of 50-ohm coaxial cable. Wire length should be < 1/4
inch from TPin to input pin and TP out to output pin. A 50,ohm
termination to ground is located in each scope input. Unused
outputs are connected to a 50-ohm resistor to ground_
3.
Test procedures are shown for only one input 'or set of input
conditions. Other inputs are tested in the same manner.
4.
All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal.
Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open.
VeE· -3,2 Vdc
INPUT PULSE
= t- = 2.0 ± 0.2 ns
(20% to 80%)
t+
5-45
Smnotics
QUAD DIFFERENTIAL LINE RECEIVER
10115
10115B,F: -30 to +85°C
DIGITAL 10,000 SERIES Eel
DESCRIPTION
FEATURES
The 10115 is a quad differential amplifier designed for use
in sensing differential signals over long lines. The base bias
supply (VSS) is made available at pin 9 to make the device
useful as a Schmitt trigger, or in other applications where a
stable reference voltage is necessary.
•
•
•
•
•
Active current sources provide the 10115 with excellent
common mode noise rejection. If any amplifier in a package
is not used, one input must be connected to VSS (pin 9) to
prevent upsetting the current source bias network.
•
•
•
•
GOOD COMMON MODE NOISE REJECTION
FAST PROPAGATION DELAY = 2.0 ns TYP
LOW POWER DISSIPATION = 100 mW/PACKAGE
TYP (NO LOAD)
HIGH FANOUT CAPABILITY
- CAN DRIVE 50 n LINES
HIGH SYSTEM DENSITY - FOUR RECEIVERS PER
PACKAGE
VERY HIGH INPUT Z - NO 50 K PULLDOWNS
HIGH IMMUNITY FROM POWER SUPPLY VARIATIONS: VEE = -5.2 V ±5% RECOMMENDED
OPEN EMITTER LOGIC AND BUSSING CAPABILITY
VBB VOLTAGE AVAILABLE ON PIN 9
TEMPERATURE RANGE
•
LOGIC DIAGRAM
-30 to +85°C Operating Ambient
PACKAGE TYPE
s: 16-Pin Silicone DIP
F: 16-Pin CERDIP
10115
CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
10115
:~,
vee1
vee216
:~,
10~14
9Vaa
11~
::~---016
~
_ _",,:vB:::,a09
12
AMPLIFIER
(4 pe' Ie)
VCC1 = 1. VCC2 = 16, VEE = 8
POSITIVE LOGIC: HIGH LEVEL
5-46
= "1"
VEE 8
REFE~ENeE
(1 pe' Ie)
DIGITAL 1,000/10,000 SERIES ECl • 10115
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
@Te ..
-0.890
'-1.890
+85"C
-0.700
-1.825
Unit
VIHmax
VILmin
7,10,13
4,7,10,13
7,10,13
7,10,13
4
7,10,13
7,10,13
7,10,13
+25" C
Symbol
Power Supply Drain Current
Ie
Input Current
30"C
Tes.
Min
Min
linH
Logic "0" Threshold Voltage
Reference Voltage
VBB
Logic "0" Output Voltage
Logic "1" Threshold Voltage
-1.060
-1.890
-1.080
-1.500
-1.035
-1.440
'From
-5_2
-6.2
TEST VOLTAGE APPLIED TO PINS LISTED BELOW:
(Vee)
+25"e
M ••
M ••
Min
M ••
26
leBO
VOH
VOL
VOHA
VOI_A
Logic "1" Output Voltage
-1.205'
7
1--~0:::.8:'::10-+-\--'1-':.8-=::
50'--t-_-"1.:::10 5 -+-\_-1:':':.4:::-75:---t-'--:P::-in---t---:5:-;;.2:-1
10115 Test Limits
Pin
Under
Characteristic
f-_ _..--_ _...;T:::ES:.:,T,...:v;::O::.;LT:.:::A:;:G=-E.=,:vA:::L:.:U:.::ES::..,--::-:----.,""':7---i
Tempe_r3ato~rC. f-V:.::IH~m~••~_=V~IL~m~in~_=V~IH.!::A:..!m!!!Cin~-=V:!:IL~A.:::m:::::
••+-V::.:BB~+V-,Eo.::E-;
(at Listed Voltages and Ambient Temperatures).
-0.890
-1.675
-0.960
-1.850
-0.980
-1.655
95
1.0
-0.810
-1.650
mAde
~Adc
~Adc
-0.890
-0.700
-1.825
-0,910
-1.615
-1.630
1.420
1.280
-1.350
-1.230
1.295
1.0
1.0
1.1
1.1
3.1
2.9
1.0
1.0
1.1
1.1
2.9
2.9
3.3
1.0
1.0
1.1
3.3
1.1
-1.595
-1.150
Switching TimBs *
Vdc
Vdc
Vdc
Vdc
Vdc
VIHAmin
VILAm ••
VBB
VEE
5,6,11,12
5,6,11,12
5,6,11,12
5,6,11,12
5,6,11,12
5,6,11,12
5,6,11,12
8,4
8
-3.2 V
Pulse Out
Pulse In
Gnd
1,16
5,6,11,12
1,16
1,16
1,16
1,16
1,16
1,16
1,16
+2.0 V
(50-ohm load)
Propagation Delay
'4_ 2+
Rise Time (20% to BO%)
Fall Time (20% to 80%)
'2+
'2-
'4+ 2-
3.6
3.3
1,16
5,6,11,12
3.3
3.3
3.7
3.7
t
t
• Unused outputs connected to 8 50-ohm resistor to ground.
SWITCHING TIME TEST CIRCUIT
PROPAGATION DELAY WAVEFORMS
@
25°C
10115
VeC1" VCC2
TPIN
TPOlJT
'M
COAX
i·'l"t . "
COAX
INPUT
+0.31 V
VOUT
NOR
-1'-+1--
NOTE(6)
INPUT PULSE
t+ = t- =. 2.0 ± 0.2 ns
(20% to 80%)
NOTES:
1, Each ECL 10,000 series device has been designed to meet the
DC specifications shown in the test table, after thermal
equilibrium has been established, The circuit is in a test socket
or mounted on a printed circuit board and transverse air flow
greater than 500 linear fpm is maintained. Voltage levels will
shift approximately 3 mV with an air flow of 200 linear fpm.
Outputs are terminated through a 50-ohm resistor to 2.0 volts,
2.
For AC tests, all input and output cables to the scope are equal
lengths of 50-ohm coaxial cable. Wire length should be < 1/4
inch from TPin to input pin and TP out to output pin. A 50-ohm
termination to ground is located in each scope input. Unused
outputs are connected to a 50-ohm resistor to ground,
3,
Test procedures are shown for only one input or set of input
conditions. Other inputs are tested in the same manner,
4.
All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal.
Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open.
5.
One input from
du ring testing.
each
gate
must be tied to VBB (Pin 9)
5-47
!imnotiC!i
TRIPLE DIFFERENTIAL
OR/NOR LINE RECEIVER
10116
10116B,F: -30 to +8SoC
DIGITAL 10,000 SERIES Eel
DESCRIPTION
FEATURES
The 10116 is a triple differential amplifier designed for use
in sensing differential signals over long lines. The base bias
supply (VBB) is made available at pin 11 to make the
device useful as a Schmitt trigger, or in other applications
where a stable reference voltage is necessary. Active current
sources provide the 10116 with excellent common mode
. noise rejection. If any amplifier in a package is not used,
one input of that amplifier must be connected to VBB
(pin 11) to prevent upsetting the current source bias
network.
Complementary· outputs are provided to allow driving
twisted pair lines, to enable cascading of several amplifiers
in a chain, or simply to provide complemented outputs of
the input logic function.
.
•
•
•
GOOD COMMON MODE NOISE REJECTION
FAST PROPAGATION DELAY =2.0 ns TYP
LOW POWER DISSIPATION = 83 mW/PACKAGE TYP
(NO LOAD)
• HIGH FANOUT CAPABILITY
- CAN DRIVE 50 n LINES
• VERY HIGH INPUT Z - NO 50 K PULLDOWNS
• HIGH IMMUNITY FROM POWER SUPPLY VARIA·
TIONS: VEE = -5.2 V ±5% RECOMMENDED
• COMPLEMENTARY OUTPUTS
• OPEN EMITTER LOGIC AND BUSSING CAPABILITY
• VBB VOLTAGE AVAILABLE ON PIN 11
TEMPERATURE RANGE
• -30 to +85°C Operating Ambient
LOGIC DIAGRAM
PACKAGE TYPE
10116
B: 16·Pin Silicone DIP
F: 16-Pin CERDIP
CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
10116
:=t>-==----::
14
V CC1
16
V CC2
16
,: :=:D>""-----::
::=t>~:::
'-----.()OII
8
13
VCC1 = 1. VCC2 = 16. VEE = 8
POSITIVE LOGIC: HIGH LEVEL
5·48
= "1"
12
AMPLIFIER
13 PER ICI
VEE
REFERENCE
11 PER ICI
DIGITAL 1,000/10,000 SERIES ECl
[ElECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
TEST VOLTAGE VALUES
(Voltsl
(At Listed Voltages and Ambient Temperatures).
Pin
Power Supply Drain Cllrrent
Test
-30'C
Min
Min
IE
High OUlput Volt.go
Low Output Voltagfl
VOL
High Threshold Voltage
VOHA
Low Threshold Voltage
VOLA
Reference Voltage
VBB
-1.060
-1.060
-1.890
-1.B90
-1.080
-1.080
11
VIHmax
VILmln
VIHAmin
VILA max
VBB
VEE
-0.B90
-0.810
-0.700
-1.B90
-1.850
-1.B26
-1.205
-1.106
-1.036
':',.500
From
-1.476
-1.440
Pin
~
0.B90
-0.890
-1.676
-1.676
Typ
Max
16
20
96
1.0
0.Bl0
-0.810
-1.660
-1.650
-0.960
-0.960
-1.850
-1.860
-0.980
-0.9BO
-1.4;10
-1.665
-1.666
-1.280
-1.350
3.1
1.0
11
~
-6.2
TEST VOLTAGE APPLIED TO POINS BELOW:
+86'C
+26°C
Ma.
linH
ICBO
VOH
@T ..I
Tempograture
-30'C
+25'C
+86'C
10116 Test Limits
Unda,
Symbol
Ch.,acteristic
• 10116
Min
Ma.
Unit
VIHmax
0.890
-0.B90
-1.826
-1.826
-0.910
-0.910
0.700
-0.700
-1.615
-1.615
-1.630
-1.630
-1.230
-1.296
-1.696
-1.696
-1.150
2.9
1.0
3.3
1.1
3.7
VIHAmln
VILAma.
9,12
9,12
9,12
9,12
9,12
9,12
9,12
Switching Times
VBB
6,10,13
6,10,13
5,10,13
6,10,13
6,10,13
6,10,13
6,10,13
5,10,13
5,10,13
5,10,13
6,10,13
6,10,13
4,9,12
9,12
9,12
9,12
mAde
!lAde
!lAde
Vde
Vde
Vde
Vde
Vde
Vdc
Vde
Vdc
Vdc
VILmln
Pulse In
(Vee l
Gnd
VEE
1,16
1,16
.1,16
1,16
1,16
1,16
1,16
1,16
B,4
8
1.16
1,16
1,16
1,16
+2.0 V
-3.2 V
P.ulseOut
(50·ohm loadl
Propagation Dalay
t4+ 2+
1.0
~
t
~
Ri •• Time (20% 10 80%1
14-2_
14+ 314-3+
12+
t3+
1213-
1.1
. 3.6
1.1
Fall Time (20% 10 BO%I
~
~
~
2.0
5,10,13
t t
2J)
t
3.3
I II
t
+
1,16
• Unused outputs connected to a 50-ohm resistor to ground,
o
SWITCHING TIME TEST CIRCUIT
PROPAGATION DELAY WAVEFORMS @ 2S C
10116
J-
I1_1+-_1
:
Coax
I
~180%50%
t----:~:','
I
1 _ 1-+_1
£1
I
I
I
I ~20%_ _ _
I -II-I-I
I
I - I 1+ I---
-+i_...J¥:-
VOUINOR_ _ _
r
151
VEE' -3.2 Vd.
:-
1--
_I
2.
For AC tests, all input and output cables to the scope are equal
lengths of 50-ohm coaxial cable. Wire length should be < 1/4
inch from TPin to input pin and TP out to output pin. A 50-ohm
termination to ground is located in each scope input. Unused
outputs are connected to a 50-ohm resistor to ground.
3.
Test procedures are shown for only one input or set of input
conditions. Other inputs are tested in the same manner.
4.
All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal.
Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open.
5.
One input from each gate must be tied to VBB
during testing.
INPUT PULSE
= t - = 2.0 ± 0.2 ns
(20% to 80%)
i ~
NOTES:
1. Each ECL 10,000 series device has been designed to meet the
DC specifications shown in the test table, after therlT,lal
equilibrium has been established, The circuit Is in a test socket
or mounted on a printed circuit board and transverse air flow
greater than 500 linear fpm is maintained. Voltage levels will
shift approximately 3 mV with an air flow of 200 linear fpm.
Outputs are terminated through a 50-ohm resistor to 2.0 volts.
Note
t+
I++-~
I
_11+ 1-----I 1- i---
_...J
1-:
(Pin 11)
5-49
!ii!lDotiC!i
DUAL 2-WIDE 2,3-INPUT
OR·ANDjOR·AND·INVERT GATE
10117
10117B,F: -30 to +85°C
DIGITAL 10,000 SERIES Eel
DESCRIPTION
LOGIC DIAGRAM
The 10117 package contains two 2 input/3 input OR-AND/
OR-AND INVERT complex gates. Pin 9 is common to both
gates. This function is particularly useful in data control,
multiplexing and distribution. The 10117 is optimized for
high performance applications and has an excellent speed
power product. All inputs are terminated with a 50 kn
resistor to VEE which eliminates the need to tie unused
inputs low. The high impedance inputs and high output
fanout is ideal for a transmission line environment.
1011jl
10
~-+---o15
11
FEATURES
12 " - - _ . . r -...........
•
FAST PROPAGATION DELAY FOR TWO LOGIC
LEVELS = 2.3 ns TYP
• POWER DISSIPATION = 100 mW/PACKAGE TYP (NO
LOAD)
• VERY HIGH FANOUT CAPABILITY
- CAN DRIVE 50 n LINES
• HIGH Z INPUTS - 50 kn PULLDOWNS
• HIGH IMMUNITY FROM POWER SUPPLY VARIATIONS: VEE = -5.2 V ±5% RECOMMENDED
• OPEN EMITTERS FOR BUSSING AND LOGIC
CAPABILITY
• OUTPUTS MAY BE CROSS COUPLED BACK TO
INPUTS TO MAKE A LATCH· FUNCTION
13 U---"L.-~--
VCC1 = 1, VCC2 = 16, VEE = 8
POSITIVE LOGIC: HIGH LEVEL
= "1"
TEMPERATURE RANGE
• -30 to+85
PACKAGE TYPE
B: 16 Pin Silicone DIP
F: 16 Pin CERDIP
CI RCUIT SCHEMATIC
10117
15
16 VCC2
14
.1---.---0 13
>-+--_-+--012
~-t---~-+-+--ol1
'----+---1r--i--I---t---ol0
REFERENCE
(1 PER IC)
All Rp
5-50
= 50 kn.
GATE
(2 PER IC)
• 10117
DIGITAL 1,000/10,000 SERIES Eel
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
OT...
Temperatur.
-lO"C
(.at Listed Voltage and Ambient Temperatures).
+85"C
Unit
VIH ....x
+2S C
Chor..,I.,lotl.
Symbol
Power Supply Ornin Current
Ie
Input Current
linH
Logic "1" Output Voltage
VOH
Logic "0" Out pur. Voitage
VOL
10117 Till Limits
-lO'C
Min
linL
Logic "1" Threshold Voltage
VOHA
Logic "0" Threshold Voltege
VOLA
Switching Times
-1.060
-1.060
-2.000
-1.890
-1.080
1.080
-0.890
-0.780
-1.675
1.675
Min
Max
20
26
265
370
-0.810
-0.700
-1.650
1.650
Min
-0.890
-0.890
-1.920
-1.825
-0.910
-0.910
Max
-0.700
-0.690
-1.616
1.615
-1.655
-1.865
'-
1.4
3.9
1.4
0.9
~
4.1
~
1.1
2.2
4.0
1.1
4.6
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
-1.630
-1.630
-1.595
-1.596
mAde
#lAde
#lAde
#lAde
#lAde
Vde
Vde
Vde
Vde
Vde
Vile
Vde
Vde
Rise Tim. (20% 10 80%)
Fall Time (20% lei 80%)
VILmin
2.3
VEE
-1.600
-1.476
1.440
-6.2
-6.2
-6,2
3.4
1.4
l l l !
VIHAmln
VILA max
VEE
IVeel
G...
1.16
1.16
1,16'
1.16
1.16
1.16
1,16
1,16
1.16'
1.18
1.18
1.18
1,16
4.9
4,9
4,9
9
r--t4+2+
14- 214+ 314- 3+
12+
13+
1213-
VILA_
4,9
+1.11 V
It
(50-ohm load)
Propagation Delav
VIHAmln
-1.205
-1.105
1.035
+86°C
Typ
0.5
0.6
-0.960
-0.960
-1.990
-1.850
-0.980
-0.980
VIL min
1.890
-1.850
-1.826
TEST VOLTAGE APPLIED TO PINS LISTED BELOW:
+25°C
Max
VIHmax
-0.890
-0.810
-0.700
P
Pin
U......
Till
TEST VOLTAGE VALUES.
IV_I
Pulse In
Pulse Out
-3.2 V
+2.0 V
8
1.16
3.8
~
I
• Unused outputs connected to a 50-ohm resistor to ground.
SWITCHING TIME TEST CIRCUIT
PROPAGATION DELAY WAVEFORMS
@
25°C
10117
V CC1
- V CC2
~,~.,",
r--~-l-~__
V out
V OUT
Coax
OR
i
I
I
:
I
-1.+1I -I'· r---.--__--t-_---l-,. t-I--
I
V OUT
NOR
I
*-
---+r---.-_. .-I
.
1l
I1-1+--1
NOTES:
1. Each ECL 10,000 series device has been designed to meet the
DC specifications shown in the test table, after thermal
equilibrium has been established. The circuit is in a test socket
or mounted on a printed circuit board and transverse air flow
greater than 500 linear fpm is maintained. Voltage levels will
shift approximately 4 mV with an air flow of 200 linear fpm.
Outputs are terminated through a 50-ohm resistor to 2.0 volts.
2.
INPUT PULSE
t+
= t - = 2.0 ± 0.2 ns
(20% to 80%)
3.
4.
For AC tests, all input and output cables to the scope are equal'
lengths of 50-ohm coaxial cable. Wire length should be < 1/4
inch· from TPin-to input pin and TP out to output pin. A 50-ohm
termination to ground is located in each scope input. Unused
outputs are connected to a 50-ohm resistor to ground.
Test procedures are shown for only one input or set of input
conditions. Other inputs are tested in the same manner.
All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal.
Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open.
5-51
!imnotiC!i
DUAL 2-WIDE 3,3-INPUT
OR·AND GATE
10118
101188, F: -30 to +85°C
DIGITAL 10,000 SERIES Eel
DESCRIPTION
LOGIC DIAGRAM
The 10118 package contains two 3,3-input OR-AND
Complex gates. Pin 9 is common to both gates. This
function is particularly useful in data control, multiplexing
and data distribution. The 10118 is optimized for high
performance applications and has an excellent speed power
product. All inputs are terminated with a 50 kn resistor to
VEE which eliminates the need to tie unused inputs low.
The high impedance inputs and high output fanout is ideal
for a transmission line environment. This gate meets the
ECl 10,000 Series current and rise and fall time
specifications.
10118
10C>-____"""'"'"""'
11
16
12
13
0----'---'-1
14
FEATURES
•
•
•
•
•
•
VCC1 =1,VCC2=16,VEE=8
POSITIVE LOGIC: HIGH LEVEL = '1'
FAST PROPAGATION DELAY FOR 2 LOGIC
LEVELS = 2.3 ns TYP
LOW POWER DISSIPATION = 100 mW/PACKAGE
TYP (NO LOAD)
HIGH FANOUT CAPABILITY
- CAN DRIVE 50 n LINE
HIGH Z INPUTS - INTERNAL 50 kn PULLDOWNS
HIGH IMMUNITY FROM POWER SUPPLY VARIATIONS: VCC = -5.2 V ±5% RECOMMENDED
OPEN EMITTER LOGIC AND BUSSING CAPABILITY
TEMPERATURE RANGE
• -30 to +85° C Operating Ambient
PACKAGE TYPE
B: 16-Pin Silicone DIP
F: 16-Pin CERDIP
CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
10118
r---------o12
r------o13
14
REFERENCE 11 PER IC)
All Rp
5-52
= 50
k.!1.
GATE 12 PER IC)
DIGITAL 1,000/10,000 SERIES ECl • 10118
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(at Listed Voltages and Ambient Temperatures).
Temperature
-30'e
+26'C
+86'C
Characteristic
Symbol
Power Supply Draimn Current
Ie
Input Current
'inH
Pin
Under
TOIl
Logic "0" Threshold Voltage
VIHmlx
-0.890
-0.810
-0.700
10118 TOIl Llmlll
-30'C
Min
MIX
Min
+2B'C
Typ
20
,
VOH
VOL
VOHA
VOLA
-1.060
-2.000
-1.080
'6+2+
'8_ 2-
1.4
1.4
0.8
0.8
-0.890
-1.675
-0.960
-1.990
-0.9S0
Min
Max
26
265
265
370
-0.610
-1.650
-1.656
I
I
VILmln
-1.890
-1.860
-1.826
,,
Unit
-0.890
-1.920
-0.910
-1.630
VIH max
VILmln
Ri •• Time (20% to 60%1
Fall Time (20% to 80%1
2.3
2.3
2.5
2.6
3.4
3.4
4.0
4.0
VILA max
-1.600
-1.476
-1.440
I
VeE
-5.2
-6.2
-6.2
VIHAmln
VILA max
IVcel
Gnd
,,
VEE
1,16
1,16
~Ade
1,16
-0.700
-1.615
-1.595
3,9
Vd"
Vdc
Vdc
Vde
3,9
- +1.11 V
1.4
1.4
1.6
1.5
I
~Ade
(50·ohm ioedl
3.9
3.9
4.1
4.1
I
VIHAmin
-1.206
-1.105
-1.036
mAde
Switch!ng Times·
Propagation Delay
I
TEST VOLTAGE APPLIED TO PINS LISTED 8ELOW;
+86'C
Max
0.5
'inL
Logic "1" Output Voltage
Logic ..a.. OutPUt Voltage
Logic "1 II Threshold Voltage
TEST VOLTAGE VALUES
IVolll1
@T..t
1.4
1.4
1.5
1.6
Pulse In
Pulse Out
-3.2 V
1,16
1,16
1,16
1,16
+2.0 V
1,16
3.8
3.8
4.6
4.6
~
• Unused outputs connected to a 50-ohm resistor to ground.
SWITCHING TIME TEST CIRCUIT
PROPAGATION DELAY WAVEFORMS
@
25°C
10118
I
Vln
~•.
'"
(
-I'--j--
r-------,
~~
in
- I .++ r--
+0.31 V
V OUT
OR-AND
:
O::t::===r. . .
Pulse
Generator
NOTES:
1. Eech ECL 10,000 series device has been designed to meet the
DC specifications shown in the test table, after thermal
equilibrium has been established. The circuit Is in a test socket
or mounted on a printed circuit board and transverse air flow
greater than 500 linear fpm is maintained. Voltage levels will
shift approximately 4 mV with an air flow of 200 linear fpm.
Outputs are terminated through a 50-ohm resistor to 2.0 volts.
2.
For AC tests, all input and output cables to the scope are equal
lengths of 50-ohm coaxial cable. Wire length should be < 1/4
inch from TPin to input pin and TP out to output pin. A 50-ohm
termination to ground is located in each scope input. Unused
outputs are connected to a 50-ohm resistor to ground.
3.
Test procedures are shown for only one input or set of input
conditions. Other Inputs are tested in the same manner.
4.
All vOltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal.
Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open.
INPUT PULSE
t+ = t - '" 2.0 ± 0.2
(20% to 80%)
ns
5-53
!imDotiC!i
4·WIDE 4,3,3,3·INPUT
OR-AND GATE DUAL
10119B,F: -30 to +8SoC
DIGITAL 10,000 SERIES Eel
DESCR IPTION
LOGIC DIAGRAM
The 10119 is a 4 wide 4-3-3-3 input OR-AND gate. Pin 10
is common to two of the input gates. This function is
particularly useful in data control and mUltiplexing. The
10119 is optimized for high performance applications and
has an excellent speed power product. All inputs are
terminated with a 50 kn resistor to VEE which eliminates
the need to tie unused inputs low. The high impedance
inputs and high output fanout is ideal for a transmission
line environment.
10119
FEATURES
•
•
•
•
•
•
FAST PROPAGATION DELAY FOR 2 LOGIC
LEVELS = 2.3 ns TYP
LOW POWER DISSIPATION = 100 mW/PACKAGE
TYP (NO LOAD)
HIGH FANOUT CAPABILITY
- CAN DRIVE SO n LINE
HIGH Z INPUTS - INTERNAL SO kn PULLDOWNS
HIGH IMMUNITY FROM POWER SUPPLY VARIATIONS: VEE = -S.2 V ±S% RECOMMENDED
OPEN EMITTER LOGIC AND BUSSING CAPABILITY
VCC1 = 1. VCC2 = 16. VEE = 8
POSITIVE LOGIC: HIGH LEVEL
= "1"
TEMPERATURE RANGE
-30 to +85
PACKAGE TYPE
B: 16-Pin Silicone DIP
F: 16-Pin CERDIP
CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
10119
e
V C2
f6o-~--~------~
15
O----r--------------------~
14
O----r--------------~
13
O----r------~~~
GATES
All Rp
5-54
= 50 kn.
12 Shown out of 4)
to
other
gates
ClampAnri Reference
(1 PER Ie)
10119
DIGITAL 1,000/10,000 SERIES ECl • 10119
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(at Listed Voltages and Ambient Temperatures).
Symbol
Power Supply Drain Current
Ie
Input Current
linH
30°C
Logic "1" Output Voltage
Logic "0" Output Voltage
Logic "1" Threshold Voltage
Logic "0" Threshold Voltage
Min
Tes'
Mo.
Min
Typ
Mo.
20
26
266
265
370
Min
Max
-0.890
1.675
Unl'
VIHmax
mAde
-
-0.960
1.990
0.980
-0.810
1.650
1.656
Vil min
t
t
-0.890
-1.920
0.910
1.630
-0.700
1.616
'3_ 2Rise Time (20% to 80%)
Fall Time 120% to 80%)
'1.5
1.5
VIHAmln
VILA max
VEE
1.595
2.3
2.3
2.5
2.5
3.4
3.4
4.0
4.0
1.4
1.4
1.5
1.5
3.8
3.8
4.6
4.6
IVCC)
Gnd
10
t
t
3,10,15
1.16
1,16
1.16
3,10,15
10,15
10,15
~
1.4
'1.4
3.9
3.9
4.1
4.1
-5.2
-5.2
-6.2
10
Vdc
Vdc
Vdc
Vdc
150·ohm load)
1.4
1.4
0.8
0.8
VEE
-1.500
-1.475
-1.440
1,16
1,16
+1.11 V
t3+ 2+
VILA max
-1.205
-1.105
-1.035
~Adc
Switching Times *
Propagation Delay
VIHAmin
/JAde
t
-1.060
2.000
1.080
VILmin
-1.890
-1.860
-1.826
TEST VOLTAGE APPLIED TO PINS LISTED BELOW:
0.6
10
2
VOH
VOL
VOHA
VOLA
-0.890
-0.810
-0.700
+8SoC
+26°C
10
7
'inL
VIHmax
10119 Test Limits
Pin
Under
CharaCteristic
TEST VOLTAGE VALUES
IVolt.)
@Test
Temperature
_30°C
+26°C
+8SoC
ns
1.16
1,16
Pulse In
Pulse Out
-3.2 V
1,16
10,13
10,13
~
+2.0 V
~
• Unused outputs connected to a 50-ohm resistor to ground.
SWITCHING TIME TEST CIRCUIT
PROPAGATION DELAY WAVEFORMS @ 25°C
10119
Vln
VCCl • VCC2
You,
To Channel "A"
+2.0 Vdc
To Channel "B"
i
±""'
."'±
r---I
I
1
I
--1'--1-
I
Input
V OUT
1
I
I TP
Puln8 Generator
OR-AND
out
--1,++ r----
+0.31 V
l= £
..:.-.,--"'----=-~I ,+ 1-
1
I
1
1
I
I
~--H""
VEE· -3.2 Vdc
INPUT PULSE
t+ = t- = 2.0 ± 0.2 ns
(20% to 80%)
NOTES:
1. Each ECL 10,000 series device has been designed to meet the
DC specifications shown in the test table, after thermal
equilibrium has been establiShed. The circuit Is in a test socket
or mounted on a printed circuit board and transverse air flow
greater than 500 linear fpm is maintained. Voltage levels will
. shift approximately 2 mV with an air flow of 200 linear fpm.
Outputs are terminated through a 50-ohm resistor to 2.0 VOlts.
2. For AC tests, all input and output cables to the scope are equal
lengths of 50-ohm coaxial cable. Wire length should be < 1/4
inch from TPin to input pin and TP out to output pin. A 50-ohm
termination to ground is located in each scope input. Unused
outputs are connected to a 50-ohm resistor to ground.
3. Test procedures are shown for only one Input or set of input
conditions. Other Inputs are tested in the same manner.
4. All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal.
Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open.
5·55
!ii!)DotiC!i
4-WIDE 3,3,3,3-INPUT
OR·ANDjOR·AND·INVERT GATE
10121
10121B,F: -30 to +85°C
DIGITAL 10,000 SERIES Eel
DESCRIPTION
LOGIC DIAGRAM
The 10121 is a 4 wide 3-3-3-input OR-ANDIOR-ANDINVERT gate. Pin 10 is common to two of the input gates.
This function is particularly useful in data control and
multiplexing. The 10121 is optimized for high performance
applications and has an excellent speed power product. All
inputs are terminated with a 50 kn resistor to VEE which
eliminates the need to tie unused inputs low. The high
impedance inputs and high output fanout is ideal for a
transmission line environment.
10121
10
FEATURES
11
•
12
•
•
•
•
•
FAST PROPAGATION DELAY FOR 2 LOGIC
LEVELS = 2.3 ns TYP
LOW POWER DISSIPATION = 100 mW/PACKAGE
TYP (NO LOAD)
HIGH FANOUT CAPABI LITY
- CAN DRIVE TWO 50 n LINES
HIGH Z INPUTS - INTERNAL 50 kn PULLDOWNS
HIGH IMMUNITY FROM POWER SUPPLY VARIATIONS: VEE = -5.2 V ±5% RECOMMENDED
OPEN EMITTER LOGIC AND BUSSING CAPABILITY
13
14
15
VCC1 = 1, VCC2 = 16, VEE = 8
POSITIVE LOGIC: HIGH LEVEL = "1"
TEMPERATURE RANGE
0
• -30 to +85 C Operating Ambient
EQUATIONS (Positive Logic)
2
= (4+5+6)
• (7+9+10) • (10+11+12) • (13+14+15)
PACKAGE TYPE
3 = (4+5+6) + (7+9+10) + (10+11+12) + (13+14+15)
B: 16-Pin Silicone DIP
F: 16-Pin CERDIP
= (4+5+6)· (7+9+10)· (10+11+12)· (13+14+15)
CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
18
10121
-
I"
~ ~ K~
I
~~
()--<
Rp
Rp
5·56
kn.
J
r- ?- ?Rp
Rp
Rp
~7
Lf ~ K K >=r= 50
>-
N
12
All R P
r<
Rp
~~
10
VcCl
H
.........
VCC2
Rp
Rp
I
13
14
'7
16
~?=
?- ~
Rp
Rp
Rp
8
DIGITAL 1,000/10,000 SERIES ECl • 10121
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(at Listed Voltage and Ambient Temperatures).
TEST VOLTAGE VALUES
(Volts)
@Test
VIHmax
-0.890
-0.810
-0.700
Temperature
_30°C
+26°C
+85°C
10121 Test Limits
Pin
_30°C
Under
Characteristic
T ..t
Svmbol
Power Supply Drain Current
IE
Input Current
linH
Min
TVp
20
10
'inL
Logic "1" Output Voltage
Logic "0" Output Voltage
7
0.5
9
10
t
-1.060
-1.060
VOH
-1.890
-2.000
-1.080
-1.080
VOL
LogIc "1" Threshold Voltage
VOHA
Logic "0" Threshold Voltage
VOLA
-0.780
-0.890
-1.675
-1.675
Min
Max
Unit
26
265
mAde
265
370
t
-0,890
-1.850
-'1.990
-0.980
-0.980
-1.650
-1.650
-1.825
-1.920
-0,910
-0.890
-0.590
-0,700
-1.615
-1.615
-0.910
-1.630
-1.630
'4- 2-
Fall Time (20%
'Unuse~
'0 80%)
'3+
'2+
'3'2-
0.9
~
4.1
~
1.1
t
~
~
-5.2
-5.2
Vil min
VIHA min
VILA
max
(VCC)
God
,,
VEE
1,16
1,16
10
1,16
-1.595
-1.595
10
2.3
3.4
1.4
3.8
~
4.6
~ ~ ~
1.1
~ ~
~
2.5
4.0
1,16
1,16
4,10,15
Vdc
Vdc
Vdc
Vdc
Vdc
Vdc
Vdc
1,16
1,16
4,10,15
4,10,15
10,15
10,15
10,15
10,15
~
1,4
-5.2
I
I
Vdc
(50-ohm load)
Rise Time (20% to 80%)
VIHmax
,
-0.700
-0.810
3.9
-1.500
-1.475
-1.440
~Adc
-0.960
-0.960
1,4
I
I
~Adc
-1.655
-1.655
'4+ 3'4- 3+
t4+ 2+
I
-1.105
-1.035
VEE
VILAmBx
-1.205
+8S'oC
Max
Switching Times •
Propagation Delay
VIHAmin
TEST VOLTAGE APPLIED TO PINS LISTED BELOW:
+26°C
Max
Min
VILmin
-1.890
-1.850
-1.825
1,16
116
1,16
1,16
Pulse In
Pulse Out
-3.2 V
10,13
+2.0 V
1,16
~
~
outputs connected to a 50-ohm resistor to ground.
SWITCHING TIME TEST CIRCUIT
PROPAGATION DELAY WAVEFORMS
@
o
2S C
10121
VCCI - VCC2
+2.0 Vdc
You.
You,
Coax
VOUT
----,
OR-AND
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
VOUT
OR-AND-INVERT
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
L ___
~
l
VEE' -3.2 Vdc
INPUT PULSE
= t - =, 2.0 ± 0.2 ns
(20% to 80%)
t+
l
O.I~F
NOTES:
1. Each EC L 10,000 series device has been designed to meet the
DC specifications shown in the test table, after thermal
equilibrium has been established. The circuit is In a test socket
or mounted on a printed circuit board and transverse air flow
greater than 500 linear fpm is maintained. Voltage levels will
shift approximately 2 mV with an air flow of 200 linear fpm.
Outputs are terminated through e 50-ohm resistor to 2.0 volts.
2. For AC tests, all input and output cables to the scope are equal
lengths of 50-ohm coaxial cable. Wire length should be < 1/4
inch from TPin to input pin and TP out to output pin. A 50-ohm
termination to ground is located in each scope input, Uriused
outputs are connected to a 50-ohm resistor to ground.
3.
Test procedures are shown for only one input or set of input
conditions. Other inputs are tested in the same manner.
4.
All voltage measurements are refllrenced to 1:he ground terminal.
Terminals not specifically referenced are left electdcally open.
5-57
9!!1DOtiC9
QUAD DIFFERENTIAL LINE DRIVER
QUAD TTL TO Eel TRANSLATOR
10124
10124 B,F: -30 to 85°C
ADVANCED INFORMATION
DESCRIPTION
DIGITAL 10,000 SERIES ECl
LOGIC DIAGRAM
The 10124 is a Quad Differential Line Driver or TTL to
ECl translator. The 10124 inputs are compatible with
standard and Schottky TTL levels. The outputs are standard ECl 10,000 levels. Complementary open emitter outputs provide for inverting, non-inverting or differential
applications. A common strobe input when at a TTL
logical "0" forces all true outputs to an ECl logical "0"
and all inverting outputs to an ECl logical "1".
10124
12
10
""----____-16
11
13
--L_-14
FEATURES
•
FAST PROPAGATION DELAY =5.0ns TYP.
•
POWER DISSIPATION
•
VERY HIGH FANOUT CAPABILITY
- CAN DRIVE EIGHT 50n LINES
- DC OUTPUT lOADING FACTOR OF 90X8
•
COMPLEMENTARY OUTPUTS
•
STANDARD ECl 10,000 SERIES OUTPUT lEVELS
•
OPEN EMITTER OUTPUTS FOR BUSSING AND
lOGIC CAPABiliTY
•
TTL COMPATIBLE INPUT STROBE
•
INPUT-CLAMP DIODES
•
FOUR TRANSLATORS PER PACKAGE
=340mW/PACKAGE TYP.
Vcc = 9 GND - 16 VEE = 8
POSITIVE LOGIC: HIGH LEVEL
= '1'
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Conditions: T A = 25°C, VCC = +5.0V±1%,
VEE = -5.2V±1%
1.
lEE = 66mA max.
ICCH = 14.5mA max.
ICCl'= 24mA max.
2.
linl = -3.2mA max. (pins 5, 7, 10, 11)
linl = -12.8mA max. (pin 6)
linH = 2651lA max. (pin 6)
3.
Vin
=
-1.2V min. (lin = -18mA)
Conditions: T A = 25°C, VCC = +5.0V±1%
VEE = -5.2V±1%, Rl = 50n to -2.0V
Vin = +2.0V min. or
Vin = +0.8V max.
TEMPERATURE RANGE
•
-30 to +85°C Operating Ambient
RECOMMENDED OPERATING VOLTAGE
•
VCC
4.
VOH = -.81V max.
= -.96V min.
5.
VOL = -1.65V max.
= -1.85V min.
6.
tpd = 5.0 ns typo
= 8.0 ns max.
7.
tp tf = 2.5 ns typo (20 to 80%)
= +5.0V±5%, VEE = -5.2V±5%
PACKAGE TYPES
• B: 16 Pin Silicone Dip
• F: 16PinCerdip
5·58
Si!lDOliCS
QUAD DIFFERENTIAL LINE RECEIVER
QUAD Eel TO TTL TRANSLATOR
1.012 5
10125,18, F: -30to+85°C
ADVANCED INFORMATION
DESCRIPTION
DIGITAL 10,000 SERIES ECl
LOGIC DIAGRAM
The 10125 is a quad differential translator. It can be used
as a quad differential line receiver in a TTL system and
also as a quad ECl to TTL translator. The 10125 incorporates differential inputs and Schottky-clamped TTL
totem pole outputs. Differential inputs allow for use as an
inverting/non-inverting translator or as a differential line
receiver.
10126
FEATURES
•
FAST PROPAGATION DELAY = 5.0n5 TYP.
•
POWER DISSIPATION
•
DIFFERENTIAL INPUTS, ECl COMPATIBLE
•
ECl 10,000 LEVEL VBB AVAILABLE
•
INVERTING OR NON-INVERTING FUNCTION
14~ 13
~1
1&
=360mW/PACKAGE TYPICAL
• SCHOTTKY TTL TOTEM POLE OUTPUTS
•
•
RECOMMENDED POWER SUPPLIES:
VCC =+5.0V DC ±5%
VEE = -5.2V DC ±5%
FOUR TRANSLATORS PER PACKAGE
• OUTPUT lEVELS SPECIFIED FOR INPUT VOLTAGE
RANGE +0.2V to-2.2V
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Conditions: TA = 25°C, VEE = -5.2V ±1%
VCC =+5.0V ±1%
1.
Vec" 9 GND" 16 VEE" 8
POSITIVE LOGIC: HIGH LEVEL" '1'
IEE:= 40mA max.
ICCH = 54mA max.
ICCl = 45mA max.
2.
linH = 110MA max.
3.
VBB
APPLICATIONS
•
QUAD DIFFERENTIAL LINE RECEIVER
•
QUAD ECL TO TTL TRANSLATOR
•
QUAD MOS TO TTL SENSE AMP
•
QUAD LEVEL DETECTOR
TEMPERATURE RANGE
• -30 to +85°C Operating Ambient
= -1.35V min.
RECOMMENDED OPERATING VOLTAGE
= -1.23V max.
4.
tpd == 5.0ns typo (Cl = 15pF, Rl = 280n)
:= 7.0ns typo (Cl = 50pF, Rl = 280n)
Conditions: TA = 25°C, VEE = -5.2V ±1%
VCC = +5.0V ±5% f.iVin = 200mV
5.
VOL = 0.5 max. (lOl = 20mA)
6.
VOH=+2.7Vmin. (lOl=-1mA)
•
V CC
=+5.0V ±5%,
VEE
= -5.2V ±5%
PACKAGE TYPE
• B: l6·Pin Silicone DIP
• F: l6-Pin CERDIP
5·59
10130
DUAL D~TYPE LATCH
!ii!lDotiC!i
10130F: -30 to +85°C, CERDIP
DIGITAL 10,000 SERIES Eel
DESCRIPTION
FEATURES
The 10130 is a clocked dual D-type latch. Each latch may
be clbcked separately by holding the common clock in the
low state, and using the clock enable inputs for the clocking
fUl'lction. If the common clock is to be used to clock the
latch, the clock enable (CE) inputs must be in the low state.
In this mode, the enable inputs perform the function of
controlling the common clock (e).
•
Any change at the D input will be reflected at the output
while the clock is low. The outputs are latched on the
positive transition of the clock. While the clock is in the
high state, a change in the information present at the data
inputs will not affect the output information.
FAST PROPAGATION DELAY = 2.5 ns TYP (DATA)
= 2.8 ns TYP (SET, RESET)
=3.0 ns TYP (CLOCK)
•
•
•
•
LOW POWER DISSIPATION = 140 mW/PACKAGE
TYP (NO LOAD)
HIGH FANOUT CAPABILITY - CAN DRIVE 50n
LINES
HIGH Z INPUTS - INTERNAL 50 kn PULLDOWNS
HIGH IMMUNITY FROM POWER SUPPLY VARIATIONS: VEE -5.2 V ±5% RECOMMENDED
OPEN EMITTER LOGIC AND BUSSING CAPABILITY
PIN COMPATIBLE WITH 10131
=
•
•
Input pulldown resistors eliminate the need to tie unused
inputs to VEE.
The asynchronous set (S) and reset (R) inputs are effective
only with the clock input high.
The 10130 is pin compatible with the 10131 dual master/
slave type D flip-flop.
LOGIC DIAGRAM
APPLICATIONS
•
•
•
HIGH SPEED REGISTERS
CONTROL LATCHES
STATUS LATCHES
10130
TRUTH TABLE
51
50------,
°1 7 0 - - - - 1
CE,8
"C"
9
R2 13 0 - ; - - - 1
CE2
11 ..r--___~.
14
0
C
S
R
L
L
cJ>
cJ>
A
I
cJ>
cJ>
H
cJ>
H
L
L
On
cJ>
H
H
L
H
¢
H
L
H
L
cJ>
H
H
H
N.D.
C=CE+C
= Don't care
N.D. = Not defined
¢
I
°2 10 0 - - - - 1
16
82 1 2 0 - - - - - - - 1
TEMPERATURE RANGE
•
VCC1 = 1, VCC2 = 16, VEE = 8
POSITIVE LOGIC: HIGH LEVEL
= "1"
PACKAGE TYPE
•
5-60
0
-30 to +85 C Operating Ambient
F: 16.pin CERDIP
Qn
+1
I
DIGITAL 1,000/10,000 SERIES ECl • 10130
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(at listed Voltages and Ambient Temperatures).
TEST VOLTAGE VALUES
(Volts)
@Test
Temperature
-30"C
+25"C
+85"C
10130 Test Limlls
Pin
Under
Symbol
Characterlstlo
Power Supply Drain Current
IE
Input Current
linH
Logic "1" Output Voltage
Logic "0" OUIPUI Voltage
Logic "1" Threshold Voltege
Logic "0" Threshold Voltage
Switching Tim.. (60 {} loadl
(See Figure 11
Propagation Delay
Test
30°C
Min
9
4,5,7
4-
linL
VOH
VOL
VOHA
1.060
'1.890
1.080
Ma.
28
35
220
265
285
0.50
0.960
-1.850
0.980
0.890
1.675
0.810
-1.650
1.656
VOLA
VIHAmln
VILA max
VEE
-1.890
-1.860
-1.205
-1.106
-6.2
-5.2
1.826
-1.036
-1.500
-1.475
-1.440
-0.810
0.700
Min
Ma.
Unit
VIHmsx
Ri.e Time (20% 10 80%)
16+ 2+
14+ 212+
Fe" Time (20% Ie, 80%1
Setup Time
12·
tsetupt
Hold Time
Ihold tt
2.5
2.6
2.8
2.8
1.1
1.1
2.6
2.5
VIHAmin
VILA max
VeE
(VCC)
Gnd
1,16
1.,16
",Adc
4,9
5,9
0.890
-1.826
0.910
0.700
-1.615
-1.595
1,16
1,16
1,16
1,16
1,16
)lAde
Vde
Vdc
Vdc
Vdc
~
1.6
1.6
1.5
1.2
VILmin
mAde
1.630
17- 2t7+ 2+
-5.2
+8SoC
Typ
6,11
VILmln
-0.890
TEST VOLTAGE APPLIED TO PINS LISTED BELOW:
+25°C
Min
Ma.
VIHmax
Pulse In
Pulse Out
-3.2 V
+2.0 V
1,16
4.3
4.3
4.3
6,7
lll
6,7
B
4.3
4.6
4.6
2.6
1.6
1,16
1,16
'All other inputs are tested in the same manner.
t tsetup is the minimum time before the positive transition of the clock pulse (C) that information must be present at the data input (D).
ttthoid is the minimum time after the positive transition of the clock pulse (C) that information must remain unchanged at the data input (D).
PROPAGATION DELAY WAVEFORMS @ 25°C
SWITCHING TIME TEST CIRCUIT
10130
VCC1 • VCC2 •
V in
+2.0 Vdc
~,t __
Vout
L_J·"Jcoa.
I
I
l------tsetup-l--thOld~
Outputs
+0.31 V
l~
TPout
I
I
-----~.----------
I
I
1
_----J
L_--r--t.",
I
vee -3.2 Vdc
INPUT PULSE
t+
= t - = 2.0 ±
(20 to 80%)
C -
CE + C
NOTES:
1. Each ECL 10,000 series device ha~ been designed to meet the
DC specifications shown in the test table, after thermal
equilibrium has been established. The Circuit is in a test socket
or mounted on a printed circuit board and transverse air flow
greater than 500 linear fpm is maintained. Voltage levels will
shift approximately 4 mV with an air flow of 200 linear fpm.
Outputs are terminated through a 50-ohm resistor to 2.0 volts.
2.
For AC tests, all input and output cables to the scope are equal
lengths of 50-ohm coaxial cable. Wire length should be
1/4
inch from TPin to input pin and TP out to output pin. A 50-ohm
termination to ground is located in each scope input. Unused
outputs are connected to a 50-ohm resistor to ground.
3.
Test procedures are shown for only one input or set of input
conditions. Other inputs are tested in the same manner.
4.
All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal.
Terminals not specificall'y referenced are left electrically open.
0.2ns
<
5-61
Q
UI
cD
J:J
10130
N
C')
c
~
en
C')
J:
m
s:
»~
°12
VCC1
1
n
Ci2
VCC2
16
14
52
G')
~
»r-
...a
b
0
0
...a
0
b
0
0
en
m
J:J
m
en
m
C')
r-
•
...a
0
...a
W
0
eE2
D2
S1o.:::.-I--+-~~---lH-----'
RP
C
= CE + C.
All Rp
= 50
k.l1.
S:1
RP
RP
RP
Smnotics
DUAL D-TVPE
MASTER-SLAVE FLIP-FLOP
10131
10131 F: -30 to +85°C
DIGITAL 10,000 SERIES Eel
DESCRIPTION
FEATURES
The 10131 is a dual master-slave type D flip-flop_ Asynchronous set (S) and reset (R) override clock ((5) and clock
enable (CEl inputs_ Each flip-flop may be clocked
separately bV holding the common clock in the low state
and using tho enable inputs for the clocking function. If the
common clock is to be used to clock the flip-flop, the clock
enable inputs must be in the low state. In this case, the
enable inputs perform the function of controlling the
common clock.
•
The output states of the flip-flop change on the positive
transition of the clock. A change in the information present
at the data (D) input will not affect the output information
at any other time due to master-slave construction. Input
pulldown resistors eliminate the need to tie unused inputs
to VEE. Output rise and fall times have been optimized to
provide rela),ation of system design and layout criteria.
t-rOG
= 125 MHz MIN
= 160 MHz TYP
• FAST PROPAGATION DELAY
= 2.8 ns TYP (SET, RESET)
= 3.0 ns TYP (CLOCK)
• LOW POWER DISSIPATION = 235 mW/PACKAGE TYP
(NO LOAD)
• HIGH FANOUT- CAPABILITY
- CAN DRIVE 50 n LINES
• HIGH Z INPUTS - INTERNAL 50 kn PULLDOWNS
• HIGH IMMUNITY FROM POWER SUPPLY VARIATIONS: VEE = -5.2 V ±5% RECOMMENDED
• OPEN EMITTER LOGIC AND BUSSING CAPABILITY
• PIN COMPATIBLE WITH 10130
The 10131 is pin compatible with the 10130 dual D-type
latch.
APPLICATIONS
•
•
•
•
•
LOGIC DIAGRAM
10131
CONTROL LOGIC
STATUS LOGIC
COUNTERS
SHIFT REGISTER
PRESCALERS
TRUTH TABLE
51
D1 7
Cei6
R14
"l:c 9
R2 13
CE2
D
C*
S
R
rJ>
L
L
L
L
H
L
L
On
L
H
H
L
L
H
rJ>
.rJ>
H
L
H
rJ>
rJ>
L
H
L
rJ>
rJ>
H
H
N.D.
5
14
11
D2 10
S2 12
15
·An H represents a transition from L to H between t
and t'" n + 1
Qn
+1
--
=n
+ CE
= Not defined
C'" Cc
N.D.
TEMPERATURE RANGE
•
VCC1 = 1, VCC2 = 16, VEE = 8
POSITIVE LOGIC: HIGH LEVEL = "1"
-30 to +85°C Operating Ambient
PACKAGE TYPE
•
F: 16-Pin CERDIP
5-63
DIGITAL 1,000/10,000 SERIES ECl '. 10131
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(at Listed Voltages and Ambient Temperatures).
I
Temperature
-30"C
+25"C
+86"C
Cho .....iltlc
Symbol
Power Supply Drain Current
Ie
I nput Current
IlnH
,nput Leakage Current
'inL
Logic "I" OUIPUI Voltage
VOH
Logic "0" OUIPUI Voltage
VOL
logic "I" Threshold Voltage
VOHA
Logic "0" Threshold Vollage
VOLA
Pin
Undor
Tilt
10131 TOItLlml1l
30°C
Min
4,6,'
6,7,9
2t
3t
2
2t
3
3t
-1.060
-1,060
-1.890
-1.890
-1.080
-1.080
-0.890
-0.890
-1.676
-1.676
Min
Typ
Mo.
46
68
330
330
220
246
266
0.5
0.6
-0.960
-0.960
-1.860
-1,860
-0.980
-0.980
RI.. Time (20% 10 80%1
Fall Time (20% 10 80%1
Set Inpul
PropeQllltlon Delay
SatupTlmo
HoldTlmo
T..... Frequency (M •• I
Mo.
Unit
VILAmo.
VEE
-1.206
-1.106
-1.036
-1.600
-1.476
-1.440
-6,2
VIHm ..:
V'Lmin
!
-0.810
-0.810
-1.660
-1.660
-0.890
-0.890
-1.B26
-1.826
-0,910
-0,910
-0.700
-0.700
-1.616
-1.616
1.1
16+2+
112+ 16+
16+ 3112+ 14-
16
3
14
14+2113+ 1614+ 3+
113+ 14+
16
3
14
3.0
4,6
-1.596
-1.696
1.6
2,6
1.1
2.6
1.1
4.9
4.9
1.2
2.8
1.2
4,8
4,3
+
+ + +
1.1
4.4
1.2
~
~
t
126
1.6
126
(Veel
Gnd
8
8
1,16
1,16
2,8
4.3
+ +
1,6
-0.6
160
2,6
+
1.2
+
126
2.
NOTES:
1. Each ECL 10,000 series device has been designed to meet the
DC specifications shown in the tast table, after thermal
equilibrium has been established. The circuit Is in a test socket
or mounted on a printed circuit board and transverse air flow
greater than 500 linear fpm is maintained. Voltage levels will
shift approximately 5 mV with an air flow of 200 linear fpm.
Outputs are terminated through a 50-ohm resistor to 2.0 volts.
3.
4.
Pul .. ln
Pulse Out
!
1,16
1,16
1,16
1,16
1,16
1,16
1,16
1,16
1,16
1,16
-3,2Vdc +2,0 Vdc
1,16
6.0
1.1
1.1
+
lsetuP
lhold
"'og
4,4
VEE
Vdc
Vdc
Vdc
Vdc
Vdc
Vdc
Vdc
Vdc
t j t t j t t
0.8
0,8
-6.2
-6.2
~
#lAde
-1.630
-1.630
1.5
VILA mo.
~Adc
+1.11 Vdc
4.6
VIHAmln
mAde
!!
!
+
+
12
6
12
16
3
14
13
13
6,7
'6,7
16
3
14
2
.2
6
2
8
1,16
~
~
4.8
1,16
+
+
MHz
'1 ndividually test each input; apply V, L min to pin under test,
•• Pin 3 is tied to pin 7 for these tests,
tOutput level to be measured after a clock pulse has been applied to th,e CE input (pin 6)
5·64
VIHAmln
-1.890
-1.860
-1.826
J.lAdc
-1.666
-1.656
1.4
19+219+2+
16+2+
16+212+
12_
Roselinpul
Propagation Delay
VILmin
-0.890
-0,810
-0,700
VOLTAGE APPLIED TO PINS LISTED BELOW:
Min
Switching Times Clock Input e •
Pro_lion Oelav
VIH max
+UoC
+25°C
Mo.
TEST VOLTAGE VALUES
Vd. ±,%
@Test
t
~
1,16
1,16
1,16
- - V I H max
VOL min
JL
For AC tests, all input and output cables to the scope are equal
lengths of 50-ohm coaxial cable. Wire length should be < 1/4
inch from TPin to input pin and TP out to o\Jtput pin. A 50-ohm
termination to ground is located in each scope Input. Unused
outputs are connected to a 50-ohm resistor to ground.
Test procedures are shown for only one input or set of input
conditions. Other inputs are tested in the same manner.
All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal.
Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open.
DIGITAL 1,000/10,000 SERIES ECl • 10131
TOGGLE FREQUENCY TEST CIRCUIT
VC C1 • V CC2 • +2.0 Vue
Coax
Coax
TPout
Q
1----0-----'
Q
1 - - -......-----,
10131
210
J
VEE
SWITCHING TIME TEST CIRCUIT
= -3.2
O 1PF
.
Vde
PROPAGATION DELAY WAVEFORMS
@
25°C
10131
R Input
S Input
VCC1 = VCC2 =
+2.0 Vdc
25"F
J
J
V out
Coax
O.l"F
QOutput
rTPout
10131
VEE = 3.2 Vde
NOTE
tsetup is the minimum time before the positive transition of the
clock pulse (e) that information must be present at the data
input (D).
thold is the minimum time after the positive transition of the clock
pulse (e) that information must r'emain unchanged at the data
'input (D).
5·65
Q
10131
(1/2 OF CIRCUIT SHOWN)
C5
c:
»
r-
n
-I
C/)
SLAVE
VCCI
VCC2
~ ~ -K C=~~K~:
><
-K rS 1- tSl- ~
~6~K1-
~
~"
-
....--
J
L-..-
~
...&
n
b
m
g
J:
MASTER
0
J:J
s:
»
-I
0
...&
0
n §
C/)
m
J:J
m
C/)
m
0
r-
•
...&
0
...&
W
...&
I
,-
's_
~c 1-
r\r
~'1
~'7
.,
~7
-Yr-
-
~.,.
~
r-K
y
""
....,
r
.......
~7
~7
To Other
Flip-Flop
!ii!lDotiC!i
DUAL MULTIPLEXER LATCH
IWITH RESET)
10132
10132F: -30 TO +85°C, CERDIP
DIGITAL 10,000 SERIES Eel
DESCRIPTION
FEATURES
The 10132 is a dual clocked Ootype latch with 2 to 1 data
multiplexirlg. Each latch may be clocked separately by
holding the common clock in the low state, and using the
clock enable inputs for the clocking function. If the
common clock is to be used to clock the latch, the.clock
enable (CE) inputs' must be in the low state. In this state,
the enable inputs perform the function of enabling the
common clock, (CC).
•
HIGH SPEED COMBINED MULTIPLEXER - LATCH
IMPROVES SYSTEM PERFORMANCE.
•
MULTIPLEXED
COUNT
Any change at the selected 0 input will be reflected at the
output while the clock is low. The outputs are latched on
the positive transition of the clock. While the clock is in the
high state, a change in the information present at the data
or select inputs will not affect the output information.
The asynchronous reset input (R) overrides the clock
inputs.
•
INPUTS TO
REDUCE PACKAGE
FAST PROPAGATION DELAY = 2.5 ns TYP (DATA)
= 3.7 ns TYP (SELECT)
= 3.0 ns TYP (RESET)
= 4.0 ns TYP (CLOCK)
•
LOW POWER DISSIPATION = 200 mW/PACKAGE
TYP (NO LOAD)
•
HIGH FANOUT CAPABILITY LINES
•
HIGH Z INPUTS -
•
HIGH IMMUNITY FROM POWER SUPPLY VARIATIONS: VEE -5.2 V ±5% RECOMMENDED
CAN DRIVE 50 n.
INTERNAL 50 kn. PULLDOWNS
=
Input pulldown resistors eliminate the need to tie unused
inputs to VEE.
•
APPLICATIONS
LOGIC DIAGRAM
•
10132
A
4
X1
5
2 Z
CEO
Cc
COMBINED MULTIPLEXER - REGISTER FOR:
high speed central processors
high speed peripherals
high speed minicomputers
high speed accumulators
communication systems
TRUTH TABLE
11
XO
OPEN EMITTER LOGIC AND BUSSING CAPABILITY
10
3
R
xin
Cc
CE
zn + 1
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
H
H
L
H
L
H
Zn
Zn
Zn
H
H
H
H
L
L
H
H
H
L
H
L
H
Zn
Zn
Zn
1>
L
L
L
Z
7
L
R B
CE1
9
VO
13
V1
1~
L
16W
L
L
14W
L
H
1>
L
H
1> = Don't Care.
Xin = A • XO + A • X1
TEMPERATURE RANGE
•
VCC1 = 1, VCC2 = 16, VEE = 8
POSITIVE LOGIC: HIGH LEVEL = '1'
-30 to +85°C Operating Ambient
PACKAGE TYPE
•
F: 16-Pin CEROIP
5-67
DIGITAL 1,000/10,000 SERIES ECl!·10132
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(at Listed Voltages and Ambient Temperatures).
10132 Toot Limits
Pin
-lO°C
Under
Symbol
Characteristic
Toot
Max
Min
Min
+26"C
Typ
VILA .... x
VEE
--0.890
--0.810
--0.700
-1.890
-1.860
-1.205
-1.105
-1.825
-1.036
-1.600
-1.475
-1.440
-5.2
-5.2
-5.2
TEST VOLTAGE APPLIED TO PINS LISTED BELOW,
+85°C
Unit
VIH mIX
7.11
lin H
290
290
390
~Ade
Max
Min
Max
lin L
VOH
2
-1.060
-0.890
VOL
-1.060
-1.890
--0.890
-1.675
-1.676
VOHA
-1.890
-LOBO
OUlPutVoltage
-1.650
-1.660
--0.980
--0.980
-LOBO
Threshold Voltage
-0.Bl0
-0.Bl0
-1.B60
-1.B60
VOLA
Threshold Voltage
I
7
--0.890
--0.700
Vde
-0.890
-1.B25
--0.700
-1.616
Vde
5,11
Vde
-1.826
-0.910
-1.615
Vde
Vde
4
6,11
-0.910
-1.656
-1.630
-1.596
Vde
Vde
-1.665
-1.630
-1.696
Vde
j
4
1,16
7,9,10
1,16
7,9,10
7,9,11
1,16
1,16
1,16
7,9,10
11
7.9,10
7,9,10
11
7,9,10
7,9,10
+1.11 V
+0.31 V
8
.8
1,16
1,16
1,16
1,)6
-3.2 V
Pulse Out
Pulse In
+2.0 V
1,16
7,9,10
2.6
3.0
'4+2+
'6+2'7-2+
Ond
1.111
1.16
IJAdc
--0.960
--0.960
VEE
VILA ....x
10
11
0.60'
Output Voltage
!.ogie "0"
VIHAmln
VILmln
6,11
6,7
290
220
220
Logic "1"
Switching Times (50-ohm load)
IS •• Figur.ll
Propagation Delay
Data
Reset
Clock
Select
Setup Time
Data
Select
Hold Time
Data
Select
Ris. Tim. 120% '0 80%1
Fall Tim. (20%'080%1
VIHAmln
mAde
4'
Logic "0"
VILmln
60
10
11
Logic "1"
IVoItsl
VIH .... x
Ie
Power Supply Current
Input Current
TEST VOLTAGE VALUES
• Tnt
Temperature
-30°C
+25°C
+8SoC
4.0
11
3.7
'11+2+
lsetup
tsetup
1.5
'hold
2.5
0.0
'hold
'2+
'2-
--0.6
2.0
2.0
4,10
11
1,16
1,16
10,11
11
1,16
1,16
4.10
10,11
7
7.9,10
7,9,10
B
8
1,16
1,16
"All other inputs tested in the same manner.
PROPAGATION DELAY WAVEFORMS@ 2SoC
SWITCHING TIME TEST CIRCUIT
10132
10132
':9F---- ;;-~~-f.;;----- ~'"
50%
V CC1 " V CC2 "
J
ZO~:~
+2.0Vdc
~"t t·", VO~
r=--- - ___
i
+1.11 V
,20%
'2+_1 ~'8+2-1
f
A INPUT
COAX
.J
I
I
'se,up
50%
1------
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
+1.11 V
+0.31 V
\ . 50-: - - - - - - - +111V
l---l~
'hOld
+0.31 V
+111 V
_____..Jf
50'::" _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ +0.31 V
/
I
I
L---n---.J
I
.:r.
VEE
INPUT PULSE
t+ = t- = 2.0 ± 0.2 ns
(20% to 80%)
5·68
0.1 ~F
;'2 Vdc
NOTES:
1. Each ECL 10,000 series device has been designed to meet the
DC specifications shown in the test table, after thermal
equilibrium has been established. The circuit is in a test socket
or mounted on a printed circuit board and transverse~ air flow
greater than 500 linear fpm is maintained.IVoltage levels will shift
approximately 4 mV with an air flow of 200 linear fpm •
Outputs are terminated through a 50·ohm resistor to -2.0 volts.
2.
For AC tests, all input and output cables to the scope are equal
lengths of 50-ohm coaxial cable. Wire length should be < 1/4
inch from TPin to Input pin and TP out to output pin, A 50-ohm
termination to ground is located in each scope input. Unused
outputs are connected to a 50-ohm resistor to ground.
3.
Test procedures are shown for only one input or set of Input
conditions. Other inputs are tested in the same manner.
4.
All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal.
Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open.
Smnl!tiCS
QUAD D-TYPE LATCH
(WITH GATED OUTPUTS)
10133
10133F: -30 to +85°C, CERDIP
ADVANCED INFORMATION
DIGITAL 10,000 SERIES Eel
I)ESCRIPT~ON
FEATURES
The 10133 is a high speed, low power, ECl quad latch
consisting of four bistable latch circuits with D-type inputs
and gated Q outputs. Open emitters allow a large number of
outputs to be' wire-O Red together. Latch outputs are gated,
allowing direct wiring to a bus. When the clock is high, the
outputs will follow the 0 inputs. Information is latched on
the negative going transition of the clock.
The outputs are gated low when the output enable is high.
All four latches may be clocked at one time with the
common clock., or each half may be clocked separately with
iits clock.
•
•
•
•
•
•
LOGIC DIAGRAM
FAST PROPAGATION DELAY
= 4.0 ns TYP CLOCK OR DATA TO OUTPUT
=2.0 ns TYP ENABLE TO OUTPUT
= 0.7 ns TYP SETUP AND HOLD TIMES
GATED OUTPUTS FOR BUS-10RIENTED APPLI·
CATIONS
HIGH DENSITY - FOUR LATCHES PLUS GATING
LOW POWER D'ISSIPATION = 290 mW/PACKAGE
TYP (NO LOAD)
HIGH FANOUT CAPABILITY - CAN DRIVE FOUR
50n LINES
HIGH IMMUNITY FROM POWER SUPPLY VARIATIONS: VEE -5.2 V ±5% RECOMMENDED
MEETS ECL 10,000 SERIES STANDARD INTER·
FACE SPECIFICATIONS
=
10133
•
APPLICATIONS
•
TEMPORARY STORAGE ELEMENT IN:
high speed central processors
high speed peripherals and memories
high speed digital communications
instrumentation
test equipment
•
BUS-ORIENTED STORAGE REGISTER FOR:
mini-computers
array processors
TRUTH TABLE
G
C
D
H
rJ>
rJ>
On+1
L
On
L
L
rJ>
L
H
L
L
L
H
H
H
C= Cc+ CE
rJ>
VCC1 = 1, VCC2 = 16, VEE = 8
POSITIVE LOGIC: HIGH LEVEL = '1'
TEMPERATURE RANGE
•
-30 to +85°C Operating Ambient
PACKAGE TYPE
•
F: 16-Pin CERDIP
= Don't Care
NOTES:
1. For AC tests, all Input and output cables to the scope are equal
lengths of 50-ohm coaxial cable. Wire length should be < 1/4
inch from TPin to input pin and TP out to output pin. A 50-ohm
termination to ground is located in each scope input. Unused
outputs are connected to a 50-ohm resistor to ground.
2.
Each ECL 10,000 series device has been designed to meet the
DC specifications shown in the test table, after thermal
equilibrium has been established. The circuit is in a test socket
or mounted on a printed circuit board and transverse air flow
greater than 500 fpm is maintained. Voltage levels will shift
approximately 5 mV with an air flow of 200 linear fpm •
Outputs are terminated through a 50-ohm resistor to -2.0 volts.
5·69
DIGITAL 1,000/10,000 SERIES ECl • 10133
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
TEST VOL TAGE VALUES
(at Listed Voltages and Ambient Temperatures).
Temperature
VIHmax
VIL min
+25 C
-0.890
-0.810
-1.890
-1.850
+8S"C
-0.700
-1.825
-30"C
ol
10133 Test Limits
Pin
-30'C
Under
Characteristic
Symbol
Power Supply Dram Current
IE
I"IHII Current
tll1H
Loqu: "1"
Test
-
-1.060
-0.890
VOL
-1.890
t
t
-1.675
VOHA
-1.080
Output VoltWJP.
Loqlc "1"
t
t
VILA max
VEE
-1.500
-5.2
-1.475
-5.2
-1.440
-5.2
+85°C
Max
Min
Max
Unit
75
mAde
245
IJAdc
220
350
~
0.5
Irlll
VOH
OUflHI! VOllilCII!
Loqrc "0"
Typ
VIHAmin
-1.205
-1.105
-1.035
TEST VOLTAGE APPLIED TO PINS LISTED BELOW:
+2S'C
Min
Min
(Volt.)
@Test
VIH max
VIL min
VIHA min
VILA max
VEE
13
1,16
t
1,16
1,16
JJAdc
-0.960
-0.810
t
t
-1.650
t
-1.850
-0.980
--0.890
-0.700
Vdc
t
t
-·1.615
t
t
Vdc
- 1.825
t
t
Vdc
-0.910
Gnd
1,16
3,4
3,13
t
t
4
1,16
13
3,5
13
3,4
1,16
rhn~sholrl Vollag~
3,4
2t
2tt
2tt
3
2
LogIC "0"
-1.655
VOLA
-1.630
-1.595
13
Vdc
3,4
5
8
1,16
j
j
-3.2 V
+2,0 V
Thr()shold Voltage
21
211
j
211
j
--
j
j
-
13
SWllchlllgTrmes t tt
+1.11 V
13+ 2+
4.0
~
4.0
2.0
14
2+
'5,_ 2"1
Rise Tune (20% to 80%)
Fall Time (20% to 80%)
Pulse In
r---
(5011 loadl
Propagation Delay
tsetup·
0.7
Ihold··
0.7
2.0
2,0
'2+
'2 __
tOutput level to be measured after a clock pulse has been applied
to the clock input (Pin 4).
ttOata input at proper high/low level while clock pulse is high so
that device latches at proper high/low level for test. Levels are
measured after device has latched.
SWITCHING TIME TEST CIRCUIT
Pulse Out
1,16
*tsetup is minimum time before the negative transition of the
clock pulse (C) that information must be present at the data
input (0).
• *thold is the minimum time after the negative transition of the
clock pulse (C) that information must remain unchanged at the
data input (0).
PROPAGATION DELAY WAVEFORMS @ 25°C
10133
Vee1 - Vee2
+2.0 Vdc
+1.1 V
VOUTNOR --~-
INPUT PULSE
t+ = t- = 2.0 ± 0.2 ns
(20% to 80%)
n·",
Vee - -3.2 Vdc
5-70
D!_--JI-~
0 1
/
Si!lnotics
DUAL MULTIPLEXER-LATCH
(WITH INDEPENDANT SELECTS)
10134
10134F: -30 to +85°C GERDIP
DIGITAL 10,000
DESCRIPTION
FEATURES
The 10134 is a dual clocked D-type latch with 2 to 1 data
mUltiplexing. Each latch may be clocked separately by
holding the common clock in the low state, and using the
clock enable inputs for the clocking function. If the
common clock is to be used to clock the latch, the clock
enable (CE) inputs must be in the low state. I n this state,
the enable inputs perform the function of enabling the
common clock (CC).
•
Any change at the selected D input will be reflected at the
output while the clock is low. The outputs are latched on
the positive transition of the clock. While the clock is in the
high state, a change in the information present at the data
or select inputs will not affect the output information.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
SERII~S
EeL
HIGH SPEED COMBINED MULTIPLEXER - LATCH
IMPROVES SYSTEM PERFORMANCE.
MULTIPLEXED INPUTS TO REDUCE PACKAGE
COUNT
FAST PROPAGATION DELAY = 2.5 ns TYP (DATA)
= 3.5 ns TYP (SELECT)
= 4.0 ns TYP (CLOCK)
LOW POWER DISSIPATION
225 mW/PACKAGE
TYP (NO LOAD)
HIGH FANOUT CAPABILITY - CAN DRIVE 50 n
LINES
HIGH Z INPUTS - INTEHNAL 50 kn PULLDOWNS
HIGH IMMUNITY FROM POWER SUPPLY VARIATIONS: VEE = -5.2 V ±5% RECOMMENDED
OPEN EMITTER LOGIC AIND BUSSING CAPABILITY
Input pulldown resistors eliminate the need to tie unused
inputs to VEE.
LOGIC DIAGRAM
10134
APPLICATIONS
•
COMBINED MULTIPLEXER - REGISTER FOR:
high speed central processors
high speed peripherals
high speed minicomputers
high speed accumulators
communication systems
AO 6
A111
XO 4
2 Z
X1
CEO
Cc
TRUTH TABLE
5
3 Z
1(1
7
CE1 9
16W
VO 13
14W
V112
C
AO
XO
X1
zn + 1
L
L
L
L
H
L
L
H
H
L
H
1>
1>
1>
1>
1>
L
H
L
H
L
H
Zn
1>
1>
1> = Don't Care
C = CE + Cc
Xin = AD • XO + AO • X1
TEMPERATURE RANGE
•
VCC1 = 1" VCC2 = 16, VEE = 8
POSITIVE LOGIC: HIGH LEVEL
= '1'
0
-30 to +85 C Operating Ambient
PACKAGE TYPE
•
F: 16·Pin CERDIP
5·71
DIGITAL 1,000/10,000 SERIES ECl • 10134
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
TeST VOLTAGE VALUES
_30°C
Under
Svmbol
Characteristic
Test
Temperature
Min
Max
Logic "1"
'in L
VOH
Max
Min
55
290
290
220
Output Voltage
Logic "0"
-1.890
VOHA
-1.890
-1.080
Output Voltage
Logic "1"
-1.060
~i.060
Threshold Voltage
-0.890
0.50
-0.960
-0.890
-1.675
-0.960
-1.860
-0.810
-0.810
-1.660
-1.675
-1.860
-1.890
-1.850
-1.205
-1.106
-1.500
-0.810
-1.475
I
I
-5.2
-5.2
+85"C
-0.700
-1.625
-1.035
-1.440
I
-5.2
Unit
VIHmax
mAde
IJ.Adc
6,7,11
4
5,6
-1.650
logic "0"
-1.655
-1.666
VOLA
Threshold Voltage
Switching Times (50--ohm load)
VILmin
VIHA min
VEE
VilA max
j
7
10
-0.890
-0.700
-0.890
-1.825
-1.825
-0.700
-1.616
-1.615
-0.910
-0.910
-1.630
-1.695
-1.630
-1.596
TVp
j
1,16
4
5,6
Vdc
Vdc
6,7,10
7,10
Vdc
Vdc
4,6,7,10
5,7,10
Vdc
Vdc
6,7,10
7,10
Vdc
Vdc
6,7,10
Max
Gnd
1,16
1,16
.uAdc
-0.980
-0.980
-1.080
VEE
-0.890
+2S"C
220
VOL
VILA max
-30"C
290
10
4"
VIHAmin
+85"C
Max
Min
VILmln
TEST VOLTAGE APPLIED TO PINS LISTED BELOW:
+2S"C
Power Supply Drain Current
lin H
VIH max
10134 Test Llmi ..
Pin
Input Current
IVol •• 1
@T ...
(At listed Voltages and Ambient Temperatures).
1,16
1,16
1,16
1.16
1,16
1,16
1,16
1,16
7,10
+1.11 V
+0.31 V
Pulse In
Pulse Out
-3.2 V
+2.0 V
(See Figure 1)
Propagation Delay
Setup Time
Hold Time
Data
Clock
Select
Data
Select
Dat8
Select
t4+2+
2.5
'10-2+
t6+2+
tsetup
4.0
tsetup
thold
'hold
'2+
'2_
Rise Time (20% to 80%)
Fall Time 120% '0 80%1
6,7,10
1,16
t
10
3.5
7,10
1.5
2.5
0.0
-0.5
6,7
7,11
6,7
7,11
2.0
6,7,10
1,16
1,16
2.0
6,7,10
1,16
6
4,10
1,16
6,10
4,10
6,10
1,16
1,16
*AII other inputs teued in the same manner.
SWITCHING TIME TEST CIRCUIT
PROPAGATION DELAY WAVEFORMS@ 25°C
10134
10134
Vecl = VCC2 +2.0 Vdc
V OUT
, . . - - - - - - - - - - - - +111V
J =.:r ----------%
X INPUT
I
~
'4 + 2+
I
Z INPUT
t setup
I
80%
50%
I
'2--=-LC
20%
,J"'
+0 31V
n
n~:::
1- "'"
1-
I
~I
I----+--.J
thold
------...1 --------- -+0.31V
L----fi--~
_--II
VEE - -3.2 Vdc
INPUT PULSE
t+ = t- = 2.0 ± 0.2 ns
(20% to 80%)
NOTES:
1. Each EC L 10,000 series device has been designed to meet the
DC specifications shown in the test table, after thermal
equilibrium has been established. The circuit is in a test socket
or mounted on a printed circuit board and transverse air flow
greater than 500 fpm is maintained. Voltage levels will shift
approximately 4 mV with an air flow of 200 linear fpm.
Outputs are terminated through a 50-ohm resistor to -2.0 volts.
5·72
2.
For AC tests, all input and output cables to the scope are equal
lengths of 50-ohm coaxial cable. Wire length should be < 1/4
inch from TPin to input pin and TP out to output pin. A 50-ohm
termination to ground is located in each scope input. Unused
outputs are connected to a 50-ohm resistor to ground.
3.
Test procedures are shown for only one input or set of input
conditions. Other inputs are tested in the same manner,
4.
All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal,
Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open.
UNIVERSAL HEXADECIMAL COUNTER
UNIVERSAL DECIMAL COUNTER
!ii!lDotiCS
ADVANCE INFORMATION
TO BE ANNOUNCED
10136F,10137F: -30 to +85°C, CERDIP
10136
10137
DIGITAL 10,000 SERIES Eel
DESCRIPTION
APPLICATIONS
The 10136 and 10137 are high speed synchronous counters
that can count up, count down, preset, or stop count at
rates exceeding 100 MHz.
Either the binary counter (10136) or the decade counter
(10137) can be useful in high speed central processors and
peripheral controllers, mini-computers, high speed digital
communication equipment, and instrumentation.
The 10136 is a 16-state (Hexadecimal) counter and the
10137 is a 10-state (Decade) counter.
The flexibility of these devices allows the designer to use
one basic counter design for all applications. The
synchronous count feature makes these MSI parts suitable
for either computers or instrumentation.
The carry input enables the counter, and prevents it from
changing state when the clock goes high. The inputs S1 and
S2 control the state of the counter: stop count, increment
(count up), decrement (count down), and preset (program)
count. The other inputs are clock, and the four D inputs for
presetting the counter.
When used as a prescaler, it is possible to extend the input
frequency of the 10136, 37 to over 200 MHz with
the 10231.
FUNCTION SELECT TABLE
81
82
OPERATING MODE
L
L
H
H
L
H
L
H
Preset (Program)
Increment (Count Up)
Decrement (Count Down)
Hold (Stop Count)
The outputs include four Q's and a carry out which goes
low on the terminal count. When an output is not needed,
it can be left open to conserve system power.
The counter changes state only on t!1e positive-going edge
of the clock. Any other input may change at any time
except during the positive transition of the clock. The next
state of the counter is determined by the configuration of
the inputs only during the positive transition of the clock.
TEMPERATURE RANGE
•
-30 to +85°C Operating Ambient
PACKAGE TYPE
•
F: 16·Pin CERDIP
BLOCK DIAGRAMS
10136
10
Cii'ii"RYTrii
13
~~~~e,r
12
DO
10137
10
CAiiRv'iN ,..
13
g~g1~M ,..
I
I
00 14
12
DO
01
11
11
....
.....
VCC1 = 1. VCC2 = 16. VEE = 8
POSITIVE LOGIC: HIGH LEVEL
15
--
= '1'
5·73
!imnotiC!i
FOUR·BIT UNIVERSAL
SHIFT REGISTER
ADVANCE INFORMATION
TO BE ANNOUNCED
10141
10141 F: -30 to +85°C, CERDIP
DIGITAL 10,000 SERIES Eel
DESCR IPTION
BLOCK DIAGRAM
The 10141 is a four bit universal shift register. The register
performs shift left or right, serial/parallel in and
serial/parallel out with no external gating. This device is
useful for counting, temporary storage, and shifting in high
speed digital communication systems, instrumentation,
peripheral controllers and computers.
13
I
OL
00
C
Inputs Sl and S2 control the four possible operations of
the register without interfering with" the clock. The
flip-flops shift information on the positive edge of the
clock. The four operations are: stop shift, shift left, shift
right, and parallel entry of data. The other six inputs are all
data type inputs: four for parallel data entry, one for
shifting in from the left (DU, and one for shifting in from
the right (DR). When the register is used for serial output
only, the unused emitter-follower outputs can be left open.
12
DO
11
01
10
Ql
-
14
15
02
-
Q2
03
,..
,..
81
a3
82
DR
J
VCC1 =1,VCC2=16,VEE=8
POSITIVE LOGIC: HIGH LEVEL = '1'
The 10141 is. capable of 200 MHz shift rate operation
(typical).
TRUTH TABLE
PULSE
S1
FUNCTION TABLE
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
H
H
H
H
L
H
H
H
L
L
L
L
H
L
X
X
X
X
.x
-
-
-
-
X
X
X
L
H
H
H
L
H
H
L
L
L
H
L
6
7
L
L
L
L
H
H
H
H
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
L
H
L
L
X
X
X
X
L
H
L
L
H
L
H
L
H
H
L
H
L
H
H
L
8
9
10
11
H
H
H
H
L
L
L
L
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
L
H
H
L
L
H
L
L
H
L
L
H
L
L
H
H
L
H
H
L
12
13
14
H
H
H
L
H
H
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
L
X
X
H
H
H
H
H
H
L
L"
L
L
L
L
0
1
2
3
4
5
FUNCTION TABLE
INPUTS
OUTPUTS*
S2 03 02 01 DO DR DL Q3 Q2 Q1 QO
SELECT
S1
S2
OPERATING MODE
L
L
H
H
L
H
L
H
Parallel Entry
Shift Right
Shift Left
Stop Shift
TEMPERATURE RANGE
'Outputs as exist after pulse appears at
conditions as shown.
"c" Input with "input
(Pulse = Positive transition of clock input)
X = Don't Care
5·74
• -30 to +85°C Operating Ambient
PACKAGE TYPE
•
F: l6·Pin CERDIP
Si!lnotics
12·81T PARITY
CHECKER·GENERATOR CIRCUIT
10160
10160 F: -30 to +85°C
ADVANCE INFORMATION
TO BE ANNOUNCED
DIGITAL 10,000 SERIES Eel
DESCR IPTION
FEATURES
The 10160 is a high performance parity circuit constructed
with nine EXCLUSIVE-OR gates in a single package,
internally connected to provide odd parity checking or
generation.
•
HIGH FUNCTIONAL DENSITY ON ONE CHIP
REDUCES PACKAGE COUNT AND SAVES SYSTEM
POWER
•
FAST PROPAGATION DELAY = 4.0 ns TYP
•
LOW POWER DISSIPATION
TYPE (NO LOAD)
•
HIGH FANOUT CAPABILITY CAN DRIVE 50.Q LINES
•
HIGH Z INPUTS - INTERNAL 50 k.Q PULLDOWNS
•
CONTROLLED OUTPUT RISE AND FALL TIMES
-·2.0 ns TYP (20% TO 80%)(ALL OUTPUTS LOADED)
•
HIGH IMMUNITY FROM POWER SUPPLY VARIATIONS: VEE = -5.2 V ±5% RECOMMENDED
•
OPEN EMITTER LOGIC AND BUSSING CAPABILITY
Input pulldown resistors ensure that the unconnected
inputs are pulled to low logic level allowing parity detection
and generation for less than 12 bits.
The Output goes high with ODD parity on input pins 3
through 15. (That is, if there are 1,3,5,7,9 or 11 'l's on
these inputs)..
Expansion for word lengths greater than 12 bits can be
achieved by connecting to the carry inputs of the 10170
Parity Circuit or by using 10107 or 10113 EXCLUSIVEOR gates.
=
325 mW/PACKAGE
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
LOGIC DIAGRAM
10160
Conditions: T A = 25°C, VEE = -5.2 V ±1%
1. IE
=
=
62 mA dc typo
78 mA dc max.
2. linH = 265 IlA dc max. (pin 3 etc.)
= 220 IlA dc max. (pin 4 etc.)
Conditions: T A = 25°C, VCC = +2.0 V ±1%,
VEE = -3.2 V ±1%, 50.Q loads
INPUTS
10
11
3. tpd = 4.0 ns typo
4. t r , tf = 2.0 ns typo (20% to 80%)
12
14
15
TEMPERATURE RANGE
• -30 to +85°C Operating Ambient
VCC1 = 1, VCC2 = 16, VEE = 8
POSITIVE LOGIC; HIGH LEVEL = '1'
PACKAGE TYPE
•
F: 16-Pin CERDIP
5·75
Si!lnotics
1 OF 8 DEMULTIPLEXER/DECODER
(SELECTED OUTPUT IS LOW)
10161
10161 F: -30 to +85°C, CERDIP
DIGITAL 10,000 SERIES Eel
DESCRIPTION
FEATURES
The 10161 is a binary coded 3 line to 8 line decoder.
Outputs are normally high with the selected output going
low. Two enable inputs make it ideally suited for
demultiplexer applications. One of the two enable inputs
can be used as the data enable input. Either enable input
when high, forces all outputs high.
•
•
•
•
The 10161 is a true parallel decoder using internal emitter
dotting techniques. Hence it eliminates unequal delay times
found in other decoders. The 10161 is a low power, high
speed device with high Z input pulldown resistors and open
emitter outputs.
FAST PROPAGATION DELAY
=4.0 ns TYP ADDRESS TO OUTPUT
•
•
•
•
= 4.5 ns TYP ENABLE TO OUTPUT
LOW POWER DISSIPATION = 295 mW/PACKAGE
TYP (NO LOAD)
HIGH FANOUT CAPABILITY - CAN DRIVE EIGHT
50 n LINES
TRUE PARALLEL DECODER - ELIMINATES UN·
EQUAL DELAY TIMES
HIGH IMMUNITY FROM POWER SUPPLY VARIA·
TIONS: VEE = -5.2 V ±5% RECOMMENDED
HIGH Z INPUTS - INTERNAL 50 kn PULLDOWNS
OPEN EMITTER OUTPUTS
MEETS ECL 10,000 SERIES STANDARD INTER·
FACE SPECIFICATIONS
LOGIC DIAGRAM
10161
APPLICATIONS
•
•
1 of 8 Decoder
1 line to 8 line Demultiplexer
D6
11
TRUTH TABLE
ENABLE
INPUTS
AO(LSBI
7
D1
6
E,15
2
Yo
n........:r---._.L-.I
C>-L-,/--+-----......,L.....,...;'
DO
6
(INTERNAL CONNECTIONS ARE EMITTER-DOT OR)
E1
EO
A2
A1
AO
DO
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
H
L
H
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
H
H
L
L
L
L
H
H
H
H
L
L
H
H
L
L
H
H
L
H
L
H
L
H
L
H
l/>
l/>
l/>
l/>
l/>
l/>
l/>
l/>
l/>
L
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
L
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
L
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
L
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
L
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
L
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
L
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
L
H
H
H
TEMPERATURE RANGE
0
-30 to +85 C Operating Ambient
PACKAGE TYPE
•
5·76
OUTPUTS
l/> : Don't Care.
•
VCC1 :1.VCC2:16,VEE:8
POSITIVE LOGIC: HIGH LEVEL: '1'
INPUTS
F: 16·Pin CERDIP
DIGITAL 1,000/10,000 SERIES ECl • 10161
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
@TOI'
Temperature
(at Listed Voltages and Ambient Temperatures).
-30"C
+2SoC
+86"C
10161 TOI' Limit.
Pin
-JOoC
Under
Test
Symbol
Characteristic
Min
MIX
Min
+26°C
Typ
67
Min
-0.890
-0.960
-0.810
-0.890
-1.675
-0.960
-0.810
-0.890
VOL
-1.860
-1.660
-1.826
0.910
-0.910
Risa Tima (20% to 80%)
'14+ 13'14-13+
13
13
13
13
'13+
'13-
Fall Tima (20%'080%1
Max
0.6
13
-1.476
-1.440
-6.2
-1.035
-1.666
-0.890
-0.700
-0.700
-1.615
VIHAmln
-5.2
(VCC)
Gnd
VeE
-
-"----
8
-
Vdc
Vde
Vde
VILAma.
8
8 -- ~~~-
---'8"'--
15
14
-: --
:::~
1.16--
~!~-
1,16
8 -- ~-
Vde
Vde
-1.696
-1.630
VILmln
14
/lAde
0.980
-0.980
-1.080
-1.105
-1.826
2,7,9,14,15
14
-1.060
VOLA
-1.860
/lAde
13
Threshold Vol,aue
Logic "0" Threshold Voltage
Switching Times *
(60-ohm load)
Propaga,lon Delay
-0.810
-0.700
mAde
VOH
1.080
-5.2
72
Logic "1"
-1.060
-1.890
VEE
-1.500
266
14
14
13
13
VILAm ••
-1.205
VIHmlK
IE
13
13
VIHAmln
-1.890
Unit
l'nH
lin L
VOHA
VIL min
-0.890
+86·C
Max
Input Current
Output Volta",e
VIHmlx
TEST VOLTAGE APPLIED TO PINS LISTED BELOW:
Power Supply Orain Current
logic "0" Output Voltage
Logic "I"
TEST VOLTAGE VALUES
(Volll)
15
14
Vde
4.0
8
8
Pulse In
Pulse Out
14
13
1,16
1,16
--r----
-3.2 V
+2.0 V
1,16
4.0
2"0
2.0
·Unused outputs connected to a 50-ohm resistor to ground.
SWITCHING TIME TEST CIRCUIT
PROPAGATION DELAY WAVEFORMS@ 2SoC
10161
10161
VCC1"VCC2
+2.0 Vdc
~" ±
It·",
r--- - - - ,
+O.31V
I
I
I
10161
I
-1.-+1--
I
INPUT
I
INPUTS
PULSE
GENEFIATOR
OUTPUTS
I
I
I
I
I
I
Lr-n-r t""
I
'''' £
+0"31 Vdc
INPUT PULSE
t+ = t- = 2,0 ± 0.2 ns
(20% to 80%)
V EE "-3.2 Vdc
NOTES:
1. Each ECL 10,000 series device has been designed to meet the
DC specifications shown in the test table, after thermal
equilibrium has been established. The circuit Is in a test socket
or mounted on a printed circuit board and transverse air flow
greater than 500 fpm is maintained. Voltage levels will shift
approximately 6 mV with an air flow of 200 linear fpm.
Outputs are terminated through a 50-ohm resistor to -2.0 volts.
2.
For AC tests, all input and output cables to the scope are equal
lengths of 50-ohm coaxial cable. Wire length should be < 1/4
inch from TPin to input pin and TP out to output pin. A 50-ohm
termination to ground is located in each scope input. Unused
outputs are connected to a 50-ohm resistor to ground.
3.
Test procedures are shown for only one input or set of input
conditions. Other inputs are tested in the same manner.
4.
All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal.
Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open.
5·77
StgDDtiCS
1 OF 8 DEMULTIPLEXER/DECODER
(SELECTED OUTPUT IS HIGH)
10162
10162F: -30 to +85°C, CERDIP
DIGITAL 10,000 SERIES Eel
DESCRIPTION
FEATURES
The 10162 is a binary coded 3 line to 8 line decoder.
Outputs are normally low with the selected output going
high. Two enable inputs make it ideally suited for
demultiplexer applications. One of the two enable inputs
can be used as the data enable input. Either enable input
when high, forces all outputs low.
•
The 10162 is a true parallel decoder using internal emitter
dotting techniques. Hence it eliminates unequal delay times
found in other decoders. The 10162 is a low power, high
speed device with high Z input pulldown resistors and open
em itter outputs.
LOGIC DIAGRAM
10162
FAST PROPAGATION DELAY
=4.0 ns TVP ADDRESS TO OUTPUT
=4.5 ns TYP ENABLE TO OUTPUT
•
LOW POWER DISSIPATION = 295 mW/PACKAGE
TYP (NO LOAD)
•
HIGH FANOUT CAPABILITY - CAN DRIVE EIGHT
50 n LINES
• TRUE PARALLEL DECODER - ELIMINATES UN·
EQUAL DE LAY TIMES
•
HIGH IMMUNITY FROM POWER SUPPLY VARIA·
TIONS: VEE =-5.2 V ±5% RECOMMENDED
•
HIGH Z INPUTS - INTERNAL 50
kn
PULLDOWNS
• OPEN EMITTER OUTPUTS
•
MEETS ECL 10,000 SERIES STANDARD INTER·
FACE SPECIFICATIONS
APPLICATIONS
°5
•
1 of 8 Decoder
•
1 line to 8 line Demultiplexer
12
TRUTH TABLE
INPUTS
El
15
EO n-.r"""",--.L....J
2o-L-~+-------+4L/
rt>
(INTERNAL CONNECTIONS ARE EMITTER-DOT OR)
E1
EO
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
H
L
H
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
H
H
OUTPUTS
A2 A1 AO 00 01
L
L
L
L
H
H
H
H
L
L
H
H
L
L
H
H
'L
H
L
H
L
H
L
H
rt>
rt>
rt>
rt>
rt>
rt>
rt>
rt>
rt>
H
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
H
L
L.:
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
02 03 04 05
06
07
L
L
L
L
L
H
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
H
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
H
L
L
L
L
L
H
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
= Dog't Care.
TEMPERATURE RANGE
• -30 to +85" C Operating Ambient
VCC1 = 1, VCC2 = 16, VEE = 8
POSITIVE LOGIC: HIGH LEVEL
= '1'
PACKAGE TYPE
•
F: 16-Pin CERDIP
L
L
L
H
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
H
L
L
L
L
L
L
DIGITAL 1,000/10,000 SERIES ECl • 10162
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Characteristic
Symbol
Power Supply Drain Current
IE
Input Current
linH
Logic "1"
VOH
linL
VIHrnax
VIL min
VIHAmln
VILA ma.
VEE
_30°C
+2SoC
-0.890
-{J.81 0
+85°C
-0.700
-1.890
-1.850
-1.826
-1.205
-1.105
-1.035
-1.500
-1.475
-1.440
-5.2
-5.2
-5.2
Unit
VIH max
Temperature
10162 Tesl Limits
Pin
TEST VOLTAGE VALUES
(Volts)
@Test
(at Listed Voltages and Ambient Temperatures).
TEST VOLTAGE APPLIED TO PINS LISTED aELOW:
_30°C
Under
Test
Min
Wcd
Min
Max
14
14
13
-1.060
-0.890
13
13
13
-1.890
-1.890
-1.080
1.675
-1.675
0.5
-0.960
Typ
Ma.
57
72
265
Min
Max
VIL min
VIHA min
VILA ma.
VEE
/.lAde
14
14
/.lAde
-0.810
-0.890
-0.700
-1.650
-1.660
-1.826
-1.825
-0.910
-1.615
-1.615
Vde
Gnd
1,16
1,16
1,16
1,16
mAde
14
Output Voltage
Logic "0"
VOL
Output Voltage
Logic "1"
VOHA
-1.860
-1.860
-0.980
8
Vde
Vde
Vde
14
1.16
Threshold Voltage
Logic "0"
Threshold Voltage
VOLA
13
13
1.665
-1.666
-1.630
-1.630
-1.596
-1.595
-',161,16
15
-8-
Vde
Vde
1,16
15
Switching Times *
Pulse In
T1e-
-3,2 V
Pulse Out
+2.0 V
(60-ohm load)
Propagation Delay
4.0
13
13
1.16
14
'14+ 13+
13
4.0
114-13Rise Time (20% to 80%)
13
2.0
Time~
(20%
to 80%)
~Fall
____
________
~____~__~-L
13
____~____~__~~2'~0-L____~__~__ .__~____~____-L____~____~~____- J______ _
·Unused outputs Ct)nnected to 50-ohm resistor to ground.
PROPAGATION DELAY WAVEFORMS@ 25°C
SWITCHING TIME TEST CIRCUIT
10162
10162
tIt .",
+2.0 Vdc
~"
+1.11 V
I
---I '--1-
r--- ----,
1
INPUT
I
1
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
INPUTS
PULSI,
GENERATOR
OUTPUTS
I
I
1
lo.1~F
+0.31 Vdc
INPUT PULSE
=2.0 ± 0.2 ns
(20% to 80%)
t+ = t -
1
t~-----h-1
1
-
+0.31 V
-It-I-'"-----=~I t+ 1-
I
I
I
I
O.I~F
r
1\: £
1
I
---1,++
Vee--3.2 Vdc
-
NOTES:
1. Each ECL 10,000 series device has been designed to meet the
DC specifications shown In the test table, after thermal
equilibrium has been established. The circuit is In a test socket
or mounted on a printed circuit board and transverse air flow
greater than 500 fpm Is maintained. Voltage levels will shift
approximately 5 mV with an air flow of 200 linear fpm.
Outputs are terminated through a 50-ohm resistor to -2.0 volts.
2.
For AC tests, all input and output cables to the scope are equal
lengths of 50-ohm coaxial cable. Wire length should be < 1/4
inch from TPin to Input pin and TP out to output pin. A 50-ohm
termination to ground is located in each scope input. Unused
outputs are connected to a 50-ohm resistor to ground.
3.
Test procedures are shown for only one Input or set of. Input
conditions. Other inputs are tested in the same manner.
4.
All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal.
Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open.
5-79
!imnotiC!i
8 LINE TO 1 LINE MULTIPLEXER
(WITH ENABLE)
10164
10164F: -30 to +85°C, CERDIP
DIGITAL 10,000 SERIES Eel
DESCRIPTION
FEATURES
The 10164 is a high speed, low power 8 to 1
multiplexer/data selector which routes data present at
one-of-eight inputs to the output. The data is routed
according to the three bit code present on the address
inputs. An enable input is provided for easy bit expansion.
The 10164 has high Z input pulldown resistors and open
emitter outputs.
•
•
•
•
•
•
LOGIC DIAGRAM
FAST PROPAGATION DELAY
= 3.5 ns TYP DATA TO OUTPUT
= 5.0 ns TYP ADDRESS TO OUTPUT
= 2.0 ns TYP ENABLE TO OUTPUT
OUTPUT ENABLE TO PERMIT OUTPUT BUSSING
LOW POWER DISSIPATION = 290 mW/PACKAGE
TYP (NO LOAD)
HIGH FANOUT CAPABILITY - CAN DRIVE A 50 n
LINE
HIGH IMMUNITY FROM POWER SUPPLY VARIA·
TIONS: VEE = -5.2 V ±5% RECOMMENDED
MEETS ECL 10,000 SERIES STANDARD INTER·
FACE SPECIFICATIONS
10164
APPLICATIONS
•
•
•
•
8 to 1 Multiplexer
8 to 1 Data Selector
Parallel to Serial Conversion
Barrel Shift Logic
Al
A2
10
EO
2
DO
TRUTH TABLE
16
ENABLE
01
ADDRESS INPUTS
A2
A1
AO
Z
5
O2
03
3
L
L
L
L
DO
L
L
L
H
D1
L
L
H
L
D2
L
L
H
H
D3
04
11
L
H
L
L
D4
05
L
H
L
H
D5
12
L
H
H
L
D6
De
L
H
H
H
07
H
1>
1>
1>
L
13
oj
14
1> = Don't
Care.
TEMPERATURE RANGE
•
VCC1 =1,VCC2=16,VEE=8
POSITIVE LOGIC: HIGH LEVEL = '1'
PACKAGE TYPE
•
5·80
-30 to +85°C Operating Ambient
F: 16·Pin CERDIP
DIGITAL 1,000/10,000 SERIES ECl • 10164
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(at Listed Voltages and Ambient Temperatures).
VIHmax
VILmin
VIHAmin
VILA max
VEE
+26°C
+S5°C
-0.890
-0.810
-0.700
-1.890
-1.850
-1.825
-1.205
-1.105
-1.035
-1.500
-1.475
-1.440
-6.2
-5.2
-5.2
Unit
VIHmax
Temperature
_30°C
10164 Test Llmi's
Pin
_30°C
Under
Test
Characteristic
Svmbol
Power Supply Drain Current
IE
Input Current
linH
Logic "1" Output Voltage
VOH
VOL
VOHA
VOLA
15
15
15
15
t4+ 15+
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
Min
M ••
Logic "1" Threshold Voltage
Logic "0" Threshold Voltage
Switching Times·
(50 Ulaad)
Propagation Delay
-1.060
-1.890
-1.080
-0.890
-1.675
TEST VOLTAGE APPLIED TO PINS LISTED BELOW:
(Vcc)
Max
Min
M ••
75
220
VILmln
t7+ 15+
'7-15t2+ 15+
'2-15+
Aise Time (20% to 80%)
'0 BO%)
SWITCHING TIME TEST CIRCUIT
VEE
-0.810
-1.650
,-_.-God
--~
1.16
~ .~.~-
tlAdc
-0.890
-1.826
-0.910
-1.630
-
VILA max
~Adc
0.5
-0.960
-1.860
-0.980
-1.655
-
VIHAmin
mAde
-0.700
-1.616
-1.595
Vdc
Vdc
Vdc
Vdc
r--fis
4.9
9
4.9
9
r--t,a
1.16
1.16
+1.11 V
'4-15-
Fall Time (20%
+26°C
Typ
56
linL
Logic "0" Output Voltage
Min
TEST VOLTAGE VALUES
(Volt.)
@Test
3.5
3.5
5.0
5.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
Pulse I"
PulsaOut
-S.2V
+2.0 V
1.16
15
7.5
7.5
9
-
PROPAGATION DELAY WAVEFORMS @ 2SoC
V CC1 = V CC2
+2.0 Vdc
~-----
+l.lV
NOTES:
1. Each ECL 10,000 series device has been designed to meet the
DC specifications shown in the test table, after thermal
equilibrium has been established. The circuit is in a test socket
or mounted on a printed circuit boerd and transverse air flow
greater than 500 fpm is maintained. Voltage levels will shift
approximately 5 mV with an air flow of 200 linear fpm.
Outputs are terminated through a 50-ohm resistor to -2.0 volts.
INPUT PULSE
t+ = t - = 2.0 ± 0.2 ns
(20% to 801%)
11 "'"
VEE· -3.2 Vdc
2.
For AC tests, all input and output cables to the scope are equal
lengths of 50-ohm coaxial cabie. Wire length should be < 1/4
inch from TPin to input pin and TP out to output pin. A 50-ohm
termination to ground is located In each scope channel Input.
3.
Test procedures are shown for only one Input or for one let
of Input conditions. Other inputs are tested In the same manner.
4.
All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal.
Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open.
5-81
!ii!lDotiC!i
ADVANCE INFORMATION
9-811 PARITY CIRCUIT
[WITH 2 CARRY INPUTS)
10170
10170F: -30 TO +85°C, CERDIP
DIGITAL 10,000 SERIES EeL
DESCRIPTION
FEATURES
The 10170 is a high performance parity circuit constructed
with triple EXCLUSIVE-OR gates. The function is
optimized for use in byte organized systems. The device can
generate or check 9 bits of parity in 2 gate delays. Larger
word lengths to 27 bits can be checked in 3 gate delays by
connecting output A of other 10170's to the carry inputs.
The carry inputs may also be used for ODD/EVEN parity
control.
•
OPTIMIZED FOR BYTE-ORGANIZED SYSTEMS
•
FAST PROPAGATION DELAY
= 4.0 ns TYP (I NPUT TO OUTPUT A)
= 6.0 ns TYP (INPUT TO OUTPUT B)
2.0 ns TYP (CARRY TO OUTPUT B)
•
CARRY INPUTS FOR EASY EXPANSION OR
ODD/EVEN CONTROL
Output A goes high with ODD parity on input pins 3
through 12. (That is if there are 1,3,5,7, or 9 'l's on these
inputs). Output B goes high for ODD parity on output A
and carry input pins 13 and 14. (That is if there are
1,3,5,7,9 or 11 'l'son input pins 3 through 14).
LOGIC DIAGRAM
=
•
UP TO 9 BIT CHECK IN 4.0 ns
•
UP TO 27 BIT CHECK IN 6.0 ns WITH
NO ADDITIONAL GATES REQUIRED
•
LOW POWER DISSIPATION = 280 mW/PACKAGE
TYP (NO LOAD)
•
HIGH FANOUT CAPABILITY - CAN DRIVE 50
LINES
•
HIGH Z INPUTS - INTERNAL 50
•
HIGH IMMUNITY FROM POWER SUPPLY VARIATIONS: VEE =-5.2 V ±5% RECOMMENDED
•
OPEN EMITTER OUTPUTS FOR LOGIC AND
BUSSING CAPABILITY
10170
kn PULLDOWNS
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Conditions: TA = 25°C, VEE = -5.2 V ±1%
1. IE
= 54 mA dc, typo
2. I inH = 265 J.lA dc, max.
CARRY INPUTS
13
14
Conditions: TA = 25°C, VCC =+2.0 V±l%,
_ ~ VEE = -3.2 V ±1%, 50 n loads
3. tpd
10
11
12
= 4.0 ns (inputs to output A)
= 6.0 ns (inputs to output B)
= 2.0 ns (carry to output B)
4. tr, tf = 2.0 ns typo (20% to 80%)
TEMPERATURE RANGE
•
VCCl = 1, VCC2 = 16, VEE = 8
POSITIVE LOGIC: HIGH LEVEL = '1'
PACKAGE TYPE
•
5·82
-30 to +85°C Operating Ambient
F: 16-Pin CERDIP
n .
!imnotiC!i
10171
DUAL 1 OF 4 DEMULTIPLEXER/DECODER
(SELECTED OUTPUT IS LOW)
10171 F: -30 to +85°C, CERDIP
DIGITAL 10,000 SERIES Eel
DESCRIPTION
FEATURES
The 10171 is a binary coded 2 line to dual 4 line
decoder/demultiplexer. Outputs are normally high with the
selected outputs going low. There are two parallel 1 line to
4 line non-inverting data paths and a common enable input.
Each data input when high forces its four outputs high. The
enable input when high forces all eight outputs high.
•
FAST PROPAGATION DELAY
= 4.0 ns TYP ADDRESS TO OUTPUT
= 4.5 ns TYP ENABLE OR-DATA TO OUTPUT
•
LOW POWER DISSIPATION = 310 mW/PACKAGE
TYP (NO LOAD)
•
HIGH FANOUT CAPABILITY - CAN DRIVE EIGHT
50 n LINES
•
TRUE PARALLEL DECODER - ELIMINATES UNEQUAL DELAY TIMES
•
HIGH IMMUNITY FROM POWER SUPPLY VARIATIONS: VEE = -5.2 V ±5% RECOMMENDED
•
HIGH Z INPUTS -
•
OPEN EMITTER OUTPUTS
•
MEETS ECL 10,000 SERIES STANDARD INTERFACE SPECIFICATIONS
The 10171 is a true parallel decoder using internal emitter
dotting techniques. Hence it eliminates unequal delay times
found in other decoders. The 10171 is a low power, high
speed device with high Z input pulldown resistors and open
em itter outputs.
LOGIC DIAGRAM
10171
DB2
11
OBI
12
INTERNAL 50 krl PULLDOWNS
APPLICATIONS
•
•
•
•
Dual 1 line to 4 line Demultiplexer
Crossbar Switch Applications
High Fanout 1 of 4 Decoder
Memory Chip Select Decoder
DBO
13
TRUTH TABLE
INPUTS
OUTPUTS
EO
Al
AO
DAIN
DAO
DAl
DA2
DA3
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
H
L
L
L
L
H
H
H
H
¢
L
L
H
H
L
L
H
H
¢
L
H
L
H
L
H
L
H
¢
L
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
L
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
L
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
L
H
H
DB is Similar. ¢ = Don't Care.
(INTERNAL CONNECTIONS ARE EMITTER-DOT OR)
TEMPERATURE RANGE
•
VCCl =l,VCC2=16,VEE=8
POSITIVE LOGIC: HIGH LEVEL = '1'
-30 to +85°C Operating Ambient
PACKAGE TYPE
•
F: 16-Pin CERDIP
5-83
DIGITAL 1,000/10,000 SERIES ECl • 10181
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
VIHmsx
Vil min
VIHAmin
+25°C
+85°C
-0.890
-0.810
-0.700
-1.890
-1.850
-1.825
-1.205
-1.105
-1.036
Unit
VIHmax
2,7,9,14,15
14
Temperature
_30°C
10171 Test Limits
Pin
_30°C
Under
Characteristic
Symbol
Power Supply Drain Current
Ie
Input Current
linH
Logic "1"
linL
VOH
Logic "0" Output Voltage
VOL
VOHA
Threshold Voltage
Logic "0" Threshold Voltage
Min
Ma.
Min
-
Output Voltage
Logic "1"
Tes.
VOLA
14
14
13
13
13
13
13
13
-1.060
-1.060
-1.890
1.080
-1.080
-0.890
-0.890
-1.675
M••
60
76
mAde
265
~Adc
-5.2
-5.2
-5.2
+85°C
M••
Min
0.980
-0.980
-0.890
-0.890
-1.825
0.910
-0.910
-1.630
-0.700
-0.700
-1.615
Vdc
Vdc
Vdc
Vdc
Vdc
-1.596
Vdc
VIL min
VIHAmln
VeE
VILA max
14
16
14
15
14
Switching Times ..
Pulse In
PulHOut
(VCC)
Gnd
1,16
1,16
1,16
1,16
1,16
1,16
1,16
1,16
1,16
14
.uAdc
-0.810
-0.810
-1.650
-1.655
VeE
VILA ma.
-1.500
-1.475
-1.440
TEST VOLTAGE APPLIED TO PINS LISTED BELOW:
+25°C
Typ
0.5
-0.960
-0.960
-1.850
TEST VOLTAGE VALUES
(Volt.)
@TK'
(at Listed Voltages and Ambient Temperatures).
-3.2 V
+2.0 V
(50-ohm loadl
PropagatiOn Delay
t9+ 13+
Aise Time{20% to 80%)
t13+
Fall Tim. (20% '0 80%1
'13-
'9-13-
13
13
13
13
13
4.0
4.0
2.0
2.0
1.16
"Unused outputs connected to a 50-ohm resistor to ground.
PROPAGATION DELAY WAVEFORMS @ 2SoC
SWITCHING TIME TEST CIRCUIT
10171
10171
+2.0 Vdc
"" tIt .".
,---
+1.11 V
I
VOUT
-.,",
----,
1
1
I
I
1
INPUT
PULSE
GENERATOR
1
10m
1
I
I
I
I
I
(~-_--I
--1'--1-
INPUTS
~:
;r
-1.++
j---
+0,31 V
-I.-I~=---=-:'I ,+ 1---
OUTPUTS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
.". rI-----h····
-
+0.31 Vdc
INPUT PULSE
= t - = 2.0 ± 0.2 ns
(20% to 80%)
t+
5·84
VeE-- 3.2 Vdc
-
NOTES:
1, Each ECL 10,000 series device has been designed to meet the
DC specifications shown in the test tBble, after thermal
equilibrium has been established. The circuit is in a test socke.t
or mounted on a printed circuit board and transverse air flow
greater than 500 fpm is maintBined. Voltage levels will shift
approximately 6 mV with an air flow of 200 linear fpm.
Outputs are terminated through a 50-ohm resistor to -2.0 volts,
2.
For AC tests, all input and output cables to the scope are equal
lengths of 50-ohm coaxial cable. Wire length should be < 1/4
inch from TPin to Input pin and TP out to output pin. A 50-ohm
termination to ground is 10catBd in each scope Input, UnusBd
outputs are connected to B 50-ohm resistor to ground.
3,
Test procedures are shown for only one input or set of input
conditions, Other inputs are tested in the same manner.
4,
All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal.
Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open.
Smnotics
DUAL 1 OF 4 DEMULTIPLEXER/DECODER
(SELECTED OUTPUT IS HIGH)
1017 2
10172F: -30 to +85°C, CERDIP
DIGITAL 10,000 SERIES Eel
DESCRIPTION
FEATURES
The 10172 is a binary coded 2 line to 4 line
decoder/demultiplexer. Outputs are normally low with the
selected outputs going high. The enable input when high
forces all eight outputs low. Each data input when low
forces its four output~ low. Hence, when using as a decoder
the data inputs should be connected to a logic "1" level.
Data paths are non-inverting.
•
FAST PROPAGATION DELAY
•
= 4.0 ns TYP ADDR ESS TO OUTPUT
= 4.5 ns TYP ENABLE OR DATA TO OUTPUT
LOW POWER DISSIPATION = 310 mW/PACKAGE
•
•
•
The 10172 is a true parallel decoder using internal emitter
dotting techniques. Hence it eliminates unequal delay times
found in other decoders. The 10172 is a low power, high
speed device with high Z input pulldown resistors and open
emitter outputs.
•
•
•
TYP,(NO LOAD)
HIGH FANOUT CAPABILITY - CAN DRIVE EIGHT
50n LINES
TRUE PARALLEL DECODER - ELIMINATES UNEaUAL DELAY TIMES
HIGH IMMUNITY FROM POWER SUPPLY VARIATIONS: VEE = -5.2 V ±5% RECOMMENDED
HIGH Z INPUTS - INTERNAL 50 kn PULLDOWNS
OPEN EMITTER OUTPUTS
MEETS ECL 10,000 SERIES STANDARD INTERFACE SPECIFICATIONS
LOGIC DIAGRAM
10172
APPLICATIONS
•
•
•
•
Dual 1 line to 4 line Demultiplexer
Crossbar Switch Applications
High Fanout 1 of 4 Decoder
Memory Chip Select Decoding
TRUTH TABLE
INPUTS
A1
AO
DAIN
DAO
DA1
DA2
DA3
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
H
L
L
L
L
H
H
H
H
L
L
H
H
L
L
H
H
H
L
H
L
H
L
H
L
H
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
H
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
H
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
H
L
L
1>
DB is Similar.
(INTERNAL CONNECTIONS ARE EMITTER-DOT OR)
= '1'
1>
1>
1> = Don't Care
TEMPERATURE RANGE
•
VCC1 = 1, VCC2 = 16, VEE = 8
POSITIVE LOGIC: HIGH LEVEL
OUTPUTS
EO
0
-30 to +85 C Operating Ambient
PACKAGE TYPE
•
F: 16-Pin CERDIP
5-85
DIGITAL 1,000/10,000 SERIES ECl .10172
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(at Listed Voltages and Ambient Temperatures).
Temperature
-30"C
+25"C
+8S"C
10172 T.., Limit.
Pin
_30°C
Under
Characteristic
SymbDI
Power Supply Drain Current
IE
Input Current
linH
Max
Min
0.5
-0.950
+26°C
Typ
50
linL
Logic "1"
Min
Test
VOH
14
14
13
-0.50
-0.890
13
13
13
-1.B90
-1.B90
-LOBO
-1.675
-1.675
TEST VOLTAGE VAL.uES
(Voltsl
@Tos.
VIHmax
VILmin
VIHAmln
VILA .... x
VEE
-0.890
-O.Bl0
-0.700
-1.B90
-1.850
-1.B25
-1.205
-1.105
-1.035
-1.500
-1.476
-5.2
-1.440
-6.2
-5.2
TEST VOLTAGE APPLIED TO PINS LISTED BELOW:
+8SoC
Max
Min
Max
Unit
VIHmax
VILmln
VIHAmin
VILA max
VEE
1,16
1,16
1,16
1,18
mAde
75
265
-0.Bl0
-0.890
-0.700
-1.650
-1.660
-1.826
-1.B26
-0.910
-1.615
-1.616
"Adc
"Adc
Vdc
(VCCI
Gnd
14
14
14
Output Voltage
Logic "0"
VOL
Output Voltage
Logic "1"
VOHA
-1.860
-1.850
-0.980
Vdc
Vdc
Vdc
1,16
1,16
1,16
9,14
14
Threshold Voltage
Logic "0"
VOLA
13
13
t9+ 1319-13+
13
13
13
13
Threshold Voltage
-1.666
-1.666
-1.630
-1.630
-1.696
-1.596
14
Vdc
Vdc
Switching Times·
Pulse In
PulseOu.
1,16
1,16
-3.2 V
+2.0 V
(50·ohm load)
Propagation Delay
Rise Time (20% to 80%1
Fall Time (20% to 80%)
4.0
4.0
13
1,16
2.0
2.0
"Unused outputs connected to a 50-ohm resistor to ground.
SWITCHING TIME TEST CIRCUIT
PROPAGATION DELAY WAVEFORMS@ 25°C
10172
10172
+2.0 Vdc
. .,tIt ".'
+1.11 V
VOUT
r--- -----,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
{O+-......- - l INPUTS
PULSE
OUTPUTS
I
Lr----r t·,·,
I
I
+O.ll Vdc
INPUT PULSE
= t - = 2.0 ± 0.2 ns
(20% to 80%)
t+
5-86
-Jt-+f--
I
I
I
I
I
...,t
VOUT
I
10172
I
I
GENERATOR
+O.llV
VEE--l.2 Vdc
NOTES:
1. Each ECL 10,000 series devic.e has been designed to meet the
DC specifications shown in the test table, after thermal
equilibrium has been established. The circuit is in a test socket
or mounted on a printed circuit board and transverse air flow
greater than 500 fpm is maintained. Voltage levels will shift
approximately 5 mV with an air flow of 200 linear fpm.
Outputs are terminated through a 50-ohm resistor to -2.0 volts.
2.
For AC tests, all input and output cables to the scope are equal
length'll of 50-ohm coaxial cable. Wire length should be < 1/4
inch from TPin to input pin and TP out to output pin. A 50-ohm
termination to ground is located in each scope input. Unused
outputs are connected to a 50-ohm resistor to ground.
3.
Test procedures are shown for only one input or set of input
conditions. Other inputs are tested in the same manner.
4.
All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal.
Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open.
110173
!ii!lDotiC!i .
QUAD 2 TO
MULTIPLEXER· LATCH
10173F: -30 TO +8SoC
DIGITAL 10,000 SERIES Eel
DESCRIPTION
FEATURES
The 10173 is a quad clocked D-type latch with 2 to 1 data
multiplexing.
•
SIMULTANEOUS MULTIPLEXING AND LATCHING
FUNCTION IMPROVES SYSTEM PERFORMANCE
QUAD LATCH AND MULTIPLEXER ON ONE CHIP
INCREASES SYSTEM DENSITY
FAST PROPAGATION DELAY
=2.5 ns TYP (DATA TO OUTPUT)
,. 3.7 ns TYP (SELECT TO OUTPUT)
= 4.3 ns TYP (CLOCK TO OUTPUT)
LOW POWER DISSIPATION = 325 mW/PACKAGE
TYP (NO LOAD)
HIGH FANOUT CAPABILITY - CAN DRIVE 50 n
LINES
HIGH Z INPUTS - INTERNAL 50knpULLDOWNS
HIGH IMMUNITY FROM POWER SUPPLY VARIATIONS: VEE = -5.2 V ±'5% RECOMMENDED
OPEN EMITTER OUTPUTS - ALLOW WIRE OR AND
DATA BUSSING
•
Any change at the selected 0 input will be reflected at the
output while the clock is low. The outputs are latched on
the positive transition of the clock. While the clock is in the
high state, a change in the information present at the data
or select inputs will not affect the output information.
When the select input is false, the DnO inputs are selected
and when select is true the On 1 inputs are selected. As a
quad 2-lnput Multiplexer, with the added feature of a latch
output, the 10173 provides the data select and store
function in the same package. The result is a savings in
system delay and package count.
•
•
•
•
•
•
LOGIC DIIAGRAM
10173
APPLICATIONS
COMBINED MULTIPLEXER - REGISTER FOR:
high speed central processors
high speed peripherals
high speed minicomputers
communication systems
instrumentation
001
00
01
02
16
TRUTH TABLE
On
C
Q n (N
L
H
L
L
H
L
H
B
F = A plus B
11
L
H
H
H
F=A+ B
F = A plus (A • B)
10
H
L
L
L
F=A'B
F = (A • B) minus 1
H
L
L
H
F=AEIlB
H
L
H
L
F=B
F = A minus B minus 1
F = (A • B) plus (A + B)
14
21
20
Fi
18
F2
19
F3
16
22
23
VCC1 = 1, VCC2 = 24, VEE = 12
POSITIVE LOGIC: HIGH LEVEL
= '1'
F = (A • B) plus (A +
H
L
H
H
F=A+B
F = (A • Ei) plus A
H
H
L
L
F = Logical "0"
F
H
H
L
H
F=A' B
F = (A + S) pi us 0
= minus
B)
1 (two's complement)
H
H
H
L
F=A'B
F = (A + B) plus 0
H
H
H
H
F=A
F = A plus 0
OF outputs of ALU are one's complement of function listed below.
5·91
DIGITAL 1,000/10,000 SERIES ECl • 10181
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
TEST VOLTAGE VALUES
IVolts)
@THt~----,------r--~-'-------.--~
Temperatura
VIH mex
VIL min
VIHA min
VILA max
VEE
(at Listed Voltages and Ambient Temperatures).
-30"C
-3O"C
Under
Symbol
Power Supply Drain Current
IE
Input Current
Tnt
linH
-1.890
-1.205
-1.500
-5.2
-0.810
-1.850
-1.105
-1.475
-5.2
+86"C
-0.700
-1.825
-1.035
-1.440
-6.2
10181 Tnt Limill
Pin
Characteristic
-0.890
+26"C
Min
TEST VOL TAGE APPLIED TO PINS BELOW:
+26"C
Min
MIx
+85°C
TVp
Max
12
145
9
10
246
Min
MaN.
VEe
Gnd
mAde
12
1,24
"Adc
12
1,24
12
1,24
Unit
VIH max
11
14
15
16
265
220
266
220
245
246
17
18
19
20
21
220
290
200
22
23
22
23
0.5
Input Leakage Current
JJAdc
10
10
11
11
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
21
20
22
22
23
21
23
-1.060
-2.000
-1.080
High Output Voltage
Low Output Voltage
VOL
High Threshold Voltage
VOHA
low Threshold Voltage
VOLA
VILA max
11
13
200
265
20
21
VIHA min
10
220
245
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
VIL min
-0.890
-1.675
-0.960
-1.990
-0.980
-1.655
-0.810
-0.890
-0.700
Vdc
12
-1.650
-1.920
-0.910
-1.615
Vdc
Vdc
12
12
1.24
1,24
1,24
1.595
Vdc
12
1,24
-1.630
-Test all input-output combinations according to Function Table.
·-For threshold level test, apply threshold input level to only one input pin at a time.
Each Eel 10,000 series has been designed to meet the dc
specifications shown in the test table, after thermal equilibrium has
been established. The circuit is in a test socket or mounted on a
printed circuit board and transverse air flow greater than 500 linear
fpm is maintained. Outputs are terminated through a 50-ohm
resistor to -2.0 volts.
lAc Switching Characteristics
AC SWitching Characteristics
+25"C
+2S"C
Characteristic
Symbol
Propagation Delay
t
Input
Output
Conditions t
++
Min
Typ
3.1
Max
Unit
ns
Characteristic
Symbol
Propagation Delay
Input
Output
Conditions t
B1
lI"G
SO Low,
3.0
51 High
3.0
52 High.
4.0
53 Low
5.0
3.1
Rise Time
2.0
Fall Time
2.0
Propagation Delay
Cn
Fl
Mis Low
4.9
5.0
4.9
2.0
2,0
Fall Time
2.0
Propagation Delay
2.0
A1
7.0
Fl
GG
Rise Time
5.0
++
Bl
Propagation Delay
Fall Time
t
Bl
C n +4
SOar 53 Low
5.4
4.4
81 or 82 Low
7.5
81 and 52 High,
2.0
Rise Time
7.0
Fall Time
7.0
Propagation Delay
2.0
Bl
Fl
2.0
7.5
Fall Time
2.0
B.O
Propagation Delav
3.0
AI
Fall Time
Propagation Delay
Fall Time
2.0
4.0
Rise Time
Fall Time
Propagation Delay
AI
C n +4
PG
2.0
2.0
Fall Time
2.0
2.0
Propagation Delay
t - ...
Bl
GG
52 Low
5.2
Fall Time
Propagation Delay
Fall Time
2.0
7.0
Rise Time
2.0
7.0
Fall Time
2.0
++
Bl
F1
51 and 52 High.
SO or 53 Low
2.0
81
t
-+
Cn +4
80 or 51 or 52
or
53 Low
7.0
7.0
Rise Time
2.0
Fall Time
2.0
5-92
~
2.0
Rise Time
2.0
t
~
5.7
4.4
Propagation Dalay
ns
ns
81 Low
Rise Time
5.0
5.4
+
~
2.0
Bl
Rise Time
t -
ns
2.0
Rise Time
3.0
2.0
Propagation Delay
Unit
8.0
7.0
Rise Time
Rise Time
Max
2.0
Fall Time
Rise Time
Propagation Delay
Typ
2.0
Rise Time
•
Min
tHigh
=
+1.11 V
Low' +0.31 V
VCCI • VCC2 • +2.0 Vdc' -3.2 Vdc, VEE' -3.2 Vdc
6.9
5.6
ns
~
DIGITAL 1,000/10,000 SERIES ECl • 10181
lOGIC DIAGRAM
~ 13 0 - - - - - - - ,
lI'2150----..,
~117
So
14
1!b20
AO 21 0----+t+t-'-iJ>'
8119
A118 o-----1-H-t+-f">l
B211
A216
o-----1-H-t+-f">l
B39
A310~:JB~~4GQ
5<;'+4
Cn 22
M23
Positive logic:
High Level" "1"
PROPAGATION DELAY WAVEFORM @ 25°C
SWITCHING TIME TEST CIRCUIT
VCC1"VCC2" +2.0 Vdc
V IN
VOUT
TO CHANNEL "S"
TO CHANNEL "A"
j~,
oo!
INPUT . ~TPIN
PULSE GENERATOR
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ +O.31V
.TPOUT
iio
AI
Bl
20%
A2
82
A3
B3
C;;
M
INPUT PULSE
t+ = t- = 2.0 ± 0.2 ns
(20% to 80%)
TPOUT
1---,-+-1
All input and output cables to the scope are equal lengths of
50-ohm coaxial cable. Wire length should be <1/4 inch from TPin to
input pin and TP out to output pin.
5-93
Sjgnotics
DUAL 3·INPUT 3·0UTPUll 021 0
HIGH PERFORMANCE GATES 10211
- - - - - - - - - - -10210
- -B,-F,-10211
----t·l0212
B, F 10212 B, F: -30 to +85°C
ADVANCE INFORMATION
TO BE ANNOUNCED
DIGITAL 10,000 SERIES Eel
DESCRIPTION
FEATURES
The 10210/10211/10212 are designed to drive up to six
transmission lines simultaneously. The multiple outputs of
these devices also allow the wire-"OR"ing of several levels
of gating for minimization of gate and package count.
•
•
•
Three logic functions are available:
10210 - Triple OR outputs
10211 - Triple NOR outputs
10212 - Two NOR/One OR Outputs
•
•
The 10210/10211/10212 are high performance versions of
the 10110/10111/10112.
FAST PROPAGATION DELAY = 1.7nsTYP.
(ALL OUTPUTS LOADED)
POWER DISSIPATION = 150 mW/PACKAGE TYP.
(NO LOAD)
VERY HIGH FANOUT CAPABILITY - CAN DRIVE
LINES
SIX 50
INTERNAL 50 kn PULLDOWN RESISTORS
OPEN EMITTERS FOR BUSSING AND LOGIC
CAPABILITY
n
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
The ability to control three parallel lines with minimum
propagation delay from a single point makes the
10210/10211/10212 particularly useful in clock distribution applications where minimum clock skew is desired.
The 10212 is particularly useful as a clock amplifier on a
board using clock signals with both polarities.
Conditions; TA = 25°C, VEE
1. IE
= -5.2 V ±1%
= 38 mA dc max.
2. I inH = 425 IlA dc max.
Conditions: T A = 25°C, VCC = +2.0 V ±1%,
VEE = -3.2 V ±1%, 50 n loads
TEMPERATURE RANGE
3. tpd
•
4. t r , tf = 1.5 ns typo (20% to 80%)
-30 to +85°C Operating Ambient
=
1.7 ns typo
PACKAGE TYPES
•
•
B: 16-Pin Silicone Dip
F: 16-Pin CERDIP
LOGIC DIAGRAMS
10211
10210
10212
g~2
7
3
g~4
7
3
4
2
1~~1213
11
14
9
~
10~
11
12
13
14
VCC1 = 1,15 VCC2 = 16 VEE = 8
POSITIVE LOGIC: HIGH LEVEL = "1"
5·94
~t.~ IIUI~~
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
LINEAR
PRODUCT
SPECIFICATIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTI8NS
SECTI NS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
:::~~
: Jn~ar functional Index
Comparators and Sense Amplifiers
526
527
529
p.A710
p.A711
SN7520
SN7521
SN7522
SN7523
SN7524
SN7525
Analog Voltage Comparator
High Speed Voltage Comparator
High Speed Voltage Comparator
Differential Voltage Comparator
Dual Voltage Comparator
Dual Core Memory Sense Amplifier
Dual Core Memory Sense Amplifier
Dual Core Memory Sense Amplifier
Dual Core Memory Sense Ampl ifier
Dual Core Memory Sense Ampl ifier
Dual Core Memory Sense Amplifier
6-14
6-16
6-20
6-99
6-101
6-149
6-149
6-149
6-149
6-149
6-149
Video Amplifier
Video Amplifier
Differential Video Amplifier
Dual Differential Amplifier
Differential Ampl ifier
Dual Differential Amplifier
Dual Low Noise Preampl ifier
Balanced Modulator-Demodulator
Dual Peripheral Driver
Dual Peripheral Driver
High Voltage 7-Segment Decoder/Driver
6-3
6-91
6-108
6-7
6-9
6-5
6-30
6-147
6-157
6-159
6-161
Power Driver
Timer
Television Chroma System
Chroma Signal Processor
Chroma Amplifier
Chroma Demodulator
FM Detector and Limiter
6-36
6-49
6-134
6-136
6-138
6-140
6-128
Communications Circuits
501
592
p.A733
511
515
510
PA239
5596
75450
75451
DM8880
Consumer Circuits
540
555
5070/71/72
5070
5071
5072
ULN2111
Operational Amplifiers
516
531
536
LM101A
LM10l
LM107
LM201A
LM201
LM207
LM301A
LM307
5556
5558
p.A709
p.A740
p.A741
p.A747
p.A748
Operational Amplifier
High Slew Rate Operational Amplifier
F ET I nput Operational Amplifier
High Performance Operational Amplifier
High Performance Amplifier
General Purpose Operational Amplifier
High Performance Operational Amplifier
High Performance Amplifier
General Purpose Operational Ampl ifier
High Performance Operational Amplifier
General Purpose Operational Amplifier
Operational Amplifier
Dual Operational Amplifiers
Operational Amplifier
FET I nput Operational Amplifier
High Performance Operational Amplifier
Dual Operational Ampl ifier
High Performance Operational Amplifier
6-12
6-24
6-32
6-164
6-169
6-175
6-164
6-169
6-175
6-164
6-175
6-142
6-145
6-79
6-113
6-115
6-119
6-124
Phase locked loops
560
561
562
565
566
567
Phase locked loop
Phase locked loop
Phase locked loop
Phase locked loop
Function Generator
Tone Decoder Phase locked loop
6-56
6-61
6-66
6-72.
6-77
6-81
Precision Voltage Regulator
Five Volt Regulator
Five Volt Regulator
Five Volt Regulator
Precision Volt Regulator
6-44
6-179
6-179
6-179
6-103
Voltage Regulators
550
lM109
lM209
lM309
J1A723
TAB.LEAND DESIGN AID
: ,K?LANATION
The following table has been presented to assist the designer in selecting the optimum device for his application. For the
majority of applications, the primary considerations are "Input Bias Current" and "Offset Voltage". For additional specifications refe!r to the appropriate device data page.
,::"PPUGA TIONS
INPUT CURRENT (nA)
MAXIMUM
TYPICAL
0.030
0.100
0.200
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
7.0
7.0
7.0
10.0
10.0
15.0
30.0
75.0
75.0
250.0
500.0
500.0
500.0
500.0
500.0
500.0
500.0
1500.0
1500.0
1500.0
0.005
0.030
0.100
0.100
O.B
O.B
O.B
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.0
5.0
B.O
15.0
30.0
30.0
70.0
BO.O
BO.O
120.0
200.0
200.0
200.0
200.0
250.0
300.0
400.0
SIGNETICS NUMBER
PACKAGE TYPE
SU536
NE536
J,1A740
J,1A740C
SE537
LM10B
LM10BA
NE537
LM30B
LM30BA
SE533
NE533
S5556
N5556
LM101A
LM107
LM301A
J,1A74B
J,1A74BC
LM101
J,1A709
J,1A741C
J,1A741
SE531
LM201
J,1A709
NE531
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T,V
T
T,V
T
T
T.V
T
A,T.V
T
T
A.T,V
A,T,V
T
A,T.V
A.T.V
T.V
LM10BA
LM30BA
SE533
SE537
LM101
LM107
LM10B
NE533
LM101
J,1A709
J,1A 741
J,1A74B
NE531
S5556
J,1A741C
NE531
J,1A74BC
NE537
LM201
LM301
LM30B
J,1A709C
N5556
J,1A 740
SU536
NE536
",A740C
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T.V
T
T
T
T
T
T
A.T,V
T,V
A,T.V
T
A.T.V
T,V
T
A.T.V
T.V
T
T
T
T
OFFSET VOLTAGE (mV)
0.5
0.5
1.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
6.0
5.0
6.0
7.5
7.5
7.5
7.5
7.5
10.0
20.0
20.0
90.0
'90.0
0.3
0.3
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.7
0.7
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
2.0
2.0
1.0
2.0
2.0
1.6
1.6
2.0
2.0
2.0
4.0
10.00
7.5
30.0
30.0
8·1
LINEAR INTEGRATED ,CIRCUITS
ni'Er~ATiONAL
AMPLIFIER TEMPERATURE RANGES
COMMERCIAL TEMPERATURE RANGE
(00C - 700C)
PARAMETER
NE631
Input Offset Voltage
(Max)
Input Current
(Max)
Input Offset Current
(Mex)
26°C
Over Temp
25u C
Ovor Tamp
25°C
Over Temp
7.5
1500
2000
200
300
NE633
Not. 1
10
15
6
10
NE633
Not. 2
NE636
NE637
N6B66
90
7.6
10
10
14
30
40
10
14
10
16
0.1
10
1
1.6
10
N6668
0
c:
LM201
LM301A
LM307
LM308
~A709
7.6
10
1500
2000
600
750
7.6
10
260
300
60
70
7.5
10
260
300
60
70
7.5
10
7
10
7.5
10
1500
2000
500
750
70
300
70
300
1.6
~A74O
~A741
~A747
7.6
600
800
200
300
0
c:
~A748
UNITS
7.5
500
800
200
300
mV
mV
nA
nA
nA
nA
rL~a-rge~Si~gn~el~v~o'l~te-ge~G~ei-n~~2~50~C~~~20~~4O~-4-1~2--4--2-6~--26~+-~70~+-~-+--2-0~--2-5--r-2-5--r-2-5~--1-5~----~-20--+-~-+--60--~V~/m-v~
_____~(~M~in~).______r_~--+_--~----~----.4_---+----~---+_~
C.M.R.R. IMin)
2SoC
70
90
84
64
80
70
~
~-+----+---~
66
300
rp:-:.S:-:.R:-:.R=-.~I'C:M:--in:--) -----4~2::-50;;-'C'--+-:1:':-50~~50:.:.--4r'50:.:.--4-30,.::.,:-0~-1'::00=--+-2':":00'--+Slew Aate A' +1 ITyp)
Power Dissipation IMax)
25°C
25°C
Compensation
30
300
0.03
1.6
No
No
0.005
0.12
240
No
Yes
0.2
50
2.5
90
No
Yes
Yes
80
100
66
200
~
70
150
0.6
90
0.6
90
0.6
90
0.2
24
0.5
200
240
0.5
85
No
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
70
dB
---+-1C::-50::--~I.I-:-:V-:-/V--I
0.5
85
Yes
No
I.IA747
I.IA748
V/I.IS
mW
Note 1: Vee = ±1SV
Note 2: Vee = ± 3V
MILITARY TEMPERATURE RANGE
(-550C - +1250 C)
PARAMETER
SE531
5E533
Not. 1
5E533
Not. 2
2S oC
Over Temp
Input Offset Voltego
IMax)
Input Curront
26°C
SU636
Note 3
6E637
&6656
55558
LM10l
LM101A
LM107
500
75
75
LM106
~A709
I.IA741
500
500
20
30
500
10
10
UNITS
mV
mV
0.03
15
500
nA
~1-np-ut-0~ff~~~~~~~~r-.n-t----+0~v~;~~~~~m~p~1,:::00~0~-1,::6--~1~:--_r~--~~0c::-.2-r-30~-t-g-+-l~:~~-4--1~~0--+-1-~~~+--0-.2~-1-:~-~_4-1-:~-~_4__ g_+-1-:~-~~--~-:~
~--------,I""M=-ax,"--)_ _ _ _+0::.:vc.::er~T.::.:.m"'p~..::.5OO=-+1:.:.0--~1:.:.0--_r--~~0:.::.3_r~-r_ F!
Large Signal Voltage Gain
26°C
50
50
16
50
50
100
"
500
60
20
50
20
50
0.4
50
500
25
500
50
r_--------'I~M~in~)_---+_---~-_4--~----r_--~---r_-_+_~
C.M.A.A. 1M In)
25°C
70
100
90
70
86
80
F! _+----'-50-'-0~--n-'--A~
"
70
80
80
80
70
70
70
~P~.S~.A~.R~.~I~M~in~)~_ _+-::.:25~OC=--~~150~+2~6~_r2=05~.00·~5 ~6-___1~00~ __ ~1~00~+_--~----,-300~~-lOO~~-1~00~+-1-,-00~+-~16~0_4r-15~0Slew Aate A = +1 ITvp)
260C
30
0.03
0.2
2.6
60
V/mV
~_+---+___~
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.2
0.6
dB
150
0.5
0.5
V/j.15
~P~ow~.~r~Di="~ipa=ti=on~I~M~ax~)__+-~26~OC~~~21~0-4~0.~9_4~0~.09~6~~16=6__~4~6--~4~6--~~~~90~+-,::90~~~9:.:.0--~1~8__~1~65,--+-~85,--+-_____ .~__ ~
Compensation
No
Note 1: Vee = ±1SV
Note 2: Vee
=±
3V
Note 3: -ssoe - +8Soe
6·2
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yas
No
No
Yes
No
No
Yas
Yes
No
Si!lDotiCS
VIDEO AMPLIFIER
501
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
OESCRIPTION
PIN CONFIGURATIONS
The Signetics NE501 is a direct-coupled broad-band amplifier fabricated within a monolithic silicon substrate by
planar and epitaxial techniques. Typical applications include video amplifiers.
Application flexibility is provided by several external pin
connections which adjust the amplifier characteristics to
individual needs.
A PACKAGE
(Top View)
1. Feedback adjust
2. Input 1
3. NC
14
4. NC
13
5. Output 3
;:TATURES
•
12
ADJUSTABLE GAIN AND IMPEDANCE
CHARACTERISTICS
•
UNITY GAIN FREQUENCY - 150 MHz
•
NOISE FIIGURE - 5.OdB
•
POWER DISSIPATION - 20mW
6. Input 2
11
7. Ground
10
B. Output 2
9. v+
10. NC
11. NC
12. Buffer output
13. Buffer Input
J\BSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS
ORDER PART NOS.
+8.0V
±3.0V
+4.0V
±30mA
-65°C to +150°C
O°C to +70°C
-55°C to +125°C
Voltage Applied V G,H,E,C
Voltage Applied VB
Voltage Applied VK,D
Current Rating IF J
Storage Temperatur~
Operating Temperature
NE501
SE501
14. Output 1
SE501 A/N E501 A
QPACKAGE
1. Ground
2. Output 3
CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
3. Input 2
4. Output 2
5.
v+
6. Buffer output
7. Buffer Input
B. Output 1
9. Feedback adjust
ORDER PART NOS.
10. Input 1
SE501Q/NE501Q
K.PACKAGE
INPUT 1 0 - _ - - £
D
FEEDBACK
6.7k
ADJUST o-~--4-.JV\'-"4
1. Ground
'-------4--n OUTPUT 2
H
2. Output 3
3. Input 2
1060
GROUND 0-A
Uk
1.7k
7400
4. Output 2
5. V t
L-_ _~---Cl OUTFUT 3
G
6. Buffer output
7. Buffer Input
B. Output 1
9. Feedback adjust
ORDER PART NOS.
10. Input 1
SE501 K/NE501 K
NOTE; Component values are typical.
8-3
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 501
:' I
r:CTRICAL CHARACTERISTiCS
TEST CONDITIONS
= 50 kHz; Notes 1, 2, 6
Voltage Gain
f
Bandwidth (-3dBI
Notes 1,2,6
MIN
TYP
22.5
24
Unity Gain Frequency
AVo = OdB; Notes 2, 6
f - 50 kHz; T = OOC; Notes 2,6
f
26.5
100
Notes 1, 2, 6, 9
Input Impedance
Notes 1, 6; f
Output Impedance
Notes 1, 2; f
Output Impedance
Notes 1, 5; f
= 50 kHz; V J = V K
= 50 kHz; V D = AC ground
= 50 kHz; V D = AC ground
23
TYP
24
MAX
26
150
UNITS
dB
MHz
150
100
MHz
-1.0
dB
= +70o C; Notes 2, 6
= 50 kHz; T = -55°C; Notes 2, 6
= 50 kHz; T = +125°C; Notes 2, 6
Output Voltage
MIN
14
f = 50 kHz; T
f
MAX
11
Voltage Gain Stability
dB
+0.6
-1.0
dB
+0.6
0.71
1.0
470
0.71
1200
1100
n
n
18
12
18
25
65
25
V K - VJ
dB
V RMS
1.0
540
12
Power Dissipation
Power Dissipation
SE501
NE501
PARAMETER
50
n
24
21
mW
60
53
mW
Pulse Response
Delay Time
Notes 2,6,7
Rise Time
Notes 2, 6, 7
Noise Figure
f
= 100 kHz; BW = 100 Hz; Zs = 500n
= 100 kHz, BW = 100 Hz; Zs = 500n,
15
12
5.0
12
20
15
ns
16
ns
8.0
dB
fc
5.0
7.0
dB
VJ=V K
(Notes: 3,4, 5, 8) Standard Conditions: VE = +6.0V, VA = OV, VG = VB, T = +25°C (except as noted)
NOTES:
1. Variations in this parameter depend on optional alternate connections as Indicated In accompanying curves.
2. Measured at Pin F, with Pins J and K connected.
3. Pins not specifically referenced are left electrically open. All
voltages are referenced to Pin A. Letter subscripts denote pins
on circuit schematic.
4. Positive current flow is defined a8 Into the terminal referenced.
5. Measured at Pin J.
6. Load Resistance = 600n, capacitively coupled.
7. Delay time is defined as the time interval between the
= 20% to aO% points
Amplitude = 25mV; PW =
50%
points of eO and eF' Rise time
of eF'
Input Pulse Characteristics:
100ns.
a. Sea Signetics SURE Program Bulletin No. 5001 for definition
of Acceptance test Sub-Groups. Sub-Group A-7 is used for the
electrical end points for Linear Products.
9. Total harmonic distortion less than 5% at eo = 0.71 V RMS'
Smnotics
~lUAL
DIFFERENTIAL AMPLIFIER
510
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
j
g=;:;;CR I PTION
PIN CONFIGURATIONS
The 510 is a dual high-frequency differential. amplifier with
associated constant current sources and biasing elements
contained within a silicon monolithic epitaxial substrate.
The large number of accessable internal points provide
extreme flexibility of application. The 510 is intended for
RF-IF amplifier service to beyond 100 MHz. Circuit layout
provides for connection as either a high-gain, common-,
emitter, common-base, cascode amplifier or a commoncollector, common-base, differential amplifier that is useful
in critical limiter applications. Automatic gain control may
be applied to either circuit.
The SE510a and SE510A meet or exceed the mechanical
and environmental requirements of MIL-S-19500 over the
temperature range of -55°C to +125°C.
The NE510A and NE510J are intended for industrial
applications over the temperature range of O°C to +75°C.
A PACKAGE
(Top View)
1. Output B
14
13
12
11
8. Source 2
10
if.ATURES
•
LOW INPUT OFFSET VOLTAGE = ±2mV
•
LOW INPUT OFFSET CURRENT = ±3t.tA
2. Output A
3. Inpu.tA
4. Input B
5. Reference
6. Sourca 1
7. Ground
9. Bias
10. Input D
11. Input C
12. Output C
13. Output D
14. v+
ORDER PART NOS. SE510A/NE510A
• SINGLE POWER SUPPLY
•
•
AGC CAPABI LITY
HIGH FORWARD TRANSADMITTANCE
•
LOW FEEDBACK CAPACITANCE
,"O,HSClLUTIE MAXIMUM RATINGS
Applied Voltage (V+)
Output Collector Voltage
Current (Pin K)
Current (All Other Pins)
Storage Temperature
Operating Temperature
SE510J, SE510A
NE510A, NE510J
Junction Temperature
20V
25V
-25mA
±15mA
o
-65°C to +150 C
Q PACKAGE
-55°C to +125°C
O°C to +75°C
150°C
1.
2.
3.
4.
6.
Maximum ratings ara limiting values above which serviceability
may be impaired.
Input C
Output C
Output D
v+
Output B
6. Output A
7. Input A
,:;ASIC CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
8. Input B
9. Reference
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
Source 1
Ground
Source 2
Bias
Input D
ORDER PART NOS. SE510(}NE510Q
6·5
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 510
:·t :~THICAL CHARACTERISTICS
LIMITS
PARAMETERS
TEMPERATURE
TEST
CONDITIONS
MIN
NE510
TYP
MAX
MIN
SE510
TYP
MAX
Input Offset Voltage
+25°C
O°C to +70°C
-55°C to +125°C
0.5
1.0
3
4
0.5
2
1.5
3.5
I nput Offset Current
+25°C
O°C to +70°C
-55°C to +125°C
2.0
2.5
6
9
2.0
3.5
Input Bias Current
+25°C
O°C to +70°C
-55°C to +125°C
8.0
10.0
25
40
8.0
20
16.0
40
Differen.tial Collector
Current per Differential
Pair
+25°C
O°C to +70°C
-55°C to +125°C
45
62.5
Differential Current in
the Current Sources
+25' C
O°C to+70°C
-55°C to +125°C
Total Current
+25°C
Common Mode Rejection
Ratio
+25°C
V in = 0
PARAMETER
45
50
75
100
30
35
75
100
50
o
'l::CTRICAl CHARACTERISTICS (V+
30
35
11.0
60
= +12V, T = 25°C applicable from
EMITTER COUPLED
CONFIGURATION
15.0
11.0
80
60
mV
MA
62.5
15.0
80
mA
dB
DC to 10 MHz, unless otherwise noted)
CASCODE
CONFIGURATION
UNITS
VAGC" OV
mmho
Output Conductance [Re(Y 22)]
0.01
0.01
mmho
10
pF
Output Capacitance
2.5
2.5
pF
Reverse Transfer Capacitance
0.05
0.05
pF
25
MA
100
3.0
Forward Transconductance
MA
100
0.7
.4.5
MA
7.5
Input Condl!ctance [Re(Y 11)]
Input Capacitance
6-8
2.5
UNITS
90
mmho
Si!)DotiCS
DUAL DIFFERENTIAL AMPLIFIER
511
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
DESCRIPTION
PIN CONFIGURATIONS
The 511 is a monolithic dual high frequency differential
amplifier with associated constant current source transistors
and biasing diode. It is useful from DC to 100 MHz. The
circuit arrangement provides for connection as two completely independent emitter coupled (differential) or cascode amplifiers. The bias diode allows stabilization of the
current source currents over a large temperature range.
BPACKAGE
(Top View)
•
See Basic
Circuit
Schematic
For
Pinout
fEATURES
•
LOW INPUT OFFSET VOLTAGE - ±2mV
•
LOW INPUT OFFSET CURRENT = ±3J,.tA
•
AGC CAPABILITY
•
HIGH FORWARD TRANSADMITTANCE
•
LOW FEEDBACK CAPACITANCE
•
SINGLE POWER SUPPLY
ORDER PART NOS. SE611B/NE511B
o PACKAGE
ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS
Applied Voltage (V+)
Output Collector Voltage
Current (All Pins)
Storage Temperature
Operating Temperature
SE5110, SE511 B
NE511B, NE5110
Junction Ternp~rature
20V
25V
±15mA
-65°C to +150°C
See Basic
Circuit
Schematic
For
Pinout
-55°C to +125°C
O°C to +75°C
150°C
Maximum ratings are limiting values above which serviceability
mey be Impaired.
ORDER PART NOS. SE511Q/NE511Q
't,EGTRIGAL CHARACTERISTICS (Standard Test Circuit)
LIMITS
ACCEPTANCE
TEST
PARAMETERS
SYMBOL
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNITS
TEMPERATURE
3
4.0
mV
+25°C
OoC to +75°C
-55°C to +125 OC
6
IJA
+25 OC
OoC to +75OC
-55°C to +125°C
25
40
IJA
+25°C
OoC to +75 OC
-550 C to +125°C
75
100
IJA
+25°C
OoC to +75 OC
-55°C to +125°C
75
100
IJA
+25°C
OoC to+75°C
-650 C to +125 OC
mA
+25 OC
SUBGROUP
SE611
NE511
SE611
6.v in
6.v in
6.v in
6.J in
6.J in
6.J in
0.5
0.5
1.0
2
lin
lin
lin
6.l c
6.l c
8.0
SE511
A-3
A-4
A-5
Input Offset Voltage
A-3
A-4
A-5
Input Offset Current
A-3
A-4
A-5
Input Bias Current
A-3
A-4
A-5
Differential Collector Current
per differential pair
A-3
A-4
A-5
Differential Currant in the
Current Sources
A-2
Total Current
A-3
Common Mode Rejection Ratio
Icc
CMRR
A-3
Output Conductance
G22 •
C-2
Output Capacitance
C-2
Input Capacitance
Cob
Cib
NE511
2.0
2.0
2.5
B.O
10.0
45
50
20
62.5
100
50
30
9
40
16.0
6.J c
6.J p
6.J p
6.J p
3.5
7.5
2.5
45
30
62.5
35
100
35
60
60
11.0
11.0
80
80
0.Q1
2.5
10
NE611
3.5
1.5
0.Q1
2.5
10
15.0
TEST
CONDITIONS
15.0
dB
+25°C
mmho
+25OC
pF
' +25 OC
pF
+25°C
Yin -0;
I p -2mA
8-7
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 511
+6V
fb
1K
le
t
3
r---
le4
t
1K
1K
16
14
---1
6K
50
60
I
f
I
___:"'J
60
p2
":'
11
fllih
m
lin1 - lin2 or
lin3 - lin4
file = le1 - le2
or
le3 - l e4
flip = IP1 - Ip2
Icc· le1 + le2 + le3 + IC4 + Ib"
-6V
12
6
16
~
7
&·8
13
10
~iFFERENTIAL
SmDotiCS
AMPLIFIER
515
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
jJLSCHIPTION
PIN CONFIGURATIONS
The 515 is a general. purpose. high;..gain amplifier with
differential input and output. It is fabricated within a
monolithic silicon' substrate by planar and epitaxial techniques. A pair of compensation points is provided to allow
frequency compensation for stable closed loop operation.
A PACKAGE
(Top View)
1. Input B
2. NC
This device is not internally referenced to ground and with
proper input bias may be operated from a single power
supply.
3. NC
14
4. Compensation
13
5. NC
12
6. Output B
7. V-
11
•
a.
DIFFERENTIAL VOLTAGE GAIN (Open Loop) =4,500
10
•
INPUT OFFSET VOLTAGE = 0.5mV
•
INPUT OFFSET VOLTAGE STABILITY = 5.0fJ,VtC
•
INPUT COMMON MODE RANGE = +1.5V, -1.0V
•
COMMON MODE REJECTION RATIO
•
BANDWIDTH (Open Loop) = 1.0 MHz
10. NC
11. Compensation
12. NC
=100dB
13. Input A
ORDER PART NO. NE515A
\U'::.OLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS
Applied Voltage (V+ to V-I
Differential Input Voltage (V5 to V7)
Input Current (15,17)
Output Current (12, 110)
Storage Temperature
Operating Temperature
Junction Temperature
12V
±5.0V
±2.0mA
±30mA
-65°C to +150°C
O°C to +75°C
150°C
Output A
9. NC
14.
V+
QPACKAGE
1.
V
2. Output A
3. NC
4. Compensation
5. Input A
Maximum ratings are limiting values above which serviceability may
be impaired.
6. V+
7. Input B
:J ;):iVALENT CIRCUIT
a.
Compensation
9. NC
10. Output B
ORDER PART NOS. SE515Q/NE515Q
K PACKAGE
1. V
2. Output A
3. NC
4. Compensation
5. Input A
6. v+
7. Input B
a.
Compensation
9. NC
10. Output B
ORDER PART NOS. SE515K/NE515K
NOTE: Component values are typical.
6-9
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 515
;;E515 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERIS:rICS (Standard Conditions: V7 = OV, V 1 = -3.0V; Notes: 4,5,6, 7,8,9)
CHARACTERISTIC
V e -+4·OV
TVP
MIN
Vs - +S.OV
TVP
Open Loop Voltage Gain (dc)
2,SOO
1,800
3,500
4,SOO
3,000
Open Loop Voltage Gain (ac)
2,000
2,SOO
3.S00
O.S
O.S
O.S
Input Offset Voltage
O.S
O.S
O.S
Input Bias Current
18
12
Differential Input Resistance
2.0
4.0
±1.0
Input Common Mode Range
Balanced Output dc Level
Output Voltage Swing
High Output Level
Low Output Level
2S
16
+1.2
+1.6
+1.9
S.7
S.7
S.7
+4.0
+4.3
+4.7
-1.7
-1.4
-1.0
UNITS
TEMP
V!V
V!V
+2SoC
+12SoC
V!V
mV
mV
mV
+2SoC
J.IA
J.IA
kn
kn
V
+1.8
6.3
6.3
6.3
+4.3
+4.6
+S.O
-2.0
-1.7
-1.3
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
Output Resistance
100
100
n
Common Mode Rejection Ratio
100
100
dB
3.S
NOTES:
Adjust V5 to obtain V2 = V 10 Output voltage swing - 1.3V peak to peak.
Output voltage swing Is guaranteed by output voltage limit
tests.
4.
Voltage and current subscripts refer to pin numbers.
5.
All measurements are referenced to power supply common.
Positive current flow is defined as into the terminal Indicated.
All specifications herein apply for interchange of voltages
6.
and currents at Pins 5 and 7.
6·10
40
24
+1.S
-1.0
Power Supply Current
1.
2.
3.
3.0
2.0
3.0
l.S
3.2
1.0
2.0
-0.1
+0.3
+0.6
4.7
4.7
4.7
+2.3
+2.6
+3.0
-2.4
-2.1
-1.7
MAX
S.S
7.
8.
9.
10.
7.0
7.0
7.0
mA
mA
mA
TEST CONDITIONS
Note 2
f = 800 kHz
-SSoC
+2SoC
+12SoC
-SSoC
Note 1
-SSoC
+2SoC
Note 10
Note 1
+2SoC
-SSoC
+2SoC
+12SoC
-SSoC
+2SoC
+12SoC
-5SoC
+2SoC
+12SoC
-SSoC
+2SoC
+12SoC
+2SoC
Note 1
Note 3
Vs = 10mV
Vs = 10mV
Note 1
Note 1
Acceptance Test Sub-Group references apply to minimum
and maximum limits only_
The SE515K has Pins 1, 3 and 9 connected to the case.
The SE515Q has Pins 3 and 9 open.
See Signetlcs SURE Program Bulletin No. 5001 for definition
of Acceptance Test Sub-Groups. Sub-Group A-7 is used for
electrical end points for Linear Products.
Differential Input Reslstence is computed from input bias
current.
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 515
NE515 ELE:CTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Standard Conditions: VB
CHARACTERISTIC
Open Loop Voltage Gain (dc)
Open Loop Voltage Gain (ac)
VF
= +4.0V
TVP
MIN
1,BOO
1,350
2,500
1,500
Input Offs€lt Voltage
1,700
TEMP
V/V
V/V
+25°C
+75°C
O
kn
kn
±1.0
+1.5
-1.0
V
+25°C
-0.1
+0.3
+0.6
+1.2
+1.6
+1.9
V
V
V
OoC
+25°C
+75°C
OoC
+25°C
+75°C
OoC
3.2
3.5
Input Common Mode Range
Balanced Output dc Level
Low Output Level
2,500
UNITS
2.3
2.6
Differential Input Resistance
High Output Level
3,200
2,200
0.5
0.5
0.5
25
20
18
15
Output Voltage Swing
MAX
+25 C
OoC
+25°C
+75°C
OoC
+25°C
OoC
+25°C
0.5
0.5
0.5
Input Bias Current
V F - +6.0V
TVP
= OV, VA = 3.0V; Notes: 4, 5,6, 7, 8, 9)
1.4
1.7
V/V
4.0
3.0
4.0
40
31
+l.B
mV
mV
mV
JJA
JJA
4.5
4.5
4.5
5.3
5.3
5.3
6'.1
6.1
6.1
V
V
V
+2.3
+2.5
+2.B
+3.9
+4.1
+4.3
+4.3
+4.5
+4.B
V
V
V
-2.2
-2.0
-1.7
-1.4
-1.2
-1.0
-1.8
-1.6
-1.3
Note 1
Note 10
Note 1
Note 3
Vc = 10mV
Note 1
100
n
+25°C
100
100
dB
+25°C
OoC
+25°C
+75°C
7.0
7.0
7.0
Note 1
Vc
100
5.5
f = BOO kHz
V
V
V
Common Mode Rejection Ratio
3.5
Note 2
+25°C
+75°C
OoC
+25°C
+75°C
Output Resistance
Power Supply Current
TEST CONDITIONS
mA
mA
mA
= 10mV
Note 1
Letter subscripts refer to pins on circuit schematic.
NOTES:
1.
Adjust Vc to obtain VG = V H •
2.
Output voltage swing = 1.3V peak to peak.
3.
Output voltage swing Is guaranteed by output voltage limit
tests.
4.
Voltage and current subscripts refer to pin numbers.
5.
All measurements are referenced by power supply common.
Positive current flow Is defined as into the terminal Indicated.
6.
All spe(:lflcations herein apply for Interchange of voltages and
currents at Pins Band C.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Acceptance Test Sub-Group references apply to minimum
and maximum limits only.
The NE515K has Pins 1, 3 and 9 connected to the case.
The NE515G has Pins 3 and 9 open.
See Signetics SURE Program Bulletin No. 5001 for definition
of Acceptance Test Sub-Groups. Sub-Group A-7 is used for
electrical end points for Linear Products.
Differential Input Resistance is computed from Input bias
current.
6·11
Si!)OOlies
A~'PL!fIEH
516
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
,~: :=~(:HIPTION
The 516 is a high gain operational amplifier with differential input and output. Features include large gainbandwidth product, stable open-loop operation, high output voltage swing under load, high input resistance, wide
common mode voltage range and high common mode
rejection.
A PACKAGE
(Top View)
14
13
12
11
NE516 15,000
SE516 18,000
±20%
OPEN LOOP GAIN STABILITY =
NE516 +10 Volts
OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING =
SE516 +11 Volts
01 FFERENTIAL INPUT RESISTANCE = NE516 100Kn
SE516 400Kn
INPUT COMMON MODE VOLTAGE RANGE=23Volts
COMMON MODE REJECTION RATIO =
100 db
INPUT OFFSET CURRENT =
NE516100nA
SE516300nA
300 kHz
OPEN LOOP BANDWIDTH =
• OPEN LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN =
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
10
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Input 8
Com.1A
NC
Com. 28
NC
Output 8
V
8. Output A
9. NC
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
Com2A
Com. 18
NC
~.rut A
ORDER PART NOS.
SE516A/NE516A
K PACKAGE
6. V+
7. Input 8
1. V
2. Output A
3. C~m. 2A
~jll~"XlMUM
RATINGS
Voltage Applied (Between Pins 1 and 6)
NE516
34V
SE516
36V
Voltage Applied (Differential)
10V
Current Rating (Pins 1,2,6 and 10)
25mA
Current Rating (Other Pins)
10mA
Output Short Circuit Duration (25°C)
10sec
Storage Temperature
-65°C to +150o C
Operating Temperature
NE516
OOC to +750 C
SE516
-55°C to +1250 C
Junction Temperature
NE516
SE516
4. Com. 18
5. Input A
8. Com.1A
9. Com. 28
10. Output B
ORDER PART NOS.
SE516K/NE516K
QPACKAGE
1. V·
2. Output A
3. Com.2A
4. Com. 18
5. Input A
6.
7.
V+
Input 8
8. Com.1A
9. Com. 28
10. Output 8
ORDER PART NOS.
SE516Q/NE516Q
Maximum ratings are limiting values above which serviceability
may be Impair8d.
~~--~~~------~----~----------~----~~----------~----ov+
+---+------
500mV for this test.
6·15
Si!lDDtiCS
527
YulTlUiE CUMPARA1UR
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS.
The SEINE 527 is a high speed analog voJtage cQmparator
which, for the first time mates state-of-the-art Schottky
diode technology with the conventional linear process. This
allows simultaneous fabrication of high speed T2L gates
with a precision linear amplifier on a single monolithic chip.
K PACKAGE
(Top View)
1. Input A
The SEINE 527 is similar in design to the Signetics SEI
NE 529 voltage comparator except that it incorporates a
"Emitter Follower" input stage for extremely low input
currents. This opens the door to a whole new range of
appl ications for analog voltage comparators.
6. Ground
•
15 nsec PROPAGATION DELAY
8. Strobe A
9. V +
•
COMPLEMENTARY OUTPUT GATES
•
•
TTL OR ECL COMPATIBLE OUTPUTS
WIDE COMMON MODE AND DIFFERENTIAL VOLTAGE RANGE
2. Input B
3. V1 4. Strobe B
5. Output B
7. Output A
2
10. V 1 +
AID CONVERSION
ECL TO TTL INTERFACE
TTL TO ECl INTERFACE
MEMORY SENSING
OPTICAL DATA COUPLING
ORDER PART NOS. SE527K/NE527K
Positive Supply Voltage (V 1+)
+15 volts
. Negative Supply Voltage (V 1-)
-15 volts
Gate Supply Voltage (V 2+)
+7 volts
+15 volts
Output Voltage
Differential Input Voltage
±5 volts
Input Common Mode Voltage
±6 volts
600mW
Power Dissipation
Operating Temperature Range
O°C to +70°C
NE 527
_55°C to +125°C
SE 527
-65°C to +150°C
Storage Temperature Range
+300°C
Lead Temperature (Soldering 60 seconds)
OUTPUT A
OUTPUT B
~~__- .____~__________~S_T_RO~BE_A____~__~______-,-oV2+
1K
6-16
1K
4K
UK
65n
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 527
;
,;,CAL CHARACTERISTICS (V l + = +10V, V l PARAMET
=-10V, V 2+ = +5.0V, V in = OV)
TEST CONDITIONS
SE 527
MIN
TVP
NE 527
MAX
MIN
TVP
UNITS
MAX
INPUT CHARACTERISTICS
Input Offset Voltage @25°C
over temperature
r~nge
Input Bias Current @25°C
over temperature range
Input Offset Current @25°C
over temperature r~nge
Voltage Gain
Input Resistance
V 1+
= 1OV. V 1- = -10V
Vin = OV
V 1+ = 1OV. V 1-
4
6
6
10
rMI
2
2
4
JJA
JJA
JJA
JJA
4
0.5
= -10V
= OV
TA = 25°C
T A = 25°C. f = 1 kHz
0.75
1
V in
1
5
5
500
500
mV
V/mV
K1i
GATE CHARACTERISTICS
Output Voltage
"1" State
"0" State
V 2+
V 2+
= 4.75V. Isource = -1 mA
= 4.75V. Isink = 10mA
V 2+
= 5.25V. V strobe = 0.5V
2.5
3.3
2.7
3.3
0.5
V
0.5
V
Strobo Inputs
"0" Input Current
"1" Input Current @25°C
over temperature range
V 2+
"0" Input Voltage
V 2+
"1" Input Voltage
Short Circuit
Output Current
= 5.25V. Vstrobe = 2.7V
= 4.75V
V 2+ = 4.75V
V 2+
= 5.25V. V out = OV
-·2
-2
mA
50
100
200
200
JJA
JJA
0.8
2.0
0.8
2.0
-40
-100
V
V
-40
-100
mA
POWER SUPPL V
REQUIREMENTS
Supply Voltage
V +
1
V 1
V +
2
Supply Current
I
1
+
5
10
5
10
-6
-10
-6
-10
4.5
5
= 1OV. V 1- = -10V
= 5.25V
T A = 125°C
TA = 25°C
TA = -55°C
5.5
4.75
5
V 1+
mA
3.25
3.75
mA
4.0
mA
5
TA "125°C
= 25°C
TA
TA = -55°C
OOC ~T A ~70oC
I +
2
mA
7.5
mA
8.5
mA
10
= 125°C
= 25°C
T A = -55°C
mA
7.0
mA
TA
15
mA
TA
16
mA
18
mA
OOC ~T A ~70oC
TRANSIENT RESPONSE
V
V
V 2+
OOC ~T A ~70oC
I 1
5.25
V
V.
In
20
mA
= 50 mV overdrive
Propagation Delay Time
tpd (0)
TA
24
14
24
ns
TA
= +25°C
= +250 C
14
tpd (1)
16
26
16
26
ns
TA
= +25°C
2
5
2
5
ns
Turn On
TA
6
ns
TA
= +25°C
= +250 C
6
Turn Off
6
6
ns
Dela" between Output
Aand B
Strobe Delay Time
Parameters are guaranteed over the temperature range unless otherwise noted.
8·17
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 527
'~,~;PLICATlONS
One of the main features of the device is that supply
voltages (V 1+, V 1-) need not be balanced, as indicated
in the following diagrams. For proper operation, however,negative supply" (V ,-) should always be at least six
volts more negative than the ground terminal (pin 6),
Input Common Mode range should be limited to values
of two volts less than the supply voltages (V 1+ and V 1-)
up to a maximum of ±6 volts as supply voltages are
increased.
It is also important to note that Output A is in phase with
Input A and Output B is in phase with Input B.
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
PHOTODIODE DETECTOR
ECl TO TTL INTERFACE
+5V
A
vv.
":'
R2
R2
a
10
10
a
t
527
627
":'
a
TTL OUTPUTS
~
R2
Eel
a
INPUT
Rl
Rl
":'
Rl
":'
Rl
-10V
TTL TO ECl INTERFACE
MOS MEMORY SENSE AMP.
+6V
VREF
+5V
3R 1
a
10
10
TTL INPUT
527
527
a
loon
loon
":'
6·18
":'
Rl
Rl
- -
-5.2V
LINEAR INTEGRATED·CIRCUITS. 527
fVPICAL PERFORMANCE CURVES
SUPPLY CURRENT
VS TEMPERATURE
INPUT CURRENTS
VS TEMPERATURE
3. 0
160
"-
2.5
0
~ 13
I 'I>
...........
O.6
r--
O~
"'-
O.2
O. 1
--'-l
OFFSET CURRENT
-26
-
ffi
~
5
)0
6
a
~
V2+ o5 .0V
...,
-t---
25
60
75
100
125
TAo 26°C
""-
V 1-o·10V
~1+0!,OV I
-50
-25
o
.5
0
+25
+50
+75
I
+100 +126
I
,'-
I--
110
100
.9
VOLTS
/
V
.6
V
.8
/
.B
.7
.10
.10
.9
VOLTS
RESPONSE TIME FOR
VARIOUS INPUT OVERDRIVES
VI·' 10V. V 1- ' -10V
r---
V2+ o 6 . 0 i -
,-
\
\
-
\
/
OVERORIVE
'1
f\
15
20
TlME-nlOe
25
30
'I.
~)~~L~'
i
\\
\
---- T•
10
.\~
\
/
INPUT A
.8
a:
~ 120
/
/
/
OUTLTA
' 1+
.7
;1;130
~o
/
/
SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VI·' V 1-) -
V2+oS.OV-
OUTPUTB
.8
140
OUTPUT A
-
'2+
SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VI·' V 1-) -
~
I
is
;::
V 1+ o10V. V 1- 0 -10V
I
/
TA 0 25°C
't
OUTPUT PROPAGATION DELAYS
V2+ 0 6.0 VOLTS
--
--r-
V 2+·5.0VOLTS
150
TEMPERATURE -"C
SUf»,PLY CURRENT
VS SUPPLY VOL T AG E
-
<>
4
TEMPERATURE -"C
/'
' 1-
:---r--
0
-50
-----
-I--. ~2+
14
BIAS CURRENT
6
...-
6
'" "- ""'".....
2. 0
O. 3
POWER DISSIPATION
VS SUPPL Y VOLTAGE
\ 1\ \
OVERDRIVE
1NPr B
10
16
20
26
30
TIME-_
6·19
Smnotics
VOtIAGE
CO~~PARATDR
529
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS.
The SEINE 529 is a high speed analog voltage comparator
which, for the first time mates state-of-the-art Schottky
diode technology with the conventional linear process. This
allows simultaneous fabrication of high speed T 2 l gates
with a precision linear amplifier on a single monolithic chip.
K PACKAGE
(Top View)
1. Input A
•
2.
10 nsecPROPAGATION DELAY
Input B
3. V 1 -
• COMPLEMENTARY OUTPUT GATES
4. Strobe B
5. Output B
• TTL OR ECl COMPATIBLE OUTPUTS
• WIDE COMMON MODE AND DIFFERENTIAL VOLTAGE RANGE
6. Ground
7. Output A
8. Strobe A
9.
V +
2
10. V 1 +
ORDER PART NOS. SE529K/NE529K
AID CONVERSION
ECl TO TTL INTERFACE
+15 volts
-15 volts
+7 volts
+15 volts
±5 volts
±6 volts
600mW
Positive Supply Voltage (V 1+)
Negative Supply Voltage (V 1-)
Gate Supply Voltage (V2+)
Output Voltage
Differential Input Voltage
Input Common Mode Voltage
Power Dissipation
Operating Temperature Range
TTL TO ECl INTERFACE
MEMORY SENSING
OPTICAL .DATA COUPLING
OUTPUT A
O°C to +70°C
-55°C to +125°C
NE 529
SE 529
INPUT A
INPUT B
OUTPUT B
Storage Temperature Range
-65°C to +150°C
lead Temperature (Soldering 60 seconds)
+300°C
~~__~__~~________~S_TR_O~BE_A____~~~______~~V/
R 16
STROBE B
6·20
1.5K
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 529
:~:crRIGAL CHARACTERISTICS (V + = +10V, V + = +5.0V, V 1
1
2
PARAMETER
= -10V, Vin
OV)
=:
SE 529
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
TVP
UNITS
NE 529
MAX
MIN
TVP
MAX
INPUT CHARACTERISTICS
Input Offset Voltage @25°C
o,ver temperature range
Input Bias Current @25°C
V 1+ = 1OV, V 1 - = -10V
5
over temperature range
V in = OV
V 1+ = 10V, V 1- = -10V
2
Input Offset Current @25°C
over temperature range
4
6
6
10
mV
20
JJ.A
JJ.A
JJ.A
JJ.A
5
12
36
V in = OV
50
3
2
9
Voltage Gain
TA = 25°C
Input Resistance
T A = 25°C, f = 1 kHz
5
15
5
5
10
10
mV
V/mV
Kn
GATE CHARACTERISTICS
Output Voltage
'''1'' State @25°C
V 2+ = 4.75V, Isource = -lmA
"'0" State @25°C
V 2 + = 4.75V, Isink = lOrnA
2.5
3.3
2.7
3.3
0.5
V
0.5
V
Strobe Inputs
"'0" Input Current
V 2+ = 5.25V, V strobe = 0.5V
"'1" Input Current @25°C
over temperature range
V 2+ '" 5.25V, Vstrobe = 2.7V
"0" Input Voltage
V 2 + = 4.75V
"1" Input Voltage
V 2+ =4.75V
Short Circuit
Output Current
V 2+ = 5.25V, V out = OV
-2
-2
rnA
50
100
200
200
JJ.A
JJ.A
0.8
2.0
0.8
2.0
-40
-100
V
V
-40
-100
rnA
POWEFI SUPPLY
REQUIREMENTS
SUPlPly Voltage
"1+
"1V +
2
Supply Current
I +
1
5
10
5
10
V
-6
-10
-6
-10
V
4.5
5
5.5
4.75
5
V 2+ = 5.25V
TA = 125°C
=25°C
T A = -55°C
3.25
rnA
3.75
rnA
4.0
rnA
OOC ~T A ~70oC
1
-
5
= 125°C
2
+
7.0
rnA
7.5
rnA
TA = -55°C
8.5
TA
rnA
10
rnA
TA = 125°C
15
TA = 25°C
16
rnA
18
rnA
TA
= -55°C
rnA
OOC ~T A ~70oC
TRANS I ENT RESPONSE
rnA
TA = 25°C
OOC ~T A ~70oC
1
V
V 1+ = 1OV, V 1- = -10V
TA
11
5.25
V
in
20
rnA
= 50 mV Overdrive
Propagation Delay Time
10
tpd (0)
TA = +25°C
20
ns
T A = +25 C
12
20
22
10
tpd (1)
12
22
ns
TA = +25°C
2
5
2
5
ns
Turn On
T A = +25°C
6
6
ns
Turn Off
T A = +25 C
6
6
ns
Del,ay between Output
Aand B
0
Strobe Delay Time
0
Parameters are guaranteed over the temperature range unless otherwise noted.
6·21
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 529
~\PPl leA TlONS
One of the main features of the device is that supply
voltages (V,+, V,-) need not be balanced, as indicated
in the following diagrams. For proper operation, however,
negative supply (V 1-) should always be at least five volts
more negative than the ground terminal (pin 6). Input
Common Mode range should be limited to values of two
volts less than the supply voltages (V 1+ and V,-) up to
a maximum of ±6 volts as supply voltages are increased.
It is also important to note that Output A is in phase with
Input A and Output B is in phase with Input B.
':V'PICAL APPLICATIONS
PHOTODIODE DETECTOR
ECl TO TTL INTERFACE
A~__~__~+6_V______~
~
R2
....--'----_....&.......,
10
+5V
Q
Q
t
529
529
TTL OUTPUTS
~
Eel
INPUT
-10V
TTL TO ECl INTERFACE
MOSMEMORVSENSEAMP
+5V
VREF
+5V
3R l
10
Q
10
TTL INPUT
529
529
Q
10011
loon
":"
6-22
":"
Rl
Rl
- -
-5.2V
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 529
IYPICAL PERFORMANCE CURVES
INPUT CURRENTS
VS TEMPERATURE
'2
~
'0
6
'\
1
...........
4
~
.........
--- .
7
~
~
"'- ~
~
.....-
--
-
5
-26
-60
76
-
'00
~
0
+26
+60
TEMPERATURE _
-
f--
+76
+'00
"C
>
C
v2+- 6 ,av 4
>
3
~
2
5
12+
,/
~
I ,40
,/
~
>=
~
~c
!
'30
'20
"0
/
V
'00,5
V
'8
/
/
/
/
/
--
'7
,8
'9
,'0
VOLTS
RESPONSE TIME FOR
VARIOUS INPUT OVERDRIVES
v, + -,av, v,- - ·,ov
I
~
~
TA -26DC
SUPPLY VOLTAGE (V,+, V,-) -
OUTPUT PROPAGATION DELAYS
TA -26"C
V2+-6.0VOLTS
- -
-
OUTiuT A
/'
\
.1
OUTPUT B
:e
V
-28
V2+-5.0VOLTS
'50
1
I' I
-60
'26
"C
1,-
I
.IV + . ; ; :
2
SUPPLY CURRENT
VS SUPPLY VOLTAGE
/~
I'
3
60
1
.t~
1,+ 1
-
26
TEMPERATURE _
1,-1
4
OFFSET CURRENT
0.2
'80
IV2-:--t-- 5,OV-':
I
I ~
BIAS CURRENT
POWER DISSIPATION
VS SUPPLY VOLTAGE
1
r- -.il I
... ~
4
I'"
I
SUPPLY CURRENT
VS TEMPERATURE
/
j
r\.
I
1,+
w+100
~ mV
i
INPUT A
0
... -'00
o
,5
~
'8
,7
,8
SUPPLY VOLTAGE (V, +, V,-) -
,9
VOLTS
"0
mV
'0
TIME
'5 20
-"ItC
26
30
6-23
!i!!lDotiC!i
SLEW RAIE
531
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
:H-
The 531 is a fast slewing high performance operational amplifier which retains D.C. performance equal to the best
general purpose types while providing far superior large
signal A.C. performance. A unique input stage design allows
the amplifier to have a large signal response nearly identical
to its small signal response. The amplifier can be compensated
for truly negligible overshoot with a single capacitor. In
applications where fast settling and superior large signal
bandwidths are required, the amplifier out performs conventional designs which have much better small signal response.
Also, because the small signal response is not extended, no
special precautions need be taken with circu it board layout
to achieve stability. The high gain, simple compensation and
excellent stability of this amplifier allow its use in a wide
variety of instrumentation applications.
35V/J.l.sec SLEW RATE AT UNITY GAIN
PIN FOR PIN REPLACEMENT FOR J.l.A709, J.l.A748
OR LM101
• COMPENSATED WITH A SINGLE CAPACITOR
• SAME LOW DRIFT OFFSET NULL CIRCUITRY AS
J.l.A741
• SMALL SIGNAL BANDWIDTH 1 MHz
• LARGE SIGNAL BANDWIDTH 500KHz
• TRUE OPAMP D.C. CHARACTERISTICS MAKE THE
531 THE IDEAL ANSWER TO ALL SLEW RATE LIMITED OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER APPLICATIONS.
T PACKAGE
(Top View)
1. Offset Null
2. Inverting Input
3. Noninverting Input
4.
v-
5. Offset Null
6. Output
7. v+
)
8. Freq. Compo
ORDER PART NOS.
SE631T/NE531T
V PACKAGE
•
•
:1; 1;.
'El
Z
-
7
3
+
I
4
&
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Offset Null
Inverting Input
Noninverting Input
vOffset Null
Output
v+
8. Freq. Compo
ORDER PART NO. NE531V
MAXIMUM RAT!Nr.s'
Supply Voltage
Internal Power Dissipation (Note 1)
Differential Input Voltage
Common Mode Input Voltage (Note 2)
Voltage Between Offset Null and VOperating Teniperature Range
NE531
SE531
±22V
300mW
±15V
±15V
±0.5V
OFFSET NULL CIRCUIT
O°C to +70°C
-55°C to +125°C
TRANSIENT RESPONSE TEST CIRCUIT
Storage Temperature Range
Lead Temperature (Solder, 60 sec.)
Output Short Circuit Duration (Note 3)
-65°C to +150°0
300°C
Indefinite
NOTES:
1. Rating applies for case temperatures to 125°C, derate linearly at
6.5mW/C for ambient temperatures above +76'b
2. For supply voltages less than ±16V, the absolute maximum Input
voltage Is equal to the supply voltage.
3. Short Ci~cuit may be to ground or e!ther supply. Rating applies
to +126 C cale temperature or +75. C ambient temperature.
6-24
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 531
1
,;,~ ,
"'iF HAL ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (VS
NE531
CONDITIONS
PARAMETER
I~put
RS" 10KS!
Settling Time, .01 %
AV = +1, Villi =
AV = +1, V IN =
AV = +1, VIN =
AV = +1, V IN '
Small Signal.Overshoot
Small Signal Riselime
MIN
TYP
2.0
50
Offset Voltage
Input Offset Current
Input Bias Current
I nput Resistance
Input Voltage Range
Common Mode Rejection RatiO
Supply Voltage Rejecllon RatiO
Large Signal Voltage Gain
Output ReSistance
Supply Current
Power Consumption
Full Power Bandwidth
Settling Time, 1%
Large Signal Overshoot
= ±15V, TA = 25°C Unless Otherwise Specified)
0.4
20
MAX
200
1.5
,10
RS'; 10KS!
70
RS'" 10K!!
RL .~ 2K!!, VOUT • ,10V
20,000
AV = +l,V IN = ,10V
100
10
60,000
75
5.5
165
500
1.5
150
10
300
mV
nA
/lA
M11
Volts
dB
/lV/V
11
mA
mW
KHz
/lsec
,",sec
2.5
,10V
ilUV
UNITS
%
%
400mV
400mV
300
The Following Apply for
O°C .. T A" +70"C:
7.5
mV
=+70" C
=O··C
200
nA
300
nA
T A = +70"C
1.5
/lA
2.0
/lA
Input Offset Voltage
RS'; 10KH
I nput Offset Current
TA
TA
I nput Bias Current
TA
Large Signal Voltage Gain
Ou~put
Voltage Swing
Slew Rate
AV
AV
AV
AV
= 100
= 10
= 1 (non ·onvert i ng)
= 1 (inverting)
15,000
,10
.13
Volts
35
V//ls
V//ls
V//ls
V//ls
35
20
2·5
30
35
mA
4.5
5.5
TYP
MAX
2.0
5.0
mV
Input Offset Current
30
200
nA
I nput Bias Current
300
500
I nput Resistance
20
Supply Current
SE531
= O"C
R L ;. 2K11, VOUT = ,10V
R L ;. 2Kn
TA
+70·C
CONDITIONS
PARAMETER
Input Offset Voltage
~
R L ", 2Kll, VOUT
= ,10V
50,000
UNITS
nA
M11
,10
Input Voltage Range
Large Signal Voltage Gain
MIN
RS "10KH'
Volts
100,000
Output Resistance
75
Supply Current
5.5
7.0
Power Consumption
165
210
Full Power Bandwidth
500
KHz
= ,10V
1.5
,",sec
• ,10V
2.5
/lsec
= ,10V
2
= +1, V IN
= +1, V IN
= +1, V IN
Settling Time, 1%
AV
Settling Time, .01%
AV
Large Signal Overshoot
AV
Small Signal Risetime
Small Signal Overshoot
AV = +1, V IN = 400mV
AV = +1, VIN = 400mV
Slew Rate
AV
AV
AV
n
mA
mW
%
300
%
= 100
= 10
= 1 (non·inverting)
V//ls
V//ls
V//ls
V//ls
35
35
30
AV = 1 (Inverting)
35
The following apply for
_55°{;" T A .. +125"C:
Input Offset Voltage
I nput Offset Current
TA
Input Bias Current
mV
RS" 10K11
T A = +125 901----+--+--+---+--4---4
861----+---+--f----+--+----1
L
"
+16
/~
-~
+20
+80
+100
TEMPERATURE -
±V
OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING AS A
FUNCTION OF SUPPLY VOLTAGE
+10
-20
26
20
16
SUPPLY VOLTAGE -
V
16
SUPPLY VOLTAGE -
;;
10
+6
10
140
·C
~
100
90
r--
100
80
20
----r---r-.........
V
/
~
110 t-----t---t---+--j---+----i
/
_.
l60
gf!!
-20
POWER CONSUMPTION
AS A FUNCTION
OF AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
v
_.
176
76
-80
260
I 200
iil
o
TEMPERATURE -
300
~
~
~
............
·C
POWER CONSUMPTION AS A
FUNCTION OF SUPPLY VOLTAGE
260
"I'-..
............ 1'-..
100
100
i
200
.........
80
TEMPERATURE -
~
"
400
/
/
/
~
"",20
110
I
r\
\
800
~
3:225
E
V
\
140
275
INPUT BIAS CURRENT AS A
FUNCTION OF SUPPLY VOL TAG E
V
SUPPLY VOLTS -
INPUT VOLTAGE RANGE AS A
FUNCTION OF SUPPLY VOLTAGE
+16
+10
V
+140
·C
/
/
V
OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING AS
A FUNCTION OF FREaUENCY
-......
7
V
±V
24
~
~
1
~
IN
~31
OUT
2K
...........
-10
-1 6
~
~~
I----.
~
10
SUPPLY VOLTAGE -
6-26
-10
I--...
15
'V
-16
5
~
~
10
.-c-
~
\
~
~
15
SUPPLY VOLTAGE -
20
tV
o
lK
10K
30K
FREQUENCY -
lOOK
H.
lOOK
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 531
~iPICAL
CHARACTERISTIC CURVES (Cont'd.)
VOLTAGE FOLLOWER
LARGE SIGNAL RESPONSE
~'
IN
+10
+5
1
~
g
~
0
-5V
4JV
3
~-
I
>
II
- 2K.".
f
400
:e
/1
~
roo
\~
~
/
111'''0
I
IJ
1500
TIME -
2000
2500
o
3000 3500
....
~
200
400
600
800
1000
1200 1400
nsec
OPEN LOOP PHASE RESPONSE AND VOLTAGE
GAIN AS A FUNCTION OF FREQUENCY
~
45
~+~~~~~~~~
120
h
Co - l00pF
---
f-f---
r---...r
90
80 ~
70
'\
\..
~.
~
Hz
lK
lOOK
~
~
~ ~
g
1\
-.l
~
-"'"'\ -'\
10K
80
w
50 ~
'\
'\
'\
100
PHASE
r-
.~
I'\.
10
110
100
GAIN
1\"\ I'\.
~+~~~+-+-~+~~~-r
FREQUENCY -
~S8C
TIME -
15
+50 f---t--+--+---""----+-+-+_
-5
-101---'l---f------+
TIME -
CLOSED LOOP NON-INVERTING VOLTAGE
GAIN AS A FUNCTION OF FREQUENCY
OI,!L
.".
I
I
I
I
nsec
:3
~gov
I
I
I
I
1000
~~
VIN - 400mV
I
500
1 +5
IN
~100
--
>
VI
IJOO
w
\
+10
1lO%J./
F
\
UNITY GAIN
INVERTING AMPLIFIER
LARGE SIGNAL RESPONSE
VOLTAGE FOLLOWER
TRANSIENT RESPONSE
1M
20
10
o
10M
Hz
FREQUENCY -
IYPICAL APPLICATIONS
3 POLE ACTIVE LOW PASS FILTER BUTTERWORTH MAXIMALLY FLAT RESPONSE*
RESPONSE OF 3-POLE ACTIVE
BUTTERWORTH
MAXIMALLY FLAT FILTER
0
JOK
10K
10K
l·O22
10k
=r-.0!I6
""
-5
~1~
I~
&31
t.:
vLJt
\-
fO'lKHz
-10
1
---
\
-15
f---
I--
'--
r----
.1
-20
IL
\.
-25
c---
\
100
300
lK
FREQUENCY -
3K
10K
Hz
• Reference - EON Dec. 15, 197()
Simplify 3-Pole Active Filter Design
A. Paul Brokow
8-27
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 531
HIGH SPEED INVERTER (10MHz Bandwidth)
ZpF
PULSE RESPONSE
HIGH SPEED INVERTER
10K
INQ-JlAfIr-_+-----r"_-U=...,
>--+-+---oOUT
10
t - - - -......... ZN3819
2OOnsec/DIV
FAST SETTLING VOLTAGE FOLLOWER
LARGE SIGNAL RESPONSE
VOLTAGE FOLLOWER
~
>
OOpF
+531
IN
o
">
OUT
N
-
O.5/Js/DIV
f .. 500KHz
PRECISION RECTIFIERS
(b) FULL WAVE
(a) HALF WAVE
10K 1%
10K
10K
INo--J\II/'v-_---__-'V'oAr-.......-oOUT
INQ-..--'VV'~IY
6-28
· LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 531
fYPICAL APPLICATIONS
(Cont'd.)
AC MILLIVOLTMETER
1No---i t--......-
....
SAMPLE AND HOLD
+15
SIGNAL
IN
LOGIC IN
t-t-....-o OUTPUT
0----+-1
~
10K
15msec:
-16
-16
6-29
Smnotics
DUAL LOW NOISE PREAMPLIFIER IPA239
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
,
O~N
I
CONFIGURATION
The PA239 is a dual low noise preamplifier featuring two
identically-matched 68dB gain amplifiers fed from an internal zener regulated power supply.
Operation requires only a single power supply and a minimum number of external frequency shaping components.
A PACKAGE
(Top View)
1.
v+
2.
Zener
3.
Feedback 1
4.
Roll 1
5. Out 1
6. Input Ret. 1
7. Input 1
• MATCHED OPEN LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN
•
8. Input 2
LOW AUDIO NOISE
9. Input Ret. 2
10. Out 2
• SINGLE POWER SUPPLY
11.
• WIDE POWER SUPPLY RANGE
Roll 2
12. Feedback 2
•
BUILT-IN POWER SUPPLY FILTER
13.
•
HIGH INPUT IMPEDANCE
14. Amp. Gnd.
•
EMITTER FOLLOWER OUTPUT
•
LOW DISTORTION
ORDER PART NO.
PA239A
• SELF BIASING
• MINIMUM NUMBER OF EXTERNAL COMPONENTS
•
OUTPUT CIRCUIT IS SHORT CIRCUIT PROTECTED
•
HIGH CHANNEL SEPARATION
/\FPUCATIONS
STEREO TAPE PLAYERS/RECORDERS
DICTATING EQUIPMENT
MOVIE PROJECTORS
• VARIETY OF FEEDBACK OPTIONS
PHONOGRAPHS
•
NOCIRCUIT DAMAGE IF PLUGGED IN BACKWARDS
•
7.5V REGULATOR BIAS SOURCE
TV REMOTE CONTROL RECEIVER
MICROPHONE AMPLIFIERS
;O! dl f- MAXIMUM RATINGS
STEREO RADIO RECEIVER SYSTEMS
Supply Voltage
Temperature
16V
VIDEO PREAMPLIFICATION
NARROW BAND AMPLIFICATION
_55°C to +150°C
-30°C to +85°C
Storage
Operating
DRIVER-PREAMP FOR LOSSY NETWORKS
SUPER GAIN CASCADED AMPLIFIERS
U~~L~~
~2----------1
POWER
10
INPUT 1
........
FDBK 1 o=---~Vv_2400k
GND
6·30
Reg. Gnd.
OUTPUT 2
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. PA239
FCTRIGAL CHARACTERISTICS (2SoC) (VCC
PARAMETERS
Suppl~' Current (V CC
= 12V)
MIN
TYP
16
22
mA
65
68
71
dB
2
dB
= 12V)
Voltage Gain
Gain Balance
MAX
0.3
Channel Separation (f
= 1 kHz), Figure
1
Input Resistance
45
90
100K
250K
Signal Output
dB
n
1.5
Output Resistance
Power Supply Rejection (f
= 1 kHz), Figure 2
UNITS
Vrms
100
n
55
dB
45
Total Harmonic Distortion Without Feedback
/0.5V rms into 3kn Load, 1 kHz)
Input dc Bias Current
0.5
0.9
%
0.8
3
J1A
Gain to Feedback Terminal 3, 12
45
Impedance at Feedback Terminal
2400
dB
n
Amplifier Noise Figure (100Hz to 10 kHz, 5kn Rs)
1.8
Equivalent Input Noise (100Hz to 10 kHz, 680n Rs)
0.7
dB
1.2
J1V
: ~ST CIRCUITS
CHANNEL SEPARATION
POWER SUPPL V REJECTION
+12V
¥4 d
50U
l00"F
vrm.
'V
r-
-=-
7
1
--,
I
I
680
Figure 1
Figure 2
NOISE
Figure 3
8·31
SmDotiCS
536
Ii,
n~SCR~pT!Of\J
The 536 is a special purpose high performance operational
amplifier utilizing a FET input stage for extremely high
input impedance and low input current.
TPACKAGE
(Top View)
The device features internal compensation, standard pinout,
wide differential and common mode input voltage range,
high slew rate and high output drive capability.
:;:r-;'T-. -,{"'
--:;,
,T~·
•
5pA INPUT BIAS CURRENT
•
INPUT AND OUTPUT PROTECTION
•
OFFSET NULL CAPABII-ITY
•
INTERNALLY COMPENSATED
•
6V /J.l.sec SLEW RATE
•
STANDARD PINOUT
•
1 MHz UNITY GAIN BANDWIDTH
1. Offset Null
2. Inverting Input
3. Non-inverting Input
4. v-
e
5. Offset Null
6. Output
7. v+
8. NC
ORDER PART NOS. SE536T/NE536T
VOLTAGE FOLLOWER CIRCUIT
±22V
Supply Voltage
±30V
Differential Input Voltage Range
Common Mode Input Voltage Range
±Vs
Power Dissipation (Note 1)
500mW
Operating Temperature Range SU536T -55°6 to +85°C
NE536T
O°C to +70° C
-65°C to +150° C
Storage Temperature Range
300°C
Lead Temperature (Solder, 60 sec)
Indefinite
Output ShortlCircuit Duration (Note 2)
OFFSET NULL CIRCUIT
v+
NOTES:
°
.
1. Rating applies for case temperatures to +25 C; derate linearly at
6.5mW/oC for ambient temperatures above 75°C.
2. Short circuit may be to ground or either supply. Rating applies
to +125 °c case temperature or +75 °c ambient temperature.
8-32
v-
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. SU536/NE536
'; ~;:1>\!. C~!\HACTERISTiCS
PARAMETER
(SU536: ±6V
~
Vs
~
TEST CONDITIONS
±20V; NE536: Vs
=
±15V unless otherwise noted.)
SU536
NE536
MIN
TVP
MAX
MIN
TVP
Vs = ±15 V, VOUT = ±10V
50
100
50
100
RL;;;' 2kn
50
100
25
100
MAX
UNITS
INPUT CHARACTERISITICS
Large Signal Voltage Gain @ +25°C
Over Temperature Range
Input Offset Voltage @ +25°C
7.5
20
Over Temperature Range
7.5
30
vs Temperature (drift)
20
vs Common Mode Voltage
(C.M.R.R.)
VIN = ±10V, RS';; 10kn
vs Power Supply (P.S.R.R.)
Note I, RS .;; 10kn
70
Over Temperature Range
vs Temperature (drift)
Either Input
64
80
V/mV
mV
90
30
mV
30
/J.V/oC
dB
80
150
100
300
/J.V/V
5
30
30
100
pA
250
3000
50
Input Current @ +25°C
30
V/mV
pA
Typ. Doubles Every 10°C
I nput Offset Current @ +25 °c
5
5
pA
Over Temperature (drift)
1nput Impedance
Differential Resistance
TA = +25°C
10 14
10 14
Differt!ntial Capacitance
TA = +25°C
6
6
20
20
n
pF
Input Noise 1O.1Hz - 100kHz)
Voltage Noise
Common Mode Voltage Range
VS=±15V
±10
Vs = ±15V
5
± 11
±10
/J.Vrms
--
± 11
V
OUTPUT CHARACTER ISTICS
Output Current
Open Loop Output Impedance
mA
5
100
100
n
V
Output Voltage Swing
Vs = ±15V, RL;;;' 2kn
±10
±12
±10
±10
Vs = ±15V, RL;;;' 10kn
±12
±13
±12
±13
Short Circuit Current
Vs = ±15V, TA = +25°C
V
17
17
1
1
MHz
MHz
mA
FREQUENCY AND TRANSIENT
RESPONSE
Gain Bandwidth Product
Vs = ±15V, TA = +25°C,
A = 100
Unity Gain Frequency
Vs = ±15V, TA = +25°C
1
1
Full Power Bandwidth
Vs = ±15V, TA = +25°V
100
100
kHz
Slew Raw
Inverter
Vs = ±15V, TA = +25°C, A =-1
6
6
Follower
Vs = ±15V, TA = +25°C, A = +1
6
6
V//J.s
V//J.s
---_.-
POWER SUPPLY REQUIREMENT
Power Supply Range
Quiescent Supply Current
:<:6
±20
1:6
± 18
V
Vs = ±20V, VOUT = OV,
T A = +25°C
4.5
_._-
5.5
mA
~---
Vs = ±15V, VOUT = OV,
TA = +25°C
Quiescent Power Dissipation
6.0
8.0
mA
VS=±15V, VOUT = OV,
TA = +25°C
180
180
mW
Parameters (Ire tested over temperature range unless otherwise noted.
NOTE I:
SU~;36:
Vs = +6V to ±20V
NE!;36: Vs = ±6V to ±15V
6·33
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. SU536/NE536
~
VPleAl CHARACTERISTIC CURVES
OPEN LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN
AS A FUNCTION OF SUPPLY VOLTAGE
INPUT VOLTAGE NOISE AS A
FUNCTION OF FREQUENCY
10000
110
100
~A' 25l
1000
AL -2,Kll
90
~
80
100
Rs·'M~
~
------ ~r----
10
80
10
50
40
1
2
8
6
4
10
12
16
14
18
20
22
10
100
lOOK
10K
lK
FReaUENCY - Hz
SUPPl Y VOL TAGE +. V
LARGE SIGNAL VOLTAGE
FOLLOWER PULSE RESPONSE
OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING AS A
FUNCTION OF FREQUENCY
40
~
-10
I
/
I
-5
TA' 25"c·.CL· l00pl
15V (fIg. 1 J
Vs"
36
I
Vs" ot: 15V
AL" 2K~
Cl" loopf
32
TA" 25"C
28
Rt '" 2K!'):
~
24
I
0
\
I
\
1
I
-5
I
\
20
16
\
12
8
V
-10
\
l
4
0
0
4
2
6
10
8
TIME
12
14
16
-20
/
1\""S'fI~ V
-10
n
TA'" 25'"C
AL" 2KO
VaS........
-5
..... ?
.....
0
-20
I--
.............
\
-40
-\
"
-100
>\-~"'-
-10
r-
~ f---~
-120
"S~/>\-f'
-15
r-....
10M
~
-f.O
.........
"
1M
lOOK
OPEN LOOP PHASE RESPONSE AS
A FUNCTION OF FREQUENCY
-80
......
-5
10K
FREQUENCY - HI
OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING AS A
FUNCTION OF SUPPLY VOLTAGE
-15
lK
100
18
~sec
-140
...........
-160
-20
-180
4
6
8
10
12
I.
16
SUPPl V VOL TACE - 'tV
6-34
16
20
1
10
100
lK
10K
FREQUENCY - 1-.1
lOOK
1M
10M
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. SU536/NE536
\ YPICAL CHARACTERISTIC CURVES (Cont'd.)
OPEN LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN AS A
FUNCTION OF SUPPLY VOLTAGE
r'.
\
VOLTAGE FOLLOWER
TRANSIENT RESPONSE
v
200
\
1
\
I
I
II
150
~
100
\
~
~
,+-
TA= 26·C
RL" 2Kl1
CL·l00pf
I
Vs
=± 15V 1M fig.
1
LJ
1\
100
10M
lOOK
200
JOO
400
500
600
10K
L..
vs-'t 16V
Vs
vr
~...
'
r---20
/
.,./
-
~
V
+20,
+40
900
",,,... /
V
L
..- -....
--
22
-.
.-
_..
C--
21
~.
! ~",,," ~
"i'..."",
.. ?
~~
",,,,
18
+60
TEMPERATURE _·C
.--
' l!}V
23
~,r!P
P
800
OUTPUT SHORT-CIRCUIT CURRENT
AS A FUNCTION OF
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
INPUT CURRENTS AS A FUNCTION
OF AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
10
700
TIME IN NANOSECONDS
FREQUENCY - Hz
100
2 _
I
50
'\
100
"
+100
........
--
-- --
r-- r-
-
-- r---
15
·20
+20
+40
TEMPERATURE
°c
6-35
SmnDtics
540
The 540 is a monolithic, class AB power amplifier designed
specifically to drive a pair of complementary output transistors. The device features low standby current yet retains a
high output current drive capability with internal current
limiting. A wide power bandwidth and excellent linearity
make this device ideal for use as an audio power amplifier.
•
•
•
•
•
INTERNAL CURRENT LIMITING
LOW STANDBY CURRENT
HIGH OUTPUT CURRENT CAPABI LlTY
WIDE POWER BANDWIDTH
LOW DISTORTION
I
L PACKAGE
(Top View)
1.
Power Limit
2.
3.
Non Inverting Input
NC
Inverting Input
Power Limit
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
j
10.
± 27 Volts SE540
± 22Volts NE540
Supply Voltage
Operating Temperature Range
Storage Temperature Range
vOutput 1 (emmitter)
Output 2 (base)
Output 3 (collector)
v+
ORDER PART NOS. SE540LlNE540L
-55°C to +125°C SE540
O°C to +70°C NE540
_65°C to +150°C
Output Short Circuit Duration
(Not exceeding maximum dissipation.)
Indefinite
.-----------------~1
r---~--~------~------~----------------~--~--~~~--~--------~~10
Ql
6-36
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. SEINE 540L
'1';t~l:Al CHARACTERISTICS (T A == 2SoC unless otherwise specified)
TEST
CONDITIONS
PARAMETER
Operating
Temperature Range
TVP
-55
Operating
Supply Voltage
NE540
TVP
SE540
MIN
±5
MAX
MIN
+125
0
±25
±5
MAX
UNIT
+70
°c
±20
Volts
13
20
13
20
mA
Input
Offset Voltage
5
7
7
10
mV
Input
Offset Current
0.3
0.7
0.5
1
JlA
1.5
3
2
5
JlA
Quiescent Current
Input
Bi~s Current
Input Impedance
80
Current Gain
Gain Variation Over
Temperature Range
40dB Gain
Frequency Response
40 dB Gain ±1 dB
Equivalent Input
Noise Voltage
40 dB Gain Output 3 dB
below maximum
RL = 600n
RL =2Kn
RS = 600n
50 Hz to 500 kHz
Power Supply
Rejection Ratio
40 dB Gain
Distortion
20
40 dB Gain
70
±C.1
0.25
0.06
±120
Vs = ±20V
V OUT = ±15V
OFFSET VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT
±C.1
dB
kHz
1.0
%
0.06
90
60
110
Output
Drive Current
dB
0.5
0.5
10
80
kn
90
100
500
Common Mode
Rejection Ratio
Slew Rate
100
20
JJ.V
80
dB
90
dB
±100
±BO
±150
10
200
200
mA
VIJ.lS
OUTPUT BIAS CONTROL
+V
100
·V
VOFFSET. VOUT
100
·V
R, = IK
BIAS CONTROL FOR
OUTPUT TRANSISTORS
6·37
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. SE/NE540L
~
'fPICAL PERFORMANCE
CHARACTERISTlC~
CLOSED LOOP
FREQUENCY RESPONSE
OPEN LOOP GAIN AND
FREQUENCY RESPONSE
ro __----~-----r--~~------~----~
110
651----+---
100 I - - VCC -'.2OV
60
90
5&
60
z
z
451---4-----+----~-~rr_--~
4O~----4_----_+----~~.e~tr--~
~~----4_----_+----~~----~--~
~
~
z
~
70
20
_____
10
~
____
100
~~
1000
__
'"
~
40
~1---4----+--~~--+_~-~
~
""'....." ~
50
30
___
~
Rl = 26O!l
60
301----4-----+---~~---~~-~
~
!'...
Rl= lk
III
5O~----~-----+------~~
2OL-_ _ _
Rl=IOk
~
10
10,000
10
0.1
FREQUENCY IN kHz
PHASE RESPONSE VERSUS
FREQUENCY
10,000
1000
POWER SUPPLY REJECTION
VERSUS FREQUENCY
.------...,-----.....,.------.------,-----~
110
·10 i------+----+---l------+----t
100
·20
100
FREQUENCY IN kHz
90
101---4----+---~~--+_--~
201----+-----+----1--+---+----1
301-----I-----+----1----\...-+_--~
III
'"
~
~
~
iii
POSITIVE SUPI'l Y
~
.......
NEGATIVE SUPI'l Y
~
90
'~
70
~
60
50
II:
~
50
60
40
30
70
20
9O~----~----~---~~----~----~
10
0.1
10
100
1000
10,000
0.01
10
0.1
FREQUENCY IN kHz
OUTPUT CURRENT VERSUS IBNBE
OF CURRENT LIMITER
200
OUTPUT CURRENT VERSUS IBNBE
OF CURRENT LIMITER
200
NEG~TlVE ~URRJNT llJITER
180
190
vcci'~v
160
I
POSI~IVE CLRRE~T lIMI~ER
VCC-±~V
160
140
l~AD
120
140
~
CURRENT
100
~
90
z
i
1\
~
~ 1\
-
60
8
1
i-!
~:g,
120
LOAD CURRENT
100
90
I--
;-IB-l~l
1/
o
200
400
IB- 3OO.A
40
IBi~
IY
900
900
BASE-EMITTER VOLTAGE IN mV
IB-I600~
20
.//1
IB{~
60
co
20
6-38
1000
100
FREQUENCY IN kHz
1.1
1000
1200
300
600
700
IB -900.A
~~B-700.A
UTI
V
900
BASE - EMITTER VOLTAGE IN mV
18~ lmA
1100
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. SE/NE540l
TYPICAL IPERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS (Cont'd.)
BIAS CURRENT
OFFSET CURRENT
VERSUS TEMPERATURE
VERSUS TEMPERATURE
3.0
380
,
340
\.
2.5
\
\
280
~
260
"
~
"-
1.0
·60
z
i
1.6
·76
/"
300
~
\
2.0
0.6
·100
~
320
·26
26
~
"
60
100
240
/
V
220
200
I'-76
V
/
V
160
126
160
160
·100
·76
·60
26
·26
TEMPERATURE IN DEGREE e
~6
60
100
126
150
126
160
TEMPERATURE IN DEGREE e
OFFSET VOLTAGE
OPEN LOOP GAIN
VERSUS TEMPERATURE
VERSUS TEMPERATURE
3.8
3.8
3.4
r---- ~
V
3.2
.... V
3.0
,,~
""~
•
•
/
2,8
2.8
"
2.4
/
2.2
1/
/
I
2.0
•
·100·76
-60
·26
26
60
76
100
126
160
1.8
·100
·76
·60
26
·26
60
76
100
TEMPERATURE IN DEGREE e
MAXIMUM DISSIPATION
VERSUS AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
."
100
INTERNAL POWER DISSIPATION
VERSUS LOAD POWER
1000
I'\.
900
.~
R
t--',iHr SIGNAL
.,.-.....
I'\.
I'\.
Vee'
~
/
26V
./
,,'
\
--
.'\
'"
Vee '20V
I'\.
200
I'\.
200
100
o
o
o
60
76
100
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE IN DEGREE e
126
o
10
100
1,000
10,000
OUTPUT POWER IN mW
8·39
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. SE/NE540L
jj:;j':~L
PERfORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS (Cont'd.)
TOTAL HARMONIC DISTORTION
VERSUS OUTPUT
QUIESCENT CURRENT
VERSUS SUPPLY VOLTAGE
10%
24
Vc~"lJ
!-I, " 1KHz
!- GAIN" 40dB
22
~RL"3IIO!1
20
18
18
14
-
12
I-- ~
10
....... -~
~
.....
......
..........
10'
~t--
l--~
10-1-""
0.01%
10
30
20
50
40
0.001
0.01
SUPPLY VOLTAGE IN VOLTS
TOTAL HARMONIC DISTORTION
VERSUS FREQUENCY
OUTPUT SATURATION VOLTAGE
VERSUS LOAD
10%
2.4
VJ"t~J
:~k;N~
I
>
O.6db
~
cl
Below
Clipping
1/ j
1./
z
2.0
1400
I
1200
400 -POSITIVIE
f--NEGATI~E
-
1.2
)1
/
i
0.8
o
0.01%
0.1
10
100
1000
10000
10
FREQUENCY IN KHz
INTERMODULATION DISTORTION
VERSUS !,-OAD
TOTAL HARMONIC DISTORTION
VERSUS LOAD
1
10%
I
1,J,l.l
r-12" 7kHz
r-VoI_lIotlo4:1
r- Output 1 db below clipping
Gain" 40db
r-VCC ".2OV
1000
vJJJI I
I::;:~~ below clipping
1%
l5
~
"" r--....
I'
'"
'\
a: 0.1%
tii
0.01%
10
LOAD RESISTOR IN kll
8-40
100
L.OAD CURRENT IN mA
10%
i
i
Cllpping-
~
.~
S
II
800
200
1.8
II
800
&db
BoIow
>
/1
1000
0.1
OUTPUT POWER IN WATTS
100
0.01%
0.1
f'.
10
LOAD RESISTOR IN k!!
100
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. SE/NE540L
1
jV: V(}L TAGE REGULATORS
+VOUT
-o I MAX=120mA
~::-'+-~t-.......
5000pF
R4
VREF
R5
VREF
-=
R4
-=
R5
C2
5OO0pF
Cl
-V OUT
I MAX=120MA
R2
R'
1
-VOUT
Rl
66Q
R6
.v"IN
-VIN
VOUT~~
R4
Rl ~ V1N - VREF
I ZENER
R
2V 1N'''OUT
2~-~
VREF
R5~!1
100
C ",O.2 ~F
1
Ra
C2"" 10~F
6·41
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. SEINE 540L
1 vP!CAL
APPLICATIONS
POWER AMPLIFIERS
+Vee
35 Watts
1 Watt
+Vee
+26V
10K
1(gJ
10pF
~
6&1
R6
1_6oI'FL--------R-5-....-o--'-oSfl
-Vee
-25V
VOLTAGE GAIN
-26V
-Vee
Av=~Q
VOL TAGE GAIN
CURRENT LIMITING
660mV
AV~ R1+R2
R2
R,.R6"'~
POWER LIMITING
R2· R5 ",5&1
Vee
R3 = R4 "'3mA
3 Watts
70 Watts
+25V
R8
lOon
II~
-25V
VOLTAGE GAIN
AV •
2(R~;
Ral
CURRENT LIMITING
R1·R6:::~;~V
POWER LIMITING
R2- R6:::1680
R3·R4:::~
6·42
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. SE/NE540L
:15 WATT AMPLIFIER
P.C. BOARD LAYOUT (BOTTOM VIEW)
PARTS LAYOUT (TOP VIEW)
~h~
100n
9-
~O.1~F
56n
~--+---~C4 ~.--.
~1}.8~
B
o--+__.....___
~1..oK?1 !
E
~1---~4
B
10PF~
10K
8.2K
5!)n
..........
---+---~C4_____A.~_
-YYV---
~~
o
O.18n
2000pF
r--
~
--1
O.5~F 0
1... O.1~F
INPUT
T
v+
6-43
!ijgDotiC!i
PRECISION VOLTAGE REGULATOR
550
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
LH::$CRiPTlOI\1
I;>~\\I
CONFIGURATIONS
The 550 is a precision monolithic voltage regulator capable
of positive or negative supply operation as series, shunt,
switching or floating regulator. Guaranteed line regulation
is provided for input voltages ranging from 8.5 volts to as
high as 50 volts. The output voltage can be continuously
adjusted from 2 volts to 40 volts. Foldback current limiting
can be accomplished through the use of one external
resistor. I nternal circuitry permits on and off strobing with
DTL and TTL logic inputs and latched shut-down with a
pulsed input.
,
•
A PACKAGE
(Top View)
1- NC
14
13
12
11
~ATURES;
10
LINE REGULATION GUARANTEED OVER INPUT
VOLTAGE RANGE OF 8.5 VOLTS TO AS HIGH AS
50 VOLTS.
•
OUTPUT VOLTAGE CONTINUOUSLY ADJUSTABLE
FROM 2 VOLTS TO 40 VOLTS
•
•
.01% LINE AND LOAD REGULAYION
ADJUSTABLE LIMITING OF SHORT
CURRENT
•
FOLDBACK CURRENT
EXTERNAL RESISTOR
•
REMOTE AND LATCHING SHUTDOWN
•
OUTPUT CURRENT UP TO 150mA WITHOUT
EXTERNAL POWER TRANSISTORS
LIMITING
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
Current Limit
Current Sen ..
Inverting Input
Nonlnvertlng Input
VREF
VNC
Vz
V out
Vc
V+
Frequency Compensation
NC
ORDER PART NO. NE550A
L PACKAGE
CIRCUIT
WITH
2.
"3.
4.
5.
ONE
1.
2.
3.
4.
Current Sense
Inverting Input
Nonlnvertlng Input
\!REF
5.
6.
7.
8.
VV out
Vc
V+
9. Frequency Compensation
10. Current Limit
'!A,SiG CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
ORDER PART NOS. NE550L/SE550L
V+
fREQ
~
Vc
VOUT
ABSOLun:: MAXJMUM RATINGS:
SE550
INVERTING
INPUT
NON"
INVERTING
INPUT
'--.......-t<:t---o Vz
, . - -.......--oc..
Voltage from V+ to VInput-Output Voltage
Differential
Maximum Output Current
Current from V z
Internal Power
Dissipation (Note 1)
Operating Temperature
Range
-55°C to
Storage Telnperature
-65°C to
Range
Lead Temperature
NE550
50V
40V
45V
150mA
15mA
37V
150mA
15mA
800mW
800mW
+125°C
+150°C
300°C
_65°C to +150°C
300°C
NOTE:
1. Rating applias for case temperatures to 125°C; derate linearly at
6.5mW/oC for ambient temperatures above +75 0 C.
6-44
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 550
,- 'i
c fP.!CAl CHARACTERISTICS(TA = 25°C unless otherwise specified) (Notes 1 and 2)
I
PARAMETER
I
MIN
TVP
I
MAX
UNITS
TEST CONDITIONS
NE550
Line Regulation
.08
Load Regulation
.03
Ripple Rejection
0.3
%V
0.35
%V
0.2
%V
0.4
%V
50
Reference Voltage
60
1.53
70
1.63
Output Noise Voltage
Long Term Stability
OOC ~T A ~700C, IL = 1mA to 50mA
f = 50 Hz to 10 kHz, CREF = 0
f = 50 Hz to 10 kHz, CREF = 5/oLF
OOC ~T A ~700C
RSC = 10n, V
/oLVrms
/oLVrms
%/1000 hrs.
3.0
1.6
= 12 to 40V
out
=0
V
20
2.5
0.1
Standby Current Drain
out
mA
1.73
in
IL = 1mA to 50mA
%/oC
.015
.002
Short Circuit Current Limit
out
out
dB
dB
75
90
Average Temperature Coefficient
of Output Voltage
V = 8.5 to 40V
in
OOC ~T A ~700C, V
out
mA
Input Voltage Range
8.5
40
V
Output Voltage Range
Input-Output Voltage Differential
2.0
3.0
37
V
V
38
BW = 100 Hz to 10 kHz, CREF = 0
BW = 100 Hz to 10 kHz, CREF = 5/oLF
IL =0,V in =40V
SE550
Line Regulation
Load Regulation
0.05
0.1
%V
0.2
0.6
%V
0.25
%V
.10
%V
.6
%V
0.0'3
Ripple Rejection
75
90
Average Temperature Coefficient
of Output Voltage
50
Reference Voltage
Output Noise Voltage
1.63
1.68
1.3
Input Voltage Range
Output Voltage Range
I nput-Output Voltage Differential
out
out
out
mA
V
/oLVrms
/oLVrms
%/1000hrs.
mA
20
2.5
0.1
Long Term Stability
Standby Current Drain
out
%/oC
.012
70
60
1.58
'
dB
dB
.002
Short Circuit Limit
out
2.0
In
- 12 to 40V
V
= 8.5 to 50V
in
0
-55 C ~T A ~+1250C, V
in
= 12 to 40V
IL = 1mA to 50mA
0
0
-55 C ~ T A ~ +125 C, I L = mA to 50mA
F = 50 Hz to 10 kHz, CREF = 0
F = 50 Hz to 10 kHz, CREF = 5/oLF
0
-55 C ~T A ~+1250C
RSC = 10n, V
out
=0
BW = 100 Hz to 10 kHz, CREF = 0
BW = 100 Hz to 10 kHz, CREF = 5/oLF
IL = 0, V in = 50V
V
V
50
40
45
8.5
2.0
3.0
V,
V
NOTES
1, Unless otherwise specified, TA = 2SoC, Vin = V+ = Vc = 12V, V- = OV, V out = SV, IL = 1mA, Rsc = 0, C1 = 100pF, and divider impedance
as seen by error amplifier"" 2kil when connected 1'5 shown in Figure 1.
2. The load and line regulation specifications are for constant junction temperature. Temperature drift effects must be taken into account
separately when the unit is operating under conditions of high or vary.ing dissipation.
'~!CAL
ICHARACTERISTIC CURVES
LOAD REGULATION
AS A FUNCTION O'F
LOAD CURRENT
MAXIMUM LOAD CURRENT AS A
FUNCTION OF INPUT·OUTPUT
VOLTAGE DIFFERENTIAL
RELATIVE OUTPUT VOLTAGE
AS A FUNCTION OF
LIMITED OUTPUT CURRENT
RSC'OI\
VOUT •
VIN"IOV
vv,·sv
.,,,,<
.......
"
..."".;;
"-
F=:; ;::
,'e
,;;;III
~
""
- -i::::r- .......
""""
-1----1-'
::.,.
~
'",
\
-
.,.
-
--
,-'
r\.
\ ..
......
LOAD C;URRENT IN mA
---
\
_\
-- .......
""~
!IV
VI'"1211
fisc· Ion
""
"
IV m -
i"" .......
T.. -26·C
r .. ·.126·C
V OU1
liN VOLTS
OUTPUT CURRENT IN mA
6·45
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 550
:~·'PICAl
CHARACTERISTIC CURVES (Cont'd.)
RIPPLE REJECTION AS A
FUNCTION OF INPUT-OUTPUT
VOLTAGE DIFFERENTIAL
SENSE VOLTAGE AND SHORT
CIRCUIT CURRENT LIMIT AS A
FUNCTION OF TEMPERATURE
.
Alf'I'lli.fREOUINCY
.......
-
""
ClIlF"w,.~ ~
IV m
"" ~ ~
~
cut ....,
~ :;O~~;fd
I",,,.
I I
~
~
'~'-
Rae
I
SHORT CIRCUIT AND FOLDBACK
CURRENTS AS A FUNCTION OF
TEMPERATURE
l' ,
r-.... ~
~NsevoLTAaE
--
~
Asc· 2IHl
I
I
""
, ......
----t:
~-
......
r--. -..
~
r- ~
~
...... """ ......
FO~DBAciK
r-.... ......
"~
..... r--...
r--
OUTPUT IMPEDANCE
AS A FUNCTION OF
FREQUENCY
V.,,-12V.
YOUT-
LINE TRANSIENT RESPONSE
5V
CIIEF
1=t=t=t=l==t=t=J:t-='-=' .=:.~;:c
f----jf-+-+-+--+-+-H-.· -.. - ~~~--
/t'\,.ol---"
_.....
LOAD TRANSIENT RESPONSE
,l/
In
a
g
6-46
"
'"
II
~-
FOLDBACK CURRENT LIMITED
OUTPUT VOLTAGE AS A
FUNCTION OF OUTPUT
CURRENT
.".
" ,~
V'N-16V
ASC· ,OIl
CfS" ,O'j./fd,Cc "l00pl
;;; ~ " , ~ i-""'"
~
V 2. t:::-
",1"""
J."...ooo
V ~V ~
~ .....
21mA
'm>
0
10j./fd
n-
STANDBY CURRENT
AS A FUNCTION OF
INPUT VOLTAGE
YOUT'"VIIH
IL"O
l
w
Cc·.upfd
I... · '
~
1----11-+-+-+-++++--- - c--
Cc"47pN
r--.."
-VOUIIIN VOLTS
REMOTE CONTROL
CHARACTERISTICS
AS A FUNCTION OF
TEMPERATURE
Cllf'" tO~fd
~oRTlclRculT
I
I
550 - PRECISION VOLTAGE REGULATOR
l
"{PICAL APPLICATIONS
BASIC POSITIVE VOLTAGE
REGULATOR
NEGATIVE VOLTAGE REGULATOR
POSITIVE VOLTAGE REGULATOR
(External PNP Pass Transistor)
VON
AEGULATED
RSC
OUTPUT
A,
C,
l00pF
R2
R, + R2
VSENSE
---ISE=--R2
RSC
R1 R2 _ 2kn for minimum
R1 + R2 - temperature drift
R1 + R2
Vout=-VREFX ~
R1 R2
_ _ _ _ 2kn for minimum
R1 + R2 -temperature drift
NOTE 1
FIGURE 1
FIGURE 2
FIGUttE 3
FOLDBACK CURRENT LIMITED
REGULATOR
POSITIVE VOLTAGE REGULATOR
(External NPN Pass Transistor)
SECOND ORDER FOLDBACK
CURRENT LIMITED REGULATOR
lise
AEGULATED
OUTPUT
I-------if--~ REGULATED
OUTPUT
A,
A,
VSENSE ltKNEE . IFB) vOUT
VSENSE
IKNEE=--RSC
R3
R3
FIGURE 4.
ICL
REMOTE SHUTDOWN REGULATOR
WITH CURRENT LIMITING
~
(VOUT
Ve
FIGURE 5A
lise
CL
AEGULATED
OUTPUT
1---*-.AoAI'v-_'"
R~GULATOR
cs 1 - - - - -..
VSENsel A3/R4
"I
VSENSE
-POSITIVE SWITCHING REGULATOR
VON
Vc
r.V;:RE~F--;V~OU:Tl----.-... ~!~~D
Vee
OUTPUT
Roo
660
-I-
FIGURE 58
REMOTE LATCHING SHUTDOWN
V'
VOUT
-"F~B-=--O'-sc-)-VS-EN-S~EJ
IKNEE
VON
V'
ISCI VOUT
fiFe - ISCI
RSC =
RSC
125 p,A
-f-
(VSENSE' lel R3J(IFB' ISCI
R::; '" VOUT Ise' VSENSE
VSENSE - (RFB • ICLl
IFB =
teL [OKNEE - IFB
560
A,
1 kn
SHUTDOWN
~
1---+-~~'--1-:-:<
A,
C,
l~pF
A2
1/4 8T80, 1/6 8T90, 1/10 8T01 B, etc.
-S415, 8417, 2/3 8471,1/38891,
ST90, 1/28481,8881, 8T90
NOTE 2
FIGURE 6
FIGURE -,
FIGURE 8
6·47
550 - PRECISION VOLTAGE REGULATOR
"PICA!. APPLICATIONS (Cont'd.)
NEGATIVE FLOATING REGULATOR
POSITIVE FLOATING REGULATOR
VIN
Rc tOO!
Vc
v'
v,
Vc
Vz
CR,I2V
Vz
VREF
6&0
R,
CL
CR, \2V
6&0
VOUT
VRI'
REGULATED
OUTPUT
RS
CL
cs
50'!
CS
C,
v-
I pF
C,
lOOpF
R,
-=
FIGURE 9
FIGURE 10
NOTES:
1. To utilize the SE660L in applications which require V z' an externel 6.2 volt zener diode should be connected In series with V OUT •
2. The "Shut-down" gate need only be pulsed to latch the regulator output to zero. R4 may be omitted for active pull-up devices. The
"Unlatch" gate must have an open collector.
: ;~HVALENT CIRCUIT
~----~------~----'------------------'--~r---------------oV'
r-----------oVc
t----------oVOUT
......------ovz
t-----------oC~P
_---1--o()CL
CS
+-________________-oNON.INV
L.-__
t--+------t--------t~-------------------_oV"E.
8·48
REGULATED
OUTPUT
Si!lnotics
LINEAR INTEGRATED
:~: ~ : I
555
PIN CONFIGURATIONS
DESCRIPTION
The NE/SE 555 monolithic timing circuit is a highly stable
controller capable of producing accurate time delays, or
oscillation. Additional terminals are provided for triggering
or resetting if desired. In the time delay mode of operation,
the time is precisely controlled by one external resistor and
capacitor. For a stable operation as an oscillator, the free
running frequency and the duty cycle are both accurately
controlled with two external resistors and one capacitor.
The circuit may be triggered and reset on falling waveforms,
and the output structure can source or sink up to 200mA
or drive TTL circuits.
TPACKAGE
(Top View)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Ground
Trigger
Output
Reset
Control Voltage
Threshold
Discharge
VCC
ORDER PART NOS. SE555T/NE555T
FEATURES
•
TIMING FROM MICROSECONDS THROUGH HOURS
•
OPERATES IN BOTH ASTABLE AND MONOSTABLE
MODES
•
•
ADJUSTABLE DUTY CYCLE
HIGH CURRENT OUTPUT CAN SOURCE OR SINK
200mA
•
•
OUTPUT CAN DRIVE TTL
TEMPERATURE STABILITY OF 0.005% PER
•
NORMALLY ON AND NORMALLY OFF OUTPUT
•
V PACKAGE
(Top View)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
°c
Ground
Trigger
Output
Reset
Control Voltage
Threshold
Discharge
8. VCC
ORDER PART NOS. SE555V/NE555V
::t.PPlICATIONS
ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS
PRECISION TIMING
PULSE GENERATION
SEQUENTIA.L TIMING
TIME DELAY GENERATION
PULSE WIDTH MODULATION
PULSE POSITION MODULATION
MISSING PULSE DETECTOR
Supply Voltage
+18V
Power Dissipation
600mW
Operating Temperature Range
NE555
OOC to +700 C
SE555
-55 0 C to +1250 C
-65 0 C to +1500 C
Storage Temperature Range
Lead Temperature (Soldering, 60 seconds)
+3000 C
RLOCK DI,AGRAM
8
6
Vee
CONTROL
VOLTAGE
6·49
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 555
:: ';: 'l;;:.:"~L CHARACTERISTICS (TA
PARAMETER
= 25 0 e, Vee = +5V to +15 unless otherwise specified)
SE 555
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
Supply Voltage
Supply Current
Timing Error
Initial Accuracy
Drift with Temperature
Drift with Supply Voltage
Threshold Voltage
Trigger Voltage
Trigger Current
Reset Voltage
Reset Current
Threshold Current
Control Voltage Level
Output Voltage Drop (low)
NE555
TVP
MAX
MIN
18
5
12
4.5
3
10
4.5
VCC = 5V RL = 00
VCC = 15V RL = 00
Low State, Note 1
RA. RS = 1 Kn to 100Kn
C = 0.11tF
Note 2
0.5
30
0.005
VCC = 15V
VCC = 5V
4.8
1.45
0.4
Note 3
VCC = 15V
VCC = 5V
9.6
2.9
VCC = 15V
ISINK = 10mA
ISINK = 50mA
ISINK = 100mA
ISINK = 200mA
VCC = 5V
ISINK = 8mA
ISINK = 5mA
2/3
5
1.67
0.5
0.7
0.1
0.1
10
3.33
5.2
1.9
1.0
0.4
.25
10.4
3.8
9.0
2.6
0.15
0.5
2.2
0.1
0.25
UNITS
MAX
16
3
10
2
100
0.02
0.1
0.4
2.0
2.5
TVP
V
mA
mA
6
15
1
50
0.01
%
ppm/oC
2/3
5
1.67
0.5
0.7
0.1
0.1
10
3.33
X VCC
V
0.1
0.4
2.0
2.5
%IVolt
V
1.0
.25
11
4
.25
.75
2.5
itA
V
mA
itA
V
V
V
V
V
V
.25
.35
Output Voltage Drop (high)
12.5
ISOURCE = 200mA
VCC = 15V
ISOURCE = 100mA
VCC 15V
VCC = 5V
=
13.0
3.0
13.3
3.3
100
100
Rise Time of Output
Fall Time of Output
12.5
12.il5
2.75
100
NOTES:
1. Supply Current when output high typically 1 mA less.
2. TestedatVCC=5VandVCC=15V
3. This will determine the maximum value of RA + RS.For 15V operation, the max total R
: I1UIVALENT CIRCUIT
.
fM
6·50
13.3
3.3
100
= 20 megohm.
V
V
nsec
nsec
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 555
I
VPleAL CHARACTERISTICS
MINIMUM PULSE WIDTH
REQUIRED FOR TRIGGERING
160
r-..,----,--.---.-....--r--r-r---,
10.0
1261-+--t-+--+-+--+-t-t----l
I
+LJ~ ~
8.0
I
+2f~
~ 100
8.0
~~
A.~ ~
76~~--+~~-r-
~
4.0
~
HIGH OUTPUT VOLTAGE
vs OUTPUT
SOURCE CURRENT
SUPPLY CURRENT
vs SUPPLY VOLTAGE
-
155oC
1.8
~P"
1
I
....
::>
~
I
~
2.0
:260e
1.4
~
1.2
+l260e
1.0
I-- t-~
0.8
0.2
10.0
5.0
5V" Vee .. 15V
10
15.0
~
I
!;
0
>
0.1
~~
I.~I-
~1 ~Ih
~
I
....
::>
~
I
55';:::;::
p/I +1250e
+~50d -;
1.0
2.0
5.0
10
+1250e~
>
0.1
20
50
100
0.01
--
1.0
1.016
-J
~
+260e~ ~55~
0.1
-::.~
+1250e
P'"'
2.0
DELAY TIME vs
SUPPLY VOLTAGE
1/
A
61
~I;;i ~550e
5.0
10
20
50
100
0.01
1.0
100
10
ISINK- rnA
ISINK-mA
DELAY TIME
vs TEMPERATURE
PROPAGATION DELAY
vs VOLTAGE LEVEL
OF TRIGGER PULSE
ISINK - rnA
1.015
1.010
w
::I!
-55°C
1.0
~
+250e,
0
~
100
Vee ·15V
I
,.
50
20
10
Vee -10V
I"""
0.01
1.0
10
LOW OUTPUT VOLTAGE
vs OUTPUT $INK CURRENT
I
l!!
5.0
2.0
LOW OUTPUT VOLTAGE
vs OUTPUT SINK CURRENT
10
0<.J/
1.0
ISOUReE - rnA
Vee· 6V
1.0
o
SUPPLY VOLTAGE - volll
LoweST VOLTAGE LEVEL OF TRIGGER PULSE - X Vee
LOW OUTPUT VOLTAGE
vs OUTPUT SINK CURRENT
~-
0.4
o
0.4
0.3
--/
~I-
0.8
0.2
0.1
V
I-"
1.8
~'P'
60 F----b,......o'f==--+--+-.::;-:f'!==+t----l
z.
i
~
2.0
~
1.010
\
i=
; 1.006
I.
\
~
~ 1.000
:::;
I---
\
.,-.. "-
1.006
- i'"1.000
~ fo-
«
~ 0.996
--~
r-- r-- t -
0.896
o
z
0.990
0.990
10
16
SUPPLY VOLTAGE - volll
20
0.985
-50
-25
0
+25
+60
TEMPERATURE - °e
+76 +100 +126
00
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
LOWEST VOLTAGE LEVEL OF TRIGGER PULSE '- X Vee
6·51
LINEAR INTEGRATED CfRCUITS. 555
\tii-'UCA nONS INFORMATION
MONOSTABLE OPERATION
In this mode of operation, the timer functions as a oneshot. Referring to Figure la the external capacitor is
initially held discharged by a transistor inside the timer.
+VCC (6 To 16V)
RESET
output is in the high state is given by t = 1. 1 RAe and can
easily be determined by Figure lc. Notice that since the
charge rate, and the threshold level of the comparator are
both directly proportional to supply voltage, the timing
interval is independent of supply. Applying a negative pulse
simultaneously to the reset terminal (pin 4) ,and the trigger
terminal (pin 2) during the timing cycle discharges the external capacitor and causes the cycle to start over again. The
timing cycle will now commence on the positive edge of the
reset pulse. During the time the reset pulse is applied, the
output is driven to its low state.
When the reset function is not in use, it is recommended
that it be connected to Vee to avoid any possibility of false
triggering.
---
TIME. DELAY
vsRA,RB AND C
CONTROL
VOLTAGE
OUTPUT
J
.01~F
IL
"-
.1.
~
11-~~-=-~-:
;:
~ 0.11---+1--""'7"I--A-.........-Tf-----I
FIGURE 1a.
Upon application of a negative trigger pulse to pin 2, the
flip-flop is set which releases the short circuit across the
external capacitor and drives the output high. The voltage
across the capacitor, now, increases exponentially with the
time constant T = RAe. When the voltage·across the capacitor equals 2/3 Vee, the comparator resets the flip-flop
which in turn discharges the capacitor rapidly and drives
the output to its low state. Figure 1 b shows the actual
waveforms generated in this mode of operation.
The circuit triggers on a negative going input signal when
the level reaches 1/3 Vee. Once triggered, the circuit will
remain in this state until ~the set time is elapsed, even if it
is triggered again during this interval. The time that the
5
0.001 '---L~........_ - " - _ - - ' - _ - - - ' - _ - - - '
10
1
10
100
1
10
MSEC MSEC MSEC SEC
SEC
"SEC
TIME DELAY
FIGURE 1c.
ASTABLE OPERATION
If the circuit is connected as shown in Figure 2a (pins 2 and
6 connected) it will trigger itself and free run as a multivibrator. The external capacitor charges through RA and
RB and discharges th~ough RB only. Thus the duty cycle
may be precisely set by the ratio of these two resistors.
+VCC (5 to 15 V)
RA
I
8
4
7
RS
3
OUTPU T
1
RA
= 9.1 Kfl, C = .01 /-tF, R L = 1 Kfl
FIGURE 1b.
6-52
1
2AY~~
l
FIGURE 2a.
6
I
fe
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS -555
';';'i.!GJ'TIOt~S INFORMATION (Cont'd)
In this mode of operation, the capacitor charges and discharges between 1/3 Vee and 2/3 Vee. As in the triggered
mode, the charge and discharge times, and therefore the
frequency are independent of the supply voltage.
Figure 2b shows actual waveforms generated in this mode of
operation.
The duty cycle is given by:
RB
D = ---RA + 2RB
MISSING PULSE DETECTOR
Using the circuit of Figure 3a, the timing cycle is
continuously reset by the input pulse train. A change in
frequency, or a missing pulse, allows completion of the
timing cycle which causes a change in the output level.
For this application, the time delay should be set to be
slightly longer than the normal time between pulses. Figure
3b shows the actual waveforms seen in this mode of
operation.
+VCC (6 to 16V)
AA = 4 Kn. As
=3
Kn, AL
=1
Kn
FIGURE 2b.
The charge time (output high) is given by:
t1 = 0.693 (RA + RB)
e
OUTPUT
and the discharge time (output low) by:
t2 = 0.693 (RB)
e
Thus the total period is given by:
T= t1 + t2 = 0.693 (RA + 2RB)
e
The frequency of oscillation is then:
1
f =-=
T
1.44
(RA + 2RB)
I·
01IlF
e
and may be Elasily found by Figure 2c.
FIGURE 3a.
FREE RUNNING FREQUENCY
vs RA, RB AND C
0.01
0.001 L....-...J_--L_.....D~....Do.._...u.---I
0,1 Hz
1 Hz
10 Hz 100 Hz 1 kHz 10 kHz 100 kHz
FREE RUNNING FREQUENCY
AA
FIGURE 2c.
= 1Kn. C = .09·,uF
FIGURE 3b.
6·53
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 555
""1::."-\ rEiNS lNFORiv1 AT!ON (Cont'd)
FREQUENCY DIVIDER
If the input frequency is known, the timer can easily be
used as a frequency divider by adjusting the length of the
timing cycle. Figure 4 shows ·the waveforms of the timer
in Figure 1a when used as a divide by three circuit. This
application makes use of the fact that this circuit cannot
be retriggered during the timing cycl~.
RA
~
1250n, C
= .02 /.IF,
RL
modulated by the signal applied to the control voltage
terminal (pin 5). This has the effect of modulating the
pulse width as the control voltage varies. Figure 5b shows
the actual waveforms generated with this circuit.
PULSE POSITION MODULATION (PPM)
= 1 Kn
FIGURE 4.
PULSE WIDTH MODULATION (PWM)
In this application, the timer is connected in the monostable mode as shown in Figure 5a. The circuit is triggered
with a continuous pulse train and the threshold voltage is
This application uses the timer connected for astable (freerunning) operation, Figure 6a, with a modulating signal
again applied to the control voltage terminal. Now the pulse
position varies with the modulating signal, since the threshold voltage and hence the time delay is varied. Figure 6b
shows the waveforms generated for triangle wave modulation signal.
+Vcc (6 TO 16V)
+Vcc (6 TO 16V)
RA
I
-
OUTPUT
CLOCK
INPUT
4
8
3
2
:u i
6
1
OUTPUT
c
RS
'-'
r
MODULATION
INPUT
T
FIGURE 5a.
6-54
FIGURE 68.
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 555
i\PPLICATIONS INFORMATION
(Cont'd)
555 TIMER
RA
~
3Kn, RS
= 500n,
C
= .01
IJ,F, RL
~
1Kn
FIGURE 6b.
TEST SEQUENCER
Figure 7 shows several timers connected sequentially. The
first timer is started by momentarily connecting pin 2 to
ground, and runs for 10 msec. At the end of its timing
cycle, it triggers the second circuit which runs for 50 msec.
After this time, the third circuit is triggered. Note that the
timing resistors and capacitors can be programmed digitally
and that each circuit could easily trigger several other timers
to start concurrent sequences.
Vee (6 to 16V)
8.1 K!l
27 K!l
8,4
~
6,7
SEINE 666
B.4
>-- 6,7
II
2
SEINE 666
o,do'l "F
Q.Ol "F
I 11
2
.~''I
1
LOAD
0.01 " F
0.01 "F
6.-i~
3
18.2K
27K!l
8.1 K!l
0.01 "F
6
-i~
~
3 ->-....tl_
8,4
61-1
SEINE 666
3 i'-"
6,7
2
~
0.001 "F
OMI
1
~
LOAD
1
~
LOAD
FIGURE 7.
8-55
!ii!)notiC!i
560
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
PiN CONfiGURATION
The NE560B" Phase Locked Loop (PLL) is a monolithic signal
conditioner, and demodulator system comprising a VCO, Phase
Comparator, Amplifier and Low Pass Filter, interconnected as
shown in the accompanying block diagram. The center frequency
of the PLL is determined by the free running frequency (fo) of the
VCO. This VCO frequency is set by an external capacitor and can
be fine tuned by an optional Potentiometer. The" low pass filter,
which determin8$ the capture characteristics of the loop, is formed
by the two capacitors and two resistors at the Phase Comparator
output.
The-PLL system has a set of self biased inputs which can be utilized
in either a differential or single ended mode. The VCO output, in
differential form, is available for signal conditioning frequency syn·
chronization, multiplication and division applications. Terminals are
provided for optional extended contro! of the tracking range, VCO
frequency, and output DC level:
The monolithic signal conditioner-demodulator system is useful over
a wide range of frequencies from less than 1 Hz to more than 15
MHz with an adjustable tracking range of ±1 % to ±15%.
• FM DEMODULATION WITHOUT TUNED CIRCUITS
• NARROW BANDPASS· TO
± 1% ADJUSTABLE
BPACKAGE
(Top View)
1. No Connection
VCO Timing Capacitor
(an open emitter)
3.
VCO Timing Capacitor
10. De-emphasis terminel
4.
VCO Output #2
5.
VCO Output #1
6.
Fine Tuning
• TRACKING RANGE
7.
Range Control
• EXACT FREQUENCY DUPLICATION IN HIGH
8. Ground (or Negative
Power Supply)
• NOISE ENVlfJON_MENT
• WIDE TRACKING RANGE ±15%
• FREQUENCY MULTIPLICATION AND DIVISION
• THROUGH HARM"''-f---''''
WIDE BAND HIGH LINEARITY DETECTORS
-
-,
26V
Maximum Operating Voltage
Input Voltage
1V Rms
Storage Temperature
-65-C to 150-C
Operating Temperature
O-C to 70-C
Power Dissipation
300mw
Limiting values above whichserviceebility mey be impaired
6-56
(Audio bandshaping)
11 .. Offset Adjustment
12. FM/RF Input #1
13. FM/RF Input #2
14. Low Pass Loop Filter
15. Low Pass Loop Filter
16. Positive Power Supply
ORDER PART NO. NE560B
• HIGH LINEARITY· 1% DISTORTION MAX
~
9. Demodulated FM Output
2.
flHI!TONI
CONTROL
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS .560
Lii::r';ERAl ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(15KU Pin 9 to GND, Input Pin 12 or Pin 13 AC Ground Unused Input, Optional Controls Not Connected, V+ = 18V Unless
Otherwise SpeGified TA = 25° C)
CHARACTERISTICS
MIN
Lowest Practical Operating Frequency
Maximum Operating Frequency
Supply Current
Minimum Input Signal for Lock
Dynamic Range
VCO Temp CoefficientVCO Supply Voltage Regulation
Input Resistance
Input Capacitance
Input DC level
Output DC Level
Available Output Swing
AM Rejection *
De-emphasis Resistance
LIMITS
TYP
MAX
0.1
15
7
30
9
Hz
MHz
Mil
IIoV
dB
11
100
60
+12
30
TEST CONDITIONS
UNITS
%/«;
%/V
±0.06 to.12
±0.3
±2
2
4
+4
+14
+16
4
Measured at 2 MHz, with both Inputs AC grounded
Measured at 2 MHz
Kn
Pf
V
V
V _
pp
dB
Kn
40
8
Measured at Pin 9
See Figure 1
·ACC Test Sub Group C.
~:Lt:CTRIC:AL
CHARACTERISTICS (For FM Applications, Figure 2) (15KU Pin 9 to GND, Input Pin 12 or 13,AC
Ground Unused Input, Optional Controls Not Connected, V+ = 18V Unless Otherwise Specified TA = 25°C)
CHARACTERISTICS
10.7 MHz Operation
MIN
TYP
LIMITS
MAX
I
TEST CONDITIONS
UNITS
Deviation 75 kHz Source Impedance" son
Detection Threshold
Demodulated Output Amplitude
D.istortion * .
. S+N
Signal to NOise RatiO
N
4.5 MHz Operation
I
120
30
300
110 V
60
.3
1
35
mV
%T.H.D.
dB
V in
V in
V in
= 1 mv Rms Modulation Frequency 1 kHz
= 1 mv Rms Modulation Frequency 1 kHz
= 1 mv Rms Modulation Frequency 1 kHz
/lV
mV
%T.H.D.
dB
V in
V in
V in
= 1 mv Rms Modulation Frequency 1 kHz
= 1 mv Rms Modulation Frequency 1 kHz
= 1 mv Rms Modulation Frequency 1 kHz
Deviation" 25 kHz, Source Impedance" 50n
Detection Threshold
Demodulated Output Amplitude
Distortion
Signal to Noise Ratio S ~ N
Wide Deviation
120
30
300
60
O.~
1.0
35
1l.F/fo = 5% Input - 4.5 MHz Deviation" 225 kHz @l1 kHz Modulation Rate
Detection Threshold
Demodulated Output
Distortion
Signal to Noise Ratio S ~ N
0.2
1
0.5
0.8
50
5
mV
Vrms
%T.H.D.
dB
V in
V in
V in
= 5 mv Rms
= 5 mv Rms
= 5 mv Rms
·ACC Test Sub Group C.
;".:.L,,;~{;THIGAL
CHARACTERISTICS (For Tracking Filter, Figure 3) (15KU Pin 9 to GND, Input Pin 12 or Pin 13 AC
Ground Unused Input, Optional Controls Not Connected, V+ = 18V Unless Otherwise Specified TA = 25°C)
CHARACTE R ISTICS
Tracking Range
Minimum Signal to Sustain Lock
OoC to 700C
VCO Output Impedance
VCO Output Swing
VCO Output DC Level
Side Band Suppression
MIN
±5
0.4
TYP
±15
0.8
1
0.6
+6.5
35
liMITS
MAX
UNITS
\~
of fo
v Rms
k~
V _
p
V
dB
TEST CONDITIONS
V in = 5 mv Rms
Input 2 MHz - See Characteristic Curves
Input 2 MHz Measured with. high impedance
Probe with less than 10 Pf Capecitance
Input 2 MHz with ±100 kHz Side Band
Separation and 3 kHz Low Pasl Filter
Input 1 mv Peak for Carrier Each Side Band
C1 = O.D1I1o F R1 = q
8·57
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 560
AM REJECTION
G
1
•
FM Generator with
fc •
fo ~ 4 MHz
"'f • 40 kHz,
f mod ·1 kHz
G
2
•
M1 -
Audio Generator with fA -
400 Hz
Balanced Modulator Carrier SUPplied by G 1, AM
modulation provided by G 2 •
A1 • 50.n attenuator ped with ligna I level Into pin 12 edjulted
to 1 mV rml.
+vcc -IIV
F1 -
1 kHz Bandpass filter, Q -
20
F2 -
400 Hz Bandpall filter with Q -
60, with 1 kHz trap.
V1
AMR ---indB
V2
V 1 and V 2 are rms· voltmeter readings.
Fig. 1
FM DEMODULATION
r
-------o:
-L f
FM/RF 1
INPUT
0
CD - DE-EMPHASIS
DEMODULATED
OUTPUT
10
CB
Cc
C1
Co
16krl
- Bypall Capacitor
- Coupling Capacitors
• Low Pall Filter Capacitors
• !'7requency Determining Capacitor
TO • De-emphasis time con8tant
• (COl (8k,n)
VCO
OUTPUT
Fig. 2
TRACKING FILTER
r---+---1~O ~;~~~gL~c::e
Cc
CB
C1
Co
JCD:> l00pF
~~~~~~'~'-'~O~~
.,
Fig. 3
6·58
- Coupling Capacitors
- Bypall Cepacltor
- Low Pall Filter Capacitor
- VCO Frequency Set Capacitor
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 560
'fPICAL CHARACTERISTIC CURVES
MINIMUM INPUT SIGNAL AMPLITUDE
NECESSARY TO MAINTAIN LOCK AS A
FUNCTION OF TEMPERATURE WITH fsignal
.. f0 2So C .. 2.0 MHz
AM REJECTION AS A FUNCTION OF INPUT
SIGNAL LEVEL fo .. 10 MHz
10
100
r - - r--
NO
•
Ib!rrFOR(f ..·) ...
REJECTlON ZOLOG"ouTFOR3O'%_NO
90
I
1\
III
eo
;
60
I
40
1/
II
\
I
t-I-;
YI
1\
!\
10- 2
,"
..Y
/
J/
Ff
--.........
"""-
1'-..
0
TEIl'ERATUIlE'C
THERMAL DRIFT OF VCO FREE RUNNING
FREQUENCY (fo )
.""V
hoY
IllPUT _
t---
--~
-----Ip.~~~~ ~::NT
25
----
~
..
i
20
f
/
~
I
-4
~
I-+-+-+-+-+-+--+--+-+-+--+,
10000Y
100IY
AMPliTUDE oN
TYPICAL TRACKING RANGE AS A FUNCTION
OF INPUT SIGNAL
J-t---+--J-t---+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+--b!lll!1l
+2
--
"'" '-.::
+------I--
IOZO~40!I06070
+5
t--
15
10
7
J
~-+--r-Ip'-2!1O~A
---t~~-~
Ip'
--
O~~r--
-i~
Ip'+Z50~A
--
1
1
1
I
I
oV
I
100
OJ
TEMPERATUREOC
INFUT SIGNAL AIoI'LITUOEIMVRMS)
CHANGE OF FREE RUNNING OSCILLATOR
FREQUENCY AS A FUNCTION OF FINE
TUNING CIRCUIT
CHANGE OF FREE RUNNING OSCILLATOR
FREQUENCY AS A FUNCTION OF RANGE
CONTROL CURRENT
+110
1--
/'
1.41--"'~,,--+-+-+-II--+-+-+-+-I--1-
V
~ 1.2 ~=t~~,~=:=::t=:=::t=t---~=~
!
/,/
,/
V
'" 1.0
~
Y
~
i!
/
-
V
o
1-
--
----
--
06
0.2
---
I---+--+--+-+--li---+''-+--+--+---l~+
l--+-+---+---I---+---+-'-K:-
OA I---+-+-+--f---,I--+~'J---+-I-+---l
ZIllA
.IIIA
_
8111A
IOI11A
-O.4mA -O.2rnA
"-
0
+O.2mA
+O.4mA
+C.6mA
+O.8InA
RANGE CONTROL CURRENT
FREE RUNNING OSCILLATOR FREQUENCY
AS A FUNCTION OF VCO TIMING CAPACITANCE
.
-""'~
f-
FIIIt: TUNING CURRENT !NTO PIN 6
1:)1
1'-.-1-
---"" ~ l -
I---+--+--+---t-- +-+.
O~~~L-~-LJ-~~~
o
10e
---
iO$I--+-+--+-+--l~,+-~-+-+-_+~-_~
;
/
"
1-+-+---I---'''k-I4-+-+--+-I-+--l
NORMALIZED TRACKING RANGE AS A
FUNCTION OF RANGE CONTROL CURRENT
6
"-
I-
1'\
0
I'\.
.
10
:
8
6
1,\
I'\.
~ 10
f\.
-I-I--
\
\
\
\
2
I\.
4
"'10
"- I".:
6
8
t\.
0
I'..
'--
-14
I
10'
10'
1()4
10'
1:)1
FREOUENCY-H.
10'
10"
-OAmA -O,2mA
0
O.2mA
O.4mA
C.SmA
C.BmA
CURRENT AT RANGE CONTROL PIN7
6·59
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 560
::-':TfRN.'\l CONTROLS
1. Loop Low Pass Filter (Pins 14 and 15)
The equivalent circuit for the loop low-pass filter can be representedas:
+~+-
.RA
~
C'V2
R,
-
-
where RA (6K n) is the effective resistance sean looking into
Pin
#14 or Pin #15.
The corresponding filter transfer characteristics are:
(S)
where S is the complex frequency variable.
2. Loop Gain (Threshold) Control
The overall Phase Locked Loop gain can be reduced by connecting a feedback resistor, R F , across the low-pass filter terminals,
Pins #14 and. #15. This causes !he loop gain and the detection
sensitivity to decrease by a factor O! (0!<1)
where:
RF
O!=----2 RA + RF
Reduction of loop gain may be desirable at high input signal
levels (V in
30 mV) and at high frequencies (fo
5 MHz)
where excessively high loop gain may cause instability.
>
5. -Offset Adjustment (Pin 11)
Application of a bias voltage to the offset adjustment terminal
modifies the current in the output amplifier setting the DC level
at the output. The effect on the loop is to modify the relationship between the VCO free running frequency and the lock
range, allowing the VCO free running frequency to be positioned
at different points throughout the lock range.
N6minally this terminal is at +4V DC and has an input impedance
of 3K n· The offset adjustment is OPtional. The characteristics
specified correspond to operation of the circuit with this terminal open circuited.
6. De-emphasis Filter (Pin 10)
The de-emphasis terminal is normally used when the PLL is used
to demodulate Frequency Modulated Audio signals. In this application, a capacitor from this terminal to ground provides the
required de-emphasis. For other applications, this terminal may
be used for band shaping the output signal. The 3 dB bandwidth of the output amplifier in the system block diagram (see
Figure 2.) is related to the de-emphasis capacitor, CD' as:
>
3. Tracking Range Control (Pin 7)
Any bias current, lpo injected into the tracking range control,
reduces the tracking range of the PLL by decreasing the outPtlt
of the limiter. The variation of the tracking range and the center
frequency, as a function of Ip, are shown in the characteristic
curves with Ip defined positive going into the tracking range control terminal. This terminal is normally at a DC level of +0.6
Volts and presents an impedance of 600 n.
6·60
4. External Fine Tuning (Pin 6)
Any bias current injected into the fine tuning terminal increases
the frequency of oscillation, fo, as shown in the characteristic
curves. This current is defined Positive into the fine tuning terminal. This terminal is at a typical DC level of +1.3 Volts and
has a dynamic impedance of lOOn to ground.
fJdB
where RD is the 8000 ohm resistance seen looking into the deemphasis terminal.
When the PLL system is utilized for signal conditioning, and the
loop error voltage is not utilized, de-emphasis terminal should be
AC grounded.
Smnotics
561
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
5it;~<:HIt"TION
"iN CONFIGURATION
The NE561 B Phase Locked Loop (PLL) is a monolithic signal
conditioner, and demodulator system comprising a veo, Phase
Comparator, Amplifier and Low Pass Filter, intercOnnected as
shown in the accompanying block diagram. The center frequency
of the PLL is determined by the free running frequency (fo) of the
veo. This veo frequency is set by an external capacitor and can
be fine tuned by an oPtional Potentiometer. The low pass filter,
which determines the capture characteristics of the loop is formed
by the two capacitors and two resistors at the Phase Comparator
output.
BPACKAGE
18
16
14
13
12
11
10
The PLL system hes a set of self biased inputs which can be utilized
in either a differential or single ended mode. The veo output is
available for signal conditioning, frequency synchronization, multiplication and division applications. Terminals are provided for
optional external control of the tracking range, veo frequency, and
output DC level. An analog multiplier block is incorporated into the
PLL system to provide frequency selective synchronous AM detection capability.
The monolithic signal conditioner-demodulator system is useful over
a wide range of frequencies from less than 1 Hz to more than 15
MHz with an adjustable tracking range of ±1 % to ±15%.
·U\TURES
•
FM D-EMODULATION WITHOUT TUNED CIRCUITS
• SYNCHRONOUS AM DETECTION
•
•
NARROW BAND PASS TO ± 1%
EXACT FREQUENCY DUPLICATION IN HIGH
NOISE ENVIRONMENT
• ADJUSTABLE TRACKING RANGE
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Demodulated Am Output
VCO Timing Capacitor
VCO Timing Capacitor
AM Input
VCO Output
Fine Tuning
Range Control
8. Ground (V-)
9. Demodulated FM Output
(an open emitter)
10. De-emphasis terminal
(audio band shaping)
11. Offset Adjustment
12. F M/RF Input #1
13. FM/RF Input #2
14. Low Pass Loop Filter
15. Low Pass Loop Filter
16. V+
ORDER PART NO. NE561B
• WIDE TRACKING RANGE ±15%
•
•
HIGH LINEARITY· 1% DISTORTION MAX
FREQUENCY MULTIPLICATION AND DIVISION
~1.°:~"'1DUjTE
THROUGH HARMONIC LOCKING
Maximum Operating Voltage
Input Voltage
Storage Temperature
Operating Temperature
Power Dissipation
BU':]CK OIAGRJi.M
MAXIMUM HA lIN{i~
26V
lV RMS
-65°C to 150°C
OoC to 70°C
300mW
Limiting values above which serviceability may be imparied
A"~PllCATIONS
TONE DECODERS
AM·FM·IF STRIPS
TELEMETRY DECODERS
DATA SYNCHRONIZERS
SIGNAL RECONSTITUTION
SIGNAL GENERATORS
MODEMS
TRACKING FILTERS
SCA RECEIVERS
FSK RECEIVERS
WIDE BAND HIGH LINEARITY DETECTORS
SYNCHRONOUS DETECTORS
AM RECEIVER
8·81
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 561
::u::c
~i:;-!t:Ri\L
j HlCAL CHARACTERISTICS
(15KS1 Pin 9 to GND, Input Pin 12 or Pin 13 AC Ground Unused Input, Optional Controls Not Connected, V+ = 18V Unless
Otherwise Specified T A = 25°C)
CHARACTERISTICS
Lowest Practical Operating Frequency
Maximum Operating Frequency
Supply Current
Minimum Input Signal for Lock
Dynamic Range
VCO Temp Coefficient*
VCO Supply Voltage Regulation
Input Resistance
Input Capacitance
Input DC Level
Output DC Level
Available Output Swing
AM Rejection *
De-emphasis Resistance
LIMITS
TYP
MAX
MIN
0.1
30
15
8
10
100
12
60
±0.06
±0.3
2
4
+4
+14
4
+12
±0.12
::!::2
+16
Hz
MHz
Ma
IJV
dB
%/0(;
%N
kn
pF
V
V
~fP
40
30
UNITS
TEST CONDITIONS
Measured at 2 MHz, with both inputs AC grounded
Measured at 2 MHz
Measured at Pin 9
See Figure 3
kn
8
·ACC Teat Sub Group C .
. ~iCftL CHARACTERiSTICS (For FM Applications, Figure 2) (15Kn Pin 9 to GND, Input Pin 12 or 13,AC
Ground Unused Input, Optional Controls Not Connected, V+ =18V Unless Otherwise Specified TA = 25°C)
CHARACTERISTICS
10.7 MHz Operation
LIMITS
MAX
UNITS
TEST CONDITIONS
300
120
30
60
.3
1
35
IJV
m"V
%T.H.D.
dB
Vin = 1 mv Rms Modulation Frequency 1 kHz
Vin = 1 mv Rms Modulation Frequency 1 kHz
Vin = 1 mv Rms Modulation Frequency 1 kHz
Deviation - 25 kHz, Source Impedance - 60n
Detection Threshold
Demodulated Output Amplitude
Distortion
S + N
Signal to Noise Ratio - N Wide Deviation
TYP
Deviation 75 kHz Source Impedanca • 60n
Detection Threshold
Demodulated Output Amplitude
DistortionS + N
Signal to Noise Ratio - N -
4.5 MHz Operation
MIN
300
120
30
60
0.3
35
1.0
IJV
mV
%T.H.D.
dB
Vin = 1 mv Rms Modulation Frequency 1 kHz
Vin = 1 mv Rms Modulation Frequency 1 kHz
Vin = 1 mv Rms Modulation Frequency 1 kHz
AF/fo • 5% Input - 4.5 MHz Deviation· 225 kHz @1 kHz modulation rate
Detection Threshold
Demodulated Output
Distortion
S + N
Signal to Noise Ratio - N -
1
0.5
0.8
0.2
5
50
mV
Vrms
%T.H.D.
dB
Vin = 5 mv Rms
Vin = 5 mv Rms
Vin = 5 mv Rms
·ACC Test Sub Group C.
...
J:H.":J..;.l CHARACTERISTICS (For Tracking Filter, Figure 1) (15KS1 Pin 9 to GND, Input Pin 12 or Pin 13 AC
Ground Unused Input, Optional Controls Not Connected, V+ = 18V Unless Otherwise .Specified TA = 25°C)
CHARACTERISTICS
Tracking Range
Minimum Signal to Sustain Lock
OoC to 700C
VCO Output Impedance
VCO Output Swing
VCO Output DC Level
Side Band Suppression
6·62
MIN
±5
0.4
LIMITS
,TYP
MAX
±20
0.8
1
0.6
+6.5
35
UNITS
% of fo
mvRms
kn
V p.p
V
dB
TEST CONDITIONS
Vin 5 mv Rms
Input 2 MHz· See Characteristic Curves
Input 2 MHz Measured with high
impedance. Probe with less than
10 pF capacitance.
Input 2 MHz with ± 100 kHz Sideband Separation and 3 kHz Low Pass
Filter. Input 1 mv Peak for Carrier
and each Sideband C, = 0.01 IJF
R, = 0
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 561
,.u.:.. t;n·HGAL CHARACTERISTICS (For AM Synchronous Detector, Figure 4) (15K{lPin 9 to GND, Input Pin 12 or
Pin 13 AC Ground Unused Input, Optional Controls Not Connected, V+ = l8V Unless Otherwise Specified TA = 25°C)
CHARACTERISTICS
Input Impedance
Output Impedance
Output DC Level
AM Conversion Gain
Out of Band Rejection
Distortion
MIN
TYP
+10
3
3
8
+14
12
30
1·
U MITS
MAX
+17
TEST CONDITIONS
UNITS
kO
kO
V
dB
dB
%T.H.D.
See Definition of Terms
See Dafinition of T1Irms
]'.·PICAL TEST CIRCUITS
TEST CIRCUIT FOR TRACKING FILTER
TEST CIRCUIT FOR AM REJECTION
,·'ev
v,
+VCC
Cc
CB
·C,
Co
•
•
•
•
Coupling Capacitors
Bypass Capacitor
Low Pass Filter Capacitor
VCO Frequency Set Capacitor'
'c -• fo,.,
4 MHz
, kHz
G,
•
FM Generator with
6f • 40 kHz, fmod
G2
•
Audio Generator with t A
M,
•
400 Hz
Balanced Modulator Cerrier Supplied by G"
AM modulation provided by G2
50n attenuator ped with signal level into pin '2
edjusted to , mV rma.
A,
•
F,
-
, kHz Bandpass filter,
F2
•
400 Hz Bandpass filter with a
, kHz trap.
AMR
•
~
V2
a -
20
•
50, with
in dB V, and V2 ..e rms voltmeter readings.
FIGURE 1
FIGURE 3
TEST CIRCUIT FOR FM DEMODULATION
TEST CIRCUIT FOR AM SYNCHRONOUS DETECTOR
, - - - - - - - ( ) O f::~: 1
DEMOOULATED
OU1l'\JT
CB •
Cc •
C, •
Co •
Cx
•
Bypass Capacitor
Coupling Capacitors
Low Pass Filter Capacitors
~=~:~ Determining
AM Post Detection Filter
FIGURE 2
CB Cc •
Bypass Capacitor
Coupling Capacitor
Ry,Cy, - ' RY2CY2 • 2~fo
Cx - AM Post Detection Filter
FIGURE 4
6·63
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 561
';CAL CHARACTERISTIC CiJRVFS
j"
MINIMUM INPUT SIGNAL AMPLITUDE
NECESSARY TO MAINTAIN LOCK AS A
FUNCTION OF TEMPERATURE WITH fsignal
=f0 2So C = 2.0 MHz
AM REJECTION AS A FUNCTION OF INPUT
SIGNAL LEVEL fo = 10 MHz
10
f--f-- f-I-- -I-- 1-- "-- -
- - - 1 - - - 1 - - - --1
rl--
~ 80f--~--_r--+_--f__~--~
-- -- --
I--f-- -
"
--
I--f"- 1-- -"
\
I--~
-
I--~
-I
._-
J....-l7
I"
o
w
--
/
1---1\
1O~2
12=
1-" -
1
ro
~
~-
~
~-+-
~
~~ ~-l!J
~
~ f--~-_+_,,~..r----f__~--~
I-----t---I----j~
-1-1--1--
OL--J__-L__
ro
~
.1mV
~
__
ImV
TEIlPERAT~'C
L-~
__
~
lOmV
IOOmV
INPUT SIGNAl AMPLITUDE mV
THERMAL DRI FT OF VCO FREE RUNNING
FREQUENCY (fol
TYPICAL TRACKING RANGE AS A FUNCTION
OF INPUT SIGNAL
0
1---
----
-IP'6~~~~~ ~~~fNT
5
1---- 1----
5
/
20
30
40
TEMPERATUREOC
"1-
-t--
Ip·op.A
/
Ip'+250I'A
1
I
I
I
oV
~
Ip'-2S0I'A
"r-'-T--
V
0
5
[-f
f
1------
"t~
f
---"---
t--
I
I
OJ
100
INPUT SIGNAL AMPLtTUDE(MVRMS)
CHANGE OF FREE RUNNING OSCILLATOR
FREQUENCY AS A FUNCTION OF RANGE
CONTROL CURRENT
CHANGE OF FREE RUNNING OSCILLATOR
FREQUENCY AS A FUNCTION OF FINE
TUNING CIRCUIT
+~
K-t--t--t--t-- 1---+--+-+--1-I--+-j
//
V
./
V
~
~
---
/
o
~ t-o
~- ~ j'\1-
"--
10111A
-O.2mA
0
+O.2mA +O.4mA
+O.6mA
"-
to.SmA
NORMALIZED TRACKING RANGE AS A
FUNCTION OF RANGE CONTROL CURRENT
+141-+-+-+++-+--t--+-+_r+t-
1--1---
+:~ I--~r--
-I--f
""-
-
-1-
-"
I\.
I +~ f-+--t---t--'Ic+--+-
M)"
10'
FREOUffO'-Hz
---f-- 1---1'--
n'
-1--- ""-- f---I---
~ -21-+-+-+~~Ptr-+--It--+-+-~~
-10
-- 1--
f-+- - 1---1---1--- 1---1---
-8H-+-+-+-+-'i 30 mVI and at high frequencies (fo > 5MHzI
where excessively high PLL loop gain may cause instability
within the loop.
3. Tracking Range Control (Pin 7)
Any bias current, Ip, injected into the tracking range control, reduces the tracking range of the PLL by decreasing the output of
the limiter. The variation of the tracking range and the center
frequency, as a function of I P' are shown in the characteristic
curves with Ip defined positive going into the tracking range control terminal. This terminal is normally at a DC level of +0.6
Volts and presents an impedance of 600n.
4. External Fine Tuning (Pin 61
Any bias current injected into the fine tuning terminal increases
f3dB
where RD is the 8000 ohm resistance seen looking into the deemphasis terminal.
When the PLL system is utilized for signal conditioning, and the
loop error voltage is not utilized, de-emphasis terminal should be
AC grounded.
7. AM Post-Oetaction Filter (Pin 1)
The capacitor Cx connected between Pin #1 and ground serves
as a low-pass filter for synchronous AM detection with a transfer
characteristic, F 2 (SI, given as:
1
F 2 (S) = 1 + SRx C
x
where Rx = 8kn is the resistance seen looking into Pin #1.
6·65
562
!ii!lDotiC!i
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
PiN
The NE562B Phase Locked Loop (PLL) is a monolithic
signal conditioner and demodulator system, comprising a
veo, phase comparator, amplifier and low pass filter,
interconnected as shown in the accompanying block
diagram. The center frequency of the PLL is determined by
the free running frequency (fo) of the veo. This veo
frequency is set by an external capacitor. The low pass
filter, which determines the capture characteristics of the
loop, is formed by two capacitors and two resistors at the
phase comparator output.
This PLl has two sets of differential inputs., one for the
FM/RF input and one for the phase comparator local
oscillator input. Both sets of inputs can be used in either a
differential or single-ended mode. The FM/RF inputs to the
comparator are self-biased. An internally regulated voltage
source is provided to bias the phase comparator local
oscillator inputs. The veo output, at high level and in
differential form, is available for driving logic circuits in
signal conditioning and synchronization, frequency multiplication and division applications. Terminals are also
provided for the optional extension of the tracking range.
The monolithic signal conditioner-demodulator system is
useful over a wide range of frequencies from less than 1 Hz
to more than 15 MHz with an adjustable tracking range of
±l%to ±15%
r:ONFU1URATION
BPACKAGE
(Top View)
1.
18
14
13
12
11
10
9. Demodulated FM Output
Bias Reference Voltage
PhaleComparator Input #1
VCO Output #1
VCO Output #2.
VCO Timing Capacitor
VCO Timing Capacitor
Range Control
8. Negative Power Supply
(Ground)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
(an open emitter)
10. De-emphasis
(Audio Bandshaping)
11. RF Input #1
12. RF Input #2
13. Low-Pass Loop Filter
14. Low-Pass Loop Filter
15. Phale Comparator Input #2
16. Positive Power Supply
ORDER PART NO. NE562B
• FREQUENCY MULTIPLICATION AND DIVISION
AND
SIDE-BAND
• SIGNAL
CONDITIONING
SUPPRESSION
•
FM DEMODULATION WITHOUT TUNED CIRCUITS
•
•
•
NARROW BANDPASS - TO ±1%
ADJUSTABLE TRACKING RANGE - TO ±15%
EXACT FREQUENCY DUPLICATION IN HIGH
NOISE ENVIRONMENT
•
HIGH LINEARITY AT 1% DEVIATION
1% DISTORTION MAXIMUM
FREQUENCY SYNTHESIZERS
DATA SYNCHRONIZERS
SIGNAL CONDITIONING
TRACKING FILTERS
TELEMETRY DECODERS
MODEMS
FM IF STRIPS AND DEMODULATORS
TONE DECODERS
FSK RECEIVERS
WIDEBAND HIGH LINEARITY FM DEMODULATORS
6-66
v+
LOW PASS
FILTER
.
TIMING
CAPACITOR
DE·EMPHASIS
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 562
!\BSOLUTIE MAXIMUM RATINGS (limiting values above which serviceability may be impaired)
Maximum Operating Voltage
Input Voltage
Storage Temperature
Operating Temperature
Power Dissipation
30V
3V rms
_65° C to 150° C
O°C to 70°C
300mW
GENERAL ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(15,000 ohms pin 9 to ground, 12,000 ohms pins 3 and 4 to ground, pins 2 and 15 to pin 1 through 1000 ohms, input to pin 11
or 12 with unused input at AC ground, range control not connected and V+ = 18 volts unless otherwise specified. T A = 25°C.)
LIMITS
CHARACTER ISTICS
TYP
MIN
TEST CONDITIONS
UNITS
MAX
~--~--,~~-
Lowest Practical Operating Frequency
Maximum Operating Frequency
Supply Current
Minimum Input Signal for Lock
Dynamic Range
VCO Temp Coefficient*
VCO Supply Voltage Regulation
Input Resistance
Input Capacitance
I nput DC Level
Output DC Level
Available Output Swing
AM Rejection*
De-emphasis Resistance
Bias Reference
0.1
30
12
200
80
±0.06
±0.3
2
4
+14
+14
4
40
8
+8
15
10
+12
+12
30
Hz
MHz
mA
/lV
dB
%;oC
%/V
kil
pF
V
V
V p_p
14
±0.15
±2
+16
+16
Measured at 2 MHz
Measured at 2 MHz
Measured at Pin 9
See Definition of Terms
dB
kil
V
* ACC Test Sub Group C.
:;CBEMATIC DIAGRAM
.16
14
y
~
~-W.
.
~~
1
-
~
......
n
......
~
I
~
-
~
~
....
V
~
'-.t
f""
>-rK
~
I
L-500
...
'::~
~
I
15
~1
....
V
r"~1Lf'
......
f--
.
ek
1
~~
~~
III
111
roo.
-K
~ to
,
~~
~
8.211
a.a
500
....
'1
~
~
6·67
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 562
",~l'.':,\l CHARACTERISTICS FOR FM APPLICATIONS (15,000 ohms pin 9 to ground, input to pin 11 or
pin 12, AC ground unused input, range control not connected and V+ = 18 volts. T A = =25°C.)
LIMITS
CHARACTERISTICS
10.7 MHz Operation
MIN
TYP
TEST CONDITIONS
UNITS
MAX
Deviation 75 kHz Source Impedance = 50n
Detection Threshold
Demodulated Output Amplitude
Distortion*
S+N
Signal to Noise Ratio -N4.5 MHz Operation
30
Deviation
Detection Threshold
Demodulated Output Amplitude
Distortion
"
S+ N
.
Signal to NOise Ratio -NWide Deviation
200
70
0.5
35
Il V
mVrms
%T.H.D.
dB·
500
Vin = 1 mV rms Modulation Frequency 1 kHz
Vin = 1 mV rms Modulation Frequency 1 kHz
Vin = 1 mV rms Modulation Frequency 1 kHz
=25 kHz, Source Impedance =50n
30
200
60
0.5
35
IlV
mVrms
%T.H.D.
.dB
500
Vin = 1 mV rms Modulation Frequency 1 kHz
Vin = 1 mV rms Modulation Frequency 1 kHz
Vin = 1 mV rms Modulation Frequency 1 kHz
!l.F/fo = 5% Input = 4.5 MHz Deviation· 225 kHz @ 1 kHz Modulation Rate
Detection Threshold
Demodulated Output
Distortion
S+N
Signal to Noise Ratio -N-
0.3
1
1
0.8
50
5
mV
V rms
%T.H.D.
dB
Vin
Vin
Vin
= 5 mV rms
= 5 mV rms
= 5 mV rms
• ACC Test Sub Group C.
'; HleAL CHARACTERiSTiCS FOR
SIGNAL CONDITIONER AND FREQUENCY SYNTHESIS
~f:ATIONS (Input to pin 11 or pin 12. AC ground unused input. range control not connected, V+ = 18 volts. T A = 25°C.)
LIMITS
CHARACTERISTIC
Tracking Range
I nput Resistance
I nputCapaCitance
I nput DC Level
VCO Output Impedance
VCO Output Swing
VCO Output DC Level
VCO Signal/Noise Ratio
MIN
TYP
±5
±15
3
2
4
4
1.3
4.5
12
60
TEST CIRCUIT FOR FM DEMODULATION
MAX
2.5
UNITS
TEST CONDITtoNS
% offo
kn
pF
V
kn
V p-p
V
dB
200 mV p-p square wave input
I nputs at AC ground
TEST CIRCUIT FOR SIGNAL CONDITIONER
AND FREQUENCY SYNTHESIS APPLICATIONS
v+
Ce ~ Bypass Capacitor
Cc - Coupling Capacitor
Co ~ .01j.4F for Standard FM
Broadcasting
Cl and Rx - Low Pall Filter
Co - Frequency set Capacitor
CB - Bypass Capacitor
Cc - Coupling Capacitor
Cl - Low Pen Filter Capacitor
Co - Frequency Capacitor Set
Note: Fanout to divide by N counter II one.
FIGURE 1
6·68
FIGURE 2
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 562
:'>fPICAL CHARACTERISTIC CURVES
FREE RUNNING VOLTAGE
CONTROLLED OSCI LLATOR
FREQUENCY AS A FUNCTION'
OF TIMING CAPACITANCE
30,00
o~
fO,oo 0
i
II!
300
!
~
~
~
(I
1000
~
30 0
10 (I
~
0
30
,
~
\
31"
"'\.
~
'\...
5- 64.
"
8
r'\
100 300 1000 3000 10,000 30,000
nMING CAPACITANCE - pF
NORMALIZED TRACKING
RANGE AS A FUNCTION OF
RANGE CONTROL CURRENT
+16
2
0
"" ,
I
,,
~
oV
o
0.1
-O.4mA -02mA 0 +a.2mA +0.4mA +a.SmA +08mA
RANGE CONTROL CURRENT, 18
562 PHASE LOCKED LOOP
DEMODULATED OUTPUT SWING
AS A FUNCTION OF % FM
DEVIATION
5
0
\/
2. 5
1,5
0
O. 5
V
I
60
TO
I
I
.,.A
\
IL
\
I
j
~
I
I
I
I
~
1
I
I
IL
'1
I
'lOO
~
"
1.1
CHANGE IN PHASE ANGLE,
fo RELATIVE TO f ..
AS A FUNCTION OF
INPUT SIGNAL AMPLITUDE
IIOTE:l.IIITIALPHASE All4il.E,AT
'o·'.-IIIb,·gotS·
0
2,PHASE AMU: 0tAME
IlEA""'ED FOIl",
CHANSE OF I.
.......
0"
'" "'-
"-
0
~
~
0
10'
0
"
~
~~
3
0
0
14
~
1\.
100
0
o 2 4
6
8
10
12
±PERCENT FR[QU£NCY OEVIATION,(6f It. I
r
I{
1
10
INPUT SIGNAL AMPLITUOE(MVRMS)
0
V
I
MAXIIIUIi
0
0
V
I""
-""'1 I
0
jV
~
0
AM REJECTION
AS A FUNCTION OF
INPUT SIGNAL LEVEL
/
2,0
1
r""~
INPUT SIGNAL AMPLITUDE
TO MAINTAIN LOCK AS A
FUNCTION OF TEMPERATURE
(fsignal • fo • 2.0 MHz)
10 0
V
l..."j
Ib'+250I'A
/
5
....
+Ol!
~
T
I
Ib'
'"
I
010203040
50
TEMPERATURE "C
Ib'-25011T
I
5
"
iI""
1
TYPICAL
~
I
I
I'\..
1
L...o~
5
6
Ib'=-':: ~~:ENT
5
0
"'"
41l
TYPICAL TRACKING RANGE
AS A FUNCTION OF
INPUT SIGNAL AMPLITUDE
30
:-....
+14
j...io-'
r-~ L.",jll"
1
3
-1 0
-1
-1
-0.4mA-02mA
0
0.2mA 0.4mA O,SmA 0.8mA
CURRENT AT RANGE CONTROL PIN 7
lI'fl' IXIIIUIi
iI"""", 1--' ....
[II,.
2
" ....... "--
II
i"!...
2t--
I~
af+ 2
I
0
~- 2
10
10
+1 6
+1 4
+1 2
+1 0
+8
6
0+ 4
:+
I"-
THERMAL DRIFT OF FREE
RUNNING FREQUENCY
AS A FUNCTION OF
TEMPERATURE
+6
YI
5
CHANGE OF FREE RUNNING
OSCILLATOR FREQUENCY AS
A FUNCTION OF
RANGE CONTROL CURRENT
.1
0.1
3
1.0
3.0 10
30 100
INPUT SIGNAL - ooV
10
30
100
IllPUT LEVEL -IOV, , ..
300 1000
300 1000
NORMALIZED LOOP GAIN
AS A FUNCTION OF
INPUT SIGNAL AMPLITUDE
30
I
I I I
I
o
NOTE:NORMALIZED LOOP GAIN' OPEN LOOP GAIN
---,;;--
3. 0
/
0
70'~-+--I----+---±60%
•
FREQUENCY ADJUSTABLE OVER 10 TO 1 RANGE
WITH SAME CAPACITOR
K PACKAGE
1. V
2. Input
3. Input
4. VCO Output
5. Phase Comparator VCO Input
6. Reference Output
7. Demodulated Output
8. External R for VCO
9. External C for VCO
10. V+
:CK DiAGRAM
ORDER PART NOS. SE565K/NE565K
I--"-N\t=-+-+-::+--o DEMOD. OUTPUT
INPUT
1--"='-+--+:--0 REF.
OUTPUT
APPLICATIONS
FREQUENCY SHIFT KEYING
MODEMS
TELEMETRY RECEIVERS
TONE DECODERS
SCA RECEIVERS
WIDEBANDFM DISCRIMINATORS
v+
DATA SYNCHRONIZERS
TRACKING FILTERS
SIGNAL RESTORATION
FREQUENCY MULTIPLICATION & DIVISION
6·72
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. SE/NE565
'\6S0LUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS Uimiting values above which serviceability may be impaired)
,it
Maximum Operating Voltage
Storage Temperature
Power Dissipation
LECTRIGAL CHARACTERISTICS (TA
26V
0
-65°e to 150 e
300mW
= 25°e, Vee = ±6 Volts u less otherwise noted)
S'E565
PARAMETER
UNITS
MIN
SUPPLY REQUIREMENTS
Supply Voltage
Supply Current
INPUT CHARACTERISTICS
Input Impedance
Input Level Required
for Tracking
VCO CHARACTERISTICS
Center Frequency
Maximum Value
Distribution
Drift with Temperature
Drift with Supply Voltage
DEMQDULATED OUTPUT
CHARACTERISTICS
Output Voltage Level
Maximum Voltage Swing
Output Voltage Swing
Total Harmonic Distortion
Output Impedance
Offset Voltage IVS-V71
vs Temperature (drift)
AM Rejection
TYP
±5
8
-4V E;;;V 2 , V3 ~+1V
fO = 50 kHz
±10% frequency deviation
C1 = 2.7 pF
Distribution taken about
fO "",50 kHz
R1 = 5.0k, C 1 .. 1200 pF
fO = 50 kHz
fO = 50 kHz
V CC = ±6 to ±7 Volts
Triangle Wave
Output Voltage Level
Amplitude
Linearity
Square Wave
Logical "1" Output
Voltage
Logical "0" Output
Voltage
Duty Cycle
Rise Time
Fall Time
Output Current (sink)
Output Current (source)
NE565
TEST CONDITIONS,
TA
±12
12.5
±5
TYP
MAX
8
±12
12.5
V
mA
10
5
10
kn
10
1
10
1
mVrms
300
500
-10
0
+10
+75
+100
+625
+4.9
45
0.6
5
(pin 7) VCC = ±6 Volts
(pin 7)
±10% frequency deviation
MIN
7
2
fO=50kHz
VCC = ±6 Volts
fO = 50 kHz
V CC = ±6 Volts
fO ='50 kHz
MAX
4.25
250
= 25°C
30
0.1
1.0
0
2.4
0.2
3
+5.2
-0.2
50
20
50
1
10
4.5
2
300
0.2
3.6
30
50
40
kHz
500
-30
2
40
O.S
5
4.75
+30
4.0
200
0.75
100
%
ppm/oC
+200
+4.9
+0.2
55
100
200
0
0.2
1.5
%/V
0
2.4
0.5
3
V
Vp-p
%
+5.2
V
-0.2
50
20
50
1
10
+0.2
SO
V
%
nsec
nsec
mA
mA
4.5
2
300
0.2
3.S
50
100
40
5.0
V
Vp-p
mVp-p
%
kn
mV
/lV/oC
dB
1.5
200
NOTES:
1. Both input terminals (pins 2 and 3) must receive identical dc bias. This bias may range from 0 volts to -4 volts.
2. The ellternal resistance for frequency adjustment (R1) must have a value between 2kfl and 20kfl.
3. Output voltage swings negative as input frequency Increases.
4. Output not buffered.
6·73
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. SE/NE565
fYPICAL PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS
POWER SUPPLY CURRENT
AS A FUNCTION OF
SUPPLY VOLTAGE
20r-~-i-~-r----r----'
FREE-RUNNING VCO FREQ. AS
A FUNCTION OF VOLTAGE
BETWEEN PIN 7 & 10
(VCO CONVERSION GAIN)
LOCK RANGE
AS A FUNCTION OF
INPUT VOLTAGE
2
V+·+6V
Y-·-6V
.5
1
.5
V
V
V
//
/'
~
!100 --
j
.-
i
10
,/
14
18
22
26
0.5
1
1.5
2
2.5
VOLTAGE BETWEEN PW 'AND PIN 10
IV,0- V,)
TOTAL SUPPLY VOLTAGEIVOLTS)
LOCK RANGE
AS A FUNCTION OF
GAIN SETTING RESISTANCE
(PIN 6-7)
CHANGE IN FREE-RUNNING
VCO FREQUENCY AS A
FUNCTION OF TEMPERATURE
+2.5
2
1+2·0
V+ '8V
y- ·6v
1
J~ bt ~
'"
I::::
I'."
~
1
>
/V
i:.:. .
o
2
A
.6 .8
1
1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8
RELATIVE FREE RUNNING FAEQU£NCY,'.
2
V\
V\
1\ /
1\ 1/ 1\ i/
~
~
r""r---J
4
2
V·
f-
"-+----+-
o
2
6
0r-+--r~-'~4--+~~
~-1.0
2
1-
/
!-0.5
~+2
f V'
0
VV
8+0·5
~J
V
V... ·6VOLTS
VCO OUTPUT
WAVEFORM
~
~
V+'V-'6VOLTS
-U'-::-75~-50:::---'=25---:!:0--:-_=-+~5:-0--;+-:75-+-:-:'00~+12'5
TEMPERATURE-C·
;CHEMATIC DIAGRAM
l'1IIWG RESISTOR
8
-
~-----
V+
--- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ---- To
-·---------------------------l
I
I
I
~C2
I
OUTPUT
+--+-+--+...0
6 ~~~NCE
' ____ U_____ 9
V-
6-74
C,
cJ~
2
VCO OJTPUT
PHASE
COMPARATOR
SIGNAL ~T
SIGNAL INPUT .
--
~
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. SE/NE565
DESIGN f=ORMULAS
Free-running frequency of VCO f -
0-
Lock-range fL
8f
= ± - o-
~
4R,C,
in Hz
in Hz
Vcc
Capture-range fC :::. ± -.L
21T
where
T =
~ 21TfL
A small capacitor (typically 0.1(}01 J.(F) should be connected
between pins 7 and 8 to eliminate possible oscillation in the
control current source.
A single-pole loop filter is formed by the capacitor C2,
connected between pin 7 and positive supply, and an internal resistance of approximately 3600 ohms.
r--~P----_--+V
T
(3.6 x 103 ) x C2
DEFINITION OF TERMS
FREE·RUNNING. FREQUENCY (fo)
Frequency of VCO without input signal, both inputs
grounded.
CAPTURE··RANGE
That range of frequencies about fo over which the loop will
acquire lock with an input signal initially starting out of
lock.
LOCK·RANGE OR TRACKING-RANGE
That range of frequencies in the vicinity of fo over which
the VCO, once locked to the input signal, will remain
locked.
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
FM DEMODULATION
The 565 Phase Locked Loop is a general purpose circuit
designed for highly-linear FM demodulation. During lock,
the average dc level of the phase comparator output signal
is directly proportional to the frequency of the input signal.
As the input frequency shifts, it is this output signal which
causes the VCO to shift its frequency to match that of the
input. Consequently, the linearity of the phase comparator
output with frequency is determined by the voltage-tofrequency transfer function of the VCO.
Because of its unique and highly linear VCO, the 565 PLL
can lock to and track an input signal over a very wide range
(typically ±60%) with very high linearity (typically, within
0.5%).
A typical connection diagram is shown in Figure 1. The
VCO free .. running frequency is given approximately by
'.2C1
f 0 = 4 R,
and shou Id be adjusted to be at the center
of the input signal frequency range. C, can be any value,
but Rl should be within the range of 2000 to 20,000 ohms
with an optimum value on the order of 4000 ohms. The
source can be direct coupled if the dc resistances seen from
pins 2 and 3 are equal and there is no dc voltage difference
between the pins. A short between pins 4 and 5 connects
the VCO to the phase comparator. Pin 6 provides a dc
reference voltage that is close to the dc potential of the
demodulated output (pin 7). Thus, if a resistance (R2 in
Figure 1) is connected between pins 6 and 7, the gain of the
output stage can be reduced with little change in the dc
voltage level at the output. This allows the lock range to be
decreased with little change in the free-running frequency.
In this manner the lock range can be decreased from ±60%
of fo to approximately ±20% of fo (at ±6V).
'------'----o-v
FIGURE 1
FREQUENCY SHIFT KEYING (FSK)
FSK refers to data transmission by means of carrier which
is shifted between two preset frequencies. This frequency
shift is usually accomplished by driving a VCO with the
binary data signal so that the two resulting frequencies
correspond to the "0" and "1" states (commonly called
space and mark) of the binary data signal.
A simple scheme using the 565 to receive FSK signals of
1070 Hz and 1270 Hz is shown in Figure 2. As the signal
appears at the input, the loop locks to the input frequency
and tracks it between the two frequenci~s with a corresponding dc shift at the output.
The loop filter capacitor C2 is chosen smaller than usual to
eliminate overshoot on the output pulse, and a three-stage
RC ladder filter is used to remove the carrier component
from the output. The band edge of the ladder filter is
chosen to be approximately half way between the maximum keying rate (in this case 300 baud or 150 Hz) and
twice the input frequency (approximately 2200 Hz). The
output signal can now be made logic compatible by connecting a voltage comparator between the o~tput and pin 6
of the loop. The free-running frequency is adjusted with R 1
so as to result in a slightly-positive voltage at the output at
fin = 1070 Hz.
The input connection is typical for cases where a dc voltage
is present at the source and therefore a direct connection is
not desirable. Both input terminals are returned to ground
with identical resistors (in this case, the values are chosen to
effect a 600-ohm input impedance).
FIGURE 2
8·75
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. SE/NE565
FREQUENCY MULTIPLICATION
There are two methods by which frequency multiplication
can be achieved using the 565:
1. Locking to a harmonic of the input signal.
2. Inclusion of a digital.frequency divider or counter in the
loop between the VCO and phase comparator.
The first method is the simplest, and can be achieved by
setting the free-running frequency of the VCO to a multiple
of the input frequency. A limitation of this scheme is that
the lock range decreases as successively higher and weaker
harmonics are used for locking. If the input frequency is to
be constant with little tracking required, the loop can
generally be locked to anyone of the first 5 harmonics. For
higher orders of multiplication, or for cases where a large
lock range is desired, the second scheme is more desirable.
An ex.ample' of this might be a case where the input signal
varies over a wide frequency range and a large multiple of
the input frequency is required.
A block dia~Jram of the second scheme is shown in Figure 3.
Here the loop is broken between the VCO and the phase
comparator, and a frequency divider is inserted. The fundaPHASE
COMPARATOR
LOW PASS
FILTER
AMPLIFIER
FIGURE 3
mental of the divided VCO frequency is locked to the input
frequency in this case, so that the VCO is actually running
at a multiple of the input frequency. The amount of multiplication is determined by the frequency divider. A typical
connection scheme is shown in Figure 4. To set up the
circuit, the frequency limits of the input signal must be
determined. The free-running frequency of the VCO is then
adjusted by means of R 1 and C1 (as discussed under FM
demodulation) so that the output frequency of the divider
is midway between the input frequency limits. The filter
capacitor, C2, should be large enough to eliminate variations in the demodulated output voltage (at pin 7), in
order to stabilize the VCO frequency. The output can now
be taken as the VCO squarewave output, and its fundamental will be the desired mUltiple of the input frequency
(fl) as long as the loop is in lock.
FIGURE 4.
6-76
seA (BACKGROUND MUSIC) DECODER
Some FM stations are authorized by the FCC to broadcast
uninterrupted background music for commercial use. To do
this a frequency modulated subcarrier of 67 kHz is used.
The frequency is chosen so as not to interfere with the
normal stereo or monaural program; in addition, the level
of the subcarrier is only 10% of the amplitude of the
combined signal.
The SCA signal can be filtered out and demodulated with
the N E565 Phase Locked Loop without the use of any
resonant circuits. A connection diagram is shown in
Figure 5. This circuit also serves as an example of operation
from a single power supply.
A resistive voltage divider is used to establish a bias voltage
for the input (pins 2 and 3). The demodulated (multiplex)
FM signal is fed to the input through a two-stage high-pass
filter, both to effect capacitive coupling and to attenuate
the strong signal of the regular channel. A total signal
amplitude, between 80 mV and 300 mV, is required at the
input. Its source should have an impedance of less than
10,000 ohms.
The Phase Locked Loop is tuned to 67 kHz with a 5000
ohm potentiometer; only approximate tuning is required,
since the loop wi II seek the signal.
The demodulated output (pin 7) passes through a threestage low-pass filter to provide de-emphasis and attenuate
the high-frequency noise which often accompanies SCA
transmission. Note that no capacitor is provided directly at
pin 7; thus, the circuit is operating as a first-order loop. The
demodulated output signal is in the order of 50 mV and the
frequency response extends to 7 kHz.
r------r-----r------r---r---~!~:~r~
10k
.018
• 1.8k
1k
OEM 510pF 510pF
FM<>-l
4,7.
FIGURE 5
1.
1.
BACKGROUND
MUSlClSCAI
SillBOlies
; jF:SCR IPTION
5&&
PIN CONFIGURATION (Top ViElw)
The SEINE 566 Function Generator is a voltage controliedoscHiator of exceptional stability and linearity with
buffered square wave and triangle wave outputs. The
frequency of oscillation is determined by an external resistor
and capacitor and the voltage applied to the control terminal. The oscillator can be programmed over a ten to one
frequency range by proper selection of an external resistance and modulated over a ten to one range by the control
voltage, with exceptional linearity.
•
•
•
•
•
•
1
2
3
4
5
~------------~
Ground
Nt:
Square Wava Output
Triangle Wave Output
Mc)dulation Input
6
R,
7
8
C1
V+
ORDER PART NOS. SE56EiT/NE566T
------------
V PACKAGE
-'.TURES
•
TPACKAGE
WIDE RANGE OF OPERATING VOLTAGE
(10 to 24 volts)
VERY HIGH LINEARITY OF MODULATION
EXTREME STABILITY OF FREQUENCY
(100 ppm/oC typical)
HIGHLY LINEAR TRIANGLE WAVE OUTPUT
HIGH ACCURACY SQUARE WAVE OUTPUT
FREQUENCY PROGRAMMING BY MEANS OF A
RESISTOR, CAPACITOR, VOLTAGE OR CURRENT
FREQUENCY ADJUSTABLE OVER 10 TO 1
RANGE WITH SAME CAPACITOR
'D·
2
7
3
•
4
1
Ground
2
NC:
3
4
5
Square Wave Output
Triangle Wave Output
Mudulation Input
6
R,
7 C1
8 V+
ORDER PART NO. NE!566V
I
13LOGK DIAGRAM
+~LlCA TlONS
TONE GEN~RATOR'S
FREQUENCY SHIFT KEYING
FM MODULATORS
CLOCK GENERATORS
SIGNAL GENERATORS
FUNCTION GENERATORS
;:C~UIVAlENT
CIRCUIT
6-77
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. SE/NE566
i\BSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS (Limiting values above which serviceability may be impaired)
Maximum Operating Voltage
26V
Storage Temperature
-65°C to 150° C
Power Dissipation
300mW
ECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (25°C, 12 Volts,unless otherwise stated)
NE566
SE566
UNITS
CHARACTERISTICS
TYP.
MIN.
MIN.
MAX.
TYP.
MAX.
7
70
24
12.5
GENERAL
Operating Temperature Range
Operating Supply Voltage
Operating Supply Current
-55
0
125
24
12.5
7
°c
Volts
mA
VCO (Note 1)
1
Maximum Operating Frequency
Frequency Drift with Temperature
Frequency Drift with Supply Voltage
Control Terminal Input Impedance (Note 2)
FM Distortion (± 10% Deviation)
Maximum Sweep Rate
Sweep Range
100
1
1
0.2
1
10:1
1
200
2
1
0.2
1
10:1
0.75
MHz
ppmtC
%/volt
Mn
%
MHz
1.5
OUTPUT
Triangle Wave Output Impedance
Voltage
Linearity
Square Wave Output Impedance
Voltage
Duty Cycle
Rise Time
Fall Time
50
2.4
0.2
2
2
50
5.4
50
20
50
5
45
5
40
55
50
2.4
0.5
n
Volts pp
%
50
5.4
50
20
50
n
Volts pp
%
nsec
nsec
60
NOTES:
1. The external resistance for frequency adjustment (R 1) must have a value between 2Kn and 20Kn.
2. The bias voltage (Vc) applied to the control terminal (pin 5) should be in the range 3/4 V+ C;; V C .;;; V+.
rYPICAL PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS
NORMALIZED FREQUENCY AS A
FUNCTION OF RESISTANCE (R1)
NORMALIZED FREQUENCY AS A
FUNCTION OF CONTROL VOLTAGE
100
2.8
V+"2VOLTS
,,
60
2.0
~
m
1.6
If
~
~
~
1.0
;/
0.6
,,/
V
/
V
/
V
20
i
10
I
V
0.6
1.0
1.6
2.6
3.0
,
-~
'"
I
a:
CONTROL VOLTAGE (BETWEEN 'IN 8 AND 'IN 6) - VOLTS
6·78
~
V+"2VOLTS
VC"0VOLTS
0.1
0.2
~ "-
0.5
NORMALIZED FREOUENCY
--~
" ,,
"
10
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. SE/NE566
,YPI,CAl PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS (Cont'd)
CHANGE IN FREQUENCY AS A
FUNCTION OF TEMPERATURE
+2.5
~
+1.5
k\'\ \\\\
+1.0
~
'.
\
-0.5
-2.0
~ l\ ;Y~ICA~
~\\\ 1\\\\ \\\\
\ \
+0.5
-1.5
20
y+ "12YOlTS
Yc • 10YOlTS
+2.0
-1.0
POWER SUPPLY CURRENT AS A
FUNCTION OF SUPPLY VOL TA'GE
~~
\\\ \\ \ ')Y
~
\
A
-
\\\ ')Y
~~ ~
17.5
~
.~
~
15
1
~! ;u
_
>
tiii
/
12.5
10
'/
~\ \\ l)Y'
r
-2.5
-75
7.5
-50
+26
-25
+60
TEMPERATURE -
+75
+100' +126
~
/
~
V
//
...
~
'\ ~
/V
13
10
·c
19
18
22
25
SUPPl Y VOLT AGE - VOLTS
FREQUENCY AS A FUNCTION
OF CAPACITANCE (C,)
10
VCO OUTPUT WAVEF:ORMS
;'2
I
~
V
Rl- 4KrI
y+ .'
VOL TS
Yc - 10.6 VOL TS
y+ -12YOlTS
Rl- 4K
1.0
/
I/'
\
/ I\.
/ '\.
l\. /
i\. /
£
'V
0.1
~
~
+10
1
+8
E
rt
.0001
102
103
f--
~
f-
to
z
.001
111
---
+12
'\
~
B
+6
-
f--
- -
r-- ~
+4
104
FREQUENCY - Hz
fjPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
The SE/N E 566 Function Generator is a general purpose
voltage controlled osciHator designed for highly linear frequency modulation. The circuit provides simultaneous
square wave and triangl'e wave outputs at frequencies up to
1 MHz. A typical connE!ction diagram is shown in Figure 1.
The control terminal (p.in 5) must be biased externally with
a voltage (V C) in the range
3/4 V+<, VC ~ V+
and R1 should be in the range 2K < R1 < 20Kn.
A small capacitor (typically O.001J.lf) should be connected
between pins 5 and 6 to eliminate possible oscillation in the
control current source.
r--_--_-Ov+
where V CC is the total supply voltage. In Figure 1, the
control voltage is set by the voltage divider formed with
R2 and R3' The modulating signal is then ac coupled with
the capacitor C2' The modulating signal can be direct coupled as well, if the appmpriate dc bias voltage is applied to
the control terminal. The freque'ncy is given approximately
by
FIGURE 1
8-79
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. SE/NE566
. ~~~;ERATING INSTRUCTIONS (Cont'd)
If the VCO is to be used to drive standard logic circuitry, it
may be desirable to use a dual supply of ±5 voltsasshown
in Figure 2. In this case the square wave output has the
proper dc levels for logic circuitry. RTL can be driven
directly from pin 3. For DTL or T2L gates, which require a
current sink of more· than 1 mAl it is usually necessary to
connect a' 5 Kn resistor between pin 3 and negative supply.
This increases the current sinking capability to 2 mAo The
third type of interface shown uses a saturated transistor.
between the 566 and the logic circuitry. This scheme is used
primarily for T2L circuitry which requires a fast fall time
« 50 nsec) and a large current sinking capability.
6·80
+6 VOLTS
1.!iK
10K
FIGURE 2
!ii!)DotiC!i
TONE DECODER PHASE LOCKED lOOP
~.
567
-
---
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
DESCRIPTION
PIN
CONFiGURATIO~~
The SEINE 567 tone and frequency decoder is a highly
stable phase-locked loop with synchronous AM lock detection and power output circuitry_ Its primary function is to
drive a load whenever a sustained frequency within its detection band is present at the self-biased input_ The bandwidth
center frequency, and output delay are independently determi~ed by means of four external components.
TPACKAGE
(Top View)
1. Output Filter Capacitor C 3
2. Low Pass Filter Capacitor C
fE.A-IUHl:.::
• WIDE FREQUENCY RANGE (.01Hz TO 500kHz)
• HIGH STABILITY OF CENTER FREQUENCY
• INDEPENDENTLY CONTROLLABLE BANDWIDTH
(0 TO 14 PERCENT)
• HIGH OUT-BAND SIGNAL AND NOISE REJECTION
• LOGIC-COMPATIBLE OUTPUT WITH 100mA CURRENT SINKING CAPABILITY
• INHERENT IMMUNITY TO FALSE SIGNALS
• FREQUENCY ADJUSTMENT OVER A 20 TO 1
RANGE WITH AN EXTERNAL RESISTOR
2
3. Input
4. Supply Voltage +V
5. Timing Element R1
6. Timing Elements R1
and C 1
7.
8.
Ground
Output
ORDER PART NOS. SE567T/NE567T
~PPLJCA nONS
V PACKAGE
'OUCH TONE ® DECODING
:ARRIER CURRENT REMOTE CONTROLS
JL TRASONIC CONTROLS (REMOTE TV, ETC.)
;OMMUNICATIONS PAGING
:REQUENCY MONITORING AND CONTROL
NIRELESS INTERCOM
)RECISION OSCILLATOR
1. Output Filter Capacitor C3
'D.
BLOCK DIAGRAM
Z
2. Low Pass Filter Capacitor C2
3
7
8
•
4
6
3. Input
4. Supply Voltage +V
5. Timing Element R1
6. Timing Elements R1
and C 1
7.
8.
Ground
Output
ORDER PART NO. NE567V
LOOP
LOW
PASS
FILTER
~C2
ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATiNG::,
Operating Temperature
oOe to 70°C NE567
-55°C to 125°C SE567
Operating Voltage
Positive Voltage at Input
10V
0.5V above Supply Voltage
(Pin 4)
Negative Voltage at Input
Output Voltage (collector
of output transistor)
-10 VDe
Storage Temperature
Power Dissipation
-65°C to 150 e
300mW
15VDe
0
6·81
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 567
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTiCS (V+ = 5.0 Volts, T A = 25°C unless noted)
~HARACTERISTICS
MIN
SE567
TYP
100
500
MAX MIN
NE567
TYP
MAX
UNITS
TEST CONDITIONS
CENTER FREQUENCY(NOTE 1)
Highest Center Frequency (fo)
100
Center Frequency Stability (Note 2)
35±140
35±60
Center Frequency Shift with Supply
Voltage
0.5
1
14
16
1
2
500
kHz
35±140
35±-60
ppmtC
ppmtC
o to 70°C
-55 to 12SoC
0.7
2
%/Volt
to
= 100KHz
14
18
% of fo
fo
= 100KHz
2
3
% of fo
DETECTION BANDWIDTH
Largest Detection Bandwidth
12
Largest Detection Bandwidth Skew
10
Largest Detection Bandwidth Variation with Temperature
±0.1
±0.1
%/oC
Vi
= 300mVrms
Largest Detection Bandwidth Variation with Supply Voltage
±2
±2
%/Volt
Vi
= 300rnVrms
INPUT
--I nput Resistance
20
20
Kn
Smallest Detectable Input Voltage(V i )
20
mVrms
IL
= 1OOmA, fj
15
mV rms
IL
= 1oomA, fj = fo
Bn
= 140KHz
Volt
Volt
IL
IL
= 30m A
= 100mA
Largest No-Output I nput Voltage
10
25
15
20
10
25
Greatest Simultaneous Outband
Signal to Inband Signal Ratio
+6
+6
dB
Minimum Input Signal to Wideband
Noise Ratio
-6
-6
dB
Fastest On-Off Cycling Rate
fo/20
fo/20
"1" Output Leakage Current
0.01
"0" Output Voltage
0.2
0.6
Output Fall Time (Note 3)
30
30
n sec
RL
= 50n
Output Rise Time (Note 3)
150
150
n sec
RL
= 50n
.. fo
OUTPUT
0.01
25
0.4
1.0
25
0.2
0.6
0.4
1.0
/-lA
I
I
GENERAL
Operating Voltage Range
4.75
9.0
4.75
9.0
Volts
Supply Current - Quiescent
6
8
7
10
mA
Supply Current - Activated
11
13
12
15
mA
Quiescent Power Dissipation
30
35
NOTES:
1. Frequency determining resistor R1 should be between 1 and 20KfL
2. Applicable over 4.75 to 5.75 vol;ts. See graphs for more detailed information.
3. Pin 8 to Pin 1 feedback R L network selected to eliminate pulsing during turn-on and turn-off.
6-82
mW
RL.
J
2OK
i
I
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 567
i¥'PIGAl CHARACTERISTIC CURVES
LARGEST DETECTION
BANDWIDTH VERSUS,
OPERATING FREQUENCY
BANDWIDTH VERSUS INPUT
SIG'NAL AMPLITUDE
f
~
~
1
i
1
1
;
~
1
1
g
~
l!
~
DETECTION BANDWIDTH AS A
FUNCTION OF C2 AND C3
..
,
~
¥
'\~
;SO
~
.
.
,
"\
'~
---
.
,
..
~-
-
~
1\~,
"
o
'''0
100Hz
TYPICAL SUPPLY CURRENT
VERSUS SUPPLY VOLTAGE
GREATEST NUMBER OF CYCLES
BEFORE OUTPUT
"-"fa
g
100
~
/
Il - '
't--.
1\
"K
BANDWIDTH
CENTER fREQUENCY
COEFFICIENT TEMPERATURE
(MEAN AND S.D.)
j-':
-I"........
r---~ .......
......
---f---
~
.........
~
I'--.
""-I,
-_. f---
~
"-
~
",
..
~
2
V
17
IL·l~
V
,
rANDWIDTH
LIMITED BV
EXTERNAL RESISTOR
(MINIMUM ezl
,% of fOI
TYPICAL BANDWIDTH VARIATION
WITH TEMPERATURE
I
I
+V-B.76VOLTS
~
'"
.p
~
0
q
I--
/'"
II
_-
/
~
~
-=-,:'-~
"- ~
\
10
-
I~:::t==l:===l=::t==:l===t=...l
~
I"--r.-
-
0_1L..-.l---L--'-~-~-l..--.,.LOO---l.,ZfI
-1.&
,1.
SUPPLVVClLTAGEVOLTS
v
3
LIMITED BY Cz
TYPICAL FREQUENCY DRIFT WITH
TEMPERATURE (MEAN AND S.D.)
-
,~
r-....
jomA
1'\I\. ~
[),.
r-
i'-- t"-Cz
TYPICAL OUTPUT VOLTAGE
VERSUS TEMPERATURE
T'\
'\. IL ~NDWIDTH
1-
l'--.. i'-- /'-C3
BANDWIDTH - % OF '0
BANDWIDTH ~"OF fa
;-...
" i'-.
'"
t--
TEMPERATUREOC
6·83
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 567
CENTER FREQUENCY
SHIFT WITH SUPPLY VOLTAGE
CHANGE VERSUS
OPERATING FREQUENCY
TYPICAL FREQUENCY DRIFT WITH
(MEAN AND S.D.) TEMPERATURE
TYPICAL FREQUENCY DRIFT WITH
TEMPERATURE (MEAN AND S.D.)
+V~4.76VollTS
(21
..-
.
~c
I-~~
0
,V
-;:p
.A ~--
-
I >(I.
/
>H ~.B
~
V
"'.4
1/
-I- I-~
+16
TEMPERATURE
+100
""25
K
:~: ~:g~g~i~
~
-~
"'~ F..9
V
.2,6
~
V
-I.
-76
·50
-26
I
I
I
I
I
66-;!--I--H--t::
'''of
-+-
6·84
~
t
~ 1-- ......
l~
"
"0
\
~C
.t
g:
~
'"""
V
~
~l'/
I
/
/
'9
I
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 567
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
;i\J ;.;ORMULAS
,.... 1.1
f0---
Rl Cl
BW
~ 107~/Vi
.In
01
10
-20OmV
a f f 0' V1<
fO C2
Where
Vi = Input Voltage (mV)
C2 = Low-Pass Filter Capacitor (/-LF)
;'; lASE LOCKED LOOP TERMINOLOGY
CENTERFREQUENCYHO)
The free-running frequency of the current controlled oscillator (CCO) in the absence of an input signal.
DETECTION BANDWIDTH (BW)
!he fre~uency range, centered about f O' within which an
Input Signal above the threshold vpltage (typically 20mV
rms) will cause a logical zero state on the output. The
detection bandwidth corresponds to the loop capture range.
LARGEST DETECTION BANDWIDTH
The largest frequency range within ~hich an input signal
above the threshold voltage will cause a logical zero state on
the output. The maximum detection bandwidth corresponds
to the loop lock range.
DETECTION BAND SKEW
A measure of how well the largest detection band is centered
about the c:enter frequency, f O' The skew is defined as
(fmax + fmin -2f O)/fO where f max and fmin are the frequencies corresponding to the edges of the detection band.
The skew can be reduced to zero if necessary by means of
an optional centering adjustment.
.
11'-'1' :'\t
Figure 1 shows a typical connection diagram for the 567.
For most applications, the following three-step procedure
will be sufficient for choosing the external components R 1,
Cl, C2 and C3'
1.
Select R 1 and Cl for the desired center frequency.
For best temperature stability, Rl should be between 2K
and 20K ohm, and the R 1 Cl product should have sufficient
stability, over the projected temperature range to meet the
necessary requirements.
2. Select the low-pass capacitor, C2, by referring to the
Bandwidth versus Input Signal Amplitude graph. If the
input amplitude variation is known, the appropriate value
of f o C2 necessary to give the desired bandwidth may be
found. Conversely, an area of operation may be selected on
this graph and the input level and C2 may be adjusted
accordingly. For example, constant bandwidth operation
requires that input amplitude be above 100mVrms. The
bandwidth, as noted on the graph, is then controlled solely
by the f o C2 product(FO (Hz), C2 (/-Lfd) . .).
3. The value of C3 is generally non-critical. C3 sets the
band edge of a low pass filter which attenuates frequencies
outside the detection band to eliminate spurious outputs.
If C3 is too small, frequencies just outside the detection
band will switch the output stage on and off at the beat
frequency, or the output may pulse on and off during the
turn-on transient. If C3 is too large, turn-on and turn-off of
the output stage will be delayed until the voltage on C3
passes the threshold voltage. (Such a delay may be desirable
to avoid spurious outputs due to transient frequencies.) A
typical minimum value for C3 is 2C2'
+v
KESPONSE:
+v
INPUT 0---}
J1..r
Input
567
Output
Response to 100mV RMS tone burst.
R L = 100 ohms.
Input
Output
Response to same input t~ne burst with wideband noise.
§. = -6db
RL = 100 ohms
N
Noise Bandwidth
=
140 Hz
FIGURE 1
f\\!/J.H.. ASLE OUTPUTS (Figure 2)
The primary output is the uncommitted output transistor
collector, pin 8. When an in-band input signal is present,
this transistor saturates; its collector voltage bei ng less than
1.0 volt (typically 0.6V) at full output current 1100mA).
The voltage at pin 2 is the phase detector output, a linear
fu.nction of frequency, over the range of 0.95 to 1.05 fO'
with a slope of about 20mV/% frequency deviation. The
average voltage at pin 1 is, during lock, a function of the inband input amplitude in accordance with the transfer
characteristic given. Pin 5 is the controlled oscillator Square
wave output of magnitude (V+-2Vbe)::::::(V+-1.4V) having a
dc average of V+12. A 1 KSl load may be driven from pin
5. Pin 6 is an exponential triangle of 1 volt peak-to-peak
6·85
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 567
.'\: L'~8~E OUTPUTS (Cont'd.)
with an average dc level of V+ /2. Only high impedance
loads may be connected to pin 6 without affecting the CCO
duty cycle or temperature stability.
o~T~~1---+-~- .,
I :
I
I I
I:
1
- - - -1- •
~~::SS(PIN 2)
v+
I t 17% 14w.: .. BW
I'
1--- 0
I VeE (SATI( 1.0V
1
- -I- - - -I - -
__"FI_.1- 1_
I
"'7'-
/
I
,
-l.9V
l.BV
___ .L __ ..J ___ 1_ _ -l.7V
I
1
0.910
I
1
10
1
1
1.110
PIN 1
VOLTAGE
(AVG) 4.0
l.6
l.O
2.5 L------r------,o
100
200m Vrm.
IN·BAND
INPUT
VOLTAGE
FIGURE 2
4. Due to the high switching speeds (20ns) associated
with 567 operation, care should be taken in lead routing.
Lead lengths should be kept to a minimum. The power
supply should be adequately bypassed close to the 567 with
an 0.01J1F or greater capacitor; grounding paths should be
carefully chosen to avoid ground loops and unwanted voltage
variations. Another factor which must be considered is the
effect of load energization on the power supply. For
example, an incandescent lamp typically draws 10 times
rated current at turn-on. This can cause supply voltage
fluctuations which could, for example, shift the detection
band of narrow-band systems sufficiently to cause momentary loss of lock. The result is a low-frequency oscillation
into and out of lock. Such effects can be prevented by
supplying heavy load currents from a separate supply, or
increasing the supply filter capacitor.
DPEED OF OPERAI!UN
Minimum lock-up time is related to the natural frequency
of the loop. The lower it is, the longer becomes the turn-on
transient. Thus, maximum operating speed is obtained when
C2 is at a minimum. When the signal is first applied, the
phase may be such as to initially drive the controlled oscillator away from the incoming frequency rather than toward
it. Under this condition, which is of course unpredictable,
the lock-up transient is at its worst and the theoretical
minimum lock-up time is not achievable. We must simply
wait for the transient to die out.
The following expressions give the values of C2 and C3
which allow highest operating speeds for various band center
frequencies. The minimum rate at which digital information may be detected without information loss due to the
turn-on transient or Qutput chatter is about 10 cycles per
bit, corresponding to an information transfer rate of
fO/10 baud.
C2
A brief review of the following precautions will help the user
attain the high level of performance of which the 567 is
capable.
1. Operation in the high input level mode (above 200mV)
will free the user from bandwidth variations due to changes
in the in-band signal amplitude. The input stage is now
limiting, however, so that out-band signals or high noise
levels can cause an apparent ban9width reduction as the
in band signal is suppressed. Also, the limiting action will
create in-band components from sub-harmonic signals, so
the 567 becomes sensitive to signals at fo/3, fo/5, etc.
2. The 567 will lock onto signals near (2n+1) fo' and will
give an output for signals near (4n+1) fo where n = 0,1,2,.
etc. Thus, signals at 5 fo and 9 fo can cause an unwanted
output. If such signals are anticipated, they should be
attenuated before reaching the 567 input.
3. Maximum immunity from noise and out-band signals is
afforded in the low input level (Below 200mVrms) and
reduced bandwidth operating mode. However, decreased
loop damping causes the worse-case lock-up time to increase,
as shown by the Greatest Number of Cycles Before Output
vs. Bandwidth graph.
6·86
=
130
-J1F
fo
in cases where turn-off time can be sacrificed to achieve
fast turn-on, thi optional sensitivity adjustment circuit can
be used to move the quiescent C3 voltage lower (closer to
the threshold voltage). However, sensitivity to beat frequencies, noise and extraneous signals will be increased.
nrTif)t-~Al~ COi;jTROLS
The 567 has been designed so that, for most applications,
no external adjustments are required. Certain applications,
however, will be greatly facilitated if full advantage is taken
of the added control possibilities available through the use
of additional external components. In the diagrams given,
typical values are suggested where applicable. For best
results resistors used, except where noted, should have the
same temperature coefficient. Ideally, silicon diodes would
be low-resistivity types, such as forward-biased low-voltage
zeners or forward-biased transistor base-emitter junctions.
However, ordinary low-voltage diodes should be adequate
for most applications.
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 567
iJ,::XIIVITY ADJUSTMENT
Chatter occurs in the output stage when C3 is relatively
small, so that the lock transient and the AC components at
the quadrature phase detector (lock detector) output cause
the output stage to move through its threshold more than
once. Many loads, for example lamps and relays, will not
respond to the chatter. However, logic may recognize the
chatter as a series of outputs. By feeding the output stage
output back to its input, (pin 1) the chatter can be elimin,
ated. Three schemes for doing this are given above. All
operate by feeding the first output step (either on or off)
back to the input" pushing the input past the threshold until
the transient conditions are over. It is only necessary to
assure that the feedback time constant is not so large as to
prevent operation at the highest anticipated speed. Although
chatter can always be eliminated by making C3 large, the
feedback circuit will enable faster operation of the 567 by
'allowing C3 to be kept small. Note that if the feedback
time constant is made quite large, a short burst at the input
frequency can be stretched into a long output pulse. This
may be useful to drive, for example, stepping relays.
V+
si~,
Gn
DECREASE
SENSITIVITY
INCREASE
SENSITIVITY
V+
)
DECREASE
RB tSENSITIVITY
RA
567
1
r-
2.5K INCREASE
SENSITIVITY
RC
1.0K
l Z } TEMPERATURE
~,~.:.0,
"'; 7
... -
~K.I:VVI
UE:, n:G nuN tsANU Ct:N !t.KII\!{j {OH
COMPENSATION
(OPTIONAL)
~'~u.;USTM ENT
"*'
When operated as a very narrow band detector (less than 8
percent), both C2 and C3 are made quite large in order to
improve noiise and outband signal rejection. This will
inevitably slow the response time. If, however, the output
stage is biased closer to the threshold level, the turn-on
time can be improved. This is accomplished by drawing
additional current to terminal 1. Under this condition, the
567 will also give an output for lower-level signals (10m
or lower).
By adding current to terminal 1, the output stage is biased
further away from the threshold voltage. This is most usefu I
when, to obtain maximum operating speed, C2 and C3 are
made very small. Normally, frequencies just outside the
detection band could cause false outputs under this condition. By desensitizing the output stage, the outband beat
notes do not feed through to the output stage. Since the
input level must be somewhat greater when the output
stage is made less sensitive, rejection of thi rd harmonics or
in-band harmonics (of lower frequency signals) is also
improved.
HA nEF! PREVENTION
+V
+V
+v
567
2
r---tI
RAISESf o
I
~2
R
-='~
+V
~
567
2
RA
60K
LOWERSfo
t
'RB
2.5K.
C2
RAISESfo
,
;
I
-=
RAISESfo
Rc
1.0K
~7} :~';PERATURE
"Ii 7
... -
-=:
SILICON
DIODES
COMPENSATION
(OPTIONAL)
+v
When it is desired to alter the location of the detection band
(corresponding to the loop capture range) within the largest
detection band (lock rangeL the circuits, shown above can be
used. By moving the detection band to one ~ge of the
range, for example, input signal variations will expand the
detection band in only one direction. This may p~ove useful,
.when a strong but undesirable signal is expected on one
side or the other of the center frequency. Since RB also
alters the duty cycle 'slightly, this method may be used to
obtain a precise duty cycle when the 567 is used as an
, oscillator.
8-87
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 567
+V
+V
-,
I
;~~CA
"l..f"
-.;.-
UNLATCH
CA PREVENTS LATCH·UP
WHEN POWER SUPPLY IS
TURNED ON.
DETECTION BAND -
% of fo
+V
PIN2~
667
1
_ .
r
130 (10K + R)
fo
-r
To latch the output on after a signal is received, it is necessary to provide a feedback resistor around the output stage
(between pins 8 and 1). Pin 1 is pulled up to unlatch the
output stage.
OPTIONAL SILICON
DIODES FOR
TEMPERATURE
COMPENSATION
--
- f
C1
24% BANDWIDTH TONE DECODER
0
0
0 TO 180 PHASE SHIFTER
+V
r-
3
687
6
5
8-
2
1
INPUT SIGNAL
(>l00mVrmll
687
0----1~
Cz
'-- 3
81-f-~-'
687
5
8
2 1
L
R'l
130
C'2 • Cz • -r,;-(mfdl
C·l· Cl
'--
::::
Cl~J2
6-90
R'.1.12 Rl
Cl
I
I
-= -=
RZ '" Rl/5
ADJUST
Rl SO THAT
~ ~ 90° WITH
CONTROL MIDWAY
AMPLIFIER
.
::\1i11~!!I"n
~j~utu ii
!imDotiC!i
592
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
"~~SCRiPTION
PIN CONFIGURATIONS
The SEINE 592 is a monolithic, two stage, di·fferential
output, wideband video amplifier. It offers fixed gains of
100 and 400 without external components and adjustable
gains from 400 to 0 with one external resistor. The input
stage has been designed so that with the addition of a few
external reactive elements between the gain select terminals,
the circuit can function as a high pass, low pass, or band
pass filter. This feature makes the circuit ideal for use as a
video or pulse amplifier in communications, magnetic
memories, display and video recorder systems. The 592 is a
pin-for-pin replacement for the p.A733.
A PACKAGE
(Top View)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
ORDER PART NOS.iSE592A/NE592A 14.
'-!l,TURES
',~_KJjVALENT
NC
Output 2
NC
v+
G 1 A Gain S~lect
G2A Gain S lect
NC
Input 1
KPACKAGE
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
MAXIMUM RATINGS
Supply Voltage
Differential Input Voltage
Common Mode Input Voltage
Output Current
Operating Temperature Range
SE592K
NE592K
Storage Temperature Range
v-
8. Output 1
• 120 MHz BANDWIDTH
• ADJUSTABLE GAINS FROM 0 TO 400
• A{)JUSTABLE PASS BAND
• NO FREQUENCY COMPENSATION REQUIRED
H5L~DLUTE
Input 2
NC
G2B Gain S~lect
G1 B Gain S lect
G2B Gain St lact
G1BGainS lact
v-
6. Output 2
±8V
±5V
7. Output 1
8 . v+
9. G1A Gain S lect
NOTE: Pin 5 connected to case.
iect
ORDER PART NOS. SE592K/NE592K 10. G2A Gain S
.±6V
10mA
-550 C to +125 0 C
OOC to + 700 C
-650 C to +1500 C
Input 1
Input 2
Thermal Resistance (OJ-A. Junction to Ambient for each package):
o
A Package
O. 6 C/mW
0
K Package
0.1 5 C/mw
Power Dissipation
500mW
CIRCUIT
~----~------~------~~----~---------'------~--~O+V
2.4K
2.4K
10K
1.lK
1.lK
7K
+------t-------+--If---------+------.....-'\Ivv--~---__t--~o OUTPUT 1
7K
INPUT 1
OUTPUT 2
600
600
1.4K
300
400
360
L - - - - -.....------~-----------+--------------~----~~--u-v
6·91
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. SE592/NE592
'~. 1 " Standard Conditions (T A = +2SoC, Vs =1±6V"VCM = 0 unless otherwise specified)
NE592
PARAMETER
Differential Voltage Gain
Gain 1
Gain
Bandwidth
Gain
Gain
Rise Time
Gain
Note 1
UNITS
MIN
TYP
MAX
MIN
TYP
MAX
250
400
600
300
400
500
80
100
120
90
100
110
2
RL = 2Kn, VOUT = 3V pop
Note 2
1
2
Note 1
Note 2
40
90
40
90
1
Note 1
VOUT= 1V pop
Note 2
10.5
10.5
Note 1
VOUT = 1V pop
Note 2
7.5
Gain 2
Propagation Delay
Gain 1
Gain 2
I nput Resistance
Gain 1
Gain 2
I nput Capacitance
Input Offset Current
Input Bias Current
Input Noise Voltage
Input Voltage Range
Common Mode Rejection Ratio
Gain 2
Gain 2
Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio
Gain 2
Output Offset Voltage
Gain 3
Output Common Mode Voltage
Output Voltage Swing
Output Resistance
Power Supply Current
Note 1
Note 2
Gain 2, Note 2
4.5
6.0
10
BW 1 kHz to 10 kHz
4.0
30
2.0
0.4
9.0
12
12
4.5
MHz
MHz
ns
10
7.5
10
6.0
20
5.0
30
4.0
30
2.0
0.4
9.0
12
±1.0
ns
ns
10
ns
Kn
Kn
pF
3.0
20
±1.0
IJA
IJA
IJV rms
V
VCM ±1V. F < 100 kHz
VCM ±1V. F = 5 MHz
60
86
60
60
86
60
dB
dB
t:. vs = ±0.5V
50
70
50
70
dB
RL = 00, Note 3
RL = 00
RL = 2K
RL =
00
Recommended Operating Supply Voltages (VS = ±6.0V)
NOTES:
1.
Gain select pins G 1 A and G 1 B connected together.
2.
3.
Gain select pins G2A and G2B connected together.
All gain select pins open.
&·92
SE 592
TEST CONDITIONS
2.4
3.0
0.35
2.9
4.0
20
18
0.75
3.4
24
2.4
3.0
0.35
2.9
4.0
20
18
0.75
3.4
24
V
V
n
mA
r~.;t[ e~ReUfTS (TA = 25°C unless otherwise specified)
510
. ·:~/\.L CHARACTERISTICS
PHASE SHI FT AS A
FUNCTION OF FREQUENCY
0",-
GAIN 2
VS-±8V
TA-26'C
'-
-6
0
"
-16
-300
,-26
0
1
2
4
3
6
6
fREQUENCV -
100
!II
I
90
80
70
~
60
!g
:Ii!
~
::Ii
~
8
9
10
10
100
1
1000
8:
I
~
r"-,
w
0
~ 1.0
20
10
1M
10M
Hz
100M
I
~ 0.8
4.0
g;:!
.... 1'\
I-
3.0
<:i
~ 0.4
f\
2.0
\
~
11/
5 0.2
l/J
0
1.0
/V
VzVCJ~
!'"
0.6
>
!
30
fREQUENCV -
5.0
.. ~
.......
40
Vs - t6V
TA - 26oc_
RL - lK
1.4
1.2
~
......... 1"-
1000
PULSE RESPONSE
Vs' ±6V
TA -25'C
AL -lkU-
6.0
100
1.6
>
r-.....
lOOk
10
--
'\
FREQUENCV - MHz
OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING
AS A FUNCTION
OF FREQUENCY
7.0
GAIN 2
VS-±6V
TA -2S'C
50
~
0
fREQUENCV - MHz
1-1- 1-:--.,.
0
10k
10
\'
1
COMMON MODE REJECTION
RATIO AS A FUNCTION
OF FREQUENCY
0
~
7
~\
20
-360
MHz
,
30
~\
Vs - t6V
TA - 26°C
RL ·IKIl
~
GAIN2
\11
-260
-....."....
-20
,
GAIN 1
40
\\
-200
1'-
60
"
-160
~
VS-t8V
TA-26oC
~..
-100
1'-.
VOL TAGE GAIN AS A
FUNCTIONOF FRE.QUENCY
60
~~
-60
'1'-..
-10
PHASE SHI FT AS A
F.UNCTION OF FREQUENCY
-0.2
-0.4
0
1
5
10
50
FREQUENCV -
100
MHz
500 1000
-16 -10
-6
0
B
10
15
20
26
30
35
TIME-I'll
6-93
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. SE592/NE592
,'~lCAL CHAHACTFRlSTlC CURVES (Cont'd)
70
60
1.8
1.6
I I
/V
50
40
1.2
/
V
30
/
20
I--
o
~
If i
I
/
0.8
0.8
0.4
60
40
BO
100
120
140
160
180 200
TA-O°C/h
~
.
0
~
is
JI
-0.4
-15
-10
-5
5
0
10
15
TIME --
20
25
Vs -
35
1.00
0.98
,ev
""
0.96
r-
20
~~11-,- r -
10
'""""- r--.
"- ~
0.92
w
W
W
~
60
40
0.2
J
-0.4
-15
\~
o-
I\~
\'
\
ro
r--
5
10
15
TIME -
ns
20
30
TA - 26'C
1.3
1.2
...?
1.0
0.9
TA - _55°C
III
TA -25°C
0.7
T~ J1~5°C
0.5
0.6
V
-
.... V
./
-
/'
GI'\~Y ~
T
I-"
Y
V
I-- I--
I,,/V
~
5
1
10
50
500 1000
100
3
MHz
SUPPLY VOLTAGE - tV
VOLTAGE GAIN
AS A FUNCTION OF
RADJ (FIGURE 3)
VOLTAGE GAIN
ADJUST CIRCUIT
1000
GAIN 2
Vs - t6V
~A
TA _25°C
50
RL -lkn
'"
10
'\.
\~
20
1\\
10
=
~~tc
:
FIGURE 3
...........
100
~
30
35
0.4
FREQUENCY -
60
'\.
61!l.
1kn
51n
1k!1
~ VS-,BV
Vs -
Vr
-10
1
5
10
60
FREOUENCY -
100
MHz
,av
~ '1
'\..
3V
600 1000
.01
(Pin numbers apply to K Package)
FIGURE'3
8-$4
25
1.4
O.B
-10
TEMPERATURE -'C
GAIN VS FREQUENCY
AS A FUNCTION OF
SUPPLY VOLTAGE
-6
-10
1.1
30
~
0.94
o
ClAIN2
40
t----....G4/"'~
TA -JO°C
VOLTAGE GAIN AS A
FUNCTION OF
SUPPLY VOLTAGE
RL -lkn
60
0.90
30
60
r"-.
r--
J
GAIN VS FREQUENCY
AS A FUNCTION OF
TEMPERATURE
Vs-t6V
"-r--:
-
I
0.4
nI
1.08
1.02
TA -26°C-
IL
V
0.6
-0.2
mV
1.10
1.04
O.B
>
/1
VOLTAGE GAIN AS A
FUNCTION.OF
TEMPERATURE
1.06
RL -lkn
1.0
I
-0.2
DIFFERENTIAL INPUT VOLTAGE -
Vs"'6V
1.2
'SV
Vs - '3V
is
/
-V
20
~
/
T
Vs - 'BV
Vs
~
1.4
25
A- °C
_RL"lkn_
1.0
10
GAIN 2
GAIN2
V S - '6V
..... TA -25°C
GAIN 2
o
PULSE RESPONSE AS A
FUNCTION OF
TEMPERATURE
PULSE RESPONSE AS A
FUNCTION OF
SUPPLY VOLTAGE
01 FFERENTIAL OVERDRIVE
RECOVERY TIME
1
10
100
1K
RADJ-!1
10K
lOOK
lMn
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. SE592/NE592
:,'~'1(~/~L
CHARACTERISTIC CURVES (Cant'd)
SUPPLY CURRENT
AS A FUNCTION
OF TEMPERATURE
OUTPUT VOLTAGE AND
CURRENT SWING AS
A FUNCTION OF
SUPPLY VOLTAGE
SUPPLY CURRENT
AS A FUNCTION
OF SUPPLY VOLTAGE
21
26
7.0
Vs - t6V
TA _26°C
TA- 26° C
20
24
I
18
r-.. ........
/"
17
....
r-...
ia
,~
>-
/
20
16
~
iii
16
. . .v
12
15
/
V
/
~
-20
60
20
/
8
3.0
°C
SUPPLY VOLTAGE -
OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING
AS A FUNCTION OF
LOAD RESISTANCE
60
6.0
60
4.0
40
Vs - t
>'&.
3.0
~
2.0
5
6.0
8.0
7.0
6.0
tV
INPUT NOISE VOLTAGE
AS A FUNCTION OF
SOURCE RESISTANCE
UAIN2
6.0
~
g
4.0
70
Vs - t6V
TA _26°C
I
/"
SUPPLY VOLTAGE -
tV
INPUT RESISTANCE
AS A FUNCTION OF
TEMPERATURE
7.0
~
~
/" ~
,/
...
o
3
140
100
TEMPERATURE -
'z"
~
~~~~
~
,;' -I
~c.\)
,/
/'
14
-80
/"
...... V
~
19
/'
./'
30
V
/
1.0
/
20
/
10
6V-
V
/
V
./'
DO 1---+-I-+1f---t-++++-+-+-I-tt---tVs - t6V TA-2II°C
10 MHz
80
1--+-+++---1f--++HI---t-+-++l--j BW -
60
H-t+f---t-t-TH-t- -l +++-+--+-+-1+--1
60
J
H-Ht--IH-t+H--+-t+lI-+--+tiirt
'fI'"
4OH-H~H-t+H-t-t+lr+-+~r-
--7 11
. -
./V
.,."V
o
10
o
60
100
600
lk
LOAD RESISTANCE -
6k
10k
-60
-20
0
20
140
100
60
TEMPERATURE _
"
°C
SOURCE RESISTANCE -
"
VOLTAGE GAIN AS A
FUNCTION OF FREQUENCY
(ALL GAIN SELECT PINS OPEN)
V~
- t6V
TA - 25°C
GAIN 3
40
30
20
10
-10
V
-20
V'\
~
\
/
-30
-40
/
~
-50
.01
\
/
10
100
1000
FREOUENCY - MHz
8-85
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. SE592/NE592
DISC/TAPE PHASE MODULATED
READBACK SYSTEMS
+5
I
+6
I
8
~2;-1
+Q
1-10 mV-p-p
1-4 MHz
AMPLITUDE:
FREQUENCY:
----.
I
I
I
-6
I
ZERO CROSSING DETECTOR
DIFFERENTlATDR/AMPLIFIER
DIFFERENTIATION WITH
HIGH COMMON MODE
NOISE REJE'CTION
FILTER NETWORKS
,-------.-.--~~-.-
ZNETWORK
...- - . - . - -..
vo (s) TRANSFER
~---
FILTER
·'It;.
,+ RIL
L
[-'-J
4
1.4 X 10
HIGH PASS
,+ l/RC
R
~---------~-------~----------
BAND PASS
~
1.4.104
vl (s)
Z(s) + 2,.
4
1.4X10
,2
+ RIL ,+
lILd
L
r'L-A~A~C
V--YYyC~
4
1.4 X 10 [
BAND REJECT
-R-
,2 + llLC
,2
BASIC CONFIGURATION
1--
NOTE:
.. - - - - - - - -
IN THE NETWORKS ABOVE. THE R VALUE USED IS
ASSUMED TO INCLUDE 2
OR APPROXIMATELY'
32 OHMS.
'e.
J
+ llLC + '/Rd
Z(s) + 32
6·96
1
,
[
L
-6
1.4.104
+6
4
1.4 X 10 [_1_]
C
~I--o
Vl
-~
_-l..... _._T_Y_P_E._ ... -1-___ Vl_(~_~UNCTI~_
LOW PASS
R
~+Q
---~----~
I
READ HEAD
I
I
-. ·"'t:
FOR FREQUENCY Fl
vo" 1.4X 104C
~
«
1/2 ~ (32) C
ll:f:RATIONAL AMPLIFIER IPA709
!ii!lnOliC!i
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
PIN CONFIGURATIONS
n~ ~~(:RIPTiON
The J,lA709 is a high performance monolithic operational
amplifier with differential inputs. High open loop gain, high
input impedance, wide input common mode and output
voltage ranges plus low temperature drift enable it to be
used in many applications formerly satisfied only by dis.
crete amplifiers.
A PACKAGE
(Top View)
14
13
12
H'::ATURES
11
• OPEN LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN =
45,000
10
±14V
• OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING =
ORDER PART NOS.
J,lA 79 0 AlJ,lA 709CA
• INPUT COMMON MODE RANGE =
• DIFFERENTIAL INPUT RESISTANCE
±10V
1. NC
2. NC
3. I nput compensation A
4. I nverting input
5. Non-inverting input
6. V
7. NC
8. NC
9. Output Compensation
10. Output
11. V+
12. I nput compensation B
13. NC
14. NC
QPACKAGE
=J,lA10'9 250kn
J,lA109C 400kn
/JiSOUJTE MAXI MUM RATI NGS
Supply Voltage
Internal Power Dissipation (Note 1)
±18V
N5709 250 mW
S5709 300 mW
Differential Input Voltage
±5.0V
Input Voltage
±10V
Open Short-Circuit Duration (T A = 25°C)
-25°C
Storage Temperature Range
-65°C to +150o C
Operating Temperature Range
J,lA70.9C OOC to +750 C
J,lA109 -55°C to +1250 C
Lead Temperature (Soldering, 60 sec)
300°C
1.
2.
3.
4.
NC
Input compensation A
Inverting input
Non-inverting input
5.
6.
7.
V
8.
V+
9.
Input compensation B
Output compensation
Output
10. NC
ORDER PART NOS. J,lA709Q/J,lA709CQ
T PACKAGE
1.
2.
3.
NOTE:
0
1. Rating applied for case temperatures to + 125 C; derate
o
linearly at 5.6mW/ C for ambient temperatures above
I nput compensation A
I nverting input
Non-inverting input
4.
V·
5.
6.
Output compensation
Output
7.
V+
8.
Input compensation B
ORDER PART NOS. J,lA709T/J,lA709CT
0
+95 C.
"\SIC CIHCUIT SCHEMATIC
B
INPUT COMPENSATION
~----------~----~------------~------'------4r----~~----~----~V+
INPUT COMPENSATION
0-----+-----4
~----_+----~I_--__O OUTPUT COMPE.NSATION
INVERTING INPUT
0--------1------'
6·97
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. JJ.A709
L::;::mL~L r.HARACTERISTICS (T A = ±250C, Vs = ±15V (709C); ±9:S Vs
..
:s ±15 (709)
unless otherwise specified)
J..I.A709C
J..I.A709
PARAMETER
UNITS
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN.
INPUT CHARACTERISTICS
Offset Voltage @ 2SoC
RS ~ 10Kn, +9V,~VS~+1SV
RS ~ 10Kn, ±9V
Over Temperature
Offset Current @ 25°C
Over Temperature
MAX.
TYP.
1
< ±1SV
MIN.
MAX.
TYP.
2
S
6
SO
20
200
200
100
SOO
T A = +12SoC
T A = -SSoC
100
T A = -SSoC
INPUT RESISTANCE @ 2SoC
Over Temperature
INPUT VOLTAGE RANGE @ 2SoC
Over Temperature
1S0
40
±S.O
VS=±1SV
SOO
nA
nA
7S0
200
O.S
SOO
1.S
400
100
mV
mV
nA
OoC ~ T A ~ 7SoC
Bias Current @ 2SoC
Over Temperature
7.S
~O
nA
300 1S00
nA
/.IA
2S0
kn
kn
V
V
SO
3S
±S.O
±10
:!:12
±14
n
V
±10
±13
V
±10
OUTPUT CHARACTERISTICS
/
Resistance @ 2SoC
Voltage Swing
RL~10Kn
Over Temperature
Vs = ±1SV, RL~ 10Kn
±12
±14
Vs = ±1SV, RL~ 2Kn
±10
±13
1S0
1S0
RL~2kn
POWER CONSUMPTION
TRANSIENT RESPONSE
(Figure 1)
Rise Time
Overshoot
LARGE SIGNAL VOLTAGE GAIN
@250C
Over Temperature
COMMON MODE REJECTION
RATIO@250C
Over Temperature
SUPPLY VOLTAGE REJECTION
RATIO@250C
Over Temperature
AVERAGE TEMPERATURE
Coefficient of Input
Offset Voltage
V
SO
165
SO
200
mW
0.3
10
1.0
30
0.3
10
1.0
30
/.IW
%
Vs = +1SV
V in = 10mV, RL = 2Kn
C ~ 100 pF
L
RL~25Kn: V
RL~2SKn, V
out
out
= ±10V
= .±10V
25,000
4S,000 70,000
RS~10Kn
1S,000 45,000
V!V
12,000
V!V
65
RS~ 10Kn
70
90
25
150
RS~ 10Kn
dB
90
dB
25
RS~10Kn
200
/.IV!V
/.IV!V
RS = 50n
3.0
/.IV/oC
RS~10Kn
6.0
/.IV/oC
10k
6-98
V
10k
Si!lDotiCS
DIffERENTIAL VOLTAGE COMPARATOR ipA710
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
DESCRIPTION
PIN CONFIGURATION
The~A'710 is a High Speed Differential Voltage Comparator
featuring low offset voltage, high sensitivity and a wide
input voltage range. It is ideally suited for use as a pulse
height discriminator, an analog comparator or a digital line
receiver. The output structure of the ~A710 is compatible
with DTL, TTL and Uti logic integrated circuits.
The ~A 710 is specified for operation over the MIL temperature range of -55°C to +125°C. The ~A710C is
specified for operation over the commercial/industrial temperature range of O°C to +75°C.
A PACKAGE
(Top View)
1.
2.
3.
4.
NC
Ground
Non-I nvertlng Input
Inverting Input
5. NC
rEATURE:S
•
•
FAST RESPONSE - 40ns
HIGH SENSITIVITY - 1.7V/mv
•
LOW OFFSET VOLTAGE TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT _. 3.5~V/oC
•
6.
HIGH INPU1i VOLTAGE RANGE - ±5.0V
v+
ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS
Positive Supply Voltage
Negative Supply Voltage
Peak Output Current
Differential Input Voltage
Input Voltage
Internal Power Dissipation (Note 4)
TO-99
TO-91
Operating Temperature Range
~A710
~A7'10C
Storage Temperature Range
Lead Temperature (Soldering, 60 sec)
+14.0V
-7.0V
10mA
±5.0V
±7.0V
ORDER PART NOS. ~710A/~710CA
QPACKAGE
300mW
200mW
1.
2.
3.
4.
-55°C to +125°C
O°C to +75°C
_65°C to +150°C
300°C
CIBCUIT SCHEMATIC
Ground
Non-I nverting Input
Inverting Input
NC
v-
5.
6. Output
7. NC
v+
8.
9. NC
Maximum Ratings are limiting values above which serviceability
may ba impaired.
~ASIC
v-
7. NC
8. NC
9. Output
10. NC
11.
12. NC
13. NC
.14. NC
10. NC
ORDER PART NOS. ~710Q/~710CJ.
T
PACKAGE
r--,----..,.---,--ov.
1. Ground
2. Non-I nverting Input
3: Inverting Input
4.
5. NC
6. NC
7. Output
v-
8.
ORDER PART NOS.
v+
~710T/~710CT
6·99
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS -IlA710
;~,u;eTRlCAl CHARACTERISTICS (Note 1)
(Standard Conditions: T Ar= +25°C, V+ = 12V, V- = -6.0V unless otherwise specified)
PARAMETERS
Input Offset Voltage
RS~200n
Input Offset Current
TYP
MIN
TEST CONDITIONS
iJA710 iJA710C
0.6
1.6
2.0
5.0
mV
Note 3
0.75
1.8
3.0
5.0
/.lA
/.lA
Voltage Gain
1250
1000
Output Resistance
[N in ;;;'5mV, V out = 0
Response Time
2.0
1.6
Note 2
Except as noted, the following specifications apply over the temperature ranges of:
Input Offset Voltage
RS~200n
Average Temperature Coefficient
RS - 50n, T A
of Input Offset Voltage
RS
Input Offset Current
TA
=,50n, T A
RS - 50n, T A
=+125 OC
TA
z
13
16
1700
1500
200
200
20
n
mA
40
ns
40
-55°C ~T A ~+1250C for the S5710
OoC ~T A ~ +75 0C for the N5710
Note 3
3.0
3.5
10
~ +25°C to -55°C
2.7
10
= OOC to +76°C
0.26
3.0
1.8
7.0
T A • OoC to +75°C
of Input Offset Current
T A • +26°C to -55°C
Input Bias Current
p.V/oC
7.5
6.0
/.lA
/.lA
/.lA
nA/oC
nA/oC
25
15
76
T A • +25°C to +75°C
15
50
T A = +25 0 C to OOC
24
100
/.lA/oC
/.lA/oC
40
/.lA
/.lA
TA = -55°C
27
= OOC
V- = -7.0V
±5.0
RS ~200n
80
70
±5.0
±5.0
TA
Input Common Mode Voltage
6.5
20
5
Note 3
-65°C
T A = +25 0C to +125 OC
25
2.5
= +25 0C to +125°C
Average Temperature Coefficient
UNITS
Note 3
Input Bias Current
Output Sink Current
MAX
iJA710, 1iJA71OC iJA710 iJA710C
45
25
V
±5.0
Range
Common Mode Rejection Ratio
Differential Input Voltage Range
Voltage Gain
1000
Positive Output Level
IJ.v in ;;;'5mV, 0~lout~5.0mA
Negative Output Level
IJ.v in ;;;'5mV
Output Sink Current
T A" +125°C, IJ.v in ;;;'5ma, V out = 0
T A = -55°C,IJ.V in ;;;'5mV, V out " 0
TA = O~C to +75 0C,IJ.V in ;;;'5mV, V out
Positive Supply Current
Vout~O
Negative Supply Current
Power Consumption
(Recommended Operating Supply Voltages: V+ = 12V, V- = -6V)
NOTES:
1. All voltages are referenced to pin F.
2. The response time spacified is measured with a 100mV input
step, and a 5mV overdrive.
3. Input Offset Voltage and Input Offset Current are specified
for output voltage levels of:
J,lA710
J,lA710C
1.8V at -55°C
1.5V at OOC
0
1.4V at +25 C
1.4V at +25 0 C
1.0V at +125 0 C
1.2V at +75 0 C
4. Rating applies for temperatures up to: J,lA710 - +125 0 C
J,lA710C - +76°C
6·100
dB
98
800
2.5
2.5
3.2
3.2
-1.0
-1.0
-0.5
-0.5
0.5
4.0
4.0
0
0
V
V
mA
1.7
1.0
=0
100
mA
2.3
mA
0.5
5.2
5.2
9.0
9.0
4.6
4.6
7.0
7.0
90
90
150
150
mA
mA
mW
llUAL VOLTAGE COMPARATOR ,pA711
Gi!lDntiCG
--------------------------------------------------------~
;
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
DESCRIPTION
PIN CONFIGURATION
The JlA711 High Speed Dual Voltage Comparator features
low offset voltage, high sensitivity and a wide input voltage
range. It is ideal for use as a bi-directional limit detector
in automatic test equipment.
INV. INPUT
NON-INV. INPUT
OUTPUT
Due to fast response and strobe control capabilities the
JlA711 performs well as a sense amplifier in core memory
systems.
INV. INPUT 2
NON-INV. INPUT 2
The JlA711 is specified over the-military temperature range
of -55°C to +12SoC. The JlA711 is specified over the
commercial/industrial temperature range of O°C to +75°C.
A PACKAGE
(Top View)
14
t:EATURES
13
•
FAST RESPONSE - 40n5
•
•
HIGH SENSITIVITY - 1.5V/mV
LOW OFFSET VOLTAGE TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT - 5JlVtC
•
HIGH INPUT VOLTAGE RANGE - ±5.0V
12
11
10
,8
/\BSOLUTIE MAXIMUM RATINGS
Positive Supply Voltage
Negative Supply Voltage
Peak Output Current
Differential Input Voltage
Input Voltage
Internal Power Dissipation (Note 4)
TO-99
Operating Temperature Range
JlA711
JlA711C
Storage Temperature Range
Lead Temperature (Soldering, 60 sec)
+14.0V
-7.0V
50mA
±5.0V
±l.OV
ORDER PART NOS.
Jl.A 711A/JlA 711CA
Maximum ratings are limiting values above which serviceability
may be Impaired.
11. v+
12. Ground
13. Strobe 1
14. NC
K PACKAGE
1- Ground
2. Strobe 1
3. Inverting Input 1
4. Non-Inverting Input 1
300mW
_55°e to +125°e
oOe to +75°C
_65°C to +150°C
300°C
1. NC
2. Inverting Input 1
3. Non-Inverting Input 1
4. v5. Non-Inverting Input 2
6. Inverting Input 2
7. NC
8. NC
9. Strobe 2
10. Output
6. v6. Non-Inverting Input 2
7. Inverting Input 2
ORDER PART NOS.
J.1A711 K/J.1A711CK
8. Strobe 2
9. Output
10.
v+
",t\S!C CIBCUIT SCHEMATIC
.--.----..---+--r-t--+-...---.---..---_v·
'----+---oNON-INVERTINl1 INPUT 2
8·101
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. JLA711
TRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Note 1)
(Standard Conditions: T A = +25°C, V+ = 12.0V, V- = -6.0V unless otherwise specified)
PARAMETERS
Input Offset Voltage
Input Offset Current
MIN
TEST CONDITIONS
J.IA 711
711C
fJA711
711C
UNITS
1.0
1.0
3.5
5.0
mV
V out = +1 AV, RS ~ 200n
1.0
1.0
5.0
7.5
mV
V out = +lAV
0.5
0.5
10.0
15.0
J.IA
J.IA
Voltage Gain
750
Response Time
700
Note 2
Strobe Release Time
V- = -7.0V
Differential Input Voltage Range
±5.0
±5.0
±5.0
±5.0
Output Resistance
Positive Output Level
fJA711
V out = +lAV, RS ~ 200n, V cm = 0
Input Bias Current
Input Common Mode Voltage Range
MAX
TVP
711C
25
25
1500
1500
40
40
ns
12
12
ns
V in >10mV
Yin > lOmV, 10 = 5mA
V
4.5
4.5
2.5
3.5
3.5
-0.5
-0.5
Negative Output Level
V in >10mV
-1.0
-1.0
Strobed Output Level
Vstrobe <0.3V
-1.0
-1.0
Output Sink Current
Yin >10mV, Vout>O
0.5
0.5
Strobe Current
Vstrobe = 100mV
1.2
1.2
Positive Supply Current
Vout~O
8.6
8.6
3.9
3.9
Power Consumption
0.8
130
The following specifications apply over the temperature ranges of:
n
200
2.5
Negative Supply Current
100
V
200
Loaded Positive Output Level
75
5.0
5.0
V
0
0
V
0
0
130
V
mA
0.8
2.5
2.5
mA
mA
mA
200
200
mW
-55°C ~T A ~+125°C for the J.lA711
OOC ~ T A ~ + 75°C for the J.lA711C
Input Offset Voltage
RS ~200n, V cm = 0,
Note 3
RS~200n
Input Offset Current
Note 3
Input Bias Current
Temperature Coefficient of Input
5.0
Offset Voltage
Voltage Gain
Recommended Operating Supply Voltages: V+ = 12V, V- = -6V
NOTES:
1. All voltages are referenced to pin 1.
2. The response time specified is for a 100mV input step, with a
5mV overdrive.
3. The Input Offset Voltage and Input Offset Current are specified
for a logic threshold voltage of: 1.BV at OOC.
J.lA711
J.lA711C
1.BV at OOC
1.5V at OOC
0
1.4V at +25 C
l.4V at +25 0 C
1.0V at +125 0 C
1.2V at +75 0 C
4. Rating applies for temperatures up to: J.lA711 - +125 0 C
0
J.lA711C - +75 C
6·102
500
500
5.0
4.5
6.0
mV
6.0
10.0
mV
20
25
150
150
J.IA
J.IA
j1V/oC
~';:ECISION
Si!lDotiCS
VOLTAGE REGULATOR
pA723
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
Jt::5CRIPTION
PIN CONFIGURATION
The J.1A723 is a Monolithic Precision Voltage Regulator
capable of operation in positive or negative supplies as
A PACKAGE
(Top View)
II series, shunt, switching or floating regulator. The J.1A723
contains a temperature compensated reference amplifier,
14
error amplifier, series pass transistor, and current limiter,
13
with access to remote shutdown.
12
11
1.
2.
3.
4.
NC
Current Limit
Current Sense
Inverting Input
5. Noninverting Input
6. VREF
V-
7.
;:"~J:ATURES
10
II
POSITIVE OR NEGATIVE SUPPLY OPERATION
II
SERIES, SHUNT, SWITCHING OR
OPERATION
.01% LINE AND LOAD REGULATION
II
FLOATING
II
OUTPUT VOLTAGE ADJUSTABLE FROM 2 TO 37
VOLTS
II
OUTPUT CURRENT TO 150mA WITHOUT EXTERNAL PASS TRANSISTOR
8. NC
9. V z
10.
11.
12.
13.
14
V out
Vc
V+
Frequency Compensation
NC
ORDER PART NOS. J.1A723A/J.1A723CA
L PACKAGE
:.,HHVALENT CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
4.
Current Sense
Inverting Input
Noninverting Input
VREF
5. V6. V ou.t
7. Vc
8. V+
9. Frequency Compensation
10. Current Limit
FREQUENCY
COMPENSATION
\1.
v'
\~
ORDER PART NOS. J.1A723L/J.1A723CL
J\BSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS
J.1A723
.'~
CURRENT
SENSE
~~~I~~ER ~~~I~~:T
q
-:
Vz
J.1A723C
Pulse Voltage from
SOV
V+ to V- (SOms)
Continuous Voltage from V+ to V- 40V
40V
Input-Output Voltage
Differential
40V
40V
Maximum Output Current
lS0mA
lS0mA
Current from VREF
lSmA
Current from V z
2SmA
I nternal Power
Dissipation (Note 1)
800mW
800mW
Operating Temperature
Range
-55 to +12SoC
Storage Temperature
-6SoC to +150°C -6SoC to +lS0°C
Range
Lead Temperature
300°C
300°C
6-103
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. IlA723/723C
" nn~AL CHf~RACTEn!~Tl[$
PARAMETER (See definitions)
MIN
(T A = 25°C unless otherwise specified - Note 1)
TYP
MAX
CONDITIONS
UNITS
J..IA723C
Line Regulation (Note 2)
0.Q1
0.1
0.1
0.5
%V out
% V out
Yin = 12V to Yin = 15V
Vin = 12V to Yin = 40V
Load Regulation (Note 2)
Ripple Rejection
0.03
74
86
0.2
% V out
dB
dB
IL = 1mA to IL = 50mA
f = 50 Hz to 10 kHz, CREF = 0
f = 50 Hz to 10 kHz, CREF = 5/.tF
rnA
V
/.tV rms
/.tV rms
Rsc = 10n, V out = 0
Short Circuit Current Limit
Reference Voltage
Output Noise Voltage
6.80
.
Long Term Stability
Standby Current Drain
Input Voltage Range
Output Voltage Range
Input-Output Voltage Differential
The Following Specifications Apply
Over the Operating Temperature Ranges
65
7.15
20
2.5
0.1
2.3
9.5
2.0
3.0
Line Regulation
Load Regulation
Average Temperature Coefficient
of Output Voltage
7.50
0.003
0.1
4.0
40
37
BW = 100 Hz to 10 kHz, CREF = 0
BW = 100 Hz to 10 kHz, CREF = 5/.tF
38
%/1000 hrs.
rnA
V
V
V
0.3
0.6
% V out
%V out
0.015
%/oC
Yin = 12V to Yin = 15V
IL = 1mA to IL = SOmA
IL = 0, Yin = 30V
J..IA723
Line Regulation (Note 2)
0.01
0.02
0.1
0.2
%V out
%V out
Yin = 12V to Yin = 15V
Yin = 12V to Yin -40V
Load Regulation (Note 2)
Ripple Rejection
0.03
74
86
0.15
%V out
dB
dB
f = 50 Hz to 10 kHz, CREF = 0
f = 50 Hz to 10 kHz, CREF = 5/.tF
Short Circuit Current Limit
Reference Voltage
Output Noise Voltage
Long Term Stability
Standby Current Drain
Input Voltage Range
Output Voltage Range
Input-Output Voltage Differential
The Following Specifications Apply
Over the Operating Temperature Ranges
Line Regulation
Load Regulation
Average Temperature Coefficient
of Output Voltage
6.95
65
7.15
7.35
20
2.5
0.1
2.3
= 1mA to IL = 50mA
rnA
V
RSC = 10n, V out = 0
/.tV rms
/.tV rms
BW = 100 Hz to 10 kHz, CREF = 0
BW = 100 Hz to 10 kHz, CREF = 5/.tF
9.5
2.0
3.5
40
37
3.0
38
%/1000 hrs
rnA
V
V
V
0.3
0.6
%V out
% V out
0.015
%/oC
0.002
IL
IL=O,Vin=30V
Yin = 12V to Yin = 15V
IL = 1mA to IL = SOmA
NOTES
1. Unless otherwise specified, TA - 26°C, Vin = V+ - Vc - 12V,
V- = OV, V out = 6V, IL = 1mA, Asc = 0, C1 = 100pF, CAEF = 0
and divider impedance as seen by error amplifier <; 10kn when
connected as shown in Figure 3.
6·104
2. The load and line regulation specifications are for constant
junction temperature. Temperature drift effects must be taken
Into account separately when tha unit is operating under
conditions of high dissipation.
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. JlA723/723C
; Y!=lICAL CHARACTERISTIC CURVES
STANDBY CURRENT DRAIN
AS A FUNCTION OF
INPUT VOLTAGE
~t--. !::~-c
...~~~
1,.),",,1
l~
'0
IIITM'IMlCW
LOAD REGULATION
CHARACTERISTICS WITH
CURRENT LIMITING
VOU1·r.V,VIfIj'·UY
"sc ....1
r--
'srJi"~""1OmW
~.'''~CAN'ACI(AOI
:or
".
."
........
,\
\
~~
\
~
f--
\
-
~~
V ,r., 1:00<
~
1"-.'· . ,,,1
-
'
~r
MAXIMUM LOAD CURRENT
AS A FUNCTION OF
INPUT·OUTPUT VOLTAGE
DIFFERENTIAL
' .... Jlfe
' ..... 12II'C
,
\
--
N~
\ ~ ~::::::..
'A"~
~
~
........
~ .....
~~
../
r ..... :n6c
' ..... 10'\::
~
~V V
z..r-'<
/
r ..... 1Wc
f--
\""
.--
\ .,/1
-
,.-'.11 • .,.,
~
;" .....
\~
\~
I \~
IVin - Voutl-V
CURRENT LIMITING
CHARACTERISTICS AS A
FUNCTION OF JUNCTION
TEMPERATURE
f--
r--
~
MAXIMUM LOAD CURRENT
AS A FUNCTION OF
INPUT-OUTPUT VOLTAGE
DIFFERENTIAL
LOAD REGULATION
CHARACTERISTICS WITHOUT
CURRENT LIMITING
I
I,,,..,.,....
~
....... N.~
(/*,:~C.IJZ:;:;-
VE:~~- I--
I--t--+---t--t--+--+-,.,. .,.:~::;:::,IW I--t--+---t--t--+--+ ::~'::''':~I f--
"'II~ ~
~
......
LOAD TRANSIENT RESPONSE
-
IV,n -
V~al
:::;~~ V
I-- :::::::... .:::--
~
------
~
~
~ KV"'
"
JUNeTIO'" TEMPERATURE _·C
.......
~~
-r- ......""T""'j':::::- r-_
'r
'" LV /' 65:a - -... r~~
~
........ ~
......:;
~
~i'.
- V
LINE REGULATION AS A
FUNCTION OF INPUT-OUTPUT
VOLTAGE DIFFERENTIAL
OUTPUT IMPEDANCE AS A
FUNCTI9N OF _-::R~QUENCY
\
I \ .."",,.u...
\
Iu ""'"
~
VIN"IIV,
"OUT"IV
-:..--
., --~
~ :?c."",+--+--+-+---'1r---+-+--I
TIME-",
8·105
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. JlA723/723C
fYPICAL CHARACTERISTIC CURVES (Cont'd.)
LOAD REGULATION ASA
FUNCTION OF INPUT·OUTPUT
VOLTAGE DIFFERENTIAL
LINE TRANSIENT RESPONSE
.!..,-~...
CURRENT LIMITING
CHARACTE R ISTICS
·;::::::vL
I--+--+-+-+-----+--+ ~:~,."." •• ~
I
I--+--+--+-+-+-- t------
--
--t--t------
11.2
t-- y::,~::;!V
fiSC· 1011
TIME
-~I
;sASIC J1A723 REGULATOR APPLICATIONS
REMOTE SHUTDOWN REGULATOR WITH
CURRENT LIMITING (Vout = 2 to 7 Volts)
HIGH VOLTAGE REGULATOR
(Vout = 7 to 37 Volts)
..
R3 -
R1 R2
R1 + R2
for minimum temperature drift
R3 may be eliminated for minimum component count
FIGURE 1
6·106
FIGURE 2
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS -IlA723/723C
~lASIC
Jl.A723 REGULATOR APPLICATIONS (Cont'd.)
LOW VOLTAGE REGULATOR
(V out = 2 to 7 Volts)
NEGATIVE VOLTAGE REGULATOR
V'N
V'N
.,
....
,
V out =
~
R3 =
R2
REF
R1 + R~
-- X --2
R1
t
for minimum temperature drift
+ R2
FIGURE 3
FIGURE 4
FOLDBACK CURRENT LIMITING REGULATOR
(Vout =2 to 7 Volts)
VREF
·oc
VOUT
.,
REGUL"TED
OUTPUT
·3
Vz
..
·2
~
ISHORTCCT
o~~----~--~~~---L~
o
":"
10
20
30
40
50
60
":"
":"
OUTPUT CURRENT IN mA
V OUT ISC
~----~----~-------- ·1
VSENSE (IKNEE-1SHORTCCT)
ISHORT CKT
~
[VSENSE
Rsc
FIGURE 5
6-107
stgnotics
:jJ~ffRHf!iAl
VIDEO AMPLIFIER
UA733
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
~CHIPTtON
P!N CONfiGURATiONS
The 733 is a monolithic differential input, differential
output, wideband video amplifier. It offers fixed gains
of 10,100 or 400 without external components, and adjustable gains from 10 to 400 by the use of an external
resistor. No external frequency compensation components
are required for any gain option. Gain stability, wide bandwidth and low phase distortion are obtained through use
of the classic series-shunt feedback from the emitter follower outputs to the inputs of the second stage. The
emitter follower outputs provide low output impedance,
and enable the device to drive capacitive loads. The 733
is intended for use as a high performance video and pulse
amplifier in communications, magnetic memories, display
and video recorder systems.
A & I PACKAGE
1. Input 2
2. NC
3. G
Gain Salect
2B
4. G 1 B Gain Salect
14
13
5. V
6. NC
12
7. Output 2
8. Output 1
9. NC
10. V+
11
11. G
Gain Sal act
1A
Gain Salact
2A
13. NC
14. Input 1
10
12. G
ORDER PART NOS.
J.l.A733A1
J.l.A733 I I
J.l.A733CI
J.l.A733CAI
iEJ\TURES
• 120 MHz BANDWIDTH
• 250kil INPUT RESISTANCE
K PACKAGE
1. Input 1
2. Input 2
• SELECTABLE GAINS OF 10,100 and 400
•
3. G
Gain Selact
2B
4. G 1 B Gain Salect
NO FREQUENCY COMPENSATION REQUIRED
YiOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS
5. V-
Differential Input Voltage
Common Mode Input Voltage
VCC
Output Current
Junction Temperature
Storage Temperature Range
Operation Temperature Range
6. Output 2
±SV
±6V
±8V
NOTE; Pin 5 connected to case.
Thermal Resistance (8 J-A' Junction
to Ambient for each package):
A Package
I Package
K Package
Power Dissipation
O°C to + 7SoC
-S6°C to + 7SoC
J.1.A733C
J.1.A733
9. G 1 A Gain Selact
10. G
Gain Selact
2A
ORDER PART NOS.
J.l.A 733 K/J.l.A 733C K
10mA
+1S0°C
-65°C to +1S0°C
c:"IC CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
r---~----------~------~----~----~~------~~V+
".
10kn
INPUT 1
INPUT 2
G'A
G,S)
G2A
°2B
GAIN
SELECT
t-------+---o OUTPUT,
GAIN
OUTPUT 2
SELECT
(
"'4
4000
L---~--------~--------~---------+-------4--ov-
6·108
7. Output 1
8. V+
O.16°C/mW
0.1O°C/mW
O. 14SoC/mW
SOOmW
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. tJA733/tJA733C
.'- .':LTRIGAL CHARACTERISTICS Standard Conditions (T A
PARAMETERS
TEST CONDITIONS
= +25°C, Vs = ±V, VCM = 0 unless otherwise specified)
1JA733C
MIN
TVP
1JA733
MAX
MIN
TVP
MAX
UNITS
Differential Voltage Gain
Gain 1
Gain 2
RI = 2kn, V out = 3V p_p
Gain 3
Note 1
250
400
600
300
400
500
Note 2
80
100
120
90
100
110
10
12
10
11
Note 3
8.0
9.0
Bandwidth
Gain 1
Note 1
40
40
MHz
Gain 2
Note 2
90
90
MHz
Gain 3
Note 3
120
120
MHz
Rise Time
Gain 1
Gain 2
V
out
= 1V
p-p
Note 1
10.5
Note 2
4.5
Note 3
2.5
Gain 3
ns
10.5
12
4.5
10
ns
ns
2.5
Propagation Delay
Gain 1
Gain 2
V
out
= 1V
p-p
Note 1
7.5
Note 2
6.0
Note 3
3.6
Gain 3
7.5
10
6.0
ns
10
ns
3.6
ns
4.0
kn
Input Resistance
Gain 1
Note 1
Gain 2
Note 2
Gain 3
Note 3
Input Capacitance
Gain 2
4.0
10
30
250
2.0
Note 2
Input Offset Current
0.4
Input Bias Current
9.0
Input Noise Voltage
20
BW = 1 kHz to 10 MHz
kn
250
kn
pF
2.0
5.0
0.4
9.0
30
12
Input Voltage Range
30
3.0
20
12
IJA
J.l.V rms
±1.0
±1.0
J.lA
V
Common Mode
Rejection R.atio
Gain 2
VCM=±1V,f~100kHz
Gain 2
V CM = ±1 V, F = 5 MHz
60
86
60
60
86
dB
60
dB
70
dB
Supply Voltage
Rejection Ratio
Gain 2
b..V
S
= ±O.5V
50
70
50
Output Offset Voltage
Gain 1
RL
=00
Gain 2 and 3
Output Common Mode
Note 1
0.6
1.5
0.6
1.5
V
Notes 2,3
0.35
1.5
0.35
1.0
V
3.4
2.4
2.9
3.4
V
4.0
RL =00
2.4
2.9
RL = 2k
3.0
4.0
3.0
3.6
2.5
Voltage
Output Voltage Swing
Output Sink Current
2.5
Output Resistance
Power Supply Current
20
RL =00
18
3.6
mA
20
24
18
n
24
mA.
Recommended Operating Supply Voltages (VS = ±6.0V)
NOTES
1. Gain select pins G 1 A and G 1 B connected together.
2. Gain select pins G 2A and G
connected together.
2B
3. All gain select pins open.
6·109
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. Jl.A733/Jl.A733C
J
t~T Cl RCU!T~~ (T A = 25°C unless otherwise specified)
51ll
51ll
\''1' CAL CHARACTERISTIC CURVES
PHASE SHIFT AS A
FUNCTION OF FREQUENCY
PHASE SHIFT AS A
FUNCTION OF FREQUENCY
VoLTAGE GAIN ASA
FUNC1'IOr)l OF FREQUENCY
60
I'"
"-
GAIN 2
VS"":!6V
TA -26"C
",
-15
TA -25"C
50 ~f-
":t-,
r\
r\
~\
-150
['."
'\\'
-200
"-
~
-250
"
-20
(0
-300
9
10
1
6
10
50
FREQUENCY -
COMMON MODE REJECTION
RATIO AS A FUNCTION
OF FREQUENCY
(0
-e.
;(01
... _
~~1
-350
o
FREQUENCY -- MHz
100
10
I--
............
~
....
::>
§
TA -26"C
1.2
.....
4.0
,
~
3.0
~tf5'" W~
(J
/
z
0.8
'6.
t-...
50
Vs ""±6V
TA -25"C
1-1"---.
10
FREQUENCY -
OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING
AS A FUNCTION
OF FREQUENCY
VS' ,6V
80
o
5,
500 1000
MHz
GAIN 2
-
~
I--
7.0
100
90
VS-!6V
~,
-100
" '-
-10
-25
~
-60
Hz
100M
o
1
5
10
50
FREQUENCY -
100
MHz
600 1000
-0.4
-16
-10
-5
10
15
TIME -ns
20
26
30
35
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS -IlA7331IlA733C
:'~{PICAl
CHARACTERISTIC CUBVES
(Cont'd.)
01 FFERENTIAL
OVERDRIVE
RECOVERY TIME
1.6
70
1.6
VS .. ,6V
60
t-
1.2
/;/
1.0
40
V
30
/
20
o
/
o
~
20
./
40
~
0.6
>-
0.4
~
/
~
y
0.8
TA-25°C
1.4
Vs -,8V- RL -lkn
1.2
1.0
TA-O°C"
SO
100
120 140
160
ISO
200
/
70°C
-0.4
-15
-10
-5
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
-0.4
-15 -10
5
-5
10
15
20
25
30
35
VOLTAGE GAIN
AS A FUNCTION
OF SUPPLY VOLTAGE
GAIN VS FREQUENCY
AS A FUNCTION
OF TEMPERATURE
60
1.4
VS·±6V
TA = 25°C
RL -lkn
- GAIN2
50
'"-,"'-
__ t-...
1.1
"'C--r-
'" "'"
0.94
0,92
'10
20
30
40
~I~
\~
50
TEMPERATURE -
20
°c
\'
-
"
60
\
TA - _55°C
I II
TA = 25°C
Tl·ll~5°C
GAIN VS FREQUENCY
AS A FUNCTION
OF SUPPLY VOLTAGE
r-
<>~
O.S
-10
70
~
0.9
~~
10
~
GAIN a
1.0
30
GAIN3-
0.96
o
./
1.2
40
0.9S
~
0.7
-/'
-'"
./
-V
--
./
/
0.6 -
/
0.5
0.4
1
5
10
50
FREQUENCY -
100
500 1000
3
,y
SUPPLY VOLTAGE
MHz
VOLTAGE GAIN
AS A FUNCTION
OF RADJ (FIGURE 3)
VOLTAGE GAIN
ADJUST CIRCUIT
1000
60
50
40
-
TIME -ns
VS ='6V
0.90
c----
J
ns
TIME -
mV
1.10
1.00
j
0.2
1.0S
1.02
---
0.4
-0.2
VOLTAGE GAIN
AS A FUNCTION
OF TEMPERATURE
1,04
'1
III
flTA -
0.6
-0.2
60
TA -25°C- t--- -
O.S
VS·±3V
/I!
.I
/
DIFFERENTIAL INPUT VOLTAGE -
1.06
RL -lkn
VS~'6VI
~
5
GAIN 2
VS·±8V
GAIN2
I I
1.4
TA " 25°C
GAIN 2
50
10
PULSE RESPONSE
AS A FUNCTION
OF TEMPERATURE
PULSE RESPONSE
AS A FUNCTION
OF SUPPLY VOLTAGE
GAIN 2
V
TA = 25°C
TA _25°C
S
.. t 6V
RL -lkn
1·----
"
'\~
""
30
\\
10
~
"
Bin
1
5
10
50
FREQUENCY -
100
MHz
"-
Vs"SV ~-
500 1000
......
"'-
VS"'±6V
Vf~±r
-10
1\
(Pin numbers apply to K Package)
FIGURE 3
10
10
"- .....
lk
100
I-10k
Radj - n
6·111
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. p.A733/p.A733C
lvrlCAl CHARACTERISTIC CURVES (Cant'd.)
SUPPLY CURRENT
AS A FUNCTION
OF TEMPERATURE
OUTPUT VOLTAGE AND
CURRENT SWING AS A
FUNCTION OF
SUPPLY VOLTAGE
SUPPLY CURRENT
AS A FUNCTION
OF SUPPLY VOLTAGE
28
21
7.0
TA _25°C
VS-±6V
TA "'26°C
a:
20
0
24
,IV
19
-~
18
/'"
.......
17
r-..... ~
r--..
16
/
16
~
~
;...---
SUPPLY VOLTAGE -
±V
INPUT RESISTANCE
AS A FUNCTION
OF TEMPERATURE
OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING
AS A FUNCTION
OF LOAD RESISTANCE
6.0
2.0
3.0
SUPPL Y VOLTAGE -
~t.¥o'\
~
V
V
,,/'
./.,j
o
°C
7.0
3.0
~
3
140
100
~
~
/
8
-20
4.0
0
./
14
-60
~
>
..IV
12
15
V
5.0
/
20
6.0
0
20
100
60
TEMPERATURE _
°C
140
SOURce RESISTANCE -
!l
!i!!lDotiC!i
fEY INPUT OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERIPA740
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
DESCRIPTION
PIN CONFIGURATION (Top View)
The J,lA740 is a special purpose high performance operational amplifier utilizing a FET input stage for high input
impedance and low input current.
TPACKAGE
The device features internal compensation, standard pinout,
wide differential and common mode input voltage range,
high slew rate and high output drive capability.
FEATURES
•
0.1 nA INPUT BIAS CURRENT
•
INPUT AND OUTPUT PROTECTION
•
OFFSET NULL CAPABILITY
•
INTERNALLY COMPENSATED
1.
2.
3.
4.
5. Offset Null
6. Output
7. V+
• 6V/J,lsec SLEW RATE
•
STANDARD PINOUT
•
NO LATCH UP
Offset Null
Inverting Input
Non-inverting Input
V-
8. NC
ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATING
Supply Voltage
Differential I nput Voltage Range
Common Mode Input Voltage Range
Power Dissipation (Note 1)
Operating Temperature Range
Storage Temperature Range
Lead Temperature (Solder, 60 sec)
Output short Circuit Duration (Note 2)
±22V
±30V
±Vs
500mW
O°C to +70° C
-65°C to +150° C
300°C
Indefinite
ORDER PART NOS. J,lA740T/J,lA74QCT
TEST CIRCUITS
OFFSET NULL CIRCUIT
1. Rating ~pPlies for ~ase temperatures to +25°~; derate linearly at
6.5mW/ C for ambient temperatures above 75 C.
2. Short circuit may be to ground or either supply. Rating applies
to +125°C case temperature or +75°C ambient temperature.
v·
EQUIVALENT CI RCUIT
~------~----~---------r~v+
VOLTAGE FOLLQWER CIRCUIT
OUTPUT
8in
8·113
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. J,tA740
:::lECTRICAl CHARACTERISTICS (V s
PARAMETER
= ±15 V, T C = 25°C unless otherwise specified)
TEST CONDITIONS
Input Offset Voltage
Input Offset Current
Input Current (either input)
Input Resistance
Large Signal Voltage Gain
Output Resistance
Output Short·Circuit Current
Supply Current
Power Consumption
Slew Rate
Unity Gain Bandwidth
Transient Response (Unity Gain)
Risetime
Overshoot
The following specifications apply
for O°C .,;; T A .,;; +70°C
Input Voltage Range
Common Mode Rejection Ratio
Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio
Large Signal Voltage Gain
Output Voltage Swing
MIN
RS";; 100 kn
MAX
TYP
30
60
0.1
1,000,000
1,000,000
75
20
4.2
126
6.0
1.0
R L ;;' 2kn, V out = ±10V
2.0
3.0
240
R L ;;' 10 kn
R L ;;' 2 kn
OPEN LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN AS A
FUNCTION OF FREQUENCY
±12
±10
%
±12
80
70
500,000
±14
±13
30
60
1.1
V
db
/J.VIV
10
OPEN LOOP PHASE RESPONSE AS
A FUNCTION OF FREQUENCY
1'\
1'\
~
-
-~--
6·114
'\
........
~
\
1
\
\
~
\
o
n
mA
mA
mW
V//J.s
MHz
ns
300
10
fYPICAl CHARACTERISTIC CURVES
\
mV
pA
nA
Mn
C L .,;; 100 pF, RL = 2 kn, V in = 100 mV
Input Offset Voltage
Input Offset Current
Input Current (either input)
'\
UNITS
'\
'\
\
V
V
mV
pA
nA
D[Dt'ORMAIiCE
R
11 L
uPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER
!ii!lDotiC!i
:UiiilH
]~ni! liLR!
PA741
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
+SCRIPTtON
The J,lA741 is a high performance operational amplifier with
high open loop· gain, internal compensation, high common
mode range and exceptional temperature stability. The
JlA741 is short-circuit protected and allows for nulling of
offset voltage.
i
PIN CONFIGURATIONS
A PACKAGE
(Top View)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
". Eft\TUR ES·
• INTERNAL FREQUENCY COMPENSATION
• SHORT CIRCUIT PROTECTION
• ' OFFSET VOLTAGE NULL CAPABILITY
• EXCELLENT TEMPERATURE STABILITY
• HIGH INPUT VOLTAGE RANGE
• NO LATCH·UP
,G:;OLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS
J,lA741C
±18V
Supply Voltage'
Internal Power
500mW
Dissipation (Note 1)
±30V
Differential Input Voltage
±15V
Input Voltage (Note 2)
Voltage between Offset
Null and V±0.5V
J,lA741
±22V
TPACKAGE
500mW
±30V
±15V
±0.5V
Offset Null
I nverting Input
Non-I nvertlog Input
V-
5.
6.
7.
8.
Offset Null
Output
V+
NC
V PACKAGE
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Offset Null
Inv. Input
Non-Inv. Input
VOffset Null
6. Output
7. V+
8. NC
;.~~~icP8~~ :~;l~~et ~~~e:r~~-:;::s ~~~~: +~~~~ate linearly at
voltage Is equal to the supply voltage.
Short circuit may be to ground or either supply. Rating applies to
+1250 C case temperature or +7SoC ambient temperature.
1.
2.
3.
4.
ORDER PART NOS. 'J,lA741 T/J,lA741 CT
2. For supply voltagas less than ±15V. the absolute maximum input
a.
Output
V+
NC
NC
NC
ORDER PART NO. J,lA741CA
°
Notes
1.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
Indefinite
Indefinite
NC
8. NC
9. Offset Null
Operating Temperature
OOC to +70°C -55°C to +125°C
Range
Storage Temperature
-65°C to +150°C -65°C to +150°C
Range
Lead Temperature
(Solder, 60 sec)
Output Short Circuit
Duration (Note 3)
NC
NC
Offset Null
Inv. Input
Non-Inv. Input
V-
ORDER PART NO. J,lA741CV
nVALENT CIRCUIT
NON-INVERTING
INPUT
3
Rg
25U
OUTPUT
RlO
50U
<--_ _r
020
4
V-
6·115
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. ~A741
... i~C fBiCAL CHARACTERISTICS (Vs = ±15V, T A = 25°C unless otherwise specified)
PARAMETER
MIN.
MAX.
TYP.
TEST CONDITIONS
UNITS
J,lA741C
Input Offset Voltage
Input Offset Current
Input Bias Current
Input Resistance
I nput Capacitance
Offset Voltage Adjustment Range
Input Voltage Range
Common Mode Rejection Ratio
Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio
Large-Signal Voltage Gain
Output Voltage Swing
Output Resistance
Output Short-Circuit Current
Supply Current
Power Consumption
Transient Response (unity gain)
Risetime
Overshoot
Slew Rate
The following specifications apply
for O°C -.; T A -.; +70°C
Input Offset Voltage
Input Offset Current
Input Bias Current
Large-Signal Voltage Gain
Output Voltage Swing
0.3
±12
70
20,000
±12
±10
2.0
20
80
2.0
1.4
±15
±13
90
10
200,000
±14
±13
75
25
1.4
50
6.0
200
500
150
2.8
85
V
V
n
mA
mA
mW
p.s
%
V!p.s
0.3
5.0
0.5
7.5
300
800
15,000
±10
mV
nA
nA
Mn
pF
mV
V
dB
p.V!V
±13
RS -.; 10kn
RS -.;
RS -.;
RL;;;'
R L ;;;.
RL;;;'
10kn
10kn
2kn, V out = ±10V
10kn
2kn
Vin = 20mV, RL = 2kn, C L -.; 100pF
R L ;;;' 2kn
mV
nA
nA
V
R L ;;;. 2kn, V out = ±10V
R L ;;;' 2kn
J,lA741
Input Offset Voltage
I nput Offset Current
Input Bias Current
Input Resistance
Input Capacitance
Offset Voltage Adjustment Range
Large-Signal Voltage Gain
Output Resistance
Output Short Circuit Current
Supply Current
Power Consumption
Transient Response (unity gain)
Risetime
Overshoot
Slew Rate
The following specifications apply
for-55°C -.; T A -.; +125°C
Input Offset Voltage
Input Offset Current
0.3
50,000
Supply Current
Power Consumption
6-116
5.0
200
500
2.8
85
±12
70
25,000
±12
±10
1.0
7.0
20
0.03
0.3
±13
90
10
±14
±13
1.5
2.0
45
45
mV
nA
nA
Mn
pF
mV
n
mA
mA
mW
p.s
%
V!p.s
0.3
5.0
0.5
Input Bias Current
Input Voltage Range
Common Mode Rejection Ratio
Supply Voltage Refection Ratio
Large-Signal Voltage Gain
Output Voltage Swing
1.0
10
80
2.0
1.4
±15
200,000
75
25
1.4
50
6.0
200
500
0.5
1.5
150
mV
nA
nA
p.A
iJ.A
V
dB
p.V!V
2.5
3.3
75
100
V
V
mA
mA
mW
mW
RS -.; 10kn
R L ;;;' 2kn, V out = ±10V
V in = 20mV, RL = 2kn, C L -.; 100pF
R L ;;;' 2kn
RS
TA
TA
TA
TA
-.; 10k~
=+125 C
= _55°C
= +125°C
= _55°C
RS -.; 10kn
RS -.; 10kn
R L ;;;' 2kn, V out = ±10V
R L ;;;' 10kn
R L ;;;' 2kn
T A = +125°C
TA =_55°C
T A = +125°C
T A = -55°C
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. ~A741
!VP!CAL CHARACTERISTIC CURVES
OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING
AS A FUNCTION OF
SUPPLY VOLTAGE
40
-55'C'; TA'; +125'C
/
32
28 t--.
V
24
20
16 t---
/
12
./
/
r-----
V_
10
5
15
20
40
!
./
/
o
15
20
10
5
10.0
.I
20
15
SUPPLY VOLTAGE tv
INPUT OFFSET CURRENT
AS A FUNCTION OF
SUPPLY VOLTAGE
INPUT RESISTANCE
AS A FUNCTION OF
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
I--+---l----I---I-+-+--+---+---f-.Vs-t15V
./
V
V"
V
20
SUPPLY VOLTAGE tV
INPUT BIAS CURRENT
AS A FUNCTION OF
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
I
Vs - ±15V
5.0
3.0
- --
60
0:
10
5
SUPPLY VOLTAGE tV
300
§
/
o
~---
z
i
V
-t---
o
---- - - - r------
~
L~
LI'
TA'. 25'C
80
/
6
100
/'
/
r-----
V
POWER CONSUMPTION
AS A FUNCTION OF
SUPPLY VOLTAGE
,,--
16
Q
_55°C ~ TA':;;; +126 C
RL .. 2kn
36
INPUT COMMON MODE
VOLTAGE RANGE AS
A FUNCTION OF SUPPLY VOLTAGE
t-- ..--+~-+_-+--t-~-t---l
/
0
V
~
L
~
"..-
....
30 t---t----+---+--+_
20 f---t----+_-+--+---+----t
.......
1
200
r---f-----rf--.
o. 5t-- -
---~---+--+----1-----1-+--+-
<
-~-
f---
loof---~-f--+~f--+-~-+--+-~
101--+--+--+--+--+----4
o. 3
-r-r-r--_
--
o. 1
TEMPERATURE
-60
-20
'c
INPUT OFFSET CURRENT
AS A FUNCTION OF
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
20
60
100
140
SUPPLY VOLTAGE tV
POWER CONSUMPTION
AS A FUNCTION OF
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING
AS A FUNCTION OF
LOAD RESISTANCE
140 r-"'--""1lr,"'-,1-,--,--,-r--r---r--,
Vs - t15V
~r-'------rr-r--r-r-,,~
26
24
70
120f--t-~-t----i----+--+--t--·-t--
- --
100
80--' 1--
-~---
Vs - t15V
TA-25'C
)"
__
v,./-+--- -- -'- -----
r--
-
0~5-~---ILO---I---l~5-~-~20
TEMPERATURE 'c
22 f - - - + - I - - f -
201---+-f--+-+--+----
~
60
--
40
-
IfL
18
16
- --
--
J
141---+-/-I,+--+-1--
I---
.--+.. -
12 I---tl'----j--t-j - - - - - -- I-20
-;'r- i---
0
-60
-20
20
60
TEMPERATURE 'c
100
-
30
10 1---11----+---1
8
140
-60
-20
20
60
TEMPERATURE 'c
100
140
--~-+_+__+_t--i
/
0.1
0.2
0.5
10
2.0
5.0
10
LOAD RESISTANCE - kn
6-117
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS.
~A741
:(F'iCAL CHAHACTERiSTIC CURVES (Cont'd.)
OUTPUT SHORT-CIRCUIT CURRENT
AS A FUNCTION OF
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
5
K
0
t-----
'" 1'..
f---
26
._-
.. -
Z
_._-
f'..
,...
a
~
,...
10- 2 o VS-±15V
TA -25"C
10- 13
,...~
~
INPUT NOISE CURRENT
AS A FUNCTlON OF
FREQUENCY
INPUT NOISE VOLTAGE
AS A FUNCTION OF
FREQUENCY
.......
-_._"
Vs - ±15V
TA - 26"C
10- 22
10- 14
5~ r-----
'" ['..
20
....... ~
a:
o
10- 2
10-1
ili
~
5
3'"
6
10- 24
10- 11
10- 25
'~
r"--
-- f--10- 2 6
6
10
-60
-20
60
20
100
10
140
100
TEMPERATURE "C
10K
lK
OPEN LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN
AS A FUNCTION OF
FREQUENCY
100
Vs - ±15V
TA-25"C
f
r-...
,...
./
10
g
10-100kHz
o
a:
a:
lO-lkHz
0:
...-"
1
A
~
10-lkHz
~
10
--f-
O. 1
lK
10K
10
lOOK
100
'"'"
lK
•......
10K
-
~ ~-
lOOK
1M
10M
FREQUENCY-Hz
OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING
AS A FUNCTION OF
FREQUENCY
COMMON MODE REJECTION
RATIO AS A FUNCTION OF
FREQUENCY
Vs' ±15V
TA·25"C
-
~
- - - I----
"
-135
-180
1
10
100
lK
10K
lOOK
1M
10M
FREQUENCY-Hz
loo.--.---,--,---r--.-----Vs -±15V
TA - 25"C
RL -IOkn
6
1\
-90
SOURCE RESISTANCE-n
0
-45
'---
~
100
OPEN LOOP PHASE RESPONSE
AS A FUNCTION OF
FREQUENCY
Vs - ±15V
TA' 26"C
'"
lOOK
10K
lK
FREQUENCY - Hz
FREQUENCY - Hz
BROADBAND NOISE FOR
VARIOUS BANDWIDTHS
~
100
10
lOOK
TRANSIENT RESPONSE
B
VS·±15V
TA·25'C
RL·2kn
CL - 100pF
4
2
0
:I---+---+-~+
8
1\
4
1\
\
\
0
61----2
8
\
41----·
0
100
lK
10K
FREQUENCY-Hz
6·118
\
._-
50
._._.-
40
---
f'......
lOOK
._\.
.......,.'0.1-.
----J.--
+-- . -'
1\
I--~---+-~+--. I-\..-'\,J----+.---l
::I----+----+-~+----+-.-.-=~+=~=
101--~---+-~+
.....
J
16
B
--1
0
'--1---'.- . - - t - -
I
J
I
2
--t- ' - - 1 - ' -
V!O%
fRISE TIME
I
1M
10
100
1K
10K
lOOK
FREQUENCY-Hz
1M
10M
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
~UAL
!ii!lnOliC!i
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER UA747
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
c
~LSCRIPTION
PIN CONFIGURATION
The J.J.A747 is a pair of high performance monolithic operational amplifiers constructed on a single silicon chip. They
are intended for a wide range of analog applications where
board space or weight are important. High common mode
voltage range and absence of "latch-up" make the J.J.A747
ideal for use as a voltage follower. The high gain and wide
range of operating voltage provides superior performance
in intElgrator,· summing amplifier, and general feedback
applications. The J.J.A747 is short-circuit protected and requires no external components for frequency compensation.
The internal 6 db/octave roll-off insures stability in closed
loop applications. For single amplifier performance, see
J.J.A741 data sheet.
A PACKAGE
(Top View)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
Ft:/\TURES
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
NO FREOUENCY COMPENSATION REQUIRED
SHORT·CIRCUIT PROTECTION
OFFSET VOLTAGE NULL CAPABILITY
LARGE COMMON·MODE AND DIFFERENTIAL
VOLTAGE RANGES
LOW POWER CONSUMPTION
NO LATCH UP
Inv Input A
Non-Inv Input A
Offset Null A
V
Offset Null B
Non-Inv Input B
Inv Input B
Offset Null B
V+ B
Output B
No Connect
Output A
V+A
Offset Null A
ORDER PART NOS.
IJ,A747A
IJ,A747CA
K PACKAGE
ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS
1.
2.
3.
4.
Supply Voltage IJ.A747
IJ.A747C
Internal Power Dissipation (Note 1)
+22V
+18V
Metal Can
500 mW
DIP
670 mW
Differential input Voltage
+30V
Input Voltage (Note 2)
+15V
Voltage between Offset Null and V+0.5V
0
Storage Temperature Range
-65 C to +1550 C
-550 C to +1250 C
Operating Temperature Range J.J.A747
OOC to +70o C
J.J.A747C
Lead Temperature (Soldering 60 seconds)
300 0 C
Output Short Circuit Duration (Note 3)
Indefinite
Output A
V+ A
Inverting Input A
N?n-inverting Input A
5. V
6. Non-inverting Input B
7. Inverting Input B
8. V+B
9. Output B
10. NC
ORDER PART NOS.
IJ,A747K
IJ,A747CK
lOlllVAlENT CIRCUIT (Each Side)
INVERTING INPUT
~--------~--~~-----------4r-----~r-Ov+
OFFSET NULL
6·119
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. JlA747
:;~ 1 '~!~::';,L CHARACTERISTICS (V
s = ±lS V, T A = 2SoC unless otherwise specified)
PARAMETERS
CONDITIONS
Input Offset VOltage
MIN.
IlA747
IlA747C
Input Offset Current
Input Bias Current
Input Resistance
Input Capacitance
Offset Voltage Adjustment Range
Large-Signal Voltage Gain
IlA747
IlA747C
Output Resistance
Output Short-Circuit Current
Supply Current
Power Consumption
Transient Response (unity gain)
0.3
RL
:=:
2Kn,V out = ±10V
MAX.
UNITS
mV
5.0
6.0
20
80
2.0
1.4
±15
200,000
200
500
mV
mV
nA
nA
Mn
pF
mV
50,000
25,000
75
25
1.7
50
Yin
= 20
2kn, C
Risetime
Overshoot
Slew Rate
Channal Separation
TYP.
1.0
RS :S10kn
R
L
:=:
L
2.8
85
n
mA
mA
mW
mV, RL =
:s 100 pF
Il S
0.3
5.0
0.5
120
2kn
%
V IllS
dB
IlA747
The following specifications apply for -55°C
:s T A :s +1250 C
Input Offset Voltage
RS:S 10kn
1.0
Input Offset Current
T A = +125 C
0
7.0
85
T A = -55°C
0
Input Bias Current
T A = +125 C
T A = _55°C
Input Voltage Range
Common Mode Rejection Ratio
Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio
±12
70
:s 10kn
RS :s 10kn
RS
R
Supply Current
TA
nA
0.5
Il A
0.3
1.5
IlA
V
dB
±13
90
±14
±10
±13
= +1250 C
150
IlVN
V
V
1.5
2.0
2.5
mA
3.3
mA
0
45
75
mW
= -55°C
60
100
mW
T A = +125 C
TA
nA
0.03
±12
T A = -55°C
Power Consumption
mV
25,000
L
RL
Output Voltaga Swing
500
30
:=: 2kn,Vout = ±10V
:=: 10kn
RL :=: 2kn
Large-Signal Voltage Gain
6.0
200
IlA747C
The following specifications apply for OoC
:s T A :s +700 C
Input Offset Voltage
Input Offset Current
Input Bias Current
Input Voltage Range
Common Mode Rejection Ratio
RS
RS
:s 10kn
RS :S10kn
Large-Signal Voltage Gain
RL
RL
RL
±12
70
:s 10kn
Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio
Output Voltage Swing
1.0
7.0
0.03
±13
90
mV
nA
IlA
V
dB
150
30
:=: 2kn,Vout = ±10V
:=: 10kn
:=: 2kn
7.5
300
0.8
Il V N
15,000
±12
±14
V
±10
±13
V
2.0
Supply Current
Power Consumption
3.3
100
60
mA
mW
NOTES:
1.
Rating applied to ambient temperatures up to 70°C ambient derate linearly at 6.3 mW/oC for the Metal Can and 8.3 mW/oC for
the Ceramic DIP package.
2. For supply voltages less than +15V, the absolute maximum input voltage Is equal to the supply voltage.
0
0
3. Short circuit may be to ground or either supply. Military rating applies to +125 C case temperature or +60 C ambient temperature
for each side.
6-120
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS -IlA747
'rPICAL CHARACTERISTIC CURVES
OPEN LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN
AS A FUNCTION OF
FREQUENCY
VS'±16V
TA • 26°C
-....
" I"\.
·46
~
10
r
A74
"
OPEN LOOP PHASE RESPONSE
AS A FUNCTION OF
FREQUENCY
10
100
lk
I
'"'"
10k
lOOk
\
.........
"
1
10
90
100
lk
10k
lOOk
>
28
I-
24
~
o
"
16
g
12
~
·5SOC
I
!5
§
12
~,
lOOk
:$
TA::s +12SOC
I
L
~
12
w
10
~
lL
./
/V
5
I
10
/
1/
L
/
0
10
20
FREQUENCY CHARACTERISTICS
AS A FUNCTION OF
SUPPLY VOLTAGE
1.4 . - - - . . - - - , - - - T - - , . - - - . , . . - - - - - ,
1--+---+--1---1-+----+--+-.- T A • 25°C
I
I.'l
~
:'
VOUTPUT
w
0
1.2
!\
>
·2
INPUT!
1\
\
1.,---1---1---+----+----+----1
1.0 l--t--::;;:t--:f:::::;;i~~===T--__J
1\
·4
·6
10%
RISE TIME
16
SUPPLY VOLTAGE - tV
10 r----r--r--r---,r---.---r---r---r-T"'"""..,
VS'±15V
II
.......-
"A747
10
16
VOLTAGE FOLLOWER
LARGE-SIGNAL PULSE RESPONSE
/
/
1M
.. V
§
./
/'
TA -25°C
RL '2kO
CL '100pF
-
90%J
16
10k
lk
14
SUPPLY VOLTAGE - ±V
VS=±15V
20
~
~
100
"A747
TRANSIENT RESPONSE
24
"fT,
INPUT COMMON MODE
VOLTAGE RANGE AS A
FUNCTION OF SUPPLY VOLTAGE
-.
/
V
SUPPLY VOLTAGE - ±V
26
1\
f\.
o
10M
V
o
20
16
\
12
18
AL 2:2kn
"~747
0
12
18
~
·660 C ::; T A S +126oC
t---
20
~
...
86
1M
32
~
i
V-
~
~.
FREQUENCY - Hz
I
...V
20
OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING
AS A FUNCTION OF
SUPPLY VOLTAGE
40
V
§
FREQUENCY - Hz
36
...V
24
~
TA" 26°C
l/'" I.---"
28
ifi
!5
·180
10M
j....---
32
"A747
11 6
106
'\
·136
11 0
95
I
·90
OPEN LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN
AS A FUNCTION OF
SUPPLY VOLTAGE
100
>
\,
VS'±16V
TA ' 26°C
RL 'IOkO
36
~
~
1M
FREQUENCY - Hz
40
V S "±16V
T A ' 26°C
~
ffi
0
OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING
AS A FUNCTION OF
FREQUENCY
..... .l.. t-- t--
I---
0.8
·8
"A747
"A747
·10
.6
1.0,
TIME -"S
1.6
2.0
2.5
0
10
20
30
40
60
TIME -"S
60
70
80
90
10
16
SUPPLY VOLTAGE - ±V
6·121
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. ILA747
f'iPiCAL CHARACTERISTiC CURVES
(Cont'd.)
FREQUENCY CHARACTERISTICS
AS A FUNCTION OF
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
1.4
Vs
I
1.0
r--... 1"--...
-' vr:JEw
~ ~ -..~
LV
O.B
~
~\\\<,.~'<.
~
I "~747
60
)7
80
~
20
o
/V
V
V
~
200
I\.
'r-..
"A747
5
f\
100
10
20
16
o
·20
INPUT OFFSET CURRENT
AS A FUNCTION OF
SUPPLY VOLTAGE
INPUT OFFSET CURRENT
AS A FUNCTION OF
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
..,-
TA -26DC
....V
Vs· t15V
120
..,30
1/
100
-
/V
1.0
20
V
~
/
80
I ..
\
80
['I..
'r'\.
i'
10
0.3
20
·80
20
·20
80
140
100
"t747
o
10
6
TEMPERATURE - DC
2B
Vs -tlSV
26
Vs -±16V
TA - 25De
..,-V
24
z
o
t2
~
'~
22
r-.... f-....
. . . r- ~
50
lB
10
"A747
·20
20
80
TEMPERATURE - DC
6-122
100
140
8
0.1
t140
100
OUTPUT SHORT-CIRCUIT CURRENT
AS A FUNCTION OF
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
--+- j...o~
35
3n
V
'r-..
25
'" f'
'J'...
l'-
0
..... r--...
I'"
/
12
30
BO
20
J
14
40
·20
TEMPERATURE - DC
J
V
18
a:
~
LI
20
·80
±v
OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING
AS A FUNCTION OF
LOAD RESISTANCE
0
l"- t--
"A747
o
20
15
SUPPLY VOLTAGE -
POWER CONSUMPTION
AS A FUNCTION OF
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
80
140
100
INPUT RESISTANCE
AS A FUNCTION OF
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
3.0
I
80
TEMPERATURE _ DC
Vs-tlSV
~
-r--
20
SUPPLY VOLTAGE -tV
5.0
0.1
'"
"A747
·80
TEMPERATURE - DC
10.0
0.6
300
./
40
140
100
400
V
a:
I~
Vs -±1SV
)
80
I
I
1Dj\;/~
20
e
~
2
R~TE
"II\(
·20
600
TA -26D
I
Z
o(~
DOPe
0.8
·80
100
6v
I ~\\!~
1.2
...
-r
INPUT BIAS CURRENT
AS A FUNCTION OF
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
POWER CONSUMPTION
AS A FUNCTION OF
SUPPLY VOLTAGE
15
V
/
"A747
0.2
0.5
1.0
2.0
LOAD RESISTANCE - Kn
6.0
10
10
60
·20
20
80
TEMPERATURE - DC
100
140
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. JlA747
fVPICAL CHARACTERISTIC CURVES (Cont'd.)
ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM POWER
DISSIPATION AS A FUNCTION
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
INPUT NOISE CURRENT
AS A FUNCTION OF
FREQUENCY
INPUT NOISE VOLTAGE
AS A FUNCTION OF
FREQUENCY
600
N
l:
600
~·10·'4
I"
'tI
I'\.."A747
" "'"
"A747C
r+-H+-I-t-++t-t-t-t-Hf-+-t-i-H--I
-- r-100
10.22
~ 10"5 H-H-f""ti-o;;l::++I-+-+-t+lI-+-H-H-l
a~
g
III
0:
"
~
~
23
l-+~oC-,+-++++-+-H-t+-+-t-t-l1+i
~ 10.24
H-H-HI--+-H''Iood-+++I-+-+-t+l-t
10.
~
16
10.
-
-
:ie~~I~
H-H+-t-+++I-+-+-t+l-I-+-I-H-l
lE 10. 17
I-+-++H-l-++I-+-+-t+lr-+-HH-t-l
~
~
10. 25
I-+-++H-l-++I-+-+-tTr-++H-t--::-l
::!!
'-r'o
25
65
46
105
85
TEMPERATURE -
125
°c
FREQUENCY - Hz
BROADBAND NOISE FOR
VARIOUS BANDWIDTHS
100
10.18 L....-'--'-1.J....,-!,--J-J....LJL-L....l.-L...L!_L...L.L...L.J..--l
lk
10k
lOOk
10
100
TRANSIENT RESPONSE
TEST CIRCUIT
I-
-
10.26 L....L....I....I....L.JL-L...L..I..L......I,--J-.L...L....L.....I.....L..LJ....J--J
lk
10k
lOOk
10
100
FREQUENCY - Hz
VOLTAGE OFFSET
NULL CIRCUIT
Vs -±15V
TA -25°C
10
10·100k
--
I"'~
10·lOkHz
I
10',k HZ
1
V
V
---
./
1
lk
10k
SOURCE RESISTANCE-[I
6-123
!imn~tiC!i
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
The J,tA748 is a High Performance Operational Amplifier
A PACKAGE
(Top View)
f.eaturing high gain, short circuit immunity, offset voltage
null capability, simplified compensation and excellent temperature stability.
14
13
12
•
SHORT CIRCUIT PROTECTION
11
•
OFFSET VOLTAGE NULL CAPABILITY
10
•
LARGE COMMON·MODE AND DIFFERENTIAL
VOLTAGE RANGES
•
LOW POWER CONSUMPTION
•
NO LATCH UP
ORDER PART NOS.
J,tA 748A/J,tA 748CA
1.
2.
3.
4.
NC
NC
Freq. Compo A/Offset Null
Inyertlng Input
6. Nonlnvertlng Input
6. V7. NC
8. NC
9. Offset Null
10. Output
11. V+
12. Freq. Compo B
13. NC
14. NC
TPACKAGE
Supply Voltage
J,tA748
J,tA748C
±22V
±18V
Internal Power Dissipation
(Note 1)
Differential I nput Voltage
Input Voltage (Note 2)
Storage Temperature
Range
Operating Temperature Range
J,tA748
J,tA748C
Lead Temperature
Output Short Circuit Duration
(Note 3)
1. Freq. Comp A/Offset Null
2. Inverting Input
3. Nonlnvertlng Input
4.
6. Offset Null
6. Output
7. V+
8. Freq. Compo B
v-
500mW
±30V
±15V
ORDER PART NOS.
p,A 7 48T Ip,A 748CT
V PACKAGE
'8'
-55°C to +125°C
O°C to +70°C
300°C
2
_
3
+
4
7
II
&
ORDER PART NO.
J,tA748CV
Indefinite
VOLTAGE OFFSET
NULL CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Freq. Compo AI Offset Null.
Inverting Input
Noninverting Input
VOffset Null
6. Output
7.
8.
V+
Freq. Compo B
TRANSIENT RESPONSE
TEST CIRCUIT
COMPaiSATION
~
>---",-Q V OUT
~
NOTES:
1.
2.
o
Rating applies for case temperatures to +70 C.
Fo'r supply voltages less than ±15V. the absolute maximum input
voltage is equal to the supply voltage.
3. Sho~t circui.t may be to ground or either supply. Rating applies to
+70 C ambient temperature.
6·124
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. JlA748/748C
:LECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS: (Vs = ±15V, TA =25°C unless otherwise specified)
PARAMETER
Input Offset Voltage
Input Offset Current
Input Bias Current
Input Resistance
Input Capacitance
Offset Voltage Adjustment Range
Input Voltage Range
Large-Signal Voltage Gain
Output Resistance
Output Short-Circuit Current
Supply Voltage Rejee 2 kn. V out = ±10V
RS';; 10 kO
RS';; 10 kn
70
2.0
20
80
2.0
1.4
±15
±13
200K
75
25
30
90
1.7
50
MAX
MIN
TYP
6.0
200
500
0.3
±12
50K
150
70
2.8
85
MAX
1.0
20
80
2.0
1.4
±15
±13
200K
75
25
30
90
1.7
50
5.0
200
500
UNITS
mV
nA
nA
MO
pF
mV
V
n
mA
150
/oNN
2.8
85
dB
mA
mW
Yin = 20mV. RL =:2 kO. CL';; 100 pF
= 30 pF
RL ;;J>'2 kO
C1 = 30pF
0.3
5.0
0.5
C1
0.3
5.0
0.5
J.l.s
%
V/J.l.S
Tho Following Specifications Apply Over the Operating Temperature Ranges
Input Offset Voltage
Input Offset Current
Input Bias Current
Input Voltage Range
Common Mode Rejection Ratio
Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio
Large-5ignal Voltage Gain
Output Voltage Swing
Supply Current
Power Consumption
1';;
RS" 10 kn
TA max
TA min
TA max
TAmin
±12
70
RS';; 10 kn
RS" 10 kO
RL;;J> 2 kn. V out = ±10V
RL;;J> 10 kO
RL;;J> 2 kO
TA max
TAmin
TA max
TAmin
25
:\:12
:\:10
9.0
35
0.04
0.13
±13
90
30
±14
±13
1.6
1.8
48
54
7.5
300
300
0.8
0.8
7.0
85
0.03
0.3
±13
90
30
±12
70
150
25
±12
±10
±14
±13
1.5
2.0
45
60
3.3
3.3
100
100
6.0
200
500
0.5
1.5
mV
nA
nA
J.l.A
J.l.A
V
dB
150
J.l.VN
2.5
3.3
75
100
V/mV
V
V
mA
mA
mW
mW
PiCAL CHARACTERISTIC CURVES
POWER CONSUMPTION
AS A FUNCTION OF
SUPPLY VOLTAGE
r-
---+--.--+-~+~---.-.. ~
INPUT BIAS CURRENT
AS A FUNCTION OF
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
vs·±nw
.~~~~-+~-+
.. ~~
.-+-- >---~
~~f---II-j--+-.+
-~r--
i .0~--+-~Vf-----iV~4-.~ ~--20~-----,""""'1/::..........+__~--t- -...-.-V
O~&---~-,~O--~~'&--~~
SUPPlYVOLTAGE-.!.V
-r-~
2001---+--+--1--·-- -
-
t--r--~
'-- -- -- t--.- f·-- - rl--- 1001--_--II------tl-~t__-+--t- .. - ~ ~I--1
0~_.0~~-2~0J....~20~-+n.O~~~~~
TEMPERATURE-oC
INPUT RESISTANCE
AS A FUNCTION OF
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
~
5.01-----i1---l1---l ---+-+--+-+J..------t.....!-----j
!3.0
vV
......
P
~
~ 1Or;-"L'f--
f--+-
i o.• r--f-+----+---+--+-+-~
r--L--f-- --f- --+---+-+---1---+.-1
0.3~;--f-- . -
r--I-..-
----f--.
f--
0.1 1--L....lL....l---l.---1.......J..--L-L-.L....J
-60
-20
20
60
TEMPERATURE-oC
6·125
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUIT~. JJ.A748/748C
T\'PiCAL CHARACTERISTIC CURVES (Cont'd.)
INPUT OFFSET CURRENT
AS A FUNCTION OF
SUPPLY VOLTAGE
INPUT OFFSET CURRENT
AS A FUNCTION OF
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
POWER CONSUMPTION
AS A FUNCTION OF
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
T... '2~'C
--1-----
701-- - --I-
---I----I---+---I
5 ~_r--+__+--4_-I--~
~20~-r--+--+-4---j-~
1m~~~~~-+-+-+-+~
:601------
; 101--+-+-+-+-+--+-+-+--1--1
~
i 40~~----+--+-+-+-+-+~--l
i ,ol---+---+--+--+---!-~
i40~
-
------ - - ---1--- --f---
~'----
0~5--~~'O--~~'5-~~
-60
SUPPLY YOLTAGE±V
OUTPUT SHORT-CIRCUIT CURRENT
AS A FUNCTION OF
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
.-,
20
--- --t----
--
"
~
20
LOAORESISTAHCE kG
IN-LI~~
0
...... r-..,
20
25
60
L
--
l-t_I----
-
.,
65
r- v;.l,~JI
~
1
i
1-1-
=
10-
l-
~T"Z5iC
--L.. J
1---1-
!l1O-"
110-
1O~
8S
~
-----
f--
f-
---
or-r--
16
=
17
F
115
BROADBAND NOISE
AS A FUNCTION OF
SOURCE RESISTANCE
0
10-14
!!
'\
TEMPERATURE-'e
INPUT NOISE VOLTAGE
AS A FUNCTION OF
FREQUENCY
INPUT NOISE CURRENT
AS A FUNCTION OF
FREQUENCY
1-\
-
01-- 1--01--
-
I\~ r\(
-.E~:L C~-" ~~ \
-
Of-- -
01--
f'
5
0
ABSO LUTE MAX IMUM POWER
DISSIPATION AS A FUNCTION
OF AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
DUAl
,
0
-e-
60
0
-
-
,
1.0
-20
TEMPERATURE-oC
- .......
M
1--1--1--
+-+---1--+-- 1 - - -
iOOf---+-I-
E1Or-t--+-t--+--
~ r-----+--4---+---~~
OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING
AS A FUNCTION OF
LOAD RESISTANCE
---- --- -
~-4-4--+~-+----1--~-
!~~-~--~--+--4----r__
,
I IL
,bHl.,o~JJO!H'
",.
10~tBW"0HI-l0kHz
'--::"" r-
,~ awl 'lOHI, -lk~' .............
--
+H~+-+iH- -f-++iH---j
1O-28\;;-1OLl..LL..;;b,--l-'..L.l.--;!:-,,-L...L~1c--'-.l..l.+,v;i
10-18
.1
,0
OPEN LOOP VOLT AG E GAl N
AS A FUNCTION OF
FREQUENCY
I
I I II
111
10k
"
SOURCE RESISTANCE-Il
OPEN LOOP PHASE RESPONSE
AS A FUNCTION OF
FREQUENCY
OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING
AS A FUNCTION OF
FREQUENCY
FREQU£HCY-H,
FR£QUfNCY-H~
I--+~i+t-+-++I t-- --VS':!:15V
T... "25t
f-t-H-t-~++-+--+-++tRL -TOkQ
C1 "30pF
-
--
1\
\
--r--r---
--- ---1--- --
-180 1
to
100
111
10k
FREQUENCY-HI
6-126
f-H~+-++iH-
r--
--
O~'OO~~~~~,~~~~~~~
FREQU£NCV-Hz
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. IlA748/748C
Y?!CAL CHARACTERISTIC CURVES (Cont'd.)
INPUT RESISTANCE AND INPUT
CAPACITANCE AS A FUNCTION
OF j=REQUENCY
I
I'
·
==
~=
·
-
I--
'IN
M -
--
it
-t-- -
r...,
OUTPUT RESISTANCE
AS A FUNCTION OF
FREQUENCY
tj
I---
C~'
1-
~
!so
~
;;l
~ 50
iil
~40
\---,
~-
i::I------+--~f---___+-
~-
--!---
,.
·
a
fREQUENCY-Hz
70
~60
CIN
f-
1--
COMMON MODE REJECTION
RATIO AS A FUNCTION OF
FREQUENCY
-
+,a.
'"
a
TRANSIENT RESPONSE
----+--
aL,~~~~,~.~,~ak~~~~
FREQUENCV-Hz
VOLTAGE FOLLOWER
LARGE-SIGNAL
PU LSE RESPONSE
t--,I--
INPUT/ ..
FREQUENCY CHARACTERISTICS
AS A FUNCTION OF
SUPPLY VOLTAGE
-1-'-+--t--
-81--1a
304050
TlME-,foIS
TIME-,foIS
FREQUENCY CHARACTERISTICS
AS A FUNCTION OF
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
OPEN LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN
AS A FUNCTION OF
SUPPLY VOLTAGE
a.'i!-,_...L~,:\:-a~...L_,~,_...L--,:!
SUPPLYVOlTAGE-:!.V
OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING
AS A FUNCTION OF
SUPPLY VOLTAGE
I
36
v·:tl5V
RL?:2Ul
-f------+-----f------/l----A
"r-------I--- -
I-- -I------j--~'-/----/
'81----1----
~=~---;-~~rl.a_~
24f---- -
lOal----
--t;TI----
-
Clastala~r-121---- /
,1---+--+--+-+---/--- c--- -- ---c---
8~
1---1--- r--r--c------ 1--1-- --+"'-:-''''"a-'----t;'a~-,!;;'a:-'--'"'"'a:---'-;;:;;---''--;;;-;!
TEMPERAIURE-oC
-+-+--+,--t8----;l;,a--;';12-/;14,-;lrin
8a\;-a
SUPPLY VOLTAGf.-:!:.Y
- - ---
. -- ---
-- - - ' - - - - -
"-
a~5-L-~,a~-L-~,,--L~
SlJPPLYYOlTAGE-!.V
6-127
SmnOliCS
fW! DETECTOR AND LIMITER
;ULN2111
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
l;;--:SCRIPTION
A unique method of FM detection by a new technique of
linear gating is featured in the ULN2111 monolithic integrated circuit. This linear device comprises a three-stage
limiter and a balanced product detector. Applications for
the ULN2111 device include TV sound channels, FM receivers, automatic frequency control systems, and communication receivers.
Other applications for the ULN2111 device are in the more
sophisticated circuitry in telemetry receivers, automatic
control systems, and servo ampl ifiers.
An outstanding feature of the ULN2111 is that only one,
simple, low-cost, single winding coil is required for tuning.
Consequently, only' one screwdriver adjustment is required
to tune a detector employing the ULN2111. The frequency
range of the ULN2111 extends from 5 kHz to 50 MHz.
Outputs of 0.6V with a total distortion of less than 1% and
a limiting threshold voltage of 400J,tV rms are typical.
?~N
CONFIGURATION
A PACKAGE
(Top View)
1. Audio Output
2. Detector Input Reference
3. No Connection
4. Input
5. Decoupllng
6. Amplifier Input Reference
7. GND
8. No Connection
9. Amplifier Low Output
10. Amplifier High Output
11. Test Point
12 . Detector Input
13. v+
14. De-emphasis
. \;ljRES
•
•
•
•
•
•
HIGH SENSITIVITY - INPUT LIMITING VOLTAGE
AT 4.5MHz = 400J,tV
HIGH IF VOLTAGE GAIN - 60dB
SIMPLIFIED TUNING - ONE RLC PHASE SHIFT
NETWORK
HIGH STABILITY
LOW DISTORTION - 1.0%
WIDE FREQUENCY CAPABILITY - 5kHz to 50MHz
:~~
ORDER PART NO. ULN2111A
AKsnUJTE MAXIMUM RATINGS
+3.5V
+15V
+15V
+150°C
-65°C to +150°C
O°C to +85°C
0.15°C/mW
Input Voltage (Pin 4)
Output Voltage
Supply Voltage (V+)
Junction Temperature
Storage Temperature
Operating Temperature
Thermal Resistance
() J-A' Junction to Ambient
Power Dissipation
DLA,GRAM
VOUT
(AUDIO)
(FREQUENCY
MODULATED
CARRIER)
300mW
JiG CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
+ 12 VQ:-13---.....-
------
ALL CAPACITORS IN MICROFARADS
+ 12V
r--
50 ~
TA=+75C
"A -25C
40
30
50n
2k
ffi
iL 20
it
::IE
«
10
o
0,001
0.1
0.01
1.0
10
100
FEQUENCY IN MEGAHERTZ
SLOPE OF FM TRANSFER CHARACTERISTIC
AS A FUNCTION OF SUPPLY VOLTAGE
PHASE SHIFT
NETWORK
(See Figure 4)
TA =25C
./
/'"
cr
w
~
/
~
"o
W
Il.
~
/'
. .V
ALL CAPACITORS IN MICROFARADS
0
2
10
SUPPLY VOLTAGE IN VOLTS
6·132
12
14
+12V
+100
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. ULN2111
gYPICAL CHARACTERISTIC CURVES (Cont'd.)
SLOPE OF FM TRANSFER CHARACTERISTICS AS
A FUNCTION OF INJECTION VOLTAGE
PHASE SHIFT
NETWORK
(See Figure 4)
V
~1
TA'O~/
L
~
J
~
V
TA=+75C
TA =25C
~
II
T.p.
20
eo
60
40
100
INJECTION VOLTAGE,VINJ,IN MILLIVOLTS
TRANSFER CHARACTERISTICS FOR A SIMPLE LC NETWORK
OUTPUT + YOUT
YOUT • VF 1:02
+V2 __
Vp
LINEAR MODE
VIN~ <70m VRM9
OUTPUT - j (NORMALIZED DEVIATION)
(The units along the vertical axis are arbitrary units.)
Linear mode: Operation of the FM detector with no
limiting after the phase shift network.
Q.
2QAF
Po
(SEE NOTES 1 AND 21
YOUT
-~
- --h
NOTES:
1.
V F defines the slope of the FM transfer characteristic, at orgin:
dV out
Vf~--
a~O
da
V F is primarily a function of bias current in the detector and injection voltage.
V F will decrease with decreasing Vee or V I NJ'
2.
a
= normalized frequency deviation:
2Q~F
a~--
6·133
!ii!lDDtiC!i
,tYISiON CHROMA SYSTEM
INTRODUCTION
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
The 5070,5071, and 5072 are monolithic silicon integrated
circuits that constitute a complete chroma system for color
television receivers. The 5070 is a complete subcarrier regeneration system featuring a new concept of phase control
applied to the oscillator circuit. The 5071 is a chroma
amplifier system and the 5072 performs the demodulation
function.
The 5070 utilizes the 16-lead plastic dual-in-line package;
the 5071 and 5072 are supplied 14-lead plastic dual-inline packages.
5070
5071
5072
5070
•
VOLTAGE CONTROL OSCILLATOR
•
KEYED APC & ACC DETECTORS
•
DC HUE CONTROL
•
SHUNT REGULATOR
•
ACC CONTROLLED CHROMA AMPLIFIER
•
DC CHROMA GAIN CONTROL
5071
• COLOR KI LLER
• AMPLIFIER SHORT-CIRCUIT PROTECTION
5072
• SYNCHRONOUS DETECTOR WITH COLOR DIFFERENCE MATRIX
•
~,\L
EMITTER-FOLLOWER OUTPUT AMPLIFIERS WITH
SHORT-CI RCUIT PROTECTION
SCHEMATiC DiAGRAM
005
~0.06
T
1"
~43
T1
Universal Windings, No. 35 wire,
Primary: 77 turns, L = 0.8J.LH, Q = 40
Secondary: 34 turns, CT, L = 9J.LH, Q = 20
HUE
o--~----~II~----~--~
HORIZ KEY PULSE
+4V.4.5JJS INPUT
6·134
Universal Winding No. 35 wire,
62 turns with tap at 8 from grd
L = 25.5J.LH, Q = 30
All resistance values in ohms:
0.15
Unless otherwise indicated, all capacitance values
less than 10 are in microfarads.- 10 or greater are
in picofarads.
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 5070/71/72
n'~ICAL
FUNCTIONAL DIAGRAM
KILLER
ADJUST
r----
I
I
I
I
fr:':U~M\1
6071
CHROMA
GAIN
CONTROL
98
--~-I
112
10
I
r ------ ----
CHROMA
-----I
I
OUTPUT
I
I
I"
3
R-V OUTPUT
AMPLIFIED
CHROMA
G-V OUTPUT
1'3
16072
_
L_~
12
6
________
B-V OUTPUT
I
I
I
r,TTt,~
2 5
14 1
6 6 6 6'0
8·135
5070
Si!lDotiCS
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
The 5070 is a complete subcarrier regeneration system
BPACKAGE
(Top View)
with automatic phase control applied to the oscillator. An
amplifier chroma signal from the 5071 is applied to ter-
•
minals No. 13 and No. 14, which are the automatic phase
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
control (APC) and the automatic chroma control (ACC)
inputs. APC and ACC detection is keyed by the horizontal
pulse which also inhibits the oscillator output amplifier
during the burst interval.
The ACC system uses a synchronous detector to develop
a correction voltage at the differential output terminal
Nos. 15 and 16. Th is control signal is appl ied to the input
terminal Nos. 1 and 14 of the 5071. The APC system also
uses a synchronous detector. The APC error voltage is
Tint ContrOl
Oscillator Output
Oscillator Output
Gate Input
Ground
Oscillator Feedback
Oscillator Control
Oscillator Control
NC
Supply
APC Detector Output
APC Detector Output
APC Detector Input
ACC Detector Input
ACC Detector Output
ACC Detector Output
ORDER PART NO. N5070B
internally coupled to the 3.58 MHz oscillator at balance;
the phase of the signal at terminal No. 13 is in quadrature
r"B'j(JtUiF Iv"lA)(ir"iUM
with the oscillator.
(Values at T A = 25°C)
To accomplish phasing requirements, an RC phase shift
network is used between the chroma input and terminal
Nos. 13 and 14. The feedback loop of the oscillator is
RA T!"jG~
DC Supply Voltage and Current
Device Dissipation:
UptoT A =+70°C
Above T A = +70°C
See Charts
530mW
Derate Linearly
at 6.7 mW/oC
from terminal Nos. 7 and 8 back to No.6. The same
oscillator signal is available at terminal Nos. 7 and 8, but
the dc output of the APC detector controls the relative
signal levels at terminal Nos. 7 or 8. Because the output
at terminal No.8 is shifted in phase compared to the output at terminal No.7, which is applied directly to the
Ambient Temperature Range:
Operating
Storage
Lead Temperature (During Soldering):
At distance 1/32 in. (3.17 mm) from
seating plane for 10s max
-40 to +85°C
-65 to +150°C
crystal circuit, control of the relative amplitudes at terminal Nos. 7 and 8 alters the phase in the feedback Icop '
thereby changing the frequency of the crystal oscillator.
Balance adjustments of dc offsets are provided to establish
an initial no-signal offset control in the ACC output, and
a no-signal, on-frequency adjustment through the APC
detector-amplifier circuit which controls the oscillator frequency. The oscillator output stage is differentially controlled at terminal Nos. 2 and 3 by the hue control input
to terminal No. 1. The hue phase shift is accomplished by
the external R, L, and C components that couple the
oscillator output to the demodulator input terminals. The
5070 includes a shunt regulator to establish a 12Vdc supply.
•
VOLTAGE CONTROLLED OSCILLATOR
•
KEYED APC & ACC DETECTORS
•
DC HUE CONTROL
• SHUNT REGULATOR
6·136
Current
Voltage (Note 1)
TERM
NO.
1
2
3
4
6
7
8
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
MIN.
VOLTS
MAX.
VOLTS
TERM
NO.
Ij
mA
0
0
0
-5
*
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
2
3
4
10
11
12
13
14
20
+16
'+16
Note 3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-
Note 4
Note 2
Note 2
Note 2
Note 2
+16
+16
Note 4
10
mA
1
1
-
-
-
20
20
1
1
NOTES:
1. With respect to terminal
No.5 and with termlnel
No.10 connected through
4700 to +24V.
2. Reguleted voltage at terminal No. 10.
3. Controlled by max. Input
current.
4. Limited by dissipation.
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 5070
':lCUEMATIC DIAGRAM
iJf\lCTIONAL DIAGRAM
Ace OUTPUT
f
410/1W
--------~----~--+---~----~-+--.---~------------·----------~----~----~----~~~,-o
V+"'24V
• -:' Ace AOJ
B2k
36k
180
o,o~
O'05~":,O'05
~
~~~
22.
10/.lF
~Jr._
I
I
I
CHROMA
~--I
OSCILLATOR
12
60
r-__~~~__~~--;1~
FERRITE
BEAD
I
HORIZ KEY PULSE
+4V. 4.5/.ls INPUT
I
I
I
16010
L
____________________
~
___________
I
~
NOTES:
1. All resistance values are in ohms
2.
Unless otherwise indicated all capacitance values less than 10 are
in microfarads - 10 or greater are in picofarads.
6·137
Smnotics
5071
t:HRiitA AMPLIFIER
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
ION
The 5071 is a combined two-stage chroma amplifier and
functional control circuit. The input signal is received from
the video amplifier and applied to terminal No.2 of the
input amplifier stage. The first amplifier stage is part of the
ACC system and is controlled by differential adjustment
from the ACC input terminal Nos. 1 and 14. The output of
the 1st amplifier is directed to terminal No.6 from where
the signal may be applied to the ACC detection system of
the 5070 or an equivalent circuit. The output at terminal
No.6 is also applied to terminal No.7 which is the input to
the 2nd amplifier stage. Another output of the 1st amplifier
at terminal No. 13 is directed to the killer adjustment circuit.
(·~t-SCRjPT
PIN CONFIGURATION
A PACKAGE
(Top View)
14
13
12
11
10
The dc voltage level at terminal No. 13 rises as the ACC
differential voltage decreases with a reduction in the burst
amplitude. At a pre-set condition determined by the killer
adjustment resistor the killer circuit is activated and causes
the 2nd chroma amplifier stage to be cut off. The 2nd
chroma amplifier stage is also gain controlled by the adjustment or dc voltage at terminal No. 10. The output of
the 2nd chroma amplifier stage is available at terminal
No.9. The typical output termination circuit that is
shown, provides differential chroma drive signal to the
demodulator circuit. Both amplifier outputs utilize emitterfollowers with short-circuit protection.
1. ACC Input
2.
Chroma Input 1
3.
Gain Preselect
4.
Ground
5.
NC
6. Chroma Output 1
7.
Chroma Output 2
8. V+
;::/lTURES
9. Chroma Output 2
•
ACC CONTROLLED CHROMA AMPLIFIER
•
DC CHROMA GAIN CONTROL
10. Chroma Level Control
• COLOR KI LLER
• AMPLIFIER SHORT-CIRCUIT PROTECTION
11.
Decouple
12.
Decouple
13.
Killer Adjust
14. ACC Input
ORDER PART NO. N5071A
ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS
(Values at T A = 25°C)
DC Supply Voltage (Termi'lal 8
to Terminal 14)
Device Dissipation:
Up to TA = +70°C
Above T A =+70°C
Ambient Temperature R'ange:
Operating
Storage
Lead Temperature (During Soldering):
At distance 1/32 in (3.17 mm) from
seating plane for lOs max.
6·138
30Vdc
MAXiMUM RATINGS MAXIMUM VOLTAGE &
GURRENT RATINGS T A = 25°C
Voltage (Note 1)
Current
TERM
NO.
530mW
Derate Linearly
at 6.7 mWfC
-40 to +85°C
-65 to +150°C
1
2
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'14
MIN.
VOLTS
MAX.
VOLTS
-5
-5
0
-5
0
0
0
0
0
0
-5
+15
+5
+24
+5
+30
+24
+24
+24
+20
+20
+15
TERM
NO.
1
2
6
7
9
12
14
I •
I
mA
10
mA
5
5
1.0
5
1.0
1.0
5
1.0
1.0
20
1.0
20
5
1.0
NOTES:
1. With reference to terminal
No.4 and with +24V on
terminal No.8 except for
the rating given for terminal No.8.
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 5071
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (T A
= 25°C and V+ = +24V)
I
LIMITS
PARAMETERS
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
TVP
MAX
I
UNITS
STATIC CHARACTERISTICS
Voltages
Bias Reference Terminal
Ampl No.1 Chroma Input
Ampl No.1 Chroma Output Balanced
Unbalanced
Ampl No.2 Chroma Input
Ampl No.2 Chroma Output
Supply Current
Amplifier No.1 Voltage Gain
Amplifier No.2 Voltage Gain
Max. Chroma Output Voltage
17.3
1.75
20
13.5
1.5
20.6
S1 Open, S2 Open
S1 Open, S2 Open
S1 Open, $2 Open
S1 Open, $2 Closed
S1 Open, S2 Open
S1 Closed, S2 Open
S1 Open, ~ Open
DYNAMIC CHARACTERISTICS
Eg = 30 mVrms Measure V6
Vg = 10 Vrms
10% Chroma Gain Control Reference Voltage
Output Voltage Killer Off
Output Voltage, Chroma Off
17
14
dB
dB
Vrms
14
2
Eg = 50, mVrms, adjust Chroma
Gain Control to Change Vg to
10% of Maximum Chroma Output
S1 in Position 2
Eg = 50 mVrms, adjust "Killer
Adjust" for an Elbrupt decrease
in Vg
Eg = 50 Vrms, adjust Chroms
control to min. Chroma Output
Bandwidth
Amplifier No.1
Amplifier No.2
Ampl. No.1 Input Impedance
Ampl. No.2 Output Impedance
V
20.2
12
30
2
4
35
2.1
3.5
85
Ampl. No.1 Output Impedance
Ampl. No.2 Input Impedance
AMPLIFIER DIAGRAM
31
V
V
V
V
V
V
mA
12
mV
rms
12
mV
rms
MHz
MHz
kn
pF
n
kn
pF
n
FUNCTIONAL DIAGRAM
UNl.ESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, ALL CAPACITANCE
NOTE:
All resistance in ohms
VAl.UES LESS THAN 1.0 ARE IN MICROFARADS ~
Unless otherwise specified, all capacitance are in microfarads.
1.0 OR GREATER ARE IN PICOFARADS.
~HEMATIC
DIAGRAM
R"
R"
ALL RESISTANCE VALUES ARE IN OHMS
6·139
50'72
!ii!)DotiC!i
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
X~:;~;RIPTION
PIN CONFIGURATION
The 5072 has two sets of synchronous detectors with
matrix circuits to achieve the R-Y, G-Y, and B-Y color
difference output signals. The chroma input signal is applied to terminal Nos. 3 and 4 while the oscillator injection
signal is applied to terminal Nos. 6 and 7. The color difference signals, after matrix, have a fixed relationship of
amplitude and phase nominally equal dc voltage levels.
The outputs of the 5072 are suitable to driving high
level color difference or R, G, B output amplifiers.
Emitter-follower output stages used to drive the high
level color amplifiers have short-circuit protection.
A PACKAGE
(Top View)
14
13
3. Chroma (-)'
9. Ea -Ey
10. NC
12
4. Chroma (+)
11. ER -Ey
5.
12. NC
11
10
7.
13. E8 -Ey
14. GND
Ref "A"
ORDER PART NO. N5072A
MAXIMUM VOLTAGE & CURRENT RATINGS
,':::>d'AUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS
(Values at T A = 25°C)
Ambient Temperature Range:
Operating
Storage
Lead Temperature (During Soldering):
At distance 1/32 in (3.17 mm) from
seating plane for lOs max.
NC
6. Ref "8"
fURES
• SYNCHRONOUS DETECTOR WITH COLOR DIFFERENCE MATRIX
• EMITTER-FOLLOWER OUTPUT AMPLIFIERS WITH
SHORT-CIRCUIT PROTECTION
DC Supply Voltage (Terminal 8
to Terminal 14)
Reference Input Voltage
Chroma Input Voltage
Device Dissipation:
Up to TA = +70°C
Above T A = +70°C
8. v+
1. NC
2. NC
T A = 25°C VOLTAGE (Note 1)
Terminal
No.
27V
5V p _p
5V p _p
3
4
6
7
530mW
Derate Linearly
at 6.7 mW/C
-40 to +85°C
-65 to +150°C
8
9
11
13
MIN.
VOLTS
MAX.
VOLTS
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
+5
+5
+12
+12
+27
-20
+20
+20
CURRENT
Terminal
No.
3
-
4
-
6
7
8
9
11
13
-
__------------~----~~--~--~v+
qK~----------O REF .....
CHAOMA~~----+-----_t==1h;:::=t===~=:t=::_::::==t==::::~q=~----------<'>
H
(+1
L-----~------~--------4-----------------~--------
6·140
-
-
-
-
10
10
10
20
20
20
terminal No.8 and terminal No. 14 at +24 V except as given in
rating for terminal No.8.
.
REF .. A .. o-+-----+-----+------<~
-
-
1. With reference to terminal No. 14 and with the voltage between
'----_"Iv--(). EO-EV
7
-
10
mA
NOTE:
::HEMATIC DiAGRAM
.-----~----~----------------4r
I,
mA
____
1.
~GND
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 5072
}:CTRK:AL CHARACTERISTICS (T A = 25°C and V+ = +24V unless otherwise specified)
- -
PARAMETERS
TEST CONDITIONS
LIMITS
MIN
TVP
MAX
UNITS
STATIC CHARACTERISTICS
Supply Current With Output Loads
With No Output Loads
G-V, R-Y, S-Y Outputs
Chroma Inputs
Reference Subcarrier
26.5
16.5
S1 Closed
Open
S1 Closed
S1 0 pen
S1 Open
S,
13.2
9
14.7
3.3
6.2
15.8
mA
mA
V
V
V
DYNAMIC CHARACTERISTICS
0.8
Demodulator Unbalance
Maximum Color Difference Output Voltage
V3=V4=0
V3 = V4 = 0.6 Vp-p
Chroma Input Sensitivity
Relative R-Y Output
Relative G-Y Output
VDC Difference Between any two Output Terminals
Input Impedance Reference Subcarrier Inputs'
Adjust ec for 5.0 Vp-o
No. 13 (S-Y)
8.0
5.5
1.2
@
term
0.2
3.5
0.75
llc = 0
0.35
4.2
1.25
0.6
1.7
6
0.95
6
180
Input Impedance at Chroma Inputs
Output Resistance
Vp-p
Vp-p
Vp-p
Vp-p
Vp-p
Vp-p
V
kn
pF
kn
pF
n
,H\IGTlONAL DIAGRAM
V+-24V
r-----------
8
I-=
0001
">---I-<>_+-'VVv-_--o
R-V OUTPUT
">----f--<>_--'vVl..-_~ B-Y OUTPUT
6·141
Smnotics
5556
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
"'i-~"GBIPT!ON
The 5556 is an internally compensated precIsion monolithic operational amplifier featuring extremely low offset
and bias currents and offset null capability. The 5556 is
short circuit protected and its high common mode and
differential input voltage range provides exceptional performance when used as an integrator, summing amplifier,
and voltage follower.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
LOW INPUT BIAS CURRENT - 15nA maximum
LOW INPUT OFFSET CURRENT· 2.0nA maximum
LOW INPUT OFFSET VOLTAGE· 4.0mV maximum
HIGH SLEW RATE - 2.5 V/MS typical
LARGE POWER BANDWIDTH· 40kHz typical
LOW POWER CONSUMPTION· 45mW maximum
OFFSET VOLTAGE NULL CAPABILITY
The 5556 features industry standard pinout and is a direct
pin-for-pin replacement for the MC15556G and MC1456G.
TPACKAGE
1. Offset Null
2. Inverting Input
3. Non-inverting Input
Power Supply Voltage
S5556
N5556
Differential Input Voltage
Common Mode Input Voltage
Load Current
Output Short Circuit Duration
Power Dissipation
Derate Above T A = 25°C
Operating Temperature Range
S5556
N5556
Storage Temperature Range
4. V-
±22V
±18V
5. Offset Null
6. V
OUT
± V+
± V+
20mA
Indefinite
680mW
4.6mWtC
-55°C to +125°C
O°C to +70°C
7. V+
0
4
8. NC
Order Part Nos. S5556T/N5556T
10
V PACKAGE
2
7
3
•
1.
2.
3.
4;
5.
6.
4
I
7. V+
8
Offset Null
Inverting Input
Non-inverting Input
VOffset Null
V
OUT
8. NC
Order Part Nos. S5556V/N5556V
OFFSET ADJUST
CIRCUIT
y+
y-
6·142
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. S/N5556
. I
2 1 ;TRICAl CHARACTERISTICS (V+ = +15V, V- = -15V, T A = +25°C Unless Otherwise Noted)
PARAMETER
MIN
SYMBOL
S5556
I nput Bias Current
TA = 25°C
TA = TLOWto THIGH (Note 1)
IB
Input Offse1 Current
TA = 250
T A = 25 C to T Hi%h
lio
TA
= T LOW to 25
TYP
N5556 S5556
8
1.0
MAX
N5556
15
5.0
C
Input Offset Voltage
TA = 25°C
UNITS
S5556
15
30
30
40
nA
nA
2.0
10
nA
3.0
5.0
14
14
nA
nA
4.0
10
mV
6.0
14
mV
V io
2.0
5.0
TA = T LOW to THIGH
N5556
Differential Input Impedance
(Open Loop-f = 20Hz)
Parallel Input Resistance
Parallel I nput Capacitance
Rp
Cp
5.0
6.0
3.0
6.0
M
pF
Common Mode Input Impedance (f = 20Hz)
ZIN
250
250
M
Common Mode Input Voltage Swing
CMV IN
±13
±12
V
Equivalent Input Noise Voltage
EIN
45
45
nv/JHz
70
110
110
dB
100K
70K
200K
lOOK
40K
40K
±12
±11
(Av= 100, Rs = 10Kn, F = 1.0KHz,
BW'= 1.0Hz)
Common Mode Rejection Ratio (f = 100Hz)
CMRR
80
Open Loop Voltage Gain (V Out =±10V,
RL ~2KP)
TA ~ 25 C
AVO
TA '=TLOWtoTHIGH
Power Bandwidth
Av'" 1, RL = 2Kn, THD~5%, V OUT =
±10V)
Unity Gain Crossover Frequency (open-loop)
PBW
VN
VN
40
40
KHz
1.0
1.0
MHz
Phase Margin (open-loop, unity gain)
70
70
Degrees
Gain Margin
18
18
dB
.dVOUT/dt
2.5
2.5
Output I mpedance If = 20Hz)
ZOUT
1.0
1.0
Output Voltage Swing (R L = 2Kn)
V OUT
±13
±12
Power Supply Sensitivity
V- = Constant, R~10K
V+ = Constant, RS~ 10K
S+
S-
50
50
75
75
100
100
200
200
INN
p.VN
10+
10 -
1.0
1.0
1.3
1.3
1.5
1.5
3.0
3.0
mA
mA
Po
30
40
45
90
mW
Slew Rate (unity gain)
Power Supply Current
DC Quiescent Power Dissipation (V OUT = 0)
±12
±11
V//J.sec
2.0
2.5
Kn
V
NOTE:
1. T LOW = oOe for N5556. -55°e for S5556;
0
THIGH = 70 e for N5556. 125°C for S5556
6-143
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. S/N5556
;,'a~r.Al
FF~fORMANCE
CHARACTERISTICS
POWER DISSIPATION VERSUS
POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE
POWER
BANDWIDTH
100
28
70
eo
110
.;'
40
./
I
30
!
20
I
ie
/
10
V
V
~
-
,
\
24
20
YOUT-O
\
I'
/
/
1\
12
\,
J
/
1/
1\
j
/
'2
t4
1'1
t8
110
112
114
tl'
.tl'
120
!22
o
1,0
10
V+. Y-.POWER SUl'PLY YOlTAGE (YOLTS'
"~
~i'-
100
UIM
f. FREQUENCY (kHz'
TYPICAL INPUT BIAS CURRENT AND INPUT OFFSET
CURRENT VERSUS TEMPERATURE FOR S5556
VOLTAGE-FOLLOWER
PULSE RESPONSE
20
!
~
tl
11
i
iJ
'""
""
10
I'--o
-II
-21
INPUT
"~
.~
C'(.o
~ ::--..
INPUT OfFSET CURRENT
21
eo
71
T.... AMBlEtn' TEMPERATURE reI
6-144
100
--I.
OUr UT
V
V
\
\
2/JtlOIVISION
SmnHtics
.DUAL OPERAnONAL AMPLIFIERS
5558
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
DESCRIPTION
PIN CONFIGURATIONS
The 5558 consists of a pair of high performance monolithic
operational amplifiers constructed on a single chip. It
features internal compensation and is intended for use in a
variety of analog applications. High common mode voltage
range and immunity to latch-up makes the 5558 ideal for
use as a voltage follower. The high gain and wide range of
operating voltage achieves superior performance in
integrator, summing amplifier, and general feedback
applications. The device is short-circuit protected. For
single amplifier performance see the 5741 data sheet. The
5558 is a pin-for-pin replacement for the MC1558G.
T-PACKAGE
(Top View)
1. Output A
2. Inverting Input A
3. Noninverting I nput A
4. V5. Noninvertlng Input B
6. Inverting Input B
7. Output B
8. V+
ORDER PART NOS. S5558T/N5568T
V-PACKAGE
ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS
4
Power Supply Voltages
S5558
N5558
Differential Input Voltage
Common-mode Input Swing
Output Short Circuit Duration
1. Output A
2. Inverting Input A
3. Noninverting Input A
±22V
±18V
±30V
±15V
Continuous
4. V5. Nonlnverting Input B
6. Inverting Input B
7. Output B
8. V+
Power Dissipation (Note 1)
ORDER PART NO. N5558V
T Package - (MO-002-AG)
V Package
Operating Temperature Range
S5558
N5558
Storage Temperature Range
Lead Temperature (Soldering, 60 sec)
680mW
625mW
-55°C to +125°C
OOC to +75°C
-65°C to +150°C
300°C
r:t-:ATURES:
•
2 "OP AMPS" IN SPACE OF ONE 741 V PACKAGE
•
NO FREQUENCY COMPENSATION REQUIRED
•
SHORT CIRCUIT PROTECTION
•
LOW POWER CONSUMPTION
NOTE:
•
1. Derate T p~ckage linearly at 4.6 mW/oC for ambient temperatures
above +25 C o o
2. Derate V Pllckage at 5mW/ C above 25 C
LARGE COMMON MODE AND DIFFERENTIAL
VOLTAGE RANGES
•
NO LATCH-UP
EOUIVALENT SCHEMATIC
INVERTING INPUt
2(°-,-+--+-+---;1--'
6
50k
1.0k
50k
L---_+--~--~~_+--~------~~
50
__- -____~_ov-
4
The numbers without parenthesis represent the pin numbers for Va of the dual circuit. The numbers in parenthesis represent
the pin numbers for the other half.
6·145
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 5558
,1 .. ECTRICAl
CHARACTERISTICS (V+ = +15 Vdc, V- =-15 Vdc, T A =+25°C unless otherwise noted)
CHARACTERISTICS
MIN
SYMBOL
S5558
Input Bias Current
TA=+25°C
TA
MAX
TYP
N5558
S5558
N5558
S5558
N5558
UNIT
J.LAdc
Ib
0.2
0.2
0.5
1.5
0.5
0.8
0.03
0.03
0.2
0.5
0.2
0.3
1.0
2.0
5.0
6.0
6.0
7.5
= Tlow to Thigh (See Note 1)
Input Offset Current
TA +25°C
T A = Tlow to Thigh
lIiol
Input Offset Voltage (RS';;; 10kil)
TA = +25°C
T A = Tlow to Thigh
IViol
J.LAdc
%
Oifferential Input Impedance (Open, Loop, f = 20 Hz)
Parallel Input Resistance
Parallel Input Capacitance
mVdc
Rp
Cp
Common·Mode Input Impedance (f = 20 Hz)
0.3
0.3
1.0
6.0
±12
±12
±13
±13
45
45
90
90
200
Z(in)
Common-Mode Input Voltage Swing
CMVin
Equivalent Il)put Noise Voltage
(AV = 100, Rs = kil,
f = 1.0 kHz, BW = 1.0 Hz)
Megohm
pF
1.0
6.0
200
Megohms
Vpk
nV(Hz)%
en
Common-Mode Rejection Ratio (f = 100 Hz)
CMrej
Open-Loop Voltage Gain,
(Vout = ±10V, RL = 2.0km
TA = +25°C
T A = Tlow to Thigh
AVOL
Power Bandwidth
(AV = 1, RL = 2.0kil, THO":;5%,V ou t = 20Vp-p)
Unity Gain Crossover Frequency (open-loop)
PBW
70
70
dB
V/V
50,000
20,000
25,000
15,000
Phase Margin (open-loop, unity gain)
Gain Margin
200,000
100,000
14
14
kHz
1.1
1.1
MHz
65
65
degrees
dB
11
11
Slew Rate (Unity Gain)
dVout/dt
0.8
0.8
V/J.Ls
Output Impedance (f = 20 Hz)
Zout
300
300
ohms
Short-Circuit Output Current
ISC
20
20
mAdc
Output Voltage Swing
(RL = 10kil)
RL = 2kil (T A = Tlow to Thigh)
Vout
±14
±13
±14
±13
S+
S-
30
30
30
30
150
150
150
150
Power Supply Current
10+
10-
2.3
2.3
2.3
2.3
5.0
5.0
5.6
5.6
OC Quiescent Power Oissipation
(V out = 0)
Po
70
70
150
170
120
120
Power Supply Sensitivity
V- = constant, Rs":; 10kil
V+ = constant, Rs":; 10kil
±12
±10
J.LV/V
Channel Separation
Note 1:
Vpk
±12
±10
mAde
mW
e01/eo2
dB
Tlow: OoC for N5558, -55°C for S5558; Thigh: +75 0 C for N55!?8, +125 0 C for S5558
,'leAL CHARACTERISTIC CURVES
28
r-
+120
24
f-
+100
TA" +
l--
::. 20
POWER BANDWIDTH ~
(Large Signal Swing
ii!
versus Frequency)
~
§
1\
16
U
12
j80
I-
(VOlTAG£FOUDWERI
"~8'-JfrIES
4.0
o
10
IIIIIII "
100
'"
+80
+60
~
+40
~
~
i+20
1\
f-20
lOk
I,FREout:NCY (Hd
6-146
j
OPEN LOOP FREQUENCY ~
R ESPONSE
~
10k
lO
10
100
101<
101<
~
lOOk
I, FIlECl.f:NCY (HzI'
~5'C
1\
lOM
10M
~;ALANCED
SmDOliCS
MODULATOR-DEMODULATOR
5596
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
t"'if\l CONFiGURATIONS
A PACKAGE
(Top View)
The 5596 is a monolithic Double-Balanced Modulator/
Demodulator designed for use where the output voltage
is a product of an input voltage (signal) and a switched
function (carrier). The S5596 will operate over the full
military temperature range of -55°C to +125°C. The
N5596 is intended for applications within the range of
O°C to +70°C.
1. Positive Signal Input
14
2. Gain Adjust
13
3. NC
12
4. Gain Adjust
5. Negative Signal Input
11
6. Bias
10
HJRES
•
7. NC
8. Positive Output
EXCELLENT CARRIER SUPPRESSION
9. Positive Carrier Input
~O.
65dB typ @ 0.5 MHz
50dB typ
@
~
10 MHz
ORDER PART NOS.
•
ADJUSTABLE GAIN AND SIGNAL HANDLING
•
BALANCED INPUTS AND OUTPUTS
•
HIGH COMMON-MODE REJECTION - 85dB typ
Negative Carrier Input
1. NC
12. NC
13. Negative Output
S5596A/N5596A
14. V
KPACKAGE
",~~vtiGATIOI\IS
1. Positive Signal Input
2. Gain Adjust
SUPPRESSED CARRIER AND AMPLITUDE
3. Gain Adjust
4. Negative Signal Input
5. Bias
MODULATION
SYNCHRONOUS DETECTION
6. Positive Output
FM DETECTION
7. Positive Carrier Input
PHASE DETECTION
8. Negatil(e Carrier Input
SAMPLING
ORDER PART NOS.
S5596 KIN 5596 K
SINGLE SIDEBAND
9. Negative Output
10. V -
FREQUENCY DOUBLING
c'·~:-;OI.UTE
MAXIMUM RATINGS
Applied Voltage (Note 1)
Differential Input Signal (V7 - Va)
Differential Input Signal (V 4 - V 1)
I nput Signal (V 2 - V 1, V 3 - V 4)
Bias Current (15)
Power Dissipation (Pkg. Limitation)
K-Package
Derate above 25° C
A-Package (TO-116)
Derate above 25°C
Operating Temperature Range
Storage Temperature Range
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
30V
±5.0V
±(5 + 15 Re)V
5.0V
10mA
6aOmW
5.4mWtC
CARRIER H
INPUT (+)
900mW
7.2mWtC
SIGNALH
-55°C to +125°C
-65°C to +150°C
BIAS
INPUT (+)
GAIN
ADJUST
10
NOTES:
1. Voltage applied between pins 6-7, 8-1, 9-7, 9-8, 7-4, 7-1, 8-4,
6-8, 2-5, 3-5.
2. Pin number references pertain to K package pinout only.
6-147
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 5596
~oLECTRICAL
CHARACTERISTICS*
(All input and output characteristics are single-ended unless otherwise noted.)
PARAMETER
MIN
S5596
TYP
MAX
MIN
N5596
TYP
MAX
/J.V(rms)
Carrier Feedthrough
Vc = 60 mV(rms) sine wave and
fC = 1.0 kHz
40
40
offset adjusted to zero
fC = 10 MHz
140
140
Vc = 300 mVp-p square wave:
mV(rms)
= 1.0 kHz
offset adjusted to zero
fC
offset not adjusted
fC = 1.0 kHz
0.04
20
0.2
0.4
0.04
20
100
200
Carrier Suppressions
fS
UNITS
dB
= 10 kHz, 300 mV(rms)
fC = 500 kHz, 60 mV(rms) sine wave
fC = 10 MHz, 60 mV(rms) sine wave
50
Transadmittance Bandwidth (Magnitude) (R L = 50n)
Carrier Input Port, Vc = 60 mV(rms) sine wave
65
40
65
50
50
300
300
80
80
MHz
= 1.0 kHz, 300 mV(rms) sine wave
= 300 mV(rms) sine wave
Ivci = 0.5V dc
fS
Signal Input Port, Vs
Signal Gain
Vs
2.5
= 100 mV(rms), f
3.5
2.5
3.5
V/V
= 1.0 kHz; IVcl = 0.5V dc
Single-Ended Input Impedance, Signal Port, f
= 5.0 MHz
Parallel Input Resistance
Single-Ended Output Impedance, f
200
200
Parallel Input Capacitance
kn
2.0
2.0
pF
= 10 MHz
Parallel Output Resistance
40
Parallel Output Capacitance
kn
40
pF
5.0
5.0
Input Bias Current
11 + 14
IbS = - 2 - ; IbC
f.JA
17 +18
= -2-
12
25
12
30
12
25
12
30
Input Offset Current
lioS
= 11
f.JA
-1 4 ; lioC = 17 -1 8
Average Temperature Coefficient of Input Offset Current
(T A
0.7
5.0
0.7
7.0
0.7
5.0
0.7
7.0
2.0
2.0
nA/C
= -55°C to +125°C)
14
Output Offset Current
50
15
80
f.JA
(16 -1 )
9
Average Temperature Coefficient of Output Offset Current
90
90
nA/C
(T A = -55°C to +125°C)
Common-Mode Input Swing, Signal Port, fS = 1.0 kHz
Common-Mode Gain, Signal Port, fS
= 1.0 kHz,
5.0
Vp-p
5.0
-85
dB
-85
IVcl = 0.5V dc
Common-Mode Quiescent Output Voltage (Pin 6 or Pin 9)
8.0
8.0
Vdc
Differential Output Voltage Swing Capability
8.0
8.0
Vp-p
mAdc
Power Supply Current
16 + 19
110
DC Power Dissipation
2.0
3.0
3.0
4.0
33
2.0
4.0
3.0
5.0
33
(v+ = +12V dc, V- = -S.OV dc, 15 = 1.0mA dc, RL = 3.9kn, Re = 1.0kn, T A = +25°C unless otherwise noted)
·Pin number references pertain to K package pinout only.
6·148
mW
!i!!lDotiC!i
SN7520
SN7521
SN7522
SN7523
SN7524
SN7525
DUAL CORE MEMORY SENSE AMPLIFIERS
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
DESCRIPTION
fEATURES
The 7520 Series Dual Core Memory Sense Amplifiers are
designed for use in high speed core memory systems.
Three separate logic configurations allow flexibility of
system design.
•
•
•
•
The 7520 and 7521 can be used to perform the function
of a flip-flop or a data register which responds to the sense
and strobe-input conditions.
ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS
DUAL SENSE AMPS
±4mV THRESHOLD UNCERTAINTY
DESIGN VERSATILITY
25ns PROPAGATION DELAY
±5V
±7V
+5.5V
o
-65°C to +150 o e
oOe to +70 e
500mW
Differential Input Voltage
Vee
The 7522 and 7523 features an open collector stage which
may be used to perform the wired-OR function.
Strobe & Gain Input Voltages
Storage Temperature
Operating Temperature
Power Dissipation
The 7524 and 7525 features two independent sense channels with separate outputs.
;'IN CONFIGURATIONS
B PACKAGE (Top View)
7522/23
7520/21
ORDER
PART NOS.
SN7520N/
SN7521N
ORDER
PART NOS.
1
7524/25
ORDER
PART NOS.
1
SN7522N/
SN7523N
1
SN7524N/
SN7526N
·The Signetlcs 7520/21/22/23/24/26 does not require an external capacitor (C ext ) to stabilize th!i! pre-amplifier. Pin 1 may be used
as a test point, giving access to the pre-amplifier output. No degradation of performance will result if a 100pF capacitor Is connected
from Pin 1 to GND.
I'
OGle DI.AGRAMS
7520/21
7524/25
7522/23
}o-,.---o OUTPUT 0
INPUTS{:;
OUTPUTll
STROBE A
B1
INPUTS
{
B,
STROBE B
Output 0 =
Output Q
Go + (SA
= Gate
:~~
STROSES~
INPUTS {
INA + SB IN B)
Output
O~2V
= Gate~2V
Output A = SA INA
G
INA = (V inD at Inputs A1 and A 2 ) >VT
SA = Strobe A ~2V
where:
SB = Strobe B ~ 2V
INA = (V inD at Inputs A1 and A 2 ) >Vr
SB = Str~be B ~ 2V
SA = Strobe A ~2V
INB = (V inD at Inputs B1 and B2 ) >V T
GQ= Gatea~2V
OUTPUTS
Y = G(SA INA + SB IN B ) + G
where:
SA = Strobe A ~2V
GO = Gate O~O.8V
A
-
INA + SB IN B ) GO
= GO (Go + SA
where:
GO
~OUTPUT
STROBEA~
INB = (V inD at Inputs B1 and B2 ) > V T
G = Gate ~O.4V
Output B = SB INB
INA = (V inD at Inputs A1 and A 2 ) >V T
SB = Strobe B ~ 2V
INB = (V inD at Inputs B1 and B2 ) >V T
6-149
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 7520/21/22/23/24/25
~.CTB!CAL CHARACTERISTICS (V cc 1 = 5V, Vcc2 = -5V, TA = O°C to +70°C, unless otherwise specified)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
VT
Differential-Input Threshold
Voltage (See Note 1)
VCMF
Common-Mode Input Firing
Voltage (See Note 2)
lin
Differential-Input Bias Current
IDI
zinD
Vin(1)
Differential-Input Offset Current
Differential-I nput Impedance
Logical 1 Input Voltage (gate
and strobe inputs)
Logical 0 Input Voltage (gate
Vin(O)
lin(O)
Logical 0 Level Input Current
(gate and strobe inputs)
lin(l )
Logical 1 Level Input Current
(gate and strobe inputs)
V out (1)
Logical 1 Output Voltage
Vout(O)
Logical 0 Output Voltage
10S(0)
10S(0)
Iccl
Icc2
tor D
tor CM
tcyc(min)
a Output Short-Circuit Current
a Output Short-Circuit Current
V cc l Supply Current
V cc2 Supply Current
Differential-Input Overload
Recovery Time (See Note 3)
Common-Mode Input Overload
Recovery Time (See Note 4)
Minimum cycle time
7520
7521
7520
Vref = 40mV
7521
Strobe Input: VinS = Vin(l)
Common-Mode Input Pulse:
tr = tf"';; 15ns, tp(in) = 50ns
TA = 25°C
V cc l = 5.25V, Vcc2 = -5.25V
VinD = OmV
V cc l = 5.25V, Vcc2 = -5.25V
f = 1 kHz
V cc l = 4.75V, Vcc2 = -4.15V
Vin(O) = 0.8V
V cc 1 = 4.75V, Vcc2 = -4.75V
Vin(l) = 2V
Vccl = 5.25V, Vcc2 = -5.25V
Vin(O) = O.4V
V cc l = 5.25V, Vcc2 = -5.25V
Vin(l) = 2.4V
V cc l = 5.25V, Vcc2 = -5.25V
Vref = 15mV
Vin(l) = V cc1
V cc1 = 4.75V, Vcc2 = -4.75V
Iload = - 4OOf.J.A
V cc l =4.75V, V cc 2=-4.75V
Isink = 16mA
V cc l = 5.25V, Vcc2 = -5.25V
V cc 1 = 5.25V, Vcc2 = -5.25V
TA = 25°C
TA = 25°C
VinD = 2V,t r = tf = 20ns
TO OUTPUT
t pd(l)DO, tpd(O)DO
Al-A2orBl-B2
a
t pd(l)DQ, tpd(O)OQ
Al-A2orBl-B2
Q
t pd(l)SO, tpd(O)SO
Strobe A or B
a
t pd(l )SQ, tpd(O)SQ
Strobe A or B
Q
tpd( 1)GOO, tpd(O)GOO
Gate
a
a
t pd(l)GOQ, tpd(O)GOQ
Gate
a
Q
t pd(l)GOQ, tpd(O)GOQ
Gate Q
Q
(SEE NOTES PAGE 128)
TYP
11
8
36
33
15
15
40
40
MAX
UNITS
18
22
44
47
mV
mV
mV
mV
±3
V
75
30
0.5
2
0.8
V
-1.6
mA
40
f.J.A
1
mA
3.9
2.4
V
0.4
V
5
3.5
28
-14
20
mA
mA
mA
mA
ns
20
ns
200
ns
0.25
3.3
2.1
MIN
f.J.A
f.J.A
kn
V
2
VinCM = 2V, tr = tf = 20ns
PROPAGATION DELAY TIMES
SYMBOL
FROM INPUT
6-150
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
20
30
25
35
15
25
15
35
10
15
15
20
15
10
40
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
55
30
55
20
30
20
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 7520/21/22/23/24/25
':~LECTRIC:AL CHARACTERISTICS (V ee l = 5V, Vee2 = -5V, TA == O°C to +70°C, unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
7522
7523
7522
Vref = 40mV
7523
Strobe Input: VinS == Vin(l)
Common Mode Input Pulse:
tr = tf ~ 15ns, tp(in) = 50ns
TA = 25°C
V ee l = 5.25V, Vee2 = -5.25V
VinD = OmV
V ee l = 5.25V, Vee2 = -5.25V
f = 1 kHz
V ee l = 4.75V, Vee2 = -4.75V
Vin(O) = 0.8V
V eel = 4.75V, Vee2 = -4.75V
Vin(l) = 2V
V eel = 5.25V, Vee2 = -5.25V
Vin(O) = O.4V
V ee l = 5.25V, Vee2 = -5.25V
Vin(l) = 2.4V
Vee 1 = 5.25V, Vee2 = ;,,5.25V
Vin(l) = V ee l
V ee l = 4.75V, Vee2 = -4.75V
Iload = -400JlA, Vin = 2V
V ee l = 4.75V, Vee2 = -4.75V
Isink = 16mA, Vin = 0.8V
V ee l = 4.75V, Vee2 = -4.75V
V out = 5.25V, Vin = 2V
V eel = 5.25V, Vee2 = -5.25V
TA = 25°C
TA = 25°C
VinD = 2V, tr = tf = 20ns
Vref = 15mV
VT
Differential Input Threshold
Voltage (See Note 1)
VCMF
Common Mode Input Firing
Voltage (See Note 2)
lin
Differential Input Bias Current
101
zinD
Vin(l)
Differential Input Offset Current
Differential Input Impedance
Logical 1 Input Voltage (gate
and strobe inputs)
Logical 0 Input Voltage (gate
and strobe inputs)
Logical 0 Level Input Current
(gate and strobe inputs)
Vin(O)
lin(O)
Logical 1 Level Input Current
(gate and strobe inputs)
lin(l )
V out (l )
Logical 1 Output Voltage
Vout(O)
Logical 0 Output Voltage
lout(l)
Output Reverse Current
lOS
leel
lee2
tor D
Output Short Circuit Current
Veel Supply Current
Vee2 Supply Current
Differential Input Overload
Recovery Time (See Note 3)
Common Mode I nput Overload
Recovery Time (See Note 4)
Minimum Cycle Time
toTCM
teye(min)
VinCM
TYP
11
8
36
33
15
15
40
40
MAX
UNIT
19
22
44
47
mV
mV
mV
mV
±3
V
75
30
0.5
2
-1
2.4
JlA
JJ.A
kn
V
2
0.8
V
-1.6
mA
40
JlA
1
mA
V
3.9
0.2
0.4
250
3.5
V
JlA
27
15
20
mA
mA
mA
ns
20
ns
200
ns
2.1
= ±2V, tr = tf = 20ns
PROPAGATION DELAY TIMES
TYP
MAX
UNIT
Y
20
30
45
ns
ns
Strobe A or B
Y
15
25
40
ns
ns
Gate
y
10
15
25
ns
ns
MIN
FROM INPUT
TO OUTPUT
t pd(l)D
tpd(O)D
Al - A2 or Bl - B2
t pd(l)S
tpd(O)S
t pd(l)G
tpd(O)G
SYMBOL
MIN
(SEE NOTES PAGE 128)
8-151
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 7520/21/22/23/24/25
:~LECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V ee l
= 5V, Vee2 = -5V, TA = O°C to +70°C, unless otherwise specified)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
Differential Input Threshold
Voltage (See Note 1)
VCMF
Common Mode Input Firing
Voltage (See Note 2)
lin
Differential Input Bias Current
101
zinD
Vin(1)
Differential Input Offset Current
Differential Input Impedance
Logical 1 Input Voltage
(strobe inputs)
Logical 0 Input Voltage
(strobe inputs)
Logical 0 Level Input Current
(strobe inputs)
Vin(O)
lin(O)
Logical 1 Level Input Current
(strobe inputs)
lin(1)
V out (l )
Logical 1 Output Voltage
Vout(O)
Logical 0 Output Voltage
lOS
leel
lee2
tor 0
Output Short Circuit Current
Veel Supply Current
Vee2 Supply Current
Differential Input Overload
Recovery Time (See Note 3)
Common Mode I nput Overload
Recovery Time (See Note 4)
Minimum Cycle Time
tor CM
teye(min)
SYMBOL
PROPAGATION DELAY TIMES
FROM INPUT
= 15iTiV
7524
7525
7524
Vref = 40mV
7525
Strobe Input: VinS = Vin(1)
Common Mode Input Pulse:
tr = tf ~ 15ns, tp(in) = 50ns
TA = 25°C
V ee l = 5.25V, V ee2 = -5.25V
VinD = OmV
V ee l = 5.25V, Vee2 = -5.25V
f = 1 kHz
V ee1 = 4.75V, Vee2 = -4.75V
Vin(O) = 0.8V
V ee l = 4.75V, Vee2 = -4.75V
Vin(l) = 2V
Vee1 = 5.25V, Vee2 = -5.25V
Vin(O) = 0.4V
V ee l = 5.25V, Vee2 = -5.25V
Vin(l) = 2.4V
Veel = 5.25V, Vee2 = -5.25V
Vin(l) = V ee l
Vee1 = 4.75V, Vee2 = -4.75V
Iload = -400JJ.A, Vin(1) = 2V
Vin(O) = 0.8V
V ee l == 4.75V, V ee 2 = -4.75V
Isink = 16mA, Vin(O) = 0.8V
V ee l = 5.25V, Vee2 = -5.25V
TA = 25°C
TA = 25°C
VinD = 2V, tr = tf = 20ns
Vref
VT
VinCM = ±2V, tr
TO OUTPUT
MIN
TYP
11
8
36
33
15
15
40
40
UNIT
19
22
44
47
mV
mV
mV
mV
±3
30
V
75
JJ.A
0.5
2
JJ.A
kn
V
2
-1
2.4
0.8
V
-1.6
mA
40
JJ.A
1
mA
3.9
0.25
V
0.4
V
3.5
25
-15
20
mA
mA
mA
ns
20
ns
200
ns
2.1
= tf = 20ns
MIN
MAX
TYP
MAX
UNiT
t pd(l )0
tpd(O)D
Al-A2orBl-B2
A or B
25
20
40
ns
ns
tpd(l)S
tpd(O)S
Strobe A or B
Aor B
15
20
30
ns
ns
NOTES:
1. The differential input threshold voltage (VT) is defined as the
3.
Differential input overload recovery time Is the time necessary
DC input voltage (Vin) required to force the output of the sense
for the device to recover from the specified differential input
amplifier to the logic gate threshold voltage level.
overload signal prior to the strobe enable signal.
2. Common mode Input firing voltage Is the common mode voltage
that will axceed the dynamic range of the input at the specified
conditions and cause the logic output to switch. The specified
4. Common mode Input overload recovery time is the time neces-
common mode Input signal Is applied with a strobe enable
sary for the device to recover from the specified common mode
signal present.
input overload signal prior to the strobe enable signal.
6-152
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 7520/21/22/23/24/25
'!:~~t.MJ\TiIC
DIAGRAMS
7520/21
v" 6 - - - _ O _ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 - - - - + - - - - - . " ........
7522/23
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 7520/21/22/23/24/25
THRESHOLD VOLTAGE
VERSUS
REFERENCE VOLTAGE
f--
,,
Jee,·I,v I
v ec2 " -9V
~TA·O·Cto70°C
V
V
/
THRESHOLD VOLTAGE
VERSUS
SUPPLY VOLTAGE
,
I-
VREF
NORMALIZED THRESHOLD
VOLTAGE VERSUS
PULSE REPETITION RATE
V CC1 -5V
*20ml
ecz - -I5V
V
T A " 25"C
VREF" 20mVt-H-tttII--HH-ttlH-+tI-HII-++tttlIII
3
·V
T A " 26°C
'r---
.
,, /
,
--- ---
r----
7
o
,,
o
10
16
20
26
30
35
V AEF ~ REFERENCe VOLTAGE -
14.60
40
mV
Yee - SUPPLY VOLTAGE -
COMMON-MODE FIRING
VOLTAGE VERSUS
FREE-AIR TEMPERATURE
PRR - PULSE REPGTITION RATE -
II
DIFFERENTIAL-INPUT BIAS
CURRENT VERSUS
FREE-AIR TEMPERATURE
01 FFERENTIAL-INPUT
OFFSET CURRENT VS
FREE-AIR TEMPERATURE
0
V CC1
2
··
~ 5V
VeC2 "-5\1
V REF "20mV
V CC1
~ 5V
Vce2--6V
7
--
t---+---t---;---+--t---- t---
MHr
,i'..
· """r--.... ..........r-- ,
o
o
T A - PRee-AIR TEMPERATURE -
VREF" 20mV fA - FRee-AIR TEMPBRATURE -- C
LOGICAL 1 LEVEL INPUT
CURRENT VERSUS
INPUT VOLTAGE
<.1
1-,·7
VCC2 ",-SV
f- 1Z TA -26'C
I
7
/
/'
lL
o
o
/
2.0
4.0
~ -0.75
2.5
3.0
Hi
V
o
o
I-
V AEF
a
16mV
V REF -26mV
3.' -
V REF • 35mV
-+--t--......
=I:=-::t:------:t===1=_=jl---I
3.0 _
V CC1 "'5V
2.6 -
Il.OAD " -400J.lA
T A "25"C
VCC2 .. ...fjV
r--..
""- ""-
J-o. 26
IJ IN - INPUT VOLTAGE -
6·154
I
TA, -26'C
!.!
/'
1.5
7522, 7523 AND Q OUTPUT OF 7520, 1!121 ONLY
Vecz"' ..fiV
-125
-1.00
OUTPUT VOLTAGE VERSUS
DIFFERENTIAL-INPUT
VOLTAGE
vcc,I.5V
roo
i ........
§
fA - FAEE-AIA TEMPeRATURE --'C
LOGICAL 0 LEVEL INPUT
CURRENT VERSUS
INPUT VOLTAGE
§ -0.50
......V
,
.
J
r--VCC'·SV
'C
O.UO
0.76
1---+--+---1--/---1
"\
\,
1.00
1.28
VIN - INPUT VOLTAGE -
1.60
v
V IND - DIFFeRENTIAL-INPUT VOLTAGE. -- mV
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS -7520/21/22/23/24/25
!';.·~·jCAL
CHARACTERISTIC CURVES
(Cont'd.)
OUTPUT VOLTAGE VERSUS
DIFFERENTIAL-INPUT
VOLTAGE
f
~
>~
I
VREP-1SmV
VCC2--S V
'i
----
~TA·25·C
I
I
=t==Fq-+--jI--I
j
I I
I I
1..
I
VCC,",SV
---
4.0 ! - - V REF ·25mV
~
LOGICAL 0 OUTPUT
VOLTAGE VERSUS
SINK CURRENT
7624,7625 AND 0 QUTl'UT OF 7520. 7521 ONLY
1 I
'i
LOGICAL 1 OUTPUT
VOLTAGE VERSUS
LOAD CURRENT
vcc,I ••v I
~
§
VCC2--5V
'LOAN" -400tlA
T .. 26~C
A
~
7520,7&21,7&24.7526
1.0
I-A-ILL-T-VP+E.-+--I--+--II---+--+--I~
(USING INTERNAL RESISTOR OF
0 '6i"'·'i)
0
VIND - DIFFERENTIAL_INPUT VOLTAGE -
I
I
...
~
n
~
.-"~
.-"~
--.--"
--
-I---'" ~762Z.7623
+-t--~r-+--I
I
'LOAD - LOAD CURRENT -
mV
-
,
.-1---'"
o
o
'SINK - SINK CURRENT -
,.A
mA
';wn'CHING CHARACTERISTICS (Propagation Delay Times)
TEST CIRCUIT - DIFFERENTIAL AND
STROBE INPUTS TO OUTPUTS
7520/21
VOLTAGE WAVEFORMS - DIFFERENTIAL
AND! STROBE INPUTS TO OUTPUTS
~~
j
---_v
20mV
m~~~~~~~~AL
DIFFEReNTIAL
INPUT
r--;------"H
STROBE INPUT
PULSE
20mV
-----..j
OV
~
I-T'P'~
~VINIO)
~
Ipd!1l0a
--..,.----
I
-..II
I
I
I
I
tpdI1lDl:i...!
14-1
t.BV
UV
t.BV
:..-
I
I
I
C'*,'6PF
20mV
t----tp2
I
,.BY
OUTPUT Q
»-7"-----+00. OUTPUT
20mY
r-tp1
tpd[OIDO
I
1,6V
tpd{1lsa
I
t
I
I
I
I
:
"-- tpel/Dlsa
:1'----
UlV
I
--a;
I
1
VOureo )
I
t-- tpdl1l ol:i
I
tpdlOISl:l....l
Yourl11
'.BV
OUTPUTa~~1
I
1.BV
1.&V
I
1.&V
1.6V
I
VIN1 "
t.BY
~
:t--I
V OUT (1)
v
r-- tpdlUsOOureo)
NOTES:
1. Pulse generators have the following charilcterlstlcs:
Zout - 50n. tr "' ~ - 15(!5)ns, tp1 - 100ns,
tp2 = 300ns, and PRR = 1 MHz.
2. C Includes probe and Jig capacitance.
1
TEST CIRCUIT
VCC2
VOLTAGE WAVEFORMS
VREF -20mV
9, __ .l4~~
,'-" j •____ .l!.
••-__
Q
):>-f--7"-+-<' OUTPUT
lSpP
NOTES:
1. Pulse generators have the following characteristics:
ZOUT .. 50n. tr = ~ K 15(±5)ns, tp1 - 100n8,
tp2 = 300ns, and PRR ~ 1 MHz.
2. C 1 includes probe and Jig capacitance.
8·155
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 7520/21/22/23/24/25
:::'~;:'-;h u~A~~AC~FRISliCS (Propagation Delay Times)(Cont'd)
7522/23
VOLTAGE WAVEFORMS
TEST CIRCUIT
OIF~~p"J:TlAL
I.J___v:~o:_D__ "-l
VCC1
.--t--,-----,,'t-t
-----40mv
DIFFERENTIAL
INPUT PULSE
~~
r---20mV
~
I
Ipl
20mV
I
~
1
~1.6~
10
STROBE INPUT
---I'l ,._- I
C'l,5pF
~
OATE INPUT
N
II
~.6V
1
tpdl1lG--1
:
:
'pdIOlO-l
_I
~
I
~tpdf1JD
~
I
I
1.611
I
all
V
IN
(11
V
~tp,---:
t~
~~
1.6\1
OUTPUT
:
20mV
tp2~
F\,~6~-----
~lp2~
PULSE
20mV
INIDI
II
~V'N'"
:
:
,:,.6V
I
I
VI NIDI
'
I ~ r-'1 ms
~---VOUT(lI
1.511
tpd(olS
I
1.511
I I
--tIooJ t4-
1.6V:
I
--..j
1.6\1
J
II OU 1l01
14- tpd(OIG
NOTES:
1. Pulse generators have the following charactaristics:
Zout = 50n, tr = t f = 15(±5)ns, tp1 = 100ns,
tp2 = 300ns, PRR = 1 MHz.
2. Strobe input pulse is applied to Strobe A when Inputs A1 - A2
are being testEid and to Strobe B when Inputs B 1 - B2 are being
tested.
3. C 1 Includes probe and jig capacitance.
7524/25
TEST CIRCUIT
VOLTAGE WAVEFORMS
~~
-----40mv
20mV
DIFFERENTIAL
INPUT PULSE
~1'~
BTR08EINPUT
PULSE
----'~I02~~
~P2~
tpdl1l0-.J
I
C1~16PF
OUTPUT
~
1.5V
NOTES:
1. Pulse generators have the following characteristics:
Zout = SOn, tr = tf = 15(±5)ns, tp1 = 100ns,
tp2 = 300ns, PRR = 1 MHz.
2. Strobe input pulse Is applied to Strobe A when Inputs A1 - A2
are being tested and to Strobe B when Inputs B1 - B2 are being
tested.
3. C 1 includes probe and jig capacitance.
6-156
20mV
-F"'\-;;.;----ip'j
011
V'NI11
II
t
~ L.-tpd(O)otpd(lIS~ ~
1.5V
}-------r-----HOUTPUT
20mV
i.-----tp2 - . . {
I
1
} - -_ _ _ _P--1f-OA OUTPUT
20mV
r--tp,.....,.j
INIDI
t+-'pdf01S
~-+------VOUTI1l
1.BV
1.6V
VOUTlOJ".
,~UAL
Si!lDotiCS
PERIPHERAL DRIVER
75450
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
!
~ESCRIPTION
PIN CONFIGURATION
The 75450 and 75450A are dual peripheral drivers designed
for use in systems that employ TTL or DTL Jogic. These
circuits feature two standard 7400 series gates and two
uncommitted, high current, high voltage, npn output
driver transistors.
A PACKAGE
(Top View)
14
Vee
,'\HSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS
Supply Vortage
Input Voltage
Collector-Emitter Voltage
Continuous Collector Current
Continuous Total Power Dissipation
+7V
+5.5V
+30V
300mA
800mW
ORDER PART NOS.
SN75450N
SN75450AN
Gnd
NOTES:
Positive Logic:
Y
= AG
7
8
Sub
(gate only)
C = AG (gate and transistor)
,r:.iKHVAlENT CIRCUIT
Vee
·l.PCTRICAl CHARACTERISTICS - TTL GATES (V CC = 5V, T A
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
= 25°C)
MIN
TVP
MAX
UNIT
0.8
V
-1.5
V
V IH
High-Level Input Voltage
V IL
Low-Level Input Voltage
V
VI
Input Clamp Voltage
VOH
High-Level Output Voltage
VOL
Low-Level Output Voltage
II
Input Current at Maximum
Input Voltage
Input A
Input G
VCC
= 5.25V, Vl = 5.5V
2
IIH
High-Level Input Current
Input A
Input G
VCC
= 5.25V, Vl = 2AV
40
80
JjA
IlL
Low-Level Input Current
Input A
Input G
VCC
= 5.25V, V 1 = OAV
-1.6
-3.2
mA
2
= 4.75V,1 1 = -12mA
VCC = 4.75V, V IL = 0.8V
10M = -400JjA
VCC = 4.75V, V 1H = 2V,
10L = 16mA
VCC
= 5.25V
= 5.25V, V 1 = 0
VCC = 5.25V, V 1 = 5V
lOS
Short Circuit Output Current
VCC
ICCH
Supply Current, High-Level Output
VCC
'CCl
Supply Current, Low-Level Output
2.4
3.3
0.22
V
0.4
1
-18
V
mA
-55
mA
2
4
mA
6
11
mA
6-157
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 75450
1.
rCl:~;eAL
CHARACTERISTICS - OUTPUT
PARAMETER
TRAN~ISTORS (Cont'd)
TEST CONDITIONS
V(BR) CBO
Collector-Base Breakdown Voltage
IC
= l00IlA,
IE
V(BR) CER
Collector-Emitter Breakdown Voltage
IC
= l00IlA,
RBE
IE
= l00IlA,
IC
V(BR) EBO
Emitter-Base Breakdown Voltage
hFE
V BE
Static Forward Current Transfer Ratio
Base-Emitter Voltage
VCE (sat)
Collector-Emitter Saturation Voltage
MIN
=0
= 500n
=0
VCE = 3V, IC
TA = 25°C
= 100mA,
VCE = 3V, IC
T A = 25°C
= 300mA,
VCE = 3V, IC
TA = O°C
= 100mA
VCE = 3V, IC
TA = O°C
= 300mA,
TVP
MAX
35
V
30
V
5
V
25
30
20
25
IB
= 10mA,
IC = 100mA
0.85
1
V
IB
= 30mA,
IC
= 300mA
1.05
1.2
V
IB
= 10mA,
IC = 100mA
0.25
0.4
V
0.5
0.7
V
I B = 30mA, IC
= 300m A
75450
75450A
UNIT
TEST CONDITIONS
PARAMETER
UNIT
MIN
TVP
MAX
MIN
TVP
MAX
TTL GATES
tpLH Propagation Delay Time
Low-to-High-LeveIOutput
tpH L Propagation Delay Time,
High-to-High-LeveIOutput
= 15pF, RL = 400n
CL
12
22
20
ns
8
15
8
ns
OUTPUT TRANSISTORS
= 200mA,
to
Delay Time
IC
tr
Rise Time
I B (2)
ts
Storage Time
= -40mA,
VBE(off) = -lV
tf
Fall Time
CL
I B (l)
= 20m A
8
15
8
ns
12
20
12
ns
7
15
7
ns
6
15
6
ns
17
40
ns
16
25
ns
tTLH Transition Time,
Low-to-High-LeveIOutput
7
10
ns
tTH L Transition Time,
High-to-Low-LeveIOutput
9
12
ns
= 15pF,
RL
= 50
GATES AND TRANSISTORS COMBINED
tpLH Propagation Delay Time,
Low-to-High-Level Output
tpHL Propagation Delay Time,
High-to-Low-Level Outpu~
IC
= 200mA, C L = 15pF,
RL = 50
6-158
JiUAl PERIPHERAL DRIVER
!ii!lDotiC!i
75451
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
tilN CONFIGURATION
The SN75451 and SN75451A dual peripheral drivers are
versatile devices designed for use in systems that employ
TTL or DTL logic. These circuits are dual AND drivers
(positive logic) with the gate outputs internally connected
to the npn output transistors.
V PACKAGE
(Top View)
8
'\cSULU1E MAXIMUM RATINGS
Supply Voltage (VCC)
Input Voltage
Output Voltage
Continuous Output Current
Continuous Power Dissipation
Positive Logic
+7V
+5.5V
+30V
300mA
800mW
Y=AB
Gnd
Vee
4
ORDER PART NO. SN75451 P/SN76461 AP
iH iABlE
EGUiVALENT CIRCUli (Each Driver)
......- - - 0 Vee
. - - -......-
A
B
V
L
L
L (on state)
L
H
L (on state)
H
L
L (on state)
H
H
H (off state)
v
A
~~---+--~~-~GND
, . fKH.;·AL CHARACTERISTICS
PARAMETER
VIH
High-Level Input Voltage
V 1L
Low-Level Input Voltage
,
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
TVP
MAX
V
2
0.8
VI
I nput Clamp Voltage
VCC" 4.75V, II = -12mA
IOH
High-Level Output Current
Vce" 4.75V, V IH = 2V
V OH = 30V
VOL
Low-Level Output Voltage
Vee = 4.75V, V IL - 0.8V
IOL "100mA
Vec = 4.75V, V IL = 0.8V,
IOL = 300mA
UNIT
-1.5
100
V
V
jJ.A
0.25
0.4
V
0.5
0.7
V
II
Input Current at Maximum Input Voltage
Vee" 5.25V, VI = 6.5V
1
mA
IIH
High-Level Input Current
Vec = 5.26V, VI = 2.4V
40
jJ.A
IlL
Low-Level Input Current
Vec" 5.26V, VI" O.4V
-1.6
mA
leCH
Supply Current, High-Level Output
VCC = 5.25V, VI" 5V
7
11
mA
ICCL
Supply Current, Low-Level Output
Vce = 5.26V, V T = 0
52
65
mA
-1
8-158
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 75451/N75451A
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS (v
CC
=
SV, T A
=
2SoC)
75451
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
tpLH Propagation Delay Time
Low-toHigh-LeveIOutput
tpHL Propagation Delay Time
High-to-Low Level Output
tTLH Transition Time, Low-toHigh-Level Output
tTHL Transition Time, High-toLow-Level Output
6·160
10:::: 200mA,C
RL
L
= 15pF
= 50n
MIN
TYP
75451 A
MAX
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNITS
20
25
45
ns
20
30
25
ns
10
10
ns
10
12
ns
DM8880
~1IGH VOLTAGE 7-SEGMENT
DECODER/DRIVER
Gi!lDotiCG
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
DESCRIPTION
PIN CONFIGURATION
The DM8880 isa High VoltageSeven-Segment Decoder/Driver
designed to decode BCD and drive gas filled seven-segment
display tubes.
B PACKAGE
Decoding is performed by a 16x7 read only memory. Thus,
for applications desiring other fonts, or applications not
using standard BCD inputs, the ROM contents can be
altered via metal mask change to produce any seven·
segment combination for any 16 binary input combinations.
16
15
The output of the ROM is used to drive high voltage
constant current sink generators. The current sinks will
withstand 80V output min. The current sinks are ratioed
to the B output current as required for even illumination
of the segments. Output currents may be varied over a
0.2 to 1.5 mA range through use of the external current
programming input.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
B Input
e Input
RBI
Input
12
7.
8.
A Input
11
16.
15.
14.
13.
14
Program
13
BI/RBO
Vee
f Output
g Output
a Output
12.
11.
10.
9.
o
GNO
b Output
Output
d Output
C
e Output
10
Blanking input provides unconditional blanking of any out·
put display, while the ripple blanking pins allow simple
leading or trailing zero blanking.
;FATURES
•
CURRENT SOURCE OUTPUTS
•
ADJUSTABLE OUTPUT CURRENT - 0.2 TO 1.5 mA
•
HIGH OUTPUT BREAKDOWN VOLTAGE - 110V TVP
•
SUITABLE FOR MULTIPLEX OPERATION
•
BLANKING AND RIPPLE BLANKING PROVISIONS
•
LOW FAN-IN AND LOW POWER
OGIC AND CONNECTION DIAGRAMS
r----I
A INPUT
fHUTH TABLE
...-_ _ __+_ • OUTPUT
I
I
...--+---t-
b OUTPUT
...--+---+- c OUTPUT
B INPUT
.-.-.~-
DECIMAL
RBI
D
C
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
81
1
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
RBI
0
OR
B
A
BI/RBO
d
b
f
9
DISPLAY
FUNCTION
16 WORD x 7 BIT
READ ONLY
MEMORY
C INPUT
r----+---;- d OUTPUT
r----+--+ • OUTPUT
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
RIPPLE
BLANKING
INPUT
-,-+------1
r----+---"-
f OUTPUT
10
11
r.--+---l- 9 OUTPUT
BLANKING
INPUT!
RIPPLE
BLANKING
OUTPUT
9
.-I-_ _~>--....j
IL _______________
12
13
14
15
0
0
0
I
I
1
I
I
1
I
1
X
0
r--i---- f - 0
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
1
I
.0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
I
I
0
1
I
I
I
X
0
0
0
I
I
X
0
I
X
0
0
0
0
1
I
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
I
1
I
1
I
I
I
I
0
0
f--f-i-0
~
-f·~
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
I
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
I
I
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
I
0
0
I
1
I
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
I
I
I
0
0
I
0
0
I
I
I
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
I
I
0
0
0
I
0
0
0
0
0
1
I
I
I
I
CURRENT
PROGRAMMING
INPUT
~
j
ORDER PART
OM8880N-16
6-161
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. DM8880
VCC
80V
CONDITIONS
PARAMETER
Logic
Logic
Logic
Logic
Logic
"1"
"0"
"1"
"0"
"1"
Input Voltage
Input Voltage
Output Voltage (RBO)
Output Voltage (RBO)
Input Current (Except B I)
Logic "0" Input Current (Except B I)
Logic "0" Input Current (B I)
Power Supply Current
Input Diode Clamp Voltage
Segment Outputs:
Outputs a, f, g On Current Ratio
Output c On Current Ratio
Output d On Current Ratio
Output e On Current Ratio
Output b On Current
Power Dissipation (Note 1)
Operating Temperature Range
Storage Temperature Range
Lead Temperature (Soldering, 10 sec)
7V
6V
VCC
Input Voltage (Except B1)
Input Voltage (B1)
Segment Output Voltage
VCC
VCC
VCC
VC.C
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
Rp
= 4.75V
= 4.75V
= 4.75V,
= 4.75V,
= 5.25V,
= 5.25V,
= 5.25V,
= 5.25V,
= 5.25V,
= 2.2k
TYP
MAX
2.0
0.8
lOUT = -200J.LA
lOUT = 8mA
VIN = 2.4V
VIN = 5.5V
VIN = O.4V
VIN = 0.4V
All Inputs = OV,
2.4
VCC = 5V, liN = -12mA,
TA = 25°C
All Outputs = 50V,
Output b Curro =
All Outputs = 50 V,
Output b Curro =
All Outputs = 50V,
Output b Curro =
All Outputs = 50V,
Output b Curro =
UNITS
V
V
V
V
3.7
0.13
2
4
-300
-1.2
0.4
15
400
-600
-2.0
J.LA
J.LA
J.LA
mA
27
43
mA
-0.9
-1.5
V
Ref.
0.88
0.93
0.98
Ref.
1.19
1.25
1.31
Ref.
0.95
1.00
1.05
Ref.
1.04
1.10
1.16
VCC = 5V, VOUT b = 50V,
T A = 25°C, Rp = 18.1 k
0.18
0.20
0.22
mA
VCC = 5V, VOUT b = 50V,
T A = 25°C, Rp = 7.03k
0.45
0.50
0.55
mA
VCC = 5V, VOUT b = 50V,
T A = 25°C, Rp = 3.40k
0.90
1.00
1.10
mA
VCC = 5V, VOUT b = 50V,
T A = 25°C, Rp = 2.20k
1.45
1.50
1.65
mA
Output Saturation Voltage
VCC = 4.75V, lOUT = 2mA,
Rp = 1k ±5%
Output Leakage Current
Output Breakdown Voltage
VOUT = 75V, BI = OV
lOUT = 250J.LA, BI = OV
Propagation Del ays:
BCD Input to Segment Output
B I to Segment Output
RBI to Segment Output
RBI to RBO
MIN
600mW
O°C to 70°C
-65°C to 150°C
300°C
VCC = 5V,
V CC = 5V,
VCC = 5V,
VCC=5V,
TA = 25°C
T A = 25° C
T A = 25°C
TA=25°C
80
0.8
.003
110
0.4
0.4
0.7
0.4
2.5
3
10
10
10
10
V
J.LA
V
J.Ls
J.Ls
J.Ls
J.Ls
Note 1: Min/max limits apply across the guaranteed operating tamperature range of oOe to ?Ooe unless otherwise specified. Typicals are for
= 5V, T A = 25 0 e. Positive current is defined as current into the referenced pin.
Vee
6·162
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS .' DM8880
TYPICAL APPLICATION
OUTPUT CURRENT
PROGRAMMING
ON CURRENTS VI.
TEMPERATURE
10.0
VCc- 6V
VOUT -6OV
TA - 26'C
3.~1
"
ffi
a:
a
1.03
0
1.02
~
a:
:I
0
is
~
~~
"
O.:i
'"
0.1
1
10
i
1.01
/
1.00
1',
30
/
0.99
0.98
1',
0.97
/v
of
~
:Ii
a:
V
~«)
,;:,~
ffi
a:
I"
1.0
0
~a:
1',
I
a:
1.04
V
L
/'
ON CURRENT RATIOS
I
/
/V
/
100
10
Rp(kn)
20
I
VCC=5V
VOUT- 50V
Rp = 0 TEMP. COEF.
0.2 mA {lOUT ( 1.6 mA
30
40
1
1
50
60
t---
70
TA('C)
V AA
(170·200 VOC)
DISPLAY
DECODER/DRIVER
MEMORY
COUNTER
6-163
S(gnotics
lilGH PERFORMANCE LM101A
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER LM201A
LM301A
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
PIN CONFIGURATIONS
DESCRIPTION
The LM101A, LM201A, and LM301A are high performance
operational amplifiers featuring high gain, short circuit protection, simplified compensation and excellent temperature
stability.
A & I PACKAGE (Top View)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
fEATURES
• SHORT CIRCUIT PROTECTION
• OFFSET VOLTAGE NULL CAPABILITY
• LARGE COMMON-MODE AND DIFFERENTIAL
VOLTAGE RANGES
• LOW POWER CONSUMPTION
• NO LATCH UP
ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS
Supply Voltage
LM101A/LM201A
LM301A
±22V
±18V
Power Dissipation (Note 1)
500mW
Differential Input Voltage
±30V
Input Voltage (Note 2)
±15V
Output Short Circuit Duration
Indefinite
Operating Temperature Range LM101A -55°C to 125°C
_25°C to 85°C
LM201A
OOC to 70°C
LM301A
Storage Temperature Range
-65°C to 150°C
300°C
Lead Temperature (Soldering, 60 sec.)
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
NC
NC
Offset Null
Output
V+
12.
13.
14.
Freq. Compo
NC
NC
ORDER PART NOS.
LM1 01 AD/LM201 A/LM301 AD ~~gg~ ~~:~~LM301 AN·14/
QPACKAGE
NOTES:
1. Absolute maximum retlng holds for all packages. The maximum
junction temperature is 150°C for the LM101A and 100°C for
the LM201A and the LM301A. For operation at elevated tem·
peratures, derate according to appropriate thermal resistances
given under package information.
2. For supply voltages less than ±15V, the absolute maximum
input voltage Is equal to the supply voltage.
~QUIVALENT
NC
NC
Freq. Comp./Offset Null
Inverting Input
Noninvertlng Input
V-
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
NC
Bal/Comp
Input
Input
V-
6.
7.
8.
9.
Bal
Output
V+
10.
Comp
NC
ORDER PART NOS.
LM101AQ/LM201AQ/LM301AQ
T PACKAGE
CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Freq. Comp/Offset Null
Inverting Input
Noninverting Input
V-
7.
Offset Null
Output
V+
8.
Freq. Compo
6.
ORDER PART NOS.
LM 1 01 AH/LM201 AH/LM301 AH
V PACKAGE
B
1
•
2
7
.
.
3 '
•
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Freq. Comp./Offset Null
I nverting Input
Noninverting Input
VOffset Null
Output
V+
Freq. Compo
ORDER PART NO.
LM 1 01 AN/LM201 AN/LM301 AN
6·164
LINEAR INTEGRATED ClRCUITS. LM101A1 LM201A/301A
~LECTRICAL
CHARACTERISTICS
LM101A: -55°C~TA~ 125°C
LM201A: -25°C ~ T A ~ 85()C
±5V~VS ~±20V and C1 = 30pF unless otherwise specified.)
PARAMETER
CONDITIONS
Input Offset Voltage
Input Offset Current
Input Bias Current
Input Resistance
Supply Current
Large Signal Voltage
Gain
TA
TA
TA
TA
TA
TA
Input Offset Voltage
RS";;; 50kn
= 25°C, RS";;; 50kn
= 25°C
= 25°C
= 25°C
= 25°C, Vs = ±20V
= 25°C, Vs = ±15V
VOUT = ±10V, R L ;;;' 2kn
MIN
1.5
50
Average Temperature
Coefficient of Input
Offset Voltage
TVP
MAX
UNITS
0.7
1.5
30
4
1.8
2.0
10
75
mV
nA
nA
Mn
mA
3.0
160
V/mV
3.0
mV
15
J.LV/oC
20
nA
0.01
0.02
0.1
0.2
nA/oC
1.2
100
2.5
nA
mA
3.0
Input Offset Current
Average Temperature
Coefficient of Input
Offset Current
25°C";;; T A ..;;; 125°C
-55°C";;; T A";;; 25°C
Input Bias Current
Supply Current
T A = +125°C, Vs = ±20V
Large Signal Voltage
Gain
Vs = ±15V, V OUT = ±10V
R L ;;;' 2kn
Output Voltage Swing
Vs = ±15V, RL = 10kn
RL = 2kn
±12
±10
25
nA/oC
V/mV
±14
±13
V
V
Input Voltage Range
Vs = ±20V
±15
Common Mode
Rejection Ratio
RS";;; 50kn
80
96
dB
Supply Voltage
Rejection Ratio
RS";;; 50kn
80
96
dB
V
! M301A
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (O°Cq A<70°C, ±5V, ~ Vs ~ ±15V and C1
PARAMETER
CONDITIONS
MIN
=
30pF unless otherwise specified.)
-
TVP
MAX
UNIT
Input Offset Voltage
TA = 25°C, RS';; 50kn
2.0
7.5
mV
Input Offset Current
T A = 25°C
3
50
nA
Input Bias Current
T A = 25°C
70
250
Input Resistance
TA = 25°C
Supply Current
TA = 25°C, Vs = ±15V
Large Signal Voltage
Gain
T A = 25°C, V S = ± 15V
VOUT= ±10V; R L ;;;' 2kn
RS';; 50kn
I nput Offset Voltage
0.5
2
25
160
1.8
Average Temperature
Coefficient of Input
Offset Voltage
25°C';; T A";;; 70°C
O°C.;; T A";;; 25°C
Gain
Vs = ±15V, VO UT = ±10V
R L ;;;' 2kn
Output Voltage Swing
Vs = ±15V, RL
RL = 2kn
= 10kn
6.0
30
J.LV/oC
70
nA
0.01
0.02
0.3
0.6
nA/oC
300
nA
15
±12
±10
mA
V/mV
mV
I nput Bias Current
Large Signal Voltage
3.0
10
Input Offset Current
Average Temperature
Coefficient of Input
Offset Current
nA
Mn
nA/oC
V/mV
±14
±13
V
V
Input Voltage Range
Vs
= ±15V
±12
Common Mode
Rejection Ratio
RS';; 50kn
70
90
dB
Supply Voltage
Rejection Batio
RS";;; 50kn
70
96
dB
V
8·185
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. LM101A/201A/301.A
YP!CAL CHARACTERISTIC CURVES
LM101A1LM201A/
I~_PUT VOLTAGE RA~GE
VERSU~ SUPPLY VOLTAGE
V
bY' V
/' ~t/
OUTPUT SWING VERSUS
SUPPLY VOLTAGE
VOLTAGE GAIN VERSUS
SUp·PL Y VOLTAGE
V
./
/~
.p"
V VV
V
V
o
V
.
U
_66 C';;: T A ~~ 126"C
70
.
-66~C';;
TA";
126~C
LM301A
INPUT VOLTAGE RANGE
VERSUS SUPPLY VOLTAGE
OUTPUT SWING VERSUS
SUPPLY VOLTAGE.
VOLTAGE GAIN VERSUS
SUPPLY VOLTAGE
- - --
.j--- r-- j - - - t -
j--
~~i'(\-J~/
8
./
V
../
V
V
./
./
V
,\~~
-~
V
V
V
V
--r-- t---
./
V
./
--
t---
t---
"--oUe.;:
V V. /
V
V
I..:::: t - t--
I-
V
~
1-;-
lJ..\~\~IJu.\.~\..
V
V- I
~?)I-"\'
F-V--t-I-----+-+-"---+--+ ---I·
1
-j--
oC
TA <':70 C
,--
----- ---
t--
t--
TA
r--
--+-- t--+--+~+--+--I----+---o C<;TA<
10e
70'C
o
0
6
LM101A/L~1201A
VOLTAGE GAIN
--_. __..
_ ..._-
SUPPLY CURRENT
t-.------j----- - - -
TA
~-56
INPUT CURRENT
--- r--r--- ---t-
C
lOO?
, 1----1--- --- 1-----
f----
1-
80.L _--I._ _L-_...l.-_--"--_---'-_-'
6-166
----+---+~-I-----l
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. LM101AlLM201A/301A
PlCAL CHARACTERISTIC CURVES (Cont'd.)
LM301A
VOLTAGE GAIN
c-----
---
--
--
-
---
INPUT CURRENT
SUPPLY CURRENT
-~
-r--I--
-~f-----
-
--
~AS
r--
---
---
--
--~~-
--
OFFSET
-f--~
-------
-
---
1
o
o
LM101A/LM201A/LM301A
CURRENT LIMITING
r---
INPUT NOISE VOLTAGE
INPUT NOISE
CURR~NT
10- 24
~l--
r--...-......... :--....
1-
'\ '\ '\
TA-126°C
~
Q
--
-
\
1\
r"--
1\
,--
~
....
TA·2SoC
------
'\.
~
TA'" 70
'TA "' 26°C-
- ._-
TA-25°C
Vs·I!16V
r--
'"
1\
1--
_~'l;",
(4jI'O~
1-_
-"'""
-
.
I'..
......
i'..
t-
r--..
-
10- 16
10
COMMON MODE,REJECTION
CLOSED LOOP OUTPUT
IMPEDANCE
POWER SUPPLY,REJECTION
10'
-
r---
"'\
I"'\.
"'\
"""'-~
,~
1o
r20
10
C,"30pF
TA-2rC
?
/
~
AVe 1000
100
\
'"'"
10- 1
1"'t--
10- 2
.-
/V
V
I---
,,--
-
~1
'\
"'\
~~~pLEEN~~~~ON
102
10 1
((',J'G-
~..,>
~~<:10
~
f-
-------
V
f"--/
SINGLE POLE
COMPENSATION
C,"'30pF
-
TA=26"C
lOUT 1"-t5mA
10- 3
6·167
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. LM101A/LM201A/301A
:YPICAl CHARACTERISTIC CURVES (Cont'd.)
OPEN LOOP FREQUENCY
RESPONSE
,".IL
-~-,
,,,11,,11
I
~
\
"'."\\
.
1k
(1"",o"r
"j
3
1
<,
--
I
>---#ijl'
r--- "" " .. .
I
<,>~,
f--
r--;\: ......
\
SINGLE ~LE
\
~
'-
'
'0'"
I
I
{OUTPUT
\
V
--~ f - -
J
I
SINGLE POLE
COMPENSATION
-- - -_._-
TA-26"C
VS-!16V
~~
TIME-j.!5
6-188
/
INPUT
: \
f--
-- ~ f--
I"
<'.I.. I
\
I
--
"
I
I
I
----
\
TA-2fj C
VS" ~16V
-
\"1"'"
1\
-2.,L...-L...--L----L-...L..'Ok-'-'-OOk-'.i....M..l.....J
VOLTAGE FOLLOWER
PllLSE RESPONSE
LARGE SIGNAL FREQUENCY
- RESPONSE
!ii!)nntiC!i
i-UGH PERFORMANCE AMPLIFIER
LM10l
LM201
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
)I-:SCRIPTION
PIN CONFIGURATIONS
The LM 101 and LM 20 1 are high performance operational amplifiers featuring high gain, short circuit protection, simplified compensation and excellent temperature
stability.
A & I PACKAGE (Top View)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
'Tl'\TURES
•
SHORT CIRCUIT PROTECTION
•
OFFSET VOLTAGE NULL CAPABILITY
•
LARGE COMMON~MODE AND DIFFERENTIAL
VOLTAGE RANGES
•
LOW POWER CONSUMPTION
•
NO LATCH UP
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
LM10IN-14}Silicone
LM201 N-14
±22V
500mW
±30V
±15V
Output Short Circuit Duration
Operating Temperature Range LM10l
LM201
Indefinite
-55°C to 125°C
O°C to 70°C
Storage Temperature Range
Lead Temperature (Soldering, 60 sec.)
-65°C to 150°C
300°C
2.
Absolute maximum rating holds for all packages. The
mum Junction temperature is 150°C for the LM101 and
for the LM201. For operation at elevated temperatures,
according to appropriate thermal resistances given under
age information.
.
LM101D
LM201 D
} Ceramic
,Q PACKAGE
NOTES
1.
NC
NC
Offset Null
Output
V+
Freq. Compo
12.
13.
NC
14.
NC
ORDER PART NOS.
\HSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS
Supply Voltage
Power Dissipation (Note 1)
Differential Input Voltage
Input Voltage (Note 2)
NC
NC
Freq. Comp./Offset Null
Inverting Input
Noninverting Input
V-
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
NC
Bal/Comp
Input
Input
V-
6.
7.
8.
9.
Bai
Output
V+
10.
maxI100°C
derate
pack-
Comp
NC
ORDER PART NOS.
LM1010/LM2010
T PACKAGE
For supply voltages less than :!:15V, the absolute maximum
input voltage is equal to the supply voltage.
oUIVALENT CIRCUIT
Freq. Comp/Offset Null
I nverting Input
Noninverting Input
V-
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Offset Null
Output
V+
8.
Freq. Compo
ORDER PART NOS.
LM 1 01 H/LM201 H
V PACKAGE
B
1
2
"
4 [
_
•
7
.
•
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Freq. Comp./Offset Null
Inverting Input
Noninverting Input
V-
6.
7.
Offset Null
Output
V+
8.
Freq. Compo
ORDER PART NO. LM201N
6·169
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. LM101/201
l~crRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (-55°C';;;; TA';;;; 125°C, ±15V';;;; VS';;;; ±20V and C1= 30 pF
unless otherwise specified).
LM101
PARAMETER
I nput Offset Voltage
CONDITIONS
MIN.
T A = 25°C, Rs';;; lOkn
TYP.
1.0
c
MAX.
5.0
Input Offset Current
T A = 25 C
40
200
Input Bias Current
T A = 25°C
120
500
In.
T A = 25°C
Resistance
300
Supply Current
T A = 25°C, Vs = ±20V
Large Signal Voltage Gain
T A = 25°C, Vs = ±15V
V OUT = ±10V, R L ;> 2kn
I nput Offset Voltage
Rs";; 10kn
Average Temperature
Rs';;; 50n
800
1.8
50
UNITS
mV
nA
nA
kn
3.0
mA
6.0
mV
160
V/mV
/lV/oC
3.0
Coefficient of I nput Offset
Voltage
Input Offset Current
/lV/oC
6.0
Rs";; 10kn
T A = +125°C
10
100
T A = -55°C
200
500
nA
nA
Input Bias Current
T A = -55°C
0.28
1.5
/lA
Supply Current
T A = +125°C, Vs = ±20V
1.2
2.5
mA
Large Signal Voltage Gain
Vs = ±15V, VO UT = ±10V
R L ;;. 2kn
Output Voltage Swing
Vs = ±15V, RL = 10kn
RL = 2kn
±12
±10
V/mV
25
±14
±13
V
V
Input Voltage Range
Vs = ±15V
±12
Common Mode Rejection Ratio
Rs';;; 10kn
70
90
dB
Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio
Rs";; 10kn
70
90
dB
LM201
PARAMETER
CONDITIONS
Input Offset Voltage
T A = 25°C, Rs";; lOkn
Input Offset Current
T A = 25°C
Input Bias Current
T A = 25°C
T A = 25°C
T A = 25°C, Vs = ±20V
Large Signal Voltage Gain
T A = 25°C, Vs = ±15V
V OUT = ±10V, RL ~ 2kn
Input Offset Voltage
Rs";; 10kn
Average Temperature
Coefficient of Input Offset
Voltage
Rs";; 50n
100
Rs";; 10kn
= +70°C
= O°C
Input Bias Current
TA
=
Large Signal Voltage Gain
Vs = ±15V, VO UT
R L ;;. 2kn
Vs
1.5
RL
mV
nA
/lA
mA
V/mV
mV
6
/lV/oC
10
/lvl"c
0.32
RL
UNITS
kn
3.0
150
50
150
O°C
= ±15V,
7.5
500
400
1.8
20
MAX.
10
TA
Output Voltage Swing
2.0
0.25
Input Resistance
TA
TYP.
100
Supply Current
I nput Offset Current
MIN.
V
400
750
2.0
nA
nA
/lA
= ±10V
= 10kn
= 2kn
15
±12
±10
V/mV
±14
±13
V
V
Input Voltage Range
Vs
= ±15V
±12
Common Mode Rejection Ratio
Rs";; 10kn
65
90
dB
S Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio
Rs';;;; 10kn
70
90
dB
6·170
V
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. LM101/201
. "<:;Al CHARACTERISTIC CURVES
LM101
LM201
INPUT VOLTAGE RANGE
VERSUS SUPPLY VOLTAGE
INPUT VOLTAGE RANGE
VERSUS SUPPLY VOLTAGE
20
20
-16
16
./
./
12
/"
./
12
/"
~::,~
. . . ,v
--
~\\~
V '
~~
,/
--
.yV
88
:0
82
~q.."
~'l~'::;1
I
V
< TA <; 125"C _
I
I
o
15
--
LM107: -55"C'; T A'; 125"C _
76
I
I
J
70
5
20
V
,....... V
--
LM107: -55"C <; TA <; 125"C
o
5
_~\~\~\l~"""'"
-
~q.."
~\~\~.::;
LM1J7: -55"C
V
94
~ ;/
".-
./
15
10
5
20
15
SUPPLY VOLTAGE (,VI
SUPPLY VJLTAGE (>VI
20
SUPPLY VOLTAGE (WI
LM307
OUTPUT SWING
INPUT VOL liAGE RANGE
VOLTAGE GAIN
20
20
r--
~
16
./
/
12
vo,,~ /
.....
,,/
./'VI,,\-J~./' V
--r--~-
,.",
./'
V V
......~".~\\"
V
V
10
~\~\~.::;
~:,.;.-'
'"
./'
./'
15
,.",
./
/
r- 'I
/~.'l-,,"--
./
O°C <; T A
? I--
< 70"C
--
__
~\~\~\l~
82
I---I---
~1---t-r--+--+~~~-~--r-
o"f -
10
15
SUPPLY VOLTAGE (±VI
SUPPLY VOLTAGE (±VI
SUPPLY VOLTAGE (!VI
TYPICAL PERFOFIMANCE CURVES
SUPPLY CURRENT
INPUT CURRENT
INPUT NOISE VOLTAGE
100
~
--
I--
e--
80
1A" J55"C
~T
i--r;;;ts"c
-
~
r--
0
.<>
4
3
LM
2r1
20
SUPPLY\lOL1AGE ('VI
- -
_r-LMl07-
BIAS
40
LM107
........- ~~ r--
-
N-..
0
0
-75
r
-50
-25
t-......
OFFSET
r-.
f'.
r->
-
r---..
,- -
" -to-
LM307
--
1-,,-
.-
-
J-i--->25
50
TEMPERATURE ("CI
75
100
125
100
100k
FREQUENCY (HzI
6·177
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. LM107/207/307
","'/i'!CAL PERFORMANCE CURVES (cont'd)
VOLTAGE GAIN
INPUT NOISE CURRENT
CURRENT LIMITING
~
15.0 ,...---.,...--..-----.--""T""""-""T""--..,
I\,
110
,,''\
'\
1"A-·SS" C _
100
90
~
----
~
-- i
/
A 25C
•
I
TA-125"C--=
5.0
"- ........
1--+--+--++--+-+-+-+--1
(~
I-
~
t-
I
80
10
5
IS
10
SUPPLY VOLTAGE (tV)
20
16
25
30
100
10
lK
FREOUENCY (Hz)
OUTPUT CURRENT (imA)
OPEN LOOP
FREQUENCY RESPONSE
LARGE SIGNAL
FREQUENCY RESPONSE
VOLTAGE FOLLOWER
PULSE RESPONSE
10
100
VS= :!.15V
VS=.!lSV
""
60
TA"25"C
TA = 25"C
r--....
-
~
40
~
~
\
~
100
lOOk
1M
IV
V
I
lK
\
f'. i'.r-.
10K
~
-
-6
OUTPUT
'"
TA"25"C
-8
lOOK
-10
-10
t'1jV-
0
Ie
20
30
40
50
60
70
TIME (",I
APPLICATIONS
INVERTING AMPLIFIER
R2
VIN'~'
2 3 +
-=-
6
VOUT
VOUT=*VIN
RIN
6-178
I /
r\
.. 2
FREQUENCY (Hz)
FREQUENCY (Hzl
'~L;~l
1\
\
1\
10
~NLT r-- -
r
= R,
NON-INVERTING AMPLIFIER
NON-INVERTING
AC AMPLIFIER
80
90
!ii!lnotiC!i
-=YOLT REGIlAIDRS
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
i ,~HGRjPTION
PIN CONFIGURATIONS
The LM 109 and LM309 are complete 5 volt regulators
fabricated on a single silicon chip. These regulators are
designed for local "on card" regulation to eliminate many
of the noisEl and ground loop problems associated with
single-point regulation. They employ internal current limiting, thermal shutdown, and safe-area compensation which
makes the circuitry essE!ntially blow-out proof. If adequate
heat sinking is providE!d, the devices can deliver output
currents in excess of 200m A from the TO-5 package, and
1A from the TO-3 package. In addition to their use as
fixed 5 volt regulators, these devices may be used with
external components 10 obtain adjustable output levels.
They may also be uSl3d as the power pass· element in
precision regulators.
;~1.1TURES
•
•
OUTPUT CURRENTS IN EXCESS OF 1 amp
INTERNAL THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION
•
INTERNAL CURRENT LIMITING
•
NO EXTERNAL COMPONENTS REOUIRED
.~K$OlUTE
LM109
LM209
LM309
H PACKAGE
(Bottom View)
1.
Input
2. Output
3. Ground
ORDER PART NOS. LM109H/LM209H/LM309H
K PACKAGE
(Bottom View)
MAXIMUM RATINGS
Input Voltage
Power Dissipation
Operating Junction Temperature Range
LM109
LM309
Storage Temperature Range
Lead Temperature (Soldering, 10 sec)
1. Input
35V
Internally Limited
-55°C to 150°C
O°C to 125°C
-65°C to 150°C
300°C
2. Output
Case is connected to ground.
ORDER PART NOS. LM109K/LM209K/LM309K
fCHiVAUENT CIRCUIT
Q'9
D.
6.3V
6-179
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. LM109/309
(Note 1)
PARAMETER
CONDITIONS
TYP
MIN
Output Voltage
T
Line Regulation
T
Load Regulation
T
j
= 25°C
= 25°C
j
7V ':;;;;V
j
4.7
MAX
MIN
5.3
5.05
':;;;;25V
IN
LM309
LM109
4
4.8
UNITS
TYP
MAX
5.2
5.05
4
50
V
50
mV
= 25°C
TO-5
5mA':;;;; lOUT ':;;;;0.5A
20
50
20
50
mV
TO-3
5mA':;;;; lOUT':;;;; 1.5A
50
100
50
100
mV
Output Voltage
7V ':;;;;V
':;;;;25V
IN
5mA':;;;; lOUT':;;;; Imax
4.6
P
I
r--t-t-i----:~~§$§§§l
5.0
~
§!
I-
~ 4.51------+-'---t-----J~y_lr--·-+
0.5
I-----t-_If----f--_I---+---t-+''''''t-......j
~7=5~-5~0~-2~5~-~25-~50~~75~1~OO-1~25~150
JUNCTION TEMPERATURE -
°0~--2=5---~50~--~7~5---1~00--~125
'c
JUNCTION TEMPERATURE -
OUTPUT VOLTAGE
INPUT VOLTAGE -
V
OUTPUT NOISE VOLTAGE
OUTPUT VOLTAGE
5.1
1
-",
>
5.0
--
-
-
"~
V IN - 10V
-
V I N'10V
IL = 20mA
I---
i
'c
IL - 20rnA
--~
>
I
5.0
J:
.........
""""-
~
g
\
I-
:>
~ 4.9
5
~
'"
~
r'--.. .......
I-
0.1
§!
~
---
~
..
4.R
-75
-50
25
-25
50
76
100
125
0.01
150
25
'c
JUNCTION TEMPERATURE _
.-
50
75
JUNCTION TEMPERATURE _
126
100
lk
100
Hz
QUIESCENT CURRENT
QUIESCENT CURRENT
6.0
10
FREQUENCY -
'c
I
I
VIN - lOV
r--- r----
--
-g
I
6.5
... V
I-
z
Ie
Ie
a
I-
I
z
~
/
V
~
.:::::
~
~ ~,.qf"a~
\1) _
5.0
ei
1---- 4.5
-75
-50
-~
i
!Z
---.-
~~
~
5.01--4--+---1---+-+
~
~
-25
25
50
76
JUNCTION TEMPERATURE _
6-182
I 5.5 r--t-TI--=:±:::::~~:::;:;;:~
"._-
100
'C
126
150
20
INPUT VOLTAGE -
V
10k
DEFINITION OF TERMS
, AlVlrS
AVERAGE INPUT OFFSET CURRENT to COEFF - The
change in input offset current divided by the change in
ambient temperature producing it.
OUTPUT SHORT-CIRCUIT CURRENT - The maximum
output current available from the amplifier with :the output
shorted to ground or to either supply.
AVERAGE INPUT OFFSET VOLTAGE to COEFF - The
change in input offset voltage divided by the change in
ambient temperature producing it.
OUTPUT VOL rAGE SWING - The peak output swing,
referred to zero, that can be obtained.
COMMON MODE INPUT RESISTANCE - The resistance
looking into both inputs tied together.
POWER CONSUMPTION -- The DC power required to
operate the amplifier with the output at zero and with no
load current.
COMMON MODE REJECTION RATIO (CMRR) - The
ratio of the change of input offset voltage to the input
common mode voltage change producing it.
POWER SUPPLY REJECTION RATIO - The ratio of the
change in input offset voltage to the change in supply
voltages producing it.
FULL POWER BANDWIDTH - The maximum frequency
at which the full sinewave output might be obtained.
RISE TIME - The time required for an output voltage
step to change from 10% to 90% of its final value.
INPUT BIAS CURRENT - The average of the two input
currents at zero output voltage. In some cases, the input
current for either input independently.
SLEW RATE - The maximum rate of change of output
voltage under large signal condition.
INPUT CAPACITANCE - The capacitance looking into
either input terminal with the other grounded~
INPUT CURRENT - The current into an input terminal.
INPUT NOISE VOLTAGE - The square root of the mean
square narrow-band noise voltage referred to the input.
SUPPLY CURRENT - The current required from the
power supply to operate the amplifier with no load and
the output at zero.
TEMPERATURE STABILITY OF VOLTAGE GAIN The maximum variation of the voltage gain over the specified temperature range.
*;'{IULATORS
INPUT OFFSET CURRENT - The difference in the currents into the two input terminals with the output at
zero volts.
DROPOUT VOLTAGE - The input-output voltage differential at which the circuit ceases to regulate against further
reductions in input voltage.
INPUT OFFSET VOLTAGE - That voltage
be applied between the input terminals to
output voltage. The input offset voltage may
fined for the case where two equal resistances
in series with the input leads.
INPUT-OUTPUT VOLTAGE DIFFERENTIAL - The range
of voltage difference between the supply voltage and the
regulated output voltage over which the regulator will
operate.
which must
obtain zero
also be deare inserted
INPUT RESISTANCE - The resistance looking into either
input terminal with the other grounded.
INPUT VOLTAGE RANGE - The range of voltages on
the input terminals for which the amplifier operates
within specifications. In some cases, the input offset
specifications apply over the input voltage range.
LARGE-SIGNAL VOLTAGE GAIN - The ratio of the
maximum output voltage swing to the change in input
voltage required to drive the output to this voltage.
OUTPUT RESISTANCE - The resistance seen looking
into the output terminal with the outp'ut at null. This
parameter is defined only under small signal conditions
at frequencies above a few hundred cycles to eliminate
the influence of drift and thermal feedback.
LINE REGULATOR - The percentage change in output
voltage for a specified change in input voltage.
LOAD REGULATOR - The percentage change in output
voltage for a specified change in load current.
MAXIMUM POWER DISSIPATION - The maximum total
device dissipation for which the regulator will operate
within specifications.
OUTPUT NOISE VOLTAGE - The rms output noise
voltage with constant load and no input ripple.
OUTPUT VOLTAGE RANGE - The range of output
voltage over which the regulator will operate.
QUIESCENT CURRENT -- That part of input current to
the regulator that is not delivered to the load.
6-183
DEFINITION OF TERMS
~:'
7
iULl',.-rORS (Cant'd.)
REFERENCE VOLTAGE - The output of the reference
amplifier measured with respect to the negative supply.
to an input level just barely in excess of that required to
bring the output from saturation to the logic threshold
voltage overdrive.
RIPPLE REJECTION - The ratio of the peak-to-peak
input ripple voltage to the peak-to-peak output ripple
voltage.
STROBE CURRENT - The maximum current drawn by
the strobe terminals when it is at the zero logic level.
SENSE VOLTAGE - The voltage between current sense
and current limit terminals necessary to cause current
limiting.
STROBE DELAY - The time delay measured from strobe
to output threshold with a signal present exceeding the
input threshold.
SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT LIMIT - The output current of the regulator with the output shorted to the
negative supply.
STROBE RELEASE TIME - The time required for the
output to rise to the logic threshold voltage after the
strobe terminal has been driven from the zero to the one
logic level. Appropriate input conditions are assumed.
STANDBY CURRENT DRAIN - The supply current
drawn by the regulator with no output load and no reference voltage load.
i DRS!Sf N;-.:f I NTE R fAC E
COMMON MODE FIRING VOLTAGE - The CM input
voltage that exceeds the dynamic range of the inputs with
strobe enabled resulting in the output switching states.
COMMON MODE RECOVERY TIME - The time from
the turn off of the CM signal to the analog input threshold
of the earliest sense line pulse signal that can be processed
normally. Processed normally refers to bi-polar signals
greater than or less than the input threshold with a corresponding proper output.
EQUIVALENT INPUT COMMON MODE NOISE VOLTAGE - The change in input offset voltage due to common
mode input noise.
LOGIC INPUT HIGH VOLTAGE - The minimum voltage
allowed at a bit control gate to hold the bit off.
STROBED OUTPUT LEVEL - The DC output voltage,
independent of input voltage, with the voltage on the
strobe terminal equal to or less than a minimum specified
amount.
SWITCHING SPEED - The time required to turn on the
least significant bit.
THRESHOLD UNCERTAINTY - With all sense amps
sharing the same input threshold less the uncertainty as a
"0". This includes unit to unit, power supply and temperature variations.
THRESHOLD VOLTAGE - The typical referred to input
voltage which determines whether an input is a "1" or a
"0". A signal whose magnitude is greater than the threshold
level is sensed as a logic "1" and a signal whose magnitude
is less as a "0"
ZERO SCALE OUTPUT CURRENT - The output current
for all bits turned off.
I
LOGIC INPUT LOW VOLTAGE - The maximum voltage
allowed at abit control gate to hold the bit on.
OUTPUT SINK CURRENT - The maximum negative
current that can be delivered by the comparator.
PEAK OUTPUT CURRENT - The maximum current that
may flow into the output load without causing damage
to the comparator.
PROPAGATION DELAY - The interval between the
application of an input voltage step and its arrival at either
output, measured at 50% of the final value.
RESPONSE TIME - The interval between the application
of an input step function and the time when the output
crosses the logic threshold voltage. The input step drives
the comparator from some initial, saturated input voltage
6-184
:'"ll'"HJNiCATIONS CIRCUITS
ACC DETECTOR SENSITIVITY - The ratio of the incremental differential DC voltage change at the ACC Detector
Output Terminals to the incremental change in peak-topeak voltage at the ACC Detector I nput Terminal for a
specified burst input level, with the local oscillator locked.
APC DETECTOR SENSITIVITY - The ratio of the incremental differential DC voltage change at the APC Detector
Output Terminals to the incremental change in relative
phase at the APC Detector Input Terminal for a specified
burst input level.
AVERAGE TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT OF OUTPUT
VOLTAGE - The percentage change in output voltage
for a specified change in ambient temperature.
BANDWIDTH - The frequency at which the differential
gain is 3dB below its low frequency value.
·1.0
o
>
·2.0
·3.0
\
-4.0
-4.0
-3.0
-2.0
-1.0
V 1N (VOLTS)
All 2.500 series devices are manufactured with the P-channel
enhancement mode silicon gate process. A typical data input
structure is shown in Figure 1.
vee
f
~
0-----4
\
\
3.0
·5.0
-5.0
INPUT INTERFACE
INPUT
4.0
FIGURE 2
In actual practice, tying the TTL V,ce to the MOS Vee
will ensure maximum noise margin since the TTL output
levels and MOS input thresholds will track.
54/7400 TTL
Q,
OUTPUT
2
Figure 3(a) and (b) show a typical 7400 Series gate circuit
and transfer characteristic.
·voo
.---~~-...--o
Vee
'VGG
FIGURE 1
The input transistor exhibits the transfer curve shown in
Figure 2. The device is fully OFF at -1.8 volts or less (VGS)
and fully ON at -3.5 volts or more. To simplify the interfacing of TTL and 2500 Series devices, the source voltage
for the input transistor is specified at +5.0 volts. In practice,
this point is tied to the +5.0 volt TTL Vee supply. The required MOS input levels are then specified as positive levels
referenced to the TTL ground.
IN,
IN 2
0--...---'
0--+-_-'
OUT
~~------+--~--oGNO
FIGURE 3(a)
7-5
SILICON GATE TECHNOLOGY
54/7400 TTL
Vee = 5V i 5%
7.0
8.0
5.0
~
~
4.0
g
...
~
I-3.0
I--.
"\
5
1\
2.0
1.0
o
0.4
0.8
• EXTERNAL 10K
PUll-UP RESISTOR
\
1.2
FIGURE 4
2.0
2.4
INPUT VOLTAGE
8000 TTL
FIGURE 3(b)
Figure 5 illustrates a typical 8800 series output structure.
The output structure shown in Figure.3(a) is normally specified
as follows:
@
VCC = +5V ±5%
VOL = +O.4V maximum
@
16 mA sink
VOH = +2.4V minimum
@
400 IlA source
MOS devices require only negligible D.C. input current (approximately lilA), so the current available from the TTL
output is of no interest for steady state conditions. VOL is
perfectly compatible with the MOS offering at least 400mV
of noise margin in the 0 state. VOH however, is not sufficient to guarantee a 1 level to the MOS input since the TTL
VOH allows a VCC - VOH separation of as much as 2.85V
VCC = 5.25V, VOH = +2.4V; 5.25V - 2.4V = 2.85V).
Assuming a common VCC' this results in a virtual VOH
of 2.15V, far too low for MOS. In practice, the TTL VOH
wi II track V CC' rather than the opposite case just noted.
Also VOH will be higher than +2.4 at lilA IOH. However,
the TTL circuit is tested and guaranteed as in the example.
The 7400 TTL output structure will typically provide a
VOH approximately 1.5V (two Vbe drops) below VCC·
When the MOS and TTL VCC are tied, a 300mV noise
margin (1.8\/ - 1.5V = 0.3V) is obtained. If VCC is not tied
common, the worst case typical noise'margin is a negative
200mV. In other words, a satisfactory 1 input level cannot
be assured, even under typical conditions.
TO ASSURE A SATISFACTORY 1 OUTPUT LEVEL
FROM SERIES 7400 IN DRIVING SERIES 2500 MOS, AN
EXTERNAL PULL-UP RESISTOR SHOULD BE CONNECTED FROM THE OUTPUT TO VCC AS SHOWN IN
FIGURE 4.
7-6
FIGURE 5
The 8800 series circuit typically offers an unloaded output
voltage separated from V CC by one V be . Therefore the output level driving MOS will always be approximately 0.75V higher than the preceeding example for 7400 series circuits
- resulting in at least 550mV 1 level noise margin under any
conditions. Noise margin at 0 level is 400 mV, the same as
in the case of 7400 TTL.
Signetics guarantees 8000 Series TTL (See figure 6) VOH at
3.6V @ 101lA. Under worst case conditions, this results in
a minimum guaranteed 0 level noise margin of 400mV for
tied V cc. I f the' MOS and TTL V CC are not tied (may vary
independently), worst case guaranteed noise margin is
·150mV. This configuration requires a pull-up resistor.
WHEN VCC'S ARE TIED COMMON, SERIES 8000 TTL
IN FIGURE 6 WI LL INTERFACE DI RECTL Y WITH
SERIES 2500 MOS, WITHOUT THE NEED FOR AN EXTERNAL PULL-UP RESISTOR.
SILICON GATE TECHNOLOGY
GATES
FLIP-FLOPS
8808
Single 8-lnput NAND Gate
8815
Dual 4-lnput NOR Gate
8816
Dual 4-lnput NAND Gate
8821
Dual Master-Slave J-K Binary
8840
Dual Expandable AND-OR-INVERT Gate
8822
Dual Master-Slave J-K Binary
8848
Expandable AND-OR-INVHn Gate
8824
Dual Master-Slave J-K Binary
8870
Triple 3-lnput NAND Gate
8825
DC Clocked J-K Binary
Dual J-K Binary
8875
Triple 3-lnput NOR Gate
8826
8880
Quad 2-lnput NAND Gate
8827
Dual J-K Binary
8885
Quad 2-lnput NOR Gate
8829
High Speed J-K Binary
*See Note Below
FIGURE 6
*For devices not Iisted,addan external pull-up resistor as in the 7400 example(Fig. 4).
DTLlUTI LOGIC ®
those noted for Series 800 circuits.
Logic forms utilizing an internal passive pull-up resistor
{such ·as DTL) will interface directly with 2500 Series MOS.
WHEN VCC'S ARE COMMON, SERIES 2500 MOS MAY
BE DIRECTLY DRIVEN BY SERIES 600 DTL AND
SERIES 300 UTILOGIC CIRCUITS WITHOUT THE NEED
FOR AN EXTERNAL PULL-UP RESISTOR.
Utilogic is guaranteed te provide output levels equivalent to
2500 SERIES MOS-TTL INPUT CONSIDERATIONS (TTL Level data and clock inputs)
WORST CASE
EXTERNAL
DRIVING DEVICE
PULL-UP
RESISTOR(S)
WORST CASE
GUAR.
GUAR.
1 LEVEL
o LEVEL
NOISE MARGIN
NOISE MARGIN
Common VCC
8000(1) Series TTL
not req.
400
400
8000(2) Series TTL
10K
1300
400
1300
400
7400 Series TTL
10K
600 Series DTL (3)
not req.
400
400
600 Series DTL (4)
not req.
400
400
300 Series Uti logic (3)
not req
1300
400
300 Series Utilogic (4)
not req.
400
400
400
I ndependent V CC
All. TTL
10K
800
600 Series DTL (3)
not req.
550
150 (5)
600 Series DTL (4)
not req.
550
150 (5)
300 Series Uti logic
10K (7)
550
150 (5)
NOTES:
(1)
From List in Table I
FIGURE 7
(2)
Not listed in Table I
(3)
(4)
Passive Pull-up (resistor), ±10% power supply
Active Pull-up, ±10% power supply
(5)
Use ±5% DTL or Utilogic power supply to maintain 400 mV noise margin
(6)
(7)
From driving output to V CC
Certain Series 300 devices utilize a passive pull-up and require no external pUlluup.
7-7
SILICON GATE TECHNOLOGY
BARE DRAIN:
OUTPUT INTERFACE
TTL/DTL INPUT STRUCTURES
Standard TTL circuits employ the input structure shown in
Figure 8.
.
The bare drain output is the simplest structure and requires
an external pull-down resistor. Bare drain is used where
several outputs are to be tied together in a WI R ED-O R
configuration as shown in Figure 11.
TYPICAL TTL INPUT STRUCTURE
Vee
(
4K
IN
WIRED-OR CONFIGURATION OF
TWO BARE DRAIN DEVICES
o-__-..Ti
_
eLAMPOR
SUBSTRATE
DIODE
*
GND
FIGURE 8
DTL circuits employ the structure shown in Figure 9.
TYPICAL DTL INPUT STRUCTURE
DTL/TTL
3.4K
- - - - - ______ 1
4K
FIGURE 9
2500 SERIES OUTPUT STRUCTURES
Four basic types of output structures are used in the 2500
series:
1. Bare drain
2. Internal resistor pull-down
FIGURE 11
3. Push-pull
4. Three-state
See Figure 10.
TYPICAL 2500 SERIES OUTPUT CIRCUITS
+Vee
The external resistor is chosen to sink the j .6mA required
by a TTL gate. I n Figure 11, a 3.3K resistor is tied to the
VDD supply. The output voltage will be +OAV or less depending on the actual 101 of the TTL input.
When the bare drain device is ON, it represents approximately 500 ohms. For the circuit of Figure 9, VOH is approximately +3. 7V - more than sufficient to drive a TTL or
DTL gate. Bare drain 2500 devices are listed in Figure 12.
BARE DRAIN SERIES 2500 DEVICES
OUT
,V
IAI BARE DRAIN
(BI RESISTOR PULL-DOWN
FIGURE 10
7-8
DD
(el PUSH-PULL
2502
2503
2504
2505
2512
2518
FIGURE 12
2519
2524
2525
SILICON GATE TECHNOLOGY
RESISTOR PULL-DOWN
The second type of output has a pull-down resistor on the
chip. The 2507 and 2517 are examples of this. The 2517
has a 20K ohm internal resistor for interfacing with MOS.
Resistor pull-down series 2500 devices are listed in Figure 13.
The 2507 hasa7.5Kohm resistor, and if used in the WI REDOR configuration with another 2507 output, will drive TTL
directly as shown in Figure 14.
The advantage of this circuit is that no additional power is
dissipated in either state. Both states have low impedance
to the power supplies. Push-Pull output series 2500 devices
are Iisted in Figure 15.
PUSH-PULL OUTPUT SERIES 2500 DEVICES
2527
2521
[
2522
2528
2529
----------'-FIGURE 15
RESISTOR PULL-DOWN SERIES 2500 DEVICES
2507
2517
THREE-STATE
7.5K
20K
A disadvantage of the push-pull circuit is that paralleling of
the outputs is not possible because two low impedance
devices would be ON simultaneously directly across the
power supplies. To avoid this condition, a three-state output is used. The third state is an open output configuration
where both devices are OFF and is accomplished by using
an OUTPUT ENABLE line tied to the gates of both output
devices as shown in Figure 16. Three-state series 2500 devices
are listed in Figure 17.
FIGURE 13
PARALLEL CONFIGURATION
FOR 2507's
+5
1- -
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- - ...
1
I
1
1
1
[==}
1
1
Vee
1
1
7.5K 1
1 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ I1
DATA IN
~
+3.85V
DTL/TTL
r=,--~~----:
~
+O.BV
OUTPUT ENABLE
I
:
:
~5K:
1
-VDD
I
1 _____ - - - - - - - - -
·5V
FIGURE 16
FIGURE 14
PUSH-PULL
The third type of output structure used in the 2500 Series
isthe push-pull circuit shown in Figure 10c. In the push-pull
configuration, the gates of the two output devices are driven
from complementary sig l1 als such that only one device is ON
at a time. When the upper device is ON, the output is tied to
Vee through approximately 500 ohms. When the lower
device in ON, the output is tied to VDD through 5000hms.
THREE-STATE SERIES 2500 DEVICES
L
2501
2509
2510
2511
2513
2514
2516
FIGURE 17
Figure 18 summarizes the output configurations used on the
2500 Series circuits.
7-9
SILICON GATE TECHNOLOGY
OUTPUT CONSIDERATIONS FOR 2500 LINE
PRODUCT
NUMBER
1103
2501
2502
2503
2504
2505/2524
2506
2507
2509
2510
2511
2512/2525
2513
2514
2516
2517
2518
2519
2521
2522
2527
2528
2529
DESCRIPTION
OUTPUT
STRUCTURE
1024 x 1 dynam ic RAM
256 x 1 Static RAM
256 x 4 Dynamic Shift Register
512 x 2 Dynamic Shift Register
1024 x 1 Dynamic Shift Register
512 x 1 Dynamic Shift Register
100 x 2 Dynamic Shift Register
100 x 2 Dynamic Shift Register
50 x 2 Static Shift Register
100 x 2 Static Shift Register
200 x 2 Static Shift Register
1024 x 1 Dynamic Shift Register
64 x 7 x 5 Character Generator
512 x 5 ROM
64 x 6 x 8 Character Generator
100 x 2 Dynamic Shift Register
32 x 6 Static Shift Register
40 x 6 Static Shift Register
128 x 2 Static Shift Register
132 x 2 Static Shift Register
256 x 2 Static Shift Register
250 x 2 Static Shift Register
240 x 2 Static Shift Register
Bare Drain
3-State
Bare Drain
Bare Drain
Bare Drain
Bare Drain
Bare Drain
7.5K Resistor
3-State
3-State.
3-State
Bare Drain
3-State
3-State
3-State
20K Resistor
Bare Drain
Bare Drain
Push-Pull
Push-Pull
Push-Pull
Push-Pull
Push-Pull
'NOTE: Values are given for the maximum value of pull-down resistor ,output to
TO DRIVE
ONE TTL/DTL
USE*
Sense Amp
Direct
3.0K
3.0K
3.0K
3.0K
3.0K
6.8K
Direct
Direct
Direct
3.0K
Direct
Direct
Direct
3.3K
6.8K
6.8K
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
voo.
FIGURE 18
"OR" TY ING OUTPUTS
The characteristics of the four types of output structures
differ when tied together. A basic feature of MOS is that the
design limitation on output "OR"ing is related to the output
voltage levels required and the RC time constant of the
resulting network.
vee
---1 Ql-1 ~-~
r--
BARE DRAIN
The number of bare drain devices which can be tied together
is limited by the output time constant and the VOH level
required.
9vee
I
1
.!.
rOUT
~
.. - ,
~I
RPOjCw
VOO
1.
":"
1
-;C0UT
1..
":"
Switching time for the pull-down condition is determined
by the load resistor RpD and load capacitance CL· The MOS
pull-up device is turned off and does not contribute to the
negative going time constant. See Figure 19.
FIGURE 19
CL is comprised of wIring capacitance (CW) and output
capacitance (COUT) from each of the paralleled outputs.
As the number of paralleled devices increases, the value of
RpD must be decreased to maintain speed.
When driving loads having significant input capacitance, CL
should be increased accordingly.
'-10
As RpD is decreased, VOH decreases since the impedance of
Ql when ON (approx. 500 ohms) will ratio with RpD to produceVOH· If RpD is reduced too far, the output voltage will
be insufficient to turn off the TTL gate being driven.
Figure 20 gives the recommended value of RpD as a function of fan-out for 2500 series bare drain devices.
SILICON GATE TECHNOLOGY
Fan-Out
A CLOCK DRIVER FOR 2500 SERIES MOS
CL
RPO·
VOH
1
!
1
2
3
4
5
3.3K
2.5K
2K
1.67K
1.43K
15pF
20pF
25pF
30pF
35pF
3.7V
3.3V
3.0V
2.7V
2.4V
I
FIGURE 20
• For t F= 50ns
In order to obtain optimum performance from MaS devices, they must be provided with clock signals ofthe proper.
amplitude, shape and timing. This section will present a
simple clock generator and driver scheme suitable for use
with 2500 Series MaS devices.
NOTE: The following devices employ on-chip clock generators and may be driven directly by TTL gates:
2509
Figure 20 assumes 10pF of wiring capacitance and 5pF per
output. It should be noted that when the MaS device' is OFF,
the TTL input current of 1.6mA is sunk to -5V. When set up
for a fanout of 5, the 1.6mA from the TTL gate will bring
the output to only -2.7V. In actuality the input clamp or
substrate diode of the TTL gate will turn on and clamp the
output to -1.0V. The diode will supply the additional current
(approximately 1.9mA).
INTERNAL PULL-DOWN
When 2500 Series devices with internal pull-down resistors
are paralleled, the equivalent resistance RpD is the parallel
combination of all the internal resistors. A chart of the
equivalent resistance, output time constant and VOH for the
2507 with a 7.5K internal pull-down resistor is shown in
Figure 21.
2510
2511
2518
2519
2521
2522
The clock driver must provide relatively large voltage swings
for the clock lines. In the case of 2500 Series MaS, the clock
signal must swing from +5V to -12V. And it must provide a
clean waveform having reasonable rise and fall times (under
40 ns.) and lack of positive overshoot.
IMPROPER CLOCK WAVEFORMS
Some common examples of improper clocking are shown in
Figures.23, 24, and 25.
.~
- --- --u--~='~~'~A~'~.
NOTE:
An ideal clock driving waveform.
FIGURE 22
Fan-Out
1
2
3
4
5
CL
RpO
tf
VOH
15
20
25
30
35
7.5K
3.75K
2.5K
1.87K
1.5K
110nS
75nS
63nS
56nS
53nS
4.4 V
3.8V
3.3V
2.9V
2.5V
+5.3
+5
====~ ~ ~ =8~ ~ ~ --------------~~
.12
POSITIVE OVERSHOOT
NOTE:
Shows an overshoot occurring on the positive going
transition of clock. This has the effect of forward
FIGURE 21
biasing the substrate diode and must be avoided to
prevent erratic behavior in the driven device.
FIGURE 23
PUSH-PULL OUTPUTS
Push-Pull outputs allow low rise and fall times but cannot
be paralleled because it would then be possible to have both
a push and a pull device on at the same time resulting in a
low impedance between the power supplies (and indeterminate output level).
+5
o
·12
NOTE:
Shows the clock never returns to 5V (0 reference) to
turn the input device OFF. This clock can sometimes
appear to be functional. Data may toggle through a
THREE STATE OUTPUTS
shift register, but will not be stored.
FIGURE 24
The three state output is designed to take advantage of pushpull drive capability plus the ability to OR the outputs.
+5
The third (or open) state is used when the chip is unselected.
The selected output is freQ to drive the load without being
affected by the other outputs tied to the bus.
Output rise and fall times for the WIRED OR configuration
of three-state devices is a function of the ON resistance of
the individual pull-up and pull-down devices together with
the load capacitance.
0---------------CROSS- COUPLED CLOCKS
·12
NOTE:
Shows cross-coupling between two clock drivers
usually caused by lack of clamping or non-active
(high-impedance) switching in the positive direction.
FIGURE 25
7-11
SILICON GATE TECHNOLOGY
The positive overshoots illustrated in Figure23 and Figure25
are the most common sources of clock driving trouble. When
the clock line goes positive relative to the circuit substrate
(Vee) by more than approximately 0.3V. the substrate diode
may become forward biased. When this occurs. device operation may become erratic. And because the forward characteristics of the substrate diode may be different for different
processing techniques, a clock driver may work properly
with one device but not with another.
The driver circuit recommended here (Figure 29) utilizes a
complementary output structure to obtain maximum noise
immunity and fast rise and fall time under heavy capacitive
load. It is capacitively coupled to the TTL clock generator.
Resistor R4 is required only when operating at a clock
frequency of lower than 750 KHz. This resistor shifts the
response of the driver input circuit toward the lower frequencies by lengthening the input time constant. One clock
driver is required for each clock phase.
+5V
A properly designed driver utilizing level clamping will prevent the overshoot problem.
THE DRIVER OUTPUT STRUCTURE
Figures 26. 27. and 28 show possible output driver structures together with their advantages and disadvantages.
~ioUT
RESISTOR PULL-UP, POOR NOISE IMMUNITY, AND
SLOW RISE TIME
+5
-12V
OUT
0,. 04 2N2906. Heat Sink Required
02. 03 2N2222, Heat Sink Required
C" C2 100pF
0,. 02 1N914
R1' R2. R3 33 Ohm
R4 2.2K Ohm (Required only
for operation _ below 750KHz)
FIGURE 29
-12
(POOR)
FIGURE 26
PUSH-PULL, SLOW RISE AND FALL TIME
+5
GENERATING MULTIPLE PHASES
The 2500 Series MOS devices which require high level clocks
also require more than one phase. The dynamic shift registers require two phases and the 2508 dynamic RAM requires
four phases.
TWO PHASE SYSTEM
~JVV\r--<> OUT
The clock generator in Figure 30 produces alternate pulsesthe width of which are one quarter of the input clock period
(assuming a square wave clock). See Figure '32.
TWO PHASE TTL CLOCK GENERATOR
Vee
-12
(ACCEPTABLE)
FIGURE 27
COMPLEMENTARY, EXCELLENT NOISE IMMUNITY,
FAST RISE AND FALL TIME
+5
FIGURE 30
-12
FIGURE 28
7-12
(BEST)
When required. the clock pulse widths can be varied by using
one-shot multivibrators such as the 8162 or 74121. Each
phase width can be varied independently (the limiting factor
being the clock period), see Figure 31 (a). or a single oneshot ahead of the clock generator will change both phases
simultaneously. See Figure 31(b).
SILICON GATE TECHNOLOGY
METHOD OF PROVIDING INDEPENDENTLY
VARIABLE CLOCK PHASES
TWO PHASE CLOCK
GENERATOR WAVEFORMS
+5
CLOCK
a
FIGURE 31(8)
1L..._ _......
+5
+5
METHOD OF PROVIDING
VARIABLE CLOCK PHASES
Q
U
~1
U
+5
+5
o
¢2
n
n
~--------~
¢1
+5
¢2
FIGURE 31 (b)
FIGURE 32
FOUR PHASE SYSTEM
The circuit shown in Figure 33(a) and (b) can be used to generate four phase clock signals for the 2508 1024 RAM.
DIVIDE-BY-12 SYNCHRONOUS COUNTER
(
()
~J
0
J
0
y,
r--- f--o
8H21
C
(A)
I
Y,
C
r---
.-
(81
'---- K
J2
J3
J3
8H21
8829
C
Kl
'----- K2
'"- K
~
J2
K3
Of--
~Jl
Of---<
~Jl
C
(el
'--
Kl
~
K2
' - - - - K3
8829
(0)
a
f---------4
CLOe KIN
(26 MHz)
.2.
FIGURE 33(8)
7-13
SILICON GATE TECHNOLOGY
FOUR PHASE SYSTEM
FOUR PHASE DECODER
A
8260
4 "---...,---..,.
FIGURE 33(b)
Figure 34 shows typical clock input capacitances for 2500
Series devices. The number of similar devices which can be
driven by one clock driver is indicated.
NO. OF UNITS
TYPICAL
DEVICE
WHICH CAN BE
CLOCK
DRIVEN (INCLUDES
CAPACITANCE
ALLOWANCE FOR
(pF)
WIRING CAPACITANCE)
2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2508
2512
2517
2524
2525
140
140
140
80
25
25
25
100
25
80
100
<2MHz (1)
8
8
8
12
40
40
40
11
40
12
11
FIGURE 34
7·14
'2-4MHz (2)
6
6
6
9
30
30
30
7
30
9
(1) Drive capacity 1200pF
7
(2) Drive capacity 750pF
!ii!)notiC!i
FULLY DECODED RANDOM ACCESS
1024-811 DYNAMIC MEMORY
1103
SILICON GATE 2500 SERIES
DESCRIPTION
SILICONE PACKAGING (Cont'd)
The Signetics 1103 is designed for main memory applications where high performance, low cost and large bit
storage are important design objectives. It is a 1024 word
by 1 bit random access memory element using enhancement
mode P·channel MOS devices integrated on a monolithic
array. It is fully decoded, permitting the use of an 18'pin
dual in-line package. The dynar:nic circuitry dissipates significant power only during precharge. Information ston~d
in the memory is nondestructively read. Refreshing of all
1024 bits is accomplished in 32 read cycles and is required
every two milliseconds. A separate cenable (chip enable)
lead allows easy selection of an individual package when
outputs are OR-tied. Use Signetics 8T25 Sense Amp, and
3207 Clock Driver.
material over the silicon gate-ox ide-substrate structure provides an ion barrier. In addition, Signetics proprietary
surface passivation and silicone packaging techniques result
in an MOS circuit with inherent high reliability and demonstrating superior moisture resistance, mechanical shock and
ionic contamination barriers.
PIN CONFIGURATION (Top View)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
FEATURES
•
LOW POWER DISSIPATION - DISSIPATES POWER
ON SELECTED CHIPS
ACCESS TIME - 300 nsec.
CYCLE TIME - 580 nsec.
REFRESIH PERIOD - 2 MILLISECONDS FOR 0-70c C
AMBIENT
OR-TIE CAPABILITY
SIMPLE MEMORY EXPANSION WITH CHIP ENABLE
FULLY DECODED - ON-CHIP ADDRESS DECODE
INPUTS PROTECTED - ALL INPUTS HAVE PROTECTION AGAINST STATIC CHARGE.
LOW COST PACKAGING -18 PIN SILICONE AND 18
PIN CERAMIC DUAL IN-LINE
PRIMAR~LY
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
APPLICATIONS
CORE MEMORY REPLACEMENT
BUFFER STORES
MAIN MEMORY
Address 3
Address 2
Address 0
Address 1
Precharge
Address 9
Address 6
Address 5
Address 7
18.
17.
16.
15.
14.
13.
12.
11.
10.
Read/write
VSSI
Cenable
Address 4
Data Out
Address 8
Data In
VDD
VBB
PART IDENTIFICATION TABLE
E
TYPE
PACKAGE
OP. TEMP. RANGE
1103XA
18-Pin DIP Silicone
0-70°C
11031K:
18-Pin DIP Ceramic
0-70°C
BLOCK DIAGRAM
PROCESS TECHNOLOGY
The use of Signetics' unique silicon gate low threshold
process allows the design and production of higher performance MOS circuits and provides higher functional
density on a chip than other MOS technologies.
Vae
Vss
Voo
PRECHARGE
SILICONE PACKAGING
CENABLE
READ!WRITE
Low cost silicone DIP packaging is implemented and reli-·
ability is assured by the use of Signetics unique silicon gate
MOS process technology. Unlike the standard metal gate
MOS process, the silicon material over the gate oxide passivates the MOS transistors, and the deposited dielectric
a-----..
a-----..
a-----..
a-----..
a-----..
a-----..
LOGIC 0" HIGH VOLTAGE
LOGIC 1 '" LOW VOLT AGE
7-15
SILICON GATE MOS. 1103
MAXIMUM GUARANTEED RATINGS(10)
Operating Ambient Temperature
Storage Temperature
All Input or Output Voltages
with Respect to the Most
Positive Supply Voltage, VBB
oOe to700e
o
-65°e to +150 e
Supply Voltages VDD and VSS
with Respect to VBB
Power Dissipation
-25V to O.3V
1.0W
-25V to O.3V
D.C. AND OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS
o
T A =ooe to +70 e, VSS(1) = 16V ± 5%, (VBB -VSS)(6) = 3V to 4V, VDD = OV unless otherwise specified (Note 9).
SYMBOL
TEST
!VIIN.
TYP.
MAX.
UNIT
CONDITIONS
= OV, T A = 25°C
= OV, TA = 25°C
III
Input Load Current (All input pins)
1
J.i.A
V IN
ILO
Output Leakage Current
1
J.i.A
VOUT
ISS
1001(2)
100
J.i.A
Supply Current During tpc
37
56
mA
All Addresses = OV
Precharge = OV
Cenable = VSS; T A
1002(2)
Supply Current During tov
38
59
mA
All Addresses = OV
Precharge = OV
Cenable = OV; TA = 25°C
1003(2)
Supply Current During tpov
5.5
11
mA
Precharge = VSS
Cenable = OV; TA
1004(2)
Supply Current During tcp
3
4
mA
Precharge = V SS
Cenable = VSS: T A
100(5)AV
Average Supply Current
17
25
mA
Cycle Time = 580 ns;
Precharge Width'" 190 ns;
TA = 2SOC
VIL1(7)
Input Low Voltage (All Address
& Data-in Lines)
VSS-17
VSS-14.2
V
TA
= O°C
VIL2(7)
Input Low Voltage (All Address
& Data-in Lines)
VSS-17
VSS-14.S
V
TA
= 70°C
VIL3(7,8)
Input Low Voltage (Precharge
Cenable & Read/Write Inputs)
VSS-17
VSS-14.7
V
TA
= O°C
VIL4(7,8)
Input Low Voltage (Precharge
Cenable & Read/Write Inputs)
VSS-17
VSS-1S.0
V
TA
= 70°C
= O°C
= 70°C
Vss Supply Current
VIH1(7)
Input High Voltage (All Inputs)
VSS-1
VSS+1
V
TA
VIH2(7)
Input High Voltage (All Inputs)
VSS-0.7
VSS+1
V
TA
IOH1
Output High Current
600
900
4000
J.i.A
IOH2
Output High Current
SOO
800
4000
J.i.A
TA
90
400
mV
TA
80
400
mV
TA
IOL
Output Low Current
VOH1
Output High Voltage
60
VOH2
Output High Voltage
SO
VOL
Output Low Voltage
= 25°C
= 25°C
= 25°C
TA =-25"C}
70°C
See Note 3
RLOAO
= 100.11(4)
= 25°C
= 70°C
See Note 3
NOTES:
1.
The VSS current drain is equal to (100 + IOH) or (100 + IOL)'
2.
See Supply Current vs. Temperature (p. 3) for guaranteed current at the temperature extremes. These values are taken from a single pulse
measurement.
3.
The output current when reading a low output is the leakage current of the 1103 plus external noise coupled into the output line from the
clocks. VOL equals IOL across the load resistor.
4.
This value of load resistance is used for measurement purposes. In applications the resistance may range from 100.11 to 1 kn.
5.
This parameter is periodically sampled and is not 100% tested.
6.
(VSS - VSS) supply should be applied at or before VSS'
7.
The maximum values for VIL and the minimum values for VIH are linearly related to temperature between O°C and 70°C. Thus any value
between O°C and 70°C.canpe calculated using a straignt-line relationship.
S. . The maximum values forVIL (for precharge, cenable & read/write) may be increased to VSS-14.2 @ O°C and VSS-14.5 @ 70°C (same values
as those specified for the address and data-in lines) with a 40 ns degradation (worst case) in tAC, tpc, tRC, twc, tRWC, tACC1 and tACC2'
9.
Manufacturer reserves the right to make design and process changes and improvements.
10.
Stresses above those listed under "Maximum Guaranteed Rating" may cause permanent damage to the device. This is a stress rating only and
functional operation of the device at these or at any other condition above those indicated in the operational sections of this specification
is not implied. Exposure to absolute maximum rating conditions for extended periods may affect device reliability.
7-16
SILICON GATE MOS. 1103
CHARACTERISTIC CURVES
SUPPLY CURRENT VS TEMPERATURE
VSS· 1a.8V
Vss - Vss - 3V
.. "
I
51 t---I---t---I--'-''''''tGUARANTEED ~r---r--r---r-~r---I---,
.......
i"-....
~t---I---t---I-~-I-f---~-~
54 f--_-I-_ _f--_-I-_"+GUARANTEEO -
""
TYPICAL
I
" " TYPICAL
70
26
60
70
TloCI
"
,
VSS·,6.8V
VBB-vSS·av
,
" ' ... "
J
f----+---f----I--~GUARANTEED
-
-
TloCI
100 VS TIME
TloCI
IOO(mA)
T
TA"26"C
VSS·16.8V
Vas- Vss- 3V
t.IOO(SEE
NOTE 11
1\
f~
1003"1'
1004-4
\
0'---,--..,.-'-----"---.==0--____
I-·H·~·I:TpC TOV T~V
Tep
Tpw+TW
NOTES:
1.
III DO is due to charging of internal device node capacitance
at precharge.
2.
These values are taken from a single pulse measurement.
'·17
SI LICON GATE MOS • 1103
CHARACTERISTIC CURVES (Cant'd)
I
1.2
1-+--+~!M--""'+-r-1~~H~
1.1
I--+--+;._
J:
.9
1
~ 18
1---+-+-+
VsslVOLTSI
VsslVOLTSI
120
TOv(m)
AC CHARACTERISTICS TA = 25°C, VSS= 16 ± 5%, (VBB -VSS) = 3.0V to 4.0V, VDD = OV
READ, WRITE, AND READ/WRITE CYCLE·
SYMBOL
TEST
MIN.
MAX.
2
tREF
tAC(1)
Time Between Refresh
tCA
tpC(1)
Cenable to Address Hold Time
Precharge to Cenable Delay
tOVL
Precharge & Cenable Overlap, Low
25
tcp
Cenable to Precharge Delay
85
tOVH
Precharge & Cenable Overlap, High
Address to Cenable Set Up Time
TYP.
115
UNIT
COI\!DITIONS
ms
ns
20
ns
125
ns
75
ns
ns
140
ns
MAX.
UNIT
500
ns
120
ns
READ CYCLE
SYMBOL
TEST
WIN.
tRC(1)
Read Cycle
480
tpov
precharge to End of Cenable
165
tpo
End of Precharge to Output Delay
tACC1(1).
Address to Output Access
300
TYP.
CONDITIONS
ns
ns
t7= 20 ns
tACmin + tOVLmin
+ tPOmax + 2 t7
tACC2(1)
7-18
Precharge to Output Access
310
ns
tPCmin + tOVLmin
+ tPOmax + 2 t7
CLOAD = 100 pF
RLOAD = 100n
VREF = 40 mV
SILICON GATE MOS. 1103
AC CHARACTERISTICS(Cont'd)
WRITE OR READ/WRITE CYCLE
SYMBOL
MIN.
TEST
TYP.
MAX.
UNIT
twC(1)
Write Cycle
580
ns
tRWC(1}
Read/Write Cycle
580
ns
165
tpw
Precharge to Read/Write Delay
twp
Read/Write Pulse Width
50
tw
Read/Write Set Up Time
80
ns
tDW
Data Set Up Time
105
ns
Data Hold Time
tpo
End of Precharge to Output Delay
tp
Time to Next Precharge
Read/Write Hold Time
tcw
}
tr= 20 ns
ns
500
ns
10
tDH
CONDITIONS
ns
120
ns
10
ns
ns
0
CLOAD = 100 pF
RLOAD = 100n
VREF =40 mV
CAPACITANCE (note 2)
SYMBOL
(1)
(2)
MIN.
TEST
TYP.
UNIT
MAX.
CONDITIONS
CAD
Address Capacitance
5
.,
pF
VIN = VSS
CPR
Precharge Capacitance
15
18
pF
VIN = VSS
-
CCE
Cenable Capacitance
15
18
pF
VIN = VSS
CRW
Read/Write Capacitance
11
15
pF
CIN1
Data I nput Capacitance
4
5
pF
VIN = VSS
Cenable = OV
CIN2
Data I nput Capacitance
2
4
pF
VIN = VSS
Cenable = VSS
VIN = VSS
COUT
Data Output Capacitance
2
3
pF
VOUT = OV
f = 1 MHz
f- All Unused Pins are
at A.C. Ground
-
These times will degrade by 40 ns (worst case) if the maximum values for V I L (for precharge, cenable and read/write inputs) go to VSS 14.2V @ O°C and VSS-14.5V @ 70°C as defined on page 2.
This parameter is periodically sampled and is not 100";" tested. It is measured at worst case operating conditions. Capacitance measurements
for plastic packages only.
TIMING DIAGRAM
WRITE CYCLE OR READ/WRITE CYCLE
Tlmlnllillultratedforminknumcycft
o
I
.
~I
~\
60
100
160
I
I
I
200
I
3110
300
260
I
I
I
400
460
I
I
660
600
I
I
twCOR'RWC
-tc~_
..-toVH_
~
/
_tw
- ! p c -------..
-
V,H
N .
-l
H
H
VALUE OF
PREVIOUS STATE
w~
READ/WAITE
LOGIC 0
0
HIGH VOLTAGE (HI
LOGIC 1 = LOW VOLTAGE (L.)
Vee'" SUBSTRATE VOLTAGE
7·20
lijgDotiCIi
FULLY DECODED RANDOM ACCESS 1024-81T
DYNAMIC MEMORY (HIGH SPEED VERSION)
1103.1
SILICON GATE MOS
DESCRIPTION
SILICONE PACKAGING (Cont'd)
The Signetics 1103-1 is designed for main memory applications where high performance, low cost and large bit
storage are important design objectives. It is a 1024 word
by 1 bit random access memory element using enhancement
mode P-channel MOS devices integrated on a monolithic
array. It is fully decoded, permitting the use of an 18-pin
dual in-line package. The dynamic circuitry dissipates significant power only during precharge. Information stored
in the memory is nondestructively read. Refreshing of all
1024 bits is accomplished in 32 read cycles and is required
every two milliseconds. A separate cenable (chip enable)
lead allows easy selection of an individual package when
outputs are OR-tied.
Use Signetics 8T28 Sense Amp, and
3207 Clock Driver.
material over the silicon gate-oxide substrate structure provides an ion barrier. In addition, Signetics proprietary
surface passivation and silicone packaging techniques result
in an MOS circuit with inherent high reliability and demonstrating superior moisture resistance, mechanical shock and
ionic contamination barriers.
PIN CONFIGURATION (Top View)
18
17
16
16
FEATURES
14
•
13
LOW POWER DISSIPATION - DISSIPATES POWER
PRIMARILY ON SELECTED CHIPS
• ACCESS TIME - 150 nsec.
• CYCLE TIME - 340 nsec.
• REFRESH PERIOD - 1 MILLISECOND FOR 0-550 C
AMBIENT
• OR-TIE CAPABILITY
• SIMPLE MEMORY EXPANSION WITH CHIP ENABLE
• FULLY DECODED - ON-CHIP ADDRESS DECODE
• INPUTS PROTECTED - ALL INPUTS HAVE PROTECTION AGAINST STATIC CHARGE
• LOW COST PACKAGING - 18 PIN SILICONE AND 18
PIN CERAMIC DUAL IN-qNE
12
11
Read/write
1. Address 3
18.
2.
Address 2
17. Vss
3.
Address 0
4.
Address 1
16. Cenable
15. Address 4
Datii Out
5. Precharge
14.
6. Address 9
13. Address 8
7.
Address 6
12. Data In
8.
Address 5
11.
9.
Address 7
10.
VOO
VBB
10
PART IDENTIFICATION TABLE
TYPE
PACKAGE
OP. TEMP RANGE
1103-1XA
18-Pin DIP Silicone
0-55°C
1103-11K
18-Pin DIP Ceramic
0-55°C
APPLICATIONS
CORE MEMORY REPLACEMENT
BUFFER STORES
MAIN MEMORY
BLOCK DIAGRAM
PROCESS TECHNOLOGY
The use of Signetics' unique silicon gate low threshold
process allows the design and production of higher performance MOS circuits and provides higher functional
density on a chip than other MOS technologies.
vaB 0 - - - - - .
Vss~
VDD
DATA IN
-----0
C>---t--
PAECHARGE C > - - - t - CENABlE
.---...!...----,
' - - - - r - - - - - ' i5ATA OUT
a-----.-
READ/WRITE 0---------
SILICONE PACKAGING
Low cost silicone DIP packaging is implemented and reliability is assured by the use of Signetics unique silicon gate
MOS process technology. Unlike the standard metal gate
MOS process, the silicon material over the gate oxide pass ivates the MOS transistors, and the deposited dielectric
LOGIC 0 '" HIGH VOL rAGE
LOGIC 1 " LOW VOL T AGE
7-21
SILICON GATE MOS. 1103-1
MAXIMUM GUARANTEED RATINGS (8)
Operating Ambient Temperature
Storage Temperature
All Input or Output Voltages
with Respect to the Most
Positive Supply Voltage, VBB
O°C to 55°C
-65°C to +150°C
Supply Voltages VDD and VSS
with Respect to VBB
Power Dissipation
-25V to O.3V
1.0W
-25V to O.3V
D.C. AND OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS
TA = O°C to -55°C, VSS(1) = 19V ± 5%, (VBB - VSS)(6) = 3V to 4V, VDD = OV unless otherwise specified (Note 7).
SYMBOL
TEST
MIN.
TYP.
MAX.
UNIT
CONDITIONS
= OV, T A = 25° C
= OV, TA = 25°C
III
Input Load Current (All input pins)
10
JJ.A
V IN
ILO
Output Leakage Current
10
JJ.A
VOUT
ISS
1001(2)
Supply Current During tpc
Vss5upply Current
45
100
JJ.A
60
mA
= OV
= OV
All Addresses
Precharge
= VSS; T A = 25°C
= OV
Precharge = OV
Cenable = OV; T A = 25°C
Precharge = VSS
Cenable = OV; TA = 25°C
Precharge = VSS
Cenable = VSS; T A = 25°C
Precharge Width =150n5 @ 50%
Cycle Time = 340 ns; T A = 25°C
Cenable
1002(2)
Supply Current During tov
1003(2)
Supply Current During tpov
8.5
1004(2)
Supply Current During tcp
100(5)AV Average Supply Current
Inp.ut Low Voltage (All address
and data·in lines)
VSS-20
VIH1
Input High Voltage (All Inputs)
VSS-1
IOH1
Output High Current
1.15
0.9
VIL1
68.5
mA
11
mA
3
4
mA
20
23
mA
VSS-18
V
50
IOH2
Output High Current
IOL
Output Low Current
VOH1
Output High Voltage
115
VOH2
Output High Voltage
90
VOL
Output Low Voltage
VSS+1
All addresses
V
0
1.3
7.0
mA
1.15
7.0
mA
TA
-25 C)
TA = 55°C
See Note 3
R LOAO
130
700
mV
TA
115
700
mV
TA
= 100n(4)
= 25°C
= 55°C
See Note 3
NOTES:
1.
The VSS current drain is equal to (100 + IOH) or (100 + lOLl.
2.
See Supply Current vs. Temperatuse (P. 3) for guaranteed current at the temperature extremes. These values are taken from a single pulse
measurement.
3.
The output current when reading a low output is the leakage current of the 1103-1 plus external noise coupled into the output line from the
clocks. VOL equals I OL across the load resistor.
4.
This value of load resistance is used for measurement purposes. I n applications the resistance may range from 100n to 1 kn.
5.
This parameter is periodically sampled and is not 100% tested.
6.
(V BB -
7.
Manufacturer reserves the right to make design and process changes and improvements.
8.
Stresses above those listed under "Maximum Guaranteed Rating" may cause permanent damage to the device. This is a stress rating only and
VSS) supply should be applied at or before VSS'
functional operation of the device at these or at any other condition above those indicated in the operational sections of this specification
is not implied. Exposure to absolute maximum rating conditions for extended periods may affect device reliability.
7·22
SI'L1CON GATE. MOS 1103-1
AC CHARACTERISTICS T A = O°C to +55°C; VSS = 19 ± 5%, (VBB -VSS)
READ, WRITE, AND READ/WRITE CYCLE
SYMBOL
TEST
MIN.
TYP.
MAX.
1
= 3.0V to 4.0V,
CONDITIONS
UNIT
tREF
Time Between Refresh
tAC
Address to Cenable Set Up Time
30
ns
tCA
Cenable to Address Hold Time
10
ns
tpc
Precharge to Cenable Delay
60
tOVL
Precharge & Cenable Overlap, Low
tcp
Cenable to Precharge Delay
tOVH
Precharge & Cenable Overlap, High
= OV
VOO
ms
ns
5
30
40
ns
ns
85
ns
MAX.
UNIT
READ CYCLE
SYMBOL
TEST
MIN.
tRC(1 )
Read Cycle
300
tpov
Precharge to End of Cenable
115
tpO(1)
End of Precharge to Output Delay
tACC1(1)
Address to Output Access
TYP.
CONDITIONS
-
ns
500
ns
75
ns
ns
150
tr = 20 ns
tACmin + tOVLmin
CLOAD = 50 pF
+ tPOmax + 2 tr
t ACC 2(1 )
Precharge to Output Access
180
ns
i-RLOAD = 100n
VREF =80mV
tPCmin + tOVLmin
+ tPOmax + 2 tr
-
WRITE OR READ/WRITE CYCLE
SYMBOL
TEST
MIN.
TYP.
MAX.
twc
Write Cycle
340
ns
tRWC(1)
Read/Write Cycle
340
ns
115
tpw
Precharge to Read/Write Delay
twp
Read/Write Pulse Width
20
ns
tw
Read/Write Set Up Time
20
ns
tDW
Data Set Up Time
40
ns
tDH
Data Hold Time
10
tpO(1)
End of Precharge to Output Delay
500
CONDITIONS
UNIT
}
tr = 20 ns
ns
ns
75
CLOAD
ns
= 50 pF
RLOAD =100n
tp
Time to Next Precharge
tcw
Read/Write Hold Time
0
ns
15
ns
MAX.
UNIT
VREF
= 80
mV
CAPACITANCE (note 2)
SYMBOL
TEST
MIN.
TYP.
CONDITIONS
CAD
Address Capacitance
5
7
pF
VIN = VSS
CPR
Precharge Capacitance
15
18
pF
VIN = VSS
CCE
Cenable Capacitance
15
18
pF
VIN = VSS
CRW
Read/Write Capacitance
11
15
pF
VIN = VSS
CIN1
Data I nput Capacitance
4
5
pF
Cenable = OV
f = 1 MHz
- All Unused Pins are
at A.C. Ground
VIN = VSS
CIN2
Data I nput Capacitance
2
4
pF
Cenable = VSS
VIN = Vss
COUT
Data Output Capacitance
2
3
pF
VOUT = OV
-
(1)
ThesEI times will degrade by 35 ns if a V RE F point of 40 mV is chosen instead of the 80 mV point defined in this specification.
(2)
This parameter is periodically sampled and is not 100% tested. It is measured at worst case operating conditions. Capacitance measurements
for plastic packages only.
7-23
SILICON GATE MOS. 1103-1
TIMING DIAGRAM
WRITE CYCLE OR READ/WRITE CYCLE
Timing illustrated for minimum cycle
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
I
400
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
oil
VIH~
AOORESS
ADDRESS
VIL
450
I
twc OR tRWC
V
@
~
CHANGE
I\",G)
_
-
toVH_
_tAC_
/~
PRECHARGI:
-
VIL
VIH
tpc
- :Q ,-
_
VIL
~
I
•
tpw
oil
VIH
READ/WRITE
VIL
_
VIH
DATA IN
tw
I-toVL
CENABLE
I
-
580
I
•
ADDRESS
CAN CHANGE
tCA _
~I'_tcp _
7~
...--tew
..-
tp
twp - - - -
--..
V
-- X
_ _ tDH (Note 4)
tow (Note 3) _
)<~
DATA C!"N CHANGE
550
I
X
ADDRESS STABLE
VIH~
500
STABLE DATA TIME
DATA CAN CHANGE
VIL
_tpo_
VOH
VOL
- --
/
DATA OUT
...
VREF
RLOAD
CLOAD
=
50pF
.•
tACCl
tACC2
oil
------"
-
: ~:ri-'\."-
DATA OUT NOT VALID
-
"-,
I - - - DATA OUT VALID
READ CYCLE
VIH~
?@
CAN
ADDRESS
CHANGE
..
tRC
'"
X
ADDRESS STABLE
~(j)
- --
VIL
_tAC_
VIH~
PRECHARGE
VIL
VIH
CENABLE
-
_toVH_
teA
/
tpo_
~'x
-ltoVL -
VIH
.,
..
•
tpov
READ/WRITE
VIL
_tpo_
VOH
/
--
VOL
...
VREF= 80mV
~
RLOAD = lOOn CLOAD = 50pF
tACCl
tACC~
'"
•
.
--"-
"-
-
-
"DATA OUT VALID
NOTES:
CD
@
3
4
7·24
VOO + 2V}
VSS _ 2V
tr is defined as the transitions between these two points.
tow is referenced to point
tOH is referenced to point
CD
@
~"
tep-
VIL
DATA OUT
ADDRESS CAN CHANGE
of the rising edge of cenable or read/write whichever occurs first.
of the rising edge of cenable or read/write whichever occurs first.
SILICON GATE MOS. 1103-1
CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
L"LOWVOLTI\GE
H ~HIGHVOLTAGE
'o-f~VOO
-cAli
AOo-f
Vss
Voo
AJ o---{).o---o G
c;;i"
,
CEo--lf
AS o---{).o-o A5
AS o---{).O--o As
,
A7o----{).O--o10
,
Aao----{).o--o As
,
A9o----{).o--o As
Po--l~VOO
Vss
Vss
ffo-j
0"
CEo-f
Vss
P-PRECHARGE
Ce"'CENABLE
WmREAD/WRITE
LOGIC 0" HIGH VDI..TAGE (H)
LOGIC 1 a LOW VOLTAGE ILl
VSB -SUBSTRATE VOLTAGE
7-25
2000
DUAL STATIC
SHIFT REGISTERS
Si!lDOliCS
(FOR REFERENCE ONLY, NOT RECOMMENDED
FOR NEW DESIGNS)
DESCRIPTION
METAL GATE MOS 2000 SERIES
PIN CONFIGURATION
The S2001 K, S2002K, S2003K, S2004K, and S2005K are
Dual Static Shift Registers manufactured with a "P",
channel enhancement mode process.
BOTTOM VIEW
The registers vary in length from dual 16 to dual 100. Two
power supplies and 2 external 28 volt clocks are required.
Static operation is assured with a third clock phase that is
generated on the chip. The pin configuration allows interchanging of register lengths without rewiring the socket.
Data is transferred into the register during 1/>1 and output
data appears on the negative-going edge of 1/>2' For static
operation 1/>1 must be a "0" and 1/>2 "1".
He
OND
He-NO INTERNAL CONNECTION
PARTS IDENTIFICATION TABLE
PART NO.
BIT LENGTH
PACKAGE
ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS
S2001K
16
10 Pin TO-100
Vdd with respect to Gnd
Vgg with respect to Gnd
Clock and In with respect to Gnd
Operating Temperature
Storage Temperature
S2002K
25
10 Pin TO-100
S2003K
32
10 Pin TO-100
-16V to 0.3V
-30V to 0.3V
-30V to 0.3V
-55°C to +85°C
-55°C to +150°C
S2004K
50
S2005K
100
10 Pin
CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
°2~
________
~
________
~~
______
~
________
~
"1~--------~--,-----~~------+-~
Voo>-~--~--~--~~--~~r-----~~~--~~~~
Voo~+-~~--~--~~~~~r-~--~~~--~~~~r---+--'
DATA OUT
"280
INf'UT CIRCUITRY
7·26
I
T
LAST BIT
TO-~OO
10 Pin TO·100
OUTPUT BUFFER
METAL GATE MOS. S2000 SERIES
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS ( Notes: 1,2,3,4 and 5 )
LIMITS
CHARACTER ISTICS
"1" Output Voltage
MIN
TYP
-11
-13
"0" Output Voltage
-0_3
MAX
-1
TEST CONDITIONS
UNITS
TEMP
NOTES
VDD
VGG
Vin
V>,
V>2
V
-13
-27
-10
-27
-27
5
V
-15
-29
-2
-29
-29
5
°c
OUTPUT
Output Drive Capability
2001
~002/3/4/5
{
-[
-8
-10
V
-13
-27
-10
-27
-27
RL
-4
-6
V
-13
-27
-10
-27
-27
RL
-10
-11
V
-13
-27
-10
-27
-27
RL
-6
-8
V
-13
-27
-10
-27
-27
RL
0
0
= 17kD. to Gnd
= 4 kD. to Gnd
= 17 kD.to Gnd
= 4 kD. to Gnd
Input Leakage Current
Data Inputs
0_5
JJ.A
+85
0
0
-20
>1
50
JJ.A
+85
0
0
0
-28
0
>2
50
JJ.A
+85
0
0
0
0
-28
2001
2.5
kD.
-13
-27
-2
-27
-27
Oto -lV
2002/3/4/5
1.5
kD.
-13
·27
-2
-27
-27
Oto -lV
3
5
pF
-14
-28
0
0
0
2001
8
10
pF
25
-14
-28
0
0
0
8
2002
8
12
pF
25
-14
-28
0
0
0
8
2003
8
13
pF
25
-14
-28
0
0
0
8
2004
12
18
pF
25
-14
-28
0
0
0
8
2005
16
33
pF
25
-14
-28
0
0
0
8
-29
Clock Inputs
Output Impedance
Input Capacitance
Data Inputs
25
8
Clock Inputs
Power Supply Current
IDD
2001
-3
-10
mA
-55
-15
-29
0
2002
-5
-20
mA
-55
-15
-29
0
-29
2003
-6
-24
mA
-55
-15
-29
0
-29
2004
-7
-17
mA
-55
-15
-29
0
-29 ...
2005
-14
-32
mA
-55
-15
-29
0
-29
2001/2/3
-0.8
-3.5
"
mA
-55
-15
-29
0
-29
2004/5
-0.5
-3.0
mA
-55
-15
-29
0
-29
IGG
Propagation Delay (tpd)
from >2
2001
300
475
ns
25
-14
-28
-28
-28
6, 7
2002/3/4/5
300
450
ns
25
-14
-28
-28
-28
6, 7
7-27
METAL GATE MOS. S2000 SERIES
FORCING FUNCTIONS
NOTES FOR ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS:
1. Parameter valid over operating temperature range unless otherwise specified.
2.
"DOWN" Level
=
3.
Negative logic definition:
Level = "0".
4.
Manufacturer reserves the right to make design and process
changes and improvements.
5.
"1",
"UP"
Output voltage levels valid from D.C. to 1 MHz.
90% - - - - - -
6. See output timing diagram.
7.
Output load is 10 pF and 1 Mil
8. f = 1 MHz, Vac = 25 mV rms ' All pins not specifically referenced
are tied to guard terminal for capacitance tests. Output pins are
left open.
9.
CLOCK REQUIREMENTS
All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal.
Terminals not specifically referenced are tied to ground.
10% - - - - -
- -
- - -
All typical values are at 25°C and nominal supply voltages.
OUTPUT TIMING DIAGRAM
VOL TAGE lEVELS
MIN
TVP
¢1
¢2
"0"
0
-1
¢1
¢2
"1"
-27
-28
MAX
UNITS
-2.0
Volts
-29
Volts
5
j.J.sec
10
j.J.sec
TIMING
tr & tf
<;2
90:J
' "t
~~{
OV
DATA OUT
.025
¢1 PW
0.4
¢2 PW
0.4
j.J.sec
too
0
j.J.sec
-2V
Note: ¢2 may not be at "0" logic level
for more than 10 j.J.s.
CLOCK DRIVER
INPUT REQUIREMENTS
+5V
r-----------------,
I
I
I
I
I
I
~LOCK o-....,--t;><>-h>----'lNv--,.--4--C'
2N3053 I
lOll. I
~""""_+-ogl
lW I
2N4036 I
I
'l68490
IL
_________________
I
I
~
-23V
r-----------------l
:
SAME AS ABOVE
rfll2
CHARACTERISTIC
MIN
MAX
Data in "0"
+0.3
-2.0
Data in "1"
-10
t"l" & t"o"
0
UNITS
Volts
L _________________ J
Note: At high repetition rates and/or high capacitance loads, the
transistors may require heat sinking, i.e., 1000 pF at 1 MHz.
7·28
Volts
j.J.sec
Note: Data In must be stabl~ between the 10% points of 91'
Si!)notics
(FOR REFERENCE ONLY, NOT RECOMMENDED
FOR NEW DESIGNS)
DESCRIPTION
;METAL ~ATE MOS 2000 SERIES
PIN CONFIGURATION
The N2010K Dual 100-Bit Static Shift Register is designed
for use at shift rates from 0 to 3 MHz. * The device employs
"P" channel enhancement mode MOS techniques. Power
supply requirements are -14 and -28 Vdc. Clocking is
provided by two external -28 volt clock phases. A delayed
second clock phase (<1>2S) is generated on the chip.
Data is transferred into the register during <1>1. Output data
appears on the negative going edge of <1>2. For static
operation, <1>1 must be a "0" and <1>2 a "1".
The N2010K is a direct pin replacement for the S2005K/
3003 1 MHz Static Shift Register.
BOTTOM VIEW
NC
ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS:
VDD with respect to Gnd
VGG with respect to Gnd
Clock and Input with respect to Gnd
Operating Temperature
Storage Temperature
2010
DUAL 1~O-BIT STATIC
SHIFT REGISTER DC TO 3 MHZ
GND
-16V to 0.3V
-30 to 0.3V
-30V to 0.3V
O°C to +70°C
-55°C to +150°C
NC-NO INTERNAL CONNECTION
CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
°2o-------------~----------~--------~._--------__,
~1o-------------~-1--------~--------~~,
vGGo-~----~----~~--~--~~_1------~~-+~--_.--~~--,
vooo-~--~~--~+-~--r_~~~~--_.--_,~_r~--_+--~~--_r----~__,
OATAOUT
~2S0
INPUT CIRCUITRY
NBIT
I
T
LAST BIT
OUTPUT BUFFER
7-29
METAL GATE MOS. 2010
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Notes: 1,2,3,4,9)
RECOMMENDED POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGES: VDD
= -14 +1
Vdc, VGG
TEST CONDITIONS
LIMITS
UNITS
CHARACTERISTICS
NOTES
TEMP
VDD
V
25
-13
V
25
-15
V
25
-13
-0.5
J.J.A
25
>1
-50
J.J.A
>2
-50
J.J.A
1.5
kr2
MIN
TYP
-8
-10
"1" Output Voltage
"0" Output Voltage
Output Drive Capability
-4
MAX
-6
OUTPUT
V in
V> 1
-27
-7
-27
-27
5, 7
-29
-2
-29
-29
5, 7
-27
-7
-27
-27
RL = 4kr2 to Gnd
0
0
-15
0
0
25
0
0
0
-28
0
25
0
0
0
0
-28
25
-13
-27
-2
-27
-27
°c
-1.0
-0.3
= -28 ±lVdc
VGG
V>2
Input Leakage Current
Data Inputs
Clock Inputs
Output Impedance
o to -lV
Input Capacitance
Data Inputs
3
5
pF
25
-14
-28
0
0
0
8
Clock Inputs
16
33
pF
25
-14
-28
0
0
0
8
-14
-20
mA
25
-15
-29
0
-29
-0.8
-3.0
mA
25
-15
-29
0
-29
200
250
ns
25
-14
-28
-28
-28
Power Supply Current
IDD
IGG
Propagation Delay (tdp) from >2
6, 7
NOTES:
0
1. Parameter valid at +25 C unless otherwise spec1fied.
2. All voltage measurements are r.ferenced to the ground terminal. Terminals not specifically
ref.renced are tied to ground.
"~OWN" Level'" "1 ", "UP" Level'" "0".
Manufacturer reserves the right to make design and process changes and improvementt.
Output voltage levals valid from DC to 3 MHz.
6. S. . output timing diagram,
7. Output load is 10pF and 1 M.o.
8. t .. 1 MHz, Vee" 25mV rml. All pins not specifically r.f.renced are tied to guard terminal
J. Negative logiC definition:
4.
5.
9.
for capacitance testl. Output plnl are left open.
All tYpical values are at 25°C and nominal supply voltages.
TYPICAL PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS
MAXIMUM OPERATION FREQUENCY
VERSUS CLOCK AND SUPPLY VOLTAGE
6.0
POWER DISSIPATION
VERSUS OPERATING FREQUENCY
1000
-
::::~
!
-
6
~~ ~~
~:::=
:t,Yl"'"
- / N20IOK
~TATIC.: ~
,.. "+2SoC
=
/
I
I
IlUAR.. !ITI:I:D +Z,"C)
I
--
.-
16:
--t--
DUAl.. 1OO-81T MOS
REGIS!ERS
---
o
+20
+1.0
0
-10
-2.0
POWER SUPPlIES 8 CLOCK VOLTAGE (!\U.TS FROM NOIIINALl
7·30
SHt'j
1
o
1.0
2.0
3.0
MAXIMUM OPERATING FREQUENCY (MHZ)
4D
METAL GATE MOS. 2010
CLOCK REQUIREMENTS
TTL INTERFACE REQUIREMENTS
HV
'ra1p!lf
::::::~
-: _:t~i~:::
W%----
'1
'2
---
-----------
~%---------------
. . . . 'r
VOL TAGle LEVELS
ct>,
ct>2
"0"
ct>,
ct>2
"'"
MIN
PW
It
1168490·
TTl/DTl
'""O'ATA
INPUT
-----
MAX
UNITS
0
NOM
-,
-2.0
Volts
-27
-28
-29
Volts
5
~sec
10
~sec
NOTES:
1. Register ground (V s) is tied to the bipolar integrated
circuit Vcc power supply for proper biasing.
2. Vs =
TIMING
.010
tr & 'tf
+5VDC
VD =-9 VDC
VG =-23 VDC
0.'0
ct>1 PW
*3. Signetics Corp. N8490A
ct>2 PW
0.15
too
0
Clock Repetition Rate
~sec
~sec
0
3
MHz
OUTPUT TIMING DIAGRAM
Note: ct>2 may not be at "0" logi'c level
for more than 1 0 ~s.
INPUT REQUIREMENTS
DATA OUT.
CLOCK DRIVER
ARACTERISTIC
Note:
MIN
MAX
Data in "0"
+0.3
-2.0
Data in "1"
-7.0
t"1" & t"o"
0
UNITS
Volts
Volts
Ilsec
Data In must be stable between the 10% points of
It>,.
NOTES:
1. At high repetition rates and/or high capacitance loads,
the transistors may requ ire
heat sinking, i.e., 1000 pFat 3M Hz.
2. y, N8822B, SP322B etc.
3. y, N8880A, SP387A etc.
7·31
!ii!lDotiC!i
FULLY DECODED 1024 AND
2048 STATIC READ·ONLY MEMORIES
2400
METAL GATE MOS 2400 SERIES
DESCRIPTION
CUSTOM ENCODING
The Signetics 2400 Series devices are high speed, fully decoded, MOS static 1024 and 2048-bit read-only memories
offering 128X8, 256X8, 256X4, and 512X4 organizations.
You may describe the particular option you desire in a booklet which will be provided by Signetics. Ask your local
Signetics representative for a copy of "SIGNETICS 2400
SERIES STATIC READ-ONLY MEMORIES - MOS-ROM
PROGRAMMING"_ The booklet contains a blank truth table
and instructions for preparing punched data cards.
Two output structure options, plus both single line and
3-bit binary coded chip select options, provide for wide
versatil ity and economy of appl ication. The devices interface
ct:irectly with standard TTL/DTL or MOS logic circuits.
Process technology is P-Channel enhancement mode_
PIN CONFIGURATIONS (Top View)
FEATURES
•
•
•
•
•
•
128X8, 256X8, 256X4, 512X4 ORGANIZATIONS
STATIC OPERATION - NO CLOCKS
FULLY DECODED ADDRESS
500ns TYPICAL ACCESS' TIME
TTL/DTL COMPATIBILITY
OUTPUT OPTIONS:
BARE! DRAIN
20K OHM PULL-DOWN RESISTOR
• TWO CHIP SELECT OPTIONS:
SINGLE LINE
3-BIT BINARY CODED
• EBCDIC-ASCII CONVERSION
TABLE IS CATALOG STANDARD,
OTHER STANDARDS AVAILABLE
• +12, -12V POWER SUPPLIES,
• STANDARD PINNING IN 16 AND 24 PIN CERAMIC
DUAL IN-LINE PACKAGES
..
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
.0
20
APPLICATIONS:
CODE CONVERSION
LOOK-UP TABLES
MICRO-PROGRAMMING
RANDOM LOGIC SYNTHESIS
CHARACTER GENERATION
"
11
13.
Chip Select Options: Both the 2420 and 2430 group may be
specified with either single line chip select or a 3 line, 3-bit
binary coded chip select. The coded chip select allows oneof-etght chip selection without external logic components
for larger memory matrices. The 2410 group is pin limited
to single line chip select.
Package Options: The 256X4 organization is available in
either a 16-pin or 24-pin dual in-line package.
For a detailed listing of part numbers and options see the
PART IDENTIFICATION TABLE.
7·32
Vss
1.
2.
3_
4.
5.
6.
Addres"3
AddrelS 2
Address 1
Output 1
Output 2
Output 3
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
Ol·tput 4
e .Jtput 5
Output 6
Output 7
Output 8
VSS
16 •
VOO
15.
14.
13_
12_
11.
Addresl4
Address 5
Address 6
Address 7
VGG
10. Chip Enable
Address 8
9.
24.
VOO
23.
22.
21.
20.
19.
18.
Chip Enable 3·
Chip Enable 2·
Address 4
Address. 5
Address 6
Address 7
17. VGG
16.
15.
14.
13.
Mode Control
Chip Enable
Address 8
No Connection
14
SPECIAL FEATURES
Output Options: Two output structure options allow ease
of interfacing with TTL/DTL or other MOS circuits.
Address 3
AddrelS 2
Address 1
Output 1··
Output 2
Output 3
Output 4
n
·No connection for ,Ingle chip
enable optlonl.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
Addrell3
Address 2
Address 1
Output 1
Output 2
Output 3
Output 4
Output 5
Output 6
Output 7
Output 8
VSS
24.
VOO
Chip Enable 3·
Chip Enable 2·
Address 4
Address 5
Address 6
Address 7
17. Address 8
16. VGG
23.
22.
21.
20.
19.
18.
15. Mode Control
14. Chip Enable
13. Address 9
• No connection for single chip
enable options.
METAL GATE MOS. 2400 SERIES
BLOCK DIAGRAMS
INPUTS
OUTPUTS
t--;:=>--o .,
A,
.......- - - - - 1 - -
A2
-
--
2410
A3
MEMORY
UI
:I
!!j
OPERATING MODE
1. Logic "1" level enables outputs.
At
CHIP ENABLE
.,
INPUTS
OUTPUTS
A,
2420
~----t--£==>--o~
OPERATING MODES
MEMORY
H--I--C>--OBe
~t---t--£==>--oB7
ceo
At 0--...,....--' L..-+'6--I
1. 128 x 8 ROM Connections
Mode Control - Logic "0"
A 8
- Logic "1"
2. 256 x 4 ROM Connection
Mode Control - Logic "1"
A8
- Logic "0" Enables the odd
(81,83,85,87) outputs.
- Logic "1" Enables the even
(8~ 84, 86, 88) outpuU
3. CEO' CE 1 , and CE 2 are AND'ed per
customer instructions.
CE,
<--_~-...,CE2
MOOS CONTROL
0------1_",
.,
INl'UTS
OUn'UTS
A, 0 - -
t----t--i:..J-o()
2430
~
A3~
OPERATING MODES
I
MEMORY
I
1. 256 x
Mode
A9
2. 512 x
Mode
A9
H~-t--LJ-o()Bs
I
I
Hr--t--LJ-o() Be
I
I
I
Hr--I--C=:l-o()
_-........
.......
117
-r---:>--oBe
~1---.......
ABo--..._----'
ceo
8 ROM Connection
Control - Logic "0"
- Logic "1"
4 RO'M Connection
Control - Logic "1"
- Logic "0" Enables the odd
(81,83 .. 87) Outputs
- Logic "1" Enables the even
(82, 84 .•• 88) Outputs
3. CEO' CE 1 , and CE 2 are AND'ed per
customer instructions.
eE,
L...-_....----v CE2
MODE CDNTROL o-----L~
7·33
METAL GATE MOS. 2400 SERIES
ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS
-25°C to +70°C
-65°C to + 150° C
@70°C 1.14W
@70°C O.BOW
-30 to +0.3
Operating Ambient Temperature
Storage Temperature
Power Dissipation (2) ("Y" Package)
("1" Package)
VGG (3)
-30 to +0.3
VDD (3)
Input Voltage (3,4)
-30 to +0.3
DC CHARACTERISTICS
TA
=-25"C to +70°C; VSS = +12V
(17); VDD
TEST
SYMBOL
V IL
Input Logic "0"
V IH
ISS
VssPower Supply Current
IGG
VGGPower Supply Current
= OV;
MIN
V GG
= -12V ±10% unless otherwise noted
TYP
Input Leakage
RPD
Pull-down Resistor
UNIT
CONDITIONS
V
Input Logic "1"
IIH
MAX
10
(Notes: 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 16).
4
14
V
= 25°C
20
mA
TA
1
lolA
Note 5, T A
1
I-/A
V IN
= 25°C
= OV
Note 6
2410,2025,30,35
12
20
k ohm
AC CHARACTERISTICS
= 25°C;
TA
VSS = +12V (17); VDD = OV; VGG = -12V ±10% unless otherwise noted. (Notes: 11,12,13,14,16).
SYM·BOL
TEST
Output Logic "0"
VOL
V OH
Output Logic "1",
Output Logic "0"
MOS to MOS
MIN
TYP
MAX
11
UNIT
1 Megohm to Ground, Note 8
+3
V
1 Megohm to Ground, Note 8
V
Note 7,9
+0.4
V
Note 7,9
Note 15
+2.5
VOL
V OH
Output Logic "1"
tA1
Address Time (bare drain)
500
750
ns
tAO
Address Time (bare drain)
400
500
ns
MOS to TTL
CONDITIONS
V
NOTES:
1.
Stresses above those listed under "MaXimum Guaranteed Ratings" may cause permanent damage to the device. This is a stress rating only.
Operation of the device at these or any other conditions above those indicated in the operational sections of the specification is not implied,
2.
For operation at elevated temperatures, the device must be derated based on a max imum junction temperature of 150°C and a thermal resistance of
70 °C/W junction to ambient for the "Y" package, The "I" package is derated based on 1 00 °C/W junction to ambient.
3.
These voltages are referenced to network ground terminal (VSS )'
4.
All inputs are protected against damage by static charge,
5.
TheVGGsupply may be clocked to reduce device power without affecting access time,
6.
8.
Output to V OO '
6.8kfl tOV
plus 1 standard TTL gate input,
GG
This test is for devices using a 20kfl MOS pull·down resistor (2410,20, 25,30, 35, ),
9.
This test is for devices supplied with a bare drain out'put (2411,21, 26,31,36),
7.
10. Parameter valid over operating temperature range unless otherwise specified,
11.
All voltage measurements referenCed to ground.
12. Manufacturer reserves the right to make design changes and process improvements,
13. Typical values are at 25°C and nominal supply voltages.
14. Negative logic definition is employed for this device, i,e" more negative level is logic "1 ", most positive level is logic "0",
15.
For bare drain devices, TAl is primarily a function of the time constant of the load capacitance and external load resistor
(tAl
2!
4RL CL +50ns).
16. CAUTION: These devices will be permanently damaged if reversed in board or socket.
17. Vee tolerance Is t10%. Any variation in actual Vee will be tracked directly by VI L' V IH' and V OH which are stated
for a Vee of exactIV 12 voltl.
7·34
METAL GATE MOS. 2400 SERIES
AC TEST SETUP
+12V
+6V
+6V
+~rI
Ov.....J
L-
APPLICATIONS
TIMING DIAGRAM
TTL-MOS-TTL INTERFACING
+12V
"I
OV
{
IN
+12V
OV
R 1 may range from 680n to 33k. typically 3.3k is
satisfactory.
R2 S.8k for a standard TTL (10 IN = 1.6mA)
R3 = 2.2k
PART IDENTIFICATION TABLE
PART
ORGANIZATION
PACKAGE
OUTPUTS
CHIP SELECT
CONTROLS
N24101
256 x 4
16-pin Cer. DIP
20k ohm Pull-down
1
N24111
256 x 4
16-pin Cer. DIP
Bare Drain
1
N2420Y
128 x 8 or 256 x 4
24-pin Cer. DIP
20k ohm Pull-down
1
N2421Y
128 x 8 or 256 x 4
24-pin Cer. DIP
Bare Drain
1
N2425Y
128 x 8 or 256 x 4
24-pin Cer. DIP
20k ohm Pull-down
3
N2426Y
128 x 8 or 256 x 4
24-pin Cer. DIP
Bare Drain
3
256 x 8 (EBCDIC-ASCII)
24-pin Cer. DIP
20k ohm Pull-down
1
N2430Y
256 x 8 or 512 x 4
24-pin Cer. DIP
20k ohm Pull-down
1
N2431Y
256 x 8 or 512 x 4
24-pin Cer. DIP
Bare Drain
1
N2435Y
256 x 8 or 51 2 x 4
24-pin Cer. DIP
20k ohm Pull-down.
3
N2436Y
256 x 8 or 512 x 4
24-pin Cer. DIP
Bare Drain
3
. N2430Y/CMOOO
7-35
METAL GATE MOS. 2400 SERIES
CHARACTERISTIC CURVES
ACCESS TIME VERSUS
SUPPLY VOLTAGE
100 VERSUS TEMPERATURE AND
POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE
24
2000
1800
22
1800
20
«
.§.
1400
1200
18
c
9
!«
1000
t-
16
800
800
14
400
12
200
TAO
10
100
·25
+25
+100
+75
+50
·20
·24
·22
100 VERSUS SUPPLY VOLTAGE
-7
-8
-9
-10
-11
-12
VOO(V)
NOTE: For typical
= OV.
curves, VSS
7·36
·26
VGG(V)
TEMPERATURE( °C)
-13. -14
-15
-16
-17
·28
·30
METAL GATE MOS. 2400 SERIES
NOTE' Blanks are logic 1 'so
EBCDIC
WORD#
I
CMOOOO TRUTH TABLE
ASCII Code
Bit Number
EBCDIC
WORD,#
0 0 0 0
1 0 0 0
o 1 0 0
1 1 0 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
0
0
0
0
0 1 1 0 0 0 0
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
72
I
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
o
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0 0 0 1 0 0 0
0 0 0 1 1 0 0
1 0 0 1 1 0 0
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0 1 0 1 0 0 0
1 1 1 o 1 0 0
1 1 0 1 1 0 0
1 0 1 0 0 0 0
0 1 1 0 0 0 0
1 1 1 0 0 0 0
o
1 1 0 1 0 0
001 0 0 0 0
0 0 1 0 1 0 0
1 0 1 0 1 0 0
0 1 '0 1 1 0 0
0 o 0 0 o 1 0
EBCDIC
WORD #
1 234 5 6 7
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
ASCII Code
Bit Number
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
.0
0
0
1
0
o
1
0
0
1
1
1 1 1 o 1
0 1 1 1 1
0 0 1 0 1
1
1 0 1
1 1 1 1
1 1 0 o 1
o
0
0
1
0
1
o
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0 o 1 0
0 o 1 0
1 0 1 0
1 0 1 0
1 1 1 0
1 0 1 1 0 1 0
1 1 1 1 0 1 0
0
1
1
0
1
o
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
1 1 0
0 1 0
0 0 1
1 0
1 1 0
0 1 0
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
o
1 0 0 0 0 1 1
ASCII Code
Bit Number
EBCDIC
WORD #
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
0 1 0 0
1 1 0 0
0 0 1 0
1 o 1 0
o 1 1 0
1 1 1 0
0 0 0 1
1 0 0 1
0 1
o 1
o 1
o 1
0 1
0 1
0 1
o 1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
o 1
1 1
0 0
1 0
o 1
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1 1 1
1 0 1 1 1
1 0 1 1 1
1 o 1 1 1
1
1 1 1
0 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1
o 1 1 1 1
0
1
0
1
o
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
o
o
o
1 0 0 0 0
1 0 0 0
o
o
o
ASCII Code
Bit Number
1 234 5 6 7
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
106
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
o
o
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
0
o 1
1 1
0 0
1 0
1
0
1
1
1
o
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0 1
1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
0 o
0 0
0 0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
o
o
o
o
o
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
o
o
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 1 0 o 1 0
0 0 1 o 1 0
1 0 1 o 1 0
o 1 1 o 1
1 1 1 o 1 0
0 0 o 1 1 0
1 0
1 1 0
1 o 1 1 0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
o
o
1
0
o
0
0
o
o
o
0 0 0
1 0 0
o 1 0
1 1 0
0 o 1
1 o 1
o 1 1
1 1 1
0 0 0
1 0 0
o
1 1
0 1 1
0 1 1
o 1 1
o 1 1
o 1 1
0 1 1
0 1 1
1 1 1
1 1 1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
7·37
METAL GATE MOS. 2400 SERIES
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
OUTPUT STRUCTURE
Vss
~tO""",
I
r
I
b
VGG
~ ~~I
• Optional
b
20K MOS pulldown resistor
N2410,20,25,30 and 35 only
Voo
EXERPT FROM SOFTWARE' PACKAGE (CARD FORMAT)
CARDS 2 THROUGH 129 (4
x
266 Qroanlzetioll onlvl
DATA
S'TA'R'TING AT COLUMN 1
IF "COOEO"PUNCHTHEBINARVCOOECHIP
S(LECTI,el011
rf"SINGLE"LEAVl
EACH CARD SPECIFIES THE OUTPUT OF TWO 4·B11
WORDS IN COLUMNS 1 THROUGH 8. THE oeCIMAL
EOUIVALENT OF THE BINARY CODED INPUT
PUNCHTHI:ROMORGANIZATIONOESIRED
ADDRESS IS PUNCHED IN COLUMNS 78. 79, AND 80
."SX2!>64X512ETC
eE).
~UAN:~
PUNCH TTl FORATTL OUTPUTUlARl
DL'TPUT FOR wonDS 0 2M
PUNCH OUTPUT FORWORDS256511
PUNCHTH[SASICOEVICE TVPE DESIRED
,~ N14101 N14;>!)V f rt
PUNCH DECIMAL EOUIVALENTQf BINARY
CODED INPUT ADDRESS OF THE WOROCOR
RESPONDING TO THE OUTPUTS PUNCHED IN
COMMENTS PUNCHED HERE WilL APPEAR
ASTHE TITLE ONTHE TRUTH TABLE
IHISSHOULDINClUDE CUSTOMER PART
IDENTIFICATION
COLUMN 78 HUNDREOS DIGIT
COLUMN 79 TENSQIGlT
COLUMN 80 UNtTS DIGtT
PUNCHMOSFQRANMOSQUTPUT
CE2~"dCEl IMpecU.<>ly
THE ABOVE SPECIFIES A "CODED" ROM WITH THE BINARY COD;D CHIP SELECT "101" ORGANIZED 8 X,258
WITH TTL OUTPUTS !BARE DRAIN!. THE 8ASIC DEVICE TVP~ IS A N2436Y ("Y" INDICATES A 24·PIN CERAMIC
DIP. N INDICATES TEMPERATURE RANGE: -26~C - +70"C.1
EXAMPLE
CARDS
2·129 AND CARDS 2·267
CARDS 2 THROUGH 2B714 X 512 Org,,,IZIItlon onlv!
EACH CARD SPECIFIES THE OUTPUT OF ONE a·BIT
WORD IN COLUMNS 1 TUROUGH 8. THE DECIMAL
EQUIVALENT OF THE BINARY CQDED INPUT ADDRESS
FOR THAT WORD IS PUNCHED IN COLUMNS 78, 79 AND 80
~~LUMNS ~U~:~ OUTPUTS Bl THROUGH BSIN
COLUMNS ONE THROUGH
7880
~IGHT
RESPECTIVELY
PUNCH DECIMAL EOUIVALENT OF 81NARY
CODED INPUT ADDRESS WHICH CORRES
PONDS TO THE OUTPUTS PUNCHED IN
COLUMN 78 HUNDREDS DIGIT
COLUMN 79 TENS DIGIT
COLUMN 8DUNtTS DIGtT
EACH CARD SPECIFIES THE OUTPUT OF TWO 4 BIT
WORDS IN COLUMNS 1 THROUGH 8 THE DECIMAL
EQUIVALENT OF THE BINARY CODED INPUT
ADDRESS IS PUNCHES IN COLUMNS 78. 79, AND 80
~:N:~
OUTPUT FOR WORDS 0 127
PUNCH OUTPUT FonWOROS 128255
[/°1010101
r/'D101010
1/'1100100
PUNCHOECIMALEDUIVALENTOFOINARY
CODED INPUT ADDRESS CORRESPONDING
TD THE OUTPUTS PUNCHED IN CDLUMNS 1 '"
COLUMN 18 HUNDR(!Os DIGIT
COLUMN 19 TIlNSOIGtT
COLUMN 80 UNITsOIGIT
1
•
•
•
OUTPUTS 81 THROUGH 88 ARE IN COLUMNS THROUGH 8 RESPECTIVEL Y
DECIMAL EQUIVAl.ENT OF BINARY CODED INPUT ADDRESS IS IN COl.UMNS 78, 79, AND SO.
FOR 8 X 128 AND 8 x 266 ORGANIZATIONS - OUTPUTS ARE 81 THROUGH 88 RESPECTIVEl.Y
•
FOR 4 X 512 ORGANIZATION:
WORD 000 OUTPUTS
WORD 266 OUTPUTS
WQRD 010 OUTPUTS
WORD 266 OUTPUTS
111111
II
01 IfI
'. 11~1~ 0 ~ ~ ~ 00
U ~ 0 ~:
..,L..111: 111111111111111!
7·38
~ ~ ~ ~~. ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~~~ 0 ~~.~~ ~~~~!~.,~ 0. ~O ~ n~~~?!~.O~.~ A.?,~ ~?,~.~~ ~~, ~~~~~'~~I!
1!1:)llI11111,!11111111111111111j,111111111111111111IljI...J...
81
85
81
86
THROUGH
THROUGH
THROUGH
THROUGH
84
88
84
88
RESPECTIVEL Y
RESPECTIVEL Y
RESPECTIVELY
RESPECTIVEL Y
WORD 000 OUTPUTS 81 THROUGH 84 RESPECTIVEL V
WORD 128 OUTPUTS 86 THROUGH B6 RESPECTIVELY
WORD 010 OUTPUTS 81 THROUGH B4 RESPECTIVELY
WORD 136 OUTPUTS 85 THROUGH 88 RESPECTIVELY
SmDotiCS
FUllY DECODED 1024 AND
2048 STATIC READ·ONl Y MEMORIES
2441
2451
2461
2462
METAL GATE MOS
DESCRIPTION
PIN CONFIGURATIONS (Top View)
These Signetics devices are high speed, fully decoded, MOS
static 1024 and 2048-bit read-only memories offering
128X8, 126X4, and 512X4 organizations.
I PACKAGE
Both single line and 3-bit binary coded chip select options,
provide for wide versatility and economy of application.
The devices interface directly with standard TTUDTL logic
circuits. Process technology is P-Channel enhancement
mode.
2462
FEATURES
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
12SXS, 256XS, 256X4" 512X4 ORGANIZATIONS
STATIC OPERATION - NO CLOCKS
FULLY DECODED ADDRESS
ACCESS TIME 950n5 MAX.
TTL/DTL COMPATIBILITY
BARE DRAIN OUTPUT
TWO CHIP SELECT OPTIONS:
SINGLE LINE
3-BIT BINARY CODED
• EBCDIC-ASCII CONVI:RSION (CM4030)
TABLE IS CATALOG STANDARD,
OTHER STANDARDS AVAILABLE
• +5, -12V POWER SUPPLIES
• STANDARD PINNING IN 16 AND 24 PIN CERAMIC
DUAL IN-LINE PACKAGES
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Address 3
Address 2
Address 1
Output 1
Output 2
Output 3
Output 4
Vss
16.
15.
14.
13.
12.
11.
10.
9.
Voo
Address
Address
Address
Address
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
4
5
6
7
VGG
Chip Enable
Address 8
Y
Address 3
Address 2
Address 1
Output 1
Output 2
Output 3
Output 4
Vss
16.
15.
14.
13.
12.
11.
10.
9.
Address
Address
Address
Address
Address
4
5
6
7
8
VGG. Voo
Chip Enable
Address 9
24.
23.
22.
21.
20.
19.
18.
17.
16.
15.
14.
13.
VOO
Chip Enable 3"
Chip Enable 2'
Address 4
Address 5
Address 6
Address 7
Address 8
VGG
Mode Control
Chip Enable
Address 9
PACKAGE
APPLICATIONS
CODE CONVE RSI ON
LOOK-UP TABLES
MICRO-PROGRAMMING
RANDOM LOGIC SYNTHESIS
CHARACTER GENERATION
SPECIAL FEATURES
Chip Seleet Options: Both the 2451 and 2461 may be
specified with either singlE! line chip select or a 3 line, 3-bit
binary coded chip select. The coded chip select allows one:of-eight chip selection without external logic components
for larger memory matrices. The 2441 and 2462 are pin
limited to single line chip select.
.
Package Options: The 2!:i6X4 organization is available in
either a 16-pin or 24-pin dual in-line package.
For a detailed listing of part numbers and options see the
PART IDENTIFICATION TABLE.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
CUSTOM ENCODING
You may describe the particular option you desire in a
booklet which will be provided by Signetics. Ask your local
Signetics representative for a copy of "SIGNETICS 2400
SERIES STATIC READ-ONLY MEMORIES - MOS-ROM
PROGRAMMING". The booklet contains a blank truth table
and instructions for preparing punched data cards.
Address3
Address 2
Address 1
Output 1
Output 2
Output 3
Output 4
Output 5
Output 6
Output 7
Output 8
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12. VSS
24.
23.
22.
21.
20.
19.
18.
17.
16.
15.
14.
13.
VOO
Chip Enable 3'
Chip Enable 2"
Address 4
Address 5
Address 6
Address 7
VGG
Mode Control
Chip Enable
Address 8
No Connection
• No connection for single chip
enable options.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
Address 3
Address 2
Address 1
Output 1
Output 2
Output 3
Output 4
Output 5
Output 6
Output 7
Output8
VSS
'No connection for single chip
enable options.
7·39
METAL GATE MOS. 2641,2451,2461,2462
BLOCK DIAGRAMS
OUTPUTS
t----c:::~--oB,
MEMORY
2441,2462
OPERATING MODE
,. Logic "'" level enables outputs.
AS
Ag"
"2462 ONLY
CHIP ENABLE
INPUTS
OUTPUTS
A,
-- ---
A2
-----
A3
>gj
- - ---
:;;0
-- ---
O::w
00::
wo
MEMORY
:;;«
--
---
-- ----
---
B,
B2
2451
B3
OPERATING MODES
B4
,. '28 x 8 R OM Connections
Mode Control- Logic "0"
B5
Ba
B7
BS
A7
CEo
CE,
AS
A8
- Logic " ' "
2. 256 x 4 ROM Connection
Mode Control- Logic "'"
A8
- Logic "0" Enables the odd
(6', 6~ 6~ 67)output~
- Logic " ' " Enables the even
(6~ 6~ 6~ 68)outpuU
3. CEO, CE" and CE2 are AND'ed per customer
instructions.
CE2
MODE CONTROL
INPUTS
OUTPUTS
A,
A2
>gj
O::w
00::
:;;0
wo
:;;«
-- - --- - --- - -MEMORY
-- - --- - --- - --- ---
AS
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
Ba
MODE CONTROL
7-40
B,
2461
OPERATING MODES
,. 256 x 8 ROM Connection
Mode Control- Logic "0"
A9
- Logic "'"
2. 5'2 x 4 ROM Connection
Mode Control- Logic "'"
A9
- Logic "0" Enables the odd
(6',63 .. 67) Outputs
- Logic "'" Enables the even
(62, 64 .. 68) Outputs
3. CEO, CE" and CE2 are AND'ed per customer
instructions.
METAL GATE MOS. 2441,2451,2461,2462
ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS (1)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
Operating Ambient Temperature
-250Ct~ +70o C
Storage Temperature
-65°C to +150 o C
Power Dissipation (2) ("Y" Package)
@70oC 1.14W
@70oC 0.80W
("1" Package)
VGG(3)
-20 to +0.3
VDD(3)
-15 to +0.3
Input Voltage (3,4)
-20 to +0.3
OUTPUT STRUCTURE
Vss
-1~
OUTPUT
DC CHARACTERISTICS
T A = -25°C to +70°C; VSS = +5V 15%; VDD = VGG = -12V ±5% unless otherwise noted·(Notes: 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14)
_._--_ ..
SYMBOL
VIL
TEST
MIN
Input logic "0"
MAX
TYP
VIH
Input logic "1"
ISS
VSS Pc)wer Supply Current
IGG
IIH
UNIT
CONDITIONS
--
V
3
0.8
14
V
0
20
mA
TA = 25 C
V GG Power Supply Current
1
/-LA
Note 5,
I nput Leakage
1
/-LA
VIN = -12V
TA
=
0
25 C
AC CHARACTERISTICS
T A = 25°C; VSS = +5V ±5%; VDD = VGG = -12V ±5% unless otherwise noted (Notes 9, 10, 11, 12, 14)
-
SYMBOL
VOL
TEST
MIN
Output Logic "0"
TYP
MAX
UNIT
CONDITIONS
V
Note
6
+0.4
V
Note
6
750
ns
Note 13
+2.4
MOS to TTL
VOH
Output Logic" 1"
tA1
Access Time
tAO
Access Time
CIN
Input Capacitance
950
ns
pF
5
Note7,f=1 MHz,VIN=O
NOTES:
1.
Stresses above. those listed under "Maximum Guaranteed Ratings" may cause permanent damage to the device. This is a stress ra!ing only.
Operation of the device at those or any other conditions above those Indicated In the operational sections of the specification is not im~lied.
2.
For operation at elevated temperatures, the device must be derated based on a maximum junction temperature of 150 0 C and a thermal resistance of 70 0 C/W junctic)n to ambient for the "Y" package. The "I" package Is derated based on 100 0 C/W junction to ambient.
3.
These voltages are referonced to network ground terminal (VSS)'
4.
All Inputs are protected against damage by static charge.
5.
The V GG supply may be clocked to reduce device power without affecting access time.
6.
6.8kn to VGG plus 1 standard TTL gate input.
7:
Capacitance measured on lot sample basis only.
8.
Parameter valid over op,erating temperature range unless otherwise specified.
9.
All voltage measurements referenced to ground.
10.
Manufac.turer reserves the right to make design changes and process Improvements.
11.
Typical values are at 25'J C and nominal supply voltages.
12.
Negative logic definition Is employed for this device. i.e., more negative level is logic "1", most positive level is logic "0".
13.
For bare drain devices, T A 1 is primarily a function of the time constant of the load capacitance and external load resistor (tA 1 ~ 4R L CL
+50 ns).
14.
CAUTION: These devices will be permanently damaged If reversed in board or socket.
AC TEST SETUP
TIMING DIAGRAM
+6V
o--r---o
VO
..L
DTL/TTLr ·1"5p··"F
I
10pF
~
-'12V
~
7·41
METAL GATE MOS. 2441, 2451, 2461, 2462
PART IDENTIFICATION TABLE
PACKAGE
OUTPUTS
N2441 I
PART
256 x 4
16-pin Cer. DIP
Bare Drain
N2451Y
128 x 8 or 256 x 4
24-pin Cer. DIP
Bare Drain
N2461Y/CM4030
256 x 8 (EBCDIC-ASCII)*
24-pin Cer. DIP
Bare Drain
N2461Y
256 x 8 or 512 x 4
24-pin Cer. DIP
Bare Drain
N24621
512 x 4
16-pin Cer. DIP
Bare Drain
ORGANIZATION
* Demonstrator
APPLICATIONS
MOS-TTlINTERFACING
+5
+5V
+5V
IN
-12V
=
R1
6.8k for a standard TTL (10 IN
= 1.6mA)
CHARACTERISTIC CURVES
TYPICAL POWER SUPPLY
CURRENT VS.
POWER SUPPl·' VOLTAGE
TYPICAL ACCESS TIME
VS. SUPPLY VOLTAGE
1600
LOiD - 1 tTL INPIUT
1400
25 1--+-+---I----+-+----+---:7/-250 C
K~
1200
"
...........
1000
"'"
800
~
~ i"...........
f'-.-
600
~ +125 O C
r;doc
r--...... 1""-...
+2r
400
15
16
17
18
19
20
Vss - VGG (V)
NOTE: For typical curves, VSS
7·42
= OV.
21
22
23
o~~--~~~~--~~--~~
15
16
17
18
19
20
Vss - VGG IV)
21
22
23
METAL GATE MOS. 2441,2451,2461,2462
NOTE: Blanks are logic 1'5.
EBCDIC
WORD#
CM 4030 TRUTH TABLE
ASCII CODE
BIT NUMBER
EBCDIC
WORD#
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0 1 1 0 0 0 0
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0 0 0
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1 0 0 0
0 0 0 1 1 0 0
1 0 0 1 1 0 0
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0 1 0 1 0 0 0
1 1 1 0 1 0 0
1 1 0 1 1 0 0
1 0 1 0 0 0 0
0 1 1 0 0 0 0
1 1 1 0 0 0 0
o
1 1
o
1
001
o
0 0 0
0 0
1 0
1 0
1 0
o
0
1 0 0
1 0 0
0 1 0 1 1 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 1 0
ASCII CODE
BIT NUMBER
1 234 5 6 7
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
1 0 1 1 0
1 1 1 1 0
ASCII CODE
BIT NUMBER
EDCDIC
WORD #
1 0
1 0
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
EBCDIC
WORD#
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0 1 1
0 1 1
0 1 1
0 1 1
0 1 1
0 1 1
0 1 1
0 1 1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
o 1
0 1
0 1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
1 0
o 1
0 1
1 1
1 1
0 0
0 0
1 o
0
1
1
1
1
1
1.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
o
o
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 0 0 0 0 0
0 1 0 0 0 0
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
ASCII CODE
BIT NUMBER
1 2
3 4 5 6 7
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
o
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
1 o 0 1
1 o 0 1
1 1 ·1 1
1 o 0 1
1 0 0 1
1 0 0 1
o 1 0 1
o 1 0 1
o 1 o 1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
o
o
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 0
1
1
1 1
1 1
0 0
0 0
1 0
1
1
o 1
0 1
0 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
0 1 1
0 1 1
0 1 1
0 1 1
0 1 1
0 1 1
0 1 1
o 1 1
1 1 1
1 1 1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
o
o
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
o
1
1
7-43
METAL GATE MOS. 2441,2451,2461,2462
EXERPT FROM SOFTWARE PACKAGE (CARD FORMAT)
CARDS 2 THROUOH 129 (4 X 258 Oroanlutiofl only)
~
~lNGATCOLUMNI
COOED 10' IXN"l
OR-'SINGLE
IF 'CODED" PUNCH THE 81NARY CQOr CHIP
SELECT1,. 1011 IF ·SINGtE"\.£AV[
PUNCH
T~E
ROM ORGANllATION OES1R£D
N2436V SlGNIfICl HAl THE FASTUT A.O.M:.
IIII
I
EACH CARD SPECIFIES THE OUTPUT OF TWO 4·811
WORDS IN COLUMNS 1 THAOUGH 8. THE DECIMAL
11111 II
IIII I
III
III
EQUIVALENT OF THE BINARY CODED INPUT
ea0 ~ ~ n~ ~ ~~ 0 0 ~~ noD ~~~ ~ '~, ~ ~ ~ ~ ~%!~~~~!! ~ ~~!~ ~~~~!~!~.~~ ~~~!!~!!!~~!!~\!,~!!!! ~~~.~\~~},~!
ADDRESS IS PUNCHED IN COLUMNS 7,8, 79, AND 80
11.11"'111'1.'11"1"1'11111'111111111'111111'111111111111111111111111111111111
1.1I)(156.)(512£1C
PUNCHMOS FOR AN MOS QUTPUl
PUNCHTll FOR ATTLOUTPUT 111ARL
PUNCH THE BASIC DEVICE TVPEOESIREO
.e N24101 N24]OY fT<..
;~~:~~~:EU~~~~~ ~!~~=~l~B~7EAR
lHISSHOUlDINCLU06 CUSTOMER PART
~
~OL'TPUTFORWOROS02SS
THE ABOVE SPECIFIES A "CODED" ROM WITH THE BINARY" CODED CHIP SELECT "101" ORGANIZED 8)( ~56
f'UNCHO[CIMAL EQU1VALENlOF BINARV
COoEO INPUT ADDRESS OF TH(WQAQCOA
RESPONDING TO THE OUTPUTS PUNCHED IN
WITH TTl OUTPUTS (BARE DRAINI. THE BASIC DEVICE TVP, IS A N2436V I"V" INDICATES A 24·PIN CERAMIC
DIP N INDICATES TEMPERATURE RANGE' -25 C - "70·'C.I
COLUMN 18 HUNDREDS DIGIT
COLUMN 19 TENS DIGIT
COLUMN 80 UNITSQIGtT
EXAMPLE
CARDS 2·129 AND CARDS 2 251
CARO:2 THROUGH 129 IB x t:lBO.;.n,ntionl
2 THROUGH 268 18 x 256 O.g.IIniutionl
EACH CARD SPECIFIES THE OUTPUT OF ONE 8 BIT
WORD IN COLUMNS 1 TUROUGH 8 THE DECIMAL
EOUIVALENT OF THE BINARY CODED INPUT ADDRESS
FOR THAT WORD IS PUNCHED IN COLUMNS 78. 79 AND 80
~~LUMNS ~ OUTPUTS 91 THROUGH 98 IN
COLUMNS ONE THAOUGH EIGHT RESPECTIVELV
CAROS:2 THROUGH 2571~ X !12 Oro-nlutton onlvl
EACH CARD SPECIFIES THE OUTPUT OF TWO 4·BIT
WORDS IN COLUMNS 1 THROUGH 8 THE DECIMAL
EQUIVALENT OF THE BINARY CODED INPUT
ADDRESS IS PUNCHES IN COLUMNS 78, 79. AND 80
OATA
;;u;:;c;; OUTPUT FOR WORDS 0 121
'/'01010'0
/'1'00100
PUNCH OUTPUT FOR WORDS 128255
PUNCHOECIMALEOUIVALENTOF61NARV
cOOEO INPUT ADORESS WHICH CORRtS
PONOSTOTHEOUTPUTSPUNCHEDIN
COLUMN 18 HUNDREOSDIGIT
COLUMN 19 T[NSOIGIT
COlUMN8CJUNITSOIGIT
~ ~~.,~.,~ ~ 0 ~ DDu~ ~ ~ ~~ 0 O!, ~ e~ u~~!~~ 0 ~~,:~~ ~!~~~.~,~!~ ~ ~~~ ~~ ~ ~~ O.,~\~~~O ~'~I~O ~ ~~~. 0 ~,~'~~'~,~'~~!
PUNCHOECIMAL EQUIVALENT OF BINARV
CODEDINI'UTADORESSCORAESPONOING
TOTHE OUTPUTS PUNCHED IN COLUMNS 14
COLUMN 18 HUNDAEDS DIGIT
COLUMN 19 TENS DIGIT
COLUMN 80 UNITS DIGIT
1111111'11""11'11"'11111111,1111111111111111111'111111,'1111"1'1111111111111 ......
• OUTPUTS 81 THROUGH Bo ARE IN COLUMNS 1 THROUGH 8 RESPECTIVELY
• DECIMAL EQUIVALENT OF BINARY CODED INPUT AODRI!SS IS IN COLUMNS 18, 19, AND 80
•
FOR 8)( 128 AND 8 X 2S6 ORGANIZATIONS - OUTPUTS ARE 81 THROUGH 88 RESPECTIVE LV
•
FOR 4 X 512 ORGANIZATION
WORD
WORD
WORD
WORD
VIC
YOUR
~OW;NY'S
111111
t
B4 RESPECTIVEl Y
88 RESPECTIVELY
B4 RESPECTIVEL Y
B8 AESPECTIVEL V
NA.;E,
II
il:'~ 0 ~ ~~ 0 0 01 ,0 [:~. nn; ~ ~ q ~ o~ ~ on ~~,~ ~ ~ 0 ~~ 0 ~.~~,~~!?~ 0 ~D ~ o~~ ~~~ ~.O~.;' R,~,~ ~~,~~G ~ ~?,~,~,~~.~~!
~ 1111: ~ 1'11,,'1, I I I ' . ,
7·44
000 OUTPUTS Bl THROUGH
256 OUTPUTS 85 THROUGH
010 OUTPUTS 81 THROUGH
286 OUTPUTS 85 THROUGH
:. '1I'' i 11111 11, 11111111111111111l1,1111111111111I111111J 1 _ ...
WORD 000 OUTPUTS 81
WOAD 128 OUTPUTS 85
WORD 010 OUTPUTS 81
WORO 138 OUTPUTS B6
THROUGH
THROUGH
THROUGH
THROUGH
84 RESPECTIVEL V
88 RESPECTIVELV
54 RESPECTIVELY
B8 AESPECTIVELV
SmDotiCS
FULLY DECODED, 256 X1STATIC
RANDOM ACCESS MEMORY
2501
SILICON GATE MOS 2500 SERIES
DESCRIPTION
BIPOLAR COMPATIBILITY
The Signetics 2500 Series 256 x 1 Random Access Memory
employs enhancement mode P-channel MOS devices integrated on a single monolithic chip. It is fully decoded, permitting the use of a 16-pin dual in-line package. Complete
static operation requires no clocking.
All inputs of the 2501 can be driven directly by standard
bipolar integrated circuits (TTL, DTL, etc.). The data output buffers are capable of sinking a minimum of 2.0 mA,
sufficient to drive one standard TTL load.
FEATURES
• FULLY DECODED ADDRESS
• ACCESS TIME -1.0~s GUARANTEED
• POWER DISSIPATION -1.6mW/BIT MAXIMUM
DURING ACCESS
• STANDBY POWER DISSIPATION - 50~W/BIT
• DTL AND TTL COMPATIBLE
• CHIP SELECT AND OUTPUT WIRED-OR CAPABILITY
FOR EASY EXPANSION
• STANDARD 16-PIN DIP SILICONE PACKAGE
• SIGNETICS P-MOS SILICON GATE PROCESS
TECHNOLOGY
•
VCC = +5V, VDD = VD = -9V
APPLICATIONS
POWER DISSIPATION
The maximum power dissipation of 1.6mW/bit is required
only during Read or Write. For standby operation, 50~W/bit
is obtained by removing VD and reducing VDD to -2.0V.
Removal of VD alone will cut power dissipation by a factor
of 1.5.
SPECIAL FEATuRE
The outputs of the 2501 are effectively open circuited when
the device is not selected (logic 1 on chip select). This feature allows OR-Tying for memory expansion.
PART IDENTIFICATION TABLE
TYPE
25018
PACKAGE
16-pin Silicone DIP
OP. TEMP. RANGE
O°C. to+70°C.
25011
16-pin Ceramic DIP
O·C. to +70 C.
--
PIN CONFIGURATION (Top View)
SMALL BUFFER STORES
SMALL CORE MEMORY REPLACEMENT
BIPOLAR COMPATIBLE DATA STORAGE
B/I PACKAGE
SILICONE PACKAGING
Low cost silicone DIP packaging is implemented and reliability is assured by the use of Signetics unique siiicon gate
MOS process technology. Unlike the standard metal gate
MOS process the silicon material over the gate oxide passivates the MOS transistors, and the deposited dielectric
material over the silicon gate-ox ide-substrate structure provides an ion barrier. In addition, Signetics proprietary surface passivation and silicone packaging techniques result in
an MOS circuit with inherent high reliability and demonstrating superior moisture resistance, mechanical shock and
ionic contaminatioQ barriers.
11
16
14
13
12
11
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Address 6
Address 8
Address 7
VD
Vcc
Address 5
Address 1
V DD
16.
15.
14.
13.
12.
11.
10.
9.
Chip Select
R/W
Data Out
Data Out
Data In
Address 4
Address 2
Address 3
10
PROCESS TECHNOLOGY
The use of Signetics' unique Silicon Gate Low Threshold
Process allows the design and production of higher performance MOS circuits and provides higher functional
density on a chip than other MOS technologies.
7-45
SILICON GATE MOS. 2501
only and functional operation of the device at these or at any
other condition above those indicated in the operational sections
of this specification is not implied.
2. For operating at elevated temperatures the device must be
o
derated based on a +150 C maximum junction temperature and
o
a thermal resistance of ,150 C/W junction to ambient.
3. All inputs are protected against static charge.
4. Parameters are valid over operating temperature range unless
MAXIMUM GUARANTEED RATINGS (1)
Operating Temperature
Storage Temperature
All Input or Output Voltages with
Respect to the Most Positive Supply
Voltage, VCC
Supply Voltages VOO and Vo with
Respect to V CC
Power Dissipation at T A = 70° C
O°C to +70°C
-65°C to +150°C
+O.3V to -20V
specified.
5. All voltage measurements are referenced to ground.
6. Manufacturer reserves the right to make design and process
changes and improvements.
7. Typical values are at +25°C and nominal supply voltages.
8. V CC tolerance is ±5%. Any variation in actu~1 V CC will be
tracked directly by V • V IH and V OH which are stated for
IL
a V CC of exactly 5 volts.
-18V
640mW
NOTES:
1. Stresses above those listed under "Maximum Guaranteed Rating"
may cause permanent damage to the device. This Is a stress rating
NOTE: Special devices are available for operation at VDD
= -7V,
VD
= -10V.
Contact your Signetics Representative fQr.-detalis.
DC CHARACTERISTICS'
(T A = O°C to 70°C, VCC = +5V (8), VOO = Vo = -9V ±5%, unless otherwise specified. See notes below)
SYMBOL
TEST
MIN.
TYP.
MAX.
UNIT
CONDITIONS
III
Input Load Current
(All Input Pins)
<1.0
500
nA
VIN = O.OV; TA = +25°C
ILO
Output Leakage Current
<1.0
1000
nA
VOUT = O.OV, Chip Select
Input = +3.3V, T A = +25°C
100
Power Supply Current, VOO
13.0
18
mA
TA=+25°C, VOO=VO=
·-9V
10
Power Supply Current, Vo
8.5
12
mA
IOL = O.OmA TA
VOO = Vo =-9V
VIL
Input "Low" Voltage
-12
VCC-4.5
V
VIH
Input "High" Voltage
VCC-2.0
VCC+0.3
V
lOll
Output Sink Current
3.0
6
mA
VOUT = +O.45V, TA = +25°C
IOL2
Output Sink Current
2.0
5
mA
VOUT = +O.45V, T A = +70°C
IOL3
Output Sink Current
mA
VOUT = -0.7 V
IOH1
Output Source Current
-3.0
4
mA
VOUT = O.OV, T A = +25°C
IOH2
Output Source Current
-2.0
3
mA
VOUT=O.OV, TA=+70oC
VOL
Output "Low" Voltage
V
IOL =3.0mA
VOH
Output "High" Voltage
V
IOH =-100~A
CIN
I nput Capacitance
(All Input Pins)
7
10
pF
VIN =+5.0V
f= 1 MHz
COUT
Output Capacitance
7
10
pF
VOUT=+5.0V
f= 1 MHz
--
7-46
6
-0.7
+3.5
13
+0.45
+4.5
= +25°C
SILICON GATE MOS. 2501
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS
o
Guaranteed Limits T A = Oo·C to +70 C, VCC = +5V (8) , VOO= Vo = -9V ± 5% except as noted.
READ CYCLE
SYMBOL
LIMITS (tlsec) MAX
TEST
Access Time
ta
WRITE CYCLE
1.0J,lSec
TEST
SYMBOL
LIMITS (tlsec) MIN.
two
Address to Write Pulse Delay
0.3
twp
Write Pulse Width
0.4
tw
Write Time
0.3
too
Data-Write Pulse Overlap
0.1
TEST SETUP FOR SPEED MEASUREMENT
BLOCK DIAGRAM
• "AGE
IYNCHIIONOOa
PRIEIIT COUNTE"
A,7
",'0
A,.
a."
~,.
allo----..J
NOTES:
1. Each clock time is split into a Read fOllowed by a Write. Read
and Write times can be varied by adjustment of the "delay" and·
"width" controls of the pulse generator.
2. Data generator produces a 256-bit block of data. 32 bits repeated
8 times. "PCM" mode used so data can be changed in 32 bits of
the 2501 from one cycle to the next.
3. ~~IJnf5u~~ to the 2501 are standard TTL outputs with Vce =
4.
Ac:cess time is measured between A 1 (least significant address
input) and points 1 and 2.
CONDITIONS OF TEST
Input pulse amplitudes: 0 to +5V, Input pulse rise and fall times:
< 10 nsec. Speed measurements referenced to
1.5V levels.
Output load is 1 TTL gate; measurements made at output of TTL gat'; (tpd";;; 10 nsec)
READ CYCLE (For Measurement Purpose Only)
A.-
WRITE CYCLE (For Measurement Purpose Only)
,
At)\(- - - - - - - - - - .
a~<._
.
RlWj~
oUTPUTS
~-
-
'.
-...;....-
,r
~--------------
RIW
DATA
--1-----
.N----------7·47
SILICON GATE MOS. 2501
TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS
ACCESS TIME VERSUS
TEMPERATURE
ACCESS TIME VERSUS
LOAD CAPACITANCE
1500
1.000
--
100
10lI0
i
~
~
;:
~
(1)
~
----
~
~
~
~-
---
~
600
200
o
o
110
o
200
110
100
o
10
20
LOAD CAPACITANCE 'pFI
30
110
110
70
TEMPERATURE '"CI
TYPICAL ACCESS TIME AND POWER DISSIPATION
VERSUS SINGLE POWER ~UPPLY VOLTAGE
POWER SUPPLY CURRENT VERSUS
. POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE
20r-----~------~----~------~
~
~
~
600 1 - - - - - - + - - - + - - - - - 1 < - - - - - - 1 300
~
i5
!
400
1----+---
200
200 L...-____--IC:_ _ _...L...-_ _- - "_ _ _.... 100
15
16
Vcc-Vo (VI
Vee - PUWfH SUPPl Y VOL T AGE IV I
OUTPUT CURRENT VERSUS
TEMPERATURE
'z"
:0
--
V~D
=:VU)-9
VOUT ~04!JV
r--
~
z
a:
a:
:::>
u
r--
--- -r--
:::>
:::>
o
(1) NOTE: For all typical curves. Vee
7·48
= 5V,
VOO
=
Vo
= -9V,
TA
= 25°e
(unless otherwise noted).
SI LICON GATE MOS. 2501
WRITE
TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Cont'd)
OUTPUT CURRENT VERSUS
SUPPLY VOLTAGE
24
21
TYPICAL 0
VOO"VO
Vcc" +6V
T A "26"C
18
/
15
/
12
V
A "Write" command is a logic "1" (~+3.3V) level to the
R/W control. This should be presented to the chip no sooner
than 300 nsec after the application of an address code. Th is
time delay is necessary for proper address decoding. This
"Write" command has to be present for at least 400 nsec to
insure that the information is written into the memory. The
"Write" command should be off (i.e., memory should be in
"Read" mode) by the time the address code is changed. The
input data should be present for at least the last 300 nsec,of
the "Write" command.
IOL......
V~
-8
./
CHIP SELECT
/
The memory array is inhibited with the application of a logic
"1" (~+3.3V) to the Chip Select control. This will render
both R/W and Data Input leads ineffective and will stop information transfer through the output buffer. The address
decoder, however, will not be inhibited. This feature allows
an effective increase in memory speed. (See below) The output leads are open while the memory array is inhibited. This
allows OR-Tying of many memory arrays.
~~
"" ""'r-..
"
-9
-12
IOH
-16
RANDOM ACCESS MEMORY
~
-18
~
"
-21
-24
-7
-8
-9
-10
-11
-12
-13
SUPPLY VOLTAGE (Voo" V O' (VOLTS'
APPLICATION INFORMATION
OPERATION
The 2501 is a 256 x 1 Random Access Memory element. It
is fully decoded and provides control for ReadlWrite and
Chip Select modes. The operation of this element is described below.
ADDRESSING
An a-bit address code will select anyone of 256 bits for
either Read orWrite operation. All address input logic levels
are compatible with standard bipolar TTL or DTL logic
levels.
READ
A logic "0" level ('VOV) applied to the RIW control will
result in a Read operation. This can be presented to the RIW
control simultaneously or before application of an address
code. In this mode the information from the memory will
be available on the outputs less than 1Msec later than the application of an address code. Note that there is no need to rewrite the data into the memory after a read operation since
the read is non-destructive.
Arbitrary size memories can be built by tying appropriate
numbers of 2501's together. Figure 1 shows a block diagram of a memory system containing 256 N words by M
bits. For example, if the memory size were 4096 words by
12 bits, N = 16 and M = 12. Thus the number of 2501's
required is M x N = 192. The address inputs A1 through
Aa are common to all the rows. Inputs C1 through Cn
provide the column select and are wired to the Chip Select
inputs of the 2501 's. For the example of the 4096 word
memory, a 12-bit address must be specified. The first a
bits would drive inputs A1 through Aa directly. The remaining 4 bits would have to be decoded externally into
the 16 lines required for the 16 columns. A block diagram
of the 4096 x 12 memory is shown in Figure 2. Any
number of 2501's can be OR-tied together, however, access
time is affected by capacitive loading (approximately 1
nsec/pF). Each 2501 output represents 7 pF (typical) of
loading, but the amount of stray capacitance contributed
by the printed circuit board wiring can vary greatly and
must be determined for each application. Figure 3 shows
two different bit line organizations where the capacitive
load that must be driven by the 2501 is reduced by employing logic gates to perform the OR-ing function. The organization of Figure 3b results in the minimum load capacitance but requires more gates per bit line than other
organizations.
SEQUENTIAL MEMORY
On applications such as program memory or table lookup,
where memory operations are highly sequential, but nonsynchronous, the memory may be organized for a faster
7·49
SILICON GATE MOS. 2501
SEQUENTIAL MEMORY (Cant'd),
LOW POWER OPERATION
average memory cycle than in the true random access case.
This involves using the fact that access may be made
through the chip select input in 0.2 J.lsec (typically) where
a typ(cal access time if one of the address inputs (A 1-AS)
changes; is O.S J.lsec. For the case of the 4096 word memory
organized in this fashion information can be read out at an
average access time of 0.25 J.lsec since access is made through
the Chip Select input 15/16 of the time.
Another feature of this memo~y element is its capability
of operating at very low standby power levels. The only
time the element has to dissipate full power (-1.6mW/bitl
is when it is exercised by either "Write" or "Read" operation. In the standby mode, when the chip will only store
information, but does not need to be accessed, the peripheral power supply (VOl is completely shut off. This will
immediately cut the total power drain by a factor of 1.5.
RMo-----~_1~----------~~r_----~--__,
r---------~+_.---------+_;_~--__ol,
L---------+-+-4---------+-;-~----O~
INI
o-T""""f-+-+-....-+----------......;r-------------'
~--------r_+-.---------+-+_~--__o12
M· # IITS
- "............... ,
2111N·#WORDS
-/-4---Q
i2
I
==~Im
- 210'
.......-------It--.................- -
a;;;
-
INlIIo-...L-----_-----------~........- - - - -
FIGURE 1. ORGANIZATION OF 2501's INTO LARGER'MEMORY
I,
B,
Bz
i2
112
RM
B,2
FIGURE 2. ORGANIZATION OF 4096 WORD BY 12-BIT MEMORY
7·50
liT LINE
OUTPUTS
SILICON' GATE MOS. 2501
.....-----------2601'.---------------,
a. Combination of wire-ORlng and 10gic-ORing of 2501's
r------------2601'.--------------,
b. Logic-ORing of 2501's
FIGURE 3. BIT LINE ORGANIZATIONS TO MINIMIZE CAPACITIVE LOAD-4096 WORDS
PACKAGE MAXIMUM POWER DISSIPATION
1000
.........
. 800
i
!
I!
"
~
~
800
"
400
~
~
i
200
10
20
30
40
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
60
60
70
rei
7·51
~
::D
n
~
r
c: 0n
=4' 2
en
",.:».1."_'"
;-------------,..----_:---
n
::r:
m
3:
G')
»
-I
m
»
s:
-I
n
I
0
en
•
I\)
U1
0
~
s:
(I)
3
o
-<
s::>~========+.;::+::=====
,& :
..,,,
0:-.::4"
~no ~l:;,,~,+---+-----oLl
."~.,,a
£':
:
a"
FULLY DECODED 256 xl STATIC
RANDOM ACCESS MEMORY
!ii!lDotiC!i
25LOl
SILICON GATE MOS 2500 SERIES
DESCRIPTION
The Signetics 25L01 256 x 1 Random Access Memory
employs enhancement mode P-channel MOS devices integrated on a single monolithic chip. It is fully decoded, permitting the use of a 16-pin dual in~line package. Complete
static operation requires no clocking. The 25L01 is optimized
with +5 and -12V supplies.
FEATURES
Removal of VD alone will cut power dissipation by a factor
of almost 3.
TRI-STATE OUTPUT
The outputs of the 25L01 are effectively open circuited
when the device is not selected (logic 1 on chip select).
This feature allows OR-tieing for memory expansion.
PART IDENTIFICATION TABLE
•
FULLY DECODED ADDRESS
•
ACCESS TIME -1.0ps GUARANTEED
TYPE
•
POWER DISSIPATION -1.7 MW BIT MAXIMUM
DURING ACCESS
STANDBY POWER DISSIPATION - 100 pW/BIT
•
•
DTL AND TTL COMPATIBLE
•
CHIPSELECT AND OUTPUT WI RED-OR CAPABILITY
FOR EASY EXPANSION
•
STANDARD 16-PIN DIP SILICONE OR CERAMIC'
PACKAGE
•
SIGNETICS P-MOS SILICON GATE PROCESS
TECHNOLOGY
•
VCC = +5V, VDD = VD = -12V
PACKAGE
OP. TEMP. RANGE
25L01B
16-pin Silicone DIP
O°C to +70°C
25L011
16-pin Ceramic DIP
O°C to +70°C
PIN CONFIGURATION : fop View)
B/I PACKAGE
16
15
14
APPLICATIONS
13
SMALL BUFFER STORES
SMALL CORE MEMORY REPLACEMENT
BIPOLAR COMPATIBLE DATA STORAGE
12
11
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Address 6
Address 8
Address 7
VD
VCC
Address 5
Address 1
Voo
16.
15.
14.
13.
12.
11.
10.
9.
Chip Select
R/W
Data Out
Data Out
Data In
Address 4
Address 2
Address 3
10
SI LICONE PACKAGING
Low cost silicone DIP packaging is implemented and reliability is assured by the use of Signetics unique silicon gate
MOS process technology. Unlike the standard metal gate
MOS process the silicon material over the gate oxide passivates the MOS transistors, and the deposited dielectric
material over the silicon gate-oxide-substrate structure provides an ion barrier. In addition, Signetics proprietary surface passivation and silicone packaging techniques result in
an MOS circuit with inherent high reliability and demonstrating superior moisture resistance, mechanical shock and
ionic contamination barriers.
BLOCK DIAGRAM
BIPOLAR COMPATIBILITY
All inputs of the 25LOl can be driven directly by standard
bipolar integrated circuits (TTL, DTL, etc.). The data output buffers are capable of sinking a minimum of 2.0 mA,
sufficient to drive one standard TTL load.
POWER DISSIPATION
DATA, ..
OUT
"iW15
0---------1
The maximum power dissipation of 1.7 mW/bit is required
only during Read or Write. For standby operation 100 pW/
bit is obtained by removing VD and reducing VDD to -8.0V.
7-53
SI LICON GATE MOS. 25L01
MAXIMUM GUARANTEED RATINGS (1)
NOTES:
1. Stresses above those listed under "Maximum Guaranteed Ratings"
may cause permanent damage to the device. This is a stress rating
only and functional operation of the device of these or any other
condition above those indicated in the operation sections of this
specification is not implied.
O°C to +70°C
Operating Temperature
2.
For operating at elevated temperatures the device must be
0
derated based on a +150 C maximum junction temperature and
a thermal resistance of 150° C/W junction to ambient (" S" pkg.)
0
("I" pkg., 100 C/W).
.
3.
All inputs protected against static charge.
4.
Parameter valid over operating temperature range unless otherwise specified.
-65°C to +150°C
Storage Temperature
All Input or Output Voltages with
Respect to the Most Positive Supply
Voltage, VCC
+0.3V to -20V
Supply Voltages VOO and Vo with
Respect to V CC
Power Oissipation at T A = 25°C "8" pkg.
"I" pkg.
-18V
640mW
800mW
5.
All voltage measurements are referenced to ground.
6.
Manufacturer reserves the right to make design and process
changes and improvements.
7. Typical
values
are
at
+25° C and nominal supply voltages.
DC CHARACTERISTICS (TA=O°Cto 70°C, VCC =+5V ± 5%, VOO=VO=-12V±5%unlessotherwise specified. See
notes above).
SYMBOL
TEST
MIN.
TYP.
MAX.
UNIT
CONDITIONS
III
I nput Load Current
(All Input Pins)
<1.0
500
nA
VIN = O.OV; T A = +25°C
ILO
Output Leakage Current
<1.0
1000
nA
VOUT = O.OV, Chip Select
Input = +3.3V, T A = +25°C
100
Power Supply Current, VOO
5
9
mA
T A = +25°C
10
Power Supply Current, Vo
11
16
mA
IOL = 0.0 mA
T A = +25°C
V IL
Input "Low" Voltage
-12
VCC-4.5
V
VIH
Input "High" Voltage
VCC-2.0
VCC+0.3
V
IOL1
Output Sink Current
3.0
6
mA
VOUT = +0.45V, T A = +25°C
IOL2
Output Sink Current
2.0
5
mA
VOUT = +0.45V, T A = +70°C
IOL3
Output Sink Current
mA
VOUT = -0.7 V
IOH.1
Output Source Current
-3.0
4
mA
VOUT = O.OV, TA =+25°C
IOH2
Output Source Current
-2.0
3
mA
VOUT = O.OV, T A = +70°C
VOL
Output "Low" Voltage
V
IOL =3.0mA
VOH
Output "High" Voltage
V
IOH =-100pA
CIN
I nput Capacitance
(All Input Pins)
7
10
pF
VIN =+5.0V
f = 1 MHz
COUT
Output Capacitance
7
10
pF
VOUT = +5.0 V
f= 1 MHz
7·54
6
-0.7
+3.5
13
+0.45
+4.5
SI LICON GATE MOS. 25L01
o
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Guaranteed Limits T A = 0 to +70 e, Vee= +5V ±5%, VDD = VD = -12V ±5%
READ CYCLE
SYMBOL
WRITE CYCLE
LIMITS (Msec) MAX
TEST
SYMBOL
TEST
LIMITS (Msec) MIN.
--
two
Address to Write Pulse Delay
0.3
twp
Write Pulse Width
0.4
tw
Write Time
too
Data·Write Pulse Overlap
~
1 Msec
Access Time
ta
~----~-
-----------------0.3
...--..
0.1
---~----
..
-----
TEST SETUP FOR SPEED MEASUREMENT
I STAGE
NL.SE GENERATOR
SYNCHRONOUS
'RESlT COUNTER
NOTES:
1.
Each clock time is split into a Read followed by a Write. Read and Write times can be varied by adjustment of the "delay" and "width"
controls of the pulse generator.
2.
Data generator produces a 256-bit block of data, 32 bits repeated 8 times. "PCM" mode used so data can be changed in 32 bits of the 25L01
from one cycle to the next.
3.
All inputs to the 25L01 are standard TTL outputs with VCC
4.
Access time is measured between A 1 (least significant address input) and points 1 and 2.
CON DI TI ONS 0 F TEST
= +5V
±5%.
<
Input pulse amplitudes: 0 to +5V, Input pulse rise and fall times:
10 nsec. Speed measurements referenced to 1.5V levels.
Output load is 1 TTL gate; measurements made at output of TTL gate (tpd ~ 10 nsec).
READ CYCLE (For Measurement Purpose Only)
Al-A8~/- -
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
WRITIE CYCLE (For Measurement Purpose Only)
--
/
~~~_~~_n
,---------------
cs
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _
R/w)_ _
· '. ,rrOUTPUTS
-
-
-
---
R/W
---11-----
DATA I N - - - - - - - - - - -
APPLICATION INFORMATION: Reference 2501 specifications.
7·55
SILICON GATE MOS. 25L01
TYPICAL CHARACTERISTIC CURVES
ACCESS TIME VERSUS
SUPPLY VOLTAGE
ACCESS TIME VERSUS
TEMPERATURE
1400
i
1300
25LOl
TA = 25"C
Vcc = +5V
OUTPUT CURRENT VERSUS
SUPPLY VOLTAGE
25
I
700 t - - - t - - t - - + - - - t - V C C = t5V
VOO = Vo = -12V
1200
15
1100
-r---
\
1000
_\
900
\
800
- - ---f---
-f-~--
r'\.
600
..--
~-+----+---~~--+--~~
f---//
".........
--
' -r--
500
-
400
10
8
11
12
13
500
15
10
15
-~--.
20
20
30
40
50
60
25
70
8
ACCESS TIME VERSUS
LOAD CAPACITANCE
14
I
12
r- TA = 25"C
25LJl
Vcc = t5V
= -12V
700t---+-~-~-+-_4--+-_f___1
---
~
----
/
10
1
0/
/V
V
600 1--+-*""'--+---,--
3.5 I---+--+--+--+--+-----="l'-~_
f---- ------
---~~--
10
20
30
40
50
-
60
--
V
-500 ' - -......._-L._-'-_-'----J_---'-_-'-~
200
50
150
100
70
LOAD CAPACITANCE IpFI
TEMPERATURE I CI
15
V
I--+--+--+--+-"""".!:--+------l
...................
4.0
14
POWER SUPPLY CURRENT
VE RSUS SUPPL Y VOL. T AGE
-
""~-----
13
Voo =Vo I-VI
5.5 r - - - r - - - r - - - r - - , - - , - - , - - ,
25LOI
- VCC = ·t5V
VOO = Vo
12
11
10
TEMPERATURE I CI
OUTPUT CURRENT VERSUS
TEMPERATURE
5.0~
IOH
V
10
= Vo I-VI
Voo
~
"...,..,. ~
-5
~
~
14
...-..--r-rDL
10
6001--~-+--+--+_-~~~~~~
700
4.5
25LOI
VCC = +5V TA = 25"C
20
/
/V
,/
<: "
. . .V
/"
V
V
V
2
8
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Voo = Vo I-VI
ACCESS TI ME VE RSUS
SUPPLY VOLTAGES
TYPICAL OPERATING AREA
14
GUARANTEED OPERATING AREA
12
~
o
>
10
, 8
10
12
Voo I-VI
7·56
14
16
!ii!lDotiC!i
1024-81T CAPACITY MULTIPLEXED
DYNAMIC SHIFT REGISTERS
2502
2503
2504
SILICON GATE MOS 2500 SERIES
DESCRIPTION
BIPOLAR COMPATIBILITY
These Signetics 2500 Series 1024-bit multiplexed dynamic
shift registers consist of enhancement mode P-channel MaS
devices integrated on a single monolithic chip. Due to onchip multiplexing, the data rate is twice the clock rate.
The data inputs of these registers can be driven directly by
standard bipolar integrated (TTL, DTL, etc.) or by MaS
circuits. The bare drain output stage provides driving capability for both MaS and bipolar integrated circuits (one
standard TTL load).
FEATURES
PIN CONFIGURATIONS (Top View)
•
•
10 MHz TYPICAL DATA RATE
THREE CONFIGURATIONS-QUAD 256, DUAL 512,
SINGLE 1024
11
•
LOW POWER DISSIPATION-40 J,.LW/bit at 1 MHz
DATA RATE
14
16
13
•
LOW CLOCK CAPACITANCE-140 pF
•
TTL, DTLCOMPATIBLE
12
•
STANDARD PACKAGES - 8 LEAD TO-99, 8-PIN
AND 16-PIN DUAL IN-LINE PACKAGE
SIGNETICS P-MOS SILICON GATE PROCESS
AND SILICONE PACKAGING TECHNOLOGIES
10
•
11
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
OUT 1
NC
IN 1
>1
VCC
6. OUT2
7. NC
8. IN 2
18
18
16.
15.
14.
13.
12.
11.
10.
9.
IN 4
NC
OUT4
NC
Voo
>2
IN 3
OUT3
8
APPLICATIONS
LOW COST SEQUENTIAL ACCESS MEMORIES
LOW COST BUFFER MEMORIES
CRT REFRESH MEMORIES
DELAY LINE MEMORY REPLACEMENT
PROCESS TECHNOLOGY
Use of low threshold silicon gate technology allows high
speed (10 MHz typical) I while reducing power dissipation
and clock input capacitance dramatically as compared to
conventional technologies.
The use of low voltage circuitry minimizes power dissipation and facilitates interfacing with bipolar integrated
circuits.
SI LICONE PACKAGING
Low cost silicone DIP packaging is implemented and reliability is assured by the use of Signetics unique silicon gate
MaS process technology. Unlike the standard metal gate
MaS process, the silicon material over ttw gate oxide passiYates the MOS transistors, and the deposited dielectric material over the silicon gate-ox ide-substrate structure provides
an ion barrier. In addition, Signetics proprietary surface
passivation and silicone packaging techniques result in an
MaS circuit with inherent high reliability and demonstrating superior moisture resistance, mechanical shock and ionic
contamination barriers.
2
7
2603V
3
8
,4
&
1. OUT 2
2. IN2
3.4>2
4. Voo
1. OUT 1 5. OUT 2
8. VCC
2. IN 1
3. 4>1
6. IN 2
7. 4>2
4. VCC
8. Voo
1. NC
2. 'IN
5. OUT
7. 4>1
6. IN1
5. OUT1
B
2
7
, 2504V
3
6
4
6
1. OUT
2. >2
3. NC
8. VCC
7. NC
6. >1
4.
5. IN
Voo
6. NC
3. 4>1
7. 4>2
4. VCC
8. Voo
PART IDENTIFICATION TABLE
TYPE
25028
25021
2503TA
2503V
2504TA
2504V
FUNCTION
Quad 256-bit
Quad 256-bit
Dual 512-bit
Dual 512-bit
Single 1024-bit
Single 1024-bit
PACKAGE
16-Pin Silicone DIP
16-Pin Ceramic DIP
TO-99
8-Pin DIP
TO-99
8-Pin DIP
7-57
SILICON GATE MOS. 2502. 2503. 2504
MAXIMUM SIGNETICS GUARANTEED RATINGS(1)
Operating Ambient Temperature(2)
Storage Temperature
Power Dissipation(2) at T A = 70°C
T A ,and V Package
B Package
Data and Clock Input Voltages
and Supply Voltages with
respect to V CC(3)
O°C to +70°C
-65°C to + 150°C
POWER DISSIPATION VERSUS DATA RATE
535mW
640mW
TVPlCAL.
T.-mOc
.1-85,.
~·85",
+0.3V to -20V
/
V.·~l1V
NOTES:
1. Stresses above those listed under "Maximum Guaranteed Rating"
may cause permanent d~mage to the device. This is a stress rating
only and functional operation of the device at these or at any
other condition above those indicated in the operational sections
of th is specification is not iinplied.
2. For operating at elevated temperatures the device must be
o
derated based' on a +150 C maximum junction temperature and
a thermal resistance of 150°C/W {TA and V package)or 125" C/W
~
Z
I.
o
~
~
o
a:
/
~.
'(8 package).
3. All inputs are protected against static charge.
4. Parameters are valid over operating temperature range unless
specified.
5, All voltage measurements are referenced to ground,
6. Manufacturer reserving the right to make design and process
changes and improvements.
7. Typical values at +25°C and nominal supply voltages.
8. V CC tolerance is ±5%. Any variation in actual V CC will be
tracked directly by V I L' V I Hand V OH which are stated for
a V CC of exactly 5 volts.
/
V
/
/
/
DATA RATE I"'a)
9. When cascadIng use 140 ns mInImum to allow
data set.up tIme for drIver regIster.
DC CHARACTERISTICS
T A = O°C to +70°C; VDD = -5V ±5%; VCC = +5V(8) unless otherwise noted. (See Notes 4,5,6,7).
SYMBOL
TEST
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
CONDITIONS
VIN = VCC to VDD, T A = 25°C
III
Input Load Current
10
500
nA
ILO
Output Leakage Current
10
1000
nA
ILC
Clock Leakage Current
1000
nA
10
V¢l = V¢2 = -10V
VOUT = O.OV, T A = 25°C
VILC = -10V
T A = 25°C
Outputs at logic "0",4 MHz data
rate,¢l = ¢2 = 85ns
100
Power Supply Current
15
25
mA
TA = 25°C
7·58
1.05
V
3.2
5.3
V
Clock Input "High" Voltage
4.0
5.3
V
Clock Input "Low" Voltage
-10
-12
V
VIL
Input "Low" Voltage
VIH
Input "High" Voltage
VIHC
VILC
continuou~
operation, V I LC = -12V
SILICON GATE MOS. 2502,2503,2504
AC CHARACTERISTICS
TA=25°e, VOO=-5V±5%; Vee=+5V (8)
SYMBOL
VILe= -11V,(Seenotes4,5,6,7)
TEST
Frequency
Frequency
d
t r , tf
MIN
tw
85
10
10
50
CONDITIONS
UNIT
MHz
MHz
ns
ns
ns
ns
1000
10
See note 9
ns
Data Out
C>
MAX
4
8
J).QO}
Data in Overlap
tDO
t a+
CIN
COUT
TYP
0.0005
Clock Rep Rate
Data Rep Rate
Clock Pulse Width (9)
Clock Pulse Delay
Clock Pulse Transition
Data Write Time (Setup)
90
ns
I nput Capacitance
2.5
5
pF
@ 1 MHz 25. mV p-p
Output Capacitance
2.5
5
pF
@ 1 MHz 25 mV p-p
Clock Capacitance
130
150
pF
@ 1 MHz 25\ mV p-p
VOL
Output "Low" Voltage
V OH1
Output "High" Voltage
Driving MOS
V OH2
Output "High" Voltage
Driving TTL
-0.3
V
R L =3k, depends on R L and TTL Gate
3.6
4.0
V
RL = 5.6k
[3.0
3.5
V
RL = 3k
MULTIPLEXED 4-BIT MOS SHIFT REGISTER
1 81T 4
: BIT 1 : BIT 2! 81T 3
!
:
:
:
I
I
I
r+-----i
~:
I
:
'"
I
I
0-;-1"
I
2:
3
:'0': '0':
!
!
:
:
~
I
I
t-Lr+--LrT~
DATA IN
:
~
~:
r
~
: : : : _-+'_
:
o.:-'"'--!!--+-_+_+-_+l,_-i!_-I:_+!
!
'"
I
I
1 '"
~
I
I
I
I
I
I
:
I
:
:
:
:
I
I
:
I
1
Figure 1
Figure 1 is a simplified illustration of the timing of a 4-bit multiplexed register showing input output relationships with
respect to the clock. If data enters the register at >1 time, it exits at >1 time, (beginning on 1>1 's negative going edge and
ending on the succeeding 1>2's negative going edge).
CONDITIONS OF TEST
APPLICATIONS INFORMATION
Input rise and fall times: 10nsee. Output load is 1 TTL gate.
TIMING DIAGRAM,
DTL/TTL/MOS INTERFACES'
81T N
""'[1---I
90%_1 ___
I
II
.~;~ :: 1
"
II
: ::
--
-:w--.: :t-I
-
_
----------10V
lJr1[tf--:~-i:-t' .5V
II
I
--
.:
: """ ---
ItP2~WIDATAd
I
:
-- _____
10V,
~~H ~r:-:-_ --"-':--- -- ~ - --- ~ -- --. 5V
DAT~ IN
'J--:
,
---------------f;--iN-aiT;
IN BIT 2
DATA OUT
-----------11'
• tw and too same for > 2
•• N=256 for 2502, N = 512 for
2503, N = 1024 for 2504
-
-
t:::r
I
-:'T ~ t: --ov
-.m~-X- ----~t----·5V
I
:
~
,
'-ouriiT,-J
OUTBIT2- 0 .3V
NOTE: When interfacing MOS to MOS output resistors should be 4.7K min
7-59
SILICON GATE MOS. 2502, 2503, 2504
POWER DISSIPATION/BIT
VERSUS SUPPLY VOLTAGE
POWER DISSIPATION/BIT
VERSUS CLOCK AMPLITUDE
1.0
0.'
~
I
.. .......
.......
~
---'
...
i
~~
I
13
I.--""
V
V
0.2
12
10
0.'
a
... 1-- ......
12
10
to
"
22
20
C~OCK .AWLITUDE (VOL TI -:-'
IVcc- Vool (VOLTSI
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE POWER DISSIPATION
VERSUS AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
POWER DISSIPATION/BIT
VERSUS TEMPERATURE
800 I----+-----+--~i:.!'
6OO1---~--~----4-----+----+-~~----~
0.'
r--
----
400~--~---4----4----+----+----+--~
i-200
1--~--~----4-----+----+----+--~
OL-__ __.....
o
10
20
~
10
20
10
~
__
L.--
/'
V
/
____ __ __
40
50
60
~
~
~
~
70
MINIMUM OPERATING DATA RATE
VERSUS TEMPERATURE
"
12
__
TEMPERATURE (·CI
CLOCK AMPLITUDE VIP
VERSUS MAXIMUM DATA RATE
i
~
30
TEMPERATURE I"CI
~
V-
~
~
~
~~
./
V
V
V
/"
v
~~~
0.1
13
11
CLOCK AMPLITUDE (VOLTS p-pl
"
o
10
20
30
10
10
TEWERATURE (·CI
NOTE:
Conditions forTypical Curves; V CC ~ +5V,V OO = -5V, IP1PW andIP2Pw=85ns, VIP =·11 V, T A=25 °c, fOATA =1 OMHz unless otherwise noted.
7·60
SI'LlCON GATE MOS. 2502, 2503, 2504
APPLICATIONS (Cont'd)
WRITE/RECIRCULATE LOGIC .
• BIT. 2· INPUT DIGtTAL
MULTIPLEX'"
Vee
..
..
....."
ftECIIITlft
------ ...... -.
DATA
'N2
QUAD 2
'NPUT
_ClATE
,r-o'iLiTTL
~
DATA
,,
,
OUT3
,,
!
i
OUfO
L:.2102
_________VOD.....
_____
I
~J
I
WIIITII
RECIfICULATE
_________
!
!
a.!~
ALLIII..ITOftllk ....
CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
NOTES:
1. N = 1024 on 2504
2. N - 512 on 2603 schematic for second register same as above.
3. N = 256 on 2602 schematic for second, third and fourth registers same as above.
7·81
512 AND 1024-81T RECIRCULATING
DYNAMIC SHIFT REGISTERS
Si!lDotiCS
2505
2512
SILICON GATE MOS 2500 SERIES
DESCRIPTION
PIN CONFIGURATION (Top View)
These Signetics 2500 Series 512 and 1024 bit recirculating
dynamic shift registers consist of enhancement mode
P-channel MOS devices integrated on a single monolithic
chip.
Internal recirculation logic plus write and read
controls, together with two chip select controls are included
on the chip.
K
PACKAGE
1. Select 1
6.1/>2 Input Clock
2. Write.
7. Output
3. Input
8. Read
9. Select 2
4.1/>1 Output Clock
10. V
5. VCC
DD
FEATURES
•
HIGH FREQUENCY
CLOCK RATE
OPERATlON-3 MHz TYPICAL
BLOCK DIAGRAM
• SINGLE 512, SINGLE 1024
•
TTL, DTL COMPATIBLE
•
•
2-CHIP SELECT CONTROLS FOR XY MATRIX
SELECTION
WRITE AND READ CONTROLS INCLUDED
•
LOW POWER DISSIPATlON-150/-lW/bit at 1 MHz
•
LOW CLOCK CAPACITANCE-80pF for 512, 160pF
for 1024 Bits
• +5, ·5V POWER SUPPLIES
•
STANDARD PACKAGE-10 LEAD TO·100
•
SIGNETICS P·MOS
TECHNOLOGY
SILICON
GATE
PROCESS
APPLICA TlONS
FAST ACCESS SWAPPING MEMORY SYS I t:M~
LOW COST SEQUENTIAL ACCESS MEMORIES
LOW COST BUFFER MEMORIES
CRT REFRESH MEMORIES
DELAY LINE MEMORY REPLACEMENT
DRUM MEMORY REPLACEMENT
PROCESS TECHNOLOGY
Use of low threshold silicon gate technology allows high
speed (3MHz typical) while reducing power dissipation and
clock input capacitance dramatically as compared to other
technologies. The use of low voltage circuitry minimizes
power dissipation and facilitates interfacing with bipolar
integrated circuits.
NOTES:
N ~ 512 or 1024 '0' = OV, '1' = +5V.
When S1 or S2 is '0' Data Recirculates
When S 1 and S2 are '1' see truth table
TRUTH TABLE
WRITE
READ
FUNCTION
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
Recirculate, Output is '0'
Recirculate, Output is Data
Write Mode, Output is '0'
Read/Write, Output i~ Data
PART IDENTIFICATION TABLE
PART NO.
BIT LENGTH
PACKAGE
2505K
2512K
512
1024
10 pin TO - 100
10 pin TO - 100
MAXIMUM GUARANTEED RATINGS (1)
BIPOLAR COMPATIBILITY
The signal inputs of these registers can be driven directly by
standard bipolar integrated (TTL, DTL, etc.) or by MOS
circuits. The bare drain output stage provides driving
capability for both MOS and bipolar integrated circuits
(one standard TT L load).
7·62
Operating Ambient Temperature (2)
Storage Temperature
Power Dissipation (2)
Data and Clock Input Voltages
and Supply Voltages with
respect to Vec
oOe to +lO°C
-65°C to + 150°C
535mW@TA>lOoe
+ 0.3V to -20V
SILICON GATE MOS. 2505,2512
NOTES:
1. Stresses above thosa listed under "Maximum Guaranteed Rating"
may cause permanent damage to the device. Th is Is a stress rating.
only and functional operation of the device at these or at any
other condition above those indicated In the operational sections
of this specification is not implied.
2. For operating at elevated temperatures the device must be
o
derated based on a +160 C omaxi~um j~nction te":,perature and
a thermal resistance of 160 C/W Junction to ambient.
.5. Parameters are valid over operating temperature range unless
otherwise specified.
6. All voltage measurements are referenced to ground.
7. Manufacturer reserves the right to make design and process
changes and improvements.
8,' Typical values are at +25°C and nominal supply voltages.
'9. V CC tolerance is ±6%. Any variation in actual V CC will be
tracked directly by V I L' V I H and V OH which are stated for
a CC of exactly 5 volts.
3. All inputs are protected against static charge.
10. VOL is a function of the Input characteristics of the driven
TTL/DTL gate 101 and VCLAMP and the value of the pulldown resistor (R L)'
y
4. See "Minimum Operating Frequency" graph for low limits on
data rep. rate.
0
0
DC CHARACTERISTICS TA =0 C to +70 C;VCC= +5V (9) ; Voo = -5V ±5% unless otherwise noted.
TEST
SYMBOL.
MIN
III
Input Load Current
I
Output Leakage Current
I
LO
LC
100
TYP
10
MAX
500
nA
= 25°C
10
1000
nA
VILC =12V; T A = 25°C
Power Supply Current: 2505
15
25
mA
Continuous Operation;
cJ>'pW "'i150nS~ 1MHz-
25
35
mA
VILC =-l~V ; T A = 25~C
Voo = -5.5V
·5.0
1.05
V
V
Input "High" Voltage
3.2
5.3
V
Clock Input "Low" Voltage
·12.0
·10.0
V
Clock Input "High" Voltage
4.0
5.3
V
V IHC
A
VcJ>l = ".9.2 =-1.2V, _ ~oo = -5V;
V OUT --5.5V, T A - 25 C
1000
Input "Low" Voltage
ILC
IN
=--5.5V;T
10
V IL
V
V
Clock Leakage Current
2512
IH
CONDITIONS
UNIT
nA
TIMING DIAGRAM
4-BIT RECIRCULATING SHIFT REGISTER
NOTE 1:
OUTI'UT
CLOCK.,
-10
INPUT
CLOCK
-10
+5
+5
~2
DATA IN
may be either "1" or "0",
I
+5~~~NA:A
IN'
"0"
I
NOTE 2:
I
Data recirculates if one or more
of the following control lines are
"0"; Sl, S2 and W
Read may
'be either "1" or "0"
~:~AI ri~'A
I
IN 4
"0"
I
I
D... TA OUT
DATA
+5V ____________________________________~~~OU~T~2--~~~~~~;~
WRITE
+5~--.J
READ
(WRITE cycle)
The positive and negative going
edge of the" W ", "Sl", "S2"
controls are coincident with the
negative going edge of the input
clock (~). The "Read" control
0
I
NOTE 3:
LL
I
o____________________________________~
+5V
NOTE 3,
READ CYCLE
LL
I
(RECIRCULATE cycle)
(READ cycle)
The positive going edge of the
"Read", "S1", "S2" controls are
coincident with the negative edge
of the output clock (111)' The
negative going edge of R, S 1, 52
is coincident with the negative
going edge of either clock pulse
succeeding the last desired data
output bit.
W may be either
"1" or "0"
Figure 1
Figure 1 is a simplified illustration of the timing of a 4-blt recirculating shift register showing the 3 basic modes of. operation.
7·83
SILICON GATE MOS. 2505, 2512
CONDITIONS OF TEST
Input rise and fall times: 10 nsec Output load is 1 TTL gate
TIMING DIAGRAM
.
-10
"---;--~H-~~---4~------~~~~--.F~,ft~--------'
.,OUTPUT CLOCK
-10
I
::
!!......1ott
-111'
"
:
:: I
DATA,N"---i"""
o
!!
,
"
-
I:
LOCKIIEI'IIATE~,
....
!I !
--- --
:
:
....
t,.
1 I"
,\._, J
I
::...t,.+~
-I
+1
I
I
---.---~----------------~~ ---~1r
y--DATAOUT
:
'
,'L.,
o
I
:
IS •
i
-----auTliT;-----J
ow +-1 :- --:t-- ow I
..
MIiTE"
o
,, 'Nllf1
,
::.A.
!
I
:
I
"'.;-1 :-
:
~~
t :
...-
"'+-1-I !:
SELECT 1 '" , - - - - - , .
SELECT 20--1
~.,.J
"'+-1:-
IlEAD
I
. --------------~,J
NOTE:
1. N=512 for 2505, N=1024 for 2512
_
2. Note that the Readlnput is AND'ed with
'if) 1;
!
:
~
t- ...-
:: \'-.__
~.
_______________
~ ~"'-
\~------------
therefore this function Is not valid until 1>1 occurs.
AC CHARACTERISTICS TA=+25°C VCC=+5V (9); VDD=-5V±5%; VILC=·llV
SYMBOL
TEST
MIN
.0005
(Note 4)
Frequency
Clock Data Rep Rate
tqJpw
Clock Pulse Width
180
tq,cJ
Clock Pulse Delay
10
tr;tf
Clock Purse Transition
tow
Data Write (Setup) Time
tDH
ta+;tatR_;tCS_
tw _
Data to Clock Hold Time
tR-;tCS+
tw +
Cin
TYP
3
MAX
UNIT
2.5
MHz
nsec
1
p.sec
nsec
150
10
nsec
100
nsec
Clock to "Read" or
"Chip Select" or ''Write''
Timing
0
nsec
Clock to "Read" or
"Chip Select" or "Write"
Timing
. Input Capacitance
0
nsec
Cout
eq,
Clock Capacitance
2505
2512
5
pF
5
pF
50
100
pF
pF
1 MHz; V =VCC;V AC= 25m V Pop
-1.0
V
R L = 3.0K; 1 TTL Load
(I L = 1.6mA) Note 10
RL =3.0K; 1 TTL Load
(I L = l00,..A)
VOL
Output "Low" Voltage
VOHI
Output "High" Voltage
Driving 1 TTL Load
2.4
3.5
V
VOH2
Output "High" Voltage
Driving MOS
3.6
4.0
V
7·64
W= R = VCC
nsec
Clock to Data Out Delay
Output Capacitance
CONDITIONS
1 MHz'S VI=VCC; VAC=:25rnjVp_p
1 MHz; VO=VCC; VAC= 25mVp_p
RL
=5.6K; CL = 10 pF
SILICON GATE MOS. 2505,2512
CHARACTERISTICS CURVES
POWER DISSIPATION/BIT
VERSUS CLOCK RATE
POWER DISSIPATION/BIT
VERSUS SUPPLY VOLTAGE
800
l000~----~----~----~-----r-----'
l00~----+-----+----'~~---r----~
i
800
.3
;;
10 ~----+----,"I-r----+------r----~
~
~
j:;
:
~
i
400
~
t:::= ~
V
lOU
VV
o
·4
-i
·5
100
-7
·6
SUPPLY VOLTAGE IVCC-VOOI IVOLTSI
CLOCK RATE IMH,I
MAXIMUM CLOCK RATE
VERSUS CLOCK AMPLITUDE
POWER DISSIPATION/BIT
VERSUS TEMPERATURE
IlOO
400
~~
V
/
V
/
lOU
""
---
~ ....
15
13
18
16
0
10
MAXIMUM PACKAGE POWER DISSIPATION
-
10.000
~ .....
..........
10
J~ /
V
u-';::P'
:-..........
1000
............... t--.
700
10
30
MINIMUM OPERATING
CLOCK FREQUENCY
VERSUS TEMPERATURE
800
-
TEMl'ERATURE fe)
CLOCK AMPLI TUDE IV 011 IVOL TSI
900
r--
100
2
1000
'"""'---
........
600
t'-....
500
100
~
~
/
~
~,~
0
300
'/
200
/
V
~
/
V
./
100
I
20
30
40
TEMPERATURE I CI
50
10
30
50
10
70
TEMPERATURE I CI
NOTE:
Conditions for Typical Curves = V CC=+5V, V DD=-5V, Clock Duty Cycle=35°C, f CLK =2.5MHz, V ¢p_p=16V, ¢PW =180ns, T A =25°C
unless otherwise .noted
7-65
SILICON GATE MOS. 2505,2512
APPLICATIONS OAT A
TTL/DTL/MOS INTERFACES
TTLJDTL
TTLIDTL
n---1-----___~J IN
-+---1
OUTj.!7----<_-+----"IIN
IRECIRCULATING
SHIFT REGISTERI
OUTI-!7_ _
(USED AS AN
N BIT SHIFT
REGISTER I
IR
2505
2512
2W
2W
6.IK
U
JK
'5V
U
10V
'6V
-10V
·5V
MATRIX CHIP SELECT LOGIC
X DECOOER
1210 .-.a ,
0
EAD
.--1
I-
....
READS,
W
W
Ii
Sz
Sz
Sz
READ 5,
READ I,
I-
....
1
52
Sz
Sz
READ 5,
I-
....
W
....
READ 5,
W
I
.....
L...
T
w
w
Sz
Ii
12
I
3. All "', 's common
7-66
IIEAD 5,
w
w
2. All inputs common for each plana
I-
I-
REAO 5,
w
1
4. All
I
-L B~N.~
1
_ _ _ _ ~IT~ _ _ _ _
L _
1
~T~S~OE
. ~;~ ~
LFV"~
.'AO '" o----t
."D
H"
v"
NOTE:
'Joe
V.
__ I
Yoe: ,.Nt
VOO:PlN10
Vee
V.
~,
I'tN4
~:
,.NI
N .. 512 for 2505
N - 1024 for 2512
7-87
!ii!lDotiC!i
2506
2507
2517
DUAL 1~O-BIT DYNAMIC
SHIFT REGISTER
SILICON GATE MOS 2500 SERIES
DESCRIPTION
BIPOLAR COMPATIBILITY
These Signetics 2500 Series dual 100-Bit dynamic shift
registers consist of enhancement mode P-channel MOS
devices integrated on a single monolithic chip. They use two
clock phases.
The dual 100 bit device can be driven directly by standard
bipolar integrated circuits (TTL, DTL, etc.) or by MaS
circuits. The design of the output stage provides driving
capability for MOS or bipolar IC's.
FEATURES
It is available in bare drain configuration or with internal
pull down resistor values of 7.5k or 20k to provide easier
interfacing with other MOS circuitry.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
HIGH FREQUENCY OPERATION
4 MHz TYPICAL CLOCK RATE
TTL, DTL COMPATIBLE
LOW POWER DISSIPATION - 400 fJW/BIT AT 1 MHz
LOW CLOCK CAPACITANCE 40pF MAXIMUM
LOW OUTPUT IMPEDANCE - 300 OHMS TYPICAL
BARE DRAIN AND MOS RESISTOR VERSIONS
AVAILABLE
STANDARD PACKAGES - 8 LEAD TO-5 AND 8
LEAD SI LlCONE DIP
SIGNETICS P~MOS SILICON GATE AND SILICONE
PACKAGING TECHNOLOGIES
APPLICATIONS
LOW COST SEQUENTIAL ACCESS MEMORIES
LOW COST BUFFER MEMORIES
PIN CONFIGURATIONS (TOP VIEW)
T PACKAGE
V PACKAGE
'0'
VCC
Output Clock (.1)
Output 2
Input 2
8.
Voo
7
•
4
II
1. Output Clock
1. Input 1
2. Output 1
3. Input Clock (.2)
4.
5.
6.
7.
2
3
(t/> 1 )
2. Output 2
3. Input 2
4. Voo
5. Input 1
6. Output 1
7. Input Clock (<1>2)
8. VCC
PROCESS TECHNOLOGY
Use of the low threshold silicon gate technology allows high
speed (3 MHz guaranteed), while reducing power dissipation
by a factor of 2 and reducing clock input capacitance
dramatically as compared to conventional MOS technologies.
BLOCK D·IAGRAM
IN 1
-f:>o-I
100 BITS
IN 2
--{::>oi
100 BITS
f-1>of-1>o-
OUT 1
OUT 2
SILICONE PACKAGING
Low cost silicone DIP packaging is implemented and reliability is assured by the use of Signetics unique silicon gate
MOS process technology. Unlike the standard metal gate
MOS process the silicon material over the gate oxide passivates the MOS transistors, and the deposited dielectric
material over the silicon gate-ox ide-substrate structure provides an ion barrier. In addition, Signetics proprietary surface passivation and silicone packaging techniques result in
an MaS circuit with inherent high reliability, demonstrating
· superior moisture resistance, mechanical shock and ionic
contamination barriers. For further information reference
Signetics - "Silicone Package Qualification Report".
7-68
PART IDENTIFICATION TABLE
PART NO.
2506T
2506 V
2507T
2507 V
2517 T
2517 V
OUTPUT
Bare
Bare
7.5k
7.5k
20k
20k
Drain
Drain
Pull Down
Pull Down
Pull Down
Pull Down
PACKAGE
8 Pin TO-5
BPin DIP
8 Pin TO-5
8 Pin DIP
8 Pin TO-5
8 Pin DIP
SILICON GATE MOS -2506,2507,2517
MAXIMUM GUARANTEED RATINGS (1)
O°C + 709 C
Operating Ambient
-65°C
+ 150°C
Storage Temperature
Power Dissipation (Note 2) @ T A=70°C
535mW
TPackage
455mW
V Package
Clock Input Voltages with respe.ct to VCC(3) +0.3 to -20V
Supply and Data Input Voltages with
+0.3 to -12V
respect to Vcd 3 )
NOTES:
1. Stresses above tho.. listed under "Maximum Guaranteed Rating"
may cause permanent damage to the device. This is a stress rating
only and functional operation of the device at the.. or at any
other condition above those indicated In the operational sections
of this specification Is not Implied.
2. For operating at elevated temperatures the device must be
o
d~rated based on a +150 C :naxlmum junction temp~rature and
a thermal resistance of 150 CIW (T package) or 175 CIW (V
package).
3. All inputs are protected against static charge.
4. Parameters are valid over operating temperature range unless
otherwise specified.
5. Ali voltage measurements are referenced to ground.
6. Manufacturer reserves the right to make design and process
changes and Improvement,.
7. Typical values are at +2SoC and nominal supply voltages.
S. V CC tolerance Is ±5%. Any variation In actual VCC will be
tracked directly by V IL . V IH and V OH which are stated for
a VCC of exactly 5 volts.
9. VOL (for this bare drain device) is a function only of the driven
gate characteristics together with the external pull-down resistor.
(R pD )'
10. Sea Figure 2 for definitions.
11. Logic Convention: Data Lines - Positive; Clocks - Negative.
DC CHARACTERISTICS
T A = O°C to +70°C; V DD
= -5V ±5%; VCC = +5 (8); unless otherwise noted(Notes:
4,5,6,7).
CONDITIONS
TYP.
MAX.
UNIT
III
Input Load Current
(Input 1)
10
500
nA
+5V ON OUT 1,161,
VCC'
IN 2, OUT 2.IN 1 = -5.5V.
VOO =-4.5V. TA = 25°C
III
Input Load Current
(Input 2)
10
500
nA
+5V ON OUT 2.161.1$2. VCC.
IN 1. OUT 1.IN 2 =-5.5V.
VOO =-4.5V. TA = 25()C
I LO
Output Leakago Current
(OUT 1) (Notes 9 & 10)
10
1000
nA
+5V ON IN 1. VCC. OUT 2.
IN 2. VSo, OUT 1 = -5.5V
161 =-1 V.TA=25°C(25060nly)
I LO
Output Leakage Current
(OUT 2) (Notes 9 & 10)
10
1000
nA
+5V ON IN 1. OUT 1. VCC.
IN 2. Voo. OUT 2 = -5.5V.
16=-10v. TA ~ 25°C (2506 Only)
I LC
Clock Leakage Current
(161 )
10
1000
nA
VI$1 = -12V. VOO = -4.5V
All other pins +5V.
TA = 25°C
I LC
Clock Leakage Current
10
1000
nA
Vt$2 = -12V. VOO =-4.5V
All other pins +5V
TA = 25°C
V IL
Input "Low" Voltage
(Note 11)
-5
1.05
V
VIH
Input "High" Voltage
(Note 11)
3.2
5.3
V
C IN
Input Capacitance
(Inputs 1 & 2)
2.5
5
pF
VIN = VCC.1 MHz.
25 mV p-p
C~
Clock Input Capacitance
(161.162)
25
40
pF
VI6= VCC.1 MHz.
25mVp-p
V IHC
Clock Input "High" Voltage
4
5.3
V
VILC
Clock Input "Low" Voltage
-12
-10
V
SYMBOL
TEST
MIN.
(t$2)
e:z,
e:z.
e:z.
7-69
SILICON GATE MOS. 2506,2507,2517
CONDITIONS OF TEST
Data amplitude +1.05 to +3.2 Input rise and fall times: 10 nsec. Output load is 1 TTL gate.
TIMING DIAGRAM
INPUT
I
I,
1~2':i:~
~I
OUTPUT
PHASE
I
---11r
I
I.
:loolU
I
I
DATA
OUT
FREQ.
ltv
I,
lC.1-
H:~'~I
--I
-t-- - -
--h
_IW~~I_
DATA
IN
+6V
---10%
I
~2
PHASE
+6V
l1V
~
+6
I
L I ..
L:
I
AC CHARACTERISTICS
TA = 25°C; V DD = -5V ±5%; VCC = +5V (8) ; VILC = -llV
SYMBOL
Frequency
TEST
Clock Rep Rate
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
0006
4
3
MHz
CONDITIONS
¢ IPW
Clock Pulse Width ¢ 1
150
nsec
@3MHz.
¢2PW
Clock Pulse Width ¢ 2
100
nsec
@3MHz.
¢d
Clock Pulse Delay
10
nsec
@3MHz
t r , tf
Clock Pulse Transition
10
Data Write Time (Set-Up)
75
Data I n Overlap
10
tw
~DO
t a+
1000
t r¢2
90
Clock to Data Out
nsec
V ¢ = VCC - 16V, DATA OUT =+2.5V
150
Output "High" Voltage
VOHl
RINT = 7.5k nom., CL = 10pF, 2507
3.4
driving MOS (Note 11)
4.0
V
3.5
V
Only, RINT = 20k nom. 2517 only
Output "High" Voltage
VOH2
driving TTL (Note 11)
3.0
Outputs @ logic "0" or "1'; 3MHz,
7-70
12
(VDD)
RL = 3.3k, VDD = -5V
2506 only
Power Supply Current
IDD
= tr¢ 1 = 10nS
26
rnA
¢ 1 = 150ns, ¢ 2 = lOOns
SILICON GATE MOS. 2506,2507,2517
CHARACTERISTIC CURVES
TY~CALCLOCKFREQUENCY
POWER DISSIPATION PER
BIT VERSUS FREQUENCY
VERSUS CLOCK AMPLITUDE
1000
320
100
32
10
3.2
V
/
V
/
V
/
V
/
V
/
L
25°C
V
/V
V
V
V
V
V
V
10'C
2
13
.01
.10
.032
1.0
.32
14
16
CLOCK AMPLITUDE IV)
CLOCK FREQUENCV IMHz)
MINIMUM OPERATING
CLOCK RATE
POWER DISSIPATION BIT
VERSUS TEMPERATURE
800
10K
i
~
!
i
800
i'"
~
~
ft
~
1~
lK
700
;
~
liDO
!
19
18
11
16
3.2
100
~ ~~
V
~
-----
.----
o _____
----
~
~
-----
~
10
400
.1
o
TEMPERATURE lOCI
NOTE:
10
20
30
60
eo
70
TEMPERATURE 1°C)
Contltions for Typical Curves: V CC=+5V, V DD =-5V. VI LC=-11 V, f/lPW1 =150n5, tPpW2=100ns, f=3MHz, T A=+25°C unless otherwise noted.
APPLICATIONS DATA
DTL/TTL/MOS INTERFACES
100-BIT DELAY
200-BIT DELAY
+6V
r-----------------~----------------._--_o+&V
* *3.3K for 2506
6.8K for 2507
-6V
3.3K for 2517
• For 2506 only.
7-71
SILICON GATE MOS. 2506,2507,2517
CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
VDD
IN1jf
i----------------------------------------------------- -----------------:~==~~---:
IN 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
i~
---t-j
SCHEMATIC FOR SECOND 100 BITS SAME AS ABOVE.
I
I
:L
I
VCC
100 BITS
__________________________________________________________________
• For 2507 and 2517 Options Only.
7·72,
!:
--H
I
VCC ...J:
.1: ______
OUT 2
Smnotics
2509
2510
2511
TRI-STATE OUTPUT DUAL 50-100-200
BIT STATIC SHIFT REGISTERS
SILICON GATE MOS 2000 SERIES
DESCRIPTION
BIPOLAR COMPATIBILITY
These Signetics 2500 Series Dual 50, 100, and 200 bit recirculating static shift registers consist of enhancement mode
P-channel silicon gate MOS devices integrated on a single
monolithic chip. Internal recirculation logic plus TTL/DTL
level clock signals plus TRI-STATE outputs are provided for
maximum interfacing capability.
The clock and signal inputs of these registers can be driven
directly by standard bipolar integrated (TTL, DTL, etc.)
or by MOS circuits. The TRI-STATE output stage provides
driving capability for both MOS and bipolar integrated
circuits (one standard TTL load).
FEATURES
PIN CONFIGURATIONS (Top View)
A PACKAGE
•
TRI-STATE MOS OUTPUTS - PROVIDE POWERFUL
BUSSING CAPABILITY
• TTL/DTL COMPATIBLE CLOCKS - PROVIDE
EXTREMELY LOW CLOCK CAPACITANCE
• RECIRCULATION PATH ON CHIP
• THREE BIT LENGTHS AVAILABLE
• HIGH FREQUENCY OPERATION
• 2MHz GUARANTEED CLOCK RATE
• TTL, DTL COMPATIBLE SIGNALS
• STANDARD PACKAGES - 10 LEAD TO-100, 14 PIN
DIP
• SIGNETICS P-MOS SILICON GATE PROCESS
TECHNOLOGY
14
13
12
11
10
1.
Recirculate
14. VCC
2.
INl
3.
OUT 1
13. IN2
12. OUT 2
4.
NC
11. NC
5.
6.
7.
NC
10. VGG
9. Output Enable
8.
CLOCK CAPACITANCE
VOL
V OH
OUTPUT "LOW" VOLTAGE
6
7
pF
@
V
Note 9
V
RL
1MHz; V
V AC
0.4
3.6
OUTPUT "HIGH" VOLTAGE
= 25mV
= 7.5Kn
+6V
+5V
+5V
= 25mV
7.5KO
TTL INTERFACE
·12V
Vc~~
RECIRCULATE
CLOCK
.,....
11
12
. . - - - 13
r - - - 14
rcr
15
18
0,
O2 2518/2519 03
-
VGG
°4 t-°5108
OUTPUT
~
'.
:':.::
·17V
7·98
ALL 7,5KO
MOS INTERFACE
= VCC;
pop
= VCC;
pop
to VGG
SILICON GATE MOS. 2518,2619
APPLICATIONS OATA
32 or 40 POSITION CRT DISPLAY MEMORY SYSTEM
2518B·
OATA
INPUTS
OR
2519B·
8BIT
ASCII
LINE MEMORY
32X8
or
4OX8
MAIN MEMORY
1024X8
-These registers include internal redfoolatl. Two 82668 multiplexers are used for system recirculate.
MULTIPLEXING LINE MEMORY REGISTERS AT 4MHz DATA RATE
DATA OUT
~
CLOCK
,--+5
~
CLOCK
(:4MHz)
O.4V
NOTE:
The above schem.atic connects two 2518B or 2519B Hex Shift
Registers into a multiplexing scheme In order to accomplish a
64 or 80 character/line display at4MHz data rate •.
7-99
SILICON GATE-MOS. 2518,2519
CHARACTERISTIC CURVES
MAXIMUM SHIFT FREQUENCY
VERSUS VGG
IGGVERSUS TEMPERATURE
20
5.0
I
18 t--- VGG· -12V
Vee = +5.0V
16
-
t---
4.0
_2519
-
14
"""12
1-0
r--
2518
-
3.0
-I---
~
~
.§.
10
~
1;1
~E
2.0
1.0
o
o
20
10
30
40
50
70
60
0.0
·12
·11
·13
TEMPERATURE (De)
I GG VERSUS VGG
ISOURCE VERSUS V OUT
-12.0
·10.0
-8.0
~
~
rI
I
I
Vee
<>r-I
(1
CLOCK GEN.
per chip)
l __________________________
---1
OUTPUT
STAGE
..1
~ ~IJ
!ii!lDotiC!i
DUAL 128·132 BIT STATIC
SHIFT REGISTERS
SILICON GATE MOS 2500 SERIES
PIN"CONFIGURATION (Top View)
DESCRIPTION
These Signetics 2500 Series Dual 128 and 132 bit recirculating static shift registers consist of enhancement mode
P-channel silicon gate MOS devices integrated on a single
monolithic chip.
FEATURES
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
2521
2522
PUSH-PULL OUTPUTS
TTL/DTL COMPATIBLE CLOCK
PROVIDES
EXTREMEL Y LOW CLOCK CAPACITANCE
RECIRCULATION PATH ON CHIP
TWO BIT LENGTHS AVAILABLE
HIGH FREQUENCY OPERATION - 2MHz TYPICAL
CLOCK RATE
TTL, DTL COMPATIBLE SIGNALS
STANDARD PACKAGE - 8 LEAD SILICONE DIP
SIGNETICS P-MOS SILICON GATE PROCESS
TECHNOLOGY
V PACKAGE
10
8
2
7
3
8
4
&
1. Recirculate
2. IN 1
3. 0UT 1
4. VGG
TRUTH TABLE
INPUT
FUNCTION
0
0
0
Recirculate
1
Recirculate
1
0
"0" is Written
1
"1" is Written
RECIRCULATE
1
APPLICATIONS
LOW COST SEQUENTIAL ACCESS MEMORIES
LOW COST STATIC BUFFER MEMORIES
CRT REFRESH MEMORIES - LINE STORAGE
LINE PRINTERS
" CASSETTE RECORDERS
8. VCC
7. IN2
6. OUT2
5. 1 Output clock
3. Read
6. Input
4. VOO
5. Write
BLOCK DIAGRAM
APPLICATIONS
FAST ACCESS SWAPPING MEMORY SYSTEMS
LOW COST SEQUENTIAL ACCESS MEMORIES
LOW COST BUFFER MEMORIES
CRT REFRESH MEMORIES
DELAY LINE MEMORY REPLACEMENT
DRUM MEMORY REPLACEMENT
PROCESS TECHNOLOGY
Use of low threshold silicon gate technology allows high
speed (5MHz typical) while reducing power dissipation and
clock input capacitance dramatically as compared to other
technologies. The use of low voltage circuitry minimizes
power dissipation and facilitates interfacing with bipolar
integrated circuits.
BIPOLAR COMPATIBILITY
The signal inputs of these registers can be driven directly by
standard bipolar integrated (TTL, DTL, etc.) or by MOS
circuits. The bare drain output stage provides driving
capability for both MOS and bipolar integrated circuits
(one standard TTL load).
7-108
INPUT
NOTE
N = 512 or 1024 '0'
= OV,
'"
= +5V.
TRUTH TABLE
WRITE
READ
FUNCTION
a
a
0
1
0
1
Recirculate, Output is '0'
Recirculate, Output is Data
Write Mode, Output is 'a'
Read Mode Output is Data
1
1
PART IDENTIFICATION TABLE
PART NO.
BIT LENGTH
PACKAGE
2524V
512
8 pin DIP
2525V
1024
8 pin DIP
SI LICON GATE MOS. 2524, 2525
MAXIMUM GUARANTEED RATINGS (1)
2. For operating at elevated temperaturef the device must be
derated based on a + 150°C maximum junction temperature and
o
a thermal resistance of 150 C/W junction to ambient.
Operating Ambient Temperature (2)
Storage Temperature
Power Dissipation (2)
Data and Clock Input Voltages
and Supply Voltages with
respect to V CC
3. All inputs are protected against static charge.
4. See "Minimum Operating Frequency" graph for low limits
;on data .rep. rate.
•
O°C to +70°C
-65°C to + 150°C
535mW@TA>70°C
5. All voltage measurements are referenced to ground.
6'. Manufacturer reserving the right to make design and process
changes and improvements.
7. Typical values are at +25°C and nominal supply voltages.
+ 0.3V to -20V
8. Parameters are valid over' operating temperature range unless
otherwise specified.
9. Vce tolerance is ±. 5%. Any variation is actual VCC will be
tracked directly by VIL, VIH and VOH which are stated
for a V CC of exactly 5 volts.
NOTES:
1. Stresses above those listed under "Maximum Guaranteed Rating"
may cause permanent damage to the device. This is a stress rating
only and functional operation of the device at these or at any
other condition above those indicated in the operational sections
of this specification is not implied.
10. VOL is a function of the input characteristics of the driven
TTLlDTL gate 101 and VCLAMP and the value of the pulldown resistor (R L l.
DC CHARACTERISTICS TA = o°c to +70°C; VCC = +5V(9); VDD
== 5V ±5% unless otherwise noted.
---
SYMBOL
TEST
MIN
TYPICAL
MAX
UNIT
-.
CONDITION
III
I nput Load Current
10
500
nA
VIN =-5.5V;TA = 25°C
ILO
Output Leakage Current
10
1000
nA
V¢1 = V¢2 = -12V; VDD =-5
VOUT =-5.5V; TA = 25°C
ILC
Clock Leakage Current
10
1000
nA
Power Supply Current: 2524
100
15
2525
35
mA
VIL
Input "Low" Voltage
-5.0
1.05
V
VIH
Input "High" Voltage
3.2
5.3
V
; TA = 25°C
Continuous Operation;
mA
35
25
VILC = -12V
------,--
¢pW
=
150nS; 1MHz
VI LC = -12V; T A = 25°C
VDD = -5.5V
--- -------
-~---.--
VILC
Clock Input "Low" Voltage
-12.0
-10.0
V
VIHC
Clock Input "High" Voltage
4.0
5.3
V
..
--
.--
----
TIMING DIAGRAM
NOTE 1: (WRITE cycle)
OUTPUT
+6
CLOCK~l
-10
INPUT
CLOCK 162
.6
-10
OATAIN
NOTE 2: (RECIRCULATE cycle)
+~~L:?:;":2e.TA_...l?.:;,:!..~A,...~
+6V
DATA OUT
The positive and negative going
edge of the "Write" control is
coincident with the negative going
edge of the input clock (<1>2)' The
"Read" control may be either "1"
or "0"
liN 1
"0"
"0"
IN 4
IL---------I---D-A-T-A--D-A-TA------I-
0' _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _~~~~~2~~O~~3~
I
I
WRITE
READ
+6~~r---------iL
OUT 1
I
I
______________________
o_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _~
+ISV
NOTE 1:
WRITE CYCLE
OUT4
NOTE 2:
RECIRCULATE CYCLE
I
L..L
NOTE 3:
READ CYCLE
NOTE:
This is a simplified illustration of the timing of a 4 bit recirculating shift register
showing the 3 basic modes of operation.
I
Data recirculates if the "Write"
control line is "0". "Read" may
be either "1" or "0".
NOTE 3:
(READ cycle)
The positive going edge of the
"Read" control is coincident with
"!be negative edge of the output
clock (<1>1). The negative going edge
of "Read" is coincident with the
negative going edge of either clock
pulse succeeding the last desired
data output bit. "Write" may be
either "1" or "0"
7-109
SI LICON GATE MOS. 2524, 2525
CONDITIONS OF TEST
I nput rise and fall times: 10 sec Output load is 1 TTL gate
TIMING DIAGRAM
~
-10
~---;--tr~~--~------~~~--~Wl~~-----;
~10UTPlJT CLOCK
tow
-10
:
: :
.
!
DATA IN
'NaIT 1
I
- :- -
I
-1
1
~
I
iI
II
-:1
i - - - -- - - -- -- - - - - - 'H- T- - :\4-.
ss i
i
-+-:1 tw
:
I
-
I
tR-
NOTE:
N = 512 for 2524
C
I
-----O'UTBTT"'i-----..1
:
1
1.
I
--!.i
I
:
READ
i
:,
d
: :"- ..
I
-
90%
!!
CLOCKREPRATE~
I
\-",!oJ
I
o
~
! __ ~~_
I
O~- 'w
WRln
::
I
o
I
I ~tDH
~ ___ ~,I
DATA
I
-f.--t..; I
:
--1:-- --:
~---------------------------~\~
t-- 'R-
\~---------------------
N= 1024 for 2525
2. Note that the Read Input isAN O'ed with (ji1; therefore this function is not valid until
tPl occurs.
AC CHARACTERISTICS T A = +25°C VCC = +5V(9); VDD = -5V ±5%;VILC = -llV
SYMBOL
TEST
MIN
.0005
(Note 4)
135
Frequency
Clock Data Rep Rate
t¢pw
t¢d
t6 t f
Clock Pulse Width
Clock Pulse Delay
10
Clock Pulse Transition
10
tDW
Data Write (Setup) Time
70
tDH
Data to Clock Hold Time
20
ta+
tR-;·
tw_
Clock to Data Out Delay
Clock to "Read" or
"Write" Timing
TYP
5
MAX
3
UNIT
CONDITtONS
MHz
W= R = VCC
ns
85
ns
1000
ns
ns
ns
100
ns
0
ns
0
ns
tR-;
tW+
Clock to "Read" or
Cin
Input Capacitance
5
pF
lMHz; VI=VCC;V AC=25m V p .p
Cout
Output Capacitance
5
pF
lMHz; VO=VCC;VAC=25m V p.p
C¢
Clock Capacitance
80
160
pF
"Write" Timing
2524
2525
VOL
Output "Low" Voltage
VOHI
Output "High" Voltage
Driving 1 TTL Load
VOH2
Output "High" Voltage
Driving MOS
7-110
pF
lMHz; V=VCC; VAC=25m V p.p
-1.0
V
RL =3.0K; 1 TTL Load (I L =
1,6mA) Note 10
2.4
3.5
V
RL=3.0K;1 TTL, Load (I L=100t,tA)
3.6
4.0
V
RL = 5.6K; CL = 10pF
51 LICON GATE MOS. 2524, 2525
CHARACTERISTIC CURVES
POWER DISSIPATION/BIT
VERSUS SUPPLY VOLTAGE
POWER DISSIPATION/BIT
VERSUS CLOCK RATE
lOOO..-----,-----r---,.---r---,
100
~
Ii
100
I
15
-
!
200
~
~
..
:
/
/
~
/
~
v::
~26
-.
-7
IIUPPL Y VOLTAGE (
CLOCK RATE (MHoI
Vool (VOLTal
POWER DISSIPATION/BIT
VERSUS TEMPERATURE
MAXIMUM CLOCK RATE
VERSUS CLOCK AMPLITUDE
600
:/
/
/
~
./'
I-
iii
~
-"-
::
~
Q
~
300
~
---_. __ ..-
200
i
""
~
~ 1-0..
r--
~
r---_
100
Z
11
II
17
14
o0
10
20
CLOCK AWLITUO£ (Y4I (y0L1'11
MAXIMUM PACKAGE POWER
DISSIPATION VERSUSTEMPERATUR E
1000
900
i
~r-...
800
700
i:i
600
~
.........
'-.......
...........
I'-..
a:
500
~
400
~
100
V
~ .....
~
~
~~
10
300
~
~::;
70
~r""
~
200
eo
~p ~
2
::;
50
(OCI
MINIMUM OPERATING CLOCK
FREQUENCY VERSUS TEMPERATURE
1000
............ ,
5
~
40
10,000
E
~
30
TEMPERATURE
'V
~
V
V"
./
V
./
1011
0. I
10
20
30
40
50
60
CP,PW1 =cf>?W2
= 80ris; TA = +25
Q
= +5V,
20
30
•
•
•
711
TEMPE""TURE rCI
TEMPERATURE I CI
NOTE:
Conditions for tvplcal curves: VCC
10
VOO
= -5V, clock
duty cvcle = 35%, fCLK = 3MHz, V¢p-p = 16V,
C unless otherwise noted.
7·111
SI L ICON GATE MOS. 2524, 2525
APPLICATIONS DATA
TTL/DTL/MOS INTERFACES
+!iV
8880
2524
2524
2525
2525
TTL/DTL
DUT~"""'----1f---IIN
(RECIRCULATING
SHIFT REGISTER)
OUT~.......--t---l
(USED AS AN
N BIT SHIFT
REGISTER)
W
Lr-r------------__4
w
5.6K
3K
+5V
+5V
li
li
-10V
-10V
-5V
CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
I
I
I
I
I
. __ .~' __ ..J _____
I- - - '- t~ ~ ~~~
•
:~: ::~J
HTE
~
NOTE
N = 512 for 2524
N = 1024 for 2525
7·112
I IIT3 I
_____ .1 ~..~ ____
~.
I
~'T~ _ _ _ _
L _
~~~AGE
~~~~ ~~ -
I
L"· mo~
"0
READ
o---i
~
~
!i~nl!tiC!i
ADVANCE SPECIFICATION
DESCRIPTION
HIGH SPEED 64 x 9 x 9
STATIC CHARACTER GENERATOR
SILICON GATE MOS 2500 SERIES
PIN CONFIGURATION (Top View)
The 2526 is a high speed 5,184-bit Static Read-Only
Memory available in a 64x9x9 organization. This device has
TTL compatible inputs and outputs and requires +5V and
-12V power supplies. A READ input controls the entry of
data from the ROM into output latches. Three-state outputs
allow OR tying for implementing larger memories. OUTPUT
ENABLE controls the nine output devices without affecting
address circuitry.
N PACKAGE
1. Output 6
FEATURES
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
64x9x9 ORGANIZATION
625n6 TYPICAL ACCESS TIME
STATIC OPERATION
OUTPUT LATCHES
TTL/DTL COMPATIBLE INPUTS
TTL/DTL COMPATIBLE THREE-STATE OUTPUTS
VCC = +5V, VGG = -12V
24-PIN SI LlCONE DIP
SIGNETICS P-MOS SILICON GATE PROCESS
TECHNOLOGY
2526
24. VCC
23. Output 5
2. Output 7
3. Output 8
22. Output 4
4. Output 9
20
5. VDD (GND)
6. Address 4
21. Output 3
20. Output 2
19
7. Address 3
19. Output 1
18. Read
8. Address 2
17. Address 10
9. Address 1
17
16. Address 9
16
14. Address 7
10. Output Enable
15. Address 8
11. Address 5
13. Address 6
12. VGG
APPLICATIONS
VERTICALOR RAS'TERSCAN DISPLAYS (7x9MATRIX)
PRINTER CHARACTER GENERATOR
PANEL DISPLAYS AND BILLBOARDS
MI CRO-PROGRAMMI NG
CODE CONVERSION
BLOCK DIAGRAM
BIPOLAR COMPATIBILITY
All inputs of the 2526 can be driven directly by standard
bipolar integrated circuits (TTL, DTL, etc.). The data output buffers are capable of sinking a minimum of 1.6mA
sufficient to drive one standard TTL load.
STANDARD TRUTH TABLES
The 2526N/CM3940 is a 7x9 matrix, ASCII character set
(raster scan)*utilizing the two unused left-most columns for
BCDIC-ASCII and BAUDOT-ASCII code converters. Use
this device for evaluation or for suitable application. Other
standards will be announced as they become available.
-for vertical scan specify CM3400
CUSTOM TRUTH TABLES
See page 7-197.
PART IDENTIFICATION
PART
OP. TEMP. RANGE
2526N
0-70 C
24-Pin Silicone DIP
0-70°C
= +5V
24-Pin Ceramic DIP
o
25261
NOTE: "0"
= OV,
PACKAGE
"1"
7-113
SI LICON GATE MOS. 2526
MAXIMUM GUARANTEED RATINGS (1)
Operating Ambient Temperature
Storage Temperature
Package Power Dissipation 2 @ 70°C
Input3 and Supply Voltages
with respect to V CC
o°C to 70°C
_65° C to +150° C
730mW
+0.3 to -20V
DC CHARACTERISTICS
T A=Oo to +70°C, VCC= +5V; VGG= -12V ±5%; unless otherwise noted. (See notes 4,5,6,7)
SYMBOL
TEST
MIN
Input Load Current
III
TYP
MAX
UNIT
10
500
nA
CONDITIONS
VIN = -5.5V
TA = 25°C
Output Leakage Current
ILO
10
nA
1000
VOUT= OV
TA = 25°C
VCE = VCC
ICC
VCC Power Supply Current
30
45
mA
(8)
IGG
VGG Power Supply Current
30
45
mA
(8)
VIL
I nput Logic "0"
-5
1.05
V
VIH
Input Logic "1"
3.2
5.3
V
AC CHARACTERISTICS
0
TA=iO°C to +70 C;VGG=-12V ±5% unless otherwise noted.
SYMBOL
TEST
MIN
TYP
VOH
Output Logic "zero"
VOH
Output Logic "one"
3.0
tRPW11
Read Pulse Width
250
200
tRPW10
Read Pulse Width
500
400
MAX
UNIT
0.8
V
One TTL Load
V
One TTL Load
CONDITIONS
ns
ns
tAD
Address Delay Time (12)
tAG
Address- Read Pulse Gap (12)
50
ns
tAl
Address to Output Delay
625
700
ns
(9)
tA2
End of Read Pulse to Output Delay
200
250
CIN
Address Input Capacitance
10
pF
tOE
Output Enable to Output Delay
250
ns
r=
100
50
ns
(9)
lMHz.
VAC = 25mV POp
VIN = VCC
NOTES:
1. Stresses above those listed under "Maximum Guaranteed Rating"
may cause permanent damage to the device. This is a stress rating
only and functional operet[on of the device at these or any other
conditions above those indicated in the operational sections of
this specification is not implied.
2. For operating at elevat:d temperatures the device must be
derated based on a +150 C maximum Junction temperature .and
0
a thermal resistance of 110 C/W Junction to ambient.
3. All inputs are protected against static charge.
4. Parameters are valid over operating temperature range unless
specified.
5. All voltage measurements are referenced to ground.
6. Manufacturer reserves the right to make design and process
changes and improvements.
7-114
7. Typical values are at +26° C and nominal supply voltages.
8. Outputs Open, tRPw
9. tA
0
= OoC to +70
=
250ns, t RPW
=
500ns.
C
10. During t RPW1 data is clocked into the output latches and the
address decoders are precharged in preparation for the next
cycle.
11. During t R PW1 addresses are decoded and sent to the memory
matrix; and the stored memory data is moved to the data inputs
of the output RS latches. This data is clocked into the output
latches at the end (rising edge) of the READ pulse. After t A2 ,
data appears at the output terminals.
12. Addresses must be stable within 50ns after the READ line falls
and must remain stable until at least 50ns before the READ
line goes high.
SI LICON GATE MOS. 2526
TIMING DIAGRAM
lr"~-I
;I
tF!Pw
'\
1..
'AG
..-.
tA2
ADDRESSES
MAY
CHANGE
ADDRESSES
MUST BE
STABLE
ADDRESSES
MAY
CHANGE
I·
OUTPUTS
\
f
11
ADDRESSES
-I
·1
I
tAl
'1
X
X
Note: All times measured from 50% points, for all input waveforms tr
= tf<10nsec.
7·115
SILICON GATE MOS. 2526
CHARACTER FONTS
eM 3400
ASC I I SET, VERTICAL SCAN 7X9 WITH CODE CONVERSIONI1)
i
':!. :~! ' 1~!' :u: ' !~'
I; I~ i, :10:;: 0; 0
.~ • • • • II • •
O
. . • •'. .M..:.A.. :: L
E
AOO,"O.....C
'.A._A"OI
::
. .....
DECIMAL ADDRESS "8"
~~M:L-t AO RES .. ~'<~
.'" . . -t..=, 'MA~._. _ ".~." .•.• .:. .
t. . E.:o
.•
C
.:.•. . .
i~_
'.~ :C ALAO~-:
I
....
'..
..
.' . . '.M. AL.AOOR,.
.-. .R•.S.S
. .O_E.:::
. '. .,.'.MALADDRESS
. "_'." I]0.'.E.
C
. :•. . AOO._.R'SS
.
.:. •-..
.. C
. •. :.':•.M. ALAO
O
. OR-•. SS. "4,"
•
O'::.C
'. •SS,,:.:.:"." O
•.....•................
C
. . :.• .':•. M
:.• AL.AOO.RE. ..S.'.S "6"- 0
. :.:........ •.'•. :.M•:. : , g
DECIMAL ADDRESS "9"
OECIMAL ADDRESS "10"
DECIMAL ADDRESS """
_~
=;> ~ - _ -
OECIMAL ADDRESS "12"
DECIMAL ADDRESS "'3"
"7"
_. - ; ' ;
DECIMAL ADDRESS "'4"
DECIMAL ADDRESS "15'
••••••••
"a'·:} .:.:. • ••...
:. •.
:. •.
:. •.
DECIMAL ADORESS "'6"
-
~J.'
...
~
..'•. :.
DECIMAL ADDRESS "'7"
-'
_.
.: -----:--
_I.:.:.
._
.i.• .•·.:.:
.•·..•..•...
•
_
·1,
,
DECIMAL ADDRESS "24"
oeCIMAL ADDRESS "'8"
_ .. _
<1
.. ', ..'
DECIMAL ADDRESS "25"
DECIMAL ADDRESS "'9"
. .~:. . . - ' .
:'.~.:~.
__
--
-
/, •.:•. • . •'. •
:: .. :. . :
::\"'::.
:". ::::::,::
.•.:.:. ';
DECIMAL ADDRESS ":26"
OECIMAL ADDRESS "20"
. . . . . ____ .-:. -
"
.
....
_ __
..'
'~
DECIMAL ADDRESS "27"
OECIMAL ADDRess "21"
_.. _
---- .
"-= -
:::':
--
. ::
. .
DECIMAL ADDRESS "29"
:!://: -- _
-
DECIMAL AODRess "23"
::L!?) - - __
"::. ::':,:
. _......
•.••.•.•••.••• : .',
DECIMAL ADDRESS "22"
--
1
..: . _ " "
. . i ' , .. _
. . • :.• .:.••..••.. ,
DECIMAL ADDRESS "29"
.,' .
DECIMAL ADDRESS "30"
J_
>:~.;
':.: ,. . . :. . . . .
. .......'
1_
DECIMAL ADDRESS "31"
lID II • • • • • •
DECIMAL ADDRESS "32"
DECIMAL ADDRESS "33" DECIMAL ADDRESS "34"
·.• .• ~.•··.'l.··.--.. t.· ~.-,
•
~.,.,
~
_..
I
i:::."
::' :.':::
OECIMAL ADDnE:SS "4'"
•
~r.:.~·
~
i
-
--
/:
DECIMAL ADDRESS ":.te"
~
•
•
__ --_
DECIMAL ADDRESS "37"
DECIMAL ADDRESS "3a"
•
'.. '.:. .
:.- . -,.
-.
..
c..•.:••..
••. _ ..... ".
. . . .•
. . • . . • . . . ..
••.
.
• •.
• . .•
..• .
' .•....•.
.
- ...
...•
•
. . • . • • . •.•.•...
' • . • • . .-•..' • . • .
'..:.
.........
.'"
- -.'.
.' ...
"--.
". "':.'
.'
:.,,;..
... : :<.:
_
....
.
DECIMAL ADDRESS "4:2"
•...
-
DECIMAL ADDRESS "43"
r;[lCt,
. . . •'.;::-:..._'
. . ...
•' ........................
~-::::::;:. __
DECIMAL ADDRESS "36"
.~:::;:~ -
'Cj.::~:; _""_
--
-
-
-
A
__
-
:::
'.~ ..'
••
-
---
--
.......
_""
,
:~
-
•
:• .• • •
.•.:.•.••••.. . • .
'•
-• .
.,' •
~
'.':':' ::::.:
-
.:.~, ..
__
'
.-
-
DECIMAL ADDRESS "44"
DECIMAL ADDRESS "45"
II'.'.:."
."
. :-_
;'
....•.......
i ... ,- •
)...... .
- L
:?___
_
,:::,
DECIMAL ADDRESS "39" ,
,~ :t~
DECIMAL ADDRESS "47"
~
:::::/::.
. _ __ ._
DECIMAL ADDRESS "46"
<:;
--_.-
~
--
.:.:::~::}:'
\{
__
_ __
-- .
.
"",:':':
_
-.' >
I
__
~
• • • • • •III.
DECIMAL ADDRESS "56"
D~CIMAL ADDRESS "67" DECIMAL ADDRESS "68" DECIMAL ADDRESS "69"
DECIMAL ADDRESS "60"
NOTES
1.
2.
BCOIC to ASC I I in leftmost column, Baudot to ASC I I in next column to right,
Undefined addresses result in all outputs going low (TTL "0").
3.
Blank squares in character font are high (TTL "1 ").
7·116
DECIMAL ADDRESS "6'"
DECIMAL ADDRESS "62"
DECIMAL ADDRESS "63"
SI LICON GATE MOS. 2526
CHARACTER FONTS (Cont/d)
eM 3940
ASC I I SET, RASTER SCAN 7X9 WITH CODE CONVERSION(1)
0111
0100
0101
o
I
1 1
1000
·
...
, .',:.:',~.'."::;:;:
.':."'. .
.
• • ::~,.:~".:"; •.•
'.'. .
•'.;::i;;.,. . •. :.• .'
II,.,.",.",
::;::'
-
;:'::
; :~:;
::::;: ::::::
: ;~;
.
i~i: ! {::l : ' i I:i~;;I ' · ' · " : " " " .
: ~:.•:'.:
:{: ::}.
:~:~:
"
. .'
. .--
:}::
11';,.·,,',·.·,·.;;·······
; ;~
:} .:/;
-
-
.'•.•.
!:"...'~".~. ~ ~ .•
~~"" . . -' 'l1i~-"'""-' ~ 'gf''"'-'
mm 1111 i i i KfiJ,
DECIMAL. ADDRESS "8"
DECIMAL ADORESS "9"
DECIMAL ADDRESS "10"
DECIMAL ADDRESS "11"
DECIMAL ADDRESS "12"
OECIMAL ADDRESS "'3"
1mI·
DECIMAL ADDRESS "'4"
DECIMAL ADDRESS "15"
••••••••
••••••••
.•. . . B
.::· .:.:_.i
.... .
••••••••
••••••••
••••••••
DECIMAL ADDRESS "'6"
DECIMAL ADDRESS "'7"
DECIMAL ADDRESS "'8"
DECIMAL ADDRESS "19"
DECIMAL ADDRESS "20"
DECIMAL ADDRESS "2'"
DeCIMAL ADDRESS "22"
DECIMAL ADDRESS "23"
DECIMAL ADDRESS "24"
DECIMAL ADDRESS "25"
DECIMAL ADDRESS "26"
DECIMAL AODRESS "27"
DECIMAL ADDRESS "28"
DECIMAL ADDRESS "29"
DECIMAL ADDRESS "30"
DECIMAL ADDRESS "31"
~,
-
;!i
.....
lIB:·
~H.!.m
~
II:;~~
DECIMAL ADDRESS "32"
DECIMAL ADDRESS "33" DECIMAL ADDRESS "34"
DECIMAL ADDRESS "35"
DECIMAL ADDRESS "36"
DECIMAL ADDRESS "37"
DeCIMAL ADDRESS "3S"
DECIMAL ADDRESS "39"
DECIMAL ADDRESS "40"
DECIMAL ADDRESS "41" DECIMAL ADDRESS "42"
DeCIMAL ADDRESS "43"
DECIMAL ADDRESS "44"
DECIMAL ADDRESS "45"
DECIMAL ADDRESS "46"
DECIMAL ADDRESS "47"
DECIMAL ADDRESS "4S"
DECIMAL ADDRESS "49"
DECIMAL ADDRESS "60"
DECIMAL ADDRESS "61"
DeCIMAL ADDRESS "62"
DECIMAL ADDRESS "63" DECIMAL ADDRESS "54"
DECIMAL ADDRESS "56"
oeCIMAL ADDRESS "56"
DECIMAL ADDRESS "67"
DECIMAL ADORES's "68" DECIMAL ADDRESS "69"
DECIMAL ADDRESS "60"
DECIMAL ADDRESS "6'"
DECIMAL ADDRESS "62" DECIMAL ADDRESS "63"
NOTES
BCDIC to ASC I I in leftmost column, Baudot to ASC I I in next column to right.
Undefined addresses result in all outputs going low (TTL "0").
Blank squares in character font are high (TTL ",").
,.
2.
3.
7-117
!ii,gnotiC!i
2527
2528
2529
DUAL 256·250·240 BIT
STATIC SHIFT REGISTERS
PRELIMINARY SPECIFICATION
SILICON GATE 2500 SERIES
DESCRIPTION
BIPOLAR COMPATIBI LlTY
The Signetics 2500 Series Dual 256, 250 and 240 bit recirculating static shift registers consist of enhancement mode
P-channel silicon gate MOS devices integrated on a single
monolithic chip.
The clock and signal inputs of these registers can be driven
directly by standard bipolar integrated (TTL, DTL, etc.) or
by MOS circuits. The outputs drive directly into TTLIPTL
without requiring external resistors.
FEATURES
PIN CONFIGURATION (Top View)
•
•
PUSH-PULL OUTPUTS
TTL/DTL COMPATIBLE CLOCK - PROVIDES EXTREMELY LOW CLOCK CAPACITANCE
• RECIRCULATION PATH O,N CHIP
• THREE BIT LENGTHS AVAILABLE
• HIGH FREQUENCY OPERATION - 3 MHz TYPICAL
CLOCK & DATA RATE
• TTL, DTL COMPATIBLE INPUTS AND OUTPUTS
• STANDARD PACKAGE - 8 LEAD SILICONE DIP
• SIGNETICS P-MOS SILICON GATE PROCESS
TECHNOLOGY
APPLICATIONS
lOW COST SEQUENTIAL ACCESS MEMORIES
LOW COST STATIC BUFFER MEMORIES
CRT REFRESH MEMORIES - LINE STORAGE
DEt.AY LINES
CASSETTE RECORDERS
V PACKAGE
10'
2
7
8
3
6
4
5
1. Recirculate
2. IN1
3. OUT1
4. VGG
8. Vee
7. IN 2
6. OUT2
5. ct>IN
TRUTH TABLE
RECIRCULATE
INPUT
FUNCTION
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
Recirculate
Recircu late
"0" is Written
"1" is Written
BLOCK DIAGRAM
NOTE:
"0"
= OV; "1" = +5V
PART IDENTIFICATION TABLE
+Vcc
PART
NUMBER
2527V
2528V
2529V
BIT LENGTH
Dual 256
Dual 250
Dual 240
PACKAGE
8 Pin DIP
8 Pin DIP
8 Pin DIP
MAXIMUM GUARANTEED RATINGS (1)
Operating Ambient Temperature (2)
IN2'
I
N BIT REGISTER
I
IL_______________ _
Storage Temperature
Package Power Dissipation
at T A = 70°C
Data and Clock Input Voltages
and Supply Voltages with
respect to V CC
7-118
535mW
+0.3V to -20V
SILICON GATE MOS. 2527,2528,2529
NOTES:
1. Stresses above those listed under "Maximum Guaranteed Rating"
may cause permanent damage to the device. This is a stress rating
only and functional operation of the device at these or at any
other condition above those indicated in the operational sections
of this specification is not implied.
2. For operating at elevated temperatures the device must be derated
basedona+1500e maximum junction temperature and a thermal
resistance of 150° e/w junction to ambient.
3. All inputs are protected against static charge.
4. Parameters are val id over operating temperature range unless
specified.
5. All voltage measurements are referenced to ground.
6. Manufacturer reserves the right to make design and process
changes and improvements.
7. Typical values are at +25°e and nominal supply voltages.
8. Vee tolerance is ±5%. Any variation in actual Vee will be
tracked directly by VIL, VIH, and VOH which are stated for a
Vee of exactly 5 volts.
DC CHARACTERISTICS TA = O°C to +70°C; VCC = +5V(8); VGG = -12V ±5% unless otherwise noted.
SYMBOL
TEST
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
CONDITIONS
III
Input load Current
10
500
nA
VIN = 5.5V, T A = 25°C
IlC
Clock leakage Current
10
500
nA
VILC = OV, T A = 25°C
IGG
Power Supply Current
28
35
mA
VIL.
Input "Low" Voltage
1.05
V
VU-I
Input "High" Voltage
5.3
V
VILC
Clock Input "Low" Voltage
1.05
V
VII-IC
Clock Input "High" Voltage
5.3
V
-~--
-
Continuous Operation
F = 2.5 MHz, T A = 25°C
Outputs Open
----3.2
-~
~~
3.2
AC CHARACTERISTICS T A =0° to +70°C, VCC = +5V(8); VGG = -12V +5%, VIC = 0,4 to 4.0V
Clock Rep Rate
DC
2.5
1.5
MHz
t¢pw
Clock Pulse Width
0.2
0.1
100
fJ,S
t¢pw
Clock Pulse Width
0.2
DC
fJ,s
1
fJ,s
FREQUENCY
See Maximum Frequency Curve
tR tF
Clock Pulse Transition
tDS
Data Set-up Time
50
tDH
Data Hold Time
50
tA
Clock to Data Out Delay
tR's
Recirculate Set-up Time
50
tRH
Recirculate Hold Time
50
CIN
Input Capacitance
5
pF
@
C¢
Clock Capacitance
5
pF
@
VOL
Output "Low" Voltage
0.4
V
1 TTL load (IL = 1.6mA)
VOHI
Output "High" Voltage
Driving 1 TTL Load
3.0
3.5
V
1 TTL load (II = 100fJ,A)
VOH2
Output "High" Voltage
Drivi
MOS
3.5
4.0
V
ns
ns
330
450
ns
IOL = 1.6mA
ns
ns
1 MHz;VIN=VCC;
V AC = 25mV POp
1 MHz; V¢ = VCC;
V AC = 25mV POp
CONDITIONS OF TEST I nput rise and fall times: 10 nsec. Output load is 1 TTL gate.
7·119
SILICON GATE MOS. 2527,2528,2529
TIMING DIAGRAM
'Os
1 _ • I .... I
1 +,1
'OH
r r---------o-----jW~---------...,...
+6
OATAIN
I--+6
OATAOUT
:
_______
tA-I
\J.:
. 3 OV
-- --
--I-' _____ -1~o::.O.4;:,::V_ _ _ __
O
'lis
I.' I_ • 1
'AH
RECIRCULATE-_-_-_-_-_-~'"'\O~,..6O%-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-.
-_-_-_-
'R • 'F
< 10 NSEC FOR ALL INPUTS
APPLICATIONS INFORMATION
TTL/OTL/MOS INTERFACES
Note: When using 7400 series data, recirculate and clock' drivers,
connect 10k resistor from driver output to Vee. This insures an
adequate "1" level input for the MOS register. See page 13'01 MOS Handbook.
7·120
.SILICON GATE MOS. 2527,2528,2529
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
INPUT (1 OF 2)
1------- -
BASIC CE LL
-;2 T
OUTPUT STAGE (1 OF 2)
-;,- ---;;- - ; ; - - 1 - -4>;- ---4>3-;;----'
~
1
1
I
OUT
I
1
+-_ _ _ _~__r-_ _ _~~______~~~
VCC~T-r--~_~~~~r-_~_ _ _
RECo-+-r---~~--~
-
-
-
L--~------------+4~------~
--;~GENER~~pfcH-;;;-- -
-
I
I
- 1 - _.J - - - - - - - - - - - ~
I
I
4>3 I
~-_-I--"""'4>11
4>IN
o--+-If--I-I
I
~~----~I
VCI o-~+-+--+-~~--~~~-~~
I
I
i
I
I
4>21
I
1
I
I
_______________ J
~
CLOCKING WAVEFORMS
EXTERNALt
CLOCK
_IN
+5~~
o
4>1_::~~
INTERNALLY
GENERATED
CLOCKS
4>2_::~rr----I
+5
-12
14>3 15 USED FOR STATIC OPERATION)
~
~ ,OO~S MIN. - . J
7-121
SILICON GATE MOS. 2527, 2528, 2529
CHARACTERISTIC CURVES
POWER DISSIPATION VS SUPPLY VOLTAGE
SUPPLY CURRENT VS SUPPLY VOLTAGE
50
1000
900
O°C
, 25°C
700
/./' J
;'~
30
~~
h
500
./
~~
400
/.
300
k~
.-
TYPICAL
OPERATING
RANGE
V
11
1 .....
-
~ t;/
V
/
f = 3 MHz
VCC = +5V
¢IN • 180n.
¢IN = 150n,
LOAD = TTL Gate
-
10
o
12
13
14
15
16
10
5
VGG (-VI
VGG I-VI
TYPICAL DATA RATE VSSUPPLY VOLTAGE
10.0
9.0
8.0
7.0
6.0
5.0
¥
!§
4.0
i:;
iii
=>
~
3.0
-- --
2.0
--
~
~
~
TA = 25°C
Vce = +5V
VIC = + 0.4 to 4.0V
J
1.0
6.0
7-122
~
/
,./
f · 3 MHz
Vec· +5V
¢IN·180n,
¢IN = 150n,
LOAD = TTL Gate
I---
(Note greatly reduced power at lower VGG leveL)
10
/1-'..........
70°C
/ ...... /
I
I
100
/
///
20
~V
~~ I~
L---::: ~
70°C
V/'/
600
200
o°C
25°C
40
800
7.0
8.0
9.0
10.0
11.0
12.0
13.0
11
12
I
I
13
14
15
SILICON GATE MOS. 2527,2528,2529
APPLICATIONS INFORMATION
(Cont'd)
12 LINE, 32 OR 40 CHARACTER PER LINE CRT DISPLAY MEMORY SYSTEM
DOT RATE CLOCK
(2)
POSITIVE VIDEO
2518B
OR
2519B
DATA INPUTS
6 BIT ASCII
t-----I
2516NX
CHARACTER
GENERATOR
LINE MEMORY
32 X 601 40 X 6
BLANKING INHIBIT
3k
8266B
MAIN MEMORY 512 X 6
ROW COUNT CLOCK
(1) Duals connected in series.
(2) These registers include internal recirculate. Two 8266B multiplexers are used for system recirculate.
7-123
Smnotics
HIGH SPEED 512x8 STATIC READ·ONlY MEMORY
2530
SILICON GATE MOS 2500 SERIES
ADVANCE SPECIFICATION
PIN CONFIGURATION (Top View)
DESCRIPTION
The 2530 is a high speed 4,096-bit Static Read-Only
Memory available in a 512x8 organization. This device has
TTL compatible inputs and outputs and requires +5V and
-12V power supplies. A READ input controls the entry of
data from the ROM into ou'tput latches. Three-state outputs allow OR tying for implementing larger memories. Two
OUTPUT ·ENAB LES control the eight output devices without affecting address circuitry.
Nil PACKAGE
FEATURES
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
512x8 ORGANIZATION
625n5 TYPICAL ACCESS TIME
STATIC OPERATION
ADDRESS LATCHES
TTL/DTL COMPATI BLE INPUTS
TTL/DTL COMPATIBLE THREE STATE OUTPUTS
VCC = +5V, VGG = -12V
24-PIN SI LlCONE DIP
SIGNETICS P-MOS SILICON GATE PROCESS
TECHNOLOGY
APPLI CATI ONS
MI CRO-PROGRAMMI NG
CODE-CONVERSION
1.
Output 6
24.
2.
Output 7
23.
Vcc
Output 5
3.
Output 8
22.
Output 4
4.
Voo (Gnd)
21.
Output 3
5.
Address 1
20.
Output 2
6.
Address 2
19.
Output 1
7.
Address 3
18.
Read
8.
Output Enable 1
17.
NC
9.
Output Enable 2
16.
Address 9
10.
Address 4
15.
Address 8
11.
Address 5
14.
Address 7
12.
VGG
13.
Address 6
BLOCK DIAGRAM
BIPOLAR COMPATIBiliTY
OUTPUT
ENABLE 1
All inputs of the 2530 can be driven directly by standard
bipolar integrated circuits, (TTL, DTL, etc.). The data output buffers are capable of sinking a minimum of 1.6mA
sufficient to drive one standard TTL load.
STANDARD TRUTH TABLES
The 2530NX/CM3530 is an ASCII-EBCDIC and EBCDICASCII code converter. Use this device for evaluation or for
applications requiring this conversion. Other standards will
be announced as they become available.
PART IDENTIFICATION
PART
OP. TEMP. RANGE
PACKAGE
2530N
0-70°C
24-Pin Silicone DIP
25301
0-70°C
24-Pin Ceramic DIP
7·124
CUSTOM TRUTH TABLES
See page 7-196.
SILICON GATE MOS. 2530
MAXIMUM GUARANTEED RATINGS (1)
Package Power Dissipation 2 @ 70° C
Input 3 and Supply Voltages·
with respect to V CC
o°C to 70°C
_65° C to +150° C
Operating Ambient Temperature
Storage Temperature
730mW
+0.3 to -20V
DC CHARACTERISTICS
T A =0° to + 70°C, V CC= +5V; V GG= -12V ±5%; unless otherwise noted. (See notes 4,5,6,7)
SYMBOL
III
TEST
MIN
Input Load Current
TYP
MAX
UNIT
10
500
nA
CONDITIONS
VIN = -5.5V
TA = 25°C
ILO
Output Leakage Current
10
nA
1000
VOUT = OV
TA = 25°C
VCE = VCC
ICC
V CC Power Supply Current
30
45
mA
(8)
IGG
VGG Power Supply Current
30
45
mA
(8)
VIL
Input Logic "'0"
-5
1.05
V
VIH
Input Logic "1"
3.2
5.3
V
AC CHARACTERISTICS
TA = O°C to 70°C; VCC = 5V ± 5%, VGG = -12V ± 5% unless otherwise noted.
SYMBOL
TEST
MIN
TYP
CONDITIONS
MAX
UNIT
0.8
V
One TTL Load
V
One TTL Load
VOH
Output Logic "zero"
VOH
Output Logic "one"
3.0
tRPW 11
Read Pulse Width
250
200
tRPW10
Read Pulse Width
500
400
tAD
Address Delay Time (12)
50
ns
tAG
Address- Read Pulse Gap (12)
50
ns
tA1
Address to Output Delay
625
700
ns
(9)
tA2
End of Read Pulse to Output Delay
200
250
CIN
Address Input Capacitance
10
pF
tOE
Output Enable to Output Delay
250
ns
r=
100
ns
ns
(9)
1MH,.
VAC = 25mV POp
VIN = VCC
NOTES:
1. Stresses above those listed under "Maximum Guaranteed Rating"
may cause permanent damage to the device. This is a stress rating
only and functional operation of the device at these or any other
conditions above those indicated in the operational sections of
this specification is not implied.
2.
For operating at elevated temperatures the device must be
0
derated based on a +150 C maximum junction temperature and
a thermal resistance of 110° C/W junction to ambient.
3.
All inputs are protected against static charge.
4.
Parameters are valid over operating temperature range unless
specified ..
5.
All voltage measurements are referenced to ground.
6.
Manufacturer reserves the right to make design and process
changes and improvements.
7.
Typical values are at +25°C and nominal supply voltages.
8.
Outputs Open, tRPw
=
250ns, t RPW
=
500ns.
9. t
=00CtO+700C
A
10. During t RPW1 data is clocked into the output latches and the
address decoders are precharged in preparation for the next
cycle.
11. During t RPW1 addresses are decoded and sent to the memory
matrix; and the stored memory data is moved to the data inputs
of the output· RS latches. This data is clocked into the output
latches at the end (rising edge) of the READ pulse. After t
,
A2
data appears at the output terminals.
12. Addresses must be stable within 50ns after the READ line falls
and must remain stable until at least 50ns before the READ
line goes high.
7·125
SILICON GATE MOS. 2530
TIMING DIAGRAM
I
-tRPW
I
ADDRESSES
~I-
- t RPW - - - -
H
-'" I
ADDRESSES
MUST BE
STABLE
-
OO~
\
I
'\
ADDRESSES
MAY
CHANGE
_I
_____ tA2 - - - - - - - - -
ADDRESSES
MAY
CHANGE
~-- - - - - - - - - t A1 - - - - - - - - - - _ _ [
X
_ - - - - - - J
V
Ii\I.--
_ _ _ _ _ _
Note: All times measured from 50% points, for all input waveforms tr = tf< 1 Onsae.
7·126
-,
!ii!ln~tiC!i
QUAD 80-BIT STATIC SHIFT REGISTER
2532
SILICON GATE MOS 2500 SERIES
DESCRIPTION
PIN CONFIGURATION (Top View)
The Signetics 2532 Static Shift Register consists of enhancement mode P-Channel silicon gate MOS devices integrated
on a single monolithic chip. Each of the four 80-bit registers
is provided with an independent input, push-pull output
and recirculation control. The single phase clock is common
to all four registers. All inputs and outputs including the
clock interface directly with TTL or DTL circuits without
external components.
B PACKAGE
16
15
14
Data is entered when the clock is at a logic "1 ". Data is
shifted when the clock goes low. When the Recirculate
control is at a logic "1", data recirculates and is continuously
available at the output, data input is inhibited. With the
Recirculate control is at,a logic "0", data is entered.
13
12
11
10
FEATURES
•
•
•
•
•
•
TOTAL TTL COMPATIBILITY
SINGLE CLOCK LINE
RECIRCULATE PATH ON CHIP
DC TO 2.5 MHz OPERATION GUARANTEED
LOW POWER (TYPICALLY 400 ,uW/BIT)
PIN-FOR-PIN REPLACEMENT FOR (DYNAMIC)
MK1007P AND TMS3409
• POWER SUPPLIES +5V AND -12V
1.
OUT 1
16.
2.
Recirculate 1
15.
3.
IN 1
14.
Recirculate 4
4.
OUT2
13.
OUT4
5.
Recirculate 2
12.
6.
IN 2
11.
7.
8.
OUT3
10.
9.
VOO (Ground)
Vee
IN 4
VGG
IN
IN 3
If>
Recirculate 3
TRUTH TABLE
RECIRCULATE
INPUT
FUNCTION
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
"0" is Written
"1" is Written
Recirculate
Recirculate
APP LI CATIONS
LOW COST SEQUENTIAL ACCESS MEMORIES
LOW COST STATIC BUFFER MEMORIES
CRT REFRESH MEMORIES - LINE STORAGE
DELAY LINES
DIGITAL FI LTERING
NOTE:
"0"
= OV,
"1"
= +5V
BLOCK DIAGRAM
SPECIAL FEATURES
The three clock phases used by the static register cells are
generated internally by an on-chip generator. This clock
generator is controlled by a single TTL/DTL logic level
input.
.pIN
0----------1
IN
OUT
REC
BIPOLAR COMPATIBILITY
All inputs of these registers, including the clock can be
driven directly by bipolar TTL/DTL integrated circuits without external components. Outputs are push-pull operating
between OV and +5V and provide a sink current of 1.6mA
for one TTL fanout.
PART IDENTIFICATION
E
PART NUMBER
2532B
BIT LENGTH
PAC K'AG E
Quad 80
16-Pin DIP
7-127
SI LICON GATE MOS. 2532
MAXIMUM GUARANTEED RATINGS (1)
Operating Ambient Temperature (2)
O°C to +70°C
Storage Temperature
Package Power Dissipation
at TA = 70°C
DC CHARACTERISTICS
Data and Clock Input Voltages
and Supply Voltages with
respect to V CC
-65°C to +150°C
+0.3V to -20V
640mW
TA
SYMBOL
= ooe to +70oe; Vee = +5V(8); VGG = -12V ±5% unless otherwise noted.
TEST
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
CONDITIONS
= 5.5V, T A = 25°C
III
Input Load Current
10
500
nA
VIN
ILC
Clock Leakage Current
10
500
nA
VILC
IGG
Power Supply Current
6
10
mA
ICC
Power Supply Current
12
20
mA
Continuous Operation
F = 2.5 MHz, TA = 25°C
Outputs Open
VIL
Input "Low" Voltage
VIH
Input "High" Voltage
VILC
Clock Input "Low" Voltage
VIHC
Clock Input "High" Voltage
AC CHARACTERISTICS TA
3.2
3.2
1.05
V
5.3
V
1.05
V
5.3
V
= OV, TA = 25°C
= oOe to 70o e; Vee = +5V(8); VGG = -12V + 5%, Vie = 0.4 to 4.0V
(CONDITIONS OF TEST Input rise and fall times: 10 nsec. Output load is 1 TTL Gate.)
SYMBOL
Frequency
TEST
Clock Rep Rate
MIN
TYP
DC
3.0
MAX
UNIT
1.5
MHz
1:¢PW
Clock Pulse Width
0.18
100
/.ls
t¢pw
Clock Pulse Width
0.22
DC
/.ls
tR,tF
Clock Pulse Transition
5
/.lS
tDS
Data Set-up Time
tDH
Data Hold Time
tA
Clock to Data Out Delay
tRS
Recirculate Set-up Time
tRH
Recirculate Hold Time
CIN
Input Capacitance
120
ns
0
ns
400
ns
CONDITIONS
IOL = 1.6mA
ns
150
ns
0
5
pF
@
Crt>
Clock Capacitance
5
pF
@
1 MHz; Vrt> = VCC;
V AC
VOL
Output "Low" Voltage
VOHI
Output "High" Voltage
Driving 1 TTL Load
VOH2
Output "High" Voltage
Driving MOS
= VCC;
= 25mV POp
1 MHz; VIN
V AC
= 25mV POp
V
1 TTL load (I L = 1.6mA)
4.0
V
1 TTL load (II
4.0
V
0.4
= 100/.lA)
NOTES:
1. Stresses above those listed under "Maximum Guaranteed Rating"
may cause permanent damage to the device. This is a stress rating
only and functional operation of the device at these or at any
other condition above those indicated in the operational sections
of this specification is not implied.
2. For operating at elevated temperatures the device must be derated
o
based on a +150 e maximum junction temperature and a thermal
resistance of 125°e/W junction to ambient.
3. All inputs are protected against static charge.
7-128
4. Parameters are valid over operating temperature range unless
specified.
5. All voltage measurements are referenced to ground.
6. Manufacturer reserves the right to make design and process
changes and improvements.
7. Typical values are at +25°e and nominal supply voltages.
8. Vee tolerance is ±5%. Any variation in actual Vee will be
tracked directly by V I L. V I H. and V OH which are stated for a I
Vee of exactly 5 volts.
SILICON GATE MOS! •. 2532
TIMING DIAGRAM
f..t-- tcJ>Pw........ l...- ttPl'w----1
I
I
---....t
90% Ilr
50%
" -_ _.:.:10;,;:%;..t,,
I
I .... I ..... 1
tDs
~
tDH
I
I
r--
10%
tR-+-
I I
tF
+ ,1,..-------~50%
.../'\.....L-"\.. - - - - - - - ---+
+51r
50%~
DATA IN
0- -
-
-
;
I------tA
I
DATA OUT +5
0- -
-
-
-
tRS
RECIRCULATE
tR = tF
<
-
f- - - .- -
/ ..... / ..... 1
~.OV
oJ
O.4V
tRH
--------Ir-,I,..------------------~l50%_______ _
____50%~1
---'lL-}\":'"
10 NSEC FOR ALL INPUTS
CHARACTERISTIC CURVES
POWER SUPPLY CURRENT (ICC)
VERSUS TEMPERATURE
15
POWER SUPPLY CURRENT (ICC)
VERSUS TEMPERATURE
19r---~--~--~--~--~--~--~
I
f'lMHl
VCC=+5V
Voo-ov
VGG'-12V
14
2532
-
f-- ~~~ ~~z12v~~--l--·---
-
..-
..
-
Vee'" +5V
18 t--+---+--+---+-~-f----I-~-I
-
13
i"-....
12
1
r-- r---
u
---
u
t--
11
-r--
15~-+---+--+-~-+-----f----~--4
-- ..10
10
30
20
40
50
60
70
14L---~--~--~--~--~--~--~
40
60
70
20
30
TEMPERATURE (OC)
POWER SUPPLY CURRENT (ICC)
VERSUS POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VGG)
POWER SUPPLY CURRENT (lGG)
VERSUS POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VGG)
6.6 r----...,..-----r---""'!'""----r--~_-..,
2532
17
f·1MHz
TA""2S=>C
f '" lMHz
16
15
,,-I
~I(-t GENERATOR
DATA INPUTS
GBIT ASCII
2532
12)
-
BLANKING INHIBIT
3k
+-""1\,..,...........-0 +5V
ROW COUNT CLOCK
I
L
I
MAIN MEMORY
-2.02~8 _
-l
(1) These registers include internal recirculate. Two 82668 multiplexers are used for system recirculate.
7·130
1024·81T STATIC
SHIFT REGISTER
!ii!lDotiC!i
2533
PRELIMINARY SPECIFICATIONS
DESCRIPTION
PIN CONFIGURATION: (Top View)
The Signetics 2533 Static Shift Register consists of
enhancement mode P-channel silicon gate MOS devices
integrated on a single monolithic chip.
"V" PACKAGE
The 1024-bit register is equipped with two data inputs
together with a "Stream Select" control to facilitate
external recirculation.
Out
The single phase clock input, data input, data output, and
stream select control will interface directly with TTL/DTL
circuits without external components.
1
Stream
Select
3
Voo (GNO)
4
8
Vee
Data is entered when the clock is at a logic "1 ". Data is
shifted when the clock goes low.
FEATURES
TRUTH TABLE
•
•
•
•
•
TOTAL TTL COMPATIBILITY
SINGLE CLOCK LINE
DC TO 1.5MHz GUARANTEED
LOW POWER (TYPICALLY 250IlW!BIT)
POWER SUPPLIES +5V AND -12V
E
•
•
8-PIN DIP
STREAM SELECT FOR EASY RECIRCULATION
BLOCK DIAGRAM
STREAM SELECT
FUNCTION
o
IN 1
IN 2
.-~
NOTE:
"'0"' = OV, "'1"' = +5V
APPLICATIONS
LOW COST SEQUENTIAL ACCESS MEMORIES
LOW COST STATIC BUFFER MEMORIES
CRT REFRESH - LINE AND PAGE
DELAY LINES
DRUM MEMORY REPLACEMENT
"IN
O---------f
CLOCK
GENERATOR
SPECIAL FEATURES
The three clock phases used in the static register cells are
generated internally by an on-chip generator. This clock
generator is controlled by a single TTL/DTL 5V logic level
input.
Recirculation of data in the 2533 is accomplished by
simply jumpering the output back to In 2. The stream
select control then becomes a Data Entry/Recirculate
Control.
BIPOLAR COMPATIBILITY
All inputs of this register, including the clock, can be driven
directly bV bipolar TTL/DTL integrated circuits without
external components. Each input is equipped with an
internal pull-Up resistor to enhance the "1" level of the
TTL driver. The output is push-pull, operating between OV
and +5V, and provides a sink current of 1.6mA for one
TTL fanout.
PART IDENTIFICATION TABLE
PART NUMBER
BIT LENGTH
PACKAGE
2533 V
1024
8-Pin DIP
MAXIMUM GUAR~NTEED RATlNGS(l)
Operating Ambient Temperature(2)
Storage Temperatme
Power Dissipation (Note 2)
Data and Clock Input Voltages
and Supply Voltages with
Respect to V CC
O°C to +70°C
-65°C to +150°C
535mW @ T A >25°C
+O.3V to -20V
7·131
SI L ICON GATE MOS. 2533
DC CHARACTERISTICS
(T A = O°C to +70°C; Vec = +5V ±5%; VGG = -12V ±5% unless otherwise noted.)
SYMBOL
TEST
MIN.
TYP.
MAX.
UNITS
CONDITIONS
= 0, TA = 25°C
= GND, TA = 25°C
III
I nput Load Current
10
500
nA
VIN
ILC
Clock Leakage Current
10
500
nA
VILC
ICC
Power Supply Current
16
30
mA
IGG
Power Supply Current
5.0
7.5
mA
VIL
Input "Low" Voltage
0.8
V
VCC
VIH
Input "High" Voltage
V
VCC
VILC
Clock Input "Low" Voltage
VIHC
Clock Input "High" Voltage
F = 1.5MHz
0.8
V
= +5V
= +5V
VCC = +5V
5.3
V
VCC
3.2
3.2
} Continuous Operation
= +5V
NOTES:
1.
2.
Stresses above those listed under "Maximum Guaranteed
Rating" may cause permanent damage to the device. This is a
stress rating only and functional operation of the device at these
or at any other condition above those indicated in the
operational sections of this specification is not implied.
3.
All inputs are protected
4.
Parameters are valid over operating temperature range unless
specified.
5.
All voltage measurements are referenced to ground.
For operating at e.levated temperatures .the device mu~t be
derated corresponding to a thermal resistance of 150 C/W
junction to ambient.
6.
Manufacturer reserves the right to make design and process
changes and improvements.
7.
Typical values are at +25°C and nominal supply voltages.
against~static
TIMING DIAGRAM
+5V
---+\._----- t,;pw------r
CLOCK IN
---1---.j.--"I-~
- tDH
+5V - - - - - - - - - - - ' " " " '
DATA IN
,----------+5v------------~
STREAM
SELECT
0---+5v
-"l-
a- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
~---------------
NOTE: Times measured at 50% points with input tr, tf .;; 10ns.
7-132
charge.
SILICON GATE MOS. 2533
AC CHARACTERISTICS vcc = +5V ±5%;VGG= -12V ±5%;
SYMBOL
TEST
TA = 0° to +70°C
MIN.
TYP.
2
MAX.
UNITS
CONDITIONS
Frequency
Clock & Data Rep Rate
tcpPW
Clock Pulse Width
DC
.350
t;ppw
t r , tf
Clock Pulse Width
250
tDS
Data Write Set-Up Time
50
tDH
Data to Clock Hold Time
50
tA
Clock to Data Out Delay
tSSH
Stream Select Hold Time
50
ns
tsss
Stream Select Set-Up Time
80
ns
CIN
I nput Capacitance
5
pF
COUT
Output Capacitance
5
pF
Ccp
Clock Capacitance
5
pF
VOL
Output "Low" Voltage
0.4
V
1 TTL load (I=1.6mA)
VOH
Output "High" Voltage
V
1 TTL load (I=-100J1A)
--
Clock Pulse Transition
A.C. TEST SETUP
MHz
us
no;
1
J1S
ns
ns
200
2.4
1.5
100
DC
400
ns
3.5
10L = 1.6mA
1 MHz, VIN = VCC
V AC = 25mV pop
@
1 MHz, VOUT = VCC
VAC = 25mV pop
@
1 MHz, V¢= VCC
VAC = 25mV POp
@
APPLICATIONS INFORMATION
2048-BIT STORAGE REGISTER
WITH RECIRCULATE
'5V
IN,
Dour
2533
S. SEL
S. SEL
CL~DIO-t_ _-+--+_ _--'
NOTES:
Measure T A between device input and point (a).
Gates are standard 8800 or 7400.
NOTE:
Gates are standard DTL or TTL.
7·133
SI LICON GATE MOS. 2533
CHARACTERISTIC CURVES
POWER SUPPLY CURRENT (Icc!
VERSUS
TEMPERATURE
POWER SUPPLY CURRENT (lGG)
VERSUS
TEMPERATURE
6.0
2533
f= 1 MHz
'- VGG = ~12V--l---~~I-~---e---VCC = +5V
18~--+---~---+----~--+---~--~
5.9
............
['-...
5.8
«
E
~-f----.--
'~
'~
~r---- -"+--~-'1-- ~-I--~-~.- -I--~",---l
'"
<>
5.7
f------I-----~-.-~f-~-
r----~----+----4---_r---+---~~-~
15~--+---~---+----~--+---~--~
f-----
-
~---
f-- --
-~
-
5.6 ~---+-----+----+---+----+---+--~
r---
---
~ ----4--~__t_--i
--
e· - ---
14L---~---L--~----~--~---L--~
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
10
20
30
TA ( CI
POWER SUPPLY CURRENT (ICc!
VERSUS
POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VGG)
20
2533
J
I
f= 1MHz
19 I - TA = 25 C
18
.,.
V
11
u
u
~
1~
V
-"
15
~~
50
60
70
POWER SUPPLY CURRENT (IGG)
VERSUS
POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VGG)
6.6
V
./
2533
6.2
V
./
~
.---------r-----r-----r------r----~--___,
6.4
r---+---i--
6.0
-.JCC
«
E
-.JCC
~~
40
TA ( CI
«
E
V
'"
5.8
.!?
5.6
-.JCC
14
V
..........
5.4 f----+----¥~-f-----+---_;_---f
5.2 r-----bo'~--T_---l-----I-----+----l
13
5.0
12
~11
~12
VGG (VI
7-134
13
L.....-__-L____....L____L-__---L._ _ _.....L..._-'
~11
~12
VGG (VI
--13
!ii!lnotiC!i
UNIVERSAL ASYNCHRONOUS
FIRST·IN, FIRST·OUT BUFFER REGISTER
SILICON GATE MOS2500 SERIES
PRELIMINARY SPECIFICATION
DESCRIPTION
PIN CONFIGURATION (TOP VIEW)
The Signetics 2535 is a P-Channel MOS asynchronous
buffer memory consisting of 32 8~bit words. Both' input
and output can be either serial or parallel with a data rate
of DC to 1 MHz in either mode of operation.
I PACKAGE
The register is designed so that information entered at the
input will "fall through" to the lowest unoccupied location.
I nput and output may be accessed asynch~onously. Control
logic provides flag signals indicating presence of data and
availability status of empty storage locations.
The 2535 may be expanded in either the bit or word
direction. All inputs and outputs are directly DTL/TTL
compatible.
28
27
26
1. Input 2
25
24
4. Extenp
23
6. Serial Output
22. Input 7
21.lnputB
Output 2
21
20. Fullness Flag (8)
20
18. LOad Control/Clear
Output 3
19. Fullness Flag (161
Output 4
Output Enable
Output 5
13. OUtput 6
24.lnput5
23. Input 6
Control
7. Output 1
• ASYNCHRONOUS LOAD AND DUMP
• 32 WORD BY 8-BIT ELASTIC STORAGE
• DC TO 1 MHz OPERATION
• SERIAL OR PARALLEL OPERATION
• TTL COMPATIBLE
• 28-PIN DIP PACKAGE
• VCC = +5 V, VGG = -12 V
26. Overflow Indicator
25. Vee
5. Dump Control
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
28. Input 3
27. Input 4
2. Input 1
3. VGG
FEATURES
2535
*
11.Serial Input Con,rol
10
16.Ground
15.oLtput 8
14, Output 7
·12
13
14
APPLICATIONS
INTERFN~E
BETWEEN INDEPENDENTLY
CLOCKED SYSTEMS
KEYBOARD TO LINE BUFFER MEMORY
DISC AND TAPE BUFFER MEMORIES
DATA CONCENTRATORS
DATA "SILO'S"
BIT RATE SMOOTHING
MODEMS
CPU/TERMINAL BUFFERING
~In
conjunction with pin 26.
'PART IDENTIFICATION
PACKAGE
OP. TEMP. RANGE
28-Pin Ceramic DIP
MAXIMUM GUARANTEED RATINGS(l)
Operating Ambient Temperature
Storage Temperature
BIPOLAR COMPATIBILITY
All inputs of the 2535 can be driven direotly from TTL
output levels. Outputs will sink and source sufficient
current for one TTL fan-out.
-65°C to +150°C
Package Power Dissipation(2) @ T A 70°C
I nput(3) and Supply Voltages
with respect to VCC
3.13 W
+0.3 to -20 V
7·135
SILICON GATE MOS. 2535
DC CHARACTERISTICS
TA = o°c to 70°C, VCC = 5 V (8), VDD = GND, VGG = -12 V ±5% unless otherwise noted. (Notes 4,5,6,7,8)
SYMBOL
TEST
III
I nput Leakage
ILO
Output Leakage (Tri-State Outputs)
VIH
Input High Level Voltage (all inputs)
VIL
Input Low Level Voltage (all inputs)
VOH
Output High Voltage (all outputs)
TYP.
MIN.
VCC -1.5
CONDITIONS
MAX.
UNIT
500
na
Vin = GND
500
na
Vout = Chip Enable = GND
VCC +0.3
V
VCC -3.8
VCC -2.0
V
IOH = 2.6 mA (source)
V
VOL
Output Low Voltage (all outputs)
CIN
I nput Capacitance (any input)
COUT
Output Capacitance (any output)
ICC
Power Supply Current
60
mA
Outputs open, Output Enable = 5 V
IGG
Power Supply Current
10
mA
Outputs open, Output Enable = 5 V
0.4
V
5
10
pF
f = 1 MHz, V,H = VCC, 25 mVp·p
5
10
pF
f = 1 MHz, V,H = VCC, 25 mVp-p
IOL = 1.6 mA (sink)
AC CHARACTERISTICS
TA.= o°c to 70°C, VCC == 5 V (~), VDD = GND, VGG = -12 V ±5% unless otherwise noted. (Notes 4,5,6,7,8)
SYMBOL
TEST
MIN.
TYP.
MAX.
UNIT
CONDITIONS
tRC
Read-In Cycle Time
1
/-lS
tRP
-tRP
Read-In Pulse Width
200
ns
Read-In Pulse Width
400
tRD
Delay from Read-In Rising Edge Time
200
ns
tFD
Delay from Read-In Falling Edge Time
350
ns
1 TTL Load shunted by 20 pF
tRD
Delay from Read-I n R ising Edge Time
120
ns
MOS Loading Equivalent to 20 pF
tFD
Delay from Read-In Falling Edge Time
ns
MOS Loading Equivalent to 20 pF
tSR
Shift-Out Cycle Time
1
/-lS
tsp
Shift-Out Pulse Width
200
ns
tSD
Delay from Shift-Out Rising Edge
200
ns
tEX
Extend Time
500
ns
1 TTL Load shunted by 20 pF
tSD
130
ns
MOS Loading Equivalent to 20 pF
tEX
375
ns
ns
275
ns
0
tED
Data Out to Extend Delay
tFFD
Fullness-Flag Delay Time
800
ns
tOR
Delay from Output Enable Rising Edge
500
ns
tOF
Delay from Output Enable Falling Edge
500
ns
tFT
Fall-Thru Time
2
/-lS
NOTES:
1. Stresses above those listed under "Maximum Guaranteed Rating"
may cause permanent damage to the device. This is a stress rating
only and functional operation of the device at these or at any
other condition above those indicated in the operational sections
of this specification is not implied.
2. For operating at elevated temperatures the device must be
o
derated based on a +150 e maximum junction temperature and
a thermal resistance of 48°C/W junction to ambient.
7-13.6
1 TTL Load shunted by 20 pF
1 TTL Load shunted by 20 ,:..;':
MOS Loading Equivalent to 20 pF
All Data Outputs & Ex with either TTL
or MOS loading but not mixed loading
1 TTL Load shunted by 20 pF
1 TTL Load with 20 pF shunt capacity
3. All inputs are protected against static charge.
4. Parameters are valid over operating temperature range unless
specified.
5. All voltage measurements are referenced to ground.
6. Manufacturer reserves the right to make design and process
changes and improvements.
7. Typical values are at +25°e and nominal supply voltages.
8. Vee tolerance is ±5%. Any variation in actual Vec will be
tracked directly by VI L. VIH and VOH which are stated for a
V CC of exactly 5 volts
SILICON GATE MOS. 2535
TIMING DIAGRAMS
READ-IN
FALL-THRU TIME
---~-tRC-··--~--~1
------.
lOR
1
1
I
1
INPu3(
~{{h%JX~_
- - I tRD
1-- t'O-_1
I~-
~TV
~\
OVERF.L_O_W_-I-111
INDICA_~R
I
!-tRP-_I_---tRP_ _ _---!'
SIC)
•
IF FULL
L
tFT
:---
TFT = time required for 1st Byte of data to appear on
on outputs from falling edge of Read-In command ..
- -
FULLNESS FLAGS
~
I
(SIC #8 OR
SHIFT-OUT
----tSR~
~~-
soc pcB)
: r
1~--tFFD--_1
-----I
r-------,.
FFBOR FF16
w~"'" !-,.~
¥'----_
==L~~!~-')~I ___-.----\
i i __ ~~~EMPTY
DATA OUT VALID - -
I
-_I tSD 1---
I NOT VALID I
I~- tEx _
1
7
OUTPUT ENABLE
OUTPUT ENABLE
DATA OUT VALID
-_ltEDI~·-
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
INTERNAL ORGANIZATION
- I tOR
1--- --I tOF
....Jt
.:.;OU:.; TP..:.;UT_ _ _ _
HIGH IMPEDANCE STATE ___I
1-
L
BLOCK DIAGRAM
The Block Diagram in Figure 1 shows how the data is
moved and controlled within the FIFO. The input register
accepts either parallel or serial data. I nput data is written
into the storage array in a location specified by the Write
Address Counter. At the s~me time, the Available Storage
Counter is incremented to Indicate the fullness condition of
the FIFO.
The current output byte is au't matically available at the
output register. Data may be extra ed from the register in
parallel or serial form. After the current byte of data is
used, the next output byte is read from the storage array at
the location specified by the Read Address Counter. At the
same time, the Available Storage Counter is decremented to
maintain the proper fullness indication.
Two bits of the Available Storage Counter are supplied to
the user as Fullness Flags. They indicate the buffer capacity
status so that the empty or full conditions can be
anticipated. FF8 indicates 1/4 full status, FF16 indicates
1/2 full status and when both flags are up the buffer is
3/4 full.
INPUT CONTROL
When parallel data is presented to the eight input lines, the
Load Command (LC) is pulsed positive to enter the data
into the buffer. The input data should remain valid for the
width of the LC, and the LC should occur only when the
Overflow Indicator (01) output is low. The 01 low signal
FIGURE 1.
indicates that the input is available for lo·ading. After a
delay following the leading edge of the LC, the 01 will
acknowledge the input by going high. If the 01 remains
high, then the buffer is full and no new data should be
entered. When the 01 goes low, the buffer is again available
for loading.
Serial data is entered into the input register on Input 1. The
Serial Input Clock (SIC) is used to shift the data into the
register. 01 acknowledges each SIC and the 8th SIC causes
the byte in the input register to be inserted into the storage
7-137
SI LICON GATE MOS • 2535
If LC is pulsed during a serial entry before the 8th SIC, the
byte actually entered into the buffer will be a logical OR of
the partially entered serial data and the data at the parallel
inputs. Bit positions in the input register that have not been
shifted into will contain logical zeros.
OUTPUT CONTROL
When a byte is available in the buffer, it falls through to the
output register and is available on the output pins
(assuming the Output Enable signal is on). The Extend
(EX) signal goes high to indicate that data is available at the
output. When the using system is ready for the next byte, it
should pulse the Dump Command (DC) line. EX will then
go low until the next byte is available. EX stays low if the
FIFO is empty.
Serial data is shifted from the output register on Output 8.
The Serial Output Clock (SOC) is used to shift the data out
of the register and EX responds to each clock pulse. The
8th SOC causes the output control logic to retrieve the next
output byte and insert it into the output register.
If DC is pulsed during serial extraction before the 8th SOC,
the next output byte is inserted into the output register and
the remaining partially shifted data is lost. As the output
register is shifted, it is filled with logical zeros.
BUFFER STORAGE
The first byte inserted into an empty buffer falls all the
way through directly to the 8-bit output register.
Succeeding input bytes are written into a random access
memory array with a capacity of 31 x 8. The array is
designed so that it may be addressed at different locations
simu Itaneously. In that way, data may be inserted and
removed at the same time. The Write Address Counter
controls the locations for storing input data and the Read
Address Counter controls the locations from which data is
extracted for the output. Both counters are implemented as
31-bit shift registers that move a single bit along their
length to directly select the desired word lines in the
storage array. This control approach eliminates binary
decoding networks and is possible because both the read
and write locations are always sequentially accessed.
The use of random access memory to implement the
required storage means that the stored data need not be
moved around internally. Only the counters that point to
the data are manipulated in response to loading and
dumping the FIFO. It also means that the fall-through time
is minimized since new data in an empty buffer does not
have to be shifted sequentially through the buffer before it
is available.
RESET
To clear the buffer to its empty state and thus reset all the
control counters, two control signals are used. The 01
signal, which is normally an output from the FIFO, should
be held in a low state by the external reset logic. LC is then
pulsed positive for at least 2 microseconds and returned
low. The hold on 01 is then released, concluding the reset
operation.
7-138
EXPANSION
Increased FIFO capacity can be obtained by using mu Itiple
2535's in serial/parallel organizations. Sixteen-bit words,
for example, may be buffered by operating two eight bit
streams in parallel. In applications where the timing is not
critically fast, the LC, SIC, DC, and SOC may be tied
together and operated in parallel, but only one each of the
01, EX, and FF signals should be used to control the
data flow.
Cascaded operation of more than one FIFO allows
expansion to any word depth that is a multiple of 32. The
2535 control signals may be inter-connected without
intervening logic to form a FIFO of the desired depth. See
Figure 2. Data will automatically fall through to the end of
the chain.
FIGURE 2. CASCADE OPERATION
L_C_ _
S_IC_ _
To control two cascaded devices using parallel data
interconnection between them, it is only necessary to
connect EX from the first device to LC of the second, and
01 from the second device to DC of the first. The inputs to
the first device and the outputs from the second device may
then be operated in the normal modes. When data is
entered into the two device combination it falls through to
the output of the first device and causes the first EX to go
high. The second device sees the EX as a LC, accepts the
data, and responds with an 01 signal which the first device
sees as a DC. In this way the combination acts like one
device with twice the capacity and twice the fall-through
time of a single 2535.
FIFO USAGE
Asynchronous FIFO data stream buffering can come in
handy in many situations. When a data sink, for example,
requires data at a constant rate, the FIFO can provide the
constant data stream while at the same time it can absorb
data at highly variable rates from the data source.
The reverse situation can also apply. Consider a CRT
terminal connected to a computer via a high speed data
line. The terminal uses a large recirculating serial memory
for data storage. A FIFO in the terminal can accept the
constant speed data from the communication line, while at
the same time it can wait for synchronization with the
circulating memory and then dump a burst of data at
high speed.
The circuitry required to implement a FIFO function using
SSI and MSI logic can be considerable indeed. In addition
to the cost of the logic replaced, the economic evaluation
of the FIFO should consider inventory, ordering, testing,
reliabil ity, board space, production, design, and debugging
problems associated with the old approach. In all of these
areas the 2535 can provide significant advantages.
UNIVERSAL ASYNCHRONOUS
RECEIVER TRANSMITTER (UAR-T)
!ii!lDotiC!i
PRELIMINARY SPECIFICATION
SILICON GATE MOS 2500 SERIES
DESCRIPTION
FEATURES
The Signetics 2536 Universal Asynchronous Receiver-Transmitter is a general purpose, programmable MOS/LSI subsystem integrated on a single monolithic chip. The device
can simultaneously convert asynchronous serial binary
chara~ters to a parallel format (receiver) and parallel binary
characters to serial, asynchronous output (transmitter)
with start, parity, and stop bits added or verified. Both
receiver and transmitter are double buffered and fully
compatible with bipolar logic. The UAR-T may be programmed as follows: the word length can be either 5, 6, 7,
or 8 bits; parity generation and checking may be inhibited;
the parity may be even or odd; and the number of stop bits
may be either one or two. The 2536 is pin compatible with
the TMS 6010, AY-5-1012, TR-1402A, S1757 & COM2502.
•
DATA
HANDLING
EQUIPMENT
(COMPUTER. DISPLAY
PERIPliI:RAL, ETC)
(8)
"-
•
•
•
ASYNCHRONOUS
...
U'AR/T
2636
(8)
"
~SERIAL DATA LINK
•
l---/
SERIAL
TRANSFER
PARALLEL
TRANSFER
PIN CONFIGURATION (Top View)
I PACKAGE
40
39
•
1.
Vce
2.
VGG
Ground
3.
4.
Received data enable
•
•
38
37
38
36
34
33
32
31
30
29
6.
7.
8.
'}
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
Received data bits
(AD
1
- ADS)
•
•
Parity error
Framing error
15.
Over-run
16.
17.
Status flag enable
1S.
19.
Receiver clock
Reset data available
Oats aveilable
20.
21.
22.
Transmitter buffer empty
23.
24.
25.
Receiver serial input
..
Transmitter ragister empty
Transmitter serial output
27.
. 2S.
"}
29.
28
25
17
24
23
22
21
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
3S.
39.
40.
•
•
•
DIRECTLY TTL/DTL COMPATIBLE - NO INTERFACING CIRCUITS REQUIRED
FULL DUPLEX OR HALF DUPLEX OPERATION TRANSMITS AND RECEIVES DATA SIMULTANEOUSLY OR ALTERNATELY (AT INDEPENDENT
INFORMATION RATES)
FULLY BUFFERED - ELIMINATES NEED FOR SYSTEM SYNCHRONIZATION: FACILITATES HIGH
SPEED OPERATION.
FULLY PROGRAMMABLE - EXTERNALLY SELECTABLE:
WORD LENGTH: 5,6,7,8 DATA BITS
INFORMATION RATE - UP TO 20K BAUD
EVEN/ODD PARITY
PARITY INHIBIT
SINGLE OR DOUBLE STOP BIT GENERATION
AUTOMATIC DATA STATUS GENERATION:
TRANSMISSION COMPLETE
TRANSMITTER BUFFER REGISTER EMPTY
RECEIVED DATA AVAILABLE
PARITY ERROR
FRAMING ERROR
OVERRUN ERROR
THREE-STATE OUTPUTS, RESETABLE - BUSSING
CAPABILITY:
DATA OUTPUTS
STATUS FLAGS
INTERNAL PULL-UPS ON ALL INPUTS
CLOCK BITS TO DATA BITS RATIO - 16
OPTIONS AVAILABLE- 32, (8,4,2)
HIGH SPEED OPERATION - FROM D.C. TO 320KHz
GUARANTEED
START BIT VERIFICATION-MINIMIZES ERROR
RATE
STATIC LOGIC - STABLE
STANDARD POWER SUPPLIES - +5V, -12V
DUAL .IN-LiNE PACKAGE - CERAMIC
External (master) reset
Oats load strobe
28
27
253 6
Transmitter data inputs
(DB
1
- DBS)
Control load strobe
No parity
Stop bit(s) select
Word length select 2
Word length select 1
Odd/even parity select
Transmitter clock pulse
APPLICATIONS
PERIPHERALS
TERMINALS
PRINTERS
MINI-COMPUTERS
MODEMS
CONCENTRATORS
MULTIPLEXERS
CONTROLLERS
CARD AND TAPE READERS
KEYBOARD ENCODERS
REMOTE DATA ACQUISITION
SYSTEMS
PART IDENTIFICATION
PACKAGE
OP. TEMP RANGE
40-Pin Ceramic DIP
0-70°C
7-139
SILICON GATE MOS. 2536
FUNCTIONAL BLOCK DIAGRAM
MAXIMUM GUARANTEED RATINGS (1)
Package Power Dissipation (2)
@T A
Operating Ambient Temperature
Storage Temperature
7·140
O°C to 70°C
-65°C to +150°C
=
70°C
3.0W(14)
Input (3)and Supply Voltages
with respect to Vee
+0.3 to -20V
SI LICON GATE MOS. 2536
DC CHARACTERISTICS
T A = O°C to 70°C, VCC = 5V (8), V DD = :"'12V ±5% unless otherwise noted. (Notes 4, 5, 6, 7, 8)
SYMBOL
TEST
MIN
VIH
Input "High" Voltage (9)
V IL
Input "Low" Voltage
TYP
MAX
3.2
UNIT.
5.3
V
1.05
V
CONDITIONS
VIH>
Clock Input "High" Voltage (9)
5.3
V
VIL>
Clock Input "Low" Voltage
1.05
V
IIH
Input "High" Current
10
ua
IlL
Input "Low" Current
1.6
IIH>
IlL>
Clock Input "High" Current
10
ua
Clock Input "Low" Current
1.6
ma
ICC
V CC Supply Current
20
ma
All Inputs
Logic "High"
V GGSupply Current
10
ma
All Inputs
Logic "High"
Power Dissipation
200
mW
All Inputs
Logic "High"
3.2
=
V IN =
V IN =
V IN =
V IN
ma
5.0V
OV
5.0V
OV
TIMING DIAGRAM AND VOLTAGE. WAVEFORMS
I'
os
DBS-DB,
t6S
----.~,\_
mY. r - - - -
----
-
.~"
"I
150%
cs _ _ _ _
f~~.~
\-
50%
SBS. NP. EPS,
WLS1, WLS2
.50%
-~---
TRANSMITTER DATA INPUT LOAD CYCLE
CONTROL REGISTER LOAD CYCLE
-l5(1%
D A -
1
RDE,SWE
\j'-_50%
______
J Ir-------6(1%
,.--_-+--_ _~II,-
RD 1 - RDa,OR
DA, TBE,PE, FE _ _ _ _ _
+-___
tR
=
tF
-'~
<
- -
50%
10 n sec for all inputt
OUTPUT DELAYS
7·141
SILICON GATE MOS. 2536
AC CHARACTERISTICS
_ 0
T A - 0 C to 70
0c , VCC -_ 5V (8) , V
SYMBOL
fC
BR
-12V ±5% unless otherwise noted. (Notes 4, 5, 6, 7, 8,10,11,13)
DD
TEST
Clock Frequency (12)
MIN
TYP
MAX
DC
480
320
KHz
30
20
kBaud
us
Baud Rate
UNIT
Clock Pulse Width
1.5
1.0
100
tPW1
ct>3
ct>2
Address
Address
Address
Address
Address
4
3
2
1
0
BIPOLAR COMPATIBILITY
All address lines, control lines and data input I ines are directly TTL compatible and defined in positive logic. The
three clocks require high level drivers. The data out line is
a non-inverted current source output requiring a sense amplifier or high impedance gate. (Signetics N575 Clock Driver
and 8T25 Sense Amplifier are recommended.)
GENERAL TIMING AND OPERATION
1. During period 1 internal nodes are precharged. The
rising edge of CL 1 (end of Period 1) clocks input
address and CS data into storage elements.
2. During period 2 the row and column decoders select
the desired bit.
3. During period 3 the information in the bit is exclusive
OR'd with the selected information contained in the
column inversion memory. The· result is sent to the
output. The output information is stable near the
end of period 3.
4. During period 4.thewriteenable circuitry is activated.
The internal data-in level is determined by ex;lusive
OR'ing the actual input with the selected information
contained in the column inversion memory.
5. If a write is desired during period 5, data is written into the selected bit. The information stored in all
other bits sharing the same addressed column is inverted and refreshed. The appropriate bit of the
column inversion memory is also inverted and refreshed.
If a refresh is desired during period 5, the information stored in all bits sharing the same addressed
column is inverted and refreshed. The appropriate
bit of the column inversion memory is also inverted
and refreshed.
SI LICON GATE [MOS. 2548
PART IDENTIFICATION
TYPE
25481
2548XC
PACKAGE
22-Pin Ceramic DIP
(0.4")
22-Pin Plastic DIP
NOTE: "0";, 0 V, "1"
= +5
BLOCK DIAGRAM
OP. TEMP. RANGE
0-70DC
0-70DC
V
MAXIMUM GUARANTEED RATINGS (1)
D
ODC to 70 C
Operating Ambient Temperature
D
D
Storage Temperature
-65 C to 150 C
All Input or Output Voltage with respect +0.3 V to -25 V
to the most positive supply VBB
Supply Voltages with respect to VBB
+0.3 V to -25 V
D
Package Power Dissipation at T A = 25 C
800mW
NOTES:
1. Stresses above those listed under "Maximum Guaranteed
Ratings" may cause permanent damage to the device. This is a
stress rating only and functional operation of the device at these
or at any other condition above those indicated in the
operational sections of this specification is not implied.
2.
The VBB supply should be applied at or before the VCC supply.
3.
tr and tf = 20ns' for all inputs. All timing measurements are
made at the 50% points.
4.
Only CL 1 and CL2 are required for a short read cycle. 60 ns
after CL2 the next cycle can start. No refresh occurs when using
short read cycles.
DC CHARACTERISTICS
D
TA = ODC to 70 C, VCC = 5 V, VBB = 8.5 V ±0.5 V, VOO = -15 ±1 V unless otherwise noted.(2)
SYMBOL
TEST
MIN.
TYP.
MAX.
UNIT
CONDITlqNS
ILC
Clock Load Current
5.0
fJ.A
VClK = VOO
III
Input Load Current
1.0
fJ.A
VIN = VOO
I
CL1 = VOO
ILO
Output Leakage Current
1.0
VOUT = VOO, CL2 = VCC
fJ.A
CL3 =VCC
D
100
Average Power Supply Current
10.0
mA
TA = 25 C, Tcyc = ~6() ns
IBB
Average Power Supply Current
500.0
fJ.A
T A = 25 C, T cyc = p60 ns
VIL
Input Low Voltage
VOO -1.0
Vec -4.5
V
VIH
Input High Voltage
VCC -1.5
Vct
V
VILC
Clock Input Low Voltage
-16
-14,
V
VIHC
Clock Input High Voltage
VCC -1.5
VCC
IOH
Output High Source Current
IOL
Output Low Source Current
D
V
mA
R L = 1.1 K connec~ed to 0 V
25.0
fJ.A
R L = 1.1 K connec~ed to 0
CAOO
Address Input Capacitance
5.0
pF
CCS
CS Input Capacitance
5.0
pF
CRW
R!W Input Capacitance
5.0
pF
COl
01 Input Capacitance
6.0
pF
CCL1
Cll Input Capacitance
35.0
pF
CCl2
Cl2 Input Capacitance
16.0
pF
CCl3
Cl3 Input Capacitance
25.0
pF
COUT
OutltlJt Capacitance
5.0
pF
0.6
V
VIN =VCC,
-
= 1 ~Hz
VCll = VOO, V~d~ = VCC
VCL2 = VCl3 =V C, f = 1 MHz
7-149
SILICON GATE MOS. 2548
AC CHARACTERISTICS (3)
TA = O°C to 70°C, VCC = 5 V, VBB = 8.5 V ±0.5 V, VDD = -15 V ±1 V unless otherwise noted.(2)
SYMBOL
TEST
MIN.
TYP.
MAX.
UNIT
2.0
ms
CONDITIONS
General Memory Cycle Timing
TREF
Time Between Refresh
T1PW
CL 1 Pulse Width
75
ns
T12
CL 1 to CL2 Gap
75
ns
T2PW
CL2 Pulse Width
240
ns
T23
CL2 to CL3 Gap
50
ns
T3PW
CL3 Pulse Width
70
ns
T31
CL3 to CL 1 Gap
50
ns
TAS
Address & Chip Select Setup Time
40
ns
TAH
Address & Chip Select Hold Time
TOUT
CL2 to Output Access Time
60
ns
230
ns
ns
TCYC
Cycle Time
560
TSRC (4)
Short Read Cycle Time
450
ns
T21 (4)
CL2 to CL 1 Gap (for SRC only)
60
ns
RL
= 1.1
K, CL = 30pF
VREF = 500 tlA
Read/Refresh Cycle Timing
TACC1
CL 1 to Output Access
380
ns
T1PW + T12 + TOUT
TACC1
Address or Chip Select to Output
345
ns
TAS+T12+ T OUT
TRWS3
Read Setup Time
60
ns
TRWH3
Read Hold Time
20
ns
Read/Write Cycle Timing
TRWS2
Write Setup Time
0
ns
TDS1
Data High Setup Time
100
ns
TDSO
Data Low Setup Time
60
ns
TDH
Data Hold Time
20
ns
GENERAL NOTES:
A. Every time a column is accessed during a normal memory cycle (either a READ or a WRITE, but not a SHORT READ), all 64 bits in that column
are refreshed.
B. Refreshing continues to occur even if the device is not selected
(Cs = "1").
CS
C. When
= "1" the Data In and Read/Write inputs are disabled so that no data can be written into the device. When
device is left floating so that many device~outputs can easily be 0 R'ed together.
Cs = "1",
the output of the
D.AO through A4 are the column address lines. A5 through A10 are the row address lines.
E. For proper refreshing, all column addresses (32 of them) must be selected at least once during every 2 ms period.
F. Inputs AO through A 1 0 and Cs are essentially clocked into the device on the rising edge of CL 1. They are then held by internal latches for the
duration of each memeory cycle.
G. The RAM is non-inverting such that data written in as a "1" (DI = "1") is read out as a positive current greater than 600 J.l.A. Data written in as a
"0" is read out as a very small current less than 25 J.l.A.
7·150
SILICON GATE ~OS. 2548
TIMING DIAGRAM
READ/REFRESH CYCLE
READ/WRITE CYCLE
SHORT READ CYCLE
I~--------TCYC--------~~I~--------TCYG----------_I·+-----TSRC~
GLOCK 1
VCC
VDD
GLOCK 2
VCC
VDD
GLOCK 3
VDD
ADDRESS
VCC -1.5 ~~Ir-....,
&
cH1PSEUCT VCC-4.5 .-.~"'_.....
VCC -1.5
READ/WRITE
VCC -4.5
DATA IN
VCC -1.5
VCC -4.5
600llA
DATA OUT
NOTES:
1. Signal may change with no effect.
2. Data I n can go low but cannot go high during this time.
7-151
S!!Inntics
8192- BIT HIGH SPEED
STATIC READ·ONL Y MEMORY
PRELIMINARY SPECIFICATION
DESCRIPTION
2580
SILICON GATE MOS 2500 SERIES
PIN CONFIGURATION (Top View)
The 2580 is a high' speed 8,192 Static Read-Only Memory available in a 2048x4 organization. This device ha_s
TTL compatible inputs and outputs and requires +5V and
-12V power supplies. A READ input controls the entry of
data from the ROM into output latches. Three-state outputs
allow OR tying for implementing larger memories. The outputs are enabled by a programmable four bit select code
applied to four binary chip select terminals.
N,I PACKAGE
24
23
1.
FEATURES
•
•
2048x4 ORGANIZATION
625n5 TYPICAL ACCESS TIME
20
6.
A2
A3
A4
19
A5
A6
17
16.
15.
A7
16
14.
VGG(-12V)
A10
13.
A9
OUTPUT LATCHES
•
BUILT-IN 1 OF 16 CHIP ENABLE DECODER
10.
11.
•
TTL/DTL COMPATIBLE INPUTS
12.
•
TTL/DTL COMPATIBLE THREE-STATE OUTPUTS
7.
8.
9.
18
AS
= +5V, VGG = -12V, VDD = OV
•
24 PIN SILICONE DIP
SIGNETICS P-MOS SILICON GATE PROCESS
TECHNOLOGY
VDD (OV)
eS1
AO
A1
•
•
23.
22.
4.
5.
STATIC OPERATION, NO REFRESHING
VCC
24.
Vee (+5V)
GND
READ
•
•
22
21
2.
3.
10
15
11
14
12
13
21.
20.
19.
18.
17.
eS2
eS3
eS4
OUT 1
OUT2
OUT 3
OUT4
APPL ICATIONS
•
MICRO-PROGRAMMING
•
LOOK-UP TABLES
• CODE CONVERSION
•
RANDOM LOGIC SYNTHESIS
•
CHARACTER GENERATION
PART IDENTIFICATION
PART NUMBER
OP. TEMP. RANGE
PACKAGE
2580N
0-70°C
24-PIN DIP
25801
0-70°C
24-PIN DIP
BIPOLAR COMPATIBILITY
All inputs of the 2580 can be driven directly by standard
bipolar integrated circuits (TTL, DTL, etc.). The data output buffers are capable of sinking a minimum of 1.6mA
sufficient to drive one standard TTL load.
7-152
Note: "0"
= OV,
"1"
= +5V
SI L ICON GATE MOS. 2580
BLOCK DIAGRAM
2580
AO
A1
8192 BITS
64 X 128 MATRIX
A2
A3
A4
AS
A6
A7
AS
A9
A10
CS4
CS3
CS2
CS1
16
OUT 4
17
OUT 3
18
OUT 2
19
OUT 1
MAXIMUM GUARANTEED RATINGS (1)
Operating Ambient Temperature
Storage Temperature
oOe to 700e
-65°C to +1500 C
Package Power Dissipation 2 @ 70° e
Input3 and Supply Voltages
with respect to Vee
730mW
+0.3 to -20V
7·153
SILICON GATE MOS. 2580
bc CHARACTERISTICS
T A = O°C to +70°C; VCC = +5V ±5%, VDD
SYMBOL
= OV, VGG = -12V ±5% unless otherwise noted. (See notes 4,5,6, 7)
TYP
MAX
UNIT
III
Input Load Current
TEST
MIN
10
500
nA
ILO
Output Leakage Current
10
1000
nA
CONDITIONS
VIN = -5.5V
TA = 25°C
VOUT = OV
TA = 25°C
VCE = VCC
ICC
VCC Power Supply Current
23
35
mA
(8)
IGG
VGG Power Supply Current
23
35
mA
(8)
VIL
Input Logic "0"
1.05
V
VIH
Input Logic "1"
5.3
V
3.2
AC CHARACTERISTICS
TA = 25°C; VCC = 5V ±5%, VDD = OV, VGG= -12V ±5% unless otherwise noted.
SYMBOL
TEST
VOL
Output Logic "0"
MIN
TYP
VOH
Output Logic" 1"
3.5
tRPW 10
tRPW 9
Read Pulse Width
500
400
Read Pulse Width
500
400
tAD
Address Delay Time (11)
MAX
UNIT
CONDITIONS
0.8
V
One TTL Load
V
One TTL Load
ns
ns
50
tAH
Address Hold Time
tAl
Address to Output Delay
625
700
tA2
End of Read Pulse to Output
200
250
ns
0
ns
ns
Delay
CIN
Input Capacitance
10
pF
f= 1MHz, VAC=
25mV pop
VIN = VCC
NOTES:
1. Stresses above those listed under "Maximum Guaranteed Rating"
7.
Typical values are at +25° C and nominal supply voltages.
8.
Outputs open, tRPW
may cause permanent damage to the device. This is a stress rating
only and functional operation of the device at these or any other
= 500ns,
tRPW
= 500ns.
conditions above those indicated in the operational sections of
this specification is not implied.
2.
9.
derated based on a +150°C maximum junction temperature and
a thermal resistance of 110° C/W junction to ambient.
During tFjpw data is clocked into the output latches and the
address decoders are precharged in preparation for the next
cycle.
For operating at elevated temperaturEls the device must be
10.
During tRPW addresses are decoded and sent to the memory
matrix; and the stored memory data is moved to the data inputs
3.
All inputs are protected against static charge.
4.
Parameters are valid over operating temperature range unless
of the output RS latches. This data is clocked into the output
specified.
latches at the end (falling edge) of the READ pulse. After tA2,
5.
All voltage measurements are referenced to ground.
6.
Manufactu rer reserves the right to make design and process
changes and improvements.
7-154
data appears at the output terminals.
11.
Addresses must be stable within 50ns after the READ I ine rises
and must remain stable until the 8EAD line falls.
SI LICON GATE MOS. 2580
TIMING DIAGRAM
':
"'~ J=~~=t-.ADDRESSES
AND CHIP
SELECT
-I
~
tAD
+ 5 V - - -......
i----...
-tAH
1
+6V - - - - - - - -_ _ _"
OUTPUTS
OV -
_______ _
.J
Note: All measurements made at 50% points.
Input tr tf 10ns.
= =
AC TEST SETUP
+5V
TTL
(8880)
ADDRESSES
I
VCC
An
TTL
(8880)
10pF
On
2580
OUTPUT
TTL
(8880)
READ
READ
CS n
V OD
J
GND
VGG
-=-
-12V
7-155
SILICON GATE MOS. 2580
CODING FORMAT
Coding data for the 2580 may be sent to Signetics via punched cards or via a written truth table. Cards are preferred since errors
are essentially eliminated.
On receipt of a card deck, Signetics will translate the card deck to a truth tab!e using the Signetics Computor Aided Design
(CAD) facility. The truth table will then be sent to the customer requesting engineer for final approval. On receipt of final approval, Signetics will cut the rubylith mask and proceed with manufacture.
CARD FORMAT
(IDENTIFICATION CARDS)
o UMN 89
C L,
COLUMN 10, 11, 12, 13,
CUSTOM NUMBER (ASSIGNED
CUSTOM DESIGN\ATION "/CM"BY SIGNETICS)
BASIC PART TYPE
~
.
~
COLUMN 21,22,23,24,
~C~~ ~~~,E~T CODE
COLUMN 26-80
~
_________ CUSTOMER IDENTIFICATION
- --tDDrD 1100 ActIE
1 III
"E1'!DIU~
II I 1 II
I I III
,./tt·13S217-1'
I 1
0001001000000000000000" 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 I 0 0 0 01001000000000000000000000000000'000000000000'
1 Z 3 4 5111 t1111 12IJUI51111111910ZIZZUZ4Z5IU,n"S31J1U:MJljIll1." .. 414Z4UU5414141USO5ISZU54SUl5rSlUII.IlU3141SII"tllI70711Z1314757G1l1I1U.1
11111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111
122222222222211 ZZZZZZZZZZ11 11 ZZZZ22 Z212 2 2 Z2 2 2 212 ZZZZ2 2 211 2 2 2 2 Z2 Z2 2 ZZZ2 212 Z112112l .
PERSON RESPONSIBLE FOR REVIEWING SIGNETICS
COMPUTER GENERATED TRUTH TABLE
ATTN.
1 1
J.Q.
ENGIIiEER, MEMORY PROD.
I I I II II
I I I I I I
1
I
I III
II
III
MGR.
I I
I I
II 01111110000 I 0 0 0.000 I 000. DII 0 0 DII 0 0 0 DOD 0 I DID DOD DD0 0 0 0 0 D• D0 0 0 0 0 D0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 leD .1. t
I I J .. I I ' • • • nlllJ .. " .. " .. IUU'IIHluululln.J1lUuuS."II ..... IUO.UU.. , .... SOsIUSUtSSKIlIiHICUIIUJNISlurIlHrlnrUJlUUu,,,,,.
11111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 22 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 212 22 2 2 222222
STREET ADDRESS
CITY
STATE ZIP
SUNNYVALE" CALI FORN I A 94086
I I
II
II II ..
I III
10 1100 II D• DI 0 I. 0 I. 0 0 0 0 e 0 0 Dill 0 DOlO DID. 0 0 0 0• 0 0 0 I 0 0 DOlO 0 0 •••••• 1 0 0 0 • 0 81 0 • 0 ••••••••
1 1, ... 1
r ••• IIIIUI."IIIlIIIU"'anM"lU1Ju•• "JllIJU'.31 ••••14IO.U'.u .. ., .. slsunUSllIlIU•• III1,UUUII, • • rtnruUHIJlU"".
111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111 II 1 I 1 1111 1 1 1 11 1 11111111111111
22122222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 22222222222
COMPANY NAME
'.~A~C~ME~M~E~M~OR~I~E~S-I~H~C~.------------------~----------------------------~
I II I I II I II
I I III
0000000100000 DID 0 0 eo 0 0 0 0 ot. 01 0 0 0 000 DDII 0 I 0 000 II 0 D. 00 0 0 ... 11 •••• 00000 ... II .......
1I
J""
I ,.11 1I1J1.IIMIII,IUIlInnl..uu,,,n.JIIUUIJl.n . . . . "Ilq.IfI ••'."'UIUU$UUU11111.IIIUHUU"' .. I"ln'''UUUI1,ptn.
1111111111111111111111111111111111 1 11111111111111111111111111111 1 111 1 1111111 1 1 1 1
2222222222222 21Z 2 ~ 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 22222222222222222222222222122222222222'
7·156
SILICON GATE MOS. 2580
CODING FORMAT (Cont'd)
DATA CARD FORMAT
Col 1·4
Decimal equivalent of first data word location.
Example: 0124
Note: leading zeros must be used for addresses from 0000 to 0999.
Col 5
Dash (.) to separate numbers
Col '6·9
Address of last data word on card
Col 10
Blank
Col 11·14
Col 15
First data word (04. 03 ' O2 , 0 1)
Blank
Col 16·19
Second data word
Etc. thru column 71
Col 72·80
Reserved for comments (These columns are ignored by the
computer)
Up to twelve (12) data words can be coded on one card. Less than
12 may be used as long as the first and last addresses are given in
columns 1·9.
EXAMPLE
000-0011 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011
I
11110110001111011100110101100010110101001001010000011100110001010010000 I
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011.11131415161718191021111324252621282930313233343536 37 38 3140 414243444546474949505152 5H4I5 56 57 58 59 60 616263 6465 66 6168 6910 71 ,,~
1111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111 Jl11111111111
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2::
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 33 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
44444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444)
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5,5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 55 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
6 6 f; 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6, 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6,. } :
77777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777'
8 8 [I B8 B8 B8 8 8 8 B8 88 8 BB8 a BBB8 8 8 B8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 a 8 8 8 8.. / .•.•
9 9 ~I 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 '
1 1 3 4 5 6 7 8
j
1011 121314 IS 16 17 16 19 20212223 24Z5 26 27 28 29 30 31323334353637183940414243444546414849 SO 515253545556515859606162636465666168697011
't;Mf!mlI]
7·157
SI LICON GATE MOS • 2580
TRUTH TABLE WOR KSHEET
Note:
"1" = +5V
"0" = ov
(Copy this form when submitting written truth table)
7·158
S!!II Dolies
FULLY DECODED, 1024·81T
________
ST_AT_IC_RA_ND__O_M_AC_CE_SS_M_EM_OR--IY
ADVANCED SPECIFICATION
2602
2602.1
SILICON GATE MOS 2600 SERIES
DESCRIPTION
PIN CONFIGURATION
The Signetics 2602 is a medium speed, static random access
memory offering a 1024x 1 organization. Fabricated with
low threshold N-Channel silicon gate technology, the 2602
yields an access and read cycle time of less than 1 J1S for the
standard version and 500ns for the -1 version. Write cycle
time is 500ns.
B & I PACKAGES
The 2602 is fully static, requiring no clocks and is completely DTUTTL compatible including the single +5V
power supply requirement.
•
FEATURES
•
1024x1 STATIC OPERATION
•
100% TTL COMPATIBLE
•
LOW ACCESS AND CYCLE TIME: 2602
2602-1
•
LOW POWER DISSIPATION
0.2mW/BIT
•
STANDARD PACKAGE
16-PIN DIP
500n5
2602
• VCC = +5V
• SIGNETICS N-CHANNEL SILICON GATE TECHNOLOGY
• TRI·STATE OUTPUT
APPLICATIONS
PERIPHERAL MEMORIES
BUFFER MEMORIES
MINICOMPUTER MEMORY
1.
BLOCK DIAGRAM
Vee
AO
Address 6
2. Address 5
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
GND
Read/Write
Address 1
Address 2
Address 3
Address 4
Address 0
16.
15.
14.
13.
12.
11.
10.
9.
Address 7
Address 8
Address 9
Chip Select
Data Out
Data In
VCC
Ground
o-!
Al~
A2~
A3~
A402
DIN
o!..!
R/Wo1-
CisoE
PART IDENTIFICATION
DOUT0.!3
TYPE
A5
AS
A7
AS
A9
PACKAGE
OP. TEMP. RANGE
lJ1s
500ns
0-700 C
0-700 C
16-Pin Ceramic DIP lJ1s
16-Pin Ceramic DIP 500ns
0-700 C
0-700 C
2602B
16-Pin Plastic DIP
2602-1 B 16-Pin Plastic DIP
12602 I
2602-11
TA
7·159
SILICON GATE MOS. 2602/2602-1
MAXIMUM GUARANTEED RATINGS:
o
oOe to +70 e
Operating Ambient Temperature
o
Storage Temperature; All Input,
Output, and Supply Voltages with
respect to VSS
-65°e to +150 e
Package Power Dissipation "8" Pkg.
640mW
"I" Pkg.
800mW
-0.5 V to +12 V
DC AND OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS:
= oOe to +70o e,
TA
Vee
= +5V ±5%, Vss = OV unless otherwise noted.
UNITS
III
500
nA
VIN
ILO
Output Leakage
500
nA
VOUT
VIH
Input High Level Voltage (All Inputs)
2.2
5.25
V
VIL
Input Low Level Voltage (All Inputs)
-0.3
0.65
V
VOL
Output Low Voltage
0
0.4
V
IOL
VOH
Output High Voltage
2.4
VCC
V
IOH
Output Open
MIN
TEST
TYP
CONDITIONS
MAX
Input Leakage
SYMBOL
ICC
Supply Current
35
50
mA
CIN
I nput Capacitance (Any Input)
5
10
pF
COUT
Output Capacitance
5
10
pF
TYP
MAX
= 5.25V
= 5.25V
= 1.6 mA
= -1001LA
AC CHARACTERISTICS:
TA
= oOe to +70o e,
Vee
= +5V ±5%, VSS = OV unless otherwise noted.
SYMBOL
MIN
TEST
UNITS
CONDITIONS
READ CYCLE
tRC
tAC
Read Cycle
2602
1.0
2602-1
0.5
Address to Chip Select Delay 2602
Access Time
ILS
0.4
0.2
ILS
At Minimum
ILS
Read Cycle
2602
1.0
ILS
2602-1
0.5
ILS
2602-1
tA
ILS
WRITE CYCLE
tw
Write Cycle
1ILs
ILS
tAC
Address to Chip Select Delay
ILS
ILS
tWD
Address to Write Pulse Delay
0.05
0.4
twp
Write Pulse Width
0.5
tDW
Data Set-up Time
0.25
ILS
tDH
Data Hold Time
0.1
ILS
tcw
Chip Select Pulse Width
0.3
ns
tcs
Access Time Through Chip Select Input
0.2
IL-S
tCD
Chip Deselect Time
0.2
ILS
tR/WS
Read/~Set-Up Time
ILS
CHIP SELECT AND DESELECT
7-160
0.5
ILS
SI L ICON GATE MOS. 2602/2602-1
TIMING DIAGRAMS
READ CYCLE
WRITE CYCLE
_.--.~tRC ----~a
ADDRESS
__ J1 . . . ._________r
I
::..:J
_
.
I,'.'V;-----t
/11--1- - -
wp
..,....tR/WS,
DATA OUT
_--~tA---_IIo_1
DATA IN
CH~P
SELECT AND DESELECT
"",:y: ------------~~.--------------
~-T-------,~I
r:
DATA OUT
_ _ _ _ _ _-J
I-
L ___ ...J
NO.E: Timing measured from 50% points.
7·161
CUSTOM CODING INFORMATION
COMPANY _______________________________
2410
ADDRESS _______________________________
CITY_____________ STATE ________ ZI P_____
TEL. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE ___________
A2
A.
A,
A5
At
BASIC PRODUCT TYPE _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
DATE ________________~-----------------
B2
A,
B.
CE
VGG
CUSTOMER PRINT OR 1.0. NUMBER _________
PURCHASE ORDER NUMBER ______________
Vss
2410 Series- 1024 bit read-only
memory organized as 256 words
of 4 bits in a 16 pin dip.
2420
. BASIC INFORMATION
0 D
• DEVICE TYPE N24
• NUMBER OF CHIP SELECTS
• CHIP SELECT CODE
• OUTPUT DEVICE
D
D
0
CE3
1
0
0
CE2
3
0
CE1
MOS RESISTOR
TTL (Bare Drain)
• ORGANIZATION
o
0
8 X 128
• PACKAGE
0
D
0
8 X 256 0 4 X 512
4 X 256
16 PIN
D
24 PIN
• LOGIC "1" MORE NEGATIVE VOLTAGE
lOGIC "0" MORE POSITIVE VOLTAGE
• INSTRUCTIONS FOR COMPLETING TRUTH TABLE
(Required only if computer punch cards are not used)
FOR 8 X 256 USE COLUMN I ADDRESS- OUTPUTS
B1-B8
FOR 8 X 128 USE COLUMN I ADDRESS- OUTPUTS
B1-B8
FOR 4 X 256 USE COLUMN I ADDRESS WORDS
0-127, OUTPUTS B1-B4; COLUMN II ADDRESS
WORDS 128-255, OUTPUTS B5-B8
FOR 4 X 512 USE COLUMN I ADDRESS WORDS
0-255, OUTPUTS B1-84; COLUMN III ADDRESS
WORDS 256-511, OUTPUTS B5-B8
ORGANIZATION
The Signetics 2400 Series is a family of read-only memories.
The 2410, 2420, and 2430 Series are offered with the following organizations.
7-162
2420 Series- 1024 bit read-only
memory organized a 128 words
by 8 bits or 256 words by 4 bits
If the 256 words by 40rgimization
is specified outputs will appear on
pins 4, 6, 8, and 10.
2430
CE,
CE,
B,
A.
A5
B,
AS
B.
A,
B5
AS
B6
VGG
B,
Me
Be
CE
2430 Series- 2048 bit read-on~y
memory organized as 256 words by
8 bits or 512 words by 4 bits. If the
512 word by 4 organization is specified outputs will appear on pins 4,
6,8, and 10.
2400 SERIES CUSTOM CODING INFORMATION
ROM SEL.ECTION· CHART
TYPE
ORGANIZATION
PACKAGE
OUTPUTS
CHIP SELECT CONTROLS
N2410I
256 x 4
16-Pin Ceramic DIP
MOS Pull-up
1
N24111
256 x 4
16-Pin Ceramic DIP
Bare Drain
1
N2420Y
128 x 8. 256 x 4
24-Pin Ceramic DIP
MOS Pull-up
1
N2421Y
128 x 8. 256 x 4
24-Pin Ceramic DIP
Bare Drain
1
N2425Y
128 x 8. 256 x 4
24-Pin Ceramic DIP
MOS Pull-up
3 (binary coded) *
N2426Y
128 x 8. 256 x 4
24-Pin Ceramic DIP
Bare Drain
3 (binary coded) *
N2430Y
512 x 4. 256 x 8
24-Pin Ceramic DIP
MOS Pull-up
N2431Y
512x4.256x8
24-Pin Ceramic DIP
Bare Drain
N2435Y
512 x 4. 256 x 8
24-Pin Ceramic DIP
MOS Pull-up
3 (binary coded) *
N2436Y
512x4.256x8
24-Pin Ceramic DIP
Bare Drain
3 (binary coded) *
1
1
'Mask Programmable
CIRCUIT OPTION
The following circuit options are available for the user's
particular needs:
Input definition:
A 1 is the least significant input address
A8 is the most significant input address
OUTPUT BUFFER
For all series the user has the option of MOS or TTL
outputs. This must be specified by the user.
• MOS output- an output having an MOS resistor connected to VOD. This allows interfacing with other
•
MOS devices.
TTL output- an output having no MOS resistor connected to VDD. Commonly called a "bare drain"
output; this allows direct interfacing with TTL
circuits and external "wired AND" capability.
CHIP SELECT
•
•
•
•
"Single" ROM- one which has only one chip select. A
logical "0" on the chip select line places all outputs in
the "1" state (or open-circuited in the case of a"TTL"
output).
"Coded" ROM- one which has a three digit binary code
chip select. This allows paralleling up to eight devices
without external chip select logic thereby allowing the
user to save the cost of extra packages and PC board
space.
2410 Series may only be ordered as a "single" ROM
(one chip select).
2420 and 2430 Series may be ordered as "single" or
"coded" ROM's (one chip select or three chip selects).
DEFINITIONS
Logic definition:
All logic is assumed negative
"0" is the more positive voltage
"1" is the more negative voltage
INPUT FORMAT
Programming information for Signetics' 2400 Series should
be transmitted to Signetics in the form of computer
punched cards accompanied by information on the various
circuit options desired.
Upon receipt of each deck
and the circuit option desired for that deck a computer generated truth table will be made and a copy of this truth
table returned to the customer. This minimizes the possibility of error and allows the best possible delivery (normally 4 weeks after receipt of card deck).
Upon receipt of the computer generated truth table check
it carefully and if any errors are discovered notify Signetics
immediately.
The Signetics' 2400 Series Read-Only Memory can be programmed so that for any binary input A 1 through A8 the
outputs B 1 through B8 are uniquely determined. Each
deck of cards sent to Signetics must contain a card describing the options desired (card 1), the unique outputs for
each word in memory (cards 2 through 129 or 257, depending on organization), and cards specifying the address
to which the computer generated truth table should be
sent. Cards should be punched according to the format on
the following pages.
If it is not feasible to use computer punched cards, the user
should describe the circuit option desired and complete
the truth table. Upon receipt of pages Signetics will punch
the Gomputer cards and return a copy of the computer
generated truth table, (the user can real ize a substantial
savings associated with the coding charge by using computer cards).
7·163
2400 SERIES CUSTOM CODING INFORMATION
CARD 1
CARDS 2 THROUGH 257
(4 X 512 Organization only)
COLUMN
DATA
1-8
Starting at column 1- punch "coded" or
"single"
9-11 *
If "coded", punch the binary code chip
select (i.e., 101), if "single" leave blank
12
13-17
Leave blank
Each card specifies the output of two 4-bit
columns 1 through 8.
words in
The decimal equivalent of the bi-
nary coded input address is punched in columns 78. 79,
and 80.
Punch the ROM organization desired (i.e.,
COLUMN
DATA
8 X 256, 4 X 512), etc.
1-4
Punch output for words 0-255
Punch output for words 256-511
18
Leave blank
5-8
19-21
Punch MOS for an MOS output. Punch TTL
9-77
Leave blank
for a TTL output (bare drain)
78-8
Punch decimal equivalent of binary coded
22-27
Leave blank (For CM No.)
input address of the word corresponding to
28-33
Punch the basic device type desired (i.e.,
the outputs punched in Columns 1-4
34-80
Comments punched here will appear as the
Column 78- Hundreds Digit
title on the truth table. This should include
Column 79- Tens Digit
customer part identification
Column 80- Units Digit
N2410 I, N2420Y), etc.
*CE3, CE2 and CE 1 respectively
CARD 2 THROUGH 129 (8 X 128 Organization)
2 THROUGH 257 (8 X 256 Organization)
Each card specifies the output of one
8-bit
CARDS 2 THROUGH 129
(4 X 256 Organization only)
word in
columns 1 through 8. The decimal equivalent of the binary
Each card specifies the output of two 4-bit
coded input address for that word is punched in columns
columns 1 through 8. The decimal equivalent of the binary
words in
78, 79, and 80.
coded input address is punched in columns 78, 79, and 80.
COLUMN
DATA
COLUMN
DATA
1-8
Punch outputs 81 through 88 in columns
1-4
Punch output for words 0-127
Punch output for words 128-255
one through eight respectively
5-8
9-77
Leave blank
9-77
Leave blank
78-80
Punch decimal equivalent of binary coded
78-80
Punch decimal equivalent of binary coded
7-164
input address which corresponds to the
input address corresponding to the outputs
outputs punched in Columns 1-8
punched in Columns 1-4
Column 78- Hundreds Digit
Column 78-Hundreds Digit
Column 79- Tens Digit
Column 79- Tens Digit
Column 80- Units Digit
Column 80- Units Digit
2400 SERIES CUSTOM CODING INFORMATION
EXAMPLE CARDS:
ADDRESS CARDS
AT'I'N: THE PERSON'S NAME WHO WILL REVIEW THE TRUTH TABLE
I
I
II I
I I I
STATE
I I
C
I
I II
II
I II I
ZIP CODE
I II
I
STREET ADDRESS
I
II III I
C YOUR COMPANY'S NAME
I
I
I I
I
III I
I I
I I
00101000000001 0100000000000000000000000000000000000000OOoooooonOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO
, r3
• S , I I I "" '213141~ il °1 Illtl91I.I: ,'liIS 2521 ztH lOJI 123330DI1I II 394b II 424HUSfl.,.14hOI 1 nSHHS IUHtsHUII IZ;!~li;"6"U"O" 12 I! lOS Ii " " II.
111111111111111' 1111' I ""
I.,' 1 " " " " ' "
1"'" 1"""'"
I""""'" j-", 1111111
CARD 1
CODED 101 8X256 TTL
N2436Y SIGNETICS HAS THE FASTEST R.O.M.'.
II I II II
I III
II II I
I I I
I I I
I
I
I
I
88000000010001000011000000000001101000010010001010000011011000000001100008810001
I ! I ' \ S I I I II" ;/llte /111" /1/11021 II 111HH521 212111 3' J2333USKJI1I1UUI U.UUHUI.~usa51 SUJMSS5ISllIst . . . .UJlUS." .... "" "'UO"""I".
1111111 '11111' 1'1" '11' 111' 1" 111'" 11' 1" l' 11111' 1" 11111111' 1111111' 1111111111
The above specifies a "coded" ROM with the binary coded
chip select "101" organized 8 X 256 with TTL outputs
(bare drain). The basic device type is a N2436Y ("Y" in-
dicates a 24-pin ceramic DIP.
range: -25°C- +70°C).
N indicates temperature
CARDS 2·129 AND CARDS 2·257
?01111111
~01010101
~10101010
11100100
801.1011100000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000111
1 I J • 5 , , I t i l " 1113141, II 1I111t2l11121ltU5~hl2lItll31323JIHSlI31 lilt •• ' .1.UUS4.. ,q(ISlSI5253.4Si5l5HHUOII lzeUUH,.,'Ullln IHUH"'" lilt.
111111111111111111111111' l' 1111111111111111111111111111111' 111111111111111111111
•
Outputs 8 1 through 88 are in columns 1 through 8
respectively
• Decimal equivalent of binary coded input address is in
columns 78, 79, and 80
• For 8 X 128 and 8 X 256 organizations- outputs are 81
through 88 respectively
• For 4 X 512 organization:
Data card
Data card
a
10
Word 000 outputs 81 through 84
respectively
Word 256 outputs 85 through 88
respectively
Word 010 outputs 81 through 84
•
respectively
Word 266 outputs 85 through 88
respectively
For 4 X 256 Organization:
Data card
a
Data card 10
Word 000
respectively
Word 128
respectively
Word 010
respectively
Word 138
respectively
outputs 81 through 84
outputs 85 through 88
outputs 81 through 84
outputs 85 through 88
7·165
2400 SERIES CUSTOM CODING INFORMATION
-
-
ADDRESS
INPUT GATE
DECIMAL
AODRESS
I
II
III
a a a
a a 1
a 1 a
a 1 1
1 a a
1 a 1
1 1 a
000
128
256
005
133
261
006
134
262
1 1
007
135
263
a a a
a a 1
a 1 a
a 1 1
1 a a
1 a 1
1 1 a
008
136
264
A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
'0
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
7-166
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
1
1
a
a
a
a
a
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
OUTPUT DATA
1
001
129
257
002
130
258
003
131
259
004
132
260
009
137
265
010
138
266
011
139
140
267
013
141
269
014
142
270
1 1
015
143
271
a a a a
a a a 1
a (;) 1 a
a a 1 1
a 1 a a
a 1 a 1
a 1 1 a
a 1 1 1
1 a a a
1 a a 1
1 a 1 a
1 a 1 1
1 1 a a
1 1 a 1
1 1 1 a
016
144
272
017
145
273
018
146
274
275
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 1
1 1 1
a
a
a
a
a
1 1
a a a
a a 1
a 1 a
a 1 1
1 a a
012
268
019
147
020
021
148
276
149
277
022
150
278
023
151
279
024
152
280
025
026
153
154
281
027
155
028
156
157
283
284
029
282
285
030
031
158
286
159
287
032
160
288
033
161
289
034
162
163
290
291
164
292
035
036
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
USER'S
CHARACTER
2400 SERIES CUSTOM CODING INFORMATION
ADDRESS
INPUT GATE
!
DECIMAL
ADDRESS
I
II
III
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
1
037
165
293
0
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
038
166
294
0
0
1
0
0
1
1
1
039
167
295
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
040
168
296
0
0
1
0
1, 0
0
1
041
169
297
0
0, 1
0
1
1
0
042
170
298
A8 A7 A6 AS A4 A3 A2 A 1
OUTPUT DATA
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
USER'S
CHARACTER
---
---
0
-----
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
043
171
299
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
044
172
300
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
045
173
301
0
0
1
0
1
1
1
0
046
174
302
0
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
047
175
303
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
048
176
304
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
049
177
305
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
050
178
306
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
051
179
307
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
052
180
308
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
053
181
309
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
054
182
310
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
1
055
183
311
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
056
184
312
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
1
057
185
313
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
0
058
186
314
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
1
059
187
315
0 '0
1
1
1
1
0
0
060
188
316
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
061
189
317
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
0
062
190
318
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
063
191
319
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
064
192
320
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
065
193
321
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
066
194
322
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
067
195
323
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
068
196
324
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
1
069
197
325
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
070
198
326
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
071
199
327
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
072
200
328
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
1
073
201
329
---'--
~--
1--------
----
--
--
---
---
--
------
--- - ---------
I
--- -----------
---------- -----
--'"-
--
----
--
7-167
2400 SERIES CUSTOM CODING INFORMATION
DECIMAL
ADDRESS
ADDRESS
INPUT GATE
A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1
I
II
III
0
1
0
0
1
0
1
0
074
202
330
0
1
0
0
1
0
1
1
075
203
331
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
076
204
332
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
077
205
333
0
1
0
0
1
1
1
0
078
206
334
0
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
079
207
335
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
080
208
336
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
081
209
337
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
0
082
210
338
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
083
211
339
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
084
212
340
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
085
213
341
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
086
214
342
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
087
215
343
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
088
216
344
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
1
089
217
345
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
0
090
218
346
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
091
219
347
0
1
0
1
1
1
0
0
092
220
348
0
1
0
1
1
1
0
1
093
221
349
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
094
222
350
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
095
223
351
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
096
224
352
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
097
225
353
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
0
098
226
354
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
099
227
355
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
100
228
356
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
1
101
229
357
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
102
230
358
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
103
231
359
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
104
232
360
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
1
105
233
361
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
106
234
362
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
107
235
363
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
108
236
364
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
109
237
365
0
1
1
0
1
1
1
0
110
238
366
7·168
OUTPUT DATA
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
USER'S
CHAR·
ACTER
-
2400 SERIES CUSTOM CODING INFORMATION
DECIMAL
ADDRESS
ADDRESS
INPUT GATE
A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A 1
I
II
III
0
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
111
239
367
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
112
240
368
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
1
113
241
369
OUTPUT DATA
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
USER'S
CHARACTER
--
0
1
1
1
0
0
1
0
114
242
370
0
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
115
243
371
--------
~~--
0
1
1
1
0
1
0
0
116
244
372
0
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
117
245
373
0
1
1
1
0
1
1
0
118
246
374
0
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
119
247
375
-
.. -
--
---
-----------
---
------
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
120
248
376
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
121
249
377
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
122
250
378
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
123
251
379
--
--
-- - ---------
-_._.----
-
-
------
.._--
--~--
---
0
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
124
252
380
0
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
125
253
381
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
126
254
382
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
127
255
383
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
128
384
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
129
385
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
130
386
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
131
387
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
132
388
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
133
389
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
134
390
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
135
391
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
136
392
1
137
393
394
-------
---- ----------
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
138
1
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
139
395
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
140
396
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
141
397
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
142
398
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
143
399
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
144
400
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
145
401
1
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
146
402
1
0
0
1
0
0
1
1
147
403
\
---
-----
---1-------
------------
--
7-169
I
2400 SERIES CUSTOM CODING INFORMATION
ADDRESS
'INPUT GATE
DECIMAL
.ADDRESS
A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1
I
II
III
1
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
148
404
1
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
149
405
1
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
150
406
1
0
0
1
0
1
1
1
151
407
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
152
408
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
153
409
1
0
0
1
1
0
1 -0
154
410
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
155
411
1
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
156
412
1
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
157
413
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
158
414
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
159
415
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
160
416
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
161
417
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
162
418
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
163
419
1
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
164
420
1
0
1
0
0
1
0
1
165
421
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
166
422
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
1
167
423
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
168
424
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
169
425
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
170
426
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
171
427
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
172
428
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
173
429
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
0
174
430
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
175
431
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
176
432
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
177
433
1
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
178
434
1
0
1
1 .0
0
1
1
179
435
1
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
180
436
1
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
181
437
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
182
438
1
0
1
.1
0
1
1
1
183
439
1
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
184
440
OUTPUT DATA
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
USER'S
CHARACTER
--
--
----- f - - - - - - -
--
--
--
--
2400 SERIES CUSTOM CODING INFORMATION
ADDRESS
INPUT GATE
DECIMAL
ADDRESS
A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1
I
II
USER'S
CHARACTER
OUTPUT DATA
III
1
0
1
1
1
0
0
1
185
441
1
0
1
1
1
0
1
0
186
442
81
82
83
84
85
87
86
88
----.
--l------- -
1
0
1
1
1
0
1
1
187
443
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
188
444
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
189
445
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
0
190
446
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
191
447
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
192
448
-~--
..
---
---
---
-
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
193
449
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
194
450
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
195
451
1
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
196
452
1
1
0
0
0
1
0
1
197
453
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
198
454
-f-
---
--
---
----
--~---
.----- ---
---_.
---
-
--
--
-
----
--- r
--
---t--
--
--~--.
-
---
----
--
--f--.
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
199
455
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
200
456
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
1
201
457
1
1 0
0
1
0
1
0
202
458
1
1
0
0
1
0
1
1
203
459
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
204
460
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
205
461
1
1
0
0' 1
1
1
0
206
462
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
207
463
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
208
464
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
209
465
1
1
0
1
0
0
1
0
210
466
1
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
211
467
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
212
468
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
213
469
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
214
470
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
215
471
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
216
472
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
1
217
473
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
0
218
474
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
219
475
1
1
0
1
1
1
0
0
220
476
1
1
0
1
1
1
0
1
221
477
-- r-- -----
-- -----
- - f-----
1---
-----
-
--- r------- 1------- ---
--
-- f------- - 1--
__
-
r
--
- - t--------- -
--
- f------
-----
--
------------
-
-_.- 1-------
-
-~-----
----"---
w _ _ • __
--
--
-
----
--- I---- ---------- --
----_._- 1-------
------------ - -
-- 1 - - - - - - -
-
---
-
---------
_.. -
-------- 1--------
--
---.-- t---------
-
---"--------"---
----
-
--------
-- 1---------- r- ---- -
-------------
-----~-
------"--
7-171
2400 SERIES CUSTOM CODING INFORMATION
DECIMAL
ADDRESS
ADDRESS
INPUT GATE
A8 A7 A6 AS A4 A3 A2 A 1
I
II
III
1 0 1 1 1
1 1 0 1 1 1
1 0
222
478
1
1
223
479
1
1
1 0 0 0
0 0
224
480
1
1
1
0 0 0
0 1
225
481
1 1
1
0 0 0
~
0
226
482
1 1
1
1 1
227
483
0 0
228
484
1
OUTPUT DATA
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B7
B6
B8
USER'S
CHARACTER
--~-----
1
0 0 0
1 1 0 0 1
1 1
0
1
229
485
1
1 0
230
486
1
1
231
487
1
1 0 0 1
1 1 0 0 1
1 1 0 0 1
1 1 0 _1 0
0 0
232
488
1
1
1
0
1
0
0
1
233
489
1
1
1
0
1
0
1 0
234
490
1
1
1
0
1
0
1 1
235
491
1
1
1
0
1
1
0 0
236
492
1
1
1 0
1 1
0
1
237
493
1
1
1
0 1 1
1
0
238
494
1
- - - - - - ------
--
----t-----
~-~--
--f-----f----------
t----- - - - - - - - -~
- - - - I----~
--- -~--
--
-----~---
---~-
--
--------
---------- t-------- - - - - - - --~
1
1 1
0
1 1
1 1
239
495
1
1 1
1
0 0
0 0
240
496
1
1
1
241
497
1
1 1
1 0 0
1 0
242
498
1
1
1
1 0 0
1
1
243
499
1
1
1
1 0
1
0 0
244
500
1
1
1
0
1
0
245
501
f----~--
1--------
---
---
--~--
--r---~-
--~--
--
f--
1 1 0 0
'--
--
1
0
r---
1
---- - - r-----~--
---
1 1
1 1 0
1
1 0
246
502
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
247
503
1
1
1 1
1 0
0
0
248
504
1
--
--
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
249
505
1
1
1
1
1
0
1 0
250
506
1
1
1
251
507
1 1
1 1 1 0
1 1 1 1
1
252
253
508
1 1
0 0
0 1
1
1
1 1
1 1
1
0
254
510
1
1
1 1
1 1
1
1
255
511
4'72
I---~ r-----~--
1 1 1
1
----
509
--
2513 STATIC CHARACTER GENERATOR. CUSTOM CODING INFORMATION
COMPANY ______________________________
CHARACTER FORMAT
ADDRESS
,_________ STATE _____ ZIP _ _
CITY.
TELEPHONE ____________________________
AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE ______________
DATE ________________________________
ROW ADDRESS
ROW ADDRESS
A3
A2 A1
CUSTOMER PRINT OR ID NO. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ___
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
PURC'HASE ORDER NUMBER _______________
0
0
1
0
1
1
1
0
DEVICE TYPE _______ 2513,____________
0
1
0
~1~
0
0
0
,..:"'!
~
0
1
1
~1
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
CUSTOM PATTERN NUMBER (TO BE ENTERED BY
SIGNETICS) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
0
...
1
1
0
(1)
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
"'1
1
0
EXAMPLE 'S'
INTRODUCTION
The Signetics 2513 is a high speed silicon gate MOS
2560-Bit read-only memory whose organization is specially
suited for 64 X 8 X 5 raster scan character generation.
FIGURE 1
CHARACTER ADDRESS
COLUMN ADDRESS
MAJOR FEATURES OF THE 2513
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
ACCESS TIME 450n5 TYPICALLY
STATIC OPERATION
TTL/DTL COMPATIBLE
TRI-STATE OUTPUTS (HIGH-LOW-DISCONNECTED)
FOR POWERFUL BUSSING CAPABILITY
+5, -5, -12V POWER SUPPLIES
24-PIN SIGNETICS SILICONE DIP
SIGNETICS SILICON GATE PROCESS TECHNOLOGY
FOR PERFORMANCE AND RELIABILITY
FIGURE 2
ORGANIZATION AS READ-ONLY MEMORY
For a straight 512 X 5 read-only memory, the five outputs
will display anyone of 512 5-bit stored words corresponding to a 9-bit address applied to A1 through Ag.
ORGANIZATION AS
CHARACTER GENERATOR
A six-bit binary address (A4 through Ag) selects 1-of-64
matrix characters arranged 5 dots horizontally and 8 dots
vertically. A three bit binary address code (A1 through A3)
selects 1 of 8 rows. Five outputs display a complete row of
the character matrix. See Figure 1. The devices may also be
used in pairs to provide 9 X 7 and 10 X 8 vertical scan
formats.
STANDARD PATTERN
A standard ASCII character font is available for the 2513.
This device (2513NX/CM2140) may be used for ASCII
character generation or for device evaluation.
7-173
2513 CUSTOM CODING INFORMATION
PIN CONFIGURATION (Top View)
CUSTOM DEVICES
For unique custom memory patterns, this form should be
used to transmit coding instructions. The nomenclature for
a custom device will consist of the basic product type
followed by a unique CM number assigned by Signetics. For
example, "2513NX/CM2141"
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
VGG
NC
NC
Out 1
Out 2
Out 3
Out 4
Out 5
NC
NC
Chip Enable
VOO
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
NC
Address 1
Address 2
Address 3
Address 4
Address 5
Address 6
Address 7
Address 8
Address 9
NC
VCC
•
PROGRAMMING WITH PUNCHED CARDS
For maximum accuracy and minimum cost and turnaround time, the truth table should be transmitted to
Signetics in the form of punched cards according to
the format indicated on the following pages.
•
PROGRAMMING WITH WRITTEN TRUTH TABLE
When punched data cards cannot be suppl ied, the truth
table may be transmitted in written form using the
attached blank truth table.
VERIFICATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
1'1.
VGG
NC
NC
Out 1
Out 2
Out 3
Out 4
Out 5
NC
Chip Enable
V
OO2
12. VOO
7-174
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
NC
Address
Address
Address
Address
Address
Address
Address
Address
Address
NC
VCC
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Upon receipt of either punched card or written truth table
information, Signetics will prepare a computer tabulation of
the instructions and return to the address indicated. If errors
are detected, they should be transmitted to Signetics as
quickly as possible.
LOGIC CONVENTION
Logic" 1"s or blackened squares in the truth table will result
in "high" output from the indicated output terminal (i.e.
3.2V m!nimum). Similarly, a "1" address input level
is interpreted as 3.2V minimum.
2513 CUSTOM CODING INFORMATION
IDENTIF~CATION
CARDS
LEAVE COLS. 22,23,24,25 BLANK
FOR ASSIGNMENT OF CM NO. BY SIGNETICS
INDICATES "COMMENT" CARD
. CUSTOMER PIN IDENTIFICATION
ACME MEMORIES P/N 135216-1
I
II I I II
I I III
I I
I
I
OOIUJlOIOOIOOOOOOIIOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOIOOIOOOOOOOOOOOOO0000000000000000000100001
Irl(~~"'~""U"~U"qqnnDUUftHnnn.~u»MH.n •• ~~uu~U~UUUW"""~~MUH"M~"""~""""Q"nnunnnnQ.
I 1111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111 1'111111111 1111 111111111111111
22122222221212222222222222222222222222122222222122i222 222222t2222222222222222222
PERSON RESPONSIBLE FOR REVIEWING SIGNETICS
COMPUTER GENERATED TRUTH TABLE
ATTN. J.Q. ENGINEER, MEMORY PROD.
I I
I
I I
I II II
MGR.
I
II I I
I III III
I I
I I I
I I I
OOOIIOOOOOOOOOOOOGOOOIOOOOOOIOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO0000000000000000000080'0.'
IrJ4SI7'1~""""~U"qq~nDUUftnUnn •• unMH.n •• ~~uu~U.U~U~"H"M~HUH""~"""u""""nnn"unnnnQ.
11111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111
.22222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222~22222
STREET ADDRESS
8000 ELECTRONICS LANE
I II
II I I
I III
I I
I
00011100000100000100000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 •••
IrI4sI71.q""U"~U"""nnDHUHnnnn~~u»MH.n •• ~~uu~U~U~UW"""M~MUWW.~"""H."."Q"nnunQnQ".
11111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111
2222222222222222212222222222222222222222222222222}222222222222222222222222222222
CITY
STATE
ZIP
SUNNYVALE, CALIrORNIA 94086
I I II II
II
II
I
I III
00110011000100000000000000100000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
IrI4SI71'~""""~""""nnDHUHnnnD.~U»MH.n •• ~~uu~U~UUUW"H»M~MUW".~a""""""QQnn~unnnnQ.
11111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111
22122222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222
COMPANY NAME
. ACME MEMORIES INC.
I
II III
I I III
I
00000000000000100000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
I 11451'1."""""~""""nnUHUHnnnD.~»»MH.n •• u~uu~U~U~UH"H~M~HUH""~a"U""u""nnnnun""nn.
11111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111
2 22 22 22222 222 212 222 22222222 22 222 22 2222 222222 2222 2222 2222 22222 222 222H 2 2222 22ZZ2Z
7-175
2513 CUSTOM CODING INFORMATION
DATA CARDS
CHARACTER NUMBER
(DATA CARD NUMBER)
OUTPUTS 05 THROUGH 01 RESPECTIVELY
0000 01110 10001 00001 00010 00100 00000 00100
11111010001001110011110011101011011011111011011000000000000000000000000000000100
lIJ4""'M"U""~K»K"n~UUUnKnHH.~»»~».U.H_~UU«U"U"U~~U»~»HUU"~~n~«n"u""n"nn~nn"nn.
1 111 11111111111111111111111111 11111 111 111 1 1 111 1 1 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I 1 I I
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 22 2 2 22 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 i 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
44444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444441
5555555555555555555555555.5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 555
66666&666666666J666666666666666611111'&6&666665666666666666666666666666666666616
7 77 77 1 7 7 7 7 7 77 7 7 71 7 77 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 77 7 17 7 7 77 7 7 77 7 7 7 7 77 7 7 77 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 1 7 7 7 1 7 7 7
ROW ADDRESS.
\
\
000
001
\
\
010
011
\
100
\
101
\
110
\
111
10000 01110 10001 10111 10101 10111 10000 01110
001l
11111010001001110001000001010001000001111010001000000000000000000000000000000110
lZ1451"IK"U""nK»K"H~nnUHHnHH~~»»M».» •• "~UU«U"U"U~~U»~»HUU"~~n~«n"N""~nnn~nn"n"M
111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111IIII I II 111 I 11 I II I II II II
22222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222227722222222222222222222
33333333333333333333333333333333 3 3 3 3 33333333333333333333333333333333 3 3 3 3 3 3 333 333
44444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444 44444444444444444444"4 4 44 44 4
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5S 5 5 5 5
6666 ti 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 66 66 6 6 '6 &&, 1 ,& 6 6 6 6666666666666666666666666666666666 6 6 6 6
7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 1·7 7 7 7 1 7 7 7 7 1 7 7 1 7 1 7 7 7 1 7 111111 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 1 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 11 7 1 7 7 111111 7 7 11 7 7 1
BASIC DEVICE TYPE
lEAVE COlS. 10,11,12,13 BLANK FOR ASSIGNMENT OF CM NO. BY SIGNETICS
I
00000110000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
lIJ451"'M"U""nK»K"H~nUUHHnHH.~»»MH.» ••• ~UU«U"U"U~~U»~»MUU"~~n~«n"u""~"nn~nn"n".
11111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111
It 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
33313331333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 414 4 4 4 4 4 4 4444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
515 515 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 S5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
66666666666666666666666666666666&&&&&6666666666666666666666666666666666666666666
17177171771711711111111777711171177171171711117177 717 7171717 7 7 77 717 7 71117 7771717
NOTE:
"Character" number is in columns
of coding .
. 176
~8,
79, and 80. Note that each group of eight 5-bit words Is treatad as a character for convenience
2513 CUSTOM CODING INFORMATION
..1m
ADDRESS
AB ABA7 AlAS A4A3 A2A1
ia:
~§
OUTPUT DATA
05 04, 03 02
01
ADDRESS
..1m
ABABA7 A6ASA4A3A2A1
28
oce
{/Jei
ffi~
!u
ia:
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
000
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
032
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
001
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
033
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
002
0 0
0
1
0
0
o
1 0
034
o
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
003
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
035
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
004
0
0
0
1
0
0
1 0
0
036
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
o
1
005
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
o
1
037
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
006
0
o
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
038
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
007
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
1
1
039
o
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
008
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
040
0
Q
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
009
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
041
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
010
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
042
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
011
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
043
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
1 0
0
044
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
,
012
0
013
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
046
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
014
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
1
0
046
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
015
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
047
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
016
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
048
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
017
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
049
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
018
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
060
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
1
01~
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
051
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
020
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
052
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
021
0
0
0
1
1
0
1 0
1
063
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
022
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
054
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
1
023
0
0
0
1
,.
0
0
0
1
1
1
066
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
024
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
056
0
0
1
026
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
1
067
026
0 0
0
1
1
1
0
1
0
068
o
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
027
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
1
059
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
028
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
060
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
029
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
061
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
030
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1 0
062
031
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
063
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
OUTPUT DATA
05
04 03 02 01,
a: a:
{/J.
!g
7-177
2513 CUSTOM CODING INFORMATION
-II
ADDRESS
ABABA7 ABA6A4A3A2A1
~:;!
~8
COO(
OUTPUT DATA
a: a:
woo(
05 04 03 02
01
!!l5
0
0
0
064
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
065
0
0
1
1
0
0
066
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
097
0
098
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
096
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
067
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
099
1
000
1
0
0
068
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
100
1
0
0
1
0
1
101
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
1
069
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
070
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
102
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
103
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
071
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
072
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
104
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
1
073
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
1
105
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
1
0
074
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
106
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
1
1
075
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
107
0
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
076
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
108
0
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
077
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
109
0
1
1
0
1
1
1
0
110
0
0
1
0
0
1
1
1
0
078
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
079
0
0
1
1
0
1
1,1
1
111
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
080
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
112
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
081
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
1
113
o
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
0
082
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
1
0
114
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
083
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
115
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
084
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
0
0
116
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
085
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
117
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
086
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
1
0
118
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
087
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
119
o
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
088
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
120
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
1
089
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
121
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
0
090
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
122
o
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
091
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
123
0
0
1
0
1
1
1
0
0
092
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
124
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
125
0
0
1
0
1
1
1
0
1
093
0
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
094
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
126
0
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
095
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
127
7·178
OUTPUT DATA
:Ea:
~8 .05 I 04 1 03
ABABA7 A6A6A4A3A2A1 Coo(
0
0
-II
OO(W
ADDRESS
(I).
{I'.
a: a:
woo(
1
~2 \ Q! !!liS
2513 CUSTOM CODING INFORMATION
.... i
ADDRESS
iU~w
ABA8A7 A6 A6A4A3 A2 A1 wO
04(
OUTPUT DAl'A
ADDRESS
{I).
a: a:
~5\ 04\ 03\ 02\ 01 !i5
~m
OUTPUT DATA
{I).
fdo
04(
05\ 04\ 031 02\ 01
!i5
!~
w4(
ABA8A7 A6A6A4A3A2A'l
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
128
u
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
160
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
129
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
161
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
130
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
162
a: a:
w4(
-.,---
131
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
163
0
132
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
164
1
133
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
0
1
j65
1
0
134
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
166
1
1
1
135
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
1
167
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
168
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
r--'
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
136
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
'0
0
1
137
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
169
0
1
0
0
0
)
0
1
0
138
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
170
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
139
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
171
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
140
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
172
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
141
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
173
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
142
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
0
174
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
143
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
175
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
144
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
176
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
145
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
177
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
146
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
178
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
1
1
147
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
179
0
1
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
148
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
180
0
1
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
149
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
181
0
1
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
150
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
182
0
1
0
0
1
0
1
1
1
151
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
~
183
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
152
0
1
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
184
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
153
0
1
0
1
1
1
0
0
1
185
0
154
0
1
0
1
1
1
0
1
0
186
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
155
0
1
0
1
1
1
0
1
1
187
0
1
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
156
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
188
0
1
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
157
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
189
0
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
158
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
0
190
159
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
191
0
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
7·179
2513 CUSTOM CODING INFORMATION
..qg
~~
-0
ADDRESS
ABABA7 A8A5A4A3A2A1
~~
OUTPUT DATA
05
04 03
02
01
£no
a::
a::
we(
!a
.... lI
~w
ADDRESS
ABABA7 A8A5A4A3A2A1
u~
~~
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
192
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
224
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
193
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
225
0
1
1
o
0
0
0
1
0
194
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
1
0
226
0
1
1
o
0
0
0
1
1
195
0
1
1
1 0
0
0
1
1
227
1
1
1
o
0
1
0
0
228
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
196
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
0
1
197
0
1
1
1
0
0
1
0
1
229
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
230
0
1
1
o
0
0
1
1
0
198
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
199
0
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
231
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
200
0
1
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
232
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
1
201
0
1
1
1
0
1
0
0
1
233
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
1
0
202
0
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
234
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
1
1
203
0
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
235
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
204
0
1
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
236
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
205
0
1
1
1 0
1
1
0
1
237
0
1 '1
0
0
1
1
1
0
206
0
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
0
238
207
0
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
239
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
208
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
240
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
209
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
1
241
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
1
0
210
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
0
242
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
211
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
243
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
212
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
0
244
0
1
1
0
1
0
1 0
1
213
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
245
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
214
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
0
246
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
215
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
247
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
216
0
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
248
0
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
249
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
1
217
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
0
218
0
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
260
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
219
0
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
261
0
1
1
0
1
1
1
0
0
220
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
o
0
252
0
1
1
0
1
1
1
0
1
221
0
1
1
1
1
1
1 0
1
263
0
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
222
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
254
0
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
223
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
266
7-180
OUTPUT DATA
05
04 03 02 o~
£no
a:: a::
we(
!a
2513 CUSTOM CODING INFORMATION
ADDRESS
il
I!I
_a:
NlNJA7 NJAlMA3A2A1
OUTPUT DATA
06 04 03 02
Q~
!~
"'S
ADDRESS
~a:
l!i
NlMA7 AlAlMA3A2A1
!~
1
0
0
0
0
0
.0
0
0
268
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
288
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
257
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
289
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1 O·
258
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
290
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
269
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
291
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
260
1
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
292
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
261
1
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
1
293
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
262
1
0
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
294
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
263
1
0
0
1
0
0
1
1
1
296
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
264
1
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
296
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
265
1
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
297
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
266
1
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
298
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
267
1
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
299
OUTP,UT DATA
06 04 03
02 .01
[no
a: a:
!~
"-----
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
268
1
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
300
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
269
1
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
301
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
270
1
0
0
1
0
1
1
1
0
302
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
271
1
0
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
303
1 0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
272
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
304
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
273
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
305
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
274
1
o
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
306
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
1
276
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
307
1
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
276
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
308
1
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
277
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
309
1
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
278
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
310
1
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
1
279
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
1
311
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
280
1
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
312
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
281
1
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
1
313
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
282
1
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
0
314
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
283
1
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
1
315
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
284
1
o
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
316
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
285
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
317
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
286
1
o
0
1
1
1
1
1
0
318
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
287
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
319
7·181
.2513 CUSTOM CODING INFORMATION
~B
ADDRESS
OUTPUT DATA
Ia:
~~
a: a:
05 !Q4
03 02
01
!Ui
AB A8 A7 AS AS A4 A3 A2 A1
o·
0
0
0
0
0
o
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
320
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
·321
1
0
1
1
0
1
0
322
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
323
1
0
1
1
0
0
324
1
0
1
1
325
1
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
i_a:
~I
lll
IIIC
-0
ABA8A7 ASASA4A3A2A1
~.
ADDRESS
1".
0
362
0
1
353
1
0
354
1
1
355
0
0
356
0
1
357
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
326
1
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
358
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
327
1
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
359
1
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
328
1
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
360
1
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
1
329
1
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
1
361
1
0
1
0
0
1
0
1
0
330
1
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
362
1
0
1
0
0
1
0
1
1
331
1
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
363
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
332
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
364
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
333
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
365
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
1
0
334
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
1
0
366
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
335
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
367
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
336
1
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
368
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
337
1
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
1
369
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
0
338
1
0
1
1
1
0
0
1
0
370
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
339
1
0
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
371
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
340
1
0
1
1
1
0
1
0
0
372
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
341
1
0
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
373
1
0
1
1
0
374
0
1
1
1
375
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
342
1
0
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
343
1
0
1
1
,.
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
344
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
376
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
1
345
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
377
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
0
346
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
378
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
347
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
379
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
0
0
348
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
380
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
0
1
349
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
381
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
350
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
382
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
351
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
383
7-182
OUTPUT DATA
~m:
IIIC
05!
04 03. 02 . 01'
!li
2513 CUSTOM CODING INFORMATION
~IJ
ADDRESS
ABABA7 A6A6A4A3A2A1
~w
OUTPUT DATA
Qe(
05 04 03 02 01
u!i
wQ
ADDRESS
ABABA7 A6A6A4A3A2A1
..IIJ
e(w
OUTPUT DATA
[no
Qe(
05 04 03 02 01
!o
:Ea:
~g
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
384
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
385
1
1
0
1
o
0
0
0
1
417
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
386
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
418
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
387
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
419
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
388
1
1
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
420
a:
a:
we(
416
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
389
1
1
0
1
0
0
1
0
1
421
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
390
1
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
422
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
391
1
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
1
423
1
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
392
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
424
1
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
393
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
425
1
1
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
394
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
426
1
1
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
395
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
427
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
396
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
428
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
397
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
429
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
398
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
0
430
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
399
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
431
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
400
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
432
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
401
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
433
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
402
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
434
1
1
0
()
1
0
0
1
1
403
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
4,35
1
1
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
404
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
4,36
1
1
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
405
1
'I
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
4137
-----
1
1
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
406
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
4138
1
1
0
0
1
0
1
1
1
407
1
'I
0
1
1
0
1
1
1
4139
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
408
1
'I
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
4140
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
409
1
'I
0
1
1
1
0
0
1
4141
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
410
1
1
0
1
1
1
0
1
0
4142
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
411
1
1
0
1
1
1
0
1
1
443
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
412
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
~144
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
413
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
~145
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
414
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
0
~146
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
415
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
~147
7-183
2513 CUSTOM CODING INFORMATION
...I1a
ADDRESS
~w
_a:
ABABA7 A6A5A4A3A2A1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
1
0
~8
001(
OUTPUT DATA
...I1a
ADDRESS
~a:
~w
wol(
05 04 03 02 01
!i5
(j~
ABABA7 A6A5A4A3A2A1
wO Q!?
001(
448
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
480
1
449
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
481
0
450
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
1
0
482
1
451
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
483
0
452
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
484
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
1
0
1
453
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
0
1
485
1
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
454
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
486
1
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
455
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
487
1
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
456
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
488
1
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
1
457
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
0
1
489
1
1
1
0
0
1
0
1
0
458
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
490
1
1
1
0
0
1
0
1
1
459
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
491
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
460
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
492
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
461
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
493
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
0
462
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
0
494
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
495
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
463
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
464
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
496
1
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
465
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
1
497
1
1
1
0
1
0
0
1
0
466
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
0
498
1
1
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
467
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
499
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
468
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
0
500
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
469
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
501
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
470
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
0
502
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
471
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
503
1
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
472
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
504
1
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
1
473
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
505
1
1
1
(,
1
1
0
1
0
474
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
506
1
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
475
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
507
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
0
0
476
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
508
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
0
1
477
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
509
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
478
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
510
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
479
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
511
7·184
OUTPUT DATA
04 03 02 01
en
il::a:
wol(
!i5
2516 CUSTOM CODING INFORMATION
COMPANV _______________________________
PIN CONFIGURATION
ADDRESS _______________________________
,_________ STATE _ _ _ _ ZIP_
CITY
TELEPHONE ______________________________
24
AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE ___________
23
22
DATE
CUSTOMER PRINT OR 10 NO. _________________
20
PURCHASE ORDER NUMBER _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
I.
I'
CUSTOM PATTERN NUMBER (TO BE ENTERED BY
17
SIGNETICS) _ _ _ _ _ _ _'--_ _ _ _ _ __
l'
IS
14
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
Chip Enable
NC
Output 8
Output 7
Output 6
Output 5
Output 4
Output 3
Output 2
Output 1
Ground
24.
23.
22.
21.
20.
19.
18.
17.
16.
15.
14.
13.
Voo
VCC
VGG
Address
Address
Address
Address
Address
Address
Address
Address
Address
NC
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
13
INTRODUCTION
The Signetics 2516 is a high speed silicon gate MOS readonly memories whose organization is specially suited for
64 X 6 X 8 vertical scan character generation.
CHARACTER FORMAT
ROW ADDRESS
MAJOR FEATURES OF THE 2516
•
•
•
•
•
•
64 X 6 X 8 CHARACTER MATRIX
COLUMN OUTPUT
ACCESS TIME 450n5 TYPICALLY
STATIC OPERATION
TTL/DTL COMPATIBLE
TRI-STATE OUTPUTS (HIGH-LOWDISCONNECTED) FOR POWERFUL BUSSING
CAPABILITY
• +5, -5, -12V POWER SUPPLIES
• 24-PIN SIGNETICS SILICONE DIP
• SIGNETICS SILICON GATE PROCESS TECHNOLOGY FOR PERFORMANCE AND RELIABILITY
A3 0
COLUMN
ADDRESS
A2 0
A,
0
,,
,,
, , ,
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0 0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
o..!.
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
1
1
0
EXAMPLE
"s"
FIGURE 1
CHARACTER ADDRESS
ORGANIZATION AS
CHARACTER GENERATOR
A six-bit binary address (A4 through Ag) selects 1-of-64
matrix characters arranged 6 dots horizontally and 8 dots
vertically. A three bit-binary address code (Al through A3)
selects 1 or 6 columns. Eight outputs display a complete
column of the character matrix. See Figure 1.
FIGURE 2
7·185
2516 CUSTOM CODING INFORMATION
•
STANDARD PATTERN
A standard ASCII Character Font is available for the 2516.
This device (2516NX/CM2150) may be used for ASCII
character generation or for device evaluation.
Programming with written truth table.
When punched data cards cannot be supplied, the
truth table may be transmitted in written form using
the attached blank truth table.
VERIFICATION
CUSTOM DEVICES
For unique custom memory patterns, this form should be
used to transmit coding instructions. The nomenclature for
custom device will consist of the basic product type followed
by a unique "CM" number assigned by Signetics. For example, "2516NX'CM2151"
• Programming with punched cards.
For maximum accuracy and minimum cost and turnaround time, the truth table should be transmitted to
Signetics in the form of punched cards according to
the format indicated on the following pages.
Upon receipt of either punched card or written truth table
information, Signetics will prepare a computer tabulation
of the instructions and return to the address indicated. If
errors are detected, they should be transmitted to Signetics
as quickly as possible.
LOGIC CONVENT10N
Logic" 1"s or blackened squares in the truth table will result
in "high" output from the indicated output terminal (i.e.
+3.6V minimum). Similarly, a "1" address input level is
interpreted as +3.2V minimum.
Undefined addresses result in "1" level outputs.
IDENTIFICATION CARDS
INDICATES "COMMENT" CARD
LEAVE COLS. 22, 23,24, _25, 26 BLANK
FOR ASSIGNMENT OF CM NO. BY SIGNETICS
CUSTOMER PIN IDENTIFICATION
I
I
ACME MEMORIES P/N
.. I I
II
I I III
I I
I
00100001001000000110000000000000000000100100000000000000000000000000000000000000
1 23.5'7"M"»~""n"n~MnUnUHHVHH.~n»Mn.U.H"~UU«U.u"u~~nn~~ H~"HH~n"«~"p""~nnn~nnnnn.
111111 i 111111111111111111111111111111111111.1111111 11111 111 I I 11 I I I I I I I I I 11 I 11,11 I I
22122222221212222222222222222222222222122222222122222222222222222222222222222222
7·186
2516 CUSTOM CODING INFORMATION
IDENTIFICATION .CARDS(Cont'd)
PERSON RESPONSIBLE FOR REVIEWING SIGNETICS
COMPUTER GENERATEDTRUTH TABLE
J. Q. ENG I NEER, MEMOR'( PROD.
I
I I
I I
I II II
I
MGR.
II ' I I
I I I I III III
I I
OOO.IOOOOOOOOOOOO~OOOIOOOOOOIOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOt
I 1345'7"M""""~K"K"~~nH"ftaUan.~~~~H.~.H~~UU«U"U~U~~"~~~H~H""""nUu"uu"~nnn~nn""".
11111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111
22222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222
STREET ADDRESS
. 8000 ELECTRONICS LANE
I
I II
II I I
I
III
I I
00011100000100000100000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
11345""K""""~U"K"a~nn"HaUan~~»»~».~
••• ~uu«u~u~u~~u~~~H~~".""nuu.pu""n~n~nn""".
11111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111
2222222222222222212222222222222222222222222222222222 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Z2 2 2 2
CITY
STATE
ZIP
SUNNYVALE, CALIFORNIA 94086
I
II
I
I II II II
I III
00110011000100000000000000100000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
11345'7"M""""~U"""a~nn"ft~UaH.~»»~».~.H.~UU«U~UUU~~U~~~HU~".""nuu"pu""nnn~nn"n".
11111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111
2212222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222 2 2 2 2 2 2 2222222222222222222222
COMPANY NAME
~
ACME MEMORIES INC.
I II I I II I II
I I III
I
00000000000000100000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
I Il.5""M"""W~K"""a~nn"H~uan.~»»~».n.H.~UU«U.U~U~~U~~»HUH"."UnUu"p.""nnn~nn"n".
11111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111
2222222222222212222222222222222222222222222222222222 2 2 2 2222222222222222222222222
7-187
2516 CUSTOM CODING INFORMATION
DATA CARDS
DECIMAL CHARACTER ADDRESS
(DATA CARD NUMBER 001 THRU 064)
OUTPUTS Os THROUGH 01 RESPECTIVELY
\
\
JOOOOOOO 00110010 01001001 Ol0010Ll 01001001 00100110
(THIS EXAMPLE ILLUSTRATES OUTPUT SEQUENCE)
111111110110011010101101100101101100101101100110110010 00000-000000000000000000101
I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 5 101112131415 16 17 18 19 20 21 22232425262728293031 32 33 34 35 36 3738 39 40 41 42434445464748495051 52535455565758596061 6263646566676869707112 7374 75 76 7778 1980
11111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111
2222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 22222222222212
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 33 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
4444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 44444
55555555555555555555555555555555555555555555555555555555555555555555555555555555
666666666666666666 6 6~ 6 6 6 6 6 666666666666666666666666666666666666666666666666666 S 6 0
11177777717711117711717177777777177777771777777777777777777777777777777777777777
COLUMN ADDR ESS (A3.A2,A 1)
\
\
000
001
\
010
\
011
\
100
\
101
00110010 01001001 0100tOOl 01001001 00100110
(THIS EXAMPLE ILLUSTRATES COLUMN ADDRESS SEQUENCE)
111111110110011010101101100101101100101101100110110010 oooororooooooOOOOoooooolol
I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 5 10 111213141516171819202122232425262128293031323334353637 383940414243 44454647484950515253545556575859 6061626364656667686970 11727374757617781980
11111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111
2222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 222222222212
33333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 44 4 4 4 44 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
5 5' 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 55 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
666666666666666666 6 6~ 6 6666666666666666666666666666666666666666666666666666 6 6 6 S 6 0
177 77 7 77 117 77 77 711 71 7 77 1 77 7 77 77 7 7717 7 77 1 7 7 77 77 1 7 7 77 77 77 7 7 7 7 7 77 11 7 7 7 77 7 7 77 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
BASIC DEVICE TYPE
LEAVE COLS. 10, 11, 12, 13 BLANK FOR ASSIGNMENT OF CM NO. BY SIGNETICS
\
.6H,NX/CM
1
I
(HEADER CARD)
I
o0 0 0 0II 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 I 101112131415 16 17 18 19 20 21 222324252621 28 29 30 31 31333435363738 39 ~C 41 42434445464148495051 52535455565758596061 62636465666768697011 72/314757611 781980
11111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111
12222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 222
3333333133333333333333333333333333333333333333333333 3 3 3 3 333333333333333333333333
4444444414444444444444 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 44444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444
515515555 5S S 5 SS 5 5 5 5 5 5 S S 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 55555555555555555555555555555555555555555555555
6 6 6I 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6, 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 0
77777177177777711171177717177777777177777717777777777777777171777777777777777777
NOTE
"Character" number is in columns 78, 79, and 80.
7·188
2516 CUSTOM CODING INFORMATION
Character Number
Column Decimal
Address
Column
Binary
Address
001
Column Decimal
Address
Column
Binary
000 001 002 003 004 005
002
Character Number
Address
Character Number
Column Decimal
Address
Column
Binary
OOS 009 010 011 012 013
Address
003
Character Number
Column Decimal
Address
Column
Binary
016 017 018 019 020 021
Address
004
024 026 026 027 02S 029
A,
0
1
0
1
0
1
A1
0
1
0
1
0
1
A1
0
1
0
1
0
1
A1
0
1
0
1
0
1
A2
0
0
1
1
0
0
A2
0
0
1
1
0
0
A2
0
0
1
1
0
0
A2
0
0
1
1
0
0
A3
0
0
0
0
1
1
A3
0
0
0
0
1
1
A3
0
0
0
0
1
1
A3
0
0
0
0
1
1
A4
0
0
0
0
0
0
A4
1
1
1
1
1
1
A4
0
0
0
0
0
0
A4
1
1
1
1
1
A5
0
0
0
0
0
0
A5
0
0
0
0
0
0
A5
1
1
1
1
1
1
A5
1
1
1
1
1
1
A6
0
0
0
0
0
0
A6
0
0
0
0
0
0
A6
0
0
0
0
0
0
A6
0
0
0
0
0
0
A7
0
0
0
0
0
0
A7
0
0
0
0
0
0
A7
0
0
0
0
0
0
A7
0
0
0
0
0
0
AS
0
0
0
0
0
0
AS
0
0
0
0
0
0
AS
0
0
0
0
0
0
AS
0
0
0
0
0
0
Ag
0
0
0
0
0
0
Ag
0
0
0
0
0
0
Ag
0
0
0
0
0
0
Ag
0
0
0
0
0
0
Output
Output Codes
Output Codes
Output
0,
Output
01
Output Codes
Output
01
02
02
02
03
03
03
03
04
04
04
04
05
05
05
05
05
05
05
05
07
07
07
0,
Os
Os
Os
Os
Column
Column Decimal
Address
Binary
032 033 034 035 036 037
006
Character Number
~olumn
Column Decimal
Address
Binary
Address
005
Address
A,
0
1
0
1
0
1
A,
A2
0
0
1
1
0
0
A2
A3
0
0
0
0
1
1
A3
A4
0
0
0
0
0
0
A4
A5
0
0
0
0
0
0
A5
007
Character Number
Column Decimal
Address
Column
Binary
040 041 042 043 044 045
Address
Output Codes
01
02
Character Number
1
Character Number
Column Decimal
Address
Column
Binary
048 049 050 051 052 053
008
Address 056 057 05S 059 060 061
0
1
0
1
0
1
A1
0
1
0
1
0
1
A,
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
A2
0
0
1
1
0
0
A2
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
A3
0
0
0
0
1
1
A3
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
A4
0
0
0
0
0
0
A4
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
A5
1
1
1
1
1
1
A5
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
A6
1
1
1
1
1
1
A6
1
1
1
1
1
1
A6
1
1
1
1
1
1
A6
1
1
1
1
1
1
A7
0
0
0
0
0
0
A7
0
0
0
0
0
0
A7
0
0
0
0
0
0
A7
0
0
0
0
0
0
AS
0
0
0
0
0
0
AS
0
0
0
0
0
0
AS
0
0
0
0
0
0
AS
0
0
0
0
0
Ag
0
0
0
0
0
0
Ag
0
0
0
0
0
0
Ag
0
0
0
0
0
0
Ag
0
0
0
0
Output
Output Codes
Output
Output Codes
Output
Output Codes
Output
0,
01
01
0,
02
02
02
02
03
03
03
03
04
04
04
04
05
05
05
05
05
05
05
05
07
07
07
07
Os
Os
Os
Os
0
0
0
Output Codes
--1--
7·189
I
2516 CUSTOM CODING INFORMATION
Chara.ter Number
Column
Binary
Address
009
Column Decimal
Address
A,
0
1
0
1
A2
0
0
1
1
A3
0
0
0
0
A4
0
0
0
0
A5
0
0
0
0
A6
0
0
0
0
0
Column Decimal
Address'
Column
Binary
064 065 066 067 06S 069
Address
011
Character Number
Column Decimal
Address
Column
Binary
072 073 074 075 076 077
Address
0
1
A,
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
A2
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
A3
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
A4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
A5
1
1
0
0
0
0
A6
0
A,
0
1
0
0
A2
0
0
1
1
A3
0
0
0
0
A4
1
0
0
A5
0
0
A6
0
0
0
012
Character Number
Column Decimal
Address
Column
Binary
OSO OS1 082 OS3 OS4 1OS5
1
1
0
010
Character Number
Address
088 OS9 090 091 092 093
1
A,
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
A2
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
A3
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
A4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
A5
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
A6
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
A7
1
1
1
1
1
1
A7
1
1
1
1
1
1
A7
1
1
1
1
1
1
A7
1
1
1
1
1
AS
0
0
0
0
0
0
AS
0
0
0
0
0
0
AS
0
0
0
0
0
0
AS
0
0
0
0
0
0
Ag
0
0
0
0
0
0
Ag
0
0
0
0
0
0
Ag
0
0
0
0
0
A9
0
0
0
0
0
0
Output
Output Codes
Output Codes
Output
Output
0
Output Codes
Output
0,
0,
0,
02
02
0;2
02
~
03
03
03
0,
04
04
04
04
05
05
05
°5
05
05
05
05
07
cry
cry
°7
Os
Os
Os
Os
013
Character Number
Column
Binary
Address
~olumn
Column Decimal
Address
Column Decimal
Address
Binary
096 097 O9S 099 100 101
014
Character Number
Address
015
Character Number
Column
Column Decimal
Address
Binary
104 105 106 '07 108 109
Address
Output Codes
Column Decimal
Address
Column
Binary
112 113 114 115 116 117
016
Character Number
Address
120, 121 122 123 124 125
At
0
1
0
1
0
1
A,
0
1
0
1
0
,
A,
0
1
0
1
0
1
A,
0
1
0
1
0
1
A2
0
0
1
1
0
0
A2
0
0
1
1
0
0
A2
0
0
1
1
0
0
A2
0
0
1
1
0
0
A3
0
0
0
0
1
1
A3
0
0
0
0
1
1
A3
0
0
0
0
1
1
A3
0
0
0
0
1
1
A4
0
0
0
0
0
0
A4
1
1
1
1
1
1
A4
0
0
0
0
0
A4
1
1
1
1
1
1
A5
0
0
0
0
0
0
A5
0
0
0
0
0
0
A5
1
1
1
1
,
0
1
A5
1
1
1
1
1
1
A6
1
1
1
1
1
1
A6
1
1
1
1
1
1
A6
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
A6
, ,
A7
1
1
1
1
1
1
A7
1
1
1
1
1
1
A7
1
1
1
1
1
1
A7
1
1
1
1
1
AS
0
0
0
0
0
O·
AS
0
0
0
0
0
0
AS
0
0
0
0
0
0
AS
0
0
°
0
0
0
Ag
0
0
0
0
0
0
Ag
0
0
0
0
0
0
Ag
0
0
0
0
0
0
Ag
0
0
0
0
0
0
Output
Output Codes
Output
Output Codes
Output
Output Codes
Output
0,
0,
0,
02
02
02
02
03
03
03
03
04
0,
04
04
04
05
05
05
05
05
05
05
05
07
°7
07
07
Os
Os
Os
Os
7·190
Output Codes
2516 CUSTOM CODING INFORMATION
Character Number
Column
Binary
Address
A,
A2
017
Character Number
Column Decimal
Address
Column Decimal
Address
Column
Binary
128 129 130 131 132 133
Address
018
0
0
1
0
1
A,
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
A2
0
0
1
1
0
0
Column Decimal
Address
Column
Binary
136 '37 138 139 140 141
1
019
Character Number
Address
Column Decimal
Address
Column
Binary
144 145 146 147 148 149
020
Character Number
Address
152 153 154 155 156 157
1
A,
0
1
0
1
0
1
A,
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
A2
0
0
1
1
0
0
A2
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
A3
0
0
0
0
1
1
A3
0
0
0
0
1
1
A4
0
0
0
0
0
A4
1
1
1
1
1
1
A3
0
0
0
0
,
0
1
A3
0
0
0
A4
0
0
0
0
0
0
A4
1
1
1
A5
0
0
0
0
0
A5
0
0
0
0
°
0
A5
1
1
1
1
A5
1
1
1
1
1
1
A6
0
°
0
0
°
0
,
0
0
A6
0
0
0
0
0
0
A6
0
0
0
0
0
0
A6
0
0
0
0
0
0
A7
0
0
0
A7
0
0
0
°
0
A7
0
°
0
0
0
A7
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
A8
1
1
1
1
1
A8
,
0
1
,
0
AB
, , .,
0
1
1
1
1
1
A8
1
1
1
1
1
Ag
0
0
0
0
0
A9
0
0
0
0
0
0
A9
0
0
0
°
0
0
A9
0
0
0
0
0
Output
0
0
0
Output Codes
Output
Output Codes
1
Output
1
Output Codes
Output
0,
0,
0,
01
02
02
°2
02
03
03
03
03
°4
04
04
°4
°5
°5
05
05
°5
05
05
05
07
07
07
°7
Os
08
Os
Os
021
Character Number
Column
Column Decimal
Address
Binary
Address
Column Decimal
Address
Column
Binary
160 161 162 163 164 165
022
Character Number
Address
Column
Column Decimal
Address
Binary
168 169 170 171 172 173
023
Character Number
Address
0
024
Character Number
Column Decimal
Address
Binary
Address
1
Output Codes
Column
176 177 178 179 180 181
1
1
184 185 186 187 188 189
A,
0
1
0
1
0
1
A,
0
1
0
1
0
1
A1
0
1
0
1
0
1
A1
0
1
0
1
0
1
A2
0
0
1
1
0
0
A2
0
0
1
1
0
0
A2
0
0
1
1
0
0
A2
0
0
1 .
1
0
0
A3
0
0
0
0
1
1
A3
0
0
0
0
1
1
A3
0
0
0
0
1
1
A3
0
0
A4
0
0
0
0
0
0
A4
1
1
1
1
1
1
A4
0
0
0
0
0
0
A4
1
A5
0
0
0
0
0
0
A5
0
0
0
0
0
0
A5
1
1
1
1
1
1
A5
A6
1
1
1
1
1
1
A6
1
1
1
1
1
1
A6
1
1
1
1
1
1
A6
A7
0
0
0
0
0
A7
0
0
0
0
0
0
A7
0
0
°
0
0
0
1
,
0
AB
1
1
1
1
A8
1
1
1
1
1
1
A8
1
1
1
1
1
1
A9
0
0
0
0
0
0
A9
0
0
0
0
0
0
Ag
0
0
0
°
0
0
A9
Output
Output Codes
Output
Output Codes
Output
Output Codes
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
A,
0
0
0
0
0
0
A8
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
Output
0,
0,
0,
01
02
02
°2
02
03
03
03
D:3
°4
04
°4
°4
°5
05
05
05
°5
°5
05
05
07
07
07
07
Os
Os
Os
08
Output Codes
7·191
2616 CUSTOM CODING 'INFORMATION
Character Number
Column
Binary
Address
Character Number
025
Column Decimal
Address
Column
Binary
192 193 194 19S 196 197
A1
0
1
0
1
0
A2
0
0
1
1
0
A3
0
0
0
0
A4
0
0
0
0
Addres,
Character Number
026
Column Decimal
Address
Column
Binary
200 201 202 203 204 20S
Binary
Address
216
1217 218 1219 220
221
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
A,
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
A2
0
0
1
1
0
0
A2
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
A3
0
0
0
0
1
1
A3
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
A4
0
0
0
0
0
0
A4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
A2
0
0
1
1
1
1
A3
0
0
0
0
0
0
A4
1
1
1
Column
208 209 210 211 212 213
028
Column Decimal
Address
A1
A,
1
Address
Character Number
027
Column Decimal
Address
AS
0
0
0
0
0
0
A5
0
0
0
0
0
0
A5
1
1
1
1
1
A5
1
1
1
1
1
1
A6
0
0
0
0
0
0
A6
0
0
0
0
0
A6
0
0
0
0
0
0
A6
0
0
0
0
0
0
A7
1
1
1
1
1
1
A7
1
1
1
1
,
0
1
A7
1
1
1
1
1
1
A7
1
1
1
1
1
1
AS
1
1
1
1
1
1
AS
1
1
1
1
1
1
AS
1
1
1
1
1
1
AS
1
1
1
1
1
1
Ag
0
0
0
0
0
0
Ag
0
0
0
0
0
0
Ag
0
0
0
0
0
0
Ag
0
0
0
0
0
0
Output
Output Codes
Output Codes
Output
Output
1
Output Codes
Output
01
0,
01
01
02
02
02
02
03
03
03
03
04
04
04
04
Os
05
05
05
Os
05
05
Os
07
0,
07
0,
Os
Os
Os
Os
Character Number
Column
Binary
Address
030
Character Number
029
Column Decimal
Address
Column Decimal
Address
Column
Binary
224 22S 226 227 22S 229
Address
Column Decimal
Address
Binary
232 233 234 235 236 237
Address
Character Number
031
Character Number
Column
240 241 242 243
Output Codes
Column
Binary
1244 245
Address
032
Column Decimal
Address
248 249 250 251 252 253
A1
0
1
0
1
0
1
A,
0
1
0
1
0
1
A1
0
1
0
1
0
1
A,
0
1
0
1
0
1
A2
0
0
1
1
0
A2
0
0
1
1
0
0
A2
0
0
1
"1
0
0
A2
0
0
1
1
0
0
A3
0
0
0
0
,
0
1
A3
0
0
0
0
1
1
A3
0
0
0
0
1
1
A3
0
0
0
0
1
A4
0
0
0
0
0
0
A4
1
1
1
1
1
1
A4
0
0
0
0
0
0
A4
1
1
1
1
A5
0
0
0
0
0
0
A5
0
0
0
0
0
0
AS
1
1
1
1
1
1
AS
1
1
1
A6
1
1
1
1
1
1
A6
1
1
1
1
1
1
A6
1
1
1
1
1
1
A6
1
1
1
A7
1
1
1
1
1
1
A7
1
1
1
1
1
1
A7
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
AS
1
1
1
1
1
1
AS
1
1
1
1
1
1
AS
,
1
AS
-
A7
1
1
Ag
0
0
0
0
0
0
Ag
0
0
0
0
0
0
Ag
0
0
0
0
0
0
Ag
0
0
0
Output
Output Codes
Output
Output Codes
Output
-
Output Codes
Output
01
01
0,
02
02
02
02
03
03
03
03
04
04
04
04
05
05
05
05
05
05
05
05
07
07
07
07
Os
Os
Os
Os
0,
7·192
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
Output Codes
2516 CUSTOM CODING INFORMATION
Character Number
Column Decimal
Address
Column
Binary
Address
Character Number
033
Column Decimal
Address
Column
Binary
256 257 258 259 260 261
Address
Character Number
034
Column
272 273 274 275 276 217
Address
Binary
Address
Character Number
Column Decimal
Address
Column
264 265 266 267 26S 269
036
036
Column Decimal
Address
Binary
280 281 282 1283 284 285
A1
0
1
0
1
0
1
A1
0
1
0
1
0
1
A1
0
1
0
1
0
1
A1
0
1
0
1
0
1
A2
0
0
1
1
0
0
A2
0
0
1
1
0
0
A2
0
0
1
1
0
0
A2
0
0
1
1
0
0
A3
0
0
0
0
1
1
A3
0
0
0
0
1
1
A3
0
0
0
0
1
1
A3
0
0
0
0
1
1
A4
0
0
0
0
0
0
A4
1
1
1
1
1
1
A4
0
0
0
0
O.
0
A4
1
1
1
1
1
1
A5
0
0
0
0
0
0
A5
0
0
0
0
0
0
A5
1
1
1
1
1
1
A5
1
1
1
1
1
1
A6
0
.0.
0
0
0
0
A6
0
0
0
0
0
0
A6
0
0
0
0
0
0
A6
0
0
0
0
0
0
A7
0
0
0
0
0
0
A7
0
0
0
0
0
0
A7
0
·0
0
0
0
0
A7
0
0
0
0
0
0
AS
0
0
0
0
0
0
AS
0
0
0
0
0
0
AS
0
0
0
0
0
0
AS
0
0
0
0
0
0
Ag
1
1
1
1
1
1
Ag
1
1
1
1
1
1
Ag
1
1
1
1
1
A9
1
1
1
1
1
1
Output
Output Codes
Output
Output Codes
01
Output
01
1
Output Codes
Output
01
02
02
02
02
OJ
03
03
03
04
04
04
04
05
05
05
05
05
05
05
05
07
try
07
07
Os
Os
Os
Os
Character Numb!!r
Column
Column Decimal
Address
Binary
Address
038
Character Number
037
Binary
2SS 2S9 290 291 292 293
Address
Character Number
Column Decimal
Address
fcolumn
Column
Column Decimal
Address
Binary
296 297 29S 299 300 301
Address
Character Number
039
Binary
304 305 306 307 308 309
Address 312 313 314 31E 316 317
0
0
1
0
1
A1
0
1
0
1
0
1
A1
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
A2
0
0
1
1
0
0
A2
0
0
1
A3
0
0
0
0
1
1
A3
0
0
0
0
1
1
A3
0
0
0
0
1
1
A4
0
0
0
0
0
0
A4
1
1
1
1
1
1
A4
0
0
,()
0
0
0
A5
0
0
0
0
0
0
A5
0
0
0
0
0
0
A5
1
1
1
1
1
1
A5
A2
'1
1
040
Column Decimal
Address
Column
1
A1
Output Codes
01
0
1
A1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
A2
0
0
1
1
0
0
A3
0
0
0
0
1
1
A4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
A6
1
1
1
1
1
1
A6
1
1
1
1
1
1
A6
1
1
1
1
1
1
A6
1
1
1
1
1
1
A7
0
0
0
0
0
0
A7
0
0
0
0
0
0
A7
0
0
0
0
0
0
A7
0
0
0
0
0
0
AS
0
0
0
0
0
0
AS
0
0
0
0
0
0
AS
0
0
0
0
0
0
AS
0
P
0
0
0
0
Ag
1
1
1
1
1
1
Ag
1
1
1
1
Ag
1
1
1
1
1
1
Ag
1
1
1
1
1
1
Output
Output Codes
Output
1
Output Codes
1
Output
Output Codes
Output
01
01
01
01
02
02
02
02
03
03
03
03
04
04
04
04
05
05
05
05
05
05
05
05
-07
07
07
07
Os
Os
Os
Os
Output Codes
7·193
I
2516 CUSTOM CODING INFORMATION
Character Number
Column
Binary
Address
Character Number
041
Column Decimal
Address
Column
Binary
320 321 322 323 324 325
Address
042
Column Decimal
Address
Character Number
Binary
32S 329 330 331 332 333
Address
043
Column Decimal
Address
Column
Character Number
Column
Binary
336 337 :33S 339 340 341
Address
044
Column Decimal
Address
344 345 346 347 348 349
A,
0
1
0
1
0
1
A,
0
1
0
1
0
1
A,
0
1
0
1
0
,
A,
0
1
0
1
0
1
A2
0
0
1
1
0
0
A2
0
0
1
1
0
0
A2
0
0
1
1
0
0
A2
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
A3
0
0
0
0
1
1
A3
0
0
0
0
1
1
A3
0
0
0
0
1
1
A3
0
0
0
1
A4
0
0
0
0
0
0
A4
1
1
1
1
1
1
A4
0
0
0
0
0
0
A4
1
1
1
1
1
1
A5
0
0
0
0
0
0
A5
0
0
0
0
0
0
A5
1
1
1
1
1
1
A5
1
1
1
1
1
1
A6
0
0
0
0
0
0
A6
0
0
0
0
0
0
A6
0
0
0
0
0
0
A6
0
0
0
0
A7
1
1
1
1
1
1
A7
1
1
1
1
1
1
A7
1
1
1
1
1
1
A7
1
1
1
1
1
1
AS
0
0
0
0
0
0
AS
0
0
0
0
0
0
AS
0
0
0
0
0
0
AS
0
0
0
0
0
0
Ag
1
1
1
1
1
Ag
1
1
1
1
1
1
Ag
1
1
1
1
1
1
A9
1
1
1
1
1
1
Output
1
Output Codes
Output
Output Codes
Output
Output Codes
Output
0,
0,
0,
02
02
02
02
03
03
03
03
04
04
04
04
05
05
05
05
05
05
05
07
OJ
Os
07
07
Os
Os
Character Number
Column
Column Decimal
Address
Binary
Address
Character Number
045
Column Decimal
Address
icolumn
Binary
352 353 354 355 356 357
Address
047
Character Number
046
Column Decimal
Address
Column
Binary
1360 361 362 363 364 365
Address
0
Output Codes
0,
05
Os
0
Character Number
Binary
36S 369 370 371 372 373
Address
048
Column Decimal
Address
Column
376 377 37S ;379 3S0 3S1
A,
0
1
0
1
0
1
A,
0
1
0
1
0
1
A,
0
1
0
1
0
1
A,
0
1
0
1
0
1
A2
0
0
1
1
0
0
A2
0
0
1
1
0
0
A2
0
0
1
1
0
0
A2
0
0
1
1
0
0
A3
0
0
0
0
1
1
A3
0
0
0
0
1
1
A3
0
0
0
0
1
1
A3
0
0
0
0
1
A4
0
0
0
0
0
0
A4
1
1
1
1
1
A4
0
0
0
0
0
0
A4
1
1
1
1
1
1
A5
0
0
0
0
0
0
A5
0
0
0
0
0
A5
1
1
1
1
1
1
A5
1
1
1
1
1
1
A6
1
1
1
1
1
1
A6
1
1
1
1
1
1
A6
1
1
1
1
1
1
A6
1
1
1
1
1
1
A7
1
1
1
1
1
1
A7
1
1
1
1
1
1
A7
1
1
1
1
1
1
A7
1
1
1
1
1
1
AS
0
0
0
AS
0
0
0
0
0
0
AS
0
0
0
0
0
0
AS
0
0
0
0
0
0
Ag
1
1
1
A9
1
1
1
1
1
1
Ag
1
1
1
1
1
1
Ag
1
1
1
1
1
1
Output
0
1
0
1
0
1
Output Codes
Output
1
0
Output Codes
Output
Output Codes
Output
0,
0,
0,
02
02
02
03
03
03
03
04
04
04
04
05
05
05
05
05
05
05
05
07
07
07
07
Os
Os
Os
Os
7·194
0,
02
Output Codes
1
2516 CUSTOM CODING INFORMATION
Character Number
Column Decimal
Address
Column
Binary
Address
Character Number
049
Column Decimal
Address
Column
Binary
384 385 386 387 388 389
Address
Character Number
050
Column Decimal
Column
Address
Binary
1400 401 402 403 404 405
Address
052
Column Decimal
Address
Column
Address
Binary
392 393 394 395 396 397
Character Number
051
408 409 410 411 412 413
A1
0
1
0
1
0
1
A1
0
1
0
1
0
1
A1
0
1
0
1
0
1
A1
0
1
0
1
0
1
A2
0
0
1
1
0
0
A2
0
0
1
1
0
0
A2
0
0
1
1
0
0
A2
0
0
1
1
0
0
A3
0
0
0
0
1
1
A3
0
0
0
0
1
1
A3
0
0
0
0
1
1
A3
0
0
0
0
1
1
A4
0
0
0
0
0
0
A4
1
1
1
1
1
1
A4
0
0
0
0
0
0
A4
1
1
1
1
1
1
A5
0
0
0
0
0
0
A5
0
0
0
0
0
0
A5
1
1
1
1
1
1
A5
1
1
1
1
1
1
A6
0
0
0
0
0
0
A6
0
0
0
0
0
0
A6
0
0
0
0
0
0
A6
0
0
0
0
0
0
A7
0
0
0
0
0
0
A7
0
0
0
0
0
0
A7
0
0
0
0
0
0
A7
0
0
0
0
0
0
AS
1
1
1
1
1
1
A8
1
1
1
...
1
1
AS
1
1
1
1
1
1
A8
1
1
1
1
1
1
Ag
1
1
1
1
1
1
A9
1
1
1
1
1
1
Ag
1
1
1
1
1
1
Ag
1
1
1
1
1
1
qutput
Output Codes
Output
Output Codes
Output
Output Codes
Output
01
01
01
0,
02
02
02
02
03
03
03
03
04
04
04
04
05
05
05
05
05
05
05
05
07
07
07
07
Os
Os
Os
Os
053
Character Number
Column
Column Decimal
Address
Sinary
Address
Binary
0
1
0
1
0
1
A1
0
1
0
1
0
A2
0
0
1
1
0
0
A2
0
0
1
1
0
A3
0
0
0
0
1
1
A3
0
0
0
0
A4
0
0
0
0
0
0
A4
1
1
1
1
A5
0
0
0
0
0
0
A5
0
0
0
Column
Address
432 433 434 435 436 437
Address
Column Decimal
Address
Binary
440 441 442 443 444 445
1
A,
0
1
0
1
0
1
A,
°
1
0
1
0
0
A2
0
0
1
1
0
0
A2
0
0
1
1
°
0
1
1
A3
0
0
0
0
1
1
A3
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
A4
0
0
0
0
0
0
A4
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
A5
1
1
1
1
1
1
A5
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
A6
1
1
A6
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
A7
0
0
0
0
0
0
A7
0
0
°
AS
1
1
1
1
1
1
AS
1
1
1
1
1
1
AS
1
1
Ag
1
1
1
1
1
1
Ag
1
1
1
1
1
1
Ag
1
1
A6
1
1
1
1
1
1
A6
A7
0
0
0
0
0
0
A7
AS
1
1
1
1
1
1
A9
1
1
1
1
1
1
Output Codes
0
Column Decimal
Address
Binary
Address 424
425 426 427 42S 429
A1
Output
Column
Output
056
Character Number
055
Character Number
Column Decimal
Address
Column
416 417 418 419 420 421
054
Character Number
Output Codes
Output Codes
Output
1
1
1
Output Codes
1
Output
01
01
01
0,
02
°2
02
°2
03
03
03
03
°4
04
04
°4
05
05
05
05
05
05
05
05
°7
07
07
°7
Os
Os
Os
Os
1
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Output Codes
7·195
2516 CUSTOM CODING INFORMATION
Character Number
Column Decimal
Address
Column
Binary
Address
Character Number
057
Column Decimal
Address
Column
Binary
44B 449 450 451 452 453
Address
Character Number
058
Column Decimal
Address
Column
Binary
456 467 46S 459 460 461
Address
Character Number
059
Binary
464 465 466 467 46S 469
Address
060
Column Decimal
Address
Column
472 473 474 475 476 477
A1
0
1
0
1
0
1
A1
0
1
0
1
0
1
A,
0
1
0
1
0
1
A,
0
1
0
1
0
1
A2
0
0
1
1
0
0
A2
0
0
1
1
0
0
A2
0
0
1
1
0
0
A2
0
°
1
1
0
0
A3
0
0
0
0
1
1
A3
0
0
0
0
1
1
A3
0
0
0
0
1
1
A3t"'
0
0
0
0
1
1
A4
0
0
0
0
0
0
A4
1
1
1
1
1
1
A4
0
°
0
0
0
A4
1
1
1
1
.1
1
A5
0
0
0
0
0
0
A5
0
A6
0
0
0
0
0
0
A6
0
A7
1
1
1
1
1
1
A7
1
AS
1
1
1
1
1
1
AS
1
Ag
1
1
1
1
1
1
Ag
1
1
Output
Output Codes
0
0
0
0
AS
1
1
1
1
1
A5
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
°
0
0
A6
0
°
°
0
0
0
A6
0
0
°
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
A7
1
1
1
1
1
1
A7
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
AS
1
1
1
1
1
1
AB
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
A9
1
1
1
1
1
1
A9
1
1
1
1
1
1
Output Codes
Output
0,
°
°
1
Output
0,
Output Codes
Output
0,
02
°2
02
02
03
03
03
04
°4
°4
°4
°5
°5
°5
°5
°5
05
05
°5
07
0,
0,
°7
Os
Os
Os
Os
061
Column
Address
Column
488 489 490 491 492 493
Address
Binary
480 481 482 483 484 485
Address
0
,
0
1
A1
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
A2
0
0
1
1
°
0
0
1
1
A3
0
0
0
0
0
°
0
0
A4
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
A5
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
A6
1
A7
1
1
1
1
A7
1
AS
1
1
1
1
"
1
1
1
AS
Ag
1
1
1
1
1
1
A9
A,
0
1
A2
0
0
A3
0
A4
0
A5
A6
Output
Output Codes
Output
063
Character Number
Column Decimal
Address
~olumn
Column Decimal
Address
Binary
062
Character Number
Character Number
Column Decimal
Address
Binary
Binary
496 497 498 499 500 501
064
Column Decimal
Address
Column
Address 504 505 506
607 608 609
1
A,
0
1
0
1
0
1
A,
0
1
0
1
0
1
°
0
A2
0
0
1
1
0
0
A2
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
A3
0
0
0
0
1
1
A3
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
A4
0
0
0
0
0
0
A4
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
A5
1
1
1
1
1
A5
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
A6
1
1
1
1
1
1
A6
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
A7
1
1
1
1
1
1
A7
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
AS
1
1
1
1
1
1
AS
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
A9
1
1
1
1
1
1
Ag
1
1
1
1
1
1
Output Codes
Output
1
Output Codes
Output
0,
0,
0,
0,
02
°2
02
°2
03
03
03
03
04
04
°4
04
05
°5
°5
°5
05
°5
°5
05
°7
°7
°7
07
°B
Os
Os
°8
7·196
Output Codes
0,
03
Character Number
1
°
Output Codes
2526'/30 PROGRAMMING INFORMATION
2530 HIGH SPEED 512 X 8 STATIC READ ONLY MEMORY
PUNCHED CARD INPUT
Header Card
Card No.
Data Cards:
Information
Column
1
1-8
9-14
15-19
20
21
22
23
24-71
72
73-80
Card No.
"2530N/CM"
Blank
Column
1
Information
1-3
"CODED"
Blank
Logic state of Output Enable #2,
(CS2) - Most §.ignificant ~it.
Logic state of Output Enable #1.
Blank
Customer company name.
Blank
Date
Decimal address (blank, blank,
0.)
4
Blank
5-12
8-digit binary output
13-20
Blank
21-33
Decimal address, (blank,
bla'nk, 1.)
24
25-32
Blank
8-Digit binary output
33-40
Blank
(MSB-Ieft)
(MSB-Ieft)
41-43
De<:.[mal address, (Blank,
blank, 2.)
I.D./Comment Cards:
Card No.
Column
1
1
2
3-80
2
3
44
45-52
Information
I'C"
Blank
Person responsible for reviewing
Signetics truth table and Company Name.
61-63
Blank
8-digit binary output
(MSB-Ieft)
53-60
Blank
Decimal address, (Blank,
blank, 3.)
64
Blank
1
2
3-80
"c"
65-72
8-digit binary output
Blank
Customer Street Address
73-80
Blank
1
2
3-80
Blank
Customer City, State, Zip.
(MSB-Ieft)
"c"
2
128
Same format as data card #1.
.---
NOTE: MSB = 09
EXAMPLES:
Header Card
2530
CM3530 CODED 00 ASCII TO EBCDIC AND EBCDIC TO ASCII CODE CONV
I
I
I III
I III
I
111111 I I 111111'
I
I
I III I II I
I
I
02/02/72
II
DOOIOOOOOOOOIOOOOOOOIIOOOIOOOOIOOO~OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOIOO01000000000000100010110100
I I 3 4 S a I •• 1I111l131'411111711 1IHII 1!IH4HIt,'1 Hlt JOlllllf)4J1I1II JI 31 4041 ItZ 4f414S 4641 41 U IO"II"SI II 14 SS·S"'51S1 IUD" 61 5H461""""'D Ii ii 71 14 Ii ,,1/ " " .
First Data Card'
o 00000000
1 00000001
2 00000010
3 00000011
08101111111100000000000011111110000000000000111111010000000000001111110000000000
I I 3 4 S 1 , •• 1111 IlII 14 1111171111 II II
n U 241 H H lIlt It JO 31 1231)4 IS II !7 JI 314141 41 4J U 4HS, 41414' \0 II l25lSHHUIIISUO" 521154 6111""" ID 71 12 11147S "
1/ " III!1
Last Data Card
508 00000000
509 00000000
510 00000000
511 00000000
0100111111110000000001001111111100000000001011111111.0000000000001111111100000000
I
i 34
I i i • • 11111(11 1411" 1711 1IHII
n\n 14!S 15 17 it 2')(1.11 lZ\n )4 nil II Jl3I4I414241U4HI41 II 4;\1 III/ ,IISlII \611\11""1 6liH'II5U'"'' 10 1111/1 1411" 1/ II IU~
. 7-197
2530/2526 PROGRAMMING INFORMATION
TRUTH TABLE INPUT:
A truth table may be submitted at a greater non-recurring cost to the customer. A format similar to the one shown below is satisfactory.
INPUT ADDRESS
DECIMAL ADDRESS
OUTPUT
08
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
000
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
001
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
510
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
511
07
06
05
04
03
O2
01
Plus Output Enable 1 and 2 coding.
2526 HIGH SPEED 64 X 9 X 9 CHARACTER GENERATOR
PUNCHED CARD INPUT
Comment/LD. Cards:
Card No.
1
Column
1
2
3-17
18-26
27-71
72
73-80
2
3
4
7·198
Information
"C"
Blank
"SIGNETICS 2526N/CM"
Blank
Customer I.D. (Company, Project, Part No., etc.)
Blank
Date
1
2
3-80
"C"
Blank
Person responsible for reviewing Signetics truth table.
1
2
3-80
"C"
Blank
Customer Street Address
1
2
3-80
"C"
Blank
Customer City, State, Zip.
Card No.
Column
5
1
2
3-80
Information
"C"
Blank
Name
Data Cards:
Card No.
1
Column
1-9
10
11-19
20
21-29
Information
Binary outputs of rows 9
through 1, (MSB at 9), first column, first character, (first
character is "000"). Logic "1"
is high output (3.2V, min.)
Blank
Binary outputs of second column, first character.
Blan.k
Third column
2526 PROGRAMMING INFORMATION
Data Cards (Continued)
Card No.
1
(Cont'd)
30
31-39
40
41-49
50
51-59
60
61-69
70·71
72
73
74-76
77
78-80
2
Information
Card No.
Column
Blank
Fourth column
Blank
Fifth column
Blank
Sixth column
Blank
Seventh column
Blank
Data card number of first
character, ("1").
Blank
Anything - customer option.
Blank
Decimal character number,
("000")
2
(Cont'd)
11-19
20-70
71
72
Eight column
Blank
128
Column
1-9
10
73
74-76
77
78-80
3
1-9
(Etc., as
Card 1)
4
(Etc., as
Card 2)
78-80
Note: MSB
EXAMPLES:
Information
Ninth column
Anything - customer option.
Blank
Data card number of first
character, ("2").
Blank
Customer option
Blank
Decimal character number
("000").
First column, second character,
rows 9 through 1 (MSB at 9).
Second character is "001".
Decimal character number,
("063").
= 09
1.0. Card
C.
CM3400 VERTICAL SCAN CHAR GEN WITH BCDIe AND BAUDOT TO ASCII CONVERSION
I
I III
II III II
I I 11111 I I II I
I III I
I I
II I II
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
OOOOOOOOOOOllOIOOIOOOOOIOOOOOOOOOOOOOlulOOOOOOOOOOOOOO10010100010000000100109000
I Z 3 4 S I 1 I I 1111 II 1114 IS 1II11111lO 211123 242H121 !l2UII 31 32 U J43S Ii 113UI411 41 4Z 434/11 1& 4141 IHO II 11SlS1SSlSSl SI5NIIII 1153 &161 51 61" n 10 11 lH31HS " II III1N
First Data Card - First Character
010100000 000000000 011111100 100000010 101100010 101010010 101001010
1
0
1010111110111111111010000001100111111010010011101001010110100101101010000000000.
I 2 3 4 5 I 1 I t II II 111111 IS 111111 It lI21 n 2321lSlI 21 !I n lOll llll J4l1.m. 3t It 1111 U II 45 4141.", II II 11IHI
I~ Ii
5111 IUO 1112 6H161 66 61 61 il 10 11 l1ll II 15 16 11111110
Second Data Card - First Character
2
01111100 000000000
o
IICOOOOIIOIIIIIIIIIOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO00000000000000000000000001
1 I J 4 5 • , I I 1111 II 1114 IS 11171111 lO 2122 U lHUI21 lIlt.31 lll3 J41S Ii II .114141 414I4/1S41414141' ~ II S1SlSISSlII1 IIIHII5II21HHHU"Ut ro 11-72 1314 1S1511 11 liN
First Data Card - Last Character
~10001101
I
011111111 000000010 000000001 110100001 000010001 000001001
1
63
000000001111111010111111110000101111 00111101110011111011000000000001
101110010010
I I J 4 5 I , I I 11 11 111114 15 111111 It 20 21 21 U lH5 lI21 lilt. II Ill3 J4 35 Ii 31 .314141 4Z 41 4/1S4141 4141 II 12SlSl ISlSS111S1 11111 I21HHHUlSUt7D II 72 1111 15 151111 liN
~
Second Data Card - Last Character
00000110 000000000
2
63
11111100101111111110000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
, I 2 I 4 5 I 1 I I II II 111111 i~ III; 111. ,lI21 n U 21lS 15 21 !I n lOll llli J4l1.31 .3141 11111)4/45 4111" I' II il 1113 SI II IHI I1II III 51 116HI6I" 6161 il 10 11 l11l 141116 111111111
7·199
2526 PROGRAMMING INFORMATION
TRUTH TABLE INPUT:
A truth table may be submitted at a greater non-recurring cost to the customer. A format similar to the one shown below is
satisfactory _
DECIMAL
ADDRESS
ADDRESS
A10 Ag
AS
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
Al
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
CHARACTER
OUTPUT DATA
Og Os 0 7 06 0 5 0 4 03 O2 0 1
000
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
001
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
002
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
003
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
004'
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
005
0
0
0
0
0
0
.0
1
1
0
006
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
007
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
OOS
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
009
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
010
FIRST
CHARACTER
1
--
Etc.
503
504
--
505
506
LAST
507
50S
CHARACTER
--
509
510
511
--
7·200
APPLICATIONS MEMO
!ii!lBOlie!i
MOS DEVICES
2526
READ-ONLY MEMORY
INTRODUCTION
OUTPUT CIRCUITS
The 2526 is a high speed 5,184-bit Static Read-Only
Memory. It may be organized as 64 x 9 x 9 for use as a
character generator in dot matrix displays, or as a 512 x 9
ROM for general purpose use. It features TTL compatible
inputs, three-state TTL compatible outputs, two standard
supply voltages (+5, -12), output data latches, and less than
700ns access time. The 2526 is fabricated using Signetics
P-MOS silicon gate process and is packaged in a 24-pin
silicone dual in-line package.
The outputs from the 2526 use a three-state push-pull configuration that allows wired-OR connection of several circuits for expanded capacity. The push-pull circuitry provides
low impedance outputs for both high and low output voltages. See Figure 2. For a low output voltage 02 is turned
ON and 01 is turned OFF with 03 and 04 kept OFF by a
high Output Enable voltage. For a high output voltage 01 is
turned ON and 02 is turned OFF while 03 and 04 are
OFF. When the Output Enable voltage goes low, however,
both 03 and 04 are turned ON, keeping 01 and 02 both
OFF for any condition the output latch assumes. In this
state the output of the 2526 is essentially floating,allowing
other circuits to dominate the output line.
INPUT CIRCUITS
The inputs to the 2526 use a configuration similar to that
used in most of the other 2500 series products. Interface
requirements with TTL circuitry are described in detail in
the Signetics MOS Handbook. In general, a standard TTL
gate driving only the 2526 does not require any interfacing
resistors. See Figure 1. If another TTL gate is driven in
addition to the 2526, a 10k ohm pull-up resistor will improve the input noise margins.
INPUT INTERFACE
+
TTL
-D
0
I~
Figure 3 shows one way to make use of this three-state
output. Two 2526 Character Generators are tied together at
their outputs and fed to the receiving logic c;rcuitry, e.g., a
parallel to serial converter. One 2526 can contain the dot
matrix information for upper case characters and the other
can contain the lower case information, thus providing a
full 128 character set. A I I inputs for the two generators are
tied in parallel except the Output Enables which serve as
A11 address inputs. One 2526 receives the A 11 signal and
the other receives A1T. In this way only one set of outputs
at a time will activate the output lines. If the system configuration requires periods where neither output is active,
that fact can be gated with A 11 to turn off both Output
Enable signals. To reduce power dissipation, the A 11 information can be gated with the READ signals to avoid turning
on the unused 2526.
OUTPUT CIRCUITRY
+5V
+
OUTPUT
ENABLE
+
TTL
TTL
~
D-
OUTPUT
DATA
FROM
LATCH
+5V
1L---_9~Q4
OUTPUT
GND
FIGURE 1
FIGURE 2
7-201
2526 APPLICATIONS MEMO
SCAN DECODING
CAPACITY EXPANSION
INPUT CODES
A4 0 0 o 0 0
A3 0 0 0 0 1
A2 0 0 1 1 0
A1 0 1 0 1 0
0 0 0 1
1 1 1 0
0 1 1 0
1 0 1 0
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
0 0 0 1 1 1 1
0 1 1 0 0 1 1
1 0 1 0 0 0 1
!
I I I I I I I II
OUTPUT',
•• •••
••• •
•• •• ••• •••
FIGURE 3
EXCESS
CODES
LOGIC 0 < 0.8 VOL T5
LOGIC 1 > 3.2 VOL T5
9X9MATRIX
FIGURE 5
ADDRESS DECODING
The Signetics 2526 Character Generator is organized to
provide 64 character locations with each location described
by a 9 x 9 matrix of bits. The block diagram in Figure 4
shows the address assignments for the character and scan
functions. The six address inputs A5 through A 10 are decoded directly to provide a 1-of-64 character selection. The
four address inputs A 1 through A4 are decoded to provide
a 1-of-9 selection of scans within each character. Since four
address lines can generate 16 scan selections instead of only
9, there are seven excess codes. See Figure 5. The 1-of-9
scan decoder forces the excess input codes to generate all
logic "l's" at the output latches. The address decoding circuits are only activated during a READ operation in order
to save power when the memory is not being used.
TIMING
The timing diagram in Figure 6 shows how the READ signal
controls the operation of the memory. The address inputs
propagate through the decoders and the bit matrix when
READ goes low. The output data are strobed into the
latches when READ goes high. The state of the OUTPUT
ENABLE signal determines whether or not the latched data
are transferred to the outputs. With OUTPUT ENABLE
high, the worst case access time from stable addresses to
valid output data is 700ns. Notice that addresses must be
stable for only a short period of time so that address
changes may be made in parallel with the access operations.
Once the data are set into the latches, they remain stable
for a full READ cycle until the next cycle's data are
available.
BLOCK DIAGRAM
TIMING DIAGRAM
_-tA2-_
ADDRESSES
MAY
CHANGE
FIGURE 4
7-202
ADDRESSES
MAY
,--C;,...H;,...AN;,.;;G_E_ _
FIGURE 6
+-_
2526 APPLICATIONS MEMO
MEMORY ORGANIZATION
CHARACTER ORGANIZATION
The 2526 is intended primarily for use as a 7 x 9 dot matrix
character generator, and the address decoding scheme reflects this purpose. Address lines A 1 through A4 (see
Figure 5) generate the required nine scan selects plus seven
excess codes. Thus, an attempt to use the 2526 with all ten
address lines in a 1024 x 9 configuration would fail because
there are only 5,184 bits in the memory and the excess input address codes would not be able to generate relevant
output data. However, if address input A4 is tied to a logic
"0", the excess codes are eliminated. The remaining nine
address lines may then be used to address a 512 x 9 ROM.
The ninth scan in each character is ignored along with the
excess codes and a subset of 4,608 bits is used to provide
the 512 x 9 capacity.
When used as a 7 x 9 dot matrix character generator, the
9 x 9 dot configuration of each character allows the 2526 to
be used with either vertical or horizontal scanning techniques. Figure 5 shows a 7 x 9 configuration for the letter K
that is oriented for use with a horizontal scan. As each horizontal slice through the character is extracted from the
ROM, the two extra bits may be ignored and the seven remaining bits serially shifted to control the dot formation.
Other organizations are possible, of course, as long as the
total memory capacity is not exceeded. 576 x 9 is the real
capacity of the memory (576 x 9 = 5,184). The extra ~4 x 9
(576 x 9 - ~)12 x 9 = 64 x 9) can be accessed by careful use
of address A4. See Figure 7. The critical condition is stated
in the figure: when A4 is logical "1", AO, A2, and A 1 should
be logical "a's". When A4 is logical "0", any code is allowed
in the remaining nine bits. When some form of counter is
used to generate the address inputs, it will often be convenient to assign the most significant bit (MSB) to A4 and
the six least significant bits to A5 through A10. In this way,
the highest allowed bit configuration will correspond to a
binary count of 575 and the forced zero states of A3, A2,
and A1 will be easier to implement.
576 x 9 ROM ADDRESSING
IT'I ,'I r
MSB
I
LSB
,,1,01 .. 1,,1,·
INPUT ADDRESS BITS
Figure 8 shows the letter K oriented within the 9 x 9 matrix
for use with a vertical scan. Each vertical slice through the
character is extracted from the ROM and then serially
shifted to control the dot formation. Two complete scans
are not used for dots and may supply blank spaces between
characters or may be ignored. Alternatively, those extra
scan positions may be put to good use for translating character codes. When a code translation is desired, the column
address (A 1 through A4) is set to the appropriate translate
scan instead of one of the dot matrix scans, and the code to
be translated forms the row address (A5 through A 10). The
dot matrix contents of that character location are not related to the input code, but the output from the translate
scan provides the desired new code.
Assume that the dot matrix letter K in Figure 8 is placed In
the character array at an address corresponding to the
ASCII-6 code for K (001011). Then the dots for K can only
be retrieved by using the proper ASCII code as an address.
The same code pattern in EBCDIC, however, stands for the
period. To perform an EBCDIC to ASCII translation it is
only necessary to insert the ASCII code for the period
(101110) in the translate scan of the K character position.
This code can then be used directly for any purpose or it
can, in turn, be applied as an input to select the dot matrix
for the period.
MSB = MOST SIGNIFICANT BIT
LSB = LEAST SIGNI FICANT BIT
A4 A3 112 Al Al0 A9 A8 A7 A6 AS
WHEN M - 1. A3 AND A2 AND Al
SHOULD BE O.
FIGURE 7
INPUT ADDRESS
ASSIGNMENTS
The spare bits in the 9 x 9 matrix of each character are
most convenient to use for translations when the matrix is
arranged for vertical scans. In that way a single read operation can perform the translation. A 7 x 9 vertical matrix
leaves two spare scans for translations so that a two-way
translation between two codes is possible, or two source
codes can be translated into a single target code. The spare
bits in the horizontal scan case are only available two at a
time, so are more awkward to use for translations. In either
case, the spare bits can be used to expand the character dot
matrix from 7 x 9 to 9 x 9. Several special characters can be
constructed (e.g., arrows) and some augmented standard
characters (e.g., %) can be more legible.
7-203
2526 APPLICATIONS MEMO
VERTICAL SCAN MATRIX
•• ••
••.Ie •••
• ••
•• ••
I.
1
0
1
1
1
0
X
X
X
t
001011 IN EBCDIC STANDS FOR
PERIOD INSTEAD OF K. THE ASCII
CODE FOR PERIOD (1011101 MAY
BE OBTAINED FROM A TRANSLATE
SCAN.
FIGURE 8
7·204
INPUT ADDRESS 001 011
SELECTS THIS
CHARACTER BLOCK
APPLICATION AREAS
There are many places where a nine bit wide ROM can be
useful. A nine bit output from a function look-up table can
provide an extra degree of accuracy. A sine function table,
for example, could supply an added bit of resolution in the
result. For arithmetic tables with 8-bit operands, the ninth
output bit can be used as a sign bit or a carry bit for increased flexibility. Many byte-plus-parity systems are organized around 9-bit data paths and some of their memory
requirements can only be satisfied with a 9-bit ROM. 9-bit
or 18-bit minicomputers often need Read Only instruction
storage for bootstrap loaders and other non-volatile routines.
The added sophistication of new CRT terminal designs is
making 7 x 9 characters more and more popular. Increased
legibility, decreased errors and better lower case characters
are the immediate advantages. The 2526 provides an economical, easy-to-use approach for implementing 7 x 9
character graphics.
smAoties
APPLICATIONS MEMO
2602
MOS DEVICES
STATIC MEMORY
INTRODUCTION
The Signetics 2602 is a 1024-bit Random Access Read/
Write Memory. It is fabricated with Signetics N-Channel
Silicon Gate technology.
FEATURES
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
1024 x 1 ORGANIZATION
COMPLETELY STATIC OPERATION
+5 VOLT POWER SUPPLY ONLY
TTL COMPATIBLE INPUTS
THREE-STATE TTL OUTPUT
16-PIN DIP PACKAGE
200mW DISSIPATION
N-CHANNE L SI LICON GATE
NO CLOCKS, NO REFRESHING, NO SENSING
DOWN TO 500ns ACCESS/CYCLE TIME
GUARANTEED
In addition to the refresh hardware costs imposed by
dynamic memories, there is also a performance price to pay.
Each refresh cycle ties up the memory and makes it unavailable for normal data operations. There are several
interesting approaches to minimizing the performance impact of the refresh cycles, but each involves an even greater
investment in support logic. Both the hardware and performance penalties of dynamic memory refreshing are
eliminated by the 2602 since no refreshing of any kind is
required by the device.
In the 2602 the on-chip support circuits, as well as the
memory cells, are static. Thus no clocks are required for
any part of the memory operation. Memory clocks for
dynamic memories have proven to be very difficult to drive,
distribute, and time properly so that their complete elimination saves design and debug expenses, and reduces support logic and distribution circuitry costs.
SUPPORT CIRCUITRY
The dominant system design characteristic for the 2602 is
ease of use. This is a result of several unusual features, with
fully static operation as perhaps the most important. Since
the static memory cell does not depend on stored charge
for its data retention, it does not need periodic refreshing.
Thus, the memory does not require external circuitry to
generate and control refresh cycling and refresh addresses.
The on-chip support logic can also be simplified. See the
block diagram in Figure 1.
The output of the 2602 is a three-state, push-pull circuit
that can drive a TTL data bus. For increased capacity
several chips may be directly wire-ORed, taking advantage
of the three-state output. No sense amplifiers or chip buffers
are required. The problems associated with the distribution
of low level sense lines and with coupled sense noise are
eliminated. Figure 2 shows the output buffer circuit.
BLOCK DIAGRAM
With 5 pF of typical input capacitance on any signal input
and no pull-up resistors required to achieve a reliable highlevel input voltage, any simple TTL logic can be used to
drive arrays of the 2602 memory devices. With no high
voltage, high current, or low level interface signals, noise
and crosstalk problems are practically non-existent.
Vee
FIGURE 1
The net result of all these features is a dramatic decrease in
the external support electronics required to implement a
memory system. With greatly simplified driving, no clocks,
no refreshing, and no sensing, the 2602 has eliminated all
the major headaches associated with semiconductor memory
system design. The cost of support electronics is also
dramatically decreased. The result is that memory system
costs per bit relative to dynamic memories are very attractive
for 2602 memory systems of less than about 100K bits.
7-205
2602 APPLICATIONS MEMO
OUTPUT CIRCUITRY
CHIP SELECT
The Chip Select signal on the 2602 performs three interrelated functions. It controls the status of the three-state
output signal, it acts as the decimal address input for
memories of more than 1024 words, and it enables and
disables the write circuitry.
+5V
OUTPUT
ENABLE
For a 1 K word memory where the outputs share a data bus
with other logic subsystems, the Chip ~elect signals can be
tied together and used simply to connect or disconnect the
output data from the data bus. A 2K word version of such
a memory (see Figure 3) could then gate the bus connect
information with the 11th address bit to form two Chip
Select signals. The output data lines from the first 1 K words
are wire-ORed with the output data lines from the second
1 K words. The two Chip Select signals will then connect
the first 1 K or connect the second 1 K or disconnect both
from the output data bus. Notice that the Read/Write lines
need not be gated with the 11th address bit since an unselected chip automatically has the write circuit disabled.
+5V
OUTPUT
OATA
1'---_9~04
OUTPUT
GNO
FIGURE 2
POWER
The 2602 contributes in other ways to decreased memory
system costs. Only one standard supply voltage, +5V ±5%,
is required. Not only are multiple supply costs eliminated,
but power distribution and decoupling problems are minimized.
The low average power of less than 200mW typical and the
important absence of peak currents both contribute to ease
of use and lower costs. The power dissipated by the support
circuits in a dynamic memory system - even a small one can be a large percentage of the system power demands.
With the 2602 static memory, the support dissipation is
practically eliminated and the memory cell dissipation is
very low. Power and cooling costs are, therefore, much less
of a factor in the total memory system economics.
READ OPERATIONS
The Read Cycle for the 2602 is very easy to execute. See
the timing diagram in Figure 4. With the chip selected and
in the read state, simply input an address. The data will be
valid at the output after the access time has elapsed.
Because there are no clocks to define the Read Cycle, it is
measured as the time addresses are required to be stable.
This interval is from the latest arriving address to the
earliest departing address. For the same reason the access
time should be measured from the latest address input.
Care should be taken to make sure that the Read/Write line
is fully in the Read state before any cycle starts. Notice
that one of the memory cells is being addressed at all times;
CHIP SELECT GATING
10 AODRESS LINES
PLUS READ/WRITE
11TH
---...,
•••
_
::~{
•••
11TH
_D--------'C...;.HI.;..PS:.;:E.=,:LE:..:..CT.:...,.....
lK
ADDRESS
_ _ _ _01
DATA OUT
DATA BUSS
FIGURE 3
7-206
2602 APPLICATIONS MEMO
TIMING DIAGRAM
READ CYCLE
ADDRESS
UJ \-~~.
\
'----
--~l
I
I
CHIP
SELECT
R/W
--=i\--t
I
-/ i-
AC
-
-; :
Lu
L -_______________
I
;o100n.
-1i
DATA OUT
r-------"\
---tw-
---tRC--I
WRITE CYCLE
-
,---------.\
-
-
-
-
r-=
--------,
\
DATA IN
ADDRESS
~L_-_-_-_-__-_-_-_-_-_-_-_J"-tcw--~
-\tcslDATA OUT
~ tcDI-
-------.Ir-
_~lL ___ ~L
FIGURE 4
there is no quiescent state for the memory array. Thus, any
time the Chip Select and Read/Write lines are both low,
something will be written somewhere. The Read/Write line
should be considered normally high with a negative-going
write pulse allowed only under strict conditions.
The Chip Select signal may arrive as late as 200ns after the
start of a Read cycte (for the 2602-1) without impacting
the access time. This will often come in handy when there
are extra levels of address gating involved with generating
the Chip Select signal.
WRITE OPERATIONS
The write cycle is also measured by the required stable
address time. Since the Chip Select signal gates the write
circuitry, it must arrive earlier than in a read cycle so that
the write pulse can propagate properly into the cell array.
Notice that the stable addresses must overlap both the start
and finish of the write pulse. It is important that the desired
cell, and only the desired cell, be fully selected before the
write pulse arrives and that the write pulse is 'fully gone
before the addresses begin to change at the cell. The propagation path for the write pulse into the cell is shorter than
the address path through the decoders.
For a minimum write cycte the timing of the write pulse is
important. Notice in the timing diagram that tWD plus twp
is 400ns minimum, which leaves 100ns as the required
minimum Read level before the beginning of the next cycte.
A longer write cycle would allow more flexibility. in the
write pulse timing. The minimum write pulse width is the
most critical parameter and should be maintained even if
the write pulse window within the write cycle is adjusted
slight!y.
WAVEFORMS
The waveform picture in Figure 5 shows the 2602 in action.
The test pattern being run is a simple one designed to check
the general operation of every cell. The memory had previously had zeroes stored in all 1024 cells. Then a pattern of
Read-Write-Read is executed at every cell location. The
first Read at each cell is useo to check for the previously
written zero. The Write cycle then writes a one in the
addressed cell and the second Read confirms that a one was
in fact stored. The address then changes and the three
operations are repeated on the next sequential cell.
Notice that in situations like the one pictured in Figure 5
where multiple cyctes are executed at one address, there is no
obvious, well-defined start of each cycte. Simple external
time delays (not shown in the picture) serve to mark the
transitions from cycte to cycle. The first change in the Data
Out signal following the AO address change reflects the zero
being read at the newly addressed location. During the succeeding Write cycte, the Data Out line indicates the polarity
of the data being written in the cell. At the end of the
Write cycle, the same cell is read again and the Data Out
signal shows that a one was successfully stored. When the
addresses change again, this sequence is repeated.
7-207
2602 APPLICATIONS MEMO
MEMORY CELL
WAVEFORM
+5
t
32 CELLS
PER COLUMN
t
.....E...COLUMNS
BIT
LINE
BIT
LINE
~
WORO LiNE
1/-ls/DIV.
FIGURE 5
BIT SELECT
r
STORAGE CELL
Figure 6 is a schematic ofthe memory bit cell in the 2602. It
is a standard six device cell configuration, using two crosscoupled devices (01, 02) with active pull-ups (03,04).05
and 06 are used to connect the cell to the bit lines.
FIGURE 6
The cells are arranged in a two-dimensional array of 32 by
32 for a total of 1024 cells. Address lines 0 through 4 are
decoded to select 1-of-32 word lines. Each word line drives
32 cells, connecting them to 32 pairs of bit lines. Addresses
5 through 9 are decoded to select 1-of-32 bit line pairs.
Thus, the 10 address lines select one cell out of 1024 for
reading or writing. The bit lines are ORed together and the
selected pair drive the output data amplifier.
When writing, the bit lines are driven by the write amplifiers
to force the selected cell in one direction or the other.
Because the bit lines are being actively driven instead of
passively sensed, the write cycle can always be executed in
500ns or less even when the read cycle is longer.
MEMORY SYSTEMS
For those designers who have worked with dynamic memory
systems, the dominant theme with the 2602 is the things
that do not have to be done. With no clocks, no refreshing
and no sensing, the designer can center his work on optimizing the TTL/MaS interfaces and the system packaging.
7-208
Because of the lack of support circuitry around the 2602,
the propagation paths to and from the memory chip are
much shorter than is the case with dynamic memories. This
fact will help to compensate for the somewhat longer access
times of the 2602, although there are large numbers of
applications where the 2602 offers more than sufficient
speed. The lack of support circuits makes it easy to gain
performance from the static memory by interleaving. The
expensive dynamic support circuitry does not have to be
duplicated for a two-way interleave.
The lack of power surge currents, high voltage transitions,
low level sense currents, and multiple power supplies
simplifies memory system designs in several ways. One
significant result is that many systems will work very well
on two-sided printed circuit boards, with consequent savings
in design and production costs. With less board area devoted
to supporting the memory chips, the board bit density can
be increased.
SIGNETICS STANDARD ROM CODES
STANDARD ROM CODES
CODE CONVERTERS
PIN
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
CMOOOO
EBCDIC-ASCII
2430
CM2810
ASCII to Selectric
2430
CM3421
ASCII-Selectric, Selectric-ASCII
2431
CM3480
EBCDIC to Packed Hollerith
2431
CM3501
Quick Brown Fox Generator (MM522DF)
2420
CM3511
Quick Brown Fox Generator (MM522DZ)
2420
CM3530
ASCII-EBCDIC; EBCDIC-ASCII
2530
CHARACTER GENERATORS
PIN
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
CM2140
ASCII Alphanumeric, 7x5, Row Output
2513
CM2143
Katakana, 7x5, Row Output (Obsolete, See (CM4800)
2513
CM2170
ASCII with yen sign, 7x5, Row Output
CM3001/3010
Upper case ASCII, 10x7, Row Output
2513
(set of 2)
2516
CM3021
Lower case ASCII, 7x5, Row Output
2513
CM3030
Upper case ASCII, 7x5, Row Output
2513
CM3041
Lower case ASCII, 10x7, Row Output (split character)
2516
CM3410
Upper case ASCII, 9x7, Row Output
2526
CM3400
Upper case ASCII, 7x9, with EBCDIC-ASCII and BAUDOT-ASCII in spare left columns,
CM3940
Same as CM3400 but Row Output
Vert. Output
CM2150
ASCII Alphanumeric, 5x7, Column Output
CM3970
12x8 ASCII A thru_ 1st half
CM3980
12x8 ASCII null thru ? 2nd half
CM4800
Katakana 7x5
2526
2526
2516
(set of 2)- ~2516
2516
2513
NOTE: Customer shall ask for and approve a copy of our truth table for any of those ROMs. We do not guarantee the suitability of the contained
truth table for any particular application.
7·209
~tG IIUI~~
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
PACKAGE INFO
RELIABILITY INFO
INDUSTRY
CROSS· REFERENCE
GUIDE
SECTIONS
(\ r ('\TI" 1\1 (\
SIGNETICS PACKAGES
A PACIKAGE
------r
.252(6.401
.245 feT2i
NOTES,
1.
LEAD MATERIAL, ALLOY 42 OR EQUIVALENT.
2.
BODY MATERIAL, PLASTIC
TOLERANCES NON CUMULATIVE.
14J SIGNETICSSYMBOL DENOTES LEAD NO.1.
[5~ LEAD SPACINlJ SHALL BE MEASURED WITHIN THIS ZONE.
6.
BODY DIMENSIONS DO NOT INCLUDE MOLDING FLASH.
7.
THERMAL RESISTANCE, (-j Ja' .16 C/mW. (-j Jc' .OB'C/mW.
8.
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN IN PARENTHESES ARE METRIC EQUIVALENTS. (MILLIMETERS)
[3J
B PACKAGE
-t
.1!?(.!.1.Q.l
245(6.221
L....r-r--,--,-~...--r-r-r-r~ _1
NOTES,
1. LEAO MATERIAL, ALLOY 42 OR EQUIVALENT.
2. BODY MATERIAL: PLASTIC
TOLERANCES NON CUMULATIVE.
SIGNETICS SYMBOL DENOTES LEAQ NO.1.
~ LEAD SPACINlJ SHALL BE MEASURED WITHIN THIS ZQNE.
6.
BODY DIMENSIONS DO NOT INCLUDE MOLDING FLASH.
7.
THERMAL RESISTANCE: (-) J ••. 1e C/mW. Jc' .OB'C/mW.
B.
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN IN PARENTHESES ARE METRIC EQUIVALENTS. (MILLIMETERS)
i3J
!4.J
'-j
8-1
SIGNETICS PACKAGES
DAPACKAGE
r
·0.875122.231 MAX.
OIA'I
1I
~~:~~NG
450 111.431
'1"
'635'1-._ _
t
31117·93IMIN
~~~:
J
---..~-----lI-1
IIU
t ' 3 6 ,3.'3' MAX
.-
18814.781 R. MAX.
440(11.18)
420 (10.671
2 MOUNTING
L____--".;;:---____._
HOLES.16l (4.091
."'1'51 ii84i D1A•
PIN 1 -INPUT
PIN 2 - OUTPUT
CASE - GROUND
- 2 PINS
.043(1.09)
:o38iii9f1 CIA.
NOTES:
1.
LEAO MATERIAL: NO. 52 ALLOY GOLO PLATEO.
2.
BOOY MATERIAL: 1010 STEEL GOLD PLATED.
3.
LID MATERIAL: STEEL NICKEL PLATED, WELD SEAL.
4.
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN IN PARENTHESES ARE METRIC EQUIVALENTS. (MILLIMETERS)
DB PACKAGE
~
r
II
370 (9.401
35619.021
~
~:m:DIA ~
I
1111,651r 701
,
, 1-
4
~" .. t-~·
020 1m
r'"
0 0 0_:rMIN
r
100(2.541
t
NOTES:
1.
LEAD MATERIAL: KOVAR OR EQUIVALENT, GOLD PLATED.
2.
BODY MATERIAL: EYELET, KOVAR OR EQUIVALENT, GOLD PLATED GLASS BODY.
3.
4.
8-2
LID MATERIAL: NICKEL, WELD SEAL.
ALL OIMENSIONS SHOWN IN PARENTHESES ARE METRIC EQUIVALENTS. (MILLIMETERS)
SIGNETICS PACKAGES
F PACKAGE
LEAD NO.1
ill
-t
III
L---r--""T"1r--T""T'"--r--r--""T"1r--""""--r--r---.-....J
~
MAX
-r
"'1
.100(2.541
moO.78 1
NOTES:
1. LEAO MATERIAL: KOVAR OR EQUIVALENT, TIN PLATEO.
2. BODY MATERIAL: CERAMIC WITH GLASS SEAL.
[1J TOLERANCES NON CUMULATIVE.
[!] SIGNETICS SYMBOL DENOTES LEAD NO.1.
(!] LEAD SPACING SHALL BE MEASURED WITHIN THIS ZONE.
6. THERMAL RESISTANCE: 0 Ja = .065'C/mW, 0 Jc = .020'C/mW.
7. ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN IN PARENTHESES ARE METRIC EQUIVALENTS. (MILLIMETERS)
FPACKAGE
-r
III
L-,--rr-'T""T----,,..,.--rr-'T""T----,,..,.--rT""""l....J
~ll
'1t1
MAX
2 0W6
l:::::r--.:::r-----o=::r--=-----",...--,:::r---,:::::r--.=r-=/
'IMIN
I-rll-- rrn
Il1..I
.023 (0.58)
msrD.38i
~t
I
-- t
130lJ301M1N
~r'
.110 (2,79)
.050 11.271
:09012.29)
WID.3S)
A
200t.oaIMA
~t--
!
1--Wo-g~;:=;1
I
-.iOO
t
09012291
~~
--"",,""""'-008(020)
l_m_
I'0031_1
.325(8.26)
NOTES:
1.
LEAD MATERIAL: KOVAR OR EQUIVALENT, TIN PLATED.
2. BODY MATERIAL: CERAMIC WITH GLASS SEAL.
[IJ TOLERANCES NON CUMULATIVE.
@] SIGNETICS SYMBOL DENOTES LEAD NO.1.
[!] LEAD SPACING SHALL BE MEASURED WITHIN THIS ZONE.
6. THERMAL RESISTANCE: 0 Ja' .090'C/mW, 0 Jc = .023'C/mW.
7. ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN IN PARENTHESES ARE METRIC EQUIVALENTS. (MILLIMETERS)
8-3
SIGNETICS PACKAGES
F PACKAGE
f+-------~~~-gg~:------------
F
rrt=====~i
-.l
'810115'491
0201D.S1JMIN.
590~(1".99)------
______....,!
00
.10012.541
014 lO.38I-008(0.201
~
r
11012.791
090/2.291
NOTES:
1. LEAO MATERIAL: KOVAR OR EQUIVALENT, TIN PLATED.
2. BOOY MATERIAL: CERAMIC WITH GLASS SEAL.
II] TOLERANCES NON CUMULATIVE.
[!) SIGNETICS SYMBOL DENOTES LEAD NO.1.
@J LEAD SPACING SHALL BE MEASURED WITHIN THIS ZONE.
6. THERMAL RESISTANCE: B J.' .055"C/mW, B.k· .012°C/mW.
7. ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN IN PARENTHESES ARE METRIC EQUIVALENTS. (MILLIMETERS)
I PACKAGE
1~[~~~jJ]
\.
.786_119.841
.880 (17.631
NOTES:
1. LEAD MATERIAL: KOVAR OR EQUIVALENT. GOLD PLATED.
2. BODY MATERIAL: CERAMIC WITH KOVAR OR EQUIVALENT.
3. LID MATERIAL: KOVAR OR EQUIVALENT. GOLD PLATED. ALLOY SEAL.
[!) TOLERANCES NON CUMULATIVE.
~ SIGNETICS SYMBOL DENOTES LEAD NO.1.
[[J LEAD SPACING SHALL BE MEASURED WITHIN THIS ZONE.
7. THERMAL RESISTANCE: (-) Ja' .065"C/mW." Jc' .020·C/mW.
8. ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN IN PARENTHESES ARE METRIC EQUIVALENTS. (MILLIMETERS)
8·4
I
11.87)
i1.iTi
~~.650_(16.51J
_ _ _ _.,.1
600(15.241
SIGNETICS PACk..
I PACKAGE
I ~[~~~~J~j]~:
I..
.830
.740
(21.08J
(18.801
•
I
.060(1.521
.030
10.76)
.120
(3.05)
[:080(2.03)
~~
.020(0.51)
]
I----~-
~--------~
lID
--'--.,.---
II----~I
NOTES:
1.
LEAO MATERIAL: KOVAR OR EQUIVALENT. GOLD PLATED.
2.
BODY MATERIAL: CERAMIC WITH KOVAR OR EQUIVA~ENT.
3.
LID MPHRIAL: KOVAR OR EQUIVALENT. GOLD PLATED. ALLOY SEAL.
@] TOLERANCES NON CUMULATIVE.
SIGNETICS SYMBOL OENOTES LEAO NO.1.
LEAD SPACING SHALL BE MEASURED WITHIN THIS ZONE.
7.
THERMAL RESISTANCE: (-) Ja = .062'ClmW. (-) Jc = .018'ClmW.
8.
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN IN PARENTHESES ARE METRIC EQUIVALENTS. (MILLIMETERS)
ffiJ
IE
I PACKAGE
[J~~~~~Ij"~'~
I,
r-
.930
123.621
890
(22.611
~,470
1_
I
111.941------1
:m-i1Q.61i ~ _____ 1
.012 (0.31)
:00810.201
.320(8,13)
;m'i7.371
NOTES:
1. LEAD MATERIAL: KOVAR OR EQUIVALENT. GOLD PLATED.
2. BODY MATERIAL: CERAMIC WITH KOVAR OR EQUIVALENT.
3.
LID MATERIAL: KOVAR OR EQUIVALENT. GOLO PLATED. ALLOY SEAL.
TOLERANCES NON CUMULATIVE.
[!] SIGNETICS SYMBOL OENOTES LEAO NO.1.
@] LEAO SPACING SHALL BE MEASURED WITHIN THIS ZONE.
7.
THERMAL RESISTANCE: (-) J••. 060'ClmW. (-) Jc = .016°ClmW.
8.
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN IN PARENTHESES ARE METRIC EQUIVALENTS. (MILLIMETERS)
m
8·5
SIGNETICS PACKAGES
I PACKAGE
~_L-.-
__lID
I~
__________
.01210.31)
+
:ooa
..!.1Q.~
.10012·"'1
t
420
(lO.67)
,390-(
NOTES,
1. LEAD MATERIAL, KOVAR OR EQUIVALENT, GOLD PLATED.
2. BODY MATERIAL, CERAMIC WITH KOVAR OR eaUIVALENT.
3.
LID MATERIAL, KOVAR OR EQUIVALENT. GOLD PLATED. ALLOY SEAL.
~ TOLERANCES NON CUMULATIVE.
[[J SIGNETICS SYMBOL DENOTES LEAD NO.1.
II] LEAD SPACING SHALL BE MEASURED WITHIN THIS ZONE.
7. THERMAL RESISTANCE, (-) Ja = .055"C/mW, (~Jc' .012°C/mW.
B.
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN IN PARENTHESES ARE METRIC EQUIVALENTS. (MILLIMETERS)
I PACKAGE
III
1
J~
NOTES,
1. LEAD MATERIAL, KOVAR OR EQUIVALENT, GOLD PLATED
2.
BODY MATERIAL, CERAMIC WITH KOVAR OR EQUIVALENT.
3. LID MATERIAL, KOVAR OR EQUIVALENT, GOLD PLATED, ALLOY SEAL.
@] TOLERANCES NON CUMULATIVE.
~ SIGNETICS SYMBOL DENOTES LEAD NO.1.
~ LEAD SPACING SHALL BE MEASURED WITHIN THIS ZONE.
7.
THERMAL RESISTANCE: (-) Ja' .050"C/mW,(-) Jc' .010°C/mW.
B.
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN IN PARENTHESES ARE METRIC EQUIVALENTS. (MILLIMETERS)
8-6
10.201
'
9.901
~I
~~IP;A~C;K~A~G~E;-------------------------------------------SIGNETICSPACKAGES
rI _.___
.490 (12.45)
,470 ("11.94)--
1
1
J
1---_ _ .620
(15.74)
590 (14.98) - - - - -
I PACKAGE
r
~(!!J.,,®
_,Ol<> "",;,
1,.
~ ~ .~ ~' ~' ~~
n,
• _"
unnnrnJ4WMNVWr--~O~i-)
.
VUV''~.h.d:~~~·]. I----:;~ ~ ~:~ ;
j~
I
-1
U U Ulili ., u U
'
_
7
"" "'"
~
.015 (0.38)--tH
~-
.065 (1.65)
~:
3.
!
1111
f.4--
--r--
t ,'~ ,,:-~, """ '0,,",
I
'
(...._ .060
(1.52)
.045 iT.i4j
=~
.110
.090
---1
1
.•
rr
__--;;
.. 0:;-;:;-;12(=0.31"'--)
.100 (2.54)
-
-
---
- - - - _.620 (15.74)
!
~~~~ I~:~::~~i: ~:;:~~: !~UiValent. Gold Plated.
Lid Material: Kovar or
EqU~:a~e~var or Equivalent.
~
Tol"ances Non Cumulative.
~
~':an:tics ~ymbol Denotes Lead No.1,
t. Gold Plated. Alloy Seal.
7: Thern~:a~l;s~s~:~!~~~_)M;::u~~;~~: 'hr~s Zo~e,
All Dtmensions Shown in
Parentheses::~ ~~~r~c·~:~i;~~n~~.
0
(Millimeters)
8-7
SIGNETICS PACKAGES
K PACKAGE
1-- ~~};OIA. --I
T~
j_
I
03010.761
.020(0.51)
255/8.481
23515.971
!
O~. ~ ~ 0
370(9.40)
... 155 {[em
240(6.101
r-
DIAl
.04511.141
t
~-f·' ~E:~DIA
-
562 (1-4.2B)
500('01
.220ls:5oi
Jrn ",m ,".",",
OIA.
- ----...
t
160(4,061
120tool
.-/
/'
.(M0(1.021
02910.741
NOTES,
1.
LEAD MATERIAL KOVAR OR EQUIVALENT, GOLD PLATED.
2.
BODY MATERIAL, EYELET, KOVAR OR EQUIVALENT, GOLD PLATED, GLASS BODY
3.
LID MATERIAL NICKEL, WELD SEAL.
4. THERMAL RESISTANCE FROM JUNCTION TO CASE, 1-' Ja= .150 ClmW, 1-, Jc· .025 ClmW,
5.
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN IN PARENTHESES ARE METRIC EOUIVALENTS. (MILLIMETERSI
L PACKAGE
T_~I-~:~DIA
__ -I [~:%.i~i
.18514.701
illi"i.T91
-. r.
_L_
tl :
t
.~~~~
_.04511.14)
:DiS (0.381
(IT .~ ~ ~ ~ ~ r·t-- ~E:=DIA
-~~OIA.---
//~
Y
Z.034
:028(0.711
/
NOTES:
1, LEAD MATERIAL: KOVAR OR EQUIVALENT, GOLD PLATED.
2,
BODY MATERIAL, EYELET, KOVAR OR EQUIVALENT, GOLD PLATED, GLASS BODY.
3, LID MATERIAL, NICKEL, WELD SEAL.
4, THERMAL RESISTANCE FROM JUCTION TO CASE, 1-) J ••. lSOoClmW, 1-) Jc' ,02SoC/mW.
5,
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN IN PARENTHESES ARE METRIC EQUIVALENTS, (MILLIMETERSI
8·8
040
{I
021
(0.6!I~M9(0.741
INSULATOR
SIGNETICS PACKAGES
N PACKAGE
rLEADNO.l
m
1
L-~~~~~~~~-r~~~~~-r~~~~~~-~[~
li~.2~~ Ir=
~J15'491_'-~1
.590iT4.§91
075(1.911
])Il5[U51
~--------------------------~-.~
~
~(3.941
~8)
--:;}:31
L
.120~
~~
----~_(17.,5J-·-~1
~~~l
.62Sns:a8l
.06511.661
NOTES:
1. LEAD MATERIAL: ALLOY 42 OR EQUIVALENT.
2.
BODY MATERIAL: PLASTIC
TOLEflANCES NON CUMULATiVE.
[!J SIGNETICS SYMBOL DENOTES LEAD NO.1.
f!] LEAD SPACING SHALL BE MEASURED WITHIN THIS ZONE.
6.
BODY DIMENSIONS DO NOT INCLUDE MOLDING FLASH.
7.
THERMAL RESISTANCE: ,., Ja = .12"C/mW, ,., Jc = .05'C/mW.
8.
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN IN PARENTHESES ARE METRIC EQUIVALENTS. (MILLIMETERSI
m
NX PACKAGE
r
.405(10.29)
395M.Ol!
._.L
~~:
I"
r,030IQ.7611
F================t
+~".-;
. 126
.
(3.1SII
~_~._'~lr
~.43)
"'2013li51
-
-~-
r-I.~~
.065(1.651
1_ 2!2'~' ---------I
,
525(13.34)
NOTES:
1. LEAD MATERIAL: ALLOY 42 OR EQUIVALENT.
2.
BODY MATERIAL; PLASTIC
3J TOLERANCES NON CUMULATIVE.
If) SIGNETiCS SYMBOL DENOTES LEAD NO.1.
I]] LEAD SPACING SHALL BE MEASURED WITHIN THIS ZONE.
6.
BODY DIMENSIONS DO NOT INCLUDE MOLDING FLASH.
7.
THERMAL RESISTANCE: (-) Ja '" .12' C/mW. H Jc::: ,05"C/mW.
8.
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN IN PARENTHESES ARE METRIC EQUIVALENTS. (MILLIMETERS)
8·9
SIGNETICS PACKAGES
o PACKAGE
=====1=1
D
I====I
J
351_~'60 18.601~
b~.~5Q_______
1;':
..
....
230 15.841
.240/6.101
}~- :~:::""~:'------1
.,60116.601
I
T40 ]'" 101
t. l.~~.:~
038
10.971
1lf2
!O.31J
0
l~1
I
~
1-.03010.761
MI~
075(1.911
0s0 i1T71
ill
NOTES.
1.
LEAD MATERIAL KOVAR OR EQUIVALENT. GOLD PLATED
2.
BODY MATERIAL: CERAMIC WITH GLASS SEAL AT LEADS.
3.
LID MATERIAL: CERAMIC. GLASS SEAL.
@] TOLERANCES NON CUMULATIVE.
[[] LEAD SPACING SHALL BE MEASURED WITHIN THIS ZONE.
~ SIGNETICS SYMBOL OR ANGLE CUT DENOTES LEAD NO. 1.
[[J RECOMMENDED MINIMUM OFFSET BEFORE LEAD BEND.
B. THERMAL RESISTANCE: (-) Ja = .170"C/mW. (-) Jc = .060"C/mW.
[9l MAXIMUM GLASS CLIMB. LID SKEW. OR FRIT SQUEEZE OUT IS .D10.
10.
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN IN PARENTHESES ARE METRIC EQUIVALENTS. (MILLIMETERS)
o PACKAGE
===11 9
~----
250_.fl?~~
I,. '.60_f6.601
f5.84I~
l6lOl---iI
230
-1
240
1-~301O.761
NOTES
1.
LEAD MATERIAL: KOVAR OR EQUIVALENT. GOLD PLATED.
2.
BODY MATERIAL: CERAMIC WITH GLASS SEAL AT LEADS.
3.
LID MATERIAL: CERAMIC. GLASS SEAL.
I!l TOLERANCES NON CUMULATIVE.
[[] LEAD SPACING SHALL BE MEASURED WITHIN THIS ZONE.
6. SIGNETICS SYMBOL DENOTES LEAD NO. I.
ID MAXIMUM GLASS CLIMB, LID SKEW OR FRIT SQUEEZE OUT .DIO.
B. THERMAL RESISTANCE: e Ja' .160"C/mW. e Jc' .060"C/mW.
9.
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN IN PARENTHESES ARE METRIC EQUIVALENTS. (MILLIMETERS).
8·10
t .9
J!
28
.LO-2!!.
012 (0.311
.~~ ::::~:------__1
+
03lfO.791
028
10.661
!
0750·91)
050
(t.2f1
SIGNETICS PACKAGES
QPACKAGE
~I
======::::~I
ern .020 10.'"
i
~~~~-~IilL04011.02),i.
~(1"2)1
I
f..--,37019.401------1---. 27• 16.99)
,. .
.940
1,-_ __:330
._-_'8_.38_)----~:i7:.--:::.:~)~
=-c ~::~:
01910.481
.I
I
-----j rrn
004 "0.,0)
1
I
I
TVP
]"i5(O.38)
~r
"
t
.028(0.71)
OTOio."25J
rn:B8j-------~
.006(0.15)
t
±
.0301=0.76)
____~----~
031(0.79)
020
(o~
NOTES,
1.
LEAO MATERIAL, ~OVAR OR EQUIVALENT, GOLD PLATED.
2.
BODY MATERIAL, CERAMIC WITH GLASS SEAL AT LEADS.
3.
LID MATERIAL: CERAMIC, GLASS SEAL.
!~. TOLERANCES NON CUMULATIVE.
LEAD SPACING SHALL BE MEASURED WITHIN THIS ZONE.
"jJ SIGNETICS SYMBOL OR ANGLE CUT DENOTES LEAD NO.1.
RECOMMENDED MINIMUM OFFSET BEFORE LEAD BEND.
8.
THERMAL RESISTANCE, (-) J. =.150°C/mW, (-) Jc =.050·C/mW.
~ MAXIMUM GLASS CLIMB, LID SKEW, OR FRIT SQUEEZE OUT IS .010.
10. ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN IN PARENTHESES ARE METRIC EQUIVALENTS. (MILLIMETERS)
00
Ll
QPACKAGE
020(0.•
11-
~rn
If
~IID
II
jl~~~"1
~ --.l
:J
=:J
II II
960(24.38)
940 (23.881
1
LiID
.395
4,221
(10.~;~ 3":72l
(1
t3il9.40)
.01910.461
015(0.381
:::J
:::J
c37019~~~27'_'6~_
.330(8.361
.245(6.22)
I
),.,
.~
II
----j rn 1:=.030 10.76)
J
==tl=~:===={I:=:=:=:=::::.=:=:=:oiri~~r--~~~~~~~---=i--t-------=.08012.03)
I -----.=--.r---'r:05°
[006 (0.1')
j
004(0.10)
1T.27i
.03110.79)
.02010.511
NOTES,
1.
2.
3.
[4.]
lil
\61
1Il
8.
[!]
10.
LEAD MATERIAL, KOVAR OR EQUIVALENT, GOLD PLATED.
BODY MATERIAL, CERAMIC WITH GLASS SEAL AT LEADS.
LID MATERIAL, CERAMIC, GLASS SEAL.
TOLERANCES NON CUMULATIVE.
LEAD SPACING SHALL BE MEASURED WITHIN TH.IS ZONE.
SIGNETICS SYMBOL OR ANGLE CUT DENOTES LEAD NO.1.
RECOMMENDEO MINIMUM OFFSET BEFORE LEAD BEND.
THERMAL RESISTANCE, (-) Ja = .150°C/mW, (-) Jc = .050·C/mW.
MAXIMUM GLASS CLIMB. LID SKEW, OR·FRIT SQUEEZE OUT IS .010.
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN IN PARENTHESES ARE METRIC EQUIVALENTS. (MILLIMETERS)
8-11
SIGNETICS PACKAGES
T PACKAGE
1- 32"828'
I
NiBoiii O'A
--
I
T-"~
'85.".4.'701
.'65!'4.'9'
t~ ::~.~~:
i
.OJOCOI.,
f020 '0.511
__ j
---
. -.
0 U0
__ 00
f
~ :-Hi: INSULATOR
",,-,019(0.461
.01610ATi orA
31O/9.40!
--- 3SSi9.02J0 1A . - ' "
\
_45)' 2' TVP
NOTES:
1.
LEAD MATER'AL' KOVAR OR EQUIVALENT, GOLD PLATED
2.
BODY MATERIAL: EYELET, KOVAR OR EQUIVALENT, GOLD PLATED. GLASS BODY.
3.
LID MATERIAL: NICKEL, WELD SEAL.
4. THERMAL RESISTANCE FROM JUNCTION TO CASE,") J.' .150 C/mW,") Jc' .025 C/mW.
5.
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN IN PARENTHESES ARE METRIC EQUIVALENTS. (MILLIMETERS)
V PACKAGE
d'j~:
~~-~---I
rr~'~--I
.
,...------..., - - .
~~
j
.125,(3.17)
--III
.1151(2.92)
.12013.DBi
E!r:;'31
L..J
~:~
dW:O'~
~!!
10.38)
,
~I
.1101r,;-!
.09012.Bf
[II
iO.51l
I
~~046(1.14)
j[26J
:o25iG.641
NOTES:
1.
LEAD MATERIAL: ALLOY 42 OR EQUIVALENT.
2.
BODY MATERIAL: PLASTIC
~ TOLERANCES NON CUMULATIVE.
@] SIGNETICSSYMBOL DENOTES LEAD NO.1.
LEAD SPACING SHALL BE MEASURED WITHIN THIS ZONE.
6. BODY DIMENSIONS DO NOT INCLUDE MOLDING FLASH.
7.
THERMAL RESISTANCE: 1-) J•• . 16'C/mW, (-) Jc' .0S-C/mW.
8.
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN IN PARENTHESES ARE METRIC EQUIVALENTS. (MILLIMETERS)
ffiJ
8·12
:t
11=020
'oro
L.'!Z!.19.631
.326tnm
I
-l
SIGNETICS PACKAGES
W PACKAGE
",t-
rOO LEAD NO.1
- I
.055(1.40)
ff141
~ .045
.020 10.511
f----
I-I:==~=-
H
--
-----frtI
[]
.260(6.601
I==~=--~~~Ug:
+1--,o,3ms
I _~_'6~--1--.2.g_~--I
r230 f6.841
['0IlIl1OJ!!
004 (O.10)
.750_U!l:,Q5!~
.240 (6.101
~ ===1=1100
.240 (6lOl
(0.38)
,_.'_30_'_'8.54_'_,=i----.-l
JI
.040ll.0"]
:020 (0.611
~{I].030(O.761
.06012.03IJ
.0501T.2fi
NOTES:
1.
LEAO MATERIAL: ALLOY 42 OR EQUIVALENT. TIN PLATEO.
2.
BOOY MATERIAL: CERAMIC WITH GLASS SEAL AT LEAOS.
3.
LlO MATERIAL: CERAMIC, GLASS SEAL.
TOLERANCES NON CUMULATIVE.
:!;I LEAO SPACING SHALL BE MEASUREO WITHIN THIS ZONE.
~ SIGNETICS SYMBOL OR ANGLE CUT OENOTES LEAD NO.1.
RECOMMENDED MINIMUM OFFSET BEFORE LEAD BEND.
MAXIMUM GLASS CLIMB .010.
9.
THERMAL RESISTANCE: (-) Ja = .220°C/mW, (-, Jc = .0BSoC/mW.
10.
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN IN PARENTHESES ARE METRIC EQUIVALENTS. (MILLIMETERS)
m
m
:II
WPACKAGE
(ID
I!l~LEADiNOl ~O."
0
11
055(1.401
~{.'" t
1
02 ___
'-
_ _ 1--------.--"+
,
I-
;~~:~~:..I.... ;:~ ::~~: ..I
:::~ ~~~3~41
1-
.J~
T
.305(7.751
350(8.691
.29511.491330(8.38)
~~4j
I
I
- g ; g :~;;:
= 1 = = l_t
===-~=f=11-=1!l=8.
I
t
L~ :~:~: __ ~II__
m
NOTES:
1.
LEAD MATERIAL: ALLOY 42 QR EQUIVALENT, TIN PLATED.
2.
BODY MATERIAL: CERAMIC WITH GLASS SEAL AT LEADS.
3.
LID MATERIAL: CERAMIC, GLASS SEAL.
~ TOLERANCES NON CUMULATIVE.
~ LEAD SPACING SHALL BE MEASURED WITHIN THIS ZONE.
~ SIGNETICS SYMBOL OR ANGLE CUT DENOTES LEAD NO.1.
[LJ RECOMMENDED MINIMUM OFFSET BEFORE LEAD BEND.
[[1 MAXIMUM GLASS CLIMB .010.
9.
THERMAL RESISTANCE: (-, Ja = .200"C/mW, 'el Jc = .0BSoC/mW.
10.
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN IN PARENTHESES ARE METRIC EQUIVALENTS. (MILLIMETERS)
8-13
SIGNETICS PACKAGES
WPACKAGE
iii
1---'.'02010.611
r~(1.401
(1.141
1.045
~=-----1
t
.350
±
.0.10
1
,395 (10.031
{,,~:T'r~
01510.381
.960 {24.3BI
----.94ijl231i8',
1i1
'
'-10.641.02_~
(0.251.010
I
1 r--
~
L~==~~I
~~~~~~~~~±~
l~(O.'51
~ ~7
+ l
00410.101
_
,040_~J
.030(0.781
,020(0.511
NOTES:
1. LEAD MATERIAL: A~LOY 42 OR EQUIVALENT. TIN PLATED.
2. BODY MATERIAL: CERAMIC WITH GLASS SEAL AT LEADS.
3.
LID MATERIAL: CERAMIC, GLASS SEAL.
TOLERANCES NON CUMULATIVE.
[[] LEAD SPACING SHALL BE MEASURED WITHIN THIS ZONE.
~ SIGNETICS SYMBOL OR ANGLE CUT DENOTES LEAD NO.1.
RECOMMENDED MINIMUM OFFSET BEFORE LEAD BEND.
~ MAXIMUM GLASS CLIMB .010.
9.
THERMAL RESISTANCE: (-J Ja = .200"C/mW, (-J Jc = .OS5'C/mW.
10. ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN IN PARENTHESES ARE METRIC EQUIVALENTS. IMILLIMETERSI
III
III
XA PACKAGE
r-LEADNO.l
:::::::::(:I~
------:~::::::~
NOTES:
1.
2.
TOLERANCES NON CUMULATIVE.
@
SIGNETICS SYMBOL DENOTES LEAD NO.1.
00
8-14
LEAD MATERIAL: ALLOY 42 OR EQUIVALENT.
BODY MATERIAL: PLASTIC
~
LEAD SPACING SHALL BE MEASURED WITHIN THIS ZONE.
6.
BODY DIMENSIONS DO NQT INCLUDE MOLDING FLASH.
7.
THERMAL RESISTANCE:
8.
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN IN PARENTHESES ARE METRIC EQUIVALENTS. (MILLIMETERS)
e JA -
.16oC/mW,
e JC •
.0SoC/mW.
.oooll:Q;J]
06011.271
SIGNETICS PACKAGES
XC PACKAGE
LEAD NO. 1
[!J
.155
.
(3.94)
~
(3.68
Ir'~(!!J!!I)
.015
(0.38)
(0.53)
.Q!!!!
(!,g)
(D.38)
.040
(1.02)
(1.32)
CU2)
.110
.090
(2.79)
(2.29)
.015
.010
:g:~:c--JLL
.490
.440
(12.45)
(f[17)-
NOTES'
LEAD MATERIAL: ALLOY 42 OR EQUIVALENT
2.
BODY MATERIAL: PLASTIC
TOLERANCES NON CUMULATIVE
SIGNETICS SYMBOL DENOTES LEAD NO.1.
LEAD SPACING SHALL BE MEASURED WITHIN THIS ZONE.
6.
BODY DIMENSIONS DO NOT INCLUDE MOLDING FLASH
7
THERMAL RESISTANCE: (-lJil = .125 C/mW. <-JJc = .055 C/mW.
8.
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN IN PARENTHESIS ARE METRIC EQUIVALENTS. (MILLIMETERS)
ill
1.41
rnl
8·15
8·16
SIGNETICS • SUPR DIP PROGRAM
INTRODUCTION
• Preseal Visual Inspection, MIL-STD-883, Method
2010, Condition B Criteria
Increasingly, users are demanding ultra high quality and
reliability commercial temperature range ICs for their use
in certain electronic systems. This trend toward a "Zero
Defects" philosophy has been prompted by the inability
of previously available "one or two percent" defective device lots to meet board rework cost requirements and
system reliability goals.
The need for nearly perfect, but low cost, devices is being
met by the industry with varying degrees of success. Several
IC manufactures have programs which partially meet these
requirements, and many users have implemented specifications designed to accomplish this goal.
Signetics has been supplying devices to these general requirements for some time, but only now, and for the first
time in the industry, has a fully evaluated and comprehensive program been instituted. We call it SUPR DIP.
100% Thermal Shock, MIL-STD-883, Method 1011,
Condition A Criteria
•
100% Production Electrical Testing
•
100% High Temperature Functional Testing for elimination of functional rejects and temperature sensitive
(intermittent) bonds
•
Outgoing Lot Quality Acceptance Testing including
0.15% AQL for functionality and 0.15% to 1.0% for
other electrical and mechanical criteria
BENEFITS
The above processing steps are efficiently performed in
volume, and users realize the following benefits at both
DESCRIPTION OF PROCESS STEPS
(see Page 7)
LOW INITIAL COST and LOW EVENTUAL COST:
SUPR DIP utilizes the best provisions of various user specifications and adds a few of our own. SUPR DIP i,s a COMPREHENSIVE program which results in the HIGHEST
QUALITY and RELIABILITY commercial
products AVAILABLE IN THE INDUSTRY. Other suppliers' user
specifications offer SOME of the advantages of our program, but only SUPR DIP gives ALL of the following
provisions:
•
•
Visual Die Sort Inspection, MIL-STD-883, Method
2010, Condition B Criteria
•
Eliminates need for 100% incoming electrical testing
and mechanical inspection
•
No need for additional preconditioning prior to
board assembly
•
Significantly reduces requirement for board rework
(page 8)
•
Reduction in system field failures
• Permits the following Signetics GUARANTEES:
GUARANTEES
TEST
CONDITIONS
AQL
Electrically
25°C
0.15%
Functional
100°C
0.15%
25°C
DC
AC
Mechanic;~1
1.0%
25°C
1.0%
Minor
NOTES
0.15%
1
.65%
At Temperatures
Major
CUMULATIVE
.25%
1.0%
2.5%
1.0%
2
NOTE 1; The functional test not only checks for opens and shorts but also performs an operating test where the device is driven from standard
outputs and drives Inputs under full load.
NOTE 2: MAJOR DEFECTS: those that make the circuit Inoperable such as miSSing pin, wrong symbol, no solder, shorted pins, holes in package.
MINOR DEFECTS: physical dlmenslons,llleglble type, solderability to MIL-S-202C-20BB.
8-17
SIGNETICS • SUPR DIP PROGRAM
WHAT FLOW AND GUARANTEES DO I GET
WITH SUPR?
masking errors and lots that exhibit potential high yield
losses. Critical random defects which constitute reliability
problems and which may not be detected at final test are
inspected to a 1.0% AOL. These include:
1. scratches
2. smears
3. glassivated bonding pads
NOTE 2:
O.C. Lot Acceptance of Preseal Parts
From the above study an analysis was completed on parts
prior to encapsulation. The same inspection at this point is
being performed in accordance with MI L-STD-883, 2010-B
to a 2.5% AOL, and with critical defects to a 0.65% AOL.
Critical defects include:
PROCESS FLOW
a.c. LOT ACCEPT
NOTE 1
1. scratches caused by assembly operators
2. contamination
3. smeared ball bonds on bonding pads decreasing the
aluminum
SUPR
DIE ATTACH
WIRE BOND
VISUAL
a.c. LOT ACCEPT
NOTE 2
SUPR
THERMAL SHOCK
NOTE 3
FINISH
PRODUCT ACCEPTANCE
SYMBOLIZE
HIGH TEMP FUNCTIONAL
TEST NOTE 4
PACK
OUTGOING aUALITY
CONTROL NOTE 5
.----..&...----....
NOTE 3: Preconditioning
Various types of preconditioning were examined including
thermal shock, temperature cycle, and high temperature
storage. Thermal shock (M I L-STD-883, 1011, A) was selected as the most effective method of removing potential
package problems that could not be detected by other processing screens. This processing weakens loose bonds so that
they may be tested out at temperature without degrading
the quality of good bonds. Other tests have either no effect
on quality and reliability or significantly degraded the good
parts during the preconditioning period.
Some users, attempting to incorporate tighter screening,
have instituted various preconditioning steps before testing
or board assembly. Many of these steps create problems
which would not occur if preconditioning was performed
prior to shipment. Examples of a few of these problems are
opens at high temperature due to extremes of thermal
shock or temperature cycles, symbolization coming off
after exposure to liquids used for shock testing, handling
loss and mechanical damage, solderability problems due to
contamination within ovens.
NOTE 4: High Functional Temperature Test
Analysis of user incoming quality and system failure reports
has yielded four significant results:
PROCESS NOTES AND DESCRIPTIONS
NOTE 1: O.C. Lot Acceptance of Die
From reports covering all reported 1971 failures an analysis
was compiled to determine the need for improved inspection
at die sort. The inspection derived from this study was to
lot accept to a 4.0% AOL to MIL-STD-883, 2010B. This is
statistically adequate to reject all lots with repetitive type
8-18
A.
Due to supplier processing and handling from final
test to shipment, parts may become mixed to a low
percent defective.
B.
Some decives, due to internal differential expansion
coefficients, become non-functional when operated
in a system in which the ambient is above room
temperature and the junctions receive continuous
power. This is normally due to weak bonds. These
parts create considerable system detection problems
since they test good at room temperature and may
also become system life test failures.
SIGNETICS • SUPR DIP PROGRAM
C.
Most customers building boards of 40 or more
units complexity perform 100% parts testing upon
receipt of a shipment. This is to obtain a low percentage board rework. This is normally performed
at room temperature using a large test system.
These testers have the potential for destroying or
degrading units due to faulty relay controls which
force excessive currents into devices. In an ordinary electronic system, parts are never subjected
to these conditions. In many cases, this type of inspection results in a greater percent lot defective
than was received and can result in additional
board rework. 100% testing normally only reduces
percent defective to a .28% AQL level. (see Page 8)
AQL LEVELS VS. BOARD REWORKS
1.
One sample is selected to check functionality, using a
tester which has no potential for degrading units. No
relay switching or current forcing modules should be
used.
2.
From this sample another sample is tested for AC and
DC conformance to specifications. Only devices
which have a marginal AC or high temp quality
history need be tested.
3.
In most cases skip lot testing can be instituted immediately.
In this manner a great savings can be realized in incoming
control and board rework costs.
A TYPICAL IC USER'S ASSEMBLY FLOW AND
SOME INDUSTRY AVERAGE COSTS
90
80
70
I---+---+---+~.-c+
"
a;
~
60
~50
I---+--~~-+--+-~r_~
Cl
~ 40
~
r
0.
o
20
10
20
40
60
80
100
120
DEVICES/BOARD
Costs added to parts because of quality problems
(based on current industry averages)
D.
Most integrated circuits will never be used in a
circuit that requires all worst case load and threshold conditions. If a part will function under load
at 100 degrees C ambient, it will consistently work
in a system.
Signetics has addressed to all these problems by
designing a test system that repetitively tests devices
functionally at a temperature in excess of 100
degrees C. This testing circuit is the same electrical
environment as in a computer.
NOTE 5:
Outgoing Quality Control
The task of this function is to ensure that parts have been
processed to the required flow and that the tightened
inspection criteria are being met. An additional sample will
be selected to assure electrical specification conformance.
Each shipment will be sealed by Quality Assurance personnel.
RECOMMENDED INCOMING TEST
Signetics recommends that parts from this program be
sampled at incoming inspection by using the following
technique:
Incoming inspection (sampling, 100% test, preconditioning) labor and material only. Outside labs were
kept separate since they tend to distort this number.
Present average cost for outside lab usage is $.08 per
part.
.02
Find and repair defective parts in boards and systems.
This includes location of defects, scrapped parts, replacement of bad parts, engineering support during
system burn-in. Labor and material only.
.03
Field service support. Labor, material, travel, revenue
lost dLle to equipment being down. Calculated only on
first year expenses. No customer ill will, lost accounts,
maintenance, organization overhead is included.
.01
Administration and overhead. Test equipment for
parts and systems (depreciation, only) support costs
of this equipment, inventory of parts and systems
necessary because of delays due to quality problem~.
No additional hidden costs such as added supervision,
field service overhead, quality and reliability overhead
is included.
.02
TOTAL (not including outside labs)
.08
SUPR DIP WAS ENGINEERED TO CUT THIS EXPENSE
BY ONE ORDER OF MAGNITUDE
8,19
SIGNETICS SURE 883 PROGRAM
FOR DIGITAL DEVICES.
BULLETIN 5001A
The Signetics SU R E· /883 Program consists of a combination of 100
percent and statistical sample tests designed to assure specified
performance, continuing uniformity, and long term reliability of
Signetics products. These tests are made regularly at no extra cost to
the user and are performed in addition to the 40 quality assurance
inspections and tests to which every circuit is subjected before final
seal. The tests, tabulated below for the specifier's convenience, are
performed in accordance with the following conditions, sequence,
and schedules on equipment calibrated to meet all requirements of
MI L-Q-9858A and MI L-C-45662A.
All of the applicable Electrical Parameters of Table IliA are performed at pretest on the Table II I C samples. This provides the
MI L-STD-883 electrical parameter and design verification Group A
tests. These tests are performed on representative circuit types from
every die process family type in manufacturing during this period.
Table I II B consists of the package oriented qualification environmental stress tests of MI L-STD-883, Groups Band C. Representative
samples from each package product family type are monitored and
qualified every 90 day period by these tests. A common device is
used as the die type for these package and assembly qualification
tests.
Every circuit of every lot is processed to the environmental screens
shown in Table I. These screens are performed in production and
include 100% final production electrical tests. Any unit failing
either the environmental screens or the final production electrical
tests is rejected and removed from the lot.
Table "IC consists of the die process oriented qualification electrical stress or operational tests at high temperature per MI L-STD-883,
Groups Band C. Representative devices from each die process
family are monitored and qualified every 90 day period by these
tests. The package type is randomly selected as applicable.
After completion of Table I tests, each manufacturing lot is sampled
and tested by Quality Assurance for conformance to the requirements of Table II. The unsampled portion of the lot is held pending
acceptance of the lot sample. Detailed electrical tbSt limits and
conditions applicable to each subgroup are shown in the Electrical
Characteristics table of the individual part type data sheets_
An additional screening series is available at extra cost. Details are
given in Table V, MI L-STD-883, method 5004, high reliability
screening.
Table I - 100% Production Screen Tests
CONDITIONS
TEST
Tables IliA, II 18, and II I C provide a complete process qualification
and verification program in accordance with the conditions of
MI L-STD-883, Group A, Band C tests. These tests are performed
once in every 90 day manufacturing period, on representative
devices from each standard production die process family and on
each production package family. The representative circuits and
packages selected are changed routinely, and the tests performed
monitor and qualify all structurally similar devices produced by the
same process and production during that period. A summary of
these test results is available on request at the time of order
placement.
Preseal Visual
High Power -
Thermal Shock
Liquid to Liquid, 5 Cycles 60 Seconds
at OoC, 60 Seconds at 100 C, transfer
time 5 Seconds. (See Note 1.)
Centrifuge
Y1 Axis; 30,000 g minimum,
1 minute. (See Note 1.)
Hermeticity
Gross leak test (Bubble Test).
(See Note 1.)
Low Power
e
Production Electrical
Tests
• Systematic' Uniformity and Reliability Evaluation
Table II - Signetics Acceptance Tests (See Notes 2 and 3)
SIGNETICS
SUBGROUP
TEST
CONDITIONS
AQL
MIL·STD·105
INSPECTION LEVEL
A-1
Visual and Mechanical Inspection
MI L-STD-883 Method 2009
1.0%
:IT
A-2
DC Parameters
T A = +25 C
0
1.0%
IT
A-3
DC Parameters
TA = +25 C
0
1.0%
II:
A-4
DC Parameters
TA=+125OC
1.0%
IT
A-5
DC Parameters
T A = -55°C
1.0%
II:
1.0%
]I
A-6
8·20
AC Parameters
0
T A = +25 C
TABLE IliA. MIL-STD-883 GROUP A
ELECTRICAL TESTS
MI L-STD-883
GROUP A
SUBGROUP
SIGNETICS
SUBGROUP
Al
A-2, A-3
A2
A-4
A3
A-5
A4
TEST DESCRIPTION
Static tests at 25°C
Static tests at maximum
rated operating temperature.
Static test. at minimum
rated operating temperature.
A-6
Dynamic tests at 25°C,
A5
C-2. when
applicable
A6
C·2. when
applicable
rated operating temperature.
A-4. A-5
and minimum rated
A7
A8
Dynamic tests at maximum
rated operating temperature.
Dynamic tests at minimum
Functional tests at 25°C.
Functibnal tests at ma)(imum
operating temperatures.
A9
A-6
Switching tests at 25°C.
Al0
C-2. when
applicable
Switching tests at maximum
Al.l
C-2, when
applicable
Switching tests at minimum
rated operating temperature,
rated operating temperature.
TABLE IIIB. MIL-STD-883 GROUPS BAND C ENVIRONMENTAL TESTS
MIL-STD-883
GROUPBllrC
SUBGROUP
TEST DESCRIPTION
MI L·STD-883
METHOD
LTPD
CONDITIONS
Physical DImensions
2008
Test Condition A
15
Marking Permanency
Visual and Mechanical
2008
2008
Test Condition 6. Para. 3,2,1
Test Condition 6
4 devices/no lailure
1 device/no faIlure
~________~~~60~n~dccS~t~re~ng~t~h__________~__~2~01~1____~~T~es~t~C~0~n~di~ti~on~D__~~~~~~~15~___________ _
~__~6~3__~~~So~ld~e~ra~b~il~it~y____________~__~2~00~3~__~~S~0~1d~er~T~e~m~p~e~ra~tu~r~e~26~0~o~C~±~I~Oo~IC~1-~15~________._
64
Lead Fatigue
Hermeticity
B.
Fine
b.
2004
1014
Gross
Test Condition 62
See Note 4
Test Condition A or B
15
Test Condition C
~--~~--~~~~~~~~--------~------~--~~~~~~~~--------1----------------
Cl
Pre-Test Electrical
Signetics Subgroup A-3
Parameters
Thermal Shock
1,011
Temperature Cycle
1010
Harmel1citv
1014
15 Cycles. Test Condition C,
+ 150°C to _65°C
10 Cycles. Test CondItion C.
150°C to -65°C
See Note 4
1004
Test Condition A or B
Test Condition C
Omit initial conditioning.
a.
b,
Fine
Gross
Moisture Resistance
15
End Point Electrical
Parameters
Signetics Subgroup A-3
ReIer to Table IV.
FAILURE CRITERIA
C2
Pre-Test Electrical
Parameters
Mechanical Shock
Signetics Subgroup A-3
2002
Test Condition B
2007
2001
Test Condition A
15
Vibration Variable
Frequency
Constant Acceleration
End Point Electrical
Parameters
FAILURE CRITERIA
Test Condition E
Signetics Subgroup A·3
Refer to Table IV.
r----rC~3----1--S~a~lt~AA.t~m=0~sp~h=e=re~--------~--~INOOM9~---r~T~e=st~C~o~n~di7,ti~on~A~_~O~m-'it~------4--------------initial conditioning.
C4
15
Pre-Test Electrical
Parameters
High Temperature
Storage
Signetics Subgroup A-3
1008
TA
= + 150°C.
t
= 1000 hours
~ =
15
End Point Electrical
Parameters
Signetics Subgroup A-3
ReIer to Table IV.
FAILURE CRITERIA
TABLE IIIC. MIL-STD-883 GROUPS BAND C HIGH TEMPERATURE
OPERATING LIFE TESTS
:~~~~':i~
TEST DESCRIPTION
MIL-8TD-883
CONDITIONS
L TPD
~~SU~B~G~R~O~U~P~~~~__~____________~__M_E_T_H_O_D__~~______________________~____________.__
Pre-Test ai.d Design
Verification Electrical
Table lilA 8S applicable.
data sheet groups A & C.
Parameters
C5
High Temperature
Operating Life
End Point Electrical
Parameters
FAILURE CRITERIA
1005
Test Condition D or E as applicable.
T A • + 125°C or +85 0 C. per Part
Data Sheet. t = 1000 hours.
----------~ =
10
Signetics Subgroup A-3
Refer to Table IV.
• Slgn.tics p'erforms a truth table test.
8-21
Signetics Failure Criteria
Table IV
TEST
" ' " Input Current
LIMITS
"0" Input Current
" ' " Output Voltage
Expansion Node Current
"0" Output Voltage
D&ta Sheet Lim its and:
Data Sheet Limits and:
Data Sheet Limits
Data Sheet Limits and:
Data Sheet Limits and
'OX Initial Value for DTL
±20% Initial Value
±20% Initial Value
±O., V
±20% Initial Value
5X Initial Value for TTL
Optional High Reliability Screening
Notes:
To maximize reliability in critical application, the Optional High
Reliability Screening of Table V provides for three levels of '00%
screening per M I L·STD·883, Method 5004 at extra cost. This series
eliminates the necessity for special specification, minimizes cost and
provides the shortest possible ·delivery time. This series is applied
after the normal Group A acceptance test. Circuits subjected to this
Preconditioning Series are clearly distinguishable from standard
products in the following ways:
,.
Individual serial number on each circuit (Class A only).
2.
The first letters of a part number are either RA, RB, or RC.
RA = Class A
RB = Class B
RC = Class C
i.e., RA8880J
3.
=
1.
Not applicable to solid molded packaged devices.
2.
All test equipment calibrated
MI L·Q·9858A and MI L·C·45662A.
3.
Detailed tests, conditions, and limits applicable to each subgroup
are given in the Signetics data sheet ELECTRICAL CHARAC·
TERISTICS table. See Table IliA for the corresponding Group A
tests of MI L·STD·883.
4.
The Hermeticity
packages.
5.
Class B and Class C may be subjectlld to thermal shock as an
alternate.
6.
The test sequence of fine and gross leak may be reversed when
fluorocarbons are utilized for gross leak.
7.
The individual MI L·STD·883 Test Methods are, in many cases
designed to "stand alone" as a sole screen or sole Group B
environmental sampling test. But since 5004 specifies a screening
series or flow, some of the measurements, etc., specified in an
individual Test Method are not intended to be applicable in the
screening series.
'00% screening of Table V, Class A.
Individual device variables parametric test data is supplied with
each shipment (Class A only).
Consult your local representative for price information. Device
types should be specified with the appropriate letter prefixes.
TABLE V -
tests
are
not
to
meet
employed
requirements
of
for solid molded
MIL-STD-883 METHOD 5004, HIGH RELIABILITY SCREENING
MIL·STD·883
TEST
CLASS A
CLASSB
CLARIFICATIONS
CLASSC
lSeeNoto7}
METHOD
Internal Visual (prese.1)
2010.1
Condo A
Cond, B
Condo B
Test Condition A, Paragraph 3.1.1.7, ., delete the
Stabilization Bake
1008 (24 hours)
Condo C
Condo C
Condo C
::~td~~~n go(~ :~o~ ~2a~O t~) .u~~;.t:~~ze~:~~
words "and paramete,".
I
metallization system, No electrical
me.,urements
at this point.
Thermal Shock
1011
Cond C
Not required.
Not required.
Condo C (150°C) max. for ,u/.1 ."etelliution
system. Condo 0
(200°C) max. for al/al met·
allization system. No electrical mea.urementl, no
external visual Inspection at thil point.
Temperatur. Cvcling
1010
Condo C
Condo C
Condo C
(150 0 C) max. for au/al metallization system.
Condo 0
(200°C) max. for allal metallization
sYltem. No electrical mea.urementl, no external
visual Inspection, no harmeticity teltl at this point.
No electrical me.surementl at this point.
Mechanical Shock
2002. Y 1 plane only
Centrifuge
2001
Hermlticlty
A. Fine Leak
B. Gross Leak
1014, Note 6
(Hermetic deVICes
only)
Not Aequlred
Not Required
Condo E
V2 then Y 1 plane
Condo E
Yl plane
Condo E
Y 1 plane
Condo A or B
Condo C
Condo A or B
Condo C
Condo A or B
Condo C
Critical Electrical Parameterl
Signetics Subgroup A 3
Read and Record
Not Required
Not Required
Burn In Test
1015, TA -' .q2SoC
240 hours Condo 0
or E (as applicable)
168 hours Cond .. D
or E (as applicable)
Not Required
Critical Electrical Parameters
Signetics Subgroup A 3
Read and Record
Not ReqUired
Not ReqUired
Table I V
Not Required
Not Required
Not Requl,'ed
Not Requited
Sign.tics
FAILURE CRITERIA
Reverse Bias Burn In
1015, TA
t
150°C
t - 72 houn
ReqUIred only when specified in the .pplicable
procurement document_ Slgnetics standard burn In
(above) includes reverM bias of unused junctions
r-.------------------~---------------r_-------------r_-----------~------------~-----------------------------
Flnsl Electrical Test
Porforrn go no go
measurements of
Slgn.tlcs Subgroup
A Parameters
Signetics Subgroups
A 2. A 4. A 5, A 6,
Functional tests,
truth lable when
applIcable
Signetlcs Subgroups
A 2,A 3.
FunctIOnal tests,
Iruth lable
when applICable
SlgnltlCS Subgroups
A 2. A 3 Functional
tests, truth table
when applicable
NOI ReqUired
Nol ReqUired
- - - - - - -- ---------- ----4-----------------------------1
RadiographIC Inspection
f-------------------External VISual
8-22
2012
~---------
2009
Ve-s
---
f--Ve.
SIGNETICS LINEAR SURE 883 PROGRAM
SIGNETICS QUALIFICATION AND SCREENING
PROGRAM IN ACCORDANCE WITH MIL-STD883, METHOD 5004 & 5005
The Signetics SU R E * /883 Program consists of a combination of 100 percent and statistical sample tests designed to
assure specified performance, continuing uniformity, and
long term reliability of Signetics products. These tests are
made regularly at no extra cost to the user and are performed in addition to the 40 quality assurance inspections
and tests to which every circuit is subjected before final
seal. The tests, tabulated below for the specifier's convenience, are performed in accordance with the following
conditions, sequence, and schedules on equipment calibrated to meet all requirements of M I L-Q-9858A and
MIL-C-45662A.
Every circuit of every lot is processed to the environmental
screens shown in Table I. These screens are performed in
production and include 100% final production electrical
test. Any unit failing either the environmental screens or
the final production electrical tests is rejected and removed
from the lot.
After completion of Table I tests, each manufacturing lot is
sampled and tested by Quality Assurance for conformance
to the requirements of Table II. The unsampled portion of
the lot is held pending acceptance of the lot sample. Detailed electrical test limits and conditions applicable to each
subgroup are shown in the Electrical Characteristics table of
the individual part type data sheets.
Tables IliA, IIIB, and IIIC provide a complete process
qualification and verification program in accordance with
the conditions of MI L-STD-883, Group A, Band C tests.
These tests are performed once in every 90 day manufacturing period, on representative devices from each standard
production die process family and on each production
package family. The representative circuits and packages
selected are changed routinely, and the tests performed
monitor and qualify all structurally similar devices produced
by the sam(~ process and production during that period. A
summary of these test results is available on request at the
time of order placement.
Table III B consists of the package oriented qualification
environmental stress tests of M I L-STD-883, Groups Band
C. Representative samples from each package product
family type are monitored and qualified every 90 day
period by these tests. A common device is used as the die
type for these packages and assembly qualification tests.
Table IIIC consists of the die process oriented qualification
electrical stress or operational tests at high temperature per
MI L-STD-883, Groups Band C. Representative devices
from each die process family are monitored and qualified
every 90 day period by these tests. The package type is
randomly selected as applicable.
An additional screening series is available at extra cost.
Details are given in Table V, MIL-STD-883, Method 5004,
HIGH RELIABILITY SCREENING.
TABLE I - SIGNETICS 100% PRODUCTION
SCREEN TESTS
TEST
CONDITIONS
r---------------~---------~-----------
~----
Preseal Visual
Thermal Shock
High Power-Low Power
Liquid to Liquid, 5 Cycles,
60 Seconds at O°C, 60 Seconds
at 100°C, transfer time 5
seconds. (Note 1)
Centrifuge
Y 1 Axis; 30,000 g minimum,
1 minute. (Note 1)
Hermeticity
Gross leak test (Bubble Test)
(Note 1)
Production
Electrical Tests
~--------------~---------~-------------------
All of the applicable Electrical Parameters of Table lilA are
performed at pretest on the Table IIIC samples. This provides the MI L-STD-883 electrical parameter design verification Group A tests. These tests are performed on representative circuit types from every die process family type in
manufacturing during this period.
NOTE:
1. Not applicable to solid molded packaged devices.
'Systematic Uniformity and Reliability Evaluation
8-23
SIGNETICS LINEAR SURE 883 PROGRAM
TABLE 11- SIGNETICS ACCEPTANCE TESTS
SIGNETICS
SUBGROUP
TEST
(Notes 2,3)
CONDITIONS
AQL
MIL-STD-105
INSPECTION
LEVEL
A-1
Visual and Mechanical
Inspection
MI L-STD-883
Method 2009
1.0%
II
A-2
DC Parameters
TA = +25°C
1.0%
II
II
A-7
DC End Point*
TA=+25°C
1.0%
A-4
DC Parameters
T A = +125°C
1.0%
II
A-5
DC Parameters
TA = -55°C
1.0%
II
A-6
AC Parameters
TA=+25°C
1.0%
II
·Applies to Data Sheets Published After 6/11/70
NOTES:
2. All test equipment calibrated to meet requ irements of M I L-Q-9858A and M I L-C-45662A.
3. Detailed tests, conditions, and limits applicable to each subgroup are given in the Signetics data sheet ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
table. See Table lilA for the Corresponding Group A tests of MIL-STD-883.
TABLE IliA - SIGNETICS MIL-STD-883 GROUP A ELECTRICAL TESTS
MI L-STD-883
GROUP A
SUBGROUP
TEST
DESCRIPTION
A1
A-2,A-7
A2
A-4
Static tests at maximum rated operating temperature
A3
A-5
Static tests at minimum rated operating temperature
A4
A-7
Dynamic tests at 25°C
A5
A4
Dynamic tests at maximum rated operating temperature
A6
A5
Dynamic tests at minimum rated operating temperature
Static tests at 25°C
A7
Functional tests at 25°C
A8
Functional tests at maximum and minimum rated operating temperature
A9
8-24
SIGNETICS
SUBGROUP
A-6
Switching tests at 25°C
A10
Switching tests at maximum rated operating temperature
A11
Switching tests at minimum rated operating temperature
SIGNETICS LINEAR SURE 883 PROGRAM
TABLE IIiB - SIGNETICS MIL-STD-883 GROUPS BAND C ENVIRONMENTAL TESTS
MIL-STD-883
GROUP B & C
SUBGROUP
TEST DESCRIPTION
MI L-STD-883
METHOD
CONDITIONS
LTPD
B1
Physical Dimensions
2008
Test Condition A
15
B2
Marking Permanency
2008
Test Condition B, Para. 3, 2, 1
Visual and Mechanical
2008
Test Condition B
4 devices/no
failures
1 device/no
failure
15
Bond Strength
2011
Test Condition D, Para. 3, 7
B3
Solderability
2003
Solder Temperature 260°C ±lO°C
15
B4
Lead Fatigue
Hermeticity
a. Fine
b. Gross
2004
1014
Test Condition B2
Note 4
Test Condition A or B
Test Condition C
15
Cl
Pre-Test Electrical Parameters
Thermal Shock
1011
Temperature Cycle
1010
Hermeticity
a. Fine
b. Gross
1014
Moisture Resistance
End Point Electrical Parameters
FAILURE CRITERIA
1004
C2
M
Pre-Test Electrical Parameters
Mechanical Shock
Vibration Variable Frequency
Constant Acceleration
End Point Electrical Parameters
FAILURE CRITERIA
C3
Salt Atmosphere
C4
Pre-Test Electrical Parameters
High Temperature Storage
End Point Electrical Parameters
FAILURE CRITERIA
2002
2007
2001
Table IV as applicable
15 Cycles. Test Condition C, +150°C
to -65°C
10 Cycles. Test Condition C, +150°C
to -65°C
Note 4
Test Condition A or B
Test Condition C
15
Omit vibration and initial conditioning
Table IV as applicable
Refer to Table IV
Table IV as applicable
Test Condition B
Test Condition A
15
Table IV as applicable
Refer to Table IV
1009
1008
Test Condition A. Omit initial
conditioning
Table IV as applicable
T A = +150°C, t = 1000 hours
Table IV as applicable
Refer to Table IV
15
15
NOTE:
4. The Hermeticity tests are not employed for solid molded packages.
TABLE IIIC - SIGNETICS MIL-STD-883 GROUPS B & C HIGH TEMPERATURE OPERATING LI FE TESTS
MI L-STD-883
GROUP B & C
SUBGROUP
TEST DESCRIPTION
MI L-STD-883
METHOD
Pre-Test and Design
Verification Electrical
Parameters
B5&C5
High Temperature Operating
Life
End Point Electrical Parameters
FAILURE CRITERIA
CONDITIONS
LTPD
Table lilA, as applicable,
data sheet groups A & C
1005
Test Condition B, T A = +125°C
or +85°C, per Part Data Sheet
t = 1008 hours
Table IV as applicable
Refer to Table IV
10
8-25
I
SIGNETICS LINEAR SURE 883 PROGRAM
TABLE IV - SIGNETICS FAILURE CRITERIA
FUNCTION
Operational Amplifier
Comparators
I
(Note 5)
DEL TA LIMITS
PARAMETER
I nput Offset Voltage
±1mV Data Sheet Limits
Open Loop Voltage Gain (Note 6)
±20%
I nput Offset Voltage
±1mV Data Sheet Limits
Open Loop Gain
Input Threshold Voltage
±1 mV Data Sheet Limits
Input Bias Current
±30%
Video Amplifiers
Voltage Gain
±20% Data Sheet Limits
Voltage Regulators
Quiescent Current
±15%
RF/IF Amplifiers
Voltage Gain
±15% Data Sheet Limits
Phase Lock Loop
Center Frequency of Oscillation
±10% Initial Value
Sense Amplifiers
NOTES:
5. For limits of specific devices, consult Signetics Product Marketing
6. For 5709 only
OPTIONAL HIGH RELIABILITY SCREENING
To maximize reliability in critical applications, the Optional
High Reliability Screening of Table V provides for three
levels of 100% screening of MIL-STD-883, Method 5004 at
extra cost. This series eliminates the necessity for special
specifications, minimizes cost and provides the shortest
possible delivery time. This series is applied after the normal
Group A acceptance test. Circuits subjected to this Pre·
conditioning Series are clearly distinguishible from standard
products in the following ways:
(1)
8·26
Individual serial number on each circuit (Class A
only)
(2)
(3)
The first letters of a part number are either RA, RB,
or RC
RA = Class A
RB = Class B
RC = Class C
i.e., RA5709G - 100% screening of Table V, Class A.
Individual device variables parametric test data is sup·
plied with each shipment (Class A only).
Consult your local representative for price information.
Device types should be specified with the appropriate letter
prefixes.
SIGNETICS LINEAR SURE 883 PROGRAM
TABLE V - SIGNETICS MIL-STD-883, METHOD 5004, HIGH RELIABILITY SCREENING
TEST
MI L-STD-883
METHOD
CLASS
A
CLASS
B
CLASS
C
CLARIFICATIONS
(Notes 7, 8, 9)
Internal Visual
(pre-seal)
2010.1
Condo A
Condo B
Condo B
Test Condo A, Para. 3.1.1.7
delete the words "and
parameter"
Stabilization Bake
·1008
(24 hrs.)
Cond.C
Cond.C
Cond.C
Condo C (150°C) max. for
au/al metallization system.
Condo D (200°C) max. for
al/al metallization system.
No electriGal measurements,
at this point.
Thermal Shock
1011
Condo A
Not. Req'd
Not Req'd
Condo C (150°C) max. for
au/al metallization system.
Condo D (200°C) max. for
al/al metallization system.
No electrical measurements,
no external visual inspection
at this point.
Temperature
Cycling
1010
Cond.C
Cond.C
Note 7
Cond.C
Note 7
(150° C) max. for au/al metallization Condo D (200°C)
max. for al/al metallization
system. No electrical measurement, no external visual
inspection, no hermeticity
tests at this point.
Mechanical Shock
200, Y1
plane only
Condo B
Not Req'd
Not Req'd
No electrical measurements
at this point.
Centrifu~le
2001
Condo E
Y2 then
Y1 plane
Condo E
Y1 plane
Condo E
Y1 plane
Hermeticity
a. Fine Leak
1014, Note 6
(Hermetic
devices only)
Condo A
or B
Cond.C
Condo A
or B
Cond.C
Cond.A
or B
Cond.C
b. Gross Leak
Critical Electrical
Parameters
Table IV as
applicable
Read &
Record
Not Req'd
Not Req'd
Burn-In Test
1015, TA = +125°C
240 hrs.
Condo B
168 hrs.
Condo B
Not Req'd
Critical Electrical
Parameters
Table IV as
applicable
Read &
Record
Not Req'd
Not Req'd
Table IV
Not Req'd
Not Req'd
Signetics F A I LU R E
CRITERIA
Reverse Bias
Burn-In
1005, TA = +150°C
t = 72° hours
Cond.A
or C
Not Req'd
Not Req'd
Final
Electrical
Test
Perform go-no-go
measurements of
Signetics sub Group
A Parameters
Signetics
Sub Groups
A-2,A-4
A-5, A-6
Signetics
Sub Groups
A-2,A-7
Signetics
Sub Groups
A-2, A-7
Radiographic
Inspection
2012
Yes
Req'd
Not Req'd
External Visual
2009
Yes
Yes
Yes
I
Not required unless specified
on Purchase Order
NOTES:
7. Class B and Class C may be subjected to thermal shock as an alternate.
8. The test sequence of fine and gross leak may be reversed when fluorocarbons are utilized for gross leak.
9. The individual M I L-STO-883 Test Methods are, in many cases designed to "stand alone" as a sole screen or sole Group B environmental
sampling test. But since 5004 specifies a screening series or flow, some of the measurements, etc., specified in an individual Test Method are not
intended to be applicable in the screening series.
8-27
SIGNETICS MOS 883 SURE PROGRAM
QUALIFICATION AND SCREENING
PROGRAM FOR MOS DEVICES
similar devices produced by the same process and production during that period.
The Signetics SURE* /883 Program consists of a combination of 100 percent and statistical sample tests designed
to assure specified performance, continuing uniformity,
and long term reliability of Signetics products. These
tests are made regularly at no extra cost to the user and are
performed in addition to the 40 quality assurance inspections and tests to which every circuit is subjected before
final seal. The tests, tabulated below the specifier's convenience, are performed in accordance with the following
conditions, sequence, and schedules on equipment calibrated to meet all requirements of M I L-Q-9858A and
MI L-C-45662A.
Every circuit of every lot is processed to the environmental
screens shown in Table I. These screens are performed in
production and include 100% final production electrical
te~ . Any unit failing either the environmental screens or
tl' : final production electrical tests is rejected and removed
from the lot.
After completion of Table I tests, each manufacturing lot
is sampled and tested by Quality Assurance for conformance to the requirements of Table II. The unsampled
portion of the lot is held pending acceptance of the lot
sample. Detailed test limits and conditions applicable to
test group are shown in the Electrical Characteristics table
of the individual part type data sheets.
Tables III, and IV provide a complete process qualification
and verification program. These tests are performed once in
every 90 day manufacturing period, on representative devices from each standard production die process family and
on each production package family. The representative
circuits and packages selected are changed routinely, and
the tests performed monitor and qualify all structurally
All of the applicable Electrical Parameters on the data
sheets are performed at pretest on the Table I V samples.
These tests are performed on representative circuit types
from every die process family type in manufacturing during
this period.
Table III consists of the Package oriented qual ification
environmental stress tests of MI L-STD-883, Groups Band C.
Representative samples from each package product family
type are monitored and qualified every 90 day period by
these tests. A common device is used as the die type for
these package and assembly qualification tests.
Table IV consists of the die process oriented qualification electrical stress or operational tests at high temperature. Representative devices from each die process are
monitored and qualified every 90 day period by these tests.
The package type is randomly selected as applicable.
TABLE I - 100% PRODUCTION SCREEN TESTS
TEST
CONDITIONS
Preseal Visual
High Power
Low Power
Liquid to Liquid
Thermal Shock
5 Cycles; 60 Seconds at O°C,
60 Seconds at 100°C, Transfer
Time 5 Seconds. Note 1.
Centrifuge
Y1 Axis; 30,000 G Minimum 1
Minute. Note 1.
Hermeticity
Gross Leak Test (Bubble Test)
Note 1.
Production
Electrical Tests
AC and DC, TA = 25°C
NOTE:
1. Not applicable to solid molded packaged devices.
TABLE II - SIGNETICS ACCEPTANCE TESTS (See Notes 2 and 3)
CONDITIONS
AQL
MIL-STD-105 INSPECTION LEVEL
Visual and Mechanical
Inspection
MI L-STD-883
Method 2009
1.0%
II
TEST GROUP
DC Parameters
TA=+25°C
1.0%
II
DC Parameters
TA = 70°C
1.0%
II
DC Parameters
TA =
O°C
1.0%
II
AC Parameters
TA = +25°C
1.0%
II
..
NOTES:
2.
3.
·Systematic Uniformity and Reliability Evaluation
All test equ ipment calibrated to meet requ irements of M I L-Q-9858A and M I L-C-45662A.
Detailed tests, conditions, and limits applicable to each test group are given in the Signetics data sheet ELECTRICAL
CHARACTERISTICS table.
8-28
SIGNETICS MOS 883 SURE PROGRAM
TABLE III - MIL-STD-833 GROUPS BAND C ENVIRONMENTAL TESTS
TEST DESCRIPTION
MI L-STD-833 METHOD
CONDITIONS
LTPD
Physical Dimensions
2008
Test Condition A
15
Marking Permanency
Visual and Mechanical
Bond Strength
2008
2008
2011
Test Condition B, Para. 3.2.1
Test Condition B
TestCondition 0, Para. 3.7
4 devices/no failures
1 device/no failures
15
Solderability
2003
Solder Temperature
260°C ±lOoC
15
Lead Fatigue
Hermeticity
a. Fine
b. Gross
2004
1014
Pre-Test Electrical
Parameters
Test Condition B2
Note 4
Test Condition A or B
Test Condition C
Table V as Applicable
15 Cycles. Test Condition C,
o
+150 C to -65°C
Thermal Shock
1011
Temperature Cycle
1010
Hermeticity
a. Fine
b. Gross
1014
10 Cycles. Test Condition C,
+150°C to -65°C
Note 4
Test Condition A or B
Test Condition C
1004
Omit Vibration and Initial
Conditioning
Moisture Resistance
End Point Electrical
Parameters
Table V as Applicable
FAIL.URE CRITERIA
Refer to Table V
Pre-Test Electrical
Parameters
2002
Test Condition B
Vibration Variable Frequency
2007
Test Condition A
Constant Acceleration
2001
End Point Electrical
Parameters
Table Vas Applicable
FAILURE CRITERIA
Refer to Table V
1009
Pre-Test Electical
Parameters
High Temperature Storage
15
Table Vas Applicable
Mechanical Shock
Salt Atmosphere
15
15
Test Condition A. Omit
Initial Conditioning.
I
Table V as Applicable
1008
TA
= +150°C,
t
= 1000 hours
End Point Electrical
Parameters
Table V as Applicable
FAILURE CRITERIA
Refer to Table V
15
NOTE:
4. The hermeticlty tests are not employed for solid moldad packages.
8-29
SIGNETICS MOS 883 SURE PROGRAM
TABLE IV - HIGH TEMPERATURE OPERATING LIFE TESTS
LTPD
CONDITIONS
TEST DESCRIPTION
Pre-Test Electrical Parameters
Refer to Table V
Operating Life
TA
= 70° C; t = 1000 hours
10
Shift Registers
Logic 1's Clocked Through Register
ROMs, RAMs
Addresses Being Counted Through in a Binary Fashion
TABLE V - SIGNETICS FAILURE CRITERIA
SHIFT REGISTERS
TEST
Delta Limit
INPUT LEAKAGE
5X or 100nA whichever
is greater
tACCESS
"1" LEVELS
"0" LEVELS
Data Sheet
Limits
20%
20%
CLOCK LEAKAGE
100
"1"LEVELS
5X or 100nA whichever
is greater
20%
100
20%
ROMs
TEST
Delta Limit
INPUT LEAKAGE
5X or 100nA whichever
is greater
20%
"0" LEVELS
20%
RAMs
TEST
INPUT LEAKAGE
Data Limit
5X or 100nA whichever
is greater
• For dynamic memories.
8-30
tACCESS
Data Sheet Limit
tREFESH*
Data Sheet
Limits
"1" LEVELS
20%
"0" LEVELS
20%
::i1l:i1'\lt:111.0)
AMD
n l ,",nv,",,", , .... , ........... " .... _ _ _ • __
SIGNETICS
PAGE
FAIRCHILD
SIGNETICS
PAGE
FAIRCHILD
SIGNETICS
PAGE
LM202
LM101H
6-169
9N02
S5402A/F
2-6
9H08
S54H08A/F
2-191
LM101A
LM101AH
6-164
9N02
N7402A/F
2-6
N74H08A/F
2-191
LM201
LM201H
6-169
9N03
S5403A/F
2-8
S54H10A/F
2-193
LH201D
LM201N
6-164
9N03
N7403A/F
2-8
N74H10A/F
2-193
LM301A
LM301AH
6-164
9N04
S5404A/F
2-10
LM301AD
LM301AV
6-164
9N04
N7404A/F
2-10
9N05
S5405A/F
2-12
N7405A/F
2-12
9N06
S5406A/F
2-14
N7406A/F
2-14
9N07
S5407A/F
2-16
N7407A/F
2-16
S5408A/F
2-18
N7408A/F
2-18
9N09
N7409A/F
2-20
9N10
S5410A/F
2-22
9N11
S5411A/F
2-24
N7411A/F
2-24
S5420A/F
2-28
N7420A/F
2-28
9N26
S5426A/F
2-32
9N30
S5430A/F
2-34
N7430A/F
2-34
S5440A/F
2-38
N7440A/F
2-38
9N50
S5450A/F
2-58
N7450A/F
2-58
9N51
S5451A/F
2-58
N7451A/F
2-58
9N53
S5453A/F
2-60
N7453A/F
2-60
S5454A/F
2-60
N7454A/F
2-60
9N60
S5460A/F
2-62
N7460A/F
2-62
9N70
S5470A/F
2-66
N7470A/F
2-66
7-57
9N72
S5472A/F
2-68
N7472A/F
2-68
7-57
9N73
S5473A/F
2-70
N7473A/F
2-70
S5474A/F
2-72
N7474A/F
2-72
9N76
S54768/F
N74768/F
2-77
2-77
9N86
S54868/F
2-88
N7486A/F
2-88
S54107A/F
2-110
N74107A/F
2-110
S54HOOA/F
9352
N74HOOA/F
2"183
2-183
S54H01A/F
2-185
9353
N74H01A/F
2-185
S54H04A/F
2-187
N74H04A/F
2-187
S54H05A/F
2-189
N74H05A/F
2-189
LM307
LM307H
6-175
AM1101A
25018
7-45
AM1402A
25028
7-57
AM1403A
2503TA
7-57
AM1404A
2504TA
7-57
AM1506
2506T
7-68
AM1507
2517T
7-68
ANALOG
SIGNETICS
PAGE
DEVICES
AD101AH
LM101AH
6-164
AD201H
LM201AH
6-164
AD301AH
LM301AH
6-164
AD710CH
j.LA71 OCT
6-99
AD710CN
j.LA710CA
6-99
AD710H
j.LA710T
6-99
AD711CH
j.LA711CK
6-101
AD711CN
j.LA711CA
6-101
AD711H
j.LA711K
6-101
AD741CH
j.LA741CT
6-115
AD741CN
j.LA741CA
6-115
AD741H
j.LA741T
6-115
CMI
SIGNETICS
PAGE
CM1101/
25018/P
7-45
11011
1101A1
CM1103
1103XA/
CM1402
25028/
1103-1XA
7-15
9N08
9N20
9N40
9N54
7-21
7-57
1402A
CM1403
2503TA/
1403A
CM1404
2504TA/
1404A
CM251:.!
2512K
7-62
CM4500
2525V
7-108
CM7601
N24101
7-32
CM7602
N2420Y
7-32
CM7603
N2430Y
7-32
9N74
9N107
FAIRCHILD
SIGNETICS
PAGE
6-97
*
II~UU;:)I
*j.LA71 0
j.LA71 0
6-99
*j.LA711
j.LA711
6-101
*j.LA741
j.LA741
6-115
*j.LA748
j.LA748
6-124
9NOO
S5400A/F
2-2
9NOO
N7400A/F
2-2
9N01
S5401A/F
2-4
9N01
N7401A/F
2-4
= Requires definition of Temp.
9HOO
9H01
9H04
9H05
9H10
9H11
9H20
S54H11A/F
2-195
N74H11A/F
2-195
S54H20A/F
2-197
N74H20A/F
2-197
9H22
S54H22A/F
2-201
N74H22A/F
2-201
9H30
S54H30A/F
2-203
N74H30A/F
2-203
S54H40A/F
2-205
N74H40A/F
2-205
S54H50A/F
2-206
N74H50A/F
2-206
S54H51A/F
2-207
N74H51A/F
2-207
9H40
9H50
9H51
9H61
9H62
9H71
9H72
9H73
9H74
9H76
9H101
9H102
9H106
9H108
9341
S54H61A/F
2-219
N74H61A/F
2-219
S54H62A/F
2-221
N74H62A/F
2-223
S54H71A/F
2-225
N74H71A
2-225
S54H72A/F
2-227
N74H72A/F
2-227
S54H73A/F
2-229
N74H73A/F
2-229
S54H74A/F
2-231
N74H74A/F
2-231
S54H768/F
2-233
N74H768/F
2-233
S54H101F
2-235
N74H101A/F
2-235
S54H102F
2-237
N74H102A/F
2-237
S54H1068/F
2-241
N74H1068/F
2-241
S54H108F
2.244
N74H108A/F
2-244
N741418
2-119
S54181F
2-281
N74181N
2-281
9342
S541828/F
2-164
N741828/F
2-164
9345
S5445F
2-48
N74458/F
2-48
S54180A/F
2-158
N74180N/F
2-158
S54428/F
2-42
N74428/F
2-42
9349
S54438/F
2-44
N74438/F
2-44
S54448/F
2-46
N74448/F
2-46
9357A
N74468/F
2-50
93578
N74478/F
2-50
9358
N74488/F
2-54
9354
Range and Pkg.
8-31
I
FAIRCHILD
SIGNETICS
PAGE
FAIRCHILD
SIGNETICS
PAGE
FAIRCHILD
SIGNETICS
PAGE
9360
S74192B/F
2-166
U5E7796393
p,5596K
6·147
U6A743059X
N7430A/F
2-34
N74192B/F
2-166
U5F7711312
p,A711K
6-101
USA 744059X
N7440A/F
2-38
554192B/F
2-166
U5E7711393
p,A711CK
6-101
U6A745059X
N7450A/F
2-58
N74192B/F
2-166
U5F7733312
",A733K
6-108
USA745159X
N7451A/F
2-58
9375
57475B/F
2-75
U5F7733393
/JA733CK
6-108
U6A745359X
N4753A/F
2-60
N7475B/F
2-75
U5R7723312
/JA723L
6-103
U6A745459X
N7454A/F
2-60
9380
S5480A/F
2-81
U5R7723393
/JA723CL
6-103
U6A746059X
N7460A/F
N7480A/F
2-81
U6A7733312
p,A733F
6-108
U6A747059X
N7470A/F
2-64
2-66
S5483B/F
2-85
U9T7741393
/JA741CV
6-115
U6A747259X
N7472A/F
N7483B/F
2-85
U9T7748393
p,A748CV
6-124
U6A747359X
N7473A/F
2.-68
2-70
55490A/F
2-94
U6A54oo51 X
55400A/F
2-2
U6A747459X
N7474A/F
2-72
N7490A/F
2-94
U6A540151X
S5401A/F
2-4
U6A748059X
N7480A/F
2-81
S5491A/F
2-96
U6A540251X
S5402A/F
2-6
U6A748259X
N7483A/F
2-85
N7491A/F
2-96
U6A540351X
S5403A/F
2-8
U6A748659X
N7486A/F
2-88
9392
55492A/F
2-98
U6A540551 X
S5405A/F
2-12
U6A 749059X
N7490A/F
2-94
N7492A/F
2-98
U6A540851 X
S5408A/F
2-18
U6A749159X
N7491A/F
2-96
9393
S5493A/F
2-100
U6A541051X
S5410A/F
2-22
U6A749259X
N7492A/F
2-98
N7493A/F
2-100
U6A541151X
S5411A/F
2-24
U6A749359X
N7493A/F
2-100
N7495A/F
9366
9383
9390
9391
55494F
2-102
U6A542051 X
S5420A/F
2-28
U6A749559X
N7494B/F
2-102
U6A543051X
S5430A/F
2-34
U6A74H0059X N74HOOA/F
2-183
55495A/F
2-104
U6A544051 X
S5440A/F
2-38
U6A74H0159X N74H01A/F
2-185
N7495A/F
2-104
U6A545051X
S5450A/F
2-58
U6A74H0459X N74H04A/F
2-187
55496B/F
2-106
U6A545151 X
S5451 A/F
2-58
U6A74H0559X N74H05A/F
2-189
N7496F/F
2-106
U6A545351 X
S5453A/F
2-60
U6A74Hl059X N74H10A/F
2-193
554198F
2-178
U6A545451X
S5454A/F
2-60
U6A74H2059X N74H20A/F
2-197
N74198N
2-178
U6A546051 X
S5460A/F
2-62
U6A74H3059X N74H30A/F
2-203
554121A/F
2-112
U6A547051X
S5470A/F
2-66
U6A74H4059X N74H40A/F
2-205
N74121A/F
2-112
U6A547251X
S5472A/F
2-68
U6A74H7359X N74H73A/F
2-229
9500
N74SOOA
2-247
U6A547351X
S5473A/F
2-70
U6A74H7659X N74H76B/E
2-233
9503
N74503A
2-247
U6A547451X
S5474A/F
2-72
U6A 7723393
p,A 723A/F
6-103
9504
N74504A
2-249
U6A548051X
55480A/F
2-81
U6A 7733393
p,A 733A/F
6-108
9505
N74505A
2-249
U6A548251X
S5483A/F
2-85
U6A 7741393
p,A 741 A/F
6-115
9520
N74520A
2-254
U6A548651 X
S5486A/F
2-88
U6A7748393
p,A748A/F
6-124
9522
N74522A
2-256
U6A549051X
S5490A/F
2-94
U6A960159X
N8T22A/F
3-159
9S40
N74S40A
2-258
U6A549151X
S5491A/F
2-96
U6B547551X
55475B/E
2-75
9564
N74564A
2-260
U6A549251X
S5492A/F
2-98
U6B547651X
55476B/E
2-77
9565
N74565A
2-260
U6A549351 X
S5493A/F
2-100
U6B548351X
S5483B/E
2-85
95140
N745140A
2-258
U6A549551 X
S5495A/F
2-104
U6B744159X
N7441B/E
2-40
U5B101A312
LM101AH
U6A54H0051X 554HOOA/F
2-183
U6B747559X
N7475B/E
2-75
U5B301A393
LM301A
6-164
6-164
U6A54H0151 X 554H01 A/F
2-185
U6B748359X
N7483B/E
2-85
9394
9395
9396
93198
9603
2-104
U5B770939X
p,A 7041 T
6-97
U6A54H0451 X S54H04A/F
2-187
U6B7414159X N74141B/E
2-119
U5B7710312
6-99
U6A54H0551X S54H05A/F
2-189
U6E7709393
p,A709CA/CF
6-97
U5B7710393
p,A710T
p,A710LT
6-99
U6A54H1051X S54Hl0A/F
2-193
U6E771 0393
p,A710CA/CF
6-99
U5B7101312
LM101H
6-164
U6A54H2051X S54H20A/F
2-197
U6E7711393
p,A711CA/CF
6-101
U5B7101333
LM201H
6-164
U6A54H3051 X 554H30A/F
2-203
U6E7723393
p,A723CA/CF
6-103
U5B7740312
5E536T
6-32
U6A54H4051 X S54H40A/F
2-205
U6E7733393
p,A733CA/CF
6-108
U5B7740393
NE536T
6-32
U6A54H7351X S54H73A/F
2-229
UG E7741393
p,A741 CA/CF
6-115
U5B7709393
p,A709CT
6-97
U6A54H7651 X S54H76B/E
2-233
U6E7748393
p,A748CA/CF
6-124
U5B7709312
p,A709T
6-97
U6A740059X
N74ooA/F
U6M7520393
N7520B
6-149
U5B7740312
p,A740T
6-113
U6A740159X
N7401A/F
2-2
2-4
U6M7521393
N7521B
6-149
U5B7740393
p,A740CT
p,A741T
6-113
U6A740259X
N7402A/F
2-6
U6M7522393
N7522B
6-149
U5B7741312
6-115
U6A740359X
N7403A/F
2-8
U6M7523393
N7523B
6-149
U5B7741393
p,A741CT
6-115
U6A740459X
N7404A/F
2-10
U6M7424393
N7524B
6-149
U5B7748312
p,A748T
6-124
U6A740559X
N7405A/F
2-12
U6M7525393
N7525B
6-149
U5B7748393
p.A748CT
6-124
U6A740859X
N7408A/F
2-18
U6T7741393
p,A 741 CV
6-115
U5B7710312
p,A710T
6-99
U6A741059X
N7410A/F
2-22
U6T7748393
p,A 748CV
6-124
U5B771 0392
p,A71 OCT
N7411A/F
2-24
U7B544251X
55442B/E
2-42
55596K
6-99
6-147
U6A741159X
U5E7796312
U6A742059X
N7420A/F
2-28
U7B544351 X
55443B/E
2-44
NOTE: Fairchild 54/74 Dual-in-line is available ONLY in Cerdip. Signetics Dual-in-line is
8-32
avail~le
in BOTH Silicone and Cerdip.
SIGNETICS INDUSTRY CROSS REFERENCE GUIDE
SIGNETICS
PAGE
FAIRCHILD
SIGNETICS
PAGE
INTEL
SIGNETICS
PAGE
MIL
U7B544451X
S5444B/E
2-46
1506
2506T/
7-68
MF1506
2506T/1506
7-68
U7B549451X
S5494B/E
2-102
MF1507
2517T/1507
7-68
U7B549651X
S5496B/E
2-106
U7B541925'IX
S54192B/E
2-166
U7B5419351 X
S54193B/E
2-170
MM
SIGNETICS
PAGE
U7B744259X
N7442B/E
2-42
MM3402
2502B/1402A
7-57
MM3403
2503TA/
7 -57
1506
1507
2517T/
P21Q2
2602B/
7-68
1507
7-158
26021B
U7B744395X
N7443B/E
2-44
3101
N8225B
4-15
U7B744459X
N7444B/E
2-46
3101A
N8225B
4-15
U7B744759X
N7447B/E
2-50
3016
N82S061
4-20
U7B745859X
N7448B/E
2-54
1307
N82S071
4-20
U7B749459X
N7494B/E
2-102
3301
N82S26F
4-30
U7B749659X
N7496B/E
2-106
3601
N82S26F
4-30
U7B7419259X
N74192B/E
2-166
U7B7419359X
N74193B/E
2-170
U7B9034A9B
N8224B/E
4-11
U7B930159X
N8252B/E
3-39
U7B931259X
N8230B/E
3-22
U7B931599X
N7441B/E
2-40
U7B932859X
N8277B/E
3-88
GI
SIGNETICS
PAGE
*INTEL uses Prefix P for Plastic,
C for Ceramic.
INTERSIL
SIGNETICS
PAGE
IM7051
2501B/
7-45
P1101A1
25361
7-139
RA91101/
2501B/
7-45
RA91101A-1
RA91103
P1101A1
1103XA/
7-15
4-15
4-30
1024A
N82S26F
4-30
1024B
N828S26F
4-30
8256
N8223B
4-8
MC201G
SE101K*
MC202F
SE102G*
MC202G
SE102K*
MC203F
SE105G*
2503TA/
7-57
1403A
IM7703CPA
2503V
7-57
IM7704CTA
2504TA/
7-57
SE150G*
7-57
MC205G
SE150K*
2506T/1506
7-68
MC206F
SE115G*
2517T/1507
7-68
MC206G
SE115K*
IM7712CTB
2512K
7-62
MC206G
SE115K*
IM7722CPA
2525V
7-108
MC207F
CS700G*
5501
N8225B
4-15
MC207G
CS700K*
5503
N82S071
4-20
MC208F
CS701G*
5523
N82S061
4-20
MC208G
CS701 K*
5533
N82S071
4-20
MC209F
SE124G*
5600
N8223B
4-8
MC209G
SE124K*
5603
N82S26F
4-30
MC210F
CS704G*
5610
N82S123B
4-27
MC210G
CS704K*
MC215F
CS705G*
PAGE
C1101A/
25011/
7-45
MF1101A/
2501 B/
7-45
1101A1
MF1101A/
P1101A
2501 B/
P1101A1
P1101A1
1101A1
MF1103/
1103-1K/
7-21
1103-11K
7-21
P1103
1103XA/
7-15
Mf1103-1
MF1103/
MF1103-1
P1101A1
25011/
1103XA/
1103-1XA
1103-1K/
1103-11K
MC252G
NE102K*
7-21
MC253F
NE105G*
7-21
MC253G
NE105K*
7-21
MC254F
NE110G*
MC254G
NE110K*
MC255F
NE150G*
MC255G
NE150K*
7-57
MF1402A
2502B/1402A
7-57
1403A
2503TA/
7-57
MF1403A
2503TA/
7-57
1403A
1404A
2505K/
MF1403A
2503V
7-57
MC256F
NE115G*
MF1404A
2504TA/
7-57
MC256G
NEl15K*
1404A
2504V
MC257F
NS700G*
MF1404A
7-57
MC257G
NS700K
7-62
1405A
CS709K*
NE101G*
7-15
7-21
1405A
MC217G
MC251F
NE101 K*
1103-1 XA
7-57
CS709G*
NE102G*
2502B/1402A
2504TA/
CS705K*
MC217F
MC252F
1402A
1403A
MC215G
MC251G
7-45
C1101A1
P11031
1404A
SE110G*
SE110K*
SIGNETICS
C1103
SE105K*
MC204F
MC204G
MIL
C11031
MC203G
MC205F
1404A
PAGE
7-45
5-23
7-57
SIGNETICS
C1101A1
PAGE
7-32
INTEL
C1101A1
SIGNETICS
2502B/
IM7707
N82S29F
MOTOROLA
N2430Y
IM7706
N8225B
7-62
IM7702
7-57
1024
2512K
IM7603
2503TA/
0064
MM3412
N1068B
DL91403A
PAGE
7-68
SE101G*
2504V
SIGNETICS
2517T/1507
MC201F
IM7704CPA
HARRIS
7-68
MM3407
MC1068P
7-57
7-57
2506T/1506
7-32
2502B/1402A
1404A
2504V
MM3406
7-32
DL91402A
2504TA/
MM3405
N24101
IM7703CTA
7-57
1404A
N2420Y
7-21
DL91404A
2504TA/
IM7602
1103-1XA
1403A
MM3404
IM7601
1402A
AY51012
1403A
7-57
I
* Data sheet available upon request from Signetics.
8-33
\)IUI~t: I I\';:) II~UU:S
I HY GHUSS REFERENCE GUIDE
MOTOROLA
SIGNETICS
PAGE
MOTOROLA
SIGNETICS
PAGE
MOTOROLA
SIGNETICS
PAGE
2-60
MC258F
NS701G
MC3020P
N74H50A
2-206
MC5454F
55454J
MC258G
N5701K
MC3023P
N74H51A
2-207
MC5454L
S5454F
2-60
MC1004P
N1004A
MC3024P
N74H40A
2-205
MC5454P
55454A
2-60
5·11
MC1005P
N1005A
5·11
MC303P
N74H60A
2-215
MC5460F
55460J
2-62
MC1006P
N1006A
5·11
MC3031P
N74H52A
2-209
MC5460L
S5460F
2-62
MC1010P
N1010A
5·11
MC3032P
N74H53A
2-211
MC5460P
55460A
2-62
MC1011P
N1011A
5·11
MC3033P
N74H54A
2-211
MC5470L
55470F
2-66
MC1012P
N1012A
5·11
MC3034P
N74H55A
2-213
MC5470P
55470A
2-66
MC1013P
N1013A
5·11
MC3055P
N74H72A
2-227
MC5472F
55472J
2-68
MC1014P
N1014A
5·11
MC3063P
N74H73A
2-229
MC5472L
55472F
2-68
MC1015P
N1015A
5·11
MC3065P
N74H76B
2-233
MC5472P
55472A
2-68
2·70
MC1016P
N1016A
5·11
MC5400F
55400J
2-2
MC5473F
55473J
MC1017P
N1017A
5·11
MC5400L
55400F
2·2
MC5473L
S5473F
2·70
MC1024P
N1024A
5·11
MC5400P
55400A
2-2
MC5473P
55473A
2·70
MC1025P
N1025A
5·11
MC5401F
55401J
2-4
MC5475L
55475E
2·75
MC1027P
N1027A
5·11
MC5401L
55401F
2-4
MC5475P
55475B
2·75
MC1033P
N1033A
5·11
MC5401P
55401A
2-4
MC5476L
55476E
MC1039P
N1039B
5·11
MC5402F
554020
2-6
MC5476P
55476B
2·772·77
MC1160G
52004K/
7·26
MC5402F
554020
2-6
MC5480L
55480F
2·81
MC5402L
55402F
2-6
MC5480P
55480A
2·81
MC5402P
55402A
2-6
MC5483L
55483E
2·85
MC5403L
55403F
2-8
MC5483P
55483B
2·85
TM53002LR
MC1161G
52005K/
7·26
TM3003LR/
7·29
MC5403P
55403A
2-8
MC5490F
554900
2·94
MC1456G
N5556T
6~42
MC5404F
554040
2-10
MC5490L
55490F
2·94
MC1458G
N5558T
6·145
MC5404L
55404F
2-10
MC5490P
55490A
2·94
MC1458L
N55581
6·145
MC5404P
55404A
2-10
MC5491AL
55491F
2·96
MC1458P
N5558V
6·145
MC5405L
55405F
2·12
MC5491AP
55491 A
2·96
MC1556G
55556T
6·147
MC5405P
55405A
2-12
MC5492L
55492F
2·98
2·98
N2010K/
MC1558G
55558T
6·145
MC5410F
55410J
2·22
MC5492P
55492A
MC1558L
555581
6·145
MC5410L
55410F
2-22
MC5493L
55493F
2·100
MC1596G
55596K
6·147
MC5410P
55410A
2-22
MC5493P
55493A
2·100
MC1709CP
/.LA 709CA
6·97
MC5420F
55420J
2-28
MC5495L
55495F
2·104
MC1709CG
/.LA 709CT
6·97
MC5420L
55420F
2-28
MC5495P
55495A
2·104
MC1709F
/.LA7090
6·97
MC5420P
55420A
2-28
MC7400F
N7400J
2·2
MC1709G
/.LA709T
6·97
MC5430F
55430J
2-34
MC7400L
N7400F
2·2
MC1710CP
/.LA 71 OCA
6·99
MC5430L
55430F
2-34
MC7400P
N7400A
2·2
2-4
MC1710CG
/.LA 71 OCT
6·99
MC5430P
55430A
2-34
MC7401F
N74010
MC1710F
/.LA71 00
6·99
MC5440F
554400
2-38
MC7401L
N7401F
2-4
MC1710G
/.LA710T
6·99
MC5440L
55440F
2-38
MC7401P
N7401A
2-4
MC1711CP
/lA711CA
6·101
MC5440P
55440A
2-38
MC7402F
N7402Q
2-6
MC17115G
/lA711CK
6·101
MC542L
55442E
2-42
MC7402L
N7402F
2-6
MC1711G
/lA711K
6·101
MC5442P
55442B
2-42
MC7402P
N7402A
2-6
MC1741CP
/lA741CA
6·115
MC5443L
55443E
2-44
MC7403L
N7403F
2-8
MC1741CG
/lA741CT
6·115
MC5443P
55443B
2-44
MC7403P
N7403A
2-8
MC1741G
/lA741T
6·115
MC5444L
55444E
2-46
MC7404F
N7404Q
2-10
MC3000P
N74HOOA
2·183
MC5444P
55444B
2-46
MC7404L
N7404F
2-10
MC3004P
N74H01A
2·185
MC5445L
55445E
2-48
MC7404P
N7404A
2-10
MC3005P
N74H10A
2·193
MC5445P
55445B
2-48
MC7405L
N7405F
2-12
MC3006P
N74H11A
2·195
MC5450F
55450J
2-58
MC7405P
N7405A
2-12
MC3008P
N74H04A
2·187
MC5450L
55450F
2-58
MC7410F
N7410J
2-22
MC3009P
N74H05A
2·189
MC5450P
55450A
2-58
MC7410L
N7410F
2-22
MC3010P
N74H20A
2·197
MC5451F
55451J
2-58
MC7410P
N7410A
2-22
MC3011P
N74H21A
2·199
MC5451L
S5451F
2-58
MC7420F
N7420J
2-28
MC3012P
N74H22A
2·201
MC5451P
55451 A
2-58
MC7420L
N7420F
2-28
MC3016P
N74H30A
2·203
MC5453F
S5453J
2-60
MC7420P
N7420A
2-28
MC3018P
N74H62A
2·223
MC5453L
S5453F
2-60
MC7430F
N7430J
2-34
MC3019P
N74H61A
2·219
MC5453P
55453A
2-60
MC7430L
N7430F
2-34
8·34
SIGNETICS INDUSTRY CROSS REFERENCE GUIDE
MOTOROLA
SIGNETICS
PAGE
MOTOROLA
SIGNETICS
PAGE
NATIONAL
SIGNETICS
PAGE
MC7430P
N7430A
2-34
MC7493L
N7493F
2-100
DM5400N
S5400A
2-2
MC7440F
N7440Q
2-38
MC7493P
N7493A
2-100
DM5401N
S5401A
2-4
MC7440L
N7440F
2-38
MC7495L
N7495F
2-104
DM5402N
S5402A
2-6
MC7440P
N7440A
2-38
MC7495P
N7495A
2-104
DM5403N
S5403A
2-8
MC7441AL
N7441E
2-40
MC7520P
SN7520N
6-149
DM5404N
S5404A
2-10
MC7441AP
N7441B
2-40
MC7521P
SN7521N
6-149
DM5405N
S5405A
2-12
MC7442L
N7442E
2-42
MC7522P
SN7522N
6-149
DM5408N
S5408A
2-18
MC7442P
N7442B
2-42
MC7523P
SN7523N
6-149
DM5409N
S5409A
2-20
MC7443L
N7443E
2-44
MC7524P
SI\J7524N
6-149
DM5410N
S5410A
2-22
MC7443P
N7443B
2-44
MC7525P
SN7525N
6-149
DM5411N
S5411A
2-24
MC7444L
N7444E
2-46
MC7241P
N8241 A
3-31
DM5420N
S5420A
2-28
MC7444P
N7444B
2-46
MC7242P
N8242A
3-31
DM5430N
S5430A
2-34
MC7445L
N7445E
2-48
MC7250P
N8250A
3-39
DM5440N
S5440A
2-38
2-58
MC7445P
N7445B
2-48
MC7251P
N8251B
3-39
DM5450N
S5450A
MC7446L
N7446E
2-50
MC7261P
N8261A
3-49
DM5451N
S5451 A
2-58
MC7446P
N7446B
2-50
MC8312P
N8230B
3-22
DM5453N
S5453A
2-60
MC7447L
N7447E
2-50
MC8328P
N8217B
3-88
DM5454N
S5454A
2-60
MC7447P
N7447B
2-50
MC8301
N8252B
3-39
DM5460N
S5460A
2-62
MC7448L
N7448E
2-54
MC8601
N8T22A
3-159
DM5472N
S5472A
2-68
MC7448P
N7448B
2-54
MC8241P
S8241A
3-31
DM5473N
S5473A
2-70
MC7450F
N7450J
2-58
MC8242P
S8242A
3-31
DM5474N
S5474A
2-72
MC7450L
N7450F
2-58
MC8250P
S8250A
3-39
DM5475N
S5475B
2-75
MC7450P
N7450A
2-58
MC8251P
S8251B
3-39
DM5476N
S5476B
2-76
MC7451F
N7451J
2-58
MC8261P
S8261 A
3-49
DM5486N
S5486A
2-88
MC7451L
N7451F
2-58
MC9312P
S8230B
3-22
DM5490N
S5490A
2-94
MC7451P
N7451A
2-58
MC9228P
MC9328P
3-88
DM5492N
S5492A
2-98
MC7453F
N7453J
2-60
MC9601P
8T22A
3-159
DM5493N
S5493A
2-100
MC7453L
N7453F
2-60
MC10101L
10101F
5-26
DM54107N
S54107A
2-110
MC7453P
N7453A
2-60
MC10102L
10102F
5-28
DM7400N
N7400A
2-2
MC7454F
N7454J
2-60
MC10105L
10105F
5-30
DM7401N
N7401A
2-4
MC7454L
N7454F
2-60
MC10106L
10106F
5-32
DM7402N
N7402A
2-6
MC7454P
N7454A
2-60
MC10107L
10107F
5-34
DM7403N
N7403A
2-8
MC7460F
N7460J
2-64
MC10109L
10109F
5-36
DM7404N
N7404A
2-10
MC7460L
N7460F
2-64
MC10110L
10110F
5-38
DM7405N
N7405A
2-12
MC7460P
N7460A
2-64
MC10111L
10111F
5-40
DM7408N
N7408A
2-18
MC7470L
N7470F
2-66
MC10115L
10115F
5-46
DM7409N
N7409A
2-20
MC7470P
N7470A
2-66
Mciol16L
10116F
5-48
DM7410N
N7410A
2-22
MC7472F
N7472J
2-68
MC10117L
10117F
5-50
DM4711N
N7411A
2-24
MC7472L
N7472F
2-68
MC10118L
10118F
5-52
DM7420N
N7420A
2-28
MC7472P
N7472A
2-68
MC10119L
10119F
5-54
DM7426N
N7426A
2-32
MC7473F
N7473J
2-70
MC10121L
10121F
5-56
DM7430N
N7430A
2-34
MC7473L
N7473F
2-70
MC10124L
10124F
5-58
DM7440N
N7440A
2-38
MC7473P
N7473A
2-70
MC10125L
10125F
5-59
DM7441AN
N7441B
2-40
MC7475L
N7475E
2-75
MC10130L
10130F
5-60
DM7442N
N7442B
2-42
MC7475P
N7475B
2-75
MC10131 L
10131F
5-63
DM7446N
N7443B
2-44
MC7476L
N7476E
2-77
MC10132L
10132F
5-67
DM7447N
N7447B
2-50
MC7476P
N7476B
2-77
MC10133L
10133F
5-69
DM7448N
N7448B
2-54
MC7480L
N7480F
2-81
MC10134L
10134F
5-71
DM7450N
N7450A
2-58
MC7480P
N7480A
2-81
MC10136L
10136F
5-73
DM7451N
N7451A
2-58
MC7483L
N7483E
2-85
MC10137L
10137F
5-73
DM7453N
N7453A
2-60
MC7483P
N7483B
2-85
MC10160L
10160F
5-75
DM7454N
N7454A
2-60
MC7490F
N7490Q
2-94
MC10161L
10161F
5-76
DM7460N
N7460A
2-64
MC7490L
N7490F
2-94
MC10162L
10162F
5-78
DM7472N
N7472A
2-68
MC7490P
N7490A
2-94
MC10164L
10164F
5-80
DM7473N
N7473A
2-70
MC7491A
N7491F
2-96
MC10173L
10173F
5-87
DM7475N
N7475B
2-75
MC7491AP
N7A91 A
MC10174L
10174F
5-89
DM7476N
N7476B
2-77
MC7492L
N7492F
2-96
2-98
DM7483N
N7483B
2-85
MC7492P
N7492A
2-98
DM7486N
N7486A
2-88
8·35
I
SIGNETICS INDUSTRY CROSS REFERENCE GUIDE
NATIONAL
SIGNETICS
PAGE
NATIONAL
SIGNETICS
PAGE
NATIONAL
SIGNETICS
PAGE
2517/1507
7-6S
DM7490N
N7490A
2-94
DM8601N
N8T22A
3-159
MM507
DM7492N
N7492A
2-98
DM8680N
NS280A
3-90
MM5210
N25101
7-73
DM7493N
N7493A
2-100
DM8681N
N82S1A
3-90
MM1101A!
2501B6
DM7495N
N7495A
2-104
DM8688N
NS288A
3-100
MM1101A-1
P1101A1
7-45
7-15
DM7496N
N7496B
2-'106
DM8840N
N7441B
2-40
MM1103
1103XA/
7-15
DM74107N
N74107A
DM8842N
N7442B
2-42
DM8S50N
N8T22A
3-159
DM88SON
DMS880N
6-161
11031XA
DM74153N
N74153B
2-110
"'2-128
DM74154N
N74154N
2-130
DM74HOON
N74HOOA
2-183
LH740ACH
#lA740CT
6-113
DM74H01N
N74H01A
2-185
LH740AH
#lA740T
6-113
DM74H04N
N74H04A
2-187
LM101AH
LM101AH
6-164
DM74H05N
N74H05A
2-189
LM101H
LM101H
6-169
DM74HOSN
N74H08A
2-191
LM101AF
LM101AF
6-164
MM5013H
2512K
7-62
DM74H10N
N74H10A
2-193
LM101AD
LM101AD
6-164
MM5013N
2525V
7-10S
DM74H11N
N74H11A
2-195
LM107H
LM107H
6-169
MM5220
N2420Y
7-32
DM74H20N
N74H20A
2-197
LM107F
LM107F
6-175
MM5230
N2430Y
7-32
DM74H21N
N74H21A
2-199
LM107D
LM107D
6-175
MM5221
N2451 1
7-39
DM74H22N
N74H22A
2-201
LM109H
S5109T
6-179
MM5231
N2461 1
7-39
DM74H30N
N74H30A
2-203
LM201AH
LM201AH
6-164
MM1402A
2502B/
7-57
1402A
MM1403A
2503TA/
7-57
1403A
MM1404A
2504TA!
7-57
1404A
DM74H40N
N74H40A
2-205
LM201D
LM201D
6-169
DM74H50N
N74H50A
2-206
LM201H
LM201H
6-169
RAYTHEON
SIGNETICS
PAGE
DM74H51N
N74H51A
2-207
LM201N
LM201N
6-169
RC101AT
LM301AH
6-164
DM74H53N
N74H53A
2-211
LM201AH
LM201AH
6-164
RC101T
LM201H
6-169
DM74H54N
N74H54A
2-211
LM201AF
LM201AF
6-164
RC107T
LM307H
6-175
DM74H55N
N74H55A
2-213
LM301AH
LM301AH
6-164
. RC709T
#lA709CT
6-97
DM74H60N
N74H60A
2-217
LM301AN
LM301AN
6-164
RC710T
#lA71 OCT
6-99
DM74H62N
N74H62A
2-223
LM307H
LM307H
6-175
RC711T
#lA711CK
6-101
DMSOOON
N7400A
2-2
LM307N
LM307N
6-175
RC733T
#lA733CK
6-10S
DMS001N
N7410A
LM309H
LM309H
6-179
RC741T
#lA741CT
6-115
DMS050N
N7450A
DMS051N
N7451 A
2-22
2-6
2-8
2-10
2-22
2-28
2-34
2-38
2-58
2-58
DMS053N
N7453A
2-60
LM711CN
#lA711CA
6-101
RC8250
8250
3-39
DMS054N
N7454A
2-60
LM711H
#lA711K
6-101
RC8251
8251
3-39
DMS060N
N7450A
2-58
LM723CH
#lA723CL
6-103
RC8252
8252
3-39
DMS086N
N7486A
LM723CN
#lA723CA
6-103
RCS260
8260
3-43
DMS200N
N8269A
LM723H
#lA723L
6-103
RCS261
8261
3-49
DMS213N
N74154N
LM741CH
#lA741CT
6-115
RC8263
8263
3-57
DmS2S0N
N8280A
LM741CN
#lA741CV
6-115
RC8264
8264
3-57
LM741H
#lA741T
6-115
RC8266
8266
3-63
LM748CH
#lA74SCT
6-124
RCS267
8267
3-63
DMS002N
N7402A
DMSOO3N
N7403A
DMSOO4N
N7404A
DMS010N
N7410A
DMS020N
N7420A
DMS030N
N7430A
DMS040N
N7440A
LM309K
LM309K
6-179
RC8200
8200
3-16
LM709CH
#lA709CA
6-97
RC8021
8201
3-16
LM709F
#lA709G
6-97
RC8202
S202
3-16
LM709H
#lA709T
6-97
RC8203
8203
3-16
LM710CN
#lA710CA
6-99
RC8233
8233
3-26
LM710CH
#lA71 OCT
6-99
RC8234
S234
3-26
LM710F
#lA710G
6-99
RC8241
8241
3-31
LM710H
#lA710T
6-99
RCS242
S242
3-31
LM711CH
#lA711CK
6-101
RC8243
8243
3-35
DMS2S1N
N8281 A
DM8288N
N8288A
2-88
3-71
2-130
3-90
3-90
. 3-100
DM82S3N
N7483B
2-85
LM748H
#lA748T
6-124
RC8270
8270
3-73
DMS500N
N7476B
LM1458H
N5558T
6-145
RC8271
8271
3-73
DM8501N
N7473A
LM1458N
N555aV
6-145
RCS273
8273
3-79
DM8510N
N7474A
LM155SH
S5558T
6-145
RC8274
8274
3-S0
DMS530N
N7490A
LM7520N
SN7520N
6-149
RC82S0
82S0
3-90
DM8532N
N7492A
LM7521N
Sn7521N
6-149
RC8281
82S1
3-90
DM8533N
N7493A
LM7522N
SN7522N
6-149
RCS290
8290
3-106
DM8550N
N7475B
2-77
2-70
2-72
2-94
2-98
2-100
2-75
2-166
2-170
2-104
LM7523N
SN7523N
6-149
RC8291
8291
3-106
LM7524N
SN7524N
6-149
RCST09
8T09
3-132
LM7525N
SN7525N
2506T/1506
6-149
RC8T10
8T10
3-136
7-68
RC8T13
8T13
3-140
DM8560N
N74192B
DM8563N
N74193B
DMS580N
N7495A
8·36
MM506
SIGNETICS INDUSTRY CROSS REFERENCE GUIDE
RAYTHEON
SIGNETICS
PAGE
T.I.
SIGNETICS
PAGE
T.I.
SIGNETICS
PAGE
RC8T14
8T14
3·143
SN52558L
S5558T
6·145
SN5440S
S5440J
2·38
RC8T23
8T23
3·l61
SN72709F
p.A7090
6·97
SN5442J
S5442E
2-42
RC8T24
8T24
3~165
SN52709L
J.LA709T
6·97
SN5442N
S5442B
2-42
RL709T
p.A709CT
6·97
SN52710F
p.A71 00
6·99
SN5443J
S5443E
2-44
RL711T
p.A711K
6·101
SN52710L
p.A710T
6·99
SN5443N
S5443B
2-44
RL733T
p.A733CK
6·108
SN52711L
p.A711K
6·101
SN5444J
S5444E
2-46
RL101T
LM201H
6·169
SN52741L
p.A741T
6·115
SN5444N
S5444B
2-46
RM7090
p.A7090
6·97
SN5400J
S5400F
2·2
SN5445N
S5445E
2-48
RM709T
p.A709T
6·97
SN5400N
S5400A
2·2
SN5450J
S5450F
2·58
RM711T
p.A711K
6·101
SN5400S
S5400J
2·2
SN5450N
S5450A
2·58
RM733T
p.A733K
6·108
SN5401J
S5401F
2-4
SN5451J
S5451F
2·58
RM741T
p.A741T
6·115
SN5401N
S5401A
2-4
SN5451N
S5451 A
2·58
RM101T
LM101H
6·169
SN5401S
S5401J
2-4
SN5453J
S5453F
2-60
SG710CN
p.A710CA
6·99
SN5402J
S5402F
2-6
SN5453N
S5453A
2-60
SG710CT
p.A71 OCT
6·99
SN5402N
S5402A
2-6
SN5453S
S5453R
2-60
SG710T
p.A710T
6·99
SN5402S
S5402J
2-6
SN5454J
S5454F
2-60
SN5403J
S5403F
2·8
SN5454N
S5454A
2-60
SN5403N
S5403A
2·8
SN5454S
S5454R
2-60
SILICON GEN'L
SIGNETICS
PAGE
SN5403S
S5403J
2·8
SN5460J
S5460F
2-62
SG101AT
LM101AH
6·164
SN5404J
S5404F
2·10
SN5460N
S5460A
2-62
SG101T
LM101H
6·169
SN5404N
S5404A
2·10
SN5460S
S5460R
2-62
SG107T
LM107H
6·175
SN5404S
S5404J
2·10
SN5470J
S5470F
2-66
SG201AT
LM201AH
6·164
SN5405J
S5405F
2·12
SN5470N
S5470A
2-66
SG201N
LM201D
6·169
SN5405N
S5405A
2·12
SN5470S
S5470R
2-66
SG201T
LM201H
6·169
SN5405S
S5405J
2'12
SN5472J
S5472
2-68
SG301AN
LM301AV
6·164
SN5406J
S5406F
2·14
SN5472N
S5472
2-68
SG301AT
SG301AH
6·164
SN5406N
S5406A
2·14
SN5473J
S5473F
2·70
SG307T
LM307H
6·175
SN5406S
S5406J
2·14
SN5473N
S5473A
2·70
SG709CN
J.LA709CA
6·97
SN5407J
S5407F
2·16
SN5473S
S5473R
2·70
SG709CT
p.A709CT
6·97
SN5407N
S5407A
2·16
SN5474J
S5474F
2·72
SG709T
p.A709T
6·97
SN5407S
S5407J
2·16
SN5474N
S5474A
2·72
SG710CN
p.A710CA
6·99
SN5408J
S5408F
2·18
SN5474S
S5474R
2·72
SG710CT
p.A71 OCT
6·99
SN5408N
S5408A
2·18
SN5475J
S5475E
2·75
SG710T
p.A710T
6·99
SN5408S
S5408J
2·18
SN5475N
S5475B
2·75
SG711CN
p.A711CA
6·101
SN5409J
S5409F
2·20
SN5476J
S5476E
2·77
SG711CT
p.A711CK
6·101
SN5409N
S5409A
2·20
SN5476N
S5476B
2·77
SG711T
p.A711K
6·101
SN5409S
S5409J
2·20
SN5477J
S5477
2·79
SG723CN
p.A723CA
6·103
SN5410J
S5410F
2·22
SN5477N
S5477
2·79
SG723CT
p.A723CL
6·103
SN5410N
S5410A
2·22
SN5480J
S5480F
2·81
SG723T
J.LA723L
6·103
SN5410S
S5410J
2·22
SN5480N
S5480A
2·81
SG733CN
p.A733CA
6·108
SN5416J
S5416F
2·14
SN5480S
S5480J
2·81
SG733CT
p.A733CK
6·108
SN5416N
S5416A
2·14
SN5483J
S5483E
2·85
SG733T
p.A733K
6·108
SN5416S
S5416J
2·14
SN5483N
S5483B
2·85
2·85
SG741CN
p.A741CA
6·115
SN5417J
S5417F
2·16
SN5483S
S5483R
SG741CT
p.A741CT
6·115
SN5417N
S5417A
2·16
SN5486J
S5486F
2·88
SG741T
p.A741T
6·115
SN5417S
S5417J
2·16
SN5486N
S5486A
2·88
SG748CT
p.A748CT
6·124
SN5420J
S5420F
2·28
SN5486S
S5486J
2·88
SG748T
p.A748T
6·124
SN5420N
S5420A
2·28
SN5488N
S8224B
4·11
SG1496N
S55961
6·147
SN5420S
S5420J
2·28
SN5488S
S8224R
4·11
SG1496T
N5596K
6·147
SN5426J
S5426F
2·32
SN5489N
S8225B
4·15
SG1596T
S5596K
6·147
SN5426N
S5426A
2·32
SN5489S
S8225R
4·15
SG7520N
SN7520N
6·149
SN5430J
S5430F
2·34
SN5490J
S5490F
2·94
SG7521N
SN7521N
6·149
SN5430N
S5430A
2·34
SN5490N
S5490A
2·94
SG7522N
SN7522N
6·149
SN5430S
S5430J
2·34
SN5490S
S5490J
2·94
SG7523N
SN7523N
6·149
SN5438J
S5438
2·36
SN5491AJ
S5491F
2·96
SG7524N
SN7524N
6·149
SN5438
S5438
2·36
SN5491AN
S5491 A
2·96
SG7525N
SN7525N
6·149
SN5440J
S5440F
2·38
SN5491AS
S5491 0
2·96
SN5440N
S5440A
2·38
SN5492J
S5492F
2·98
8-37
I
SIGNETICS INDUSTRY CROSS REFERENCE GUIDE
SIGNETICS
PAGE
T."
SIGNETICS
PAGE'
T."
SIGNETICS
PAGE
SN5492N
S5492A
2-98
SN54H01S
S54H01Q
2-185
SN54H71J
S54H71
2-225
SN5492S
S5492J
2-98
SN54H04J
S54H04F
2-187
SN54H71N
S54H71
2-225
SN5493J
S5493F
2-100
SN54H04N
S54H04A
2-187
SN54H72J
S54H72F
2-227
T.I.
SN5493N
S5493A
2-100
SN54H04S
S54H04Q
2-187
SN54H72N
S54H72A
2-227
SN5493S
S5493J
2-100
SN54H05J
S54H05F
2-189
SN54H72S
S54H72Q
2-227
SN5494J
S5494E
2-102
SN54H05N
S54H05A
2-189
SN54H73J
S54H73F
2-229
SN5494N
S54948
2-102
SN54H05S
S54H05Q
2-189
SN54H73N
S54H73A
2-229
SN5495J
S5495F
2-104
SN54H08J
S54H08F
2-191
SN54H73S
S54H7SQ
2-229
SN5495N
S5495A
2-104
SN54H08N
S54H08A
2-191
SN54H74J
S54H74F
2-231
SN5495S
S5495J
2-104
SN54H08S
S54H08Q
2-191
SN54H74N
S54H74A
2-231
S5496J
S5496E
2-106
SN54H10J
S54H10F
2-193
SN54H74S
S54H74Q
2-231
SN5496N
S54968
2-106
SN54H10N
S54H10A
2-193
SN54H76J
S54H76E
2-233
SN54101J
S54101F
2-22
SN54H10S
S54H10Q
2-193
SN54H76N
S54H768
2-233
SN54101N
S54101A
2-22
SN54H11J
S54H11 F
2-195
SN72558P
N5558V
6-145
SN54107N
S54107A
2-22
SN54H11N
S54H11A
2-195
SN72709L
J,LA709CT
6-97
SN54121J
S54121 F
2-112
SN54H11S
S54H11Q
2-195
SN72709N
J,LA709CA
6-97
SN54121N
S54121A
2-112
SN54H20J
S54H20F
2-197
SN72710L
J,LA71 OCT
6-99
SN54123J
S54123
2-116
SN54H20N
S54H20A
2-197
SN72710N
J,LA710CA
6-99
SN54123N
S54123
2-116
SN54H20S
S54H20Q
2-197
SN72711L
J,LA711CK
6-101
SN54145N
S541458
2-48
SN54H21J
S54H21 F
2-199
SN72722N
J,LA711CA
6-101
SN54150N
S54150N
2-121
SN54H21N
S54H21A
2-199
SN72741 L
J,LA741CT
6-115
SN54151N
S541518
2-123
SN54H21S
S54H21Q
2-199
SN72741 L
J,LA741T
6-115
SN54151S
S54151R
2-123
SN54H22J
S54H22F
2-201
SN72741N
J,LA741CA
6-115
SN54152N
S54152A
2-125
SN54H22N
S54H22A
2-201
SN72741P
J,LA741CV
6-115
SN54153N
S541538
2-128
SN54H22S
S54H22Q
2-201
SN7400J
N7400F
2-2
SN54154N
S54154N
2-130
SN54H30J
S54H30F
2-203
SN7400N
N7400A
2-2
SN54157N
S541578
2-136
SN54H30N
S54H30A
2-203
SN7400S
N7400J
2-2
SN54164J
S54164
2-144
SN54H30S
S54H30J
2-203
SN7401J
N7401F
2-4
SN54164N
S54164
2-144
SN54H40J
S54H40F
2-205
SN7401N
N7401A
2-4
SN54166N
S541668
2-149
SN54H40N
S54H40A
2-205
SN7401S
N7401J
2-4
SN54176J
S8280F
3-90
SN54H40S
S54H40Q
2-205
SN7402J
N7402F
2-6
SN54176N
S8280A
3-90
SN54H50J
S54H50F
2-206
SN7402N
N7402A
2-6
SN54176S
N8280Q
3-90
SN54H50N
S54H50A
2-206
SN7402S
N7402J
2-6
SN54177J
S8281F
3-91
SN54H50S
S54H50Q
2-206
SN7403J
N7403F
2-8
SN54177N
S8281 A
3-91
SN54H51J
S54H51F
2-207
SN7403N
N7403A
2-8
SN54177S
S8281Q
3-91
SN54H51N
S54H51 A
2-207
SN7403S
N7403J
2-8
SN54178J
S8270F
3-73
SN54H51S
S54H51Q
2-207
SN7404J
N7404F
2-10
SN54178N
S8270A
3-73
SN54H52J
S54H52F
2-209
SN7404N
N7404A
2-10
SN54179J
S8271E
3-73
SN54H52N
S54H52A
2-209
SN7404S
N7404J
2-10
SN54179N
S82718
3-73
SN54H52S
S54H52Q
2-209
SN7405J
N7405F
2-12
SN54180J
S54180F
2-158
SN54H53J
S54H53F
2-211
SN7405N
N7405A
2-12
SN54180N
S54180A
2-158
SN54H53N
S54H53A
2-211
SN7405S
N7405J
2-12
SN54181N
S54181N
2-160
SN54H53S
S54H53J
2-211
SN7406J
N7406F
2-14
SN54182N
S541828
2-164
SN54H54J
S54H54F
2-211
SN7406N
N7406A
2-14
SN54192J
S54192E
2-166
SN54H54N
S54H54A
2-211
SN7406S
N7406J
2-14
SN54192N
S541928
2-166
SN54H54S
S54H54J
2-211
SN7407J
N7407F
2-16
SN54193J
S54193E
2-170
SN54H55J
S54H55F
2-213
SN7407N
N7407A
2-16
SN54193N
S541938
2-170
SN54H55N
S54H55A
2-213
SN7407S
N7407J
2-16
SN54195N
S541958
2-176
SN54H55S
S54H55J
2-213
SN7408J
N7408F
2-18
SN54196N
S8290A
3-106
SN54H60J
S54H60F
2-215
SN7408N
N7408A
2-18
SN54197N
S8291A
3-106
SN.54H60N
S54H60A
2-215
SN7408S
N7408J
2-18
SN54198N
S541988
2-178
SN54H60S
S54H60J
2-215
SN7409J
N7409F
2-20
SN54199N
S541998
2-180
SN54H61J
S54H61F
2-219
SN7409N
N7409A
2-20
SN54HOOJ
S54HOOF
2-183
SN54H61N
S54H61 A
2-219
SN7409S
N7409J
2-20
SN54HOON
S54HOOA
2-183
SN54H61S
S54H61J
2-219
SN7410J
N7410F
2-22
SN54HOOS
S54HOOQ
2-183
SN54H62J
S54H62F
2-221
SN7410N
N4710A
2-22
SN54H01J
SN54H01N
S54H01F
S54H01A
2-185
2-185
SN54H62N
S54H62A
2-221
SN7410S
N7410J
2-22
SN54H62S
S54H62J
2-221
SN7416J
N4716F
2-14
13-38
SIGNETICS INDUSTRY CROSS REFERENCE GUIDE
T. I.
SIGNETICS
PAGE
T.!.
SIGNETICS
PAGE
T.1.
SN7416N
N7416A
2·14
SN7476J
N7476F
2·76
SN7416S
N7416J
2·14
SN7476N
N7476B
2·76
SN7417J
N7417F
2·16
SN7480J
N7480F
SN7417N
N7417A
2·16
SN7480N
SN7417S
N7417J
2·16
SN7420J
N7420F
SN7420N
SIGNETICS
PAGE
SN74176S
N8280Q
3·90
SN74177J
N8281F
3·90
2·81
SN74177N
N8281A
3·90
N7480A
2·81
SN74177S
N8281Q
3·90
SN7480S
N7480J
2·81
SN74178J
N8270F
3·73
2·28
SN7483J
N7483E
2·85
SN74178N
N8270A
3·73
N7420A
2·28
SN7483N
N7483B
2·85
SN74179J
N8271 E
3·73
SN7420S
N7420J
2·28
SN7483S
N7483R
2·85
SN74179N
N8271B
3·73
SN7426J
N4726F
2·32
SN7486J
N7486F
2·88
SN74180J
N74180F
2·158
SN7426N
N7426A
2·32
SN7486N
N7486A
2·88
SN74180N
N74180A
2·158
SN7430J
N7430F
2·34
SN7486S
N7486J
2·88
SN74181N
N74181 N
2·160
SN7437N
N7437A
2·36
SN7488N
N8224B
4·11
SN74182N
N74182B
2·164
SN7438N
N7438A
2·36
SN7488S
N8224R
4·11
SN74192J
N74192E
2·166
SN7430N
N7430A
2·34
SN7489N
N8225B
4·15
SN74192N
N74192B
2·166
SN7430S
N7430J
2·34
SN7489S
N8225R
4·15
SN74193J
N74193E
2·170
SN7440J
N7440F
2·38
SN7490J
N7490F
2·94
SN74193N
N74193B
2·170
SN7440N
N7440A
2·38
SN7490N
N7490A
2·94
SN74194N
N74194A
2·174
SN7440S
N7440J
2·38
SN7490S
N7490J
2·94
SN74H71N
N74H71A
2·225
SN7441AJ
N7441E
2-40
SN7491AJ
N7491F
2·96
SN74195N
N74195B
2·176
SN7441AN
N7441B
2-40
SN7491AN
N7491A
2·96
SN74196N
N8290A
3·106
SN7442J
N7442E
2·42
SN7491AS
N7491Q
2·96
SN74197N
N8291A
3·106
SN7442N
N7442B
2-42
SN7492J
N7492F
2·98
SN74198N
N74198N
2·178
SN7443J
N7443E
2-44
SN7492N
N7492A
2·98
SN74199N
N74199N
2·180
SN7443N
N7443B
2-44
SN7492S
N7492J
2·98
SN74HOOJ
N74HOOF
2·183
SN7444J
N7444E
2-46
SN7493J
N7493F
2·100
SN74HOON
N74HOOA
2·183
SN7444N
N7444B
2-46
SN7493N
N7493A
2·100
SN74HOOS
N74HOOQ
2·183
SN7445N
N7445B
2-48
SN7493S
N7493J
2·100
SN74H01J
N74H01F
2·185
SN7446N
N7446B
2·50
SN7494J
N7494E
2·102
SN74H01N
N74H01A
2·185
SN7447J
N7447E
2·50
SN7494N
N7494B
2·102
SN74H01S
N74H01Q
2·185
SN7447N
N7447B
2·50
SN7495J
N7495F
2·104
SN74H04J
N74H04F
2·187
SN7448J
N7448E
2·54
SN7495N
N7495A
2·104
SN74H04N
N74H04A
2·187
SN7448N
N7448B
2·54
SN7496J
N7496E
2·106
SN74H04S
N74H04Q
2·187
SN7450J
N7450F
2·58
SN7496N
N7496B
2·106
SN74H05J
N74H05F
2·189
SN7450N
N7450A
2·58
SN74100J
N74100F
2·108
SN74H05N
N74H05A
2·189
SN7451J
N7451F
2·58
SN74100N
N74100A
2·108
SN74H05S
N74H05Q
2·189
SN7451N
N7451A
2·58
SN74107N
N74107A
2·110
SN74H08J
N74H08F
2·191
SN7453J
N7453F
2-60
SN74121J
N74121F
2·112
SN74H08N
N74H08A
2·191
SN7453N
N7453A
2-60
SN74121N
N74121A
2·112
SN74H08S
N74H08Q
2·191
SN7453S
N7453R
2-60
SN74122J
N74122F
2·116
SN74H10J
N74H10F
2·193
SN7454J
N7454F
2-60
SN74122N
N74122A
2·116
SN74H10N
N74H10A
2·193
SN7454N
N7454A
2-60
SN74123J
N74123F
2·116
SN74H10S
N74H10Q
2·193
SN7454S
N7454R
2-60
SN74123N
N74123A
2·116
SN74H11J
N74H11F
2·195
SN7460J
N7460F
2-64
SN74141J
N47141E
2·119
SN74H11N
N74H11A
2·195
SN7460N
N7460A
2-64
SN74141N
N74141B
2·119
SN74H11S
N74H11Q
2·195
SN7460S
N7460R
2-64
SN74145N
N74145B
2-48
SN74H20J
N74H20F
2·197
SN7470J
N7470F
2-66
SN74150N
N74150N
2·121
SN74H20N
N74H20A
2·197
SN7470N
N7470A
2-66
SN74151N
N74151B
2·123
SN74H20S
N74H20Q
2·197
SN7470S
N7470R
2-66
SN74151S
N74151R
2·123
SN74H21J
N74H21 F
2·199
SN7472J
N7472F
2-68
SN74152N
N74152A
SN47H21N
N74H21A
2·199
SN7472N
N7472A
2-68
SN74153N
N74153B
2·128
SN74H21S
N74H21Q
2·199
SN7472S
N7472R
2-68
SN74154N
N74154N
2·130
SN74H22J
N74H22F
2·201
SN7473T
N7473F
2·70
SN74157N
N74157B
2·136
SN74H22N
N74H22A
2·201
SN7473N
N7473A
2·70
SN74164J
N74164F
2·144
SN74H228
N74H22Q
2·201
SN7474J
N7474F
2·72
SN74164N
N74164A
2·144
SN74H30J
N74H30F
2·230
SN7474N
N7474A
2·72
SN74165N
N74165B
2·147
SN74H30N
N74H30A
2·203
SN7474S
N7474R
2·72
SN74166N
N74166B
2·149
SN74H30S
N74H30J
2·203
SN7475J
N7475E
2·75
SN74176J
N8280F
3·90
SN74H40J
N74H40F
2·205
SN7475N
N7475B
2·75
SN74176N
N8280A
3·90
SN74H40N
N74H40A
2·205
8·39
SIGNETICS INDUSTRY CROSS REFERENCE GUIDE
T.I.
SIGNETICS
PAGE
T.I.
SIGNETICS
PAGE
SN74H40S
N74H40Q
2-205
SN74S65N
N74S65A
2-260
SN74H50J
N74H50F
2-206
SN74S140N
N74S140A
2-258
SN74H50N
N74H50A
2-206
SN74S151N
N74S151B
2-270
SN74H50S
N74H50Q
2-206
SN74S~53N
N74S153B
2-273
SN74H51J
N74H51F
2-207
SN74S157N
N74S157B
2-276
SN74H51N
N74H51A
2-207
SN74S158
N74S158B
2-276
SN74H51S
N74H51Q
2-207
SN74S174N
N74S174B
2-278
SN74H52J
N74H52F
2-209
SN74S175N
N74S175B
2-278
SN74H52N
N74H52A
2-209
SN74S181N
N74S181N
2-281
.SN74H52S
N74H52Q
2-209
SN74S194N
N74S194B
2-284
SN74H53J
N74H53F
2-211
SN7520N
N7520N
6-149
SN74H53N
N74H53A
2-211
SN7521N
N7521N
6-149
SN74H53S
N74H53J
2-211
SN7522N
N7522N
6-149
SN74H54J
N74H54F
2-211
SN7523N
N7523N
6-149
SN74H54N
N74H54A
2-211
SN7524N
N7524N
6-149
SN74H54S
N74H54J
2-211
SN7525N
N7525N
6-149
SN74H55J
N74H55F
2-213
TMS2600
N2430Y
7-196
SN74H55N
N74H55A
2-213
TMS2800JC, NC
N24101
7-32
SN74H55S
N74H55J
2-213
TMS1103JC
1103-IK/
SN74H60J
N74H60F
2-217
1103-11K
TMSll03NC
1103XA/
7-15
7-21
7-15
SN74H60N
N74H60A
2-217
SN74H60S
N74H60J
2·217
SN74H61J
N74H61F
2-219
TMS300LR
S2002K
SN74H61N
N74H61A
2-219
TMS3001LR
S2003K
7-26
SN74H61S
N74H61J
2-219
TMS3002LR
S2004K
7-26
SN74H62J
N74H62F
2-223
TMS3003LR
S2005K
7-26
SN74H62N
N74H62A
2-223
TMS3406LM
S2505T
7-62
SN74H62S
N74H62J
2-223
TMS3407LM
S2517T
7-68
SN74H72J
N7472F
2-68
TMS3409JC, NC
S2532B
7-127
SN74H72N
N74H72A
2-227
TMS3412NC
S2502B
7-57
SN74H72S
N74H72Q
2-227
TMS3413LC
S2503TA
7-57
SN74H73J
N74H73F
2-229
TMS3414LC
S2504TA
7-57
SN74H73N
N74H73A
2-229
SN75324
N75324
1103-1XA
7-21
7-26
SN74H73S
N74H73Q
2-229
SN75450N
N75450N
6-157
SN74H74J
N74H74F
2-231
SN75450AN
N75450AN
6-157
SN74H74N
N74H74A
2-231
SN75451N
N75451N
6-159
SN74H74S
N74H74Q
2-231
SN75451AN
N75451AN
6-159
SN74H76J
N74H76E
2-233
SN74H76N
N74H76B
2-233
SN74Hl01N
N74Hl01
2-235
SN74Hl02N
N74H102B
2-237
SN74Hl03N
N74Hl03B
2-239
SN74Hl06N
N74Hl06B
2-241
SN74Hl08N
N74Hl08B
2-244
SN74S00N
N74S00A
2-247
SN74S03N
N74S03A
2-247
SN74S04N
N74S04A
2-249
SN74S05N
N74S05A
2-249
SN74S10N
N74S10A
2-251
SN74S11N
N74S11A
2-253
SN74S112N
N74S112B
2-264
SN74S113N
N74S113B
2-266
2-266
SN745114N
N74S114B
SN74S15N
N74S15A
2-253
SN74S20N
N74S20A
2-254
SN74S22N
N74S22A
2-256
SN74S40N
N74S40A
2-258
SN74S65N
N74S64A
2-260
8-40
SIGNETICS~
811 EAST ARQUES AVENUE
SUNNYVALE, CALIF. 94086
TEL: (408) 739-7700
TWX: (910) 339-9283
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF
File Type Extension : pdf
MIME Type : application/pdf
PDF Version : 1.3
Linearized : No
XMP Toolkit : Adobe XMP Core 4.2.1-c043 52.372728, 2009/01/18-15:56:37
Producer : Adobe Acrobat 9.31 Paper Capture Plug-in
Modify Date : 2010:03:24 23:38:57-08:00
Create Date : 2010:03:24 23:38:57-08:00
Metadata Date : 2010:03:24 23:38:57-08:00
Format : application/pdf
Document ID : uuid:f0247036-58e9-4efb-8adb-93cf141901d9
Instance ID : uuid:0ea42d4e-378f-4262-a940-827c73b27718
Page Layout : SinglePage
Page Mode : UseOutlines
Page Count : 1123
EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools